Skip to main content

Full text of "A dictionary of the Choctaw language"

See other formats


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


BULLETIN   46      PLATE   1 


CYRUS    BYINGTON 


SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 

BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 

BULLETIN    46 


A  DICTIONARY 
OF  THE  CHOCTAW  LANGUAGE 


BY 

CYRUS  BYINGTON 


EDITED    BY 


JOHN  R.  SWANTON  AND  HENRY  S.  HALBERT 


WASHINGTON 

GOVERNMENT   PRINTING   OFFICE 
1915 


LETTER  OF  TRANSMITTAL 


SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION, 
BUREAU  OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY, 

Washington,  D.  C.,  April  22,  1909. 

SIR:  I  have  the  honor  to  submit  herewith  for  publication,  with 
your  approval,  as  a  bulletin  of  this  Bureau  the  manuscript  of  "A 
Dictionary  of  the  Choctaw  Language,"  by  the  late  Cyrus  Byingtoii, 
under  the  editorship  of  Dr.  John  R.  Swanton.1 
Very  respectfully,  yours, 

W.  H.  HOLMES,  Chief. 

Dr.  CHARLES  D.  WALCOTT, 

Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 

i  Subsequently,  as  stated  in  Dr.  Swanton's  Introduction,  Mr.  Henry  S.  Halbert  became  associated 
with  him  in  the  editorship. 


304318 


CONTENTS 


Page. 
Introduction vn 

Phonetic  key x 

Choctaw-English  vocabulary 1 

English-Choctaw  index 379 


ILLUSTRATION 


PLATE  1.     Cyrus  Byington -  -  -  frontispiece 

v 


A  DICTIONARY  OF  THE  CHOCTAW 
LANGUAGE 

By  CYRUS  BYINGTON 

EDITED  BY 

JOHN  R.  SWANTON  and  HENRY  S.  HALBERT 


INTRODUCTION 
By  JOHN  R.  SWANTON 

This  dictionary  represents  a  portion  of  the  results  of  nearly  fifty 
years  of  missionary  service  among  the  Choctaw  Indians  on  the  part  of 
its  compiler,  Rev.  Cyrus  Byington.  Mr.  Byington  was  also  the 
author  of  translations  into  Choctaw  of  several  books  of  both  the  Old 
and  the  New  Testament,  Choctaw  almanacs,'  a  Choctaw  definer,  a 
grammar  of  the  Choctaw  language,  and  some  minor  writings.  His 
grammar,  edited  by  Dr.  D.  G.  Brinton,  was  published  in  Philadel 
phia  in  1871,  in  the  Proceedings  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society 
(vol.  11,  pp.  317-367).  In  the  introduction  to  this  grammar  Dr. 
Brinton  gives  the  following  account  of  the  author's  life: 

*  This  eminent  scholar  and  missionary,  whose  name  is  inseparably  connected  with 
the  later  history  of  the  Choctaw  nation,  was  born  at  Stockbridge,  Berkshire  County, 
Mass.,  March  11,  1793.  He  was  one  of  nine  children,  and  his  parents  were  in  hum 
ble  circumstances,  but  industrious  and  respected.  His  father  was  at  one  time  a  tan 
ner,  and  subsequently  a  small  farmer.  Necessarily,  therefore,  his  early  education 
was  limited. 

When  a  well-grown  lad  he  was  taken  into  the  family  of  Mr.  Joseph  Woodbridge, 
of  his  native  town,  from  whom  he  received  some  instruction  in  Latin  and  Greek,  and 
with  whom  he  afterward  read  law.  In  1814  he  was  admitted  to  the  bar,  and  prac 
ticed  a  few  years  with  success  in  Stockbridge  and  Sheffield,  Mass. 

His  father  though  a  moral  was  not  a  religious  man,  and  it  seems  to  have  been  only 
after  he  reached  manhood  that  Mr.  Byington  became,  as  he  expressed  it,  "a  subject 
of  divine  grace. "  He  then  resolved  to  forsake  the  bar  and  devote  himself  to  mis 
sionary  life.  With  this  object  in  view  he  entered  the  theological  school  at  Andover, 
Mass.,  where  he  studied  Hebrew  and  theology,  and  was  licensed  to  preach,  Septem 
ber,  1819.  At  this  time  he  hoped  to  go  to  the  Armenians  in  Turkey.  But  Provi 
dence  had  prepared  for  him  another  and  an  even  more  laborious  field. 

For  about  a  year  he  preached  in  various  churches  in  Massachusetts,  awaiting  some 
opportunity  for  missionary  labor.  Toward  the  close  of  the  summer  of  1819,  a  com 
pany  of  20  or  25  persons  left  Hampshire  County,  Mass.,  under  the  direction  of 
the  American  Board  of  Missions,  to  go  by  land  to  the  Choctaw  nation,  then 


VIIT  BUREAU    OF    AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY  [BULL.  46 

resident  in  Mississippi.  They  passed  through  Stockbridge,  in  September,  and  were 
provided  with  a  letter  from  the  Board,  asking  Mr.  Byington  to  take  charge  of  them, 
and  pilot  them  to  their  destination.  He  \vas  ready  at  a  few  hours'  notice. 

The  company  journeyed  by  land  to  Pittsburgh,  where  they  procured  flatboats,  and 
floated  down  the  Ohio  and  Mississippi  to  a  point  near  the  mouth  of  the  Yalobusha 
River,  whence  a  land  journey  of  200  miles  brought  them  to  their  destination. 

Throughout  his  missionary  life  Mr.  Byington  appreciated  the  value  which  a 
knowledge  of  the  language  and  traditions  of  the  Choctaws  would  have  to  scholars. 
From  his  arrival  among  them,  therefore,  he  devoted  assiduous  labor  to  their  language 
with  a  view  to  comprehend  its  extremely  difficult  construction,  and  to  render  it  avail 
able  for  the  missionary  and  philological  student.  The  lirst  draft  of  his  Grammar  was 
completed  in  1834.  It  was  written  and  rewritten,  until  at  the  time  of  his  death, 
which  occurred  at  Belpre,  Ohio,  December  31st,  1868,  he  was  at  work  upon  the 
seventh  revisal. 

As  left  by  Mr.  Byington,  the  Choctaw  dictionary  consisted  of  live 
paper- bound  folio  volumes,  having  entries  on  both  sides  of  the  leaves; 
the  whole  work  was  modeled  after  the  English  or  classical  dictionary 
of  the  author's  time.  Separate  entries  were  therefore  made  of  the 
same  word  when  used  as  noun,  adjective,  verb,  etc.,  each  followed  by 
a  letter  indicating  the  proper  part  of  speech.  The  phonetic  system 
was  constructed  for  the  greater  part  by  employing  the  English  letter 
representing  most  closely  the  Indian  sound.  Only  two  innovations 
were  introduced — the  use  of  v  (a  true  v  sound  not  being  present  in  the 
Choctaw  language)  for  the  obscure  a,  and  of  lines  under  the  vowels  to 
indicate  nasalization.  For  these  devices  I  have  substituted  the  more 
commonly  used  a  and  n.  I  have  also  changed  the  aspirated  I  (M) 
into  I.  The  sh  and  ch  have  been  allowed  to  stand,  although  it  is  now 
customary  to  represent  these  by  c  and  tc,  respectively.  Furthermore, 
in  many  instances  I  have  combined  in  one  word  syllables  separated 
by  Mr.  Byington  and  later  missionaries — as,  for  instance,  the  syllables 
indicating  pronominal  relations,  the  reflexive,  the  negative,  and  some 
of  the  tense  signs — for  it  is  evident  that  in  these  cases  the  syllables  all 
constitute  one  complex.  Undoubtedly  absolute  accuracy  has  not  been 
attained  in  this  particular,  but  the  course  followed  is  certainly  a  move 
in  the  right  direction.  With  the  exceptions  just  mentioned  the  mate 
rial  is  reproduced  substantially  as  recorded  by  the  author.  It  would 
be  fair  neither  to  Mr.  Byington  nor  to  the  editors,  however,  to  pre 
sent  the  dictionary  as  a  finished  work.  In  the  quotation  given  above 
Doctor  Brinton  speaks  of  the  great  care  which  the  missionary  bestowed 
on  the  manuscript  of  his  grammar  when  preparing  it  for  the  press; 
unfortunately  he  had  opportunity  to  make  only  a  beginning1  in  the 
editing  of  his  dictionary.  Many  entries  consisted  merely  of  brief 
notes  to  be  elaborated  later  or  of  references  to  cases  not  observed  else 
where  and  to  be  explained  by  further  investigations.  But  the  plan 
which  Mr.  Byington  had  set  before  himself  for  his  dictionary  is  one 
not  now  of  much  value  to  students  of  American  languages,  and  to 
carry  it  to  completion  along  those  lines  would  involve  an  enormous 


BYINGTON]  A    DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE  IX 

amount  of  unprofitable  labor.  Therefore  the  work  is  presented  almost 
as  he  left  it,  as  a  source  of  valuable  linguistic,  and  also  ethnologic, 
information  faithfully  recorded  by  one  of  the  most  capable  of  the 
early  missionaries  at  a  time  when  many  things  were  to  be  learned 
vvhicn  are  now  doubtless  entirely  forgotten.  In  order  to  increase  the 
utility  of  the  dictionary  an  English -Choctaw  index  has  been  compiled 
and  appended,  which  will  make  it  possible  to  find  where  information 
is  to  be  had  regarding  the  Choctaw  equivalent  of  each  English  word 
or  phrase  given.  This  part  is  in  no  sense  a  dictionary,  nor  is  it  to  be 
regarded  as  such. 

As  might  natural!}^  have  been  expected,  Air.  Byington's  inspiring 
motive  was  his  desire  to  translate  the  Biblical  writings  into  Choctaw 
and  to  further  the  conversion  of  the  Choctaw  tribe  to  the  Christian 
religion.  The  present  work  contains  therefore  numerous  references 
to  early  translations  of  the  Biblical  writings  undertaken  by  him. 
From  the  changes  incorporated  into  later  editions  it  is  evident  that  the 
exact  shade  of  meaning  was  not  always  determined  in  those  first  efforts, 
but,  in  any  event,  perhaps  it  could  only  have  been  approximated,  and 
no  attempt  has  been  made  to  alter  the  references  except  in  a  few  cases 
where  palpable  errors  had  been  made.  Nevertheless,  these  citations 
have  been  verified  as  far  as  possible  and  a  few  question  marks  inserted 
where  no  words  resembling  the  ones  under  consideration  could  be 
found.  In  other  instances  it  will  be  noticed  that  Mr.  Byington  has 
ignored  certain  affixes  of  common  occurrence  which  alter  the  exact 
form  as  it  appears  in  the  text. 

Anciently  there  were  several  Choctaw  dialects,  but  only  one  of  these, 
that  of  the  Sixtowns  Indians  living  in  the  southern  part  of  the  old 
Choctaw  country,  differed  to  any  considerable  degree  from  the  stand 
ard,  or  Longtown,  dialect  spoken  in  the  western  part  of  the  Nation. 
Moreover,  this  difference  seems  to  have  been  confined  mainly  to  cer 
tain  words,  involving  but  very  slightly  the  language  as  a  whole.  A 
number  of  these  Sixtowns  words  will  be  found  interspersed  through 
out  the  present  work. 

It  has  been  my  good  fortune  to  have  enlisted  as  coeditor  Mr.  Henry 
S.  Halbert,  of  the  Department  of  Archives  and  History,  Montgomery, 
Ala.,  who  has  spent  many  years  of  his  life  among  the  Choctaw 
Indians,  is  familiar  with  their  language,  and  is  an  enthusiastic  student 
of  everything  relating  to  the  history  and  present  culture  of  the  tribe. 
While  he  has  noted  and  corrected  many  errors,  he  has  deemed  it  best 
to  let  certain  doubtful  words  and  sentences  stand  as  in  the  original 
manuscript,  with  the  idea  that  they  may  represent  certain  dialectic  or 
archaic  variations  which  have  escaped  him. 

Acknowledgment  is  here  made  of  the  courtesy  of  Mrs.  Eliza  Innes, 
of  Lockesburg,  Ark.,  daughter  of  the  Rev.  Cyrus  Byington,  and 
of  that  of  her  son,  Mr.  E.  S.  Byington,  of  Broken  Bow,  Okla.,  in 


X  BUREAU    OF    AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY  [BULL.  46 

placing  at  the  disposal  of  the  Bureau  the  photograph  from  which  the 
accompanying  portrait  of  the  author  was  reproduced;  also  his  note 
books  for  the  years  1844-46  and  1861. 

Abbreviations. — While  a  great  many  abbreviations  have  been  used, 
most  of  these  will  be  readily  understood.  0.  B.  or  B.  indicates  the 
compiler,  Cyrus  Byington;  J.  R.  S.  and  H.  S.  H.,  the  editors,  J.ohn  R. 
Swan  to  n,  and  Henry  S.  Halbert;  respectively.  Of  the  other  abbrevia 
tions  the  principal  are  the  following:  a.,  adjective;  adv.,  adverb;  caus. , 
causative;  con.,  connective;  dem.,  demonstrative;  dim.  or  dimin., 
diminutive;  fern,  or  f.,  feminine;  freq.,  frequentative;  imp.,  im 
perative;  mas.  or  m.,  masculine;  n.,  noun;  nas.  form  or  n.  f.,  nasal 
form;  per.,  personal;  pi.  or  plu.,  plural;  pro.,  pronoun,  also  pro 
longed;  refv  reflexive;  sing,  or  s.,  singular;  v.  a.  i.,  active  intransitive 
verb;  v.  i.,  intransitive  verb;  v.  n.,  neuter  verb;  v.  t.,  transitive  verb. 
Besides  these  will  be  found  the  names  and  initials  of  various  Choctaw 
Indians  who  are  given  as  authorities  for  certain  forms,  and  abbre 
viations  of  the  names  of  other  works  in  the  Choctaw  language. 

The  description  of  Choctaw  phonetics  which  follows  is  taken  from 
the  first  page  of  the  manuscript  dictionary,  only  such  changes  having 
been  made  as  were  necessitated  by  the  innovations  alread}7  referred  to. 

PHONETIC  KEY 
ALPHABET 

Letters  Sounded 

A    a  as  a  in  father. 

A     a  as  v  in  tub,  and  a  in  above,  around. 

B     b  as  in  English. 

Ch  ch  as  in  church. 

E     e  as  e  in  they,  and  short  e  as  in  met. 

F     f  as  in  English. 

Hh  as  in  English. 

I      i  as  i  in  marine  and  short  as  i  in  pin. 

K    k  as  in  English. 

LI  as  in  English. 

LI  as  an  aspirated  I. 

M  in  as  in  English. 

N    n  as  in  English. 

O     o  as  o  in  note,  go. 

P  .  p  as  in  English. 

as  in  sir;  never  as  *  in  his. 

Sh  sh  as  in  shall. 

T     t  as  in  English. 

t     u  as  oo  in  wool,  u  in  full. 

W  \v  as  in  war,  we. 

V    y  as  in  you. 

DIPHTHONGS 

Ai    ai  as  /  in  pine. 

An  au  as  otr  in  now,  how. 


BYINGTON]  A    DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE  XI 

NASALIZED   VOWELS 

These  are  pure  nasals,  and  retain  the  vowel  sounds,  except 
before  the  letter  k,  in  which  case  they  are  like  the  long 
ang,  ing,  ong,  ung.  The  usual  sound  is  softer  than  «n<j,  and 
like  that  of  the  Erench  vowel  followed  by  n  in  the  same 


Un   ur 


syllable. 
CONSONANTS  AND  VOWELS 


Let  it  be  remembered  that  each  consonant  has  but  one  sound  and  that  the  sounds 
ascribed  to  the  vowels  are  such  as  they  have,  respectively,  in  accented  syllables; 
in  unaccented  syllables  they  have  the  sound  of  short  vowels.  English  readers 
should  remember  not  to  give  the  English  sound  to  the  vowels,  except  as  noted  in 
the  alphabet. 

an,  in,  on,  and  tt»,  or  some  of  them,  are  used  as  separate  words  or  final  syllables. 
They  are  used  also  before  the  consonants  and  semivowels  b,  f,  It,  k,  m,  n,'s,  sh,  w, 
and  ?/.  Before  the  consonant  p,  sometimes  before  6  and  the  vowels,  for  the  sake  of 
euphony  the  letter  m  is  added,  or  the  nasal  sound  becomes  m  of  necessity  from  the 
position  of  the  organs  of  speech  at  that  time,  as  am,  im,  out,  urn. 

Before  cJi,  I,  t,  and  I  the  letter  n  is  added,  as  an,  in,  on,  un,  and  before  the  vowels 
in  many  words  the  letter  n  is  added  to  the  nasal.  an  is  never  used;  <tn  is  used  in 
its  place.  The  vowel  e  is  never  used  as  a  nasal,  in  being  used  in  its  place. 

In  making  these  remarks  general  rules  are  stated.  It  is  not  to  be  supposed  that 
each  and  all  of  the  nasals  are  thus  used.  There  are  exceptions,  which  the  student 
must  be  ready  to  notice.  An  unwritten  language  has  its  anomalies  and  irregularities. 


CHOCTAW-  -ENGLISH 
VOCABULARY 


84339°—  Bull.  40 — 15 1 


CHOCTAW— ENGLISH 


a,  the  first  letter  of  the  alphabet,  sounded 
as  a  in  father. 

a  (when  followed  by  a  verb  beginning 
writh  a  consonant),  adv.  or  locative  par 
ticle  or  prefix,  means  there,  in  that  place, 
at  that  time,  at,  from,  on,  in,  of,  by; 
when  the  verb  begins  with  a  vowel, 
«  becomes  at;  achumpa,  to  bury  at; 
aminti,  to  come  from;  aiilli,  to  die  at 
or  in.  a  and  ai  are  used  where  in  Eng 
lish  place  is  used;  nusi,  to  sleep;  anusi, 
a  sleeping  place;  aiimpa,  an  eating 
place,  a  plate,  dining  room,  table;  chik- 
aiamiho,  repeated  in  Matt.  5:  35;  of,  in 
chianukshopa,  he  is  afraid  of  you;  chi- 
atoba,  he  is  begotten  of  you:  by,  in  aiok- 
chanya,  to  live  by,  Matt.  4:  4:  used  as 
a  sign  of  the  future  tense;  chi  chia,  cf. 
John  1:  49;  achin,  ahe,  ahinla;  atuk, 
ashke,  as  satoshbihashke;  siakmat,  hymn 
66,  v.  2:  prefixed  to  a  verb  often 
changes  the  verb  to  a  noun,  as  aminti, 
a  source;  literally,  to  come  from;  isht 
ahachia,  see  John  15:  3;  aiatta,  a  resi 
dence;  lit.,  to  stay  at.  a  and  ai  are 
much  used  as  prefixes  in  compound 
ing  words:  prefixed  to  some  cardinals 
the  latter  become  ordinals,  as  tuklo,  two; 
atukla,  second;  atuchina,  third;  and  be 
fore  a  vowel  a  becomes  ai,  as  ushta, 
four;  aiuslita,  fourth:  an  intensive  be 
fore  consonants;  aputta,  abillia,  afehna: 
used  before  tuk  and  tok  and  their  com 
pounds  a  partakes  of  the  sense  of  a  defi 
nite  article  or  of  a  relative  pronoun. 
Sabannahatuk,  that  which  I  wanted; 
"This  is  used  when  the  person  has 
some  doubt  as  to  obtaining  the  thing 
sought,  while  sabannashke  indicates  a 
certainty  in  the  expectation." — J.  Hud 
son. 

a,  ah,  v.  a.  i.,  to  say,  to  tell,  to  call;  a- 
//',  I  say;  alikamo,  I  did  say,  and  you 
know  it;  imalikashkint,  I  told  him 
so  before,  or  that  is  what  I  told  him, 
and  you  heard  it  (kashkint  implies 
previous  knowledge  on  the  part  of  the 
hearer  as  well  as  on  that  of  the  speaker) ; 
alahe  keyu,  I  should  not  call,  Acts, 
10:28. 


an  [cf.  at].  1.  A  determinative  particle 
in  the  objective  case  after  nouns  and 
meaning  the;  as,  wak  an  />lmli,  I  see  the 
cow.  Sometimes  this  article  is  pro 
nounced  han  and  yan  [cf.  hat  and  yaf] 
for  euphony.  It  is  also  a  sign  of,  or  with, 
the  future  tense,  and  is  used  as  a  par 
ticle  of  specification  or  emphasis  after 
verbs  in  present,  future,  and  past  tenses; 
innukhanklotokan,  Luke  10: 37;  katimichi- 
lahean,  future  tense,  Luke  18:  41;  h<>i><>- 
nai/olahe  a»,  Luke  18:  41.  See  Matt.  15: 
31  for  instances  in  the  past  tense;  [also] 
onanshahatok,  Matt.  28:  2.  Cheluselem 
a»,  Jerusalem  it,  Matt.  2:1.  2.  A  rela 
tive  pronoun  in  the  objective  case  after 
verbs  and  adjectives  and  equivalent  to 
the  English  relatives  the  which,  the 
one  which,  that  which,  etc.  It  may 
also  be  translated  by  the  personal  pro 
nouns  him,  her,  it,  them,  as  Lakab  «n, 
Rachab  her,  Matt.  1 :  5.  It  is  sometimes 
written  han  or  yan;  cf.  hat  and  yqt.  The 
aspirated  forms  are  ah,  hah,  and  yah. 

an,  a  dative  pronoun  first  per.  sing.,  my; 
to  or  for  me;  as,  anholisso,  my  book. 
Written  also  am  and  an;  as  amisuba,  my 
horse,  lit.,  horse  to  or  for  me;  anhoii- 
topa,  Matt.  3:  17.  When  it  stands  be 
fore  a  verb,  or  a  word  where  a  verb  is 
understood,  it  is  generally  translated  by 
a  preposition;  as,  for  me,  to  me,  of  me,- 
from  me;  anholissochi,  write  for  me,  or 
tome;  anpota,  lend  me;  anchumpa,  buy 
of  me,  or  buy  for  me;  written  also  am, 
as  amithana,  to  learn  of  me.  In  the 
negative  forms  this  pronoun  is  written 
sanaudsam;  asiksanchumpo,  iksamiksho, 
I  have  none,  or  there  is  none  by  me; 
chiksanpeso,  you  have  not  seen  of  mine, 
or  for  me. 

abaha,  n.,  a  mortar  for  mixing  meat  and 
corn  by  beating  or  braying;  a  meat 
mortar. 

abaiya,  n.,  the  side,  as  the  side  of  a 
creek,  swamp,  or  road. 

abaiya,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  along  the  side  of; 
to  lie  along  the  side  of. 


- 


BUREAU   OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


abaiyachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  go  along  th'e  side 
of;  to  roam  up  and  down;  to  range;  to 
wind  its  way,  as  a  bullet  discharged  and 
lodged  in  a  deer,  or  a  man  going  along 
on  the  side  of  a  swamp. 

abaiyachi,  n.,  a  roamer;  one  that  goes 
along  the  side  of  a  creek,  etc. 

abaiyachi,  adv.,  lengthwise  (of  a  field); 
aJiekqchi  (of  cloth),  q.  v. 

abaiyaka,  11.,  the  side  of  a  swamp  or 
creek. 

abaiyat,  adv.,  alongside  of,  along;  as 
abaiijqt  any  a,  two  verbs  connected  by 
the  letter  t,  meaning  to  be  at  the  side 
of  and  go  along;  bok  abaiijqt  anya,  to  go 
along  the  side  of  the  creek;  hina  abaiyat 
anya,  to  go  along  the  roadside. 

abakli,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  split  into  large 
pieces,  blocks,  slabs,  or  bolts  for  shin 
gles. 

abakli,  pass.,  split;  split  into  bolts. 

abakli,  n.,  the  place  where  the  wood  is 
split;  a  split. 

abaklichi,  v.  t.  cans.,  to  split  into  large 
pieces;  to  score  off  large  pieces  when 
hewing  logs. 

abaklichi,  n.,  a  splitter;  a  scorer. 

abaksacheka,  n.,  a  declivity;  aside  hill, 
or  mountain  side,  2  Sam.  16:  13. 

abaksileka,  n.,  a  mountain  side;  the 
mountain  side. 

abaksha,  abbaksha,  n.,  the  name  of 
the  serpent  commonly  called  chicken 
snake. 

abana,  pass,  of  abqnni;  aiitqbana, 
fuunded  upon,  Matt.  7:  25. 

abanali,  v.  tr.  or  intr.,  to  lay  on  the  neck, 
or  shoulder;  hqshilabanali,  Matt.  11: 
2<>,  30;  isfit  iabqnali,  Luke  15:  5. 

abani,  v.  t.  (pass.,  albqni),  to  cure  by 
drying  over  a  fire;  "to  barbecue;" 
vale  it  I  pi  a/Km/,  to  cure  beef;  takkon 
abani,  to  dry  peaches  over  a  fire. 

abani,  n.,  a  curer;  one  who  cures  meat 
or  fruit  over  a  fire. 

abasa,  n.  [from  a  bust  i,  to  lay  laths],  lath; 
the  ribs  of  a  roof. 

abasali,  v.  i.,  to  sprout;  to  germinate; 
tanclii  (if  abasali,  the  corn  sprouts. 

abasali,  abasalih,  n.,  a  sprout. 

abasalichi,  v.  t.  cans.,  to  cause  to  sprout. 

abachechi,  v.  t.  cans.,  to  practice;  to 
teach  by  practice. 


abachi,  v.  t.,  to  teach,  Matt.  15:  9;  ima- 
bqchi,  Matt.  5:  2;  abahanchi,  Matt.  13: 
52,  54;  holisso  han  imabqchi,  to  teach 
him  the  book  or  the  letters.  Passive 
qlbqchi. 

abachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  practice;  to  learn  by 
practice;  to  exercise. 

abachi,  n.,  a  practicer. 

abachi,  n.,  an  exercise;  a  practice;  nan 
isht  imabachi,  his  doctrine. 

abankachi,  pi.  pass.,  laid  across;  lying 
crosswise,  as  timbers  at  the  corner  of  a 
house,  or  as  rails  in  a  worm  fence. 

abanni,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  lay  across,  as  the  logs 
of  a  house;  abana,  pass,  sing.,  laid 
across;  itabana,  pass.,  laid  across  one 
another,  as  house  logs  at  the  corners; 
itabqnni,  to  raise  a  log  house;  to  lay 
across  one  another. 

abasli,  v.  t.,  to  lay  laths;  to  lath;  to  lay 
the  ribs  of  a  roof. 

abasli,  n.,  he  that  lays  laths. 

abaslichi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  laths  to  lie. 

abasha,  n.,  a  sawpit;  a  place  cut  with 
a  knife,  a  saw,  or  an  ax;  a  gash. 

abasha,  n.,  a  place  sawn;  a  cut  with 
a  knife;  a  wound;  a  gash  made  by  a 
knife,  scythe,  sickle,  or  ax;  harvest, 
Matt.  13:  30;  abqdia,  pp.,  sawed  at. 

abasha,  n.,  a  mill;  a  sawmill. 

abashli,  v.  t.,  to  cut  at;  to  cut  there  or 
upon  with  a  knife,  scythe,  or  sickle, 
or  an  ax,  except  in  cutting  wood;  to 
cut  with  a  drawing  motion;  chanli  is 
to  cut  with  a  striking  motion. 

abashpoa,  n.,  a  place  swept;  pansJi])oa, 
pass.,  swept,  Matt.  12:  44;  Luke  11 :  25. 

abeha,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  be  in,  Matt.  2:  11; 
to  enter  in;  okhissa  iskitinosi  akon  hash 
aiabehasJike,  enter  ye  in  at  the  strait 
gate,  Matt.  7:  13;  to  go  in;  ont  ilabeha- 
heakon,  we  go  away  into,  Matt.  8:  31; 
also,  Matt,  12:  45;  14:  22.  Passive, 
qlbeha,  John  6:  22;  21:  3. 

abeha,  pass,  pi.,  put  in;  put  on;  rammed 
in. 

abeha,  a.,  fraught;  full. 

abeha,  n.,  those  which  are  in  or  on. 

abehkachi,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  be  clothed, 
Matt.  11:  8;  Rev.  7:  9;  na  fohka  Jiofa- 
loha  dbehkqchi,  Mark  12:  38. 

abehma,  a.,  farther  up;  higher  up; 
abefuiia  talalituk,  he  set  up.  See  abema. 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY   OF    THE   CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


abehpa  [from  abeha],  v.  a.  i.  dual,  to 
enter;  to  come  in. 

abeka,  n.,  sickness;  disease;  malady; 
illness;  a  disorder;  a  distemper;  an  in 
disposition;  isht  abeka,  infection,  lit., 
sick  with,  or  by  means  of;  cause  of 
sickness. 

abeka,  n.,  the  sick;  the  person  or  per 
sons  affected  with  disease;  abeka  im- 
a^sha,  their  sick,  Matt.  14:  14. 

abeka,  a.,  sick;  unwell;  diseased;  in 
disposed;  out  of  health;  disordered; 
ill;  sickly;  unsound;  isht  abeka,  a.,  in 
fected;  sick  with;  neg.,  ikabeko,  salu 
brious;  not  sickly.  See  Matt.  9:  2. 

abeka,  v.  t.,  to  be  sick;  to  be  unwell, 
diseased,  or  indisposed. 

abeka,  v.  a.  i.,  to  sicken;  isht  abeka,  sick 
of,  Matt.  8:  6,  14;  9:  6. 

abeka,  pass.,  distempered. 

abeka  apistikeli,  n.,  a  nurse;  a  watcher. 

abeka  apistikeli,  v.  t.,  to  watch  the  sick; 
to  nurse;  to  tend  the  sick. 

abeka  ch.uh.mi,  a.,  poorly;  sickly;  some 
what  sick. 

abeka  haleli,  v.  t.,  to  take  a  disease  by 
infection;  to  catch  sickness. 

abeka  haleli,  n.,  contagion;  infection. 

abeka  haleli,  a.,  contagious;  infectious; 
catching. 

abeka  lakna,  n.,  the  yellow  fever; 
jaundice;  lit.,  yellow  sickness. 

abeka  okpulo,  n.,  a  fatal  or  mortal  sick 
ness;  applied  to  a  pest;  a  pestilence; 
a  plague;  the  cholera. 

abeka  shali,  n.,  sickliness;    a.,   sickly. 

abeka  shali,  n. ,  an  invalid. 

abeka  yatuk,  v.  t.,  that  were  diseased, 
Matt.  14:  35. 

abekachi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  sicken;  to  make 
sick;  to  disease;  to  distemper;  to  indis 
pose;  isht  abekachi.,  v.  t.,  to  infect;  to 
sicken  by  means  of;  ilabekachi,  2  Sam. 
13:  2,  5,  6. 

abekoma,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  sickly,  as  T'nnoti 
abekoma,  1  Tim.  5  (heading). 

abela  (from  abili) ,  pp.  poled;  bushed. 

abela,  n.,  the  place  or  thing  poled  or 
bushed. 

abeli,  v.  t.  pi.  of  fohki,  to  put  in,  Mark 
12:  42;  to  put  on;  to  ring,  i.  e.,  to  fit 
with  a  ring,  as  the  fingers;  to  stuff. 

abeli,  n.,  he  who  puts  on  or  in. 


abema,  abehma   (from  aba  and  imn), 

v.  i.,  to  be  half  way;  to  be  higher  up. 
abenili,    abinili    (from    a,    there,    and 

binili,  to  sit),  v.  a.  i.,  to  sit  down  at; 

to  settle  at,  as  in  making  any  place  a 

home. 
abenili,  abinili,  abenili,  n.,  a  settler;  a 

colonist;  the  sitting  down  or  meeting, 

as  at  a  "cry;"  a  colony,  see  okla  ivihn 

abinili,  Acts  16:  12. 
abenilichi,    abinilichi,  v.   t.,   to  settle; 

to  establish  in  business  or  in  life,  or  at 

any  place. 
abenilichi,  abinilichi,  n.,  one  that  settles 

another  in  a  place,  or  in  business. 
abeta,  abita,  passive  of  '.ibili,  poled. 
abi,    v.    t,    to    kill,    Gen.    37:    26.     See 

abi,    from    which    abi,    is    derived    by 

lengthening  the  first  vowel;    abitok  <in, 

which  killed,  Luke  13:  4. 
abicha,  abicheli,  n.,  a  tap  hole;  a  bung- 
hole;  a  faucet;  a  spout. 
abichakali,  a.,  nineteen. 
abichakaliha,  adv.,  nineteen  times;  abi- 

chakaliha   piscdi    katno,    I    did    see   it 

nineteen  times. 
abicheli,  see  abicha. 
abicheli  isht  akamassa,  n.,  a  spigot;  a 

spile. 

abichkachi,  n.  pi.,  tap  holes. 
abila,  v.  a.  i.,  to  thaw,  as  snow  or  ice;  to 

thaw  there;  to  melt  at  or  there;  pi., 

abela;   (taloa  kat  sachunkash  a  abelah — 

J.  E.);   ikabilo,  or   ikabelo,    a.,    undis- 

solved,  where  it  does  not  melt, 
abilia,  adv.,  always,  John  11:  42. 
abila,  pass,  of  abili,  poled;  bushed; 

pointed  at. 
abilepa,   n.,    the    place    aimed    at,    or 

pointed  at. 

abilepa,  a.,  seated  round, 
abilepa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  seated  round. 
abili,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  set  in  by  the  end$; 

to  stick;  to  pole;  to  bush;  to  furnish 

with  poles  or  bushes,  as  peas  or  beans, 
abilibli,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  point  at  a  place 

or  thing,  some  object, 
abina,  n.,  a  camp;  a  lodging  out  of  doors 

with  or  without  a  shelter  overhead, 
abina,  v.  i.,  to  camp;  to  encamp;  to  lodge 

out  of  doors. 
abinachi,  n.,  an  encampment. 


6 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BTTLIj.  46 


abinanchi,  n.,  a  place  where  a  camp  is 
being  made,  Josh.  4:  8.  [the  ed.  of 
1852  has  abinachi]. 

abinanchi,  v.  t.,  to  be  making  a  camp  at. 

abinachi,  v.  t.,  to  make  a  camp. 

abinili,  abenili  (q.  v. ),  v.  i.  sing.,  to 
sit  at  or  on;  to  settle  at. 

abinili,  pass.,  peopled. 

abinili,  n.,  a  settler. 

abinili,  n.,  settlement;  the  place  where 
one  sits;  a  seat;  a  pew;  abinit  is  con 
tracted  from  abinili. 

abinilichi,  see  abenilichi. 

abinilit  nan  apesa,  abinit  nan  apesa, 
n.,  a  judgment  seat. 

abinoli,  v.  a.  i.  pi.  of  abinili. 

abinoli,  n.  pi.,  settlers. 

abinoli,  n.  pi.,  settlements. 

abinolichi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  settle;  to  estab 
lish  at  a  place;  to  colonize;  to  cause  to 
take  seats,  as  children  or  visitors. 

abinot  manya,  to  sit  round. 

abishlichi,  n.,  a  milk  pail;  any  vessel 
to  milk  into. 

abita,  see  abeta. 

aboha,  n.,  a  house;  a  building;  a  dwell 
ing;  a  residence;  a  cabin;  a  room;  a 
dome;  a  domicile;  a  door,  &$  abohaftsha , 
he  is  indoors;  a  fabric;  a  habitation; 
housing;  a  lodging;  a  mansion,  Matt. 
17:  25;  Luke  15:  8;  qmabohu  yan,  un 
der  my  roof,  Matt.  8:  8. 

aboha  abaska,  n.,  a  gaming  house;  a 
gambling  room. 

aboha  achafa,  n.,  one  room;  the  other 
room;  a  single  room. 

aboha  afoha,  n.,  an  inn;  a  house  of  rest. 

aboha  ahoponi,  n.,  a  kitchen;  a  cook 
room;  a  galley  or  caboose  on  ship 
board. 

aboha  aiimpa,  n.,  a  dining  room;  an 
inn;  a  tavern;  a  refectory;  an  eating 
house. 

aboha  aionholmo  itiitikoli,  n.  pi.,  raft 
ers  of  a  house;  sing.,  <tbolm  au>»holin<> 
itiitikili,  a  rafter. 

aboha  anusechi,  v.  t.,  to  entertain;  to 
lodge  in  a  room. 

aboha  anusi,  n.,  a  bedroom;  a  lodging 
room;  a  dormitory;  a  bower;  a  cham 
ber,  2  Sam.  13:  10. 

aboha  anutaka,  n.,  the  place  under  a 
house. 

aboha  anutaka  kula,  n.,  a  cellar. 


aboha  apalaska,  n.,  a  bake  house;    a 

bakery. 
aboha    apisa,    n.,  a  glass    window;    a 

house  window. 

aboha  apisa  aialbiha,  n.,  a  window  sash. 
aboha  apishia,  n.,  a  piazza;  a  veranda; 

a  shed  that  extends  quite  round  the 

house. 
aboha     anshaka    okhissa,  n.,    a  back 

door;  a  door  in  the  rear  of  a  house. 
aboha  atampa,  n.,  an  adjoining  room; 

a  separate  room;  a  spare  room. 
aboha  ayupi,  n.,  a  bath  room;  a  bath 
ing  house. 

aboha  chaha,  n.,  a  tower;  a  high  house. 
aboha  chito,  n.,  a  hall;  a  large  house. 
aboha  hanta,  n.,  a  white  house;  a 

house  of  peace;  a  senate  house;  a  state 

house;  a  fane. 

aboha  hanta  okla,  n.,  Congress. 
aboha    holitopa,     aboha     holitompa 

(Matt.  26:  69),  n.,  a  palace;  a  temple; 

a  sacred  house;  a  costly  house. 
aboha  hoshontika,  aboha  hoshintika, 

aboha  inhoshuntika,  aboha  impata, 

n.,  a  porch;  a  piazza;    a  portico;  a  ve 
randa;  a  stoop;  a  gallery. 
aboha  inluksi,  n.,  a  house  padlock. 
aboha  inpaiasha,  n.,  a  larder;  a  meat 

house. 
aboha  intula,  n.,  the  foundation  of  a 

house;  the  sill. 
aboha  iskitini,  n.,   a   cabin;    a   cot;    a 

hut;  a  lodge;  a  small  house. 
aboha  isht  holmo,  n.,  a  roof;  a  shingle; 

a  split  board, 
aboha    isht  holmoali,    n.,    eaves  of  a 

house;  edge  of  the  roof. 
aboha  isht  okhilishta,  n.,  a  house  door. 
aboha  itabana,  pass.,  built,  as  a  house, 
aboha  itabana,  n.,    a   building;    a  log 

house. 
aboha    itabanni,  v.   t.,   to    build    a  log 

house;  to   put  up  a  house;   to   raise  a 

log  house. 
aboha  itabanni,  n.,  a  house  raiser;    a 

house  builder. 
aboha   itatapa,   n.,    an  apartment;    an 

adjoining  room;  an  additional  room. 
aboha  itintakla,  n.,  a  hall;  space  way; 

the  place  between  two  or  more  houses. 
aboha  itipatalhpo,  n.,  a  house  floor. 
aboha  ititakla,  n.,  the    hall,   entry,   or 

passage;  a  space  between  the  houses  or 

the  rooms. 


BYINGTON]  A   DICTIONARY   OF    THE   CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


aboha  kallo,  n.,  a  prison;  a  jail;  a  cas 
tle;  a  fortress;  a  strong  room;  a  citadel; 

a  dungeon;   a  prison  house;   a  ward, 

Matt.  5:  25;   11:  2;  14:  3;  25:  36;  Acts 

16:  23;  hold,  Acts  4:  3. 
aboha  kallo  apistikeli,  n.,  a  jailer;  the 

keeper  of  a  prison. 
aboha  kallo  apistikeli,  v.  t,  to  keep  a 

jail;  to  guard  a  prison, 
aboha  kallo   alhpinta,  pi.,  the  prison 
ers;  see  Acts  16:  25. 
aboha  kallo  chaha,  n.,  a  tower, 
aboha  kallo  foka,    n.,    imprisonment; 

incarceration, 
aboha    kallo    foka,    pp.,    imprisoned; 

confined  in  prison;  confined;  immured; 

incarcerated;  prisoned, 
aboha  kallo  foka,  v.  i.,  to  lie  in  jail; 

to  be  in  prison. 
aboha  kallo  foka,  n.  sing.,  a  prisoner; 

a  jail  bird. 
aboha  kallo  foki,  v.  t.  sing.,  aboha  kallo 

apitta,  pi.,  to  put  in  jail;  to  confine;  to 

immure;   to  incarcerate;  to  prison;  to 

imprison;  to  cast  into  prison. 
aboha  kallo  foki,  n.,  an  imprisoner. 
aboha   kinaffi,   v.   t.,    to   take  down  a 

house. 
aboha   kuchichi,  v.   t.,  to  unhouse;   to 

turn  out  of  a  house;  to   turn   out  of 

doors. 
aboha  mismiki,  n.,  a  house  with  a  roof 

nailed  on. 
aboha   nan  aiachefa,  n.,  a  laundry;  a 

wash   room;  the  room  where   clothes 

are  washed. 
aboha  nan  chukushpa,  n.,   household 

stuff;  furniture;  aboha  innan  chokushpa, 

its  furniture. 
aboha  nana  aiasha,  n.,  a  lumber  room; 

a  lumber  house. 
aboha  pakna,  n.,  roof  of  a  house,  Josh 

2:  6,  8. 

aboha  toshbi,  n.,  rubbish, 
abohush  atta,  n.,  a  cottager. 
abohushi,  n.   (dimin.),  lit.,    "  son  of  a 

room,"   a  closet,  Matt.  6:  6;  a  cottage; 

a  cot;  a  small  room;  a  hut. 
abohushi  fohka,  pp.,  closeted;   put  in 

a  closet. 

abohushi  fohki,  v.  t.,  to  closet, 
abohushi  fonka,  a.,  being  in  a  closet. 
aboluktoli,  v.  t.,  to  surround  there. 


aboli,  n.,  a  thicket;  a  brake;  a  hedge. 

aboli,  n.,  a  place  of  deposit;  place 
of  laying  down  anything;  a  deposit, 
Mark  12:  41. 

abolichi,  v.  t.,  to  hit,  as  fani  it!,  oyia- 
tuk  an  abolichi,  hit  the  squirrel  that 
was  going  up  the  tree;  iti  isht  pala 
abolichi,  strike  the  wedge. 

abonuUi,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  roll  up  in;  to  fold 
up  in;  to  infold;  toinwrap;  nantannaka- 
shofa  linen  achukma  hon  abonuUi,  wrap 
ped  it  in  a  clean  linen  cloth,  Matt.  27: 
59;  linen  an  abonuUi,  wrapped  him  in 
the  linen,  Mark  15:  46;  na  lapushki  linen 
on  abonullit  .  .  .  fohkitok,  wrapped  it 
in  linen  and  laid  it  in,  Luke  2:7;  23: 
53;  nalllali  on  abonulli,  Acts  5:  6. 

abonullichi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  cause  it  to 
be  rolled  up  in;  to  wrap  it  up. 

abonunta,  pass,  sing.,  rolled  up;  being 
rolled  up  in;  ullonst  at  nalllali  on  abo 
nunta,  the  babe  wrapped  in  swaddling 
clothes,  Luke  2:12. 

abonunta,  n.,  a  wrapper. 

abunkachi,pass.  pi.,  infolded;  in  wrapped; 
rolled  up  in;  rolled  up. 

abukbo,  n.,  down,  the  fine  soft  feathers 
of  fowls,  particularly  water-fowls. 

abunni,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  roll  up;  to  double  up. 

achafa  (from  chafa,  to  run),  v.  t.  sing., 
ayilepa,  pi.  to  run  after;  to  run  down; 
achafat  abi,  to  run  down  and  kill. 

achanfa,  a.  (nasal  form,  from  achafa 
one),  being  one  out  of  a  number. 

achafoa,  a.,  a  few  and  scattering;  here 
and  there  one;  not  many;  rare;  pre 
cious,  1  Sam.  3: 1;  achafoa,  pass.,  singled 
out. 

achafoachi,  v.  t.  cans.,  to  select  a  few; 
to  take  a  few;  to  cause  a  few  to  be 
taken. 

achafoha,  v.  i.,  to  be  a  few;  achafonJia 
(nasal  form),  being  a  few. 

achafolechi,  achafolichi,  v.  t.  caus., 
to  select  a  few;  to  take  here  and  there 
one;  to  single  out,  Matt.  25:  32. 

achafoli,  v.  t.,  to  select  a  few. 

achaka,  n.,  a  continuation. 

achaka,  pass.,  spliced  (from  achakali}, 
continued;  itachaka,  pass.,  joined  to 
gether,  reannexed,  spliced,  united, 
welded;  ikitachako,  a.,  unconnected, 
not  welded. 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL..  46 


achanka,  a.  (nasal  form),  succeeding, 
following,  next;  itqcJianka,  \.  a.  i.,  to 
join  together. 

achakalechi,  v.  t.,  to  continue;   to  add. 

achakachi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  advance. 

achakalechi,  v.  t.  cans.,  to  continue;  to 
add  on;  to  join  to;  itachakqlechi,  v.  t.,  to 
reannex;  adiakalliichi  (nasal  form),  to 
add;  to  continue;  achakalinchimat,  he 
added  when,  Luke  19:  11. 

achakali,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  splice;  to  add  to; 
to  new  lay  an  edge  tool;  applied  to 
putting  edge  to  an  ax;  to  piece;  to 
scarf;  to  subjoin;  to  unite;  to  weld; 
•ilqcltakqli,  to  splice  together;  to  couple; 
to  join;  to  scarf;  /mx/t  ilachakali,  Matt. 
(>:  '27. 

achakali,  achakallechi,  n.,  one  that 
splices,  or  new  lays. 

achakali,  v.  i.  (acliakanli,  nasal  form; 
achakakanli  freq. ),  to  advance,  to  con 
tinue;  qbachakaliJosh.  5:  13andafc&a- 
chakall,  are  perhaps  formed  from  this 
word. 

achakli,  v.  t.  pi.  of  achakali,  to  splice, 
etc.;  qlJichqka,  pass,  sing.;  qlhchqkoa, 
pass,  pi.;  itachakli  (Heb.  4:  12), 
"joints;"  UacJtakqchi,  n.,  a  joint;  v.  t., 
to  splice  and  join  together. 

achakli,  n.,  one  that  splices. 

achaya ,  v.  i. ,  to  be  wont ;  to  be  accustomed 
to  a  place,  as  animals;  wak  at  achai/qt 
tafia,  the  cattle  are  wont;  ikachaijo,  a., 
unwonted. 

achanya,  n.,  a  cutting  block;  a  chopping 
block;  place  cut,  or  wounded;  a  gash 
made  by  an  ax;  pass.,  wounded  at,  or 
there;  n.,  a  wound. 

achayachi,  v.  t.  cans.,  to  accustom  a 
creature  to  a  place  so  that  it  will  stay 
there;  to  wont;  to  habituate  to  a  place. 

achaba,  asalbash,  asachap,  asalhchap, 
hahchaba,  n..  a  log  foot-bridge;  a  log 
lying  across  a  creek  on  which  to  pass 
over.  [<tlich(ij>  is  the  word  for  footlog 
in  use  among  the  Mississippi  ( "hoc- 
taw.— II.  S.  II.] 

achafa,  achaffa,  n.,  oneness;  singleness; 
a  unit;  unity. 

achafa,  a.,  one;  the  other;  another;  a; 
an;  certain;  individual;  particular;  sim 
ple;  single;  sole;  undivided,  Matt.  8:  18; 
12:  (>;  17:  4;  xalajt  achafa,  one;  nan- 
ashqchi  achafa,  Luke  15:  7;  hatak 


achafa,  a  man,  a  certain  man,  Luke  15: 
11;  ninak  achafa,  a  night,  or  all  night. 

achafa,  v.  n.,  to  be  one;  to  be  single; 
achafa  yoke,  it  is  one;  imachgfa,  for  him 
one,  or,  he  has  one;  ikachafo,  neg. 
form,  not  one;  ibaiachqfa,  Matt.  5:  25; 
achanfa,  nasal  form. 

achafa,  v.  a.  i.,  ishachqfa;  isld  ilachqfa, 
Gen.  1:  11;  achafali,  I  make  one;  1  do 
one;  achafa  si  a,  I  am  one. 

achafa  atampa,  a.,  plural;  more  than 
one. 

achafa  yuka,  a.,  dist.  pro.,  each  one; 
achafa  aiyukqt  koJichqt  ihinya  mat,  John 
8:  9;  achafa  aiyukali,  every  one,  Josh. 
6:  5;  hatak  achqfaiyukali,  man  by 
man,  Josh.  7:  16. 

achafahpi  (from  achafa  and  ahpi),  v.  a. 
i.,  to  be  the  first  one;  the  being  the 
first  one:  achqfampi,  nasal  form  and  a., 
neither;  with  a  neg.,  achqfampi  keyu; 
achqfampi  kia  keyu,  not  either;  not  even 
one;  not  the  first  one. 

achafali,  v.  t.,  to  give  one;  to  do  one; 
to  single  out  one,  Matt.  6:  24;  Gen. 
2:  21;  achqfalichit  aiinhotofahian  qlhpe- 
sahatok,  for  of  necessity  he  must  re 
lease  one,  Luke  2.S:  17. 

achafalichi,  v.  t.,  to  select  out  one; 
to  make  one  of  all,  Eph.  1:  10. 

achafalit,  adv.,  achqfalit  ixhi,  each  one 
take;  individually  take;  achqfalit  /»- 
nukk'dU  cJta,  or  individually,  Luke  16: 
13;  achqfat,  an  abbreviation;  achafat  ofi 
at  qbi,  for  achqfalit  ofi  at  qbi,  the  dog 
singled  out  one  and  killed  it. 

achafoa  (see  achafoa),  John  8:  9  [in 
the  printed  edition  achafa]. 

achafona,  a.  (from  achafa  one,  and  ona 
to  reach  to),  even  one;  as  much  as  one; 
perhaps  one,  Matt.  5:  30;  (5:  29,  10:  2<); 
18:  6,  10,  12. 

achafonachi,  v.  t.,  to  make  one:  to  select 
out  one,  Luke  9:  .'111. 

achakaya,  n.,  an  addition,  piece 
spliced  on. 

achakaya,  a.,  spliced  at. 

achanaiya,  v.  i.,  siachquaii/a  hnka  (per 
haps  a  misprint  for  ftiafiqnnii/a  hokn; 
see  ahinna). 

achapi,  ahchapi,  v.  t.,  to  play  at  a  cer 
tain  game  of  chance  in  vogue  among 
the  Choctaw.  This  is  an  ancient  game, 
not  in  much  use  now;  pass.,  qlhchqpl. 


RYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


achapi,  n.,  a  player  of  the  above;  one 
that  plays;  the  play. 

achchukmali,  v.  .t.,  intensive  form,  Matt. 
17:  11;  to  improve;  to  repair;  to  make 
good;  to  ameliorate;  to  benefit;  to 
better;  to  rectify;  to  regulate;  to  sub 
stantiate;  ttaiachukmali,  to  justify  him 
self,  yammak  ashot  ilaiaadiukmali  banna 
kat,  he  is  willing  to  justify  himself; 
Luke  10:  29. 

acheba,  a.,  mischievous;  troublesome. 

acheba,  v.  n.,  to  be  mischievous. 

achebachi,  v.  a.  L,  to  preserve;  to  hold 
out. 

achefa,  ahchifa  (q.  v.),  v.  t.,  to  wash; 
to  cleanse,  Matt.  15:  2;  pass.,  aJtcJt!fa,to 
be  washed,  Mark  7:5;  ilaiachifa,  to  wash 
one's  self,  John  2:  6;  to  purify;  pass., 
allicltefa,  John  13:  10;  ikahchifo,  un- 
washen,  Matt.  15:  20;  alhchefa,  pp., 
washed. 

achelita,  see  addH'tta. 

achi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  say;  to  speak;  to  call;  to 
assert;  to  declare;  to  answer;  quoth 
(as  quoth  he;  quoth  I);  to  rehearse;  to 
suggest;  to  utter;  John  1:  21;  3:  1;  4: 
25;  1  Sam.  9:  9.  uiachi  pro.,  ahanchi, 
freq.,  Matt.  7:  27,  28;  aiahanchi,  pro. 
and  freq.  add  awslia,  to  be  said;  this  is 
an  expression,  not  the  passive  form  of 
add;  achilok  an  aflshashke,  Luke  4:  12; 
ikadio,  not  to  say,  the  neg.  form  of  achi; 
ikacho,  a.,  undetermined;  unsaid,  ach- 
ishke,  they  say,  Matt.  11:  19.  acliit, 
adv.,  or  a  verb,  to  say  and;  when  two 
verbs  are  thus  united  the  first  has  an 
adverbial  sense  as  in  Heb.,  adiit 
anumpuli,  really  to  say;  really  to  speak; 
to  say  what  he  means;  lit.,  he  says  and 
speaks;  ach'd  hodiifo,  to  call  by  name; 
lit.,  he  says  and  names,  achitanoll,  v., 
to  speak  freely;  without  fear;  lit.,  he 
says  and  declares. 

achi,  n.,  a  maxim;  a  saying. 

achi,  n.,  a  rehearser. 

achin,  chin,  sign  of  the  instant  or  imme 
diate  future  of  the  indicative  mood, 
but  it  does  not  mean  purpose  or  inten 
tion;  it  simply  expresses  futurity  as  to 
time;  shall,  will. 

achiba,  a.,  slow,  laborious,  tedious,  be 
lated,  hard,  late,  Mark  2:  9;  occupying 
some  time;  see  alichiba. 


achiba,  v.  n.,  to  be  slow,  laborious,  or 
tedious;  ahdiieba,  pro.  form  of  a/tc/u&a. 

achibachi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  cause  to  be 
slow,  tedious,  or  troublesome. 

achibali,  v.  t. ,  to  render  tedious;  to  pro 
tract;  to  draw  out;  chiksamaltddbalo  kia, 
"trouble  me  not,"  Luke  11:7. 

achifa,  see  achefa. 

achik,  fut.  sign,  will,  shall;  sameaso/n"; 
as  ia laddie,  I  will  go;  anwninnadiik,  he 
will  speak. 

achike,  adv.,  probably  will  be,  and  si^rn 
of  imp.  in  a  mild  sense. 

achiletali,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  make  fierce. 

achillita,  n.,  eagerness. 

achillita,  achelita,  achilita,  v.  n.,  to 
be  fierce,  zealous,  engaged,  resolute,  or 
unflinching,  Matt.  11:  11;  ai'hiU'mta, 
nasal  form. 

achillita,  a.,  fierce;  zealous;  resolute; 
eager. 

achillita,  pass.,  rendered  fierce;  made 
resolute, 

achillitachi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  make  fierce. 

achilanlichi,  see  ddlanlidii. 

achini,  adv.,  likely;  probably;  seemingly; 
apparently. 

achini,  v.  n.,  to  seem  so;  to  appear. 
ahddni,  to  be  certainly  so;  when  not  be 
fore  known;  to  be  certain  after  inquiry 
is  made,  Deut.  17:  4;  aka  itnlatuk 
addnitok,  unexpectedly,  but  so,  1  Sam. 
5:  3,  4;  see  diini. 

achinto,  a.,  from  chito,  being  large  when 
others  are  small;  anumpa  na  yukpali 
achinto  feJtna,  ''good  tidings  of  great 
joy,"  Luke  2:  10. 

achintok  (a  sign  of  tense),  was  to  be, 
should  have  to  be,  compounded  of  re 
mote  past  and  instant  future. 

achintuk  (tense sign),  was  to  be,  should 
have  to  be,  Si&ialachintuk,  I  was  to  have 
gone. 

achishi,  v.  t.,  to  scent;  to  smell,  as  dogs. 

achishi  imponna,  a.,  sagacious,  as  a  dog 
in  smelling. 

achohmi,  see  adiuhmi. 

achokushpa,  pass.,  to  be  accused,  belied, 
or  slandered. 

achokushpa,  a.,  slanderous. 

achokushpachechi,  v.  t..  to  cause  a 
person  to  be  slandered. 

achokushpalechi,  v.  t.,  to  slander;  to 
tattle. 


10 


BUREAU   OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


achokushpalechi,  n.,  a  slanderer;  a 
tattler. 

achokushpali,  v.  t.,  to  slander;  to  tattle; 
to  backbite;  to  accuse. 

achokushpali,  n.,  a  slanderer;  a  back 
biter. 

achokushpachi,  pp.,  to  be  slandered. 

achokushpachi,  a.,  slandered. 

achosha,  pp.,  to  be  inserted,  as  an  ax 
in  wood  or  a  plow  in  the  earth. 

achoshuli,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  insert;  to  set 
in  endwise,  as  a  cog  or  a  spoke  in  the 
hub  or  nave  of  a  wheel,  or  a  linchpin; 
achushli,  pi. 

achoshunni,  achoshoninchi,  v.  a.  i.,  to 
grow,  as  a  young  peach. — Jackson. 

achowa,  v.  t.  to  differ;  to  disagree;  to 
dispute;  to  contend  in  conversation. 
itachoiWj  the  reciprocal  form  is  often 
used;  to  contend;  to  brangle;  to  dis 
pute;  to  debate;  to  fall  out;  to  jangle; 
to  quarrel;  to  strive;  to  vary;  to  wran 
gle,  iiachna,  n.,  a  broil;  a  dispute;  a 
feud,  itackoa,  n.,  a  disputant,  itacho- 
waclii,  to  cause  to  differ,  itachoachi,  n., 
an  incendiary;  one  who  inflames  a  fac 
tion. 

achuhmi,  achohmi,  v.  i.,  to  be  thus,  or 
so.  achiyuhmi,  acJioyuiimi.  pro.  form. 

achuka,  v.  a.  i.,  to  dwell  at;  to  reside 
at;  to  keep  house  at;  see  Josh.  2:  15: 
itincliuka,  reciprocal  form;  to  dwell  to 
gether;  to  keep  house  for  each  other  as 
husband  and  wife;  itachuka,  v.  a.  i.,  to 
keep  house  together;  itinchuka,  n.,  a 
husband  or  a  wife;  itincliukali,  my  hus 
band  or  my  wife,  as  the  case  may  be; 
generally  used  by  the  woman  when 
speaking  of  her  husband  to  others; 
achoyuka,  pro.  form  of  (ichuka. 

achukbi,  achukbika,  place  of  a  corner; 
ficliii/cbi'li,  pi.,  corners,  Rev.  7:  1. 

achukma,  pass.,  improved;  bettered; 
mended;  rectified;  redressed;  reh'ned; 
regulated;  made  good. 

achukma,  a.,  pi.  lux-Jmkina,  good; 
excellent;  benevolent;  kind;  gracious; 
choice;  sound;  sterling;  substantial; 
useful;  valid;  virtuous;  well;  accept 
able;  sound;  wholesome;  whole,  Luke 
6:  10;  handsome;  courteous;  deli 
cate;  delicious;  delightful;  decent;  ele 
gant;  esteemed;  exquisite;  fair;  line; 
finical;  generous;  genuine;  gracious; 


healthful;  healthy;  honest;  nice;  per 
fect;  pleasant;  pretty;  respectable;  rep 
utable;  righteous;  royal;  salutary; 
sane;  serviceable;  ikachukmo,  a.  neg., 
not  good;  bad;  degenerate;  disastrous; 
evil;  gross;  injurious;  offensive;  pre 
posterous;  sinful;  troublous;  unapt;  un 
comely;  uncomfortable;  unfavorable; 
ungenial;  unhealthy;  unholy;  unjust; 
unlawful;  unlovely;  unpleasant;  un 
profitable;  unrighteous;  unwholesome; 
unworthy;  ikimachukmo,  a.,  unaccepta 
ble. 

achukma,  n.,  goodness;  excellence; 
excellency;  fairness;  good;  pureness; 
purity;  safety;  soundness;  virtue;  weal; 
peace,  2  Kings  9:  17,  18,  19;  nana 
achukma,  n.,  grace;  a  good  deed;  nana. 
achukma  k<tn,  Matt.  12:  11;  aiachukma, 
n.,  Matt,  o:  34. 

achukma,  v.  a.  i.,  to  act  good;  to  do 
well,  Matt.  6:  4;  to  be  good,  Matt.  (>:  22; 
ishachukma,  thou  doest  well. 

achukma,  v.  n.,  to  be  good  or  excellent; 
pimachukmashke,  Matt.  17:  4;  ikachuk- 
mo,  neg. ;  achunkma,  nasal  form;  acho- 
hunkma,  freq.;  achoyukma,  pro.  form; 
imachukma,  to  be  good  for  him;  v.  t., 
to  love  to  delight,  2  Sam.  24:  3;  Itlna- 
chuknia,  to  be  good  to  each  other. 

achukma,  adv.,  finely;  soundly;  ik- 
cLchukmo,  adv.,  ill. 

achukma  ahoba,  a.,  specious;  seemingly 
good. 

achukma  aiali,  a.,  prime. 

achukma  ansha,   n.,   welfare;  a.,   well. 

achukma  atapa,  a.,  supereminent. 

achukma  fehna,  a.,  very  good;  rare. 

achukma  inshaht  tali,  a.,  best;  first 
rate;  in  the  superlative  degree. 

achukma  inshali,  a.,  better;  preferable; 
superfine;  supereminent;  transcendent. 

achukma  keyu,  a.,  not  good;  unad- 
visable. 

achukma  moma,  a.,  unimpaired. 

achukmanka,  n.,  a  good  condition  of 
health;  the  goodness(well,  as  to  health.) 

achukmanka,  v.  n.,  to  be  well,  or  in 
health. 

achukmalechi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  make 
good;  to  repair;  to  heighten;  to  better; 
to  improve;  to  mend;  to  redress;  tore- 
line;  to  make  peace. 

achukmalechi,  n.,  a  repairer. 


BYINOTON] 


A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


11 


achukmali,  n.,  an  improver;  a  repairer. 

achukmalit,  adv.,  diligently,  Matt.  13: 
36;  15:  15;  Luke  15:  8;  "in  order," 
Josh.  2:  6;  acJtukmalit  imaponoklotok, 
inquired  of  them  diligently,  Matt.  2:  7. 

achukmalit  ashachi,  v.  t.,  to  dispose; 
to  lay  away  with. 

achukmalit  pisa,  v.  t. ,  to  scrutinize. 

achukmat,  adv.,  well;  orderly;  plainly; 
securely. 

achukmat  anoli,  v.  t. ,  to  depict. 

achukmat  apesa,  v.  t.,  to  arrange. 

achukmat  alhpisa,  pass.,  arranged;  ad 
justed  rightly. 

achukmat  boli,  v.  t.,  to  hoard;  to  lay 
up  well. 

achukmat  inshat  isht  ia,  v.  a.  i.,  to 
improve. 

achukoa,  n.,  a^i  entrance;  an  entry;  a 
passage  into. 

achumpa,  n.,  a  market;  a  place  for 
purchasing  or  buying;  the  place  where 
bought. 

achunanchi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  persevere;  to 
continue;  to  make  an  effort;  to  endure; 
to  persist;  to  plod;  to  strive;  to  weather; 
see  Matt.  10:  22. 

achunanchi,  a.,  ardent;  persevering; 
close;  keen;  pertinacious;  sedulous;  un 
wearied;  ikacliunancho,  a.,  unconstant. 

achunanchi,  n.,  perseverance;  resolution. 

achunanch.it  pisa,  a.,  studious. 

achunli,  v.  t.,  to  sew;  to  darn;  to  stitch; 
•itdchunli,  reciprocal;  to  sew  together; 
to  list;  to  sew;  to  tack  together. 

achunli,  n.,  sewing;  stitching. 

achunli,  n.,  a  sewer;  a  seamstress. 

achunsha,  v.  n.,  pass,  of  aclioslndi,  to 
stand  in,,  or  hang  by  one  end,  as  an 
arrow  to  a  wounded  deer,  or  as  a  linch 
pin. 

achunsha,  a.,  hanging  in. 

achushkanchi,  v.  n.  pi. ,  to  stand  on  end, 
as  spokes  in  the  hub  of  a  wheel. 

achushkanchi,  nasal  form,  being  placed 
in. 

achushkachi,  pass.,  inserted;  placed  in. 

achushli,  pi.,  see  achoxhuli. 

achushoa,  pass,  pi.,  inserted. 

achushoa,  v.  n.,  to  stand  in. 

achushoa,  n.  pi.,  those  which  stand  in, 
as  spokes,  cogs,  etc. 

achunwa,  ahchunwa,  pp.,  sewed;  a., 
sewed;  united  by  stitches;  seamed. 


afabi,  a.,  left;  left  handed. 

afabi,  n.,  a  left-handed  person. 

afabi,  v.  i.,  to  be  left  handed. 

afacha,  v.  n.,  to  be  fast,  close,  tight,  or 
shut;  itafacha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  lock;  to  fas 
ten  it  together. 

afacha,  afancha,  pass.,  fastened; 
latched;  'isht  afacha,  fastened  with;  n., 
a  latch;  a  hasp. 

afachali,  sing.,  afashli  pi.,  afashkarhi 
pass.,  to  fasten;  to  latch;  to  hasp; 
afasha,  pass,  pi.,  latched;  fastened. 

afachali,  n.,  a  fastener;  one  that  makes 
fast  or  firm. 

afahama,  v.  t.,  to  strike  at  or  on. 

afahama,  n.,  the  place  smitten  or 
struck. 

afahata,  v.  a.  i.,  to  swing  in,  on,  or  at. 

afahata,  n.,  a  swing;  the  place  where 
the  thing  swings. 

afalama,  v.  a.  i.,  to  turn  at;  to  return, 
Luke  2:  43;  to  relapse;  to  return  from; 
to  turn  back  at. 

afalama,  n.,  a  return;  the  place  at 
which  one  turns  back;  a  relapse. 

afalamaka,  n.,  the  place  or  point  of 
turning  back;  the  return. 

afalamichi,  afalaminchi  (nasal  form), 
v.  t.,  to  answer;  to  reply;  to  make 
return,  I  Sam.  2:  16;  Josh.  1:  16;  4:  7; 
Matt.  8:  8;  11:  4;  13:  14;  17:  11;  John 
3:  5;  Gen.  40:  18;  afalamincldt  ikmiJto- 
hitok,  he  answered  nothing,  Matt.  27:  12. 

afalapoa,  adv.;  afalapoat  pisa,  to  behold 
sideways;  to  look  sidelong. 

afalapoli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  look  at  a  thing 
sideways;  to  ogle  (in  a  woman). 

afalapa,  v.  a.  i. ,  to  be  obscure  or  doubled 
over  (applied  to  language). 

afalapa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  place  the  head  on 
the  side  of,  as  of  a  tree;  to  listen  to  a 
bell  at  a  distance. 

afama,  v.  a.  i.,  v.  t.,  to  meet;  to  join;  to 
come  across,  Matt.  8:  28,  34;  Josh.  2:  16; 
8:  5;  9:  11,  12;  slafama,  he  met  me; 
ita/ama,  to  meet  with;  to  meet  to 
gether;  to  meet  each  other;  to  en 
counter;  to  light  upon;  itafamali,  I  met 
with  him;  aiitafama,  to  meet  with  each 
other  at;  to  meet  together  at,  or  there; 
afamahe  keyu,  a.,  will  not  meet. 

afama,  n.,  one  that  meets;  also  the  name 
of  a  man,  a  meeter;  afamat  all,  to  meet 
at  and  kill. 


12 


BUREAU    OF    AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  43 


afana,  pass.,  staked  (as  a  fence). 
afanalechi,    afanalechi    (from   a   stem 

afantdi),  v.  t.,  to  see  into;  to  search;  to 

make  search;  <ifanalec,hitilhana,tose&rch 

and  know,  Rev.  2:  23. 
afanali,  v.  t.,  to  direct;  to  guide, 
afananchi,  v.  a.  L,  to  look   through  a 

hole;  topeeporpeek;  afanantqthikikina, 

v.  a.  i.,  to  be  peeping;  to  stand  about 

and  peep, 
afanata,  n.,  a  helmsman;  the  man  at  the 

helm. 

afancha,  see  afacha. 
afataha,  n.,  a  place  to  swing  in  or  at;  a 

swing. 
afataiya,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  crosswise — like 

okfowata,  okfoata,  or  okhoata  (q.  v.). 
afabeka,  n.,  the  left  hand, 
afabekimma,  a.,  sinister;  left  handed, 
afabekimma,  adv.,  to  the  left  hand;  on 

the  Left  hand;  qlhfqbeka,  is  also  used  in 

Luke  23:  33. 
afama    (from  fqmmi,    to    whip);    n.,   a 

whaling;  a  whipping  post, 
afammaiyukali,  adv.,  annually;  yearly; 

each  year, 
afammi,  n.,    a  year;   also   a    yearling, 

Josh.  5:6,  12;  ilqppqt  afqmmi  atuchina 

makon,  "these three  years,"  Luke  13:  7; 

afqmmi pokoHuntachina  (tkocJiaushta,  84 

years,  Luke  2:  37. 
afammi,   v.    i.,    to    be  a    year,   as   out 

afqmmi. 

afammi  achafa,  n.,  one  year;  a  twelve 
month;  a  fqtninihosh  afammikma,  "from 

year  to  year." 

afammi  hannali,  a.,  sexennial, 
afammi  hannalikma,     a.,     sexennial; 

when  it  is  six  years, 
afammi  iklanna,  n.,  half  a  year, 
afamml  iklanna,  a.,  semiannual. 
afammi    iklannakma,     adv.,     semian- 

nually. 

afammi  talepa  achafa,  11.,  a  century. 
afammi  talepa  achafakma,  adv.,  every 

century;  every  hundred  years, 
afammi  talepa  sipokni  achafa,  n.,  a 

thousand  years;  the  millennium, 
afammi  tuchinakma,  a.,  triennial, 
afammi   untuklo,   a.,  septennial, 
afammi   untuklokma,  a.,  septennially. 
afammikma,    adv.,     yearly;    annually; 

everv  vear,  Luke  2:  41. 


afammikma  ilhpeta,  n.,  a  pension; 
a  yearly  allowance  or  gift. 

afamraikma  ilhpitachi,  v.  t.,  to  pen 
sion. 

afanalechi,  see  afanalechi. 

afashkachi,  pass,  pi.,  fastened;  latched; 
from  afqshli. 

afashkachi,  n.  pi.,  cogs. 

afashli,  pi.  of  afachali,  to  fasten;  to  latch; 
qUifqsha  or  afashkachi,  pass. 

afebli,  v.  t.,  to  dent  in  deep,  as  into  the 
skull,  or  anything  hard  like  a  gourd 
shell. 

afehna,  v.  i.,  to  be  very;  mihma  nukowa- 
kan  afehna  mat,  Luke  6:11,  45.  (These 
references  are  to  the  first  translation  of 
Luke.) 

afehnichi,  afehnachi,  v.  t.,  to  praise;  to 
extol;  to  make  much  of;  to  laud. 

af  ekommi,  v.  i.,  to  be  mischievous;  to  be 
impatient. 

afekommi,  a.,  mischievous;  impatient; 
isht  afekommi,  v.  t.,  to  tease  with;  to 
worry  with. 

afekommichi,  v.  t.  cans.,  to  make  mis 
chievous. 

afena,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  come  up;  to  rise 
when  pried. 

afena,  pass,  sing.,  pried  up;  raised  up  by 
prying. 

afenali,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  pry  up;  (afinni,  sing. ; 
afikqchi,  pass.  pi.). 

afepa,  v.  i.  and  pass,  of  afebli. 

afepoa,  pi.  of  afebli. 

afetapa,  v.  i.,  to  be  hurt  by  accident. 

afetapa,  n.,  an  accidental  injury. 

afetibli,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  ensnare;  to  en 
chant;  afetijtoli,  pi. 

afetibli,  n.,  an  ensnarer;  an  enchanter. 

afetipa,  pp.,  enchanted;  greatly  inter 
ested;  see  qfl 'etlpa. 

afetipa,  v.  i.,  to  be  enchanted. 

afetipa,  n.,  enchantment. 

afetipoa,  pass,  pi.,  enchanted. 

afetipoa,  v.  i.  pi.,  to  be  enchanted. 

afetipoa,  n.,  enchantings. 

afetipoli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  ensnare;  to  en 
chant. 

afetipoli,  n.  pi.,  enchanters. 

afinkachi,  pass.  pi.  of  afcnati,  to  be  pried 
up;  pried. 

afilema,  v.  a.  i.,  to  relapse;  to  backslide; 
to  turn  over  back. 


fiYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY   OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


13 


afilema,  n.,  a  relapse. 

afilemoa,  v.  a.  i.  pi.  of  afilema. 

afilemoa,  n.,  relapses. 

afilimmi,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  relapse;  to  turn 

back;  to  turn  over;  afilammi  is  to  turn 

away  to  the  right  or  left, 
afilimmichi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  cause  a  relapse 

or  turning  hack. 
afinni,  v.  t.  sing.,   to  pry;   to  turn  the 

helm;    to  turn  a  boat  by  the   helm; 

afinnit  aba  isht  ia,  to  pry  up;  to  pry  arid 

take  up. 

afinnit  abishtia,  v.  t. ,  to  pry. 
afisa,  n.   (from  English    "officer"),  an 

officer,  Gen.  39:  1. 
afoa,  v.  t.,  to  scuffle  for;  to  contend;  to 

resist;    to   force,  1   Sam.  2:  16;    itima- 

foa,  to  scuffle  together;  to  contend;  to 

contest  with  each  other;  ilafoa,  n.,  con 
tumacy. 
afoa,  affoa  (q.  v.),  pp.,  wound  around; 

nantapgski  noshkobo  isht  afoatuk  ato,  the 

napkin  that  was  about  his  head,  John 

20:7. 

afoachi,  n.,  a  wrapper;  an  envelope, 
afobli,  afopli,  v.  a.  i,,  to  go  round;  to 

pass  around ;  to  encircle. 
afoblichi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  cause  to  wind  or 

go  round. 

afoha,  n.,  a  rest;  a  place  of  rest;  a  har 
bor,  Josh.    1:13,    15;   afohahe  a»  hash 

ahauchahimakoke,  "ye  shall  find  rest," 

Matt.  11:  29. 
afoha,  v.  i.,  to  rest  at,  on,  in,  or  there; 

afohahe,  Matt.  12:  43. 
afohachi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  give  rest  at,  on, 

in,  or  there. 
afohka,  afoka,  n.,  a  pocket;  a  case;  a 

place  into  which  a  single  thing  is  put. 
afohka,  afoka,  pass.,  put  in  at;  placed 

in  there;  afoyuka,  "conceived  in  her," 

Matt.  1 :  20. 

afohka,  v.  i.,  to  go  in  at;  to  go  in  there, 
afohkachi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  put  in;  to  cause 

to  go  in. 
afohkechi,  afokkechi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to 

go  into  a  path  or  river, 
afohki,  v.  t.,  to  put  in. 
afohoma,  n.,  a  hem;  a  rim;  a  band;  a 

welt. 
afohoma,  pp.,  hemmed,  rimmed,  lined, 

welted, 
afohommi,    v.    t.,   to   hem;   to   rim;    to 

put  on  a  rim  or  hoop  at  the  border; 


to  line;  to  welt  a  shoe;  to  rim  a  banket; 

afoli,  pi.,  q.  v. 
afohommi,  n.,  one  who   makes  a  hem 

or  rim. 
afoka,    afohka,    pp.,    put   in;    afonJika, 

nasal  form. 

afoka,  afohka,  n.,  a  case, 
afolakto,  v.  i.,  to  be  forked  at,  as  the 

limbs  of  a  tree  or  as  a  road. 
afolakto,  n.,   a  fork;    the   place  where 

there  is  a  fork, 
afolakto,  pass.,  forked. 
afolaktochi,   afolaktuchi,    v.   t.   cans., 

to  make  a  fork. 

afolaktua,  v.  i.  pi.,  to  be  forked. 
afolaktua,  n.,  forks. 
afolaktua,  pass.,  forked. 
afolaktuli,    v.     t.     pi.,    to   make    forks 

there  or  at. 

afolokachi,  seefullokachi. 
afololichi,   v.    t.   sing.,   to  surround;   to 

turn  about  at. 
afolota,  afoluta,  afullota,  v.  a.  i.,  to  go 

round  at;  to  take  a  circuit  there  or  at; 

afolotoa,   pi. 

afolota,  pass.,  taken  round  at;  afolotoa,  pi. 
afolota,   afullota,   n.,    the  circuit;   the 

extent  round;  a  range;  afolotoa,  n.  pi. 

of  afolota. 
afolotachi,  caus.  sing.,  to  compass,  Josh. 

6:3,  7. 

afolotolichi,  v.  t.  pi.  of  afololichi. 
afolotowachi,    v.    t.    caus.  pi.,   to  lead 

round;  to  take  round. 
afolubli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  encircle;  to  surround; 

to  environ,  Josh.  7:  9;  aiimpa  yan  afo- 

luplit  echiya,  wrasitto  surround;  afolublit 

Mno1imanyatok,      "sat    about      him," 

Mark  3:  32. 
afolupa,  pp.,  encircled;  afolumpa  (nasal 

form),    as   afolumpa  yakni  moma  kan, 

"roundabout,"  Mark  1:  28. 
afoluplichi,    v.  t.  caus.,  to   encircle;  to 

surround;  to  cause  others  to  surround, 
afoluta,  see  afolota. 
afoli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  wind   round;    to  roll 

round;  to  wrap  round;  to  involve;  to  in- 

wrap;   to  reel;   to  rim;  to  swathe;   to 

twine;    to    wind;    alhfoa,  affoa,  pass., 

nantapaski   yoxh  isht  alhfoyukatok,    was 

bound  about  writh  a  napkin,  John  1 1 :44; 

nantapaski  noxhkolio  ixlit  afoatuk  ato,  the 

napkin  that  was  about  his  head,  John 

20:  7. 


14 


BUREAU   OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  40 


afolichi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  cause  to  be  wound; 
to  make  them  wind;  to  turn;  to  whirl; 
to  furl. 

afopa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  around. 

afotoha,  n.,  an  auger  hole,  the  place 
where  it  is  bored;  a  mill,  the  place 
where  it  is  ground;  a  grist  mill;  tanch 
afotoJia,  a  corn  mill. 

afotoha,  pass.,  ground  at;  bored  at. 

afotoii,  v.  t.,  to  bore  at  or  there;  to 
grind  at  or  there.  This  word  describes 
the  motion  round  in  grinding  and  bor 
ing,  and  a  means  place  where. 

afoyua,  afoyuha,  (pp.  from  afoi,  to 
wind  round;  from  afoa  or  qffoa,  pp.) 
lengthened  form,  wound  round.  See 
John  11:  44  (alhfoyuha  in  the  last 
translation). 

afulli,  v.  t.,  to  stir  a  liquid  and  to 
thicken  food  while  cooking,  as  mush, 
and  tanfula,  Indian  hominy;  qffula, 
qlhfula,  pass.  form. 

afullichi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  make  or  cause 
to  stir. 

afullota,  see  afulota. 

ah,  int.,  oh!,  calling  attention,  like  hark! 
listen ! 

anh,  adv.,  yes,  it  is;  one  form  of  the  verb 
to  be  and  in  the  third  person;  siah,  I 
am;  chiah,  tliou  art;  ah,  he  is;  it  is; 
halnk,  it  was;  «w//  is  nasalized  to  make 
it  distinctive,  or  definite  like  a^+h,  the 
substantive  verb  being  added. 

ahabli,  ahapli,  n.,  a  stirrup";  a  step;  a 
stepping  place;  a  degree;  a  pace;  a 
treadle  belonging  to  a  loom,  1  Kings 
10:  19. 

ahabli,  v.  t.,  to  tread  there;  to  tread  on; 
to  trample;  ahali,  pi. 

ahabli,  pass.,  trodden  on;  ahqla,  pi. 

ahablichi,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  tread  into  the 
ground;  to  make  one  tread  on  it; 
nlmUchi,  pi.,  Matt.  7:  6;  Luke  10:  19; 
also  Rev.  11:2. 

ahablichi,  n.,  a  treader;  ahqlichi,  pi. 

ahanh,  n.,  a  negative;  a  negation. 

ahanh,  adv.,  no;  not  so;  a  decided  nega 
tive;  nay;  aha,  2  Sam.  13:  12. 

ahah  achi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  say  no;  to  refuse; 
to  deny;  to  negative. 

ahah  ahni,  v.  a.  i.,  to  take  heed;  to  be 
cautious;  to  beware  of;  to  be  careful; 
to  take  care;  to  be  watchful;  to  heed; 
to  look;  to  see;  ahah  hashimahnashke, 


Matt.  7:  15.  ahanh  hashaiahni,  Matt. 
16:  6,  11;  also  Matt.  6:  1;  8:  4;  Mark  8: 
15;  ahah  ikahno,  v.  a.  i.  neg.  form,  not 
to  take  heed. 

ahah  ahni,  a.,  mindful;  scrupulous;  so 
licitous;  vigilant;  careful;  cautious; 
wary;  circumspect;  considerate;  ahah 
ikahno,  aJiah  ahni  iksho,  a.,  careless; 
heedless;  incautious;  inconsiderate; 
reckless;  unguarded;  unmindful;  un 
wary. 

ahah  ahni,  adv.,  warily;  carefully. 

ahah  ahni,  n.,  a  caution;  care;  heed. 

ahah  ahni  iksho,  a.,  heady;  careless; 
supine.  [This  may  be  used  also  as  a 
noun,  meaning  heedlessness,  etc. — 
H.  S.  H.] 

ahah  ahni  iksho,  adv.,  loosely. 

ahah  ahni  keyu,  n.,  rashness. 

ahah  ahnit  impa,  n.,  regimen;  or  to  eat 
with  care. 

ahah  ikahno,  n.,  mistrust. 

ahah  imahni,  v.  t.,  to  take  heed  of  him; 
to  look  out  for  him;  to  beware  of  him, 
Matt.  7:  15. 

ahaklo,  n.,  a  hearing. 

ahaksa  hinla,  a.,  pardonable. 

ahaksi,  v.  n.,  v.  t. ,  to  forget;  not  to  notice; 
to  neglect;  to  omit;  Jiolisso  han  »iahaksi, 
I  forgot  the  book. 

ahaksi,  n.,  an  excuse. 

ahaksi,  pass.,  forgotten;  overlooked; 
neglected;  excused;  pardoned. 

ahaksichi,  v.  t.,  to  overlook;  to  miss; 
to  neglect;  to  excuse;  to  forgive;  to 
omit,  Matt.  23:  23;  achgfa  kamo  aha- 
ksicha  hinla,  Luke  16:  13;  holisso  ha™ 
pisalahctuk  osJi,  ahaksichili,  the  book 
which  I  should  have  studied  I  neg 
lected. 

ahaksichi,  n.,  one  that  forgets,  over 
looks,  neglects,  misses;  a  forgiver;  a 
pardoner. 

ahaksichi  shali,  a.,  remiss;  very  for 
getful. 

ahaksit  kania,  n.,  oblivion. 

ahalaia,  v.  a.  i.,  to  meddle;  ahaJaia/i 
keyu,  I  have  no  interest,  Luke  12:  9. 
(See  oelow. ) 

ahalaia,  n.,  a  meddler. 

ahalaia,  ahalaya,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  inter 
ested;  to  have  a  care  or  concern,  or  in 
terest;  to  pertain;  Luke  15:  7;  nanla 
hon  ix/tt  isJipiaJialaia  rliof  what  hast  thou 
to  do  with  us?  Mutt.  8:  29;  ahalan- 


BYINGTON] 


•A  DICTIONARY   OF   THE   CHOCTAW   LANGUAGE 


15 


ya,  Matt.  13:  11:  16:  23;  siahalaia  keyu, 
I  am  not  interested ;  ilahalaia  keyu,  we 
are  not  interested;  amahalaia;  isht 
ahalaia,  v.  t.,  to  care  about;  to  have  a 
concern  or  interest  in ;  to  have  to  do  with , 
Luke  4:  34;  to  concern;  to  interest;  isht 
ikahalaio,  a.,  disinterested;  isht  ahalaia 
keyu,  a.,  impertinent;  v.  n.,  to  be  im 
pertinent. 

ahalaia,  a.,  interested;  concerned;  med 
dlesome;  rightful;  ikahalaio,  ahalaia, 
keyu,  a.,  neutral;  uninterested;  free 
Matt.  17:  26;  itimahalaia,  interested 
in  each  other;  itimahalaia,  n.,  inter 
course;  mutual  interest. 

ahalaia,  n.,  a  concern;  an  interest. 

ahalalli,  n.,  a  shaft;  a  thill;  a  trigger;  a 
handle;  a  bail;  a  button;  a  knob;  a  hilt. 

ahalalli,  v.  t. ,  to  take  hold  of,  or  at,  or 
there. 

ahalupa,  n.,  the  edge;  the  place  which 
is  sharp;  iskifa  ahalupa,  the  edge  of 
an  ax. 

ahalupa  anukpilefa,  n.,  a  feather  edge; 
an  edge  that  is  turned  up. 

ahalupa  anukpilefa,  a.,  feather  edged. 

ahalupa  anukpilifi,  v.  t.,  to  turn  up 
the  edge. 

ahama,  n.,  ointment;  oil  for  the  pur 
pose  of  anointing;  unction;  pansh  aha 
ma,  hair  ointment,  Matt.  26:  9,  12; 
nan  ahama,  ointment,  Mark  14:  3; 
Luke  7:  37;  John  12:5. 

ahama,  n.,  anointing.  1  John  2:  27. 
See  1  John  2:  20,  where  unction  is  trans 
lated  as  a  verb. 

ahama,  pass.,  anointed;  oiled;  smeared 
or  rubbed  over  with  oil;  wak  nia  ahama, 
pass.,  tallowed;  greased;  ointed;  nan 
aliamqt  imalhtoka,  his  anointed,  1 
Sam.  2:  10. 

ahauchi,  ahayuchi,  v.  t.,  to  find;  to  dis 
cover;  to  acquire;  to  furnish;  to  have, 
John  3:  36  [?] ;  to  gain;  to  meet;  to  pro 
cure;  to  provide;  ikahayucho,  Matt.  12: 
43;  16:  25;  18:  13;  Josh.  2:  22;  Luke  15: 
4,  5,  6,  8,  9;  Matt.  2:  8;  7:  7,  8;  10:  39; 
13:  44;  imahanchi,  to  furnish  him; 
ilahauchi,  to  furnish  or  find  himself 
(with  provisions,  tools,  etc. );  islit  ila 
hauchi,  v.  t.,  to  make  (as  money);  to 
furnish  himself  by  means  of;  Jiaiaka, 
pass.,  found,  Luke  15:  32;  isht  ilahauchi, 
pass. ,  profited  by  means  of. 


ahauchi,  n.,  a  finder;  a  gainer;  a  pro 
curer. 

ahaya,  a.,  v.  n.,  sufficient  to  fill  a  hole; 
filling  a  place  or  hole;  also  ikahayo, 
neg.  form  and  most  used,  not  being 
large  enough  to  fill,  as  shapo  a™  -Ikahayo. 

ahayu,  v.  t.,  to  find;  found  in  a  man's 
name;  AJiayutabi. 

ahala,  pp.  pi.  of  ahabli,  trodden  down; 
trodden  on;  trampled. 

ahali,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  tread  on;  to  trample 
on. 

ahali,  see  ahabli. 

ahalichi,  pi.  of  aliablichi,  to  tread  into 
the  ground;  to  make  them  tread  on  it, 
or  them;  to  tread  under  foot. 

ahalichi,  n.  pi.,  treaders;  tramplers; 
aJtalincJri,  nasal  form. 

ahammi,  v.  t. ,  to  anoint;  2  Cor.  1:  21; 
Matt.  6:  17;  Mark  14:  8;  16:  1;  Luke 
7:  46;  Rev.  3:  18;  to  smear  with  grease 
or  oil;  to  grease;  to  rub  gently;  to  oil 
himself  or  another  thing;  to  embro 
cate;  to  gum;  to  iron;  to  oil;  to  oint; 
isht  ahammi  cJta,  anointed  with  and, 
John  11:  2;  chinoshkof>o  inh  ahammi 
cha,  anoint  thy  head  and,  Matt.  6:  17; 
ahammoli,  pi.;  tali  hata  isht  ahammoli, 
to  wash  over  with  melted  silver. 

ahammi,  n.,  unction. 

ahammichi,  v.  t.  cans.,  to  cause  to 
anoint;  to  anoint  another  person;  isht 
ahainmichitok,  he  anointed  him  with, 
Acts  10:  38. 

ahapi,  ahe  api,  n.,  a  potato  vine. 

anhatak,  anhatak,  n. ,  my  husband,  or  my 
man;  chinhatak,  thy  husband;  thy  man. 
When  the  pronoun  is  prefixed,  Jiatak 
has  the  meaning  of  husband.  [From 
my  experience  and  observation  the 
word  for  "man"  is  always  pronounced 
hattak,  never  hatak. — H.  S.  II.] 

ahbichakali,  v.  n.,  to  be  nineteen. 

ahbichakali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  make  19,  as  il- 
ahbichakali ,  we  make  19,  or  are  19. 

ahbichakali,  a.,  nineteen;  XIX;  19. 

ahbichakaliha,  adv.,  nineteen  times. 

ahchapi,  see  achapi. 

ahchiba,  n.,  tediousness;  irksomeness; 
a  task. 

ahchiba,  achiba,  (q.  v.),  a.,  tedious; 
slow;  disadvantageous;  tiresome;  trou 
blesome;  difficult;  irksome;  laborious; 
wearisome,  Matt.  9:  5. 


16 


BUREAU    OP   AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


ahchibali,  v.  t.,  to  trouble;  to  weary; 
eh  ikxqmahch  ibalo Ha, ' '  trouble  me  not, ' ' 
Luke  11:7;  also  Mark  5:  35. 

ahchifa,  achefa,  v.  t.,  to  wash;  to  lave; 
to  rinse;  qlhchefa,  pp. 

ahchifa,  n.,  a  wash. 

ahchihpo,  akchihpo,  n.,  a  drift;  a  float. 

ahchishi,  v.  a.  i.  and  v.  t.,  to  scent;  to 
smell  the  track;  to  follow  by  the  scent; 
to  wind. 

ahchishi,  n.,  scent. 

ahchunwa,  see  <tcftunn-a. 

ahe,  ahi,  he,  sign  of  remote  fut.  tense  of 
the  indicative  mood — shall,  will;  as 
ahi  (ike,  and  aJie  tak,  should  have; 
it  means  future  time  simply,  and  not 
purpose  or  intention. 

ahe,  n.,  a  potato;  a  sweet  potato;  a  yam. 

anhe,  he,  adv.,  almost,  Acts  7:  17; 
ctalanhe,  we  have  almost  finished 
them  or  it;  ilonanhe,  we  have  almost 
arrived  there;  anhusi  and  anhesi  (q.  v.) 
are  diminutives  of  anhe. 

ahe  aholokchi,  n. ,  a  potato  patch ;  a  place 
where  potatoes  are  planted. 

ahe  alhpusha,  n.,  a  roasted  potato. 

ahe  api,  n.,  a  potato  vine. 

ahe  bunto,  ahe  munto,  n.,  a  potato  hill. 

ahe  buntuchi,  ahe  muntuchi,  v.  t.,  to 
make  potato  hills. 

ahe  hobi,  v.  t.,  to  boil  potatoes. 

ahe  holbi,  n.,  a  boiled  potato;  a  steamed 
potato. 

ahe  ibish,  n.,  a  potato  hill. 

ahe  inchuka,  n.,  a  potato  house. 

ahe  kamassa,  ahkamassa,  n.,  a  wild 
potato;  a  hard  potato. 

ahe  kashaha,  n.,  a  yam;  a  potato  which 
has  a  good  relish. 

ahe  keyu,  adv.,  shall  not;  can  not;  must 
not;  will  not. 

ahe  lumbo,  n.,  a  round  potato;  an  Irish 
potato,  (the  hoba  and  ik*aJie,  a  Six- 
towns  word. 

ahe  pata  okla,  n.,  name  of  the  ('hoe- 
taws  belonging  to  the  northeast  district 
of  the  Nation.  The  name  is  said  to 
have  been  given  them  from  the  fact 
that  at  an  early  immigration  they  found 
a  place  where  there  were  many  wild 
potatoes— fxila  means  spread  out.  But 
others  explain  this  name  in  other  ways. 

ahe  pehna,  n.,  seed  potatoes. 


ahe  shua,  n.,  a  rotten  potato. 

aheka,  v.  t.,  to  owe;  to  be  in  debt;  to  get 
011  trust;  imaheka,  to  owe  him;  his 
debtor;  pimaheka,  Matt.  6:  12;  issqm- 
aheka,  or  aheka  issqmintakali,  you  owe 
me;  chimahekali,  I  owe  you;  itimaheka, 
to  owe  each  other;  aheka  amintakanli, 
to  be  due  me  from  him;  see  aJiecha 
in  ilqppa  momaka  nana  issqmaliechishke, 
all  these  things  are  against  me,  Gen. 
42 : 36 ;  aheka  frhoyo,  v.  t. ,  to  dun ;  to  look 
after  a  debt;  to  seek  of  him  a  due,  that 
which  he  owes;  aheka  itqnnali,  to  col 
lect  debts,  aheka  atobbaJte  keyu,  a.,  in 
solvent;  unable  to  pay  his  debts,  aheka 
atobbaldnla,  a.,  solvent. 

aheka,  n.,  Luke  7:  41 ;  a  debt;  a  due;  an 
obligation;  a  charge;  a  duty;  a  score, 
Rom.  13:  8;  Matt.  18:  24;  ilaheka,  our 
debts,  Matt.  6:  12. 

aheka,  pass.,  v.  n.,  trusted;  owed;  due; 
credited;  obtained  on  credit. 

aheka  iksho,  a.,  unindebted;  out  of 
debt. 

aheka  imasha,  n.,  a  debtor,  Luke  16:  5. 

aheka  intakanli,  v.  t.,  to  owe  him, 
Matt.  18:  28;  Luke  16:  5;  Philem.  18; 
aheka  intakanlili,  I  owe  him;  aheka  an- 
lakanli,  he  owes  me:  a.,  indebted;  ahekqt 
takali,  pass.,  charged. 

aheka  ishi,  n.,  a  creditor. 

aheka  takalichi,  v.  t.,  to  score;  to  enter 
a  debt;  to  charge  with  a  debt. 

aheka  takanli,  a.,  due. 

aheka  takanli,  n.,  arrear;  arrears;  ar 
rearage;  balances  remaining  due;  a  due. 

ahekachi,  v.  t.,  L  to  sell  on  credit;  to 
trust;  to  get  another  in  debt;  to  credit; 
to  charge;  chiahekqcheli,  I  trust  you; 
issiahekqchi,  you  trust  me;  itimahekqchi, 
to  trust  each  other.  2.  To  buy  on  credit; 
'•to  run  in  debt;"  to  get  on  credit,  as 
by  purchase,  ahekqchit  holissochi,  v.  t., 
to  debit;  to  trust  and  write  it. 

ahekachi,  n.,  a  creditor;  a  seller  on 
credit;  a  buyer  on  credit,  n<tn  ahekachi. 

ahekachi,  ahhekachi,  ahheka,  adv., 
lengthwise  (of  cloth);  abalyqclii,  length 
wise,  of  a  field;  n.,  the  length. 

anhesi,  anhusi,  adv.,  almost;  very  near; 
nearly;  t<ilt(tnltex!,  nearly  done,  or  gone. 

aheto,  adv.,  will  not;  can  not;  shall  not; 
umbaheto,  it  will  not  rain. 


BYINGTON] 


A    DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


17 


ahetok,  sign  of  tho  remote  fut.  perf., 
would  have;  should  have;  would  have 
been,  achukmahetok,  it  would  have 
been  well. 

ahetuk,  sign  of  the  recent  fut.  perf.; 
mintahetuL,  he  should  have  come.  The 
first  syPable  a  unites  with  the  last  syl 
lable  of  the  preceding  word,  which  is 
according  to  the  usage  of  the  language, 
or,  rather,  the  last  syllable  of  the  pre 
vious  word  is  elided:  thus — chumpa,  to 
buy,  chumpahetuk;  minti,  to  come,  min- 
tahetuk;  tiaklo,  to  hear,  haklahetuk. 

ahheka,  n.,  the  length,  as  of  a  piece  of 
cloth;  see  ahekachi. 

ahhekachi,  n.,  the  length.    See  ahekachi. 

ahi,  see  ahe. 

ahika,  n.,  a  station;  a  stand;  a  post;  a 
degree. 

ahika,  v.  i.  sing.,  to  stand  at,  or  in;  to 
stand  there;  ahinka,  nasal  form.,  stand 
ing  in,  or  at,  as  a  stick  in  a  hole  or  an 
arrow  in  the  side;  uski  naki  at  issi  ak  on 
ahikia,  the  arrow  stands  in  the  deer. 

ahikia,  n.,  a  station;  an  estate;  a  footing. 

ahikiat  anumpuli,  n.,  a  pulpit;  the  place 
where  anyone  stands  and  talks. 

ahikma,  as  alhtahanhikma,  if  it  is  nearly 
ready. 

ahilechi,  n.,  an  establishment;  a  place 
where  anything  is  set  up. 

ahila,  n.,  a  place  where  persons  dance; 
from  hila,  to  dance;  and  a,  adv.,  at, 
there;  aboha  ahila,  a  ball  room. 

ahila,  v.  a.  i.,  to  dance  at,  or  on. 

ahinla,  sign  of  the  potential  mood,  pres 
ent  tense;  can,  may,  shall  (in  a  mild 
sense).  The  final  syllable  of  the  verb 
is  elided  before  ahinla.  hashhomincha- 
hinla  clio?  will  ye  season  it,  eh?  cf. 
Mark  9:  50. 

ahinlatok,  past  tense;  could  have, 
might  have,  may  or  can  have. 

ahinlatuk,  recent  past  tense;  could  have, 
might  have. 

ahinna,  ahina,  v.  t.,  v.  a.  i.,  to  tend;  to 
watch  (as  with  the  sick) ;  to  keep  com 
pany;  to  be  the  companion  of  another 
person;  to  stay  with,  to  guard,  ahinat 
apela  Jiioka  imikbilashke,  I  will  make 
an  helpmeet  for  him;  chiahinnali,  I 
keep  you  company;  issiahinna,  you 
are  company  for  me;  you  stay  with 
84339°— Bull.  40—15 2 


me;  itahinna,  to  keep  company  or  be 
pledged  together;  to  consort  together. 

ahinna,  pass.,  to  be  pawned;  pawned; 
pledged. 

ahinna,  n.,  security;  a  pledge;  com 
pany;  a  companion;  surety;  itahina,  a 
companion;  an  escort;  a  watcher. 

ahinnachi,  v.  t.,  to  pawn;  to  pledge;  to 
cause  to  be  the  companion  of  another. 

ahinnia,  ahiniya,  v.  i.,  to  relish  much; 
to  be  fond  of. 

ahkamassa,  see  a  tic  k«i>tcu<x<(. 

ahmpi,  see  ahpi. 

ahni,  ahli,  v.  a.  i.,  v.  t.,  to  think;  to  ex 
pect;  to  fear;  to  hope;  to  wish;  to  pre 
sume;  to  calculate;  to  design;  to  desire, 
Matt.  16:  1;  also,  to  seek,  Matt.  16:  4; 
to  aim  at;  to  notice;  to  observe;  to  will; 
to  care  for;  to  contemplate;  to  count 
upon,  Matt.  14:  5;  to  destine;  to  dis 
pose;  to  entertain;  to  incline;  to  in 
tend;  to  like;  to  mark;  to  mean;  to 
notice;  to  purport;  to  purpose;  to 
reckon;  to  remark;  to  see;  to  tend;  aba 
anumpa  ahni,  to  seek  or  desire  the  gos 
pel,  or  religion;  chimahni,  to  desire  of 
thee;  chiahni.  to  think  or  to  wish  thee; 
alhpesa  ahni,  to  comply;  yohmi  imahni, 
v.  t.,  to  suspect  concerning  him;  yohmi 
ikimahno,  a.,  unsuspected;  nana  okpulo 
imahni,  v.  t.,  to  execrate;  to  imprecate; 
to  wish  him  something  evil;  nana  ahni 
iksho,  a. ,  indifferent,  or  to  care  for  noth 
ing;  to  wish  nothing;  ilap  ahnit  yamoh- 
mi,  himself  wishes  and  does;  imahni; 
to  let  him,  Matt.  6:  3;  to  suffer,  Matt, 
8:  31;  17:  4;  aiahni,  pro.  form,  Matt. 
18:  10;  hashaiahni,  Matt.  7:  12;  ikahno, 
neg.  form;  isht  ikinahno,  to  hate  him; 
isht  ikiminahno,  to  deride  him,  Luke 
16:  14;  ahnituk  keyu,  a.,  unpremedi 
tated. 

ahni,  a.,  disposed;  minded;  optional; 
aware;  designed;  willing;  ikaJtno,  in 
disposed;  unaware;  undesigned;  un 
marked;  unperceived;  unthinking;  un 
willing;  ahnahe  keyu,  a.,  undesirable; 
will  not  wish. 

ahni,  n.,  a  will;  a  wish;  a  desire;  a 
purpose;  a  disposition;  an  expectation; 
an  inclination;  an  intent;  a  meaning; 
mind;  motive;  option;  a  plan;  a  pur 
port;  a  volition;  ikahno,  n.,  indisposi- 


18 


BUREAU   OF   AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL..  46 


tion;  alhpesa  a/mi,  to  suffer;  to  permit; 
qlhpexa  issqmahnashke,  suffer  me,  Matt. 
8:21. 

ahni,  n.,  a  wisher;  an  expectant;  an  ex- 
pecter. 

ahnichi,  v.  t.,  to  respect;  to  like;  to  ap 
plaud;  to  love;  to  approve;  to  esteem; 
ahninchi,  nasal  form,  which  is  most 
used;  to  reckon;  to  regard;  to  receive, 
Matt.  18:  5;  to  savor,  Matt.  16:  23; 
ikahnincho,  to  despise;  to  dislike, 
Matt.  12:7;  ahnihinchi,  freq.;  ahniechi, 
protracted  form;  ilahninchi,  to  respect 
himself;  ilahninchi,  n.,  self-esteem;  ile- 
ahninchi,  to  trust  in  himself;  ikahnin 
cho,  a.,  disliked;  loathed;  ikahninchot 
isht  anumpuli,  v.  t.,  to  remonstrate. 

ahnit,  adv.  (t  is  sometimes  used  as  aeon- 
junction),  purposely;  ahnit  anukfitti,  to 
remember;  ahnit  isJii,  v.  t.,  to  choose; 
to  wish  and  take;  ahnit  holitobli,  to  ob 
serve,  Josh.  1:7,  8. 

ahoba,  n.,  an  illusion;  an  appearance;  a 
prospect. 

ahoba,  a.,  worthy;  ikahobo,  neg.  form, 
worthless;  unworthy;  having  no  worth; 
stale;  isht  ikahobo,  a.,  disgraced  by  it; 
v.  n.,  to  be  disgraced  by  it;  isht  ikim 
ahobo,  a. 

ahoba,  v.  i.,  v.  n.,  to  seem;  to  appear; 
to  have  worth;  to  look;  to  conjecture; 
to  think,  Matt.  6:  7;  siahoba  keyu,  "I 
am  not  worthy,"  Luke  3:  16;  imahoba, 
it  seems  to  him,  or  he  presumes;  nan 
ikimahobo,  a.,  unconcern;  being  noth 
ing  to  him,  etc.;  ikimahobo,  it  does  not 
seem  to  him,  or  it  is  of  no  worth  to 
him;  ikahobo,  a.,  unuseful;  unworthy; 
useless;  vain;  waste;  of  no  worth;  of  no 
account;  cheap;  idle;  inefficient;  in 
significant;  jejune;  mean;  refuse  [?]  ; 
nana  qpaikahobo,  a.,  insipid;  ikchiahobo, 
Matt.  5:  22;  ixJtt  iksqmahobo,  it  is  of 
no  worth  to  me;  it  is  nothing  to  me; 
ahobachi,  \.  t.,  to  cause  to  seem; 
ilehobachi,  to  make  like  himself;  ahobali, 
ahobqlli,  which  see  for  definitions; 
ikahobalo,  neg.  f.,  v.  t.,  to  mock;  to  de 
spise;  to  disparage;  to  sneer;  to  make 
light  of;  to  despise,  2  Sam.  1:  21;  Matt. 
9:  ;>;  ikahobalo  pixamqt,  when  he  saw 
that  he  was  mocked,  Matt.  2:  Hi; 
Otiliotra  ikafiobalo,  v.  t.,  to  blaspheme 
Jehovah;  isltt  ikahobalo,  v.  t.,  to  blas 


pheme,  Mark  3: 28,  29;  ikahobalot  anum 
puli,  to  blaspheme,  Mark  2:  7;  Acts  26: 
11;  ikahobalot  nan  ikmihacho,  not  blas 
pheme,  1  Tim.  2:  20;  ikahobalot  nana 
mihanchi,  "blaspheme,"  James  2:  7; 
ikahobalot  anumpuli,  to  blaspheme, 
Matt.  12:  31;  ahomba,  v.  a.  i.,  to  have, 
as  nipi  chiahomba. 

ahobachi,  v.  t.,  to  represent;  to  in 
struct;  to  imitate. 

ahoballi,  v.  t.,  to  represent;  to  cause  to 
appear  like;  ahobanli,  nasal  form. 

ahobi,  see  ilahobbi,  to  pretend. 

ahochifochi,  see  hochifochi. 

ahochukwa,  a.,  chilly;  cold  (as  a  per 
son,  not  a  thing) ;  aguish.  This  word  is 
applied  to  the  feeling  or  sensation  of 
cold,  and  not  to  the  weather  or  any 
object;  kapqssa  is  applied  to  objects, 
hochukwa  to  a  person's  sensation. 

ahochukwa,  v.  i.,  to  be  cold;  to  feel 
the  cold  (as  a  person);  siahochukwa,  I 
am  cold. 

ahochukwa,  n.,  chilliness;  coldness; 
ague. 

ahochukwachi,  a.,  chilly;  coolish. 

ahochukwachi,  v.  i.,  to  be  chilly;  chi- 
ahochukwqchi,  you  are  chilly. 

ahochukwachi,  n.,  chilliness;  cold 
ness.  These  wrords  are  applied  to  de 
scribe  the  sensation  of  cold  which  a 
person  experiences;  kapassa  is  applied 
to  objects,  as  weather,  water,  etc.; 
kapassa  aiena  hatukoka,  Acts  28:  2. 

ahofahya,  n.,  shame,  reproach. 

ahofalli,  pass.,  hatched. 

ahofanti,  n.,  nourishment;  the  place  or 
means  of  raising  a  being  or  a  creature; 
nurture;  nutriment;  pabulum. 

ahofallechi,  v.  t.,  to  hatch  or  multiply 
(as  fowls),  Gen.  1:  22. 

ahofobi,  n.,  a  deep  place;  an  abyss, 
Matt.  18:  6;  ikahofobo,  n.,  a  shallow. 

ahofobika,  n.,  the  deep  place;  the  depth; 
the  deep;  an  abyss;  the  abyss;  kohchqt 
ahofobika,  Luke  8:  31;  ahofobi  fchnaka, 
Rom.  10:  7. 

ahofombika,  n.  (nasal  form  of  above), 
the  deep;  the  place  where  it  is  deep. 
ahofombika  pit  takalichi  dm,  ''launch 
out  into  the  deep,"  Luke  5:  4. 

ahoiya,  n.,  a  strainer;  a  filter,  or  the 
place  where  liquid  runs  through  it  in 
drops  or  small  streams. 


BYINOTON] 


A   DICTIONAEY   OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


19 


ahokchi,  v.  t.,  to  plant  at. 

ahokchichi,  v.  t.,  to  plant  with  some 
thing  else.  See  Matt.  13:  25. 

ahokli,  n.,  a  handle;  a  haft;  a  place  at 
which  to  seize  or  take  hold;  agin;  a  hilt. 

ahokofa,  n.  sing.,  ahokoli,  pi.,  the  end, 
or  cessation ;  the  place  at  which  it  is  cut 
off;  a  decision;  atermination;  iti  ahokofa, 
the  place  where  the  tree  is  cut  off;  a 
stump. 

ahokofa,  v.  i.  sing.,  to  cease;  to  end;  out 
ahokofa  wa,  it  will  never  cease  or  end; 
ahokoli,  pi. 

ahokofa,  pass.,  cut  off  at,  ended,  con 
cluded,  decided,  extinguished;  ahokofa 
iksho,  a.,  without  end,  ceaseless,  end 
less;  itahokofa,  pass.,  unjointed;  ita- 
hokofa,  n.,  a  gap;  nanih  itahokofa,  a 
mountain  gap. 

ahokofn,  v.  t.  sing,  to  cut  off  at;  to  cease; 
to  put  an  end  to  at;  to  decide;  to  des 
tine;  to  discontinue;  to  set;  imahokoffi, 
v.  t.,  tosilencehim;  to  cut  him  off.  ita- 
hokoffi,  v.  t.,  to  unjoint;  to  cut  asunder. 

ahokoffi.,  n.,  one  that  cuts  off. 

ahokoffichi,  v.  t.,  to  end;  to  finish;  to 
conclude;  to  extinguish. 

ahokoli,  pi.  of  ahokofa  (q.  v. ). 

ahokolichechi,  v.  t.  caus.,  pi.  of  aho 
koffichi. 

ahokolichi,  v.  t.  caus.,  pi.  of  ahokoffi. 

aholabechi,  v.  t.,  to  procure  false  wit 
nesses;  to  accuse  falsely. 

aholabechi,  n.,  a  false  accuser. 

aholabi,  v.  t,,  to  bear  false  witness;  to 
lie;  to  perjure,  Luke  3:  14. 

aholabi,  n.,  a  false  swearer;  a  liar;  a  per 
jurer. 

aholba,  n.,  an  image. 

aholba,  v.  i.,  to  resemble;  ahoyulba,  pro. 
form. 

aholhpokunna,  11.,  a  dream,  Gen.  42:9. 

aholhpokunna,  v.  i.,  to  dream;  aholhpo- 
kunnatukon,  that  which  he  had  dreamed. 

aholhtachi,  see  ahotachi. 

aholhtapi,  n.,  a  string,  a  file,  anything 
on  which  beads,  meat,  fish,  and  the 
like  are  strung;  nani  aholhtapi,  a  string 
of  fish;  shikala  aholhtapi  achafa,  one 
string  of  beads. 

ah.olh.tina,  n.,  the  number;  aholhtina 
iksho,  without  number. 


aholhtina,  v.  i.,  to  be  numbered,  to  be 
come;  yakni  aholhtina,  to  become  earth; 
lukfi  aholhtina,  to  become  dust. 

aholhtina  iksho,  a.,  innumerable,  un 
numbered,  numberless,  sumless. 

aholhtufa,  n.,  a  reel. 

ah.olih.ta,  n.,  an  inclosure. 

aholisso,  n.,  paper. 

aholissochi,  n.,  a  desk,  a  writing  table, 
a  slate,  a  place  to  write  on;  aholissofhi 
a^  hoj/o  cha,  "he  asked  for  a  writing  ta 
blet  and,"  Lukel:  63. 

aholitobli,  v.  t.,  to  worship,  isht  aholi- 
tobli. 

aholitopa,  n.,  honor,  John  4:  44;  a  sanc 
tuary. 

aholitopaka,  n.,  glory,  Luke  4:6;  John 
11:  40. 

aholitopanka,  n.,  glory.  See  Matt.  25: 
31 ;  isht  aholitopaka  in  last  edition. 

anhollo,  v.  t.,  he  loves  me;  chi^hollo,  he 
lovesthee;  inhollo,  he  loves  him;  aPhollo, 
dear  to  me;  chWiollo,  dear  to  thee; 
inhollo,  dear  to  him.  This  verb  and  ima 
have  the  dative  pronouns  im,  in,  etc., 
inseparably  united.  sanhullo,  chivhul- 
loli,  John  21:  15,  16, 17.  See  inhollo  or 
fohullo,  the  later  and  more  correct  mode 
of  spelling. 

anhollo,  v.  n.,  with  a  pronoun  in  the 
dative  case,  dear  to  me;  or  it  is  ren 
dered,  I  love  it  or  him,  her,  or  them; 
inhollo  is  also  rendered,  he  is  stingy, 
he  loves  it,  he  will  not  part  with  it, 
he  is  close.  (See  above. ) 

ahollohpi,  ahollopi,  n.,  a  grave;  a  place 
of  burial  or  interment;  a  graveyard,  2 
Kings  9:  28;  a  tomb;  a  sepulcher;  a 
vault,  John  11:  31,  38,  44. 

aholloka,  aholloka,  n.,  a  sacred  thing; 
hatak  imilhfiopak  at  aholoka  fehna  hoke, 
the  life  of  a  man  is  very  sacred. 

ahollopi  boh,  v.  t.,  to  sepulcher;  to  lay 
in  the  grave;  to  entomb. 

ahollopi  kalli,  n.,  a  grave  digger;  a  sex 
ton. 

ahollopi  tali  hikia,  n.,  a  grave  stone;  a 
tombstone. 

aholokchi,  n.,  ground  planted;  a  place 
planted;  ikaholokcho,  n.,  fallow  ground, 
ground  not  planted;  a  fallow. 

aholuya,  n.,  a  filter;  a  leach  tub. 

ahonala,  ahonala,  pp.  pi.,  nailed;  nailed 
up  or  upon. 


20 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


ahonati,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  nail  on;  to  nail  up. 

ahonalichi,  v.  t.  pi.  caus.,  to  nail  on; 
itahonaliehi,  to  tack  together. 

ahonola,  n.,  a  spinning  wheel. 

ahonola  isht  talakchi,  n.,  a  wheel  band. 

ahonolushi,  n.  diminutive,  a  small  spin 
ning  wheel. 

ahopoka,  n.,  refuse. 

ahopoksa,  a.,  wise. 

ahopoksia,  a.,  wise. 

ahopoksinka,  n.,  wisdom,  Luke  2:  40  [?]. 

ahoponi,  n.,  a  kitchen;  any  place  where 
cooking  is  performed;  a  cook-room. 

ahopoyuksa,  n.,  wisdom,  Matt.  11:  19. 

ahopoyuksa,  v.  i.,  pro.  form,  to  be  wise. 

ahopoyuksaka,  11.,  righteousness,  Matt. 
5:  6. 

ahosi,  n.,  a  mortar;  a  place  where  corn, 
salt,  and  the  like,  are  pounded  fine. 

ahosi,  v.  t.,  to  beat  there;  to  bray  in;  to 
pound  there. 

anhosi,  Matt.  1:  11;  see  aPhusi. 

ahoshmi,  n.,  altar;  place  where  any 
thing  is  burnt,  Luke  1:  11.  [alta  in  ed. 
of  1854.] 

ahoshonti,  n.,  a  cloud. 

ahoshontika,  ahoshintika,  n.,  a  shade; 
a  shadow  of  any  inanimate  object. 

ahotachi,  ahoUitachi,  n.,  warping  bars. 

ahotupa,  n.,  a  wound. 

ahoyo,  n.,  the  place  where  a  search  has 
been  made;  as  tanchi  ahoyo,  where  the 
corn  has  been  gathered;  the  harvest, 
his  harvest,  Matt.  9:  38. 

ahoyo,  v.  t.,  to  search  at,  there,  or  in. 

ahpalli,  v.  t.,  to  fondle;  to  fawn;  to  play 
with  a  living  object. 

ahpalli,  n.,  a  t'ondler. 

ahpi,  n,  the  commencement;  the  first. 

ahpi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  first;  aiahpi,  where  it 
commences. 

ahpi,  ahmpi,  a.,  first,  as  allahpi,  first 
child;  atta))i,  first  born;  nitak  ahpi,  first 
day.  It  is  sometimes  written  as  being 
part  of  another  word,  as  allahpi  for 
alia  ah  pi;  allanakni  ixhi  aJipi,  Matt.  1: 
2o;  tnfahjn,  spring,  first  of  summer; 
hashtolaJipi,  fall,  first  of  winter. 

alisakti,  n.,  wild  potato. 

ahumba,  v.  i.,  to  have;  from  ahoba,  (q.v.). 

ahumma,  n.,  a  tan  vat. 

ahummachi,  n.,  a  tan  vat;  a  tan  pit. 

ahunsa  achafa,  n.,  a  gunshot. 


anhusi,  anhosi,  adv.,  most;  almost; 
near;  nearly.  "Near,"  1  Sam.  4:  19; 
isht  ianhosi,  Matt.  1:  11;  derived  from 
anhe,  q.  v. 

ai,  a  diphthong  having  the  sound  of  i 
in  pine;  mine. 

ai,  a  "locative  particle"  or  adverb  be 
fore  vowels,  meaning  at,  from,  in,  on, 
place  where,  or  in  which,  or  time 
when,  there,  by  means  of,  atta,  aiatta, 
to  stay  at;  born  at,  or  born  there;  ai 
imonatok,  went  unto  him  there,  Matt. 
14:  36;  when  the  verb  begins  with 
a  consonant  the  adverb  is  a  (q.  v.). 
peni  anunkaka  aiokchalinchitok;  before 
y  ai  is  used,  as  pit  aiyilepa,  Josh.  8:  15. 
ai  often  changes  the  verb  to  which  it  is 
prefixed  to  a  noun;  as  atta,  to  reside, 
aiatta,  a  residence;  all,  true,  aiali,  the 
truth,  or  where  it  is  true,  the  true  place. 
ai  is  prefixed  to  some  verbs  in  the  in 
tensive  form;  anli,  aia^li;  ahnt,  aiahni; 
yohmi,  aiyohmi;  yamohmi  [generally 
spelled  yammohmi—H..  S.  H.],  aii/a- 
mohmi;  aia  is  a  repetition  of  this  adverb, 
as  cldk  aia  miho,  Matt.  5 :  35.  NOTE.  — In 
the  intensive  forms,  made  by  doubling 
a  consonant,  where  y  occurs  and  is 
doubled,  the  letter  /  is  used  for  the  first?/; 
yakohmi  aiyakohmi,  and  not  ayyakohmi; 
hoyohoiyo,  not  hoyohoyyo. 

ai  is  used  for  the  final  a  of  some  nouns; 
when  the  article  a  or  ya  is  suffixed,  as 
chuka,  a  house;  chukaiya  or  chukaia,  the 
house.  The  original  vowel  is  changed 
for  euphony's  sake. 

aia,  ia  (q.  v.),  v.  a.  i.,  to  go. 

aia,  n.,  a  going;  one  that  goes. 

aiabachi,  n.,  doctrine;  see  Mark  12:  3S. 

aiabeka,  a.,  unhealthy;  ikaiabeko,  salu 
brious. 

aiabiha,  n.  pi.,  bins;  receptacles;  places 
filled  up. 

aiachafa,  n.,  a  kind. 

aiachafa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  pertain  to;  ibaiachqfa, 
to  be  one  of,  Josh.  5:  13. 

aiachefa,  n.,  a  wash  tub;  a  wash  place. 

aiachukma,  n.,  a  good  place;  aiarln^kma, 
n.,  nasal  form,  being  a  good  place. 

aiachunkma,  a. ,  good;  being  good;  John 
1:  46[?]. 

aiachukmaka,  n.,  the  good  place;  good 
ness;  peace;  Luke  2:  14;  the  state  [of 


BYINGTON] 


A    DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


21 


peace] ;  aiachukmanka ,   n.,   nasal  form, 

being  the  good  place. 
aiachunwa,  n.,  a  seam, 
aiafacha,  n.,  a  staple. 
aiahalaia,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  of,  or  to  belong 

to;   to  be  interested  in;  1  John  2:  16 

[?] ;  ishahalaia,  chiahalaia,  chimahalaia. 
aiahanta,  n.,  capacity,  state,  or  condi 
tion, 
aiahni,  n.,    will,    John    1:  13;    4:  34;   a 

point,    a    project,    a    sentiment;    nan 

aiaJmika,  the  will,  Matt.  7:  21. 
aiahni,  v.  a.  i.,  to  think  of;  to  wish,  Matt. 

1:  19;  to  will,  Luke  5:  12;  6:  31. 
aiahni,  v.  t.,  as  in  aba  anumpa  aiahnili,  I 

think  about  the  gospel, 
aiahninchi,  v.  t.,  to  respect;  to  like;  isld 

aiahninchi,  n.,  favor,  grace,  Luke  2:  40. 
aiahoba,  v.  a.  i.,  to  appear,  1  John  3:  2. 
aiahpi,  n.,  place  or  time  of  beginning; 

Chihowahokqtatobqtaiahpitok:  v.  t. ,  ikim- 

iksho  hoke,  Child's  Cat.,  p.  4,  question  7. 
aiaka,  a.,  large,  long,  much,  Luke  16: 

10;  anumpa  aiaka  anumpuli   iinponna; 

anumpa    ikaiako    hqchimanumpohonlila 

chin  hoke   (ikaiako=not   worthy — said 

by  the  speaker). 
aiaka,  v.   n.,  to  be  large;   to  be   long, 

Luke  16:  10. 
aiakachi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  make  large  or 

long;  to  lengthen;  to  enlarge, 
aiakmi,  n.,  a  model. 
aiakmo,  n.,  a  foundry. 
aiakmochi,  v.  t.,  to  solder;  to  cause  it 

to  adhere  to;  itaiakmochi,  v.  t.,  to  solder; 

to  solder  together. 
aiakostininchi,  v.   t.,  to    know  about, 

John  3:  8. 

aialota,  n.,  fullness;  the  place  filled, 
aialota,  a.,  iilled  up. 
aianli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  succeed;  to  prosper;  to 

be  true  to;  akchimaianlot,  Josh.    1:  5. 
aianli,  v.  n. ,  to  be  successful. 
aianli,    adv.,    lakqfi    aianlitok,    perfectly 

healed,  Matt.  14:  36. 
aianli,    n.,    success;   fulfillment;   justice; 

might;  a  reality;  a  surety;  thrift;  truth; 

trueness;   veracity;  virtue;   islit   aianli, 

power,  Mark  12:  24;  ikaia^lo,u.,  treach 
ery;  untruth. 
aianii,  a.,  successful;  thrifty;  just,  Matt. 

1:   19    [?];  loyal;    open;    peremptory; 

perfect;  plain;  pure;  positive;  real;  ster 


ling;  substantial;  ihdanlot  a.,  pending; 
unsuccessful. 

aianli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  succeed. 

aianli,  pp.,  prospered;  fulfilled;  ratified. 

aianli  achukma,  a.,  holy. 

aianli  fehna,  a.,  prevalent. 

aianli  ikakostinincho,  a.,  uncertain. 

aianli  ikithano,  a.,  dubious. 

aianli  keyu,  a. ,  truthless. 

aianlichi,  v.  t.,  to  accomplish;  to  verify; 
to  fulfill,  Matt.  5:  17;  to  comply;  to 
prosecute;  to  ratify;  to  substantiate;  to 
support;  to  perform,  Matt.  5:  33;  ?//,- 
aianlichi,  v.  t.,  to  sanction;  aianlichi,  n., 
probation. 

aialika,  n.,  power,  Luke  4:  6;  glory, 
John  2:  11. 

aianlika,  a.,  mighty,  Luke  1:  49. 

aialipa,  n.,  a  crown,  a  wreath,  a  tur 
ban,  John  19:  2. 

aianlishke,  v.  n.,  to  be  true;  it  is  true, 
John  4:  37. 

aianlit,  adv.,  loyally. 

aiamona,  aiammona,  n.,  the  begin 
ning;  the  commencement. 

aianompisa,  n.,  the  sight  of  the  gun. 

aianowa,  aiannowa,  pp.,.  to  be  called 
to;  to  be  invited,  to  be  told,  John  2:  2. 

aianoyuwa,  11.,  pro.  form,  fame;  the  re 
port. 

aianta,  nasal  form  of  aiqtla,  to  reside. 

aianta,  v.  a.  i.,  to  stay  at;  to  be  stay 
ing  at;  aiahanta,  freq.  form. 

aianta,  n. ,  an  abode. 

aianukcheto,  v.  t.,  to  trust  to;  to  com 
mit  unto,  John  2:  24. 

aianukcheto,  n.,  trust;  confidence;  de 
pendence;  resource. 

aianukpalli,  n.,  temptation;  place  of 
excitement,  interest,  or  desire;  see  the 
Lord's  prayer. 

aianukpallichi,  v.  t.,  to  tempt  with; 
to  excite  the  feelings  by  means  of. 

aianukpallichi,  n.,  a  tempter. 

aianukpallika,  n.,  the  place  of  temp 
tation;  the  temptation. 

aianumpuli,  n.,  the  place  where  any 
one  speaks;  a  council;  a  desk;  a  pulpit; 
a  stand  (used  in  camp  meetings). 

aianumpulika,  n.,  the  place  of  speak 
ing;  the  council  ground. 

aianumpuli  aboha  hanta,  n.,  a  chapel; 
a  church;  a  meeting  house;  an  oratory. 


22 


BUREAU   OF   AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


.  46 


aianumpuli  chuka,  n.,  a  council  house; 
a  house  used  as  a  place  of  puhlic  speak 
ing,  debate,  or  council. 

aiapesa,  n.,  a  hall,  common  hall,  place 
of  judgment,  Matt.  27: 27;  a  place  where 
anything  is  measured;  establishment. 

aiapoksia,  n.,  an  office  (as  the  office  of  a 
priest),  Luke  1:  8. 

aiapushli,  n.,  a  place  for  broiling  or 
roasting;  an  oven. 

aiasittia,  n.,  a  hobby. 

aiasha,  v.  a.  i.  pi.  (sing.,  aianta],  to  sit; 
to  tarry;  to  remain;  to  dwell;  to  be 
there;  to  occupy,  Matt.  2:5,  6;  aiasha, 
are  in,  Matt.  11:  8;  aiashahe  oke,  shall 
be,  Matt.  13:  42,  43;  18: 10;  used  often 
for  the  plural  of  the  verb  to  be  (Luke 
5:  2);  see  ansha,  the  intensive  form  of 
a-sha;  aiasha  and  aianta  are  in  the  pro 
longed  form  of  asha  and  anta. 

aiasha,  n.  pi.,  inhabitants;  residents, 
Josh.  9:  3,  11. 

aiasha,  n.  sing.,  "place,"  1  Sam.  5:  3; 
throne,  Matt.  5: 34;  see  also  Matt.  17: 14. 

aiasha,  n.  pi.,  seats;  abodes;  habita 
tions;  mansions,  John  14:  2;  Chintail 
aiasha;  Matt.  10:  5;  aiahanshwa,  freq., 
John  1 :  39. 

aiasha  holitopa,  n.,  a  throne. 

aiasha  holitopa  ombinili,  pp.,  en 
throned;  seated  on  a  throne;  v.  a.  i., 
to  sit  on  a  throne. 

aiasha  holitopa  ombinilichi,  v.  t.,  to 
enthrone. 

aiashachi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  lay  them  on;  to 
lay  them  at,  or  there;  boll,  sing. ;  pit 
ainxhacha  he,  cast  them  into,  Matt.  13:42. 

aiashachi,  n.,  receptacle;  a  place  where 
are  laid  or  placed. 

aiashachi,  v.  t.,  to  err  at;  to  make  a 
mistake  at,  or  by  means  of;  to  sin  about, 
or  at;  to  overlook. 

aiashachi,  n.,  a  prisoner;  a  transgressor; 
one  who  makes  mistakes. 

aiashachi,  n.,  a  mistake;  an  error:  an 
oversight;  a  sin,  John  1:  29;  a  fault, 
Matt.  IS:  15. 

aiashachika,  aiashacheka,  n.,  a  sin;  a 
mistake,  Luke  3:  3-<>;  5:  21;  Mark  2:  7; 
Matt.  I'-':  31 ;  ihiiashucheka,  n.,  our  sins; 
hqcliimaiashqcJteka,  Mark  11:  2(>. 

aiataha,  pp.,  qualified. 

aiataia,  n.,  a  landing;  a  place  to  lean 
against  or  to  rest  upon. 


aiatali,  v.  t.,  to  qualify,  to   capacitate, 

to  furnish. 

aiatikonofa,  n.,  a  strait,  2  Sam.  24:  14. 
aiatokko,    aiatukko,    n.,    a  shelter,    a 

protector,  a  refuge.     See  atukko. 
aiatokowa,  n.,  declaration;  testimony, 

John  3:  11;  witness,  John  4:  44. 
aiatokowali,  v.  t.,  to  bear  testimony, 
aiaya,  n.,  passage,  route,  place  of  going. 
aialbi,  or  aialli  (q.  v.)  n.,  reward,  Luke 

23:41;  price;  cost;   mark,  Phil.  3:14; 

see  aiilli  and  albi. 
aialbichi,  v.  t.,  to  price. 
aialbiha,  n.,  a  vessel,  Matt.  13:  48;  Mark 

11:  IB;  a  winefat,  Mark  12:   1. 
aialbina,  n.,  a  camp;  an  encampment, 
aialbinanchi,  v.  t.  nasal  form,  to  camp 

at;  to  make  an  encampment, 
aialbo,  n.,  the  place  soldered  or  glued 

together. 
aialbo,  v.  a.  i.,  to  adhere;  to  stick  on;  to 

cement;  to  cleave  to;  itaialbo,  to  adhere 

to  each  other ;  ita  iqlbo,  pp. ,  a. ,  cemented 

together. 
aialbo,  pp.,  a., adhered;  cemented;  glued; 

sticky, 
aialbuchi,  v.  t,,  to  solder;  to    glue;    to 

cause  to  adhere;  to  cement;   itaiqlbuchi, 

to  solder  together;  to  glue  together. 
aialh.ch.api,  aialhchipi,  n.,    a  place  for 

playing  a  Choctaw  game;  see  achapi. 
aialh.chunwa,  n.,  a  seam;  the  union  of 

two  edges  of  cloth  by  the  needle;  a 

stitch. 
aialhpesa,    n.,    a    preparation;    proper 

place  or  time;  the  nick  (of  time);  the 

critical    time;    season;     power,    Matt. 

7:  29;  9:  (>. 

aialhpesa,    a.,  suitable;  expedient;   op 
portune;  ordinary;  rightful;  aialhpiesa 

keyu,  evil,  Matt.  12:34;  nana  ikaiqlfipeso, 

folly,  Josh.  7:  15. 

aialhpi,  aiunlhpi,  n.,  a  handle;  a  hasp, 
aialhpiesa,   v.  n.,  prot.   form,  to  fulfill; 

to  be  justified;  -isht.  chiaiqlhpiesa,   Matt. 

12:  37. 
aialhpiesa,    pp.,    fulfilled,    Matt.  2:   17; 

alhnaiqfhpiesa,    n.,     need,    Matt.    9:  12; 

an  intensive  form  doubled  by  the  pre 
fix  tti. 

aialhpiesa,  n.,  an  opportunity. 
aialhpiesa,  n.,  righteousness,  Acts  10:  .'55; 

Matt.  ,"•:    15;  5:  20;  a.,  righteous;  hntak 

aialhpiesa,  Gen.  IS:  23. 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


23 


aialhpusha,  n.,  an  oven;  a  meat  oven; 
a  place  or  vessel  used  for  roasting;  a 
place  where  things  are  roasted;  from 
alhpushn,  roasted,  and  ai,  place  where. 

aialhtaha,  a.,  full;  complete;  plenary; 
pp.,  completed;  made  ready. 

aialhtaha,  n.,  fullness;  completion;  per 
fection;  plenitude. 

aialhto,  n.,  a  bin;  a  box;  a  canister;  a 
receptacle;  that  in  which  dry  articles 
and  liquids  are  kept;  a  vat;  a  vessel, 
1  Kings  10:  21,  25. 

aialhto,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  in;  to  be  inside; 
abolm  ilaialhto,  we  are  in  the  house; 
(tianlhto,  nasal  form. 

aialhtoba,  n.,  a  reward,  Matt.  10:  41. 

aialhtoba  ikono  kinsha,  a.,  undue;  not 
due  yet. 

aialhtoka,  n.,  lot;  office;  duty,  Luke 
1:  9. 

aialhtokowa,  pp.,  appointed;  required; 
assigned  as  a  duty,  Luke  3:  13. 

aialli,  aialbi,  n.,  price,  17th  hymn,  3d 
verse;  see  aiilli. 

aialwasha,  n.,  a  frying  pan. 

aiali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  start  from;  to  com 
mence  from;  to  end  at,  Matt.  1:  17. 

aiali,  n.,  the  edge;  end,  Matt.  10:  22; 
limit;  border;  extent;  bounds;  the  butt; 
compass;  conclusion;  the  extremity; 
period;  pitch;  the  reach;  term;  termi 
nation;  the  upshot;  the  sum  total;  as 
yammakosh  aiali,  that  is  all  or  the 
whole;  yakni aiali,  n.,  the  coast;  border, 
Josh.  1:4;  15:  6;  confine;  the  extreme; 
limitation. 

aiali,  a.,  finite;  last;  utmost. 

aiali,  adv.,  through. 

aiali,  pp.,  limited;  ant  imaiali,  until, 
Matt.  11:  13;  ant  aiali,  unto,  Josh. 
5:  9. 

aiali,  v.  t.,  to  reach. 

aiali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  from;  aialit  miliinli 
ma,  Matt.  4:  17. 

aiali  iksho,  a.,  unlimited;  without  limit; 
infinite. 

aialichi,  v.  t.,  to  terminate. 

aialichi,  v.  t.,  to  limit;  to  bound;  to 
bring  to  an  end  or  close. 

aiammona,  see  aiunioiia. 

aiamo,  v.  t.,  to  gather  from  or  of, 
Luke  6:  44. 

aiamoma,  see  aiimoma. 

aiani,  n.,  a  funnel;  a  tunnel. 


aiannowa,  see  aianowa. 

aiashwa,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  be  there;  to  stay 
there. 

aiashwa,  n.,  the  place  where  they  stay, 
sit,  etc. 

aiatta,  v.  a.  i.,  to  reside  at;  to  dwell;  to 
inhabit. 

aiatta,  n.,  a  residence;  an  abode  of  any 
kind;  the  place  of  one's  birth;  a  native 
place;  a  domicile;  a  habitation;  a  lodg 
ing;  a  mansion;  a  room,  1  Kings  10:  26. 

aiatta,  n.,  an  inhabitant;  a  lodger;  a 
native;  one  born  in  any  place. 

aiatta  ikithano,  a.,  unfixed. 

aiatta  iksho,  a.,  vagabond;  being  with 
out  a  home;  vagrant. 

aiattatok  nitak,  aiyattatok  nitak, 
n.,  a  birthday.  Gen.  40:  20;  Matt.  14:  6. 

aieha,  pp.,  washed,  as  to  the  head. 

aiehchi,  ayehchi,  aiyehchi,  v.  t.  See 
aiehclii,  1  Sam.  19:  2;  Josh.  8:  2. 

aiehna!,aiyehnan!  int.  (used  by  females; 
not  a  manly  word),  Oh,  ah,  alas,  O  dear, 
an  inter,  of  sorrow  or  regret;  aiyehnalie! 
is  a  longer  term. 

aieli,  v.  t. ,  to  wash  one's  own  head. 

aielichi,  v.  t.,  to  wash  the  head  of  an 
other,  or  to  cause  it  to  be  done. 

aiemoma,  a.,  always;  see  aihnomacJti 

aiena,  con.  adv.,  and,  together,  withal; 
prep.,  with. 

aiena,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  with;  to  be  one  with; 
to  go  with;  Matt.  5:  6,  moma  aiena  kat, 
etc.,  Matt.  2:3;  Josh.  8:5;  aienali  keyu, 
I  am  not  with;  I  am  not  one  of;  aienali 
kat,  ilaiena  kqto,  Josh.  14:  11;  Matt.  9: 
14;  Jiacliimaienahe,  shall  be  added  unto 
you,  Matt.  6:  33;  ilaiena,  Gen.  47:  3; 
Josh.  5:  11;  to  be  together  with,  Matt. 
6:  33;  2  Sam.  24:  4;  Matt.  12:  3,  4;  ohoyo 
alia  aiena  kgto  ansha  hon,  beside  women 
and  children;  itaiena,  to  be  together 
with;  imitaiena,  used  for  a  concubine, 
see  1  Kings  1 1 :  3  (the  word  tekchi  comes 
in  before  imitaiena;  in  Judges  19:  2,  it 
appears  without  tekr/ii}. 

aiena,  adv.,  also;  likewise;  and  with  a 
negative,  neither,  Matt,  ti:  19;  18:  17; 
Josh.  7:  11;  il<ticn<i,  Matt.  9:  14. 

aieninchi,  v.  t.,  to  put  with;  to  put  along 
with;  to  include;  !taieni)iclii,  to  put 
together  with;  to  do  both  together, 
Matt.  10:  28;  13:  2J);  al'iihiclnt,  v.  t. 
and  conj.,  to  put  with  and,  or  an  ad- 


24 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


verbial  expression;  aienint,  contracted 

from  aieninchit,  as  ilqppa  aienint  isht  ia; 

itianint,  to  go  together;  itaieninchi,  v.  t., 

to  put  together  with;   Luke  4:  40;   it- 

aienincJd,   itianinchi,    both,  Luke  5:  7; 

with,  Luke  5:  19  [?];  Matt.  6:  24. 
aieshi,  n.,  a  handle;  a  haft, 
aieshi,    v.  t.,    to  take   hold  at;   to  take 

hold  there. 

aieta,  see  akaieta  and  akabo^sha. 
aifoli,  n.,  ivory,  Rev.  18:  12. 
aiibachanfa,    v.   a.    L,   to  be  one  with, 

from  iba  and  achqfa;  anurnpa  hat  Chiho- 

iva  i/an  aiibachanfatok,  John  1:1,2. 
aiibetabli,  n.,  an  offense,  Matt.  18:  7. 
aiinfalammi,  n.,  a  schism. 
aiihchi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  lie  in  ambush;  to  lie 

in  wait  for,  in  order  to  catch  or  kill; 

to  watch, 
aiikhana,     aiithana,     n.,     knowledge; 

understanding;    place    of    knowledge; 

seat  of  learning;   aiikJtana  all,  limit  or 

scope  of  knowledge;   as  far  as  one  re 
members;  see  (tiitJutna  qli. 
aiikhana,    n.,    a  place  for  learning;    a 

school. 
aiikhananchi  (nasal  form),  n.,  a  place 

of  instruction;   a  place  of  teaching;   a 

school. 
aiiklana,    n.,    the    middle;    where    the 

middle  is;  the  half  way;  the  center. 
aiiklanaka,  n.,  the  middle. 
aiiklanna,  n.,  the  half;  where  the  half  is, 

John  8:  3. 
aiiklannanka  (nasal  form),  n:,  the  middle 

place;  the  half;  being  the  half;  yakni 

aiiklannaflkci. 
aiiksiachi,  see  aiiskiachi. 
aiiksho,  v.  a.  i.,  "consumed,"  Josh.  5:  6. 
aiilbasha,  n.,    wretchedness;     poverty; 

misery;  affliction;  hell. 
aiilbasha  imma,  a.,  infernal;  hellish. 
aiilbashaka,  n.,  the  place  of  sorrow;  the 

state  of  sorrow;  hell, 
aiilekostininchi,  n.,  repentance;    place 

of  reformation, 
aiilhpeta,  n.,  place  where  feed  is  given; 

a  trough;  a  manger;  a  stall;  a  place  of 

receiving  a  benefaction  or  annuity. 
aiilli,  n.,   place   of   death;    a  death  bed; 

home,  death,  John  LM  :   ]}). 
aiilli,  v.  t.,  to  cost;  to  fetch. 


aiilli,    aialli,    aialbi,    n.,    price;    worth; 

value;  cost;  an  estimate;  fare,  1  Kings 

10:  28. 

aiilli,  pp.,  valued. 

aiilli  atabli,  aiilli  atable,  v.  t.,  to  over 
charge, 
aiilli  atapa,  pp.,  overcharged;  a.,  dear; 

too  high, 
aiilli  atapa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  dear,  or  too 

high;  to  be  too  costly. 
aiilli  atapa,  n.,  an  overcharge, 
aiilli  atapa,  a.,  overvalued;  unvalued, 
aiilli  chaha,  n.,  a  high  price, 
aiilli  chahachi,  v.  t.,  to  raise  the  price, 
aiilli  chito,  a.,  dear;  having  a  large  price; 

costly;  expensive;  high, 
aiilli  chito,  pp.,  priced  high, 
aiilli  chitoli,  v.  t.,  to  price  high, 
aiilli  ikchito,  a.,  cheap, 
aiilli  ikchitocho,  aiilli  ikchitolo,  v.  t., 

to  price  low. 
aiilli  iklauo,  a.,  cheap;  bearing  a  small 

price. 
aiilli iksho,  aiilliksho,  a.,  without  price; 

gratuitous;  priceless. 
aiilli  iksho,  n.,  cost  free, 
aiilli  iskitini,  a.,  cheap;  bearing  a  small 

price, 
aiilli  iskitinichi,  v.    t.,    to  reduce  the 

price;  to  cheapen, 
aiilli  onanchi;  aiilli  ikonancJio,  v.  t.,  to 

underrate;  to  undervalue, 
aiilli  onitula,  pp.,  rated;  priced. 
aiilli  onuchi,  v.  t.,  to  rate;  to  price;  to 

value, 
aiilli  onuchi,  n.,  an  appraiser;   a  rater; 

a  prizer. 
aiillichi,  v.   t.,  to  set  a  price  upon;   to 

price;  to  value, 
aiilaualli,  n.,  a  playground;  a  play;  the 

stage. 

aiilaualli,  n.,  a  scene. 
aiilaualli  chito,  n.,  a  scene, 
aiilaualli  chuka,  n.,  a  theater;   a  play 
house. 
aiimaiyachi,  v.  t.,  to  overcome;  ;/<ikni  an 

(tiimaii/acliit  lal'di  iioke,  John  KK.'!)! 
aiimalhpesa,  n.,  his  disposition,  custom, 

way,    habit,    humor,    instinct,  nature, 

style. 

aiimalhtaha,  n.,  maintenance. 
aiimmi,a.,  his;  his  kind;  after  his  kind. 
aiimmi  ayukali,  n.,  each  one  after  his 

kind. 


BYINOTOX]  A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


aiimmi  binka,  a.,  alike  in  kind;  basJipo 
aiimi  binka  ishishi  qlhpesa,  you  may  take 
knives  that  are  like  each  other;  aiimmi 
binka  ayuka,  a.,  every  one  after  his 
kind. 

aiimoma,  aiamoma, a. ,  adv.,  always  so; 
natural;  naturally  small;  isuba  aiimoma, 
a  horse  that  is  naturally  small;  hatak 
aiimoma,  a  man  of  small  stature;  abeka 
aiimoma,  always  sick  or  feeble. 

aiimoma,  v.  n.,  to  be  naturally  small;  to 
be  thus  always,  1  John  2:  17[?]. 

aiimomachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  accustomed; 
to  be  so  naturally;  to  be  habituated; 
aiimomali,  I  usually  do  so. 

aiimomaka,  n.,  a  habit;  a  custom. 

aiimomaka,  aimomaka,  a.,  habitual. 

aiimomachi,  n.,  a  habit. 

aiimomachi,  v.  t.,  to  habituate;  to  rea 
son. 

aiimomachi,  a.,  habitual;  veteran. 

aiimpa,  n. ,  lit. ,  an  eating  place;  any  place 
where  any  creature  eats,  as  a  rack,  a 
range,  a  manger,  a  plate,  a  table,  a  dish, 
Matt.  15:  27. 

aiimpa,  n. ,  a  boarder. 

aiimpa,  v.  t.,  to  eat  at,  or  on;  to  eat 
there. 

aiimpa  foki,  v.  t.,  to  stall  [or  to  stake 
a  horse  out  to  grass;  lit.  "  to  put  in  an 
eating  place. "— H.  S.  H.] 

aiimpa  iskitini,  n. ,  a  stand ;  a  small  table. 

aiimpa  iyi,  n.,  a  table  leg. 

aiimpa  onlipa,  n.,  a  table  cloth. 

aiimpa  ona,  n.,  meal  time. 

aiimpa  umpatampo,  n.,  a  table  cloth. 

aiina,  v.  a.  i.,  to  become  the  wife  of  a 
man  in  company  with  another  woman; 
to  become  a  wife  of  inferior  condition, 
there  being  another  wife  of  the  hus 
band;  itaiina,  to  marry  a  second  wife, 
the  first  being  alive  and  living  with  her 
husband. 

aiina,  aiena,  n.,  a  wife  of  inferior  condi 
tion;  the  second  wife;  a  concubine; 
itaiina,  11.  pi.,  wives  together  of  one 
man;  it  aiena,  2  Sam.  5:  13. 

aiinla,  v.  a.  i.,  to  alter;  to  change. 

aiinla,  pp.,  altered,  Luke  9:  29. 

aiinlachi,  v.  t.,  to  alter;  to  change. 

aiintakobi,  a.,  tired  out  by  means  of  or 
with  it;  wearied  with. 


aiintakobichi,  v.  t.,  to  tire  down  with; 
to  weary  with. 

aiinnukkilli,  n.,  anger  (an  attribute),  2 
Sam.  24:  1. 

aiisikkopa,  aiissikkopa,  n.,  wrath;  place 
of  torment,  Luke  8:  7  [?]. 

aiiska,  pp.,  fixed;  regulated;  put  in 
order. 

aiiskia,  v.  t.,  to  fix;  to  regulate;  to  put 
in  order;  to  repair. 

aiiskia,  n.,  a  regulator;  a  repairer. 

aiiskiachi,  aiskiachi,  v.  t.  cans.,  to  fix; 
to  repair;  to  put  in  order;  to  recon 
cile,  1  K.  11:  27;  see  alxklachi. 

aiiskiachi,  aiskiachi,  n.,  a  repairer. 

aiiskiali,  v.  t.,  to  mend;  to  repair. 

aiissa,  n.,  a  place  deserted,  abandoned, 
left,  or  forsaken;  a  ruin. 

aiissa,  v.  t,  to  ravish, .  2  Sam.  18:  12; 
hokli  cha  aiissa,  to  commit  a  rape,  2 
Sam.  13:  14. 

aiissachechi,  v.  t,  caus.,  to  end;  to 
cause  to  end;  to  cause  to  abandon;  to 
employ  one  to  cause  another  to  quit 
or  abandon  a  plan  or  project. 

aiissachi,  pp.,  ended,  Luke  4:  2. 

aiissachi,  v.  t.  and  v.  a.  i.,  to  desert;  to 
leave  off;  to  cause  to  quit;  piwachi,  he 
causes  us  to  quit;  aiissacheli,  I  quit,  or 
I  have  quit  it. 

aiisso,  v.  t.  sing,  to  beat;  to  smite  at, 
there,  or  on;  itaiisto,  to  smite  each 
other  at,  on,  etc.;  to  bunt;  to  strike 
together;  pi.,  aboli. 

aiisso,  n.,  the  blow;  the  place  struck;  a 
slam. 

aiinsh.ah,  a.,  extreme. 

aiinshali,  n.,  the  extremity. 

aiishi,  n.,  the  handle;  the  haft. 

aiishi,  v.  t.,  to  take  hold  at;  to  seize  it 
there,  or  at. 

aiishko,  n. ,  a  drinking  place;  a  watering 
place;  a  drinking  vessel,  1  K.  10:  21. 

aiishko,  v.  t.,  to  drink  at;  to  drink  from 
or  out  of. 

aiisht  ahalaia,  n.,  right. 

aiisht  ahollo,  n.,  a  miracle,  John  2:  11; 
a  sign,  John  2:  1S[?];  a  wonder. 

aiisht  ahollochi,  v.  t.,  to  perform  mir 
acles  or  wonders. 

aiisht  aiokchaya,  n.,  the  vitals. 

aiisht  aiopi,  n.,  the  extreme;  the  last. 

aiisht  atiaka,  n.,  a  progenitor:  a  kins 
man. 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


aiisht  awechi,  n.,  foundation;  origin, 
aiisht  ia,   v.  a.  i.,  to  start  from;  ilappa 

isht  ia,  to  start  from  this, 
aiisht  ia,   n.,    the  beginning;  the   com 
mencement;  the  start;  the  germ;  the 

spring. 
aiisht  ia  ammona,    n.,  the  beginning; 

the  first  commencement;  the  rise;  the 

origin;  the  ground, 
aiisht  ilahauchi,  n.,  profit;  nana  aiisht 

ilahauchi  afhukma,  a.,  profitable, 
aiisht  ilaiyukpa,  n.,  enjoyment, 
aiisht  ilapisa,  a.,  profitable, 
aiisht  ilapisa,  n.,  a  benefit, 
aiisht  ilapisahe  keyu,  a.,  unprofitable, 
aiisht  illi,  n.,  occasion  of  death;  reason 

for  death,  Luke  23:  22. 
aiisht  inchakali,  a.,   conceived  in  her 

by  means  of;  pregnant   by  means  of. 

Matt.  1 :  20. 
aiisht  itintakla,  n.,  a  medium;  that  by 

means  of  which, 
aiishwa,  v.  t.,  to  smell  of. 
aiitachaka,  pp.,  spliced  at. 
aiitachakalli,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  splice  it  at  or 

with;  to  add  on  at;  to  continue  at;  to 

weld  at. 
aiitachakli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  splice  them  at 

or  with. 

aiitafama,  v.  t.,  to  meet  at. 
aiitafama,  n.,  a  confluence;  a  meeting; 

the  place  where  they  meet;  a  junction. 
aiitahoba,  n.,  a  place  of  meeting;  a  place 

of  assembling;  tali  holisso  aiitahoba  yan, 

the  receipt  of  custom, 
aiitahoba,  v.  a.  i.,  to  gather  at;  to  assem 
ble  at. 

aiitahobi,  v.  t.,  to  assemble  at. 
aiitaiyokoma,  n.,  a  flutter;  a  puzzle, 
aiitanowa,  n.,  a  road;  a  highway. 
aiitatoba,  n.,  a  market;  a  trading  place; 

a  factory;   a   'house   of    merchandise, 

John   2:  10;    an  emporium;  a  shop;  a 

store. 

aiitatoba  chito,  n.,  a  fair, 
aiitatoba   chuka,  n.,  a  market  house; 

a    factory;    a   trading    house;  a    store 
house. 

aiitatobanowa,  v.  a.i.,  to  shop. 
aiitachaka,  n.,  a  joint;  a  place  spliced  or 

welded. 

aiitachakilli,  n.,  a  suture. 
aiitanaha,  n.,  the  place  of  meeting   or 

assembling;  a  rendezvous;  a  resort. 


aiitanaha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  assemble  at;  to 
rendezvous. 

aiitannali,  v.  t.,  to  assemble  at. 

aiitanowa,  n.,  a  street,  Matt.  6:  2,  5. 

aiitapinha,  v.  a.  i.  nasal  form,  to  be  with; 
to  be  associated  with,  Luke  23:  32. 

aiithana  n.,  a  disciple;  nan  aiithana 
aleha,  Matt.  17:  10. 

aiithana,  n.,  knowledge:  place  of  knowl 
edge;  or  aiikhana,  q.  v. 

aiithana  ali,  n.,  memory;  the  extent 
of  knowledge;  see  aiikhana. 

aiithanaka  misha,  a.,  immemorial. 

aiithana,  v.  t.,  to  learn  at;  to  acquire 
knowledge  at;  imaiithana,  v.  t.,  to 
learn  of  him;  imaiithana,  n.,  a  learner; 
his  disciple. 

aiithana,  n.,  a  school;  a  place  of  learn 
ing;  a  seminary;  nana  aiithana,  n.,  a 
disciple;  a  scholar;  nan  imaiithana,  n., 
his  disciples,  Matt.  13:  10. 

aiithana  chuka,  n.,  a  schoolhouse. 

aiitibafoka,  n.,  a  junction;  a  peer. 

aiitibbi,  n.,a  field  of  battle;  a  place  or 
scene  of  a  battle,  a  battle  ground;  a 
field,  2  Sam.  18:  6;  aiitihimbi,  2  Cor.  7 :  5. 

aiitinbilinka,  n.,  propinquity;  place  near 
to  each  other. 

aiitilaui,  n.,  an  equal;  equality. 

aiitintakla,  con.,  through;  by  means  of; 
adv.,  in  the  meanwhile,  John  4:31; 
between,  Josh.  3:  4;  during  (the  time  of 
harvest),  Josh.  3:  15. 

aiitisetali,  n.,  junction  (as  the  junc 
tion  of  one  water  course  with  another). 

aiitishali,  v.  t.,  to  ride  three  together  on 
one  horse;  to  ride  treble. 

aiitishali,  n.,  a  generation. 

aiitisholi,  v.  t.,  to  ride  two  together  on 
one  horse;  to  ride  double. 

aiititakla,  con.,  among,  Josh.  3:  5. 

aika  or  eka,  interjection  of  dislike. 

aiksiachi,  aiiksiachi,  see  aiiskiachi. 

Ailish,  n.,  Irish;  the  Irish. 

Ailish,  a.,  Irish. 

Ailish  hatak,  n.,  an  Irishman. 

Ailish  okla,  n.,  the  Irish;  the  Irish  peo 
ple  or  nation. 

Ailish  yakni,  n.,  Ireland. 

aimomaka,  see  <tiinio)it<ika. 

aioa,aiyoa,  aiowa,  v.  t.  pi.  of  /.s7//,  to  pick 
up,  Matt.  13:  29;  to  choose,  a  I  oat  ifila- 
fioba  fie  an.  Matt.  13:  28;  a! oat  .  .  .  }>i( 
apitta,  Matt.  13:  48;  aiyita,  pp.,  picked 


BVINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY   OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


27 


up;  aiuwa,  pass.,  to  be  chosen;  2.  Chron. 

25:  5. 
aionbinili,  aiombinili,  aiomanili  (q.  v.), 

n.,  a  seat;  a  chair. 
aionbinili  api,  n. ,  a  chair  leg. 
aionbinili  falaia,  n.,  a  bench. 
aionbinili  hanta,  n.,  a  sacred  seat. 
aionbinili  holitopa,   n.,  a  holy  seat;  a 

sacred  seat;  a  throne, 
aiochi,  see  aiuchi. 
aionfaiokachi,  n.,  a  rocker,  the  curving 

piece  of  wood  on  which  a  cradle  or 

chair  rocks. 

aionhikia,  n.,  a  vestige. 
aiohmi,  v.  n.,  to  be  so;  siaiohmi,  I  am  so. 
aiohmichi,  v.  t.,  to  cause;  to  make  it  so. 
aionholissochi,  n.,   a    writing    table;   a 

desk;  a  line. 

aioholissochit  achunli,  n.,  a  sampler, 
aiokami,  n.,  a  wash  basin;  a  wash  bowl; 

a  place  for  washing  the  face;  a  laver. 
aiokami,  v.  t. ,  to  wash  the  face  in  or  at. 
aiokchalinka,    n.,   redemption;    isht  ai- 

okchanya,  redemption,  Luke  2:  38. 
aiokchanya,  v.  n.,  to  live  by,  Luke  4:  4. 
aiokchanya,  pp.,  to  be  saved,  John 3:  17 
aiokchanya,  a.,  vital. 
aiokchanya,  aiokchaya  (Matt.  18:  8,9), 

n.,  life;  salvation;  support;  sustenance; 

vitality;  see  aiokchanya  in  aiokchanya. 

yan,  Matt.  7:  14. 
aiokchanya  alhpisa,  n.,  salvation,  John 

4:  22. 
aiokchipelih,  aiokchifelih,  v.  a.  i.,  to 

gaze  at. 

aiokhaneli,  see  aiyukhaneli. 
aiokhankachi;    itaiokhankachi,    corners, 

Matt.  6:  5. 

aiokla,  n.,  a  settlement  of  persons. 
aiokla,v.  t.,  to  settle  at;  to  inhabit, 
aiokla,  pp.,  settled;  inhabited;  ikaioklo, 

a.,  uninhabited;  wild, 
aiokla  achafa,  n.,   a  habitant;   an    in 
habitant. 

aiokla  hinla,  a.,  inhabitable;  habitable. 
aioklachechi,  v.  t,,  to  populate;  to  fur 
nish  with  inhabitants, 
aioklachi,  v.   t.,    to   settle   others  at  a 

place;  to  cause  to  be  inhabited. 
aioklachi,  n.,  one  that  settles  others  in  a 

place. 
aiokluha,a.,  all;  itaioklunha,  all  together, 

John] 8:  1;  21:  2. 
aiokluha,  adv.,  heartily. 


aiokluhali,  v.  t. ,  to  take  all  together. 

aiokluhalinchi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  cause  all 
to  be  taken  together;  aiitaiokluhalinchi, 
Luke  23:  32. 

aiokluhanchi,  v.  t.,  to  take  all  together; 
to  take  also;  to  take  together  with. 

aioklileka,  n.,  darkness;  the  dark;  the 
dark  place;  obscurity;  obscureness; 
kocha  aioklileka,  outer  darkness. 

aioklili,  n.,  darkness;  where  it  is  dark, 
or  where  the  dark  is. 

aioklilinka,  n.,  nasal  form,  darkness, 
John  3:  19-  a  shade. 

aioklilinkaka,  n.,  the  darkness,  John 
12:  46;  the  dark  place. 

aiokpancha  hinla,  a.,  laudable. 

aiokpanchi,  a.,  thankful;  courteous; 
grateful;  heedful;  officious;  welcome; 
as  liatak  aiokpanchi  achukma;  ikaiokpan- 
cho,  ikaiokpacho,  a.,  ungrateful;  un 
thankful;  unwelcome. 

aiokpanchi,  n.,  thankfulness;  saluting; 
greeting;  applause;  a  benediction;  a 
blessing;  gratitude;  notice;  observ 
ance;  a  reception;  respect;  reverence; 
a  welcome. 

aiokpanchi,  n.,  a  saluter;  an  esteemer. 

aiokpanchi,  v.  t.,  to  celebrate;  to  ap 
plaud;  to  approbate;  to  thank;  to  re 
ceive  well;  to  laud;  to  magnify. 

aiokpanchi  achukma,  n.,  readiness. 

aiokpanchi  achukma,  a.,  cheerful. 

aiokpanchi  keyu,  a.,  unthankful,  Luke 
6:  35;  inattentive;  ungenerous;  iksam- 
aiokpancho  at,  he  is  not  grateful  for 
what  he  has  of  mine  [?]. 

aiokpanchit  anoli,  v.  t.,  to  recommend. 

aiokpachechi,  aiyukpachi,  v.  t.  caus., 
to  amuse;  to  cause  to  greet;  to  make 
glad;  to  cheer;  to  delight.  This  word 
is  a  form  of  yukpachi. 

aiokpachi,  aiyukpachi,  v.  t.  (from 
yukpa;  properly  ayukpqchi  instead  of 
aiokpachi),  to  salute,  Matt.  10:  12;  to 
greet;  to  approve;  to  bless,  Matt.  14: 
19;  to  accept;  to  accost;  to  acknowl 
edge;  to  worship,  Matt.  4:  9;  8:  2;  14: 
33;  to  receive  well,  Matt.  10:  40;  to  con 
gratulate;  to  shake  hands;  to  dignify; 
to  fawn;  to  gratulate;  to  homage;  to 
honor;  to  notice;  to  prosper;  to  regard; 
to  respect,  Matt.  12:  7;  to  revere;  to 
reverence;  to  sanction;  to  thank;  to 
glorify;  to  warrant;  to  welcome;  to 


BUREAU   OF   AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


worship,  Matt.  8:  2;  Josh.  5:  14; 
aiokpanchi,  aiyukpanchi,  nasal  form; 
aiokpahanchi,  freq.,  Matt.  9:  8;  15:  9, 
31;  aiokpaiyachi,  protracted  form;  isht 
aiokpachi,  v.  t.,  to  treat;  ikaiokpacho, 
to  refuse;  isht  aiokpachi,  n.,  gift,  Matt. 
8:  4;  ikaiokpacho,  pp.,  refused;  un 
noticed;  unregarded;  unrespected;  re 
pulsive. 

aiokpachi,  n. ,  a  greeter ;  a  saluter;  a  wor 
shiper. 

aiokpachi,  n.,  a  compliment;  eclat;  grat 
itude;  a  valediction;  ikaiokpacho,  u.,  in 
gratitude;  a  slight. 

aiokpachi,  a.,  diligent;  (aiokpachi  achuk- 
ma,  industrious),  attentive;  ikaiokpa 
cho,  a.,  unconstant. 

aiokpachi,  n.,  diligence;  (aiokpachi  ach- 
ukma,  industry). 

aiokpachi  achukma,  adv.,  readily. 

aiokpachi  alhpesa,  a.,  worshipful. 

aiokpulo,  n.,  evil;  guilt. 

aiokpulo,  n.,  a  bad  place;  an  evil  place. 

aiokpulo,  v.  a.  L,  to  be  bad. 

aiokpulo  iksho,  11.,  innocence;  inno- 
cency. 

aiokpuloka,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  ruined. 

aiokpuloka,  n.,  the  bad  place;  a  bad 
place;  hell,  Matt,  10:  28;  an  abyss;  the 
abyss;  a  furnace;  perdition;  tophet; 
destruction,  Matt.  7:  13;  a  desolation, 
Josh.  8:  28. 

aiokpuloka,  a.,  evil,  Luke  11: 13;  vexed; 
ixht  aiokpuloka,  vexed  with,  Luke  6: 18. 

aiokpuloka  chito,  n.,  the  great  place  of 
evil. 

aiokpuloka  chukoa,  pp.,  damned. 

aiokpuloka  foka,  pp.,  damned;  put  into 
hell;  cast  into  hell. 

aiokpuloka  foki,  v.  t.,  to  damn;  to  put 
into  a  bad  place. 

aiokpuloka  iksho,  n.,  soundness. 

aiokpuloka  iksho,  a.,  unblemished. 

aiokpuloka  luak,  n.,  hell  lire;  Matt.  5: 
22;  18:  9. 

aiokpulunka,  n.,  perdition;  aiokpolu*ka 
ushi,  John  17:  12;  a  wreck;  hell;  aiokpu 
loka,  Matt.  5:  22;  11:  23;  1<>:  18. 

aiokshilinta,  pp.,  nasal  form,  shut  up; 
being  shut  up;  Luke  4:  25. 

aiomanili,  n.,  a  seat;  a  chair;  bottom  of 
a  chair;  a  stool. 

aiomanili  api,  n.,  a  chair  post;  a  chair 
leg. 


aiomanili  falaia,  n.,  a  bench;  a  form;  a 

settle. 

aiomanili  iyi,  n.,  a  chair  leg;  a  chair 
post;  leg  of  a  stool. 

aiombinili,  see  aionbinili  and  aiomanili. 

aiona,  n.  (from  ona  and  ai),  access;  the 
place  by  which  to  go  to. 

aiona,  n.,  time;  season,  Luke  2:  6;  ik- 
aiono,  before  the  time;  ikaiono  ki^sha 
hon,  before  the  time,  Matt.  8:  29;  ik 
aiono,  adv.,  untimely. 

aiona,  v.  a.  i.,  to  go  to;  to  betake  to;  to 
reach  to  or  there;  aionashali,  v.  t.,  v. 
a.  i.,  to  haunt;  ikaiono,  neg.  form;  ik 
aiono  t  a.,  immature;  ikaionocheli,  v.  t., 
to  bring  forth  before  the  proper  time; 
to  miscarry;  ikaiono  ieshi,  v.  t.,  to  mis 
carry;  n.,  an  abortion;  ikaiono  atta,  v. 
t. ,  to  bring  forth  before  the  proper  time; 
ikaiono  atta,  n.,  an  abortion. 

aionasha,  n.,  a  seat;  a  chair;  a  cricket; 
room. 

aionasha  aiataya  ansha,  n.,  an  elbow 
chair. 

aionasha  umpatalhpo,  n.,  a  cushion 
for  a  chair. 

aionitola,  n.,  a  bier,  Luke  7:  14;  that 
which  he  lies  on;  a  rest. 

aiontalaia,  n.,  a  site. 

aiontalat  fulokachi,  n.,  a  pivot;  a  pin 
on  which  anything  turns. 

aionusha,  n.,  a  bed;  a  frame  on  which 
a  man  lies  or  sits.  See  Luke  5:  18. 

aiopi;  ont  aiisJit  imaiyopi,  Luke  11:  26. 

aiopitama  (pi.,  aiopitamoa),  v.  n.,  to  lap 
over  (as  shingles  on  a  roof ) ;  itiaiopitama, 
to  pass  each  other. 

aiopitama,  pp. ,  made  to  pass  each  other; 
passed. 

aiopitammi  (pi.,  aiopitamoli) ,  v.  t.,  to 
pass  by  one  that  is  coming  from  the 
opposite  quarter;  itiaiopitammi,  to  pass 
each  other,  whether  in  sight  or  not, 
especially  when  going  in  opposite  di 
rections. 

aionshobolichi,  n.,  a  kiln  (as  where 
boards  are  kiln  dried). 

aiowa,  n.,  a  long  hunting  expedition;  a 
hunt  after  wild  animals.  See  alou,  to 
pick;  to  select. 

aiowa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  go  out  on  a  hunting  ex 
pedition;  to  hunt  wild  animals. 

aiowata,  n..  hunting  ground. 

aiskachi,  pp.,  mended;  fixed;  repaired. 


BYINOTON] 


DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


29 


aiskia,  aiiskia,  v.  a.  i.,  to  ameliorate;  to 
improve,  the  second  form  is  probably 
the  correct  one;  aiiskia  keyu,  a.,  uncor- 
rected. 

aiskia,  a.,  pp.,  fixed;  repaired;  regu 
lated;  amended;  corrected;  amelio 
rated;  mended;  redressed;  refitted; 
relieved;  renovated;  trimmed;  ilaiskia, 
ref.  form. 

aiskia  hinla,  a.,  reparable. 

aiskiacha  hinla,  a. ,  reparable. 

aiskiachi,  aiksiachi,  v.  t.,  to  settle;  to 
trim;  to  unclog;  to  wind;  to  fix;  to 
repair;  to  regulate;  to  ameliorate;  to 
better;  to  improve;  to  correct;  to  dress; 
to  fit;  to  indemnify;  to  mend;  to  re 
dress;  to  refit;  to  relieve;  to  remedy; 
to  renovate;  to  ripen;  ilaiksiachi,  to  re 
form  himself;  see  aiiskiachi. 

aiskiachi,  n.,  a  repairer;  one  that  fixes; 
a  mender;  aiskiali,  a  second  form  (?). 

aiskiahe  keyu,  a.,  irreparable. 

aiuchi,  aiochi,  a  place  at  a  spring,  well, 
branch,  or  pond,  where  water  is  dipped 
up  or  taken  up  by  means  of  a  bucket. 

aiuh,  int. 

aiukleka,  n.,  an  embellishment;  an  or 
nament. 

aiukli,  n.,  a  beauty;  fineness;  a  form; 
grace. 

aiukli,  a.,  beautiful;  handsome;  comely; 
fine;  pretty;  ikaioklo,  ikaiuklo,  a.,  ill 
favored;  ugly;  not  handsome;  unhand 
some. 

aiukli,  v.  n.,  to  be  beautiful,  pleasing, 
acceptable;  neg.,  ikaioklo,  not  to  be 
beautiful,  pleasing,  etc. 

aiukli,  pp.,  embellished;  beautified;  gar 
nished. 

aiukli  keyu,  a.,  homely. 

aiuklichechi,  v.  t.,  to  embellish. 

aiuklichi,  v.  t. ;  to  beautify;  to  adorn; 
to  make  handsome;  to  garnish,  Matt. 
23:  29. 

aiukluhali,  v.  t.,  see  aiokluhali. 

aiulhkachi,  n.,  a  steeper. 

aiulhpi,  or  aialhpi  (q.  v.),  n.,  a  handle; 
a  haft;  a  hilt. 

aiulliti,  n.,  a  fireplace;  a  district;  a  coun 
cil  fire;  a  state;  a  government. 

aiunchololi,  n.,  a  tribe,  Josh.  4:2;  7:  14. 

aiunchululi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  form  a  generation. 

aiunchululli,  n.,  the  sprouts  that  grow 
up  from  the  roots;  a  generation;  a  young 


generation;  a  race;  a  tribe,  Josh,  3:  12; 
itaiunchululi,  generations,  see  Matt. 
1:  17;  itaiunchululi  auahushta,  14  gen 
erations. 

aiuntalali,  see  haiyantalali. 

aiushta,  a.,  the  fourth;  ontainshta,  adv., 
fourthly. 

aiushtaha,  adv. ,  fourth  time;  the  fourth 
time. 

aiya,  v.  a.  i.,  to  go  along;  see  anya. 

aiyabechi,  aiyubechi,  v.  t.,  to  aggra 
vate,  to  make  worse,  especially  when 
sick;  to  give  a  death  blow  or  a  finish 
ing  stroke  to  the  dying.;  to  heighten 
(as  a  fever);  to  impair. 

aiyabechi,  n.,  one  that  makes  worse. 

aiyaka,  a.,  great;  many:  aiyanka,  in  nan 
aiyc&ka,  "great  things,"  Mark  3:  8. 

aiyakohmi,  ayakohmi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  do  so, 
John  1:  28;  2:  12. 

aiyakohmichi,  ayakohmichi,  v.  t.,  to 
do  thus  or  so. 

aiyala,  aiyala,  pro.  form  of  a/a,  to  come 
at  length  or  at  last;  to  arrive  at  last; 
aiyahanla,  freq.,  they  come  or  keep 
coming. 

aiyammi,  pp.,  salted;  sweetened;  satu-, 
rated. 

aiyataia,  see  ayataia. 

aiyabbi,  aiyubi,  a.,  pp.,  worse;  made 
\vorse;  heightened;  impaired  (as 
health);  from  ai  and  abi,  to  kill;  ai- 
yambi,  nasal  form. 

aiyabbi  isht  inshali,  a.,  worse  (as  when 
sick). 

aiyammi,  a.,  pp.,  sweetened  with;  salted 
with  or  in. 

aiyammichi,  v.  t.,  to  salt  with  or  in;  to 
sweeten  with. 

aiyamohmahe  alhpesa,  n.,  fatality; 
office. 

aiyamohmi,  n.,  a  habit;  manners; 
method;  a  mode;  order;  principle;  a 
rite;  a  style;  a  trade;  a  vogue;  a  way. 

aiyamohmi  keyu,  a.,  unfashionable. 

aiyamohmi  makali,  n.,  vulgarity. 

aiyatta  tok  nitak,  see  aiatta  tok  nitak. 

aiyehchi,  see  aiehchi. 

aiyehnan,  see  aiehna. 

aiyichifichi,  n. ,  a  hawk;  a  hen  hawk; 
a  pigeon  hawk. 

aiyimita,  aiyinminta,  v.  n.,  to  be  bold, 
brave,  or  animated. 


30 


BUREAU    OF    AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL,.  46 


aiyimita,  n.,  boldness;  bravery;  cour 
age;  eagerness;  zeal. 

aiyimita,  a.,  bold;  brave;  animated; 
doughty;  eager;  valiant;  ikaiyiminto,  a., 
unanimated. 

aiyimitachi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  make  bold; 
to  embolden;  to  prompt;  to  provoke. 

aiyimmika,  n.,  faith;  confidence,  Luke 
18:  42. 

aiyoa,  aioa  (q.  v.),  ayoah,  v.  t.  pi.,  to 
pick  up;  to  cull;  to  garble;  to  sort; 
aiyua,  pp. 

aiyoba,  aiyuba,  a.,  good;  excellent;  se 
lected;  select;  choice. 

aiyoba,  v.  n.,  to  be  good;  aiyomba,  nasal 
form,  good  things  mixed  with  bad,  as 
good  potatoes  mixed  with  bad  ones. 

aiyobachi,  aiyubachi,  to  do  good  to;  to 
make  good;  see  Matt.  18:  15. 

aiyobanka,  n. ,  a  good  place;  being  a  good 
place. 

aiyobali,  v.  t.,  to  mix  good  things 
together;  aiyubali,  see  Hymn  31,  4th 
verse. 

aiyohmi,  v.  n.,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  thus;  to 
do  so. 

aiyokoma,  imaiyokoma,  v.  a.  i.,  to  puz 
zle. 

aiyokoma,  aiyukoma,  v.  n.,  to  be 
puzzled;  to  be  at  a  loss;  to  be  in  doubt; 
to  doubt;  amaiyokoma,  I  am  puzzled; 
it  is  a  puzzle  to  me;  itaiyokoma,  pass., 
confused  together;  cluttered;  con 
founded;  deranged;  discomposed;  dis 
ordered;  jumbled;  tumbled. 

aiyokoma,  n.,  confusion;  a  nonplus;  it 
aiyokoma,  n.,  a  clutter;  disorder. 

aiyokoma,  a.,  imaiyokoma,  pp.,  puzzled; 
imanukfila  aiyokoma,  pp. ,  distracted. 

aiyokomi,  v.  t.,  to  puzzle;  to  perplex; 
itaiyokommi,  v.  t.,  to  clutter;  to  dis 
order;  to  jumble;  itaiyokommit  itqnnali, 
v.  t.,  to  lumber. 

aiyokomichi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  cause  to  be 
puzzled;  to  puzzle;  to  derange;  to  non 
plus;  imaiyokomichi,  v.  t.,  to  pother; 
to  puzzle;  to  bewilder;  itaiyokomichi, 
to  confound  or  confuse  each  other;  to 
derange;  to  discompose;  imanukfila 
imaiyukomichi,  or  imanukfila  dii/uko- 
mirfii,  to  confuse  the  mind;  to  distract. 

aiyopi,  Luke  11:  26.     See  aiopi. 

aiyopisa,  n.,  a  scene. 


aiyoshoba,  n.,  error;  wandering;  sin; 
place  of  wandering. 

aiyoshoba  iksho,  a.,  holy;  without  er 
ror. 

aiyoshoba  iksho,  n.,  holiness. 

aiyua,  aiyuah,  pp.  of  aiyoa  (q.  v.),  or 
ayoah,  picked  up;  gathered;  culled; 
garbled;  chosen. 

aiyua,  a.,  picked  up. 

aiyua,  n.,  that  which  is  picked  up. 

aiyuba,  see  aiyoba. 

aiyubachi,  see  aiyobachi. 

aiyubechi,  see  aiyabechi. 

aiyuka,  adj.  pro.,  every  one,  asilha  ai- 
yuka,  Matt.  7:  8;  na  holissochi  aiyuka, 
every  scribe,  Matt.  13:  52,  anyuka  in 
hapichuka  anyuka,  aiyuka,  each;  see 
ilaiyuka;  aiyuka,  is  the  root  from  which 
is  formed  aiyukali,  ilaiyukali,  ilaiyuka, 
etc.,  Matt.  4:  24;  12:  31. 

aiyukali,  a.,  each,  Josh.  4:  5;  5:  8;  7:  14; 
iskifa  inshi  aiyukali,  each  has  an  ax; 
afammi  aiyukali,  each  year;  yearly. 

aiyukhaneli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  cross  a  row. 

aiyukhana,  v.  a.  i.,  to  cross;  itaiyukhana, 
v.  a.  i.,  to  cross  each  other;  to  intersect; 
n.,  a  cross;  ilaiyukhannali,  v.  t.,  to 
cross  each  other;  to  intersect. 

aiyukhana,  aiokhana,  aiukhana,  n.,  a 
cross;  itaiokhankachi,  corners,  Matt.  6: 5. 

aiyukhanni,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  cross;  to  inter 
sect;  itaiyukhanni,  v.  t.,  to  cross  each 
other;  to  intersect. 

aiyukoma,  see  aiyokoma. 

aiyukpa, n.,  joy;  ahappyplace;  aplaceof 
happiness. 

aiyukpa,  pp.,  made  glad;  profited,  Matt. 
15:  5;  aiisht  ilaiyukpa,  to  take  joy  to 
himself  in. 

aiyukpali,  v.  t.,  to  make  glad;  to  make 
glad  with;  to  gladden. 

aiyukpachi,  v.  t.,  to  cheer.  Seeaiokpa- 
chi. 

aiyuma,  a.,  pp.,  mixed;  itaiyuma,  itai- 
uma,  pp.,  mixed  together;  blended; 
mixed ;  compounded ;  commingled ;  com 
mixed;  intermixed;  mingled;  shuffled; 
tumbled;  ikitaiyumo,  a.,  unmingled. 

aiyuma,  v.  a.  i.,  to  mix;  itaiyinna,  v.  a. 
i.,  to  mingle;  ikitaiyumo,  not  to  mingle; 
aiyumichi;  itaiyumichi,  to  temper;  to 
blend;  to  mix;  to  tumble  together. 


BYINGTON] 


A    DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


31 


aiyummi,  v.  t.,  to  mix;  to  mingle;  itai- 
yinnmi,  to  mix  together;  to  commingle; 
to  commix;  to  compound;  to  inter 
mingle;  to  intermix;  to  mingle;  to 
shuffle. 

aiyupi,  ayupi,  11.,  a  bath;  any  place  for 
bathing  or  wallowing  in  the  sand  or 
mire;  a  laver. 

aiyushkami,  a.,  lecherous. 

aiyushkammi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  lust. 

aiyushkammi,  n.,  lust. 

ak,  sign  of  the  first  per.  sing,  of  negative 
verbs,  as  mintili,  I  come;  akminto,  I  do 
not  come. 

ak,  sign  of  the  first  per.  sing,  of  one  of  the 
forms  of  the  imp.  mood,  as  pisali,  I  see; 
akpisa,  let  me  see. 

ak,  a  particle  of  frequent  occurrence*  in 
the  Choctaw  language.  It  is  found, 
together  with  its  compounds,  in  some 
form  after  nouns,  pronouns,  adjectives, 
verbs,  adverbs.  The  sense  of  this  par 
ticle  varies  according  to  the  part  of 
speech  it  succeeds.  It  is  sometimes 
ak,  then  hak  or  yak  (perhaps  kak 
should  be  added,  from  k,  definite, 
and  ak).  It  follows  verbs.  It  is  used 
as  an  article  and  a  relative  pronoun. 
It  is  a  word  often  used  for  des 
ignation  or  distinction,  not  only  of  a 
thing,  i.  e.,  a  noun,  but  also  of  action 
and  herein  it  differs  from  the  English, 
except  when  we  render  the  verb  as  a 
noun.  In  akoke,  Matt.  2:  6,  it  is  dis- 

,  tinctive  and  marks  one  object  from  all 
others.  It  is  usually  rendered  by  the, 
that,  one  singling  out  from  others; 
liiak  akkeyukma  pilqshpahe  keyu,  if  it 
were  not  for  the  fire,  etc.  Compounds 
of  ak  are:  akan,  hakan,  makan — akano — 
akat,  akat,  not  used,  akhet,  being  sub 
stituted—  akatukan,  the,  Matt.  16:  12— 
akato,  akato — akchoba — akcho?  2  Sam. 
24:  13;  akbano  and  akbato,  sign  of  optat. 
mood — akbano,  adv.,  that  only — akbat, 
adv.,  that  only  (t  makes  the  word 
the  subject  of  some  verb)  —  akhe, 
akhin — akheno,  in  particular;  especially 
that;  and  by  way  of  disparagement — 
'  akhet,  especially  that  one  to  his  disad 
vantage — akheto,  that  in  particular; 
contradistinctive,  and  disparaging  (qno 
akheto,  how  much  less  I,  if  you  can  not 
(bid  at  an  auction)) — akin,  contracted 


from  akinli — nkilla  Ida,  only  the,  Matt. 
14:  36 — akinli,  adv.,  also;  likewise; 
too  (ak,  that;  inli,  also);  that  again; 
in  yakni  akinli,  Matt.  13:  57;  fakofi 
akinli,  he  is  well,  that  again — akinli, 
pro.,  self;  selves — akinli ka,  the  same, 
Matt.  18:  1 — akint,  a  contraction  from 
akinlit — akkia  (ak,  that;  kia,  let  it  go), 
even;  even  as;  so  much  as,  Matt.  11: 
23;  even  the,  Matt.  12:  8;  also  the, 
Matt.  13:  26;  15:  16;  17:  \2-aknw, 
sign  of  the  sub.  mood.  The  first 
word  is  changed  when  the  verb  ends 
with  i  or  o;  see  ikma  and  okma.  The 
real  particle  is  kma  and  kmqt — akrna- 
ko  —  akmakocha  —  akmakoka  —  akint  t- 
koke — akma  kona — a  km  a  kosh — akmakot — 
akmakhet  (and  -heto);  see  akhet,  etc. — 
kmakhe  (and  -heno) — akmano — akmat — 
akmato—akon,  the,  it,  Matt.  5:  24;  17:  4; 
insinikakakon,  their  synagogue,  Matt.  12: 
9;  haiyunkpulo  akon,ihet9ires;ankanchak 
akon,  my  barn,  Matt.  13:  30;  Hap  akon, 
him,  Matt.  18:  6;  chunkash  akon  aminti, 
Matt.  15:  18;  qno  akon,  me,  Matt.  18:  5.— 
akocha. — akoka. — akokano;  onush  ak- 
okqno,  Matt.  13:  30. — akoke;  hatak  ushi 
akoke,  Matt.  13:  37;  imalla  akoke,  Matt. 
13:  38;  Setan  akoke,  enchil  qleha  akoke, 
Matt.  13 :  39.  —  akokano.  —  akokqt.  — 
akokqto. — akokia.- — akona. — a£os/?,Matt. 
17:  10;  ushi  akosh,  who  is  the  son, 
Matt.  11:  27.—akot. 

aka,  a  particle,  with  olbql,  as  olbql  aka; 
(also  anunk  aka  and  paknak  aka,  yakni 
paknak  aka),  sometime;  olbql  aka,  hind- 
ward,  rearward. 

aka  itula,  see  akka  itula. 

akabonsha,  akabosha,  pp.,  a.,  charred, 
burnt,  or  reduced  to  coal;  reduced  to  a 
mass,  like  coals  or  rotten  potatoes;  same 
as  to  ha.  akaieta  is  a  synonym  of  this 
word. 

akabunshli,  v.  t.,  to  char;  to  burn  or 
reduce  to  coal,  as  is  the  custom  of  the 
Choctaw  with  the  dry  bark  in  their 
hot  houses;  to  burn  to  a  coal. 

akachakali  (from  aka  and  achakali).  v. 
a.  i.,  to  lift  up  the  head;  to  stand  with 
the  head  up;  to  cock;  to  lift  up  the 
eyes. 

akachakalichi,  causative  or  compulsive, 
to  lift  up  the  head,  etc.,  2  Kings  9:  32. 


32 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL*  46 


akachuli,  akachali,  n.,  edge  of  a  door 
yard;  border  of  a  door  yard,  Luke  16: 
20  [?]. 

akachunni,  see  akkachunni. 

akaieta,  synonymous  with  akabonsha 
(([.  v.)  and  same  as  taJia. 

akaieta,  plu.  of  aienaf  many;  with  all; 
ahe  at  shuqt  akaieta;  hatak  illi  akaieta; 
tthkolitakaieta,  ilhkolit  atomafa,  Matt.  3: 
10  [?]. 

akank  anusi,  n.,  a  hen  roost;  a  roost. 

akank  abi,  n.,  a  hen  hawk. 

akank  chaha,  n.,  a  tall  hen;  a  tame  tur 
key. 

akank  chaka,  n.,  the  wattles  of  a  hen. 

akank  hishi,  n.,  hen  feathers;  a  hen 
feather. 

akank  hunkupa,  n.,  a  poacher;  one  that 
steals  fowls. 

akank  impasha,  n.,  the  wattles  of  a  hen. 

akank  inchuka,  n.,  a  henhouse;  a  hen 
coop. 

akank  ishke,  n. ,  a  hen  that  has  had  chick 
ens;  an  old  hen;  a  mother  hen. 

akank  kofi,  n.,  a  guinea  hen;  a  pintado. 

akank  nakni,  n.,  a  cock;  a  rooster. 

akank  nakni  himmita,  n.,  a  cockerel. 

akank  nakni  itibbi,  n.,  a  cock  fight. 

akaftk  ola,  n.,  cock  crowing;  the  time  at 
which  cocks  crow;  early  morning. 

akank  ola,  v.  a.  i.,  to  crow;  to  cry  or  make 
a  noise,  as  a  cock. 

akank  tek,  n.,  a  hen;  the  female  of  the 
common  domestic  fowl. 

akank  tek  himmita,  n.,  a  pullet. 

akank  ushi,  n.,  the  young  of  the  domestic 
hen;  a  chicken;  a  hen's  egg;  akan-k 
tixhi  )>elie<:hl,  n.,  a  brood  of  chickens. 

akank  ushi  achafa  bonli,  n.,  a  nest  egg. 

akank  ushi  hakshup,  n.,  a  hen's  egg 
shell. 

akank  ushi  holba,  a.,  oval;  oblong;  of 
the  shape  or  figure  of  an  egg. 

akank  ushi  inwalaha,  akak  ushi 
walakachi,  n.,  albumen;  the  white  of 
an  egg. 

akank  ushi  lakna,  n.,  the  yolk  of  a  hen's 
egg- 

akank  ushi  lobunchi,  n.,  a  hen's  egg. 

akank  ushi  lobunchi  shua,  n.,  a  rotten 
egg. 

akank  ushi  peliechi,  n.,  a  brood  of 
chickens. 


akank  ushi  walakachi,  n. ,  glair;  albu 
men;  the  white  of  an  egg. 
akanka,  n.  of  com.  gen.  and  number,  a 

hen;  hens;  name  of  a  domestic  fowl; 

a  chick;  a  chicken;  poultry. 
akakoha,  v.  i.  pi.,  to  fall  (as  in  battle), 

2  Sam.  18:  7;  see  1  Sam.  4:  2,   10;  to 

fall    down,    chanyqt   akakoha,    "hewn 

down,"  Matt.  7:  19. 
akakoli,  v.  t.,  to  fell,  Deut.  20:  19. 
akakolichi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  cause  to  fall, 

1  Sam.  4:  3. 
akalampi,  see  kalampi. 
akalapechi,  v.    t.    caus.,   to    freeze;  to 

cause  to  freeze;  to  congeal;  a kalampichi, 

nasal  form;  to  congeal. 
akalapi,  n.,  frost. 
akalapi,  pp.,   frozen;  akalampi,  frozen; 

congealed. 
akalapi,   v.   n.,   to   freeze;    to  congeal; 

akalampi,  nasal  form,  and  the  one  most 

used. 

akalapit  taha,  pp. ,  frozen  up. 
akanlusi,  pp.,  humbled. 
akanlusi,  a.,  v.  n.,  to  be  low,  grave  (in 

music),  or  humble;  akanlusi,  nasal  form 

(q.v.). 

akala,  pp.,  broken  and  spilt,  as  an  egg. 
akalalli,  v.  t.,  to  break;  to  break  open 

so  that  the  contents  run  out;  akank  uahi 

an  akalalli,  he  breaks  the  egg. 
akama,    akama,    alhkama,    pp.,  shut 

up;  stopped. 
akamaloli,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  leer  (as  a 

horse). 

akamalushli,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  leer, 
akamali,  akamalli,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  stop 

up;  to  cork;  to  close;  see  akamoli. 
akamassa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  harden, 
akamassa,  n.,  atachi,  Ex.  26:  6,  and  isht 

akamassa  in  the  same  verse;  itakamaxsa, 

v.  a.  i.,  to  settle. 
akamassa,  pp.  and  a., fastened;  buckled; 

buttoned;  compacted;  itakamqwa,  fas 
tened  together;  joined  together  strong 

(as  the   planks  of  a  floor  when   well 

laid);   clasped   together;  consolidated; 

strengthened;   sealed;    -ikakamassu,    a., 

open;  not  fastened. 
akamassali,  v.  t.,   to  fasten;  to  button; 

nafoka  akamqxsqli,  to  seal;   to  buckle; 

itakamqssqli,  to  fasten  together;  to  clasp; 

to  compact;  to  consolidate. 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


33 


akamolechi,  v.  t.,  to  strangle;  to  stop 
up;  see  akomolechi. 

akamoii,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  stop  up;  to  cork; 
to  bung  (applied  to  any  hole  or  gap); 
alhkamoa,  pi.  pp.,  see  akamqli. 

akanali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  approach;  to  approx 
imate. 

akanalichechi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  approxi 
mate,  to  bring  near. 

akanalichi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  move  along; 
to  remove  from. 

akanallechi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  remove 
from. 

akanalli,  akanallih,  v.  a.  i.,  to  remove 
from;  to  go  from;  to  move  from. 

akanimi,  n.,  manner;  fashion;  means. 

akanimi,  a.,  after  some  fashion;  some 
how. 

akanimi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  after  some  man 
ner. 

akaniohmi,  11.,  a  deed;  an  action,  John 
3:  19;  a  dealing,  John  4:9;  matter;  cir 
cumstance;  providence;  itimakaniohmi, 
mutual  dealings,  John  4:  9;  hash  akan 
iohmi,  your  works,  Matt.  5:  16  (here 
a  verb  is  used  for  a  noun). 

akaniohmi,  v.  t.,  to  do;  to  act;  im- 
akaniohmi,  Josh.  2:  23;  itimakaniohmi, 
to  deal  together. 

akaniohmichi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  do;  to 
cause  to  be  done. 

akanli,  a.,  low;  humble. 

akanli,  v.  n.,  to  be  low;  v.  t.,  to  humble; 
to  lower. 

akanlusechi,  akanlusichi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to 
humble;  to  bring  low;  to  lay  low;  to 
lower;  to  abase;  ileakanlusichi,  to  hum 
ble  himself,  Matt.  18:  4;  imanukfila 
akalunsichi,  to  depress;  to  discourage. 

akanlusi,  a.,  very  low; low  dowrn; abased; 
low  (as  tones  in  music). 

akanlusi,  v.  n.,  to  be  very  low;  to  be 
low  down,  Matt.  18,  caption  of  chapter. 

akanlusi,  adv.,  low. 

akanlusi,  n.,  lowness. 

akanlusichi,  n.,  a  humbler. 

akanta,  pp.,  pressed. 

akantalechi,  v.  t.,  to  press  together;  to 
press;  itakantaleclti,  \.  t.,  to  press  to 
gether. 

akantali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  press,  Mark  5:  31; 
Itakantnli,  Mark  2:  4. 

akantalichi,  n.,  a  press. 

akaona,  see  akkaona. 


akapassaka,  n.,  a  cold  climate;  a  cold 

region. 

akapoa,  akopoa  (q.  v.),  v.  t.,  to  over 
shadow, 
akashofa,  n.,   an  erasure;  a  clean  place 

or  place  cleansed. 
akasholichi,  n.,  a  doorscraper. 
akataiya,  pp.  pi.;  patched;  alhkata,  sing, 
akataiya,    n.    pi.,    patches,    or    places 

patched;  alhkata,  sing. 
akatali,  v.  t.  pi. ,  to  patch ;  akalli,  sing, 
akauwi,    v.  t.  sing.,  to  break  and  bend 

down. 
akauwichi,  v.  t.  pi.,  iti  shima  ya.n  akau- 

wichi;   full   an   akauwichi,   they    break 

switches, 
akawa,    pp.,    broken    and   bent   down, 

but  not  broken  off  (as  limbs  or  twigs). 
akalli,  akkalli  (q.  v.),  v.  t.,  to  mend. 
akalli,  n.,  a  mender, 
akallo,  pass,  voice,  to  be  made  strong  or 

sure,  as  akallashke,  Matt.  27:  64. 
akallo,   pp.,    a.,    made    strong;    sealed; 

bound  to. 
akallo,  v.  a.  i.,  to  harden;  to  grow  hard 

there. 

akallo,  n.,  an  establishment. 
akallochi,  v.  t.  cans.,  to  make  strong;  to 

fix;  to  seal;  to  make  sure,  Mate.  27:  66. 
akama,  v.   i.,   to  fall,  1  Sam.  18:  25;  1 

Kings  22:  20. 
akama,  see  akama. 
akammi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  stop  up;  to  close 

(a  book),     Luke    4:  20;    to    shut   up, 

Matt,  6:  6;  to  bung;  to  spike;  to  shut, 

Josh.  2:  7;  see  akainali,  sing;  akamoii, 

pi.,  itakamml,  to  close  together. 
akammi,  n.,  a  stopper. 
akania,  v.  n.,  to  be  exhausted  by;  sia- 

kqnia,  John  2:  17  [?J  ;  to  be  absorbed 

at;  to  sponge. 
akania,  pp.,  absorbed  at;  exhausted  at; 

disappeared  at. 
Akas,  n.,  August, 
akashchukali,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  lift  the 

head;  to  stand  erect, 
akashchunoli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  bow  down  the 

head. 
akashtala,  akishtala,  n.,  the  lower  end; 

the  butt  end;   the  bottom;  the  root  (of 

a  tree) ,  Luke  3:  9. 
akat,  adv.,  yes;  to  be  sure;  indeed:  aye; 

from  ah,    it   is,   and   kat,  the  definite 

article. 


84:):J9°— -Bull.  40 — 15 J 


34 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


akchalhpi,  hakchalpi,  n.,  ross  bark;  the 
coarse  outside  hark  of  a  tree.  [Chqlhpi 
is  the  form  of  this  word  used  by  the 
Choctaw  of  Mississippi.— II.  S.  H.] 

akcliihpo,  ah.chih.po,  n.,  drift;  drift 
wood. 

akchupilhko,  see  hakchupilhko. 

akeluachechi,  v.  t.  cans.,  to  cause  the 
heartl)urn,  or  flatulency. 

akeluachi,  v.  11.,  to  have  the  heartburn, 
or  flatulence;  to  belch. 

akeluachi,  n.,  the  heartburn;  flatulency. 

akeluachi,  a.,  flatulent. 

anki,  anke,  my  father;  my  sire.  As  a 
word  of  respect  it  is  applied  to  all  the 
brothers  of  the  father  and  their  male 
cousins  by  the  children.  This  word  is 
not  found  without  the  prefix  pronoun; 
remove  it  and  say  ki  or  ke  and  no  idea  of 
father,  etc. ,  remains.  anki  an  out  hohpi- 
laJtean,  I  go  and  bury  my  father,  Matt. 
8:  21;  11:  26;  15:  13;  Josh.  2:  13. 

akintak,  int.  of  resolution  used  by  those 
who  are  ready  to  fight,  etc. 

akishtala,  akashtala,  11.,  the  root;  the 
butt  end;  the  lower  end,  Matt.  3:  10. 

akishtala  kullit  kinaffi,  v.  t.,  to  sap; 
to  undermine. 

akka,  aka,  n.,  the  place  beneath,  below, 
or  down ;  the  bottom  (as  of  water),  aka, 
2  Kings  9:  33;  aka  et  pilatok,  the 
ground,  2  Sam.  24:  20. 

akka,  a.,  down;  belonging  to  the  earth; 
earthly;  earthy. 

akka,  v.  n.,  to  be  down;  akkqchi,  akqchi, 
v.  t. ;  akqchit  tanjali  cJia,  2  Sam.  8:  2. 

akka,  pp.,  iVlled;  thrown  down. 

akka,  adv.,  prep.,  earthly. 

akka  anya,  see  akkaya. 

akka  ia,  akkia,  v.  a.  i.,  to  go  down; 
to  sink;  to  decline;  to  descend;  to  lower; 
to  pitch;  to  stoop;  akta,  to  go  down, 
Matt.  11:23. 

akkaiksho,  a.,  without  bottom;  fathom 
less. 

akkaitanowa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  travel  on  foot, 
Matt.  14:  13. 

akka  itipatalhpo,  n.,  aground  floor;  a 
lower  floor. 

akkaitula,  akkaitola,  akaitula,  akki- 
tula,  v.  a.  i.,  to  fall  down;  to  precipi 
tate;  to  fall  on  the  ground,  Matt  10:  29; 
(ikka  wittild,  I  fall  down;  <tkka  rltititld, 
thoti fallest down;  akka  itonla,  akkitonla, 


nasal  form,  lying  down;  akka  itoyula, 

pro.    form,   to   be   lying  along;     akka 

ituyula,  to  descend,  Matt.  7:  27. 
akkabata,  n.,  a  bat;  a  ball  stick, 
akkabilepa,  n.  pi.,  to  be  lying  down, 
akkabinoli,  pi.,    to  sit  down,  Matt  13: 

48;  15  :35;  aka  hqshuk  aiombinoli,  Matt. 

14:  19. 
akkaboli,    v.  t.,    to   lay   down;   to   put 

down;  to  deposit;  to  throwT  down;  to 

ground, 
akkachunni,  akachunni,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to 

bow  the  head;  to  throw  the  head  up 

and  down. 
akkachunochunli,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,   to  wag 

or  wave  the  head, 
akkachunoli,  akachunoli,  sing.    v.    a. 

i.,  to   bow  the  head;   to   condescend; 

to  crouch,  2  Sam.    24:  20;  iuiakkachu- 

noli,  to  bow  the  head  to  him;  to  render 

obeisance  to  him;  to  resign  up  to  him; 

akkachunohonli,  freq. 

akkachunoli,  n.,  a  bow;  an  act  of  obei 
sance. 

akkafehna,  a.,  nethermost;  lowest. 
akkafohobli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  spill  much  or 

many. 
akkafohopa,    pp.,    spilt;    akkafohompa, 

nasal  form,  being  spilt. 
akkahika,  v.  a.  i.,to  stand   on  the  feet; 

to  travel  on  foot;  akkahinka,  nasal  form, 

to  be  standing  on  the  feet, 
akkahikat  anya,  v.  a.  i.,  to  journey  on 

foot;  to  travel  on  foot. 
akkahikat  anya,  n.,  a  pedestrian. 
akkahoyo,  v.  t.,  to  search  for  the  bot 
tom;  to  fathom;  to  sound. 
akkahunkupa,  n.,  a  pad;  a  foot  pad. 
akkakaha,  v.  a.  i.  dual,  to  fall  down;  to 

lie  down. 
akkakaha,  pp.,  laid  down;  akkakaii/aha, 

pro.  form,  to  be  lying  down  along;  lain 

down  at  last, 
akkakahat  aiasha,   v.   a.   i.   pi.,   to  lie 

down;  a  number  lying  down. 
akkakahat  manya,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  implying 

that  three  are  lying  down  or  have  lain 

down;  to  lie  down, 
akkakali,  v.  t.,  to  lay  down. 
akkakoha,  akakoha,  v.    a.    i.,    to    fall 

down,   Matt.   3:  10;    to    fall    in   battle, 

Josh.   8:  25. 
akkakoha,    pp.,    fallen;      fallen     down; 

smitten,  1  Sam.  4:  2. 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONAKY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


35 


akkakoli,  akakoli,  v.  t.,  to  cast  down, 

Luke  1:  52;  to  slay;  to  cut  down  trees, 

Josh.  17:  15,  18. 
akkakolichijV.  t.  caus.,  to  smite,  1  Sam. 

4:  31. 

akkanlusi,  akanlusi  (q.  v. ),  a.,  low. 
akkalali,  v.  t.  pi.,    to  spill  and  scatter 

(applied  to  corn,  shot,  and  like  objects). 
akkalatapa,    pp.    sing.,    spilt;    poured 

down, 
akkalatapa,  v.  a.  L,  to  spill;  to  pour  out 

and  scatter. 

akkalatabli,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  spill  and  scat 
ter;   applied   to   milk,    water,    or  any 

single  object. 
akkalaya,    pp.  pi.,  spilt  and  scattered; 

akkalaflya,  nasal  form,  being  spilt  and 

scattered. 
akkalaya,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  spill  and  scatter; 

to  pour  out;  akkala^ya,  nasal  form. 
akkalipeli,  v.  t.,  to  spread  down;  to  lay 

down  with  the  face  or  upper  side  next 

to  the  ground ;  to  lay  bottom  side  up  or 

upside  dowrn. 
akkalipia,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  lie  down  on 

the  face, 
akkalipia,  pp.,  to  be  down;   laid  down 

on  the  face  or  bottom  side  up. 
akkalipkachi,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  lie  down  on 

the  face;  akkalipkaiyachi,  pro.  form, 
akkama,  akkama,  akama,  v.  a.  i.,  to 

fall  down  (spoken  of  living  creatures); 

to  fall;  ikakamo,  it  fell  not,  Matt.  7:  25; 

akama,  it  fell,  Matt.  7:  27. 
akkama,    akkama,    pp.,   fallen   down; 

demolished;  prostrated;  stopped. 
akkamololi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  slink. 
akkanowa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  walk;  to  travel  on 

foot. 

akkanowa,  n.,  a  pedestrian. 
akkaona,  akaona,  v.  a.  i.,  to  go  down;  to 

be  abused,  Luke  18:  14. 
akkapila,  adv.,  downward;  downwards, 
akkapila,  v.  t.,  to  cast  down;  to  throw 

down;  to  unhorse;  akkasapela,  to  throw 

me  down. 

akkapushli,  n.,  a  stole;  a  pucker, 
akkasiteli,  v.  t.,  to  undergird. 
akkasoli,  n.,    name  of    a   bush   which 

grows  at  the  edge  of  water,  having  a 

ball-like  fruit.     A    decoction    of    the 

leaves  is  a  good  sudorific. 
akkashalachi,  n.,  a  scraper. 
akkashalallich.it  liteli,  v.   t.,  to  drag 
gle. 


akkashaloli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  hold  the  cars 
forward  (as  a  horse). 

akkatala,  v.  a.  i.,  to  ground;  to  run 
aground. 

akkatalla,  a.,  duck-legged. 

akkatalla,  v.  n.,  to  be  duck-legged. 

akkaya,  akka  anya,  v.  a.  i. ,  to  go  on  foot, 
not  on  horseback;  to  travel  on  foot. 

akkachi,  v.  t.,  to  lower;  to  bring  down; 
to  demolish;  to  prostrate;  to  lay  low; 
to  disburden;  to  take  down  (as  from  a 
house);  to  fell;  to  raze;  to  suppress;  to 
throw;  akachi,  Josh.  10:  27. 

akkachi,  n.,  a  throw. 

akkalli,  akalli,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  patch;  to 
mend  with  patches;  to  botch;  to  clout; 
to  cobble;  alhkata,  pp.,  isld  alhkata,  n.,  a 
patch;  shulush  akkalli,  to  patch  a  shoe. 

akkalli,  n.,  a  patcher. 

akkama,  see  akkama. 

akket  (from  akka  and  et),  down  this  way, 
from  above;  aket  hapihohoyoshke,  12th 
hymn,  4th  verse,  ed.  1844. 

akkia,  n.,  a  descent;  seeakkaia. 

akkitola,  akkaitula  (q.  v. ) ,  to  fall  down. 

akkitula,  n.,  a  fall. 

akkitula,  pp.,  fallen. 

akkoa,  akowa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  descend;  to  go 
down;  to  come  down,  Matt.  14:  29;  to 
dismount;  to  get  down;  to  alight;  attat 
akowa,  "come  do\vn,"  Matt.  8:  1;  17: 
9;  Josh.  2:  23;  15:  18,  "to  light  off," 
Josh  15:  18. 

akkoa,  akowa,  v.  t.,  to  dismount. 

akkoli,  v.  t.,  to  mold;  to  plate  over 
(as  silver  or  iron) ;  to  shape;  ixltt  akkoli, 
to  plate;  alhkoha,  pp.;  ishtalhkoha,  pp., 
plated. 

akma,  sign  of  sub.  mood  after  verbs  end 
ing  with  a;  see  ak  and  its  compounds. 

akmichi,  see  akmocJd. 

akmo,  hakmo  pp.,  soldered;  congealed; 
hardened  or  cold  (as  tallow);  itakmo, 
soldered  together;  cemented;  closed  up. 

akmo,  v.  a.  i.,  to  harden;  to  congeal;  to 
stiffen. 

akmochi,  akmichi,  v.  t.,  to  solder;  to 
harden;  to  congeal;  to  found;  to  run; 
itakmochi,  recip.  form,  to  cement  to 
gether;  to  cause  to  adhere;  to  close  up; 
to  press  the  sides  of  a  wound  and  cause 
them  to  unite;  itaiakmochi,  v.  t.,  to 
solder. 

akmochi,  n..  a  founder. 


36 


BUKEAU    OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


aknanka,  vile;  bad ;  worthless.    See  John 

9:34. 
akni,  n.,  the  eldest  among  a  family  of 

children,  male  or  female;  in  a  larger 

sense  any  one  of  the  children  who  is 

older  than  others  of  the  same  family; 

the  first  born,  Josh.  17:  1. 
aknip,  see  haknip. 

akobafa,  n.,  a  breach;  the  place  broken, 
akobafa,  v.  a.  i. ,  to  break  at,  or  by. 
akobafa,  pp.,  broken  there,  or  at. 
akocha(seeafotcTia),  and  (used  in  count 
ing);    pokoli   chakali    akocha    chakale, 

ninety  and  nine, 
akochofa,  pp.,  bent  down  (as  cornstalks 

to  preserve  the  ears  from  the  weather 

and  the  birds) ;  akushli,  pi. 
akochofa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  bend  down;  akushli, 

akochulli,  pi. ;  akochoha,  pp. 
akochuffi,  v.  t.,  to  break  and  bend  down; 

tanchapi  an  akochuffi,  he  bends  down  the 

cornstalk;  akushlichi,  pi. 
akochuffichi,  v.    t.    caus.,    to  cause  to 

break  and  bend  down. 
akohcha,  see  akucha  and  kohcha. 
akohchawiha,  see  akuchawiha. 
akolas,  n.,  a  jar. 
akolofa,  n.,  the   place  where  anything 

has  been  cut  off,  or  broken  off;  a  part 

left;  a  stump. 

akolofa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  come  off  at. 
akolofa,  a. ,  cut  off  at;  severed  at;  akolonfa, 

akolunfa,  nasal  form,  being  cut  off  at. 
akoluffi,  v.  t.,  to  cut  off  at. 
akomachi,  v.   a.  i.,  to  be  sweet;  to  be 

pleasant  to  the  taste. 
akomolechi,  v.  t.,  to  strangle;  to  stop  by 

holding  Homething  on  at  the  mouth,  or 

nose;  also  akamolechi  (q.  v. ). 
akomuta,    v.    n.,    to  dread;   to  fondle; 

(ikomiinta,  nasal  form. 
akonoli,  n.,  a  circle   round  the  sun   or 

moon;  see  hashi  akonoli. 
akopoa,  v.  t.,  to  overshadow,  Matt.  17:5; 

onhoshontikachi,  later  edition;  see  aka- 

poa. 
akopulechi;   itakopulechi,  v.  t.,  to  press 

together;  to   close    (as  the  sides  of  a 

wound ) . 

akostinincha  hinla,  a.,  perceptible, 
akostininchahe keyu,  a.,     inscrutable; 

undistinguishable. 
akostininchi,  v.  t.,  to  know,  Luke  2:  43; 

to   be  acquainted   with;   to   find   out, 


Matt.  6:  3;  7:  20;  to  discern;  to  ascer 
tain;  to  apprehend;  to  comprehend, 
John  1:  5;  to  see,  Matt.  2:  16;  to  read, 
Matt.  16:  8;  to  perceive,  Luke  5:  22; 
1  Sam.  3:  8;  to  prove;  to  realize;  to 
recollect;  to  remember;  to  under 
stand;  to  consider,  Matt.  7:  3;  to 
have  knowledge  of,  Matt.  14:  35;  hash- 
akoslinincha  chin  kak  oka,  that  ye  may 
know;  Matt.  9:  6;  also  Matt.  12:  7,  15, 
25;  15:  12,  16,  17;  17:  13;  ilekostininchi, 
ileakostininchi,  ilakostininchi,  ref.  form, 
to  come  to  himself,  to  know  himself, 
Luke  15:  17;  to  repent,  Matt.  13:  15; 
16:  12;  ikakostinincho,  neg.  form,  not 
to  know,  Josh.  8:  14;  ikakostinincho, 
a.,  unconscious;  undecided;  undeter 
mined;  uninformed;  achukma  ikakosti 
nincho,  a.,  uncertain. 

akosha,  pp.  pi.,  broken  down;  bent  and 
broken  down;  see  akochofa. 

akosha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  break  down;  to  bend 
and  break  down. 

akowa,  see  akkon. 

akshish,  hakshish,  n.,  the  sinews;  roots; 
veins;  arteries;  a  fiber;  a  nerve;  a  sinew; 
a  source;  akshish  chito,  the  large  sinews, 
roots,  veins,  arteries;  the  tap  root. 

akshish,  a.,  sinewy. 

akshish  ansha,  a.,  sinewed. 

akshish  lakna  chito,  n.,  columbo  [or 
calumba]  a  medicinal  plant  that  grows 
in  the  woods. 

akshish  laua,  a.,  stringy. 

akshish  toba,  v.  a.  i.,  to  root;  to  take 
root. 

akshish  toba,  pp.,  rooted. 

aksho,  n.,  disuse;  neglect;  desuetude. 

aksho,  a.,  pp.,  neglected;  forsaken;  dis 
used;  obsolete;  out  of  date;  exploded; 
extinct;  invalid;  null;  quashed;  aban 
doned;  deserted,  like  an  old,  untraveled 
road;  abolished;  annulled;  repealed; 
vacated;  hina  aksho,  nafohka  aksho. 

aksho,  v.  t.,  to  neglect;  to  disuse. 

akshot  taha,  a.,  obsolete;  done  away. 

akshucha  hinla,  a.,  voidable. 

akshuchi,  v.  t.,  to  abolish;  to  annul; 
to  repeal;  to  disannul;  to  explode;  to 
fail;  to  null;  to  nullify;  to  quash;  to 
vacate;  to  undo;  and,  in  reference  to 
closing  the  time  of  mourning  for  the 
dead,  aidksJtndii,  the  time  of  doing  so. 

akshuchi,  n     an  abolisher. 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE   CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


37 


akshuchi,  n.,  an  abolition;  a  vacation; 
nullification. 

akshuki!,  akshukehih ! ,  oh  dear!,  said 
when  cold  and  suffering. 

akshupi!,  akshupehih!,  oh  dear!,  said 
when  burnt. 

akta,  hakta,  conj.  or  prep.,  therefore; 
as  Jiokqt,  mih  hakta  isht  qlall  kqt,  there 
fore  I  brought  them. 

Aktoba,  Aktuba,  n.,  October. 

akucha,  akocha,  prep.,  over;  and;  used 
in  counting  between  20  and  30,  and 
30  and  40,  etc.,  and  on  to  100,  Luke 
2:  37;  1  Kings  10:  14;  to  express  over 
and  above  or  more,  as  pokoli  tuklo 
akucha,  over  20;  akucha  is  com 
pounded  of  a,  of,  from,  out  of,  and 
kucha,  to  go  out. 

akucha,  akohcha,  n.,  a  pass;  a  ford; 
a  ferry;  a  crossing  place;  the  place 
where  anything  comes  out;  an  ex 
tract;  a  landing. 

akucha,  adv.,  out  of. 

akucha,  akohcha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  come  out 
of;  to  proceed  out  of,  Matt.  15:  18; 
Josh.  4:  16,  17,  18,  19;  5:  5;  akuncha, 
nasal  form;  akoyucha,  pro.  form. 

akucha,  pp.,  taken  from;  brought  out; 
extracted. 

akuchaka,  n.,  the  place  of  appearing 
or  coming  out,  applied  to  the  rising  of 
the  sun;  hashi  akohchaka,  Matt.  2:  1,  9. 

akuchaweli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  take  out  from; 
to  subtract. 

akuchaweli,  n.,  subtraction. 

akuchawiha,  akohchawiha,  pp.  pi., 
subtracted;  taken  from. 

akuchawiha,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  come  out  of; 
akohchawiha,  Josh.  8:  16. 

akuchechi,  v.  t.,  to  takeout  from,  Gen. 
2:  22;  to  cause  to  come  out. 

akuchi,  v.  t.,  to  take  out;  to  out;  to  oust; 
to  bring  out  of;  to  extract  from. 

akuhish,  n.,  a  jug. 

akuncha,  adv.,  out. 

akunti,  n.,  growth  of  vegetables  or  a 
vegetable;  a  plant. 

akushli,  pp.  of  akochofa,  bent  and 
broken  down. 

akushlichl,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  bend  and  break 
down;  akocliuffi,  sing. 

ala,  v.  a.  i.,  from  ala,  to  arrive  at  a  place 
or  point  in  sitrht,  but  not  at  the  place 
where  the  speaker  stands. 


ala,  n.,  an  arrival. 

alahki,  v.  a.  i.,  to  lie  with  the  back  to 
the  fire;  luak  infilqmmit  itola  [lying 
turned  from  the  fire]. 

alahkichi,  v.  t.,  to  make  him  lie  with  his 
back  to  the  fire,  or  to  lay  him,  her,  or 
it  with  the  back  to  the  fire. 

alaka,  alaka,  n.  sing.,  edge;  border; 
shore;  the  margin,  John  21  :  4,  8,  9; 
ont  alaka,  n.,  the  coast;  pent  alaka, 
side  of  a  boat. 

alaka  ikaiyu,  v.  i.,  not  going  one  side, 
i.  e.,  costive,  a  delicate  mode  of  speak 
ing. 

alakali,  pi.,  edges. 

alakchakali,  pi.,  edges  of  a  field,  water, 
prairies,  or  woods. 

alakna,  v.  a.  i.,  to  ripen;  to  turn  yellow; 
to  rust;  to  be  ripe. 

alakna,  a.,  ripe;  yellow;  rusty. 

alakna,  pp.,  ripened;  rusted;  turned  yel 
low. 

alaknabi,  v.  t,  to  rust;  to  kill  with  rust 
(as  grain). 

alaknachi,  v.  t.,  to  ripen;  to  rust. 

alakna  t  ia,  v.  a.  i.,  to  begin  to  ripen. 

alaksha,  n.,  a  hothouse. 

alalichi,  a.,  cunning;  sly. 

alama,  pp.,  silenced;  prevented;  forbid 
den;  see  alqmmi. 

alapalechi,  v.  t,  to  place  at  the  side  or 
on  the  side  of  something;  to  cause  to 
adhere  to  the  side;  to  give  boot;  to  give 
interest;  to  charge  interest. 

alapali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  adhere  to;  to  stick  to 
the  side;  to  be  on  the  side;  to  cleave  to. 

alapali,  n.,  the  margin. 

alapalika,  n.,  the  side. 

alapanli,  nasal  form,  being  placed  at  the 
side. 

alapanli,  n.,  boot;  interest. 

alata,  n.,  a  lining;  a  facing;  a  covering; 
nishkin  alata,  spectacles. 

alata,  pp.,  a.,  lined;  faced;  sided;  italata, 
pp.,  lined  together  or  laid  together,  as 
two  leaves  in  a  book,  side  by  side;  it- 
alanta,  italantqt  kaha,  italatqt  kaJia, 
Luke  19:  44;  italqtkqchi,  to  lie  like 
pieces  of  slate. 

alata,  v.  a.  i.,  to  set;  to  incubate;  to  nes 
tle;  to  sit. 

alata,  n.,  a  sitting. 

alatali,  v.  t.,  to  line;  to  put  on  a  lining; 
to  ceil;  to  lap;  to  put  on  a  facing;  to 
face;  to  sheathe. 


38 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


alatkachi,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  lie  on  the  side 
(as  a  facing  or  lining);  italatkachi,  pi., 
to  lie  side  by  side  (as  several  leaves  in 
a  book). 

alauechi,  v.  t.,  to  be  equal  to;  to  be  ade 
quate;  neg.,  ikalauecho,  Josh.  8:  15. 

alaui,  v.  n.,  to  be  equal;  to  be  adequate; 
isJit  ikalauo,  Luke  3:  16. 

alalli,  see  lallichi;  italallil  boli,  to  pack 
(as  meat). 

alallichi,  v.  t.,  to  harden  by  pounding, 
as  wak  hakshup  alallicJti;  n.,  a  lapstone. 

alammi,  alami  (seeolabbi),  v.  t.,  to  for 
bid;  to  prevent;  to  take  from,  applied 
to  the  taking  of  a  man's  wife  from  him 
by  her  relations  (ohoi/o  /<a»  imolabit 
aiishi)  ;  irnalqmini,  to  prevent  him;  to 
rebuke,  Matt.  17:  18. 

alammichi,  alamichi,  v.  t.,  to  silence; 
to  prevent;  to  forbid,  Luke,  6:  29;  im- 

•    alamminchi,  to  rebuke  him,  Matt.  16:22. 

alashpaka,  n.,  a  warm  climate;  a  warm 
region. 

alatkachi,  a.,  lined,  or  laid  on  in  several 
thicknesses. 

ale,  exclamation,  to  halloo  (used  in  call 
ing  another  person);  hulloa  or  holla. 

aleli,  v.  t.,  to  weed;  to  plow  among  corn  or 
other  vegetables  the  tirst  time;  leli  is 
to  weed;  the  a  prefixed  probably  de 
notes  the  place  where. 

aleli,  n.,  a  weeder;  one  that  weeds  or 
frees  from  anything  noxious. 

ali,  alleh,  exclamation,  uttered  by  child 
ren  when  in  pain;  oh  dear. 

alia,  pp.,  weeded,  or  the  place  weeded. 

alikchi,  allikchi,  n.,  a  doctor;  a  phy 
sician,  Matt,  9:  12;  an  Indian  doctor. 

alikchi,  v.  t, ,  to  doctor;  to  practice  as  a 
physician;  to  administer  medicine;  to 
attend  to  the  sick,  as  a  physician;  im- 
alikchi,  v.  t.,  to  doctor  him.  One  mode 
of  treating  the  rheumatism  is  thus  de 
scribed:  The  patient  shuts  himself  up 
in  a  hot  house,  strips  himself  naked, 
makes  a  lire,  and  lies  there  and  sweats 
freely.  He  then  takes  a  fragment  of  a 
bottle  and  scarifies  himself.  After  this 
he  goes  to  a  creek  and  bathes  and 
anoints  his  body  with  oil. 

alikchi  ilaliobi,  n.,  a  quack;  an  empiric. 

alikti,  v.  a.  i.,  to  spring  up,  to  grow. 

alikti,  pp.,  a.,  grown  up. 

alikti,  n.,  the  growth;  the  young  growth. 


aliktichi,  v.  t.,  cans.,  to  cause  it  to  grow. 

aliktichi,  n.,  young  birds  just  fledged  or 
feathering;  a  pin  feather. 

allalluak,  see  alolua. 

almuk,  n.,  the  almug  tree,  1  Kings,  10: 
11,  12. 

aloah,  see  alua. 

alohbi,  allohbi,  a.,  sultry;  hot;  warm, 
still,  and  without  wTind. 

alohbi,  v.  n. ,  to  be  sultry,  hot,  warm  and 
still  and  without  wind. 

alohbi,  n.,  the  heat;  warmth;  sultriness. 

alokoli,  n.,  a  cluster;  a  collection;  chuka 
alokoli 

alolua,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  fill  up;  v.  n.,  to  be 
full;  alota,  sing. 

alolua,  allolua,  allalluak,  a.,  pi.,  full. 

alolua,  pp.,  filled. 

alolua,  n.,  fullness. 

alolichi,  v.  t. ,  to  cause  to  be  sultry,  hot, 
or  warm. 

aloshuma,  v.  n.,  to  be  finished  off  at. 

aloshuma,  n.,  the  place  where  it  is  fin 
ished. 

aloshuma,  pp.,  finished  off  at. 

aloshummi,  v.  t.,  to  finish  off  at. 

alota,  v.  a.  i.,  sing.,  to  fill  up;  it  fills  up; 
allota,  less  than  alota;  a  diminutive  of 
alota;  v.  a.  i.,  to  fill  up  slowly. 

alota,  v.  n.,  to  be  full. 

alota,  a.,  full;  big,  Luke  5:  7;  fraught; 
high;  replete;  Matt.  14:  20;  15:  37;  alota- 
ma,  "when  it  was  full,"  Matt.  13:  48. 

alota,  pp.,  filled;  crowded;  stuffed. 

alota,  n.,  fullness;  a  fill;  plenitude. 

alotoli,  alotuli,  sing,  and  pi.,  to  fill, 
John  2:7;  to  replenish;  to  stuff;  to  fill 
to  the  brim;  full  banks,  Josh.  9:  13. 

alotowa,  alotoa,  a.  sing,  and  pi.,  pas 
sive  and  intransitive,  very  full;  brim 
ful;  alota,  simple  form. 

alotowa,  v.  a.  i.,  intensive  form,  to  fill 
up,  Gen.  1:  28. 

alotowa,  v.  n.,  to  be  full,  Matt.  6:  22. 

alotowa,  pp.,  to  be  filled  to  the  brim, 
Luke  1:  15. 

alotowa,  n.,  fullness;  abundance;  clmn- 
kfisJi  an  alotowakmakon,  Matt.  12:  34. 

alta,  n.,  an  altar,  2  Sam.  24:  18,  21. 

alua,  11.,  a  burn;  a  place  burnt;  a  scald. 

alua,  aloah,  a.,  pp.,  a  burnt  place;  v.  a. 
i.,  to  burn  at,  or  on;  to  burn  there,  as 
it  burns  there. 

aluachi,  v.  t.,  to  burn;  to  consume;  isJit 
alaachi,  to  burn  with,  Luke  3:  17. 


BYINOTON] 


A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


aluhmi,  v.  t.,  to  hide  at  or  in;  to  conceal; 

to  secrete. 
aluhmi,  v.  a.  L,  to  hide;  to  lie  concealed; 

kohchi  aluhmi,  to  hide  in  a  thicket, 
alukoli,  see  lukoli. 
alulli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  fill,  Gen.  44:  1. 
aluma,  pp. ,  hid  or  hidden  at. 
aluma,   n.,   a  hiding   place;   a  place  of 

concealment;   concealment;   a  lurking 

place;  obscureness;  obscurity;  a  recess. 
alumanka,  n.,  a  secret;  a  secret  place. 
alumpoa,  pp.  pi.,  hid  or  hidden  at;  cf. 

aluma. 
alumpoa,   n.   pi.,  secret  places;   hiding 

places, 
alusa,  n.,  a  black  place;  a  place  made 

black;  black. 

alusachi,  v.  t.,  to  blacken;  to  make  black, 
alusachi,  a. ,  dark  colored, 
alusachi,  v.  n.,  to  be  dark  colored. 
alabocha,  n.,   a  vessel  for  boiling  food 

in;  a  pot;  a  boiler, 
alacha,  v.   n.,  to  fit  in;   to  fill    up;    to 

stand  in;  to  fit  in,  as  a  stick  of  timber 

is   fitted   for  another;    alac.haya,    pro. 

form;  alachkacJii,  pass.  pi. 
alachahachi,  v.  t.  pi. ,  to  set  them  in. 
alachali,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  set  a  stick  in. 
alanfa,  n.,  a  trace;  a  line;  a  mark, 
alaka,  n.,  the  midriff;  the  diaphragm, 
alakofahe  keyu,  a.,  inevitable;    incur 
able. 
alakofi,  v.  a.  L,  to  escape  at;  to  escape 

from;  to  heal;  to  recover  from, 
alakofi,  n.,  a  refuge;   a  place  of  escape; 

deliverance;   salvation;  a  remedy;  isht 

alakofahe,  Luke  4:  18. 
alakofi,  n.,  a  refugee. 
alakofi,   pass.,    healed;   rescued;   saved. 
alakofichi,  v.  t,  cans.,  to  heal;  to  save; 

to  rescue  from, 
alakofichi,  n.,  a  deliverer. 
alanta,  pass,  nasal  form  of  following,  be 
ing  mixed,  as  uksahtlanta. 
alatali,  v.  t.,  to  mix;  alantali,  nasal  form, 
alachaya,  v.  i.,  pro.  form,  from  alacha  (q. 

v.  ),to  stand  in;  to  fit  in;  to  fill,  Jer. 

23:24. 
alachkachi,  v.  n.  pi.,  to  fit  in;  to  fill  up, 

as  to  fit  a  tenon  for  the  mortise. 
alechi,  v.  t.,  to  destroy;  ixht  imaleclii,  his 

destruction,  2  Chron.  22:  4. 


aleka,  n.,  misery  or  distress  brought  on 
one  by  his  own  misconduct;  danger; 
Matt.  5:  21,  22;  10:  15;  11:  22,  24. 

aleka,  a.,  distressed. 

aleka,  v.  n.,  to  be  in  distress,  as  irn- 
aleka  fehna,  he  is  in  great  misery;  hn- 
aleka,  to  suffer  pain  from  his  own  mis 
conduct;  alekqclii,  v.  t.,  as  imalckachi; 
alekqchechi,  v.  t.  caus.,  as  in  irnalekq- 
chechi. 

aleli,  v.  t.,  to  scuffle;  toim  y«n  itimaleli, 
they  scuiile  with  each  other  for  the 
ball. 

aleli,  n.,  a  scufHer. 

alelichi,  v.  a.,  to  roll  up  the  sleeves, 
etc.,  above  the  elbows,  and  the  panta 
loons  above  the  knees;  alUta,  pass., 
rolled  up. 

alepa,n.,adrum;  afiddle;  acommondrum 
or  fiddle;  a  harp;  a  stringed  instrument 
of  music;  a  lyre;  an  organ;  a  tabor. 

alepa  boli,  v.  t.,  to  drum;  to  beat  the 
drum;  to  play  on  the  drum. 

alepa  boli,  n.,  a  drummer. 

alepa  chito,  n.,  a  large  drum;  a  bass 
viol;  a  drum;  a  viol. 

alepa  chito  boh,  v.  t.,  to  drum;  to  beat 
the  big  drum. 

alepa  chito  boli,  n.,  a  drummer. 

alepa  chito  isht  boli,  n.,  a  drumstick. 

alepa  chito  isht  olachi,  n.,  the  bow 
used  in  playing  on  the  bass  viol. 

alepa  chito  olachi,  v.  t.,  to  play  on 
the  bass  viol. 

alepa  chito  olachi,  n.,  one  that  plays 
on  the  bass  viol. 

alepa  olachi,  v.  t.,  to  play  on  the 
fiddle  or  violin;  to  fiddle;  to  drum;  to 
harp. 

alepola,  n.,  a  march;  a  particular  beat 
of  the  drum;  the  music  of  the  drum. 

alepolachi,  n.,  a  fiddler;  a  harper. 

alepush  ikbi,  n.,  a  fiddle  maker. 

alepush  olachi,  n.,  a  fiddler;  fiddling. 

alepushi,  n.,  a  diminutive,  a  fiddle  or 
violin  smaller  than  the  alepa;  a  hand 
organ. 

alepushi  isht  olachi,  n.,  a  fiddlestick; 
a  fiddle  bow. 

alepushi  isht  talakchi,  n.,  a  fiddle- 
string. 

alepushi  olachi,  v.  t.,  to  fiddle;  to  play 
on  the  violin. 


40 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


anli,  from  aft,  limit,  etc.;  being  the  end 
of  it, 

anli,  a.,  true;  faithful;  correct;  pure  (1  K. 
10:  21);  fair;  upright;  just;  certain;  hon 
est;  valid;  virgin  (as  virgin  gold);  great 
in  the  sense  of  real;  (aianli,  Matt.  7:  27); 
intrinsic;  immaculate;  legitimate;  nice; 
open;  proper;  right;  sheer;  simple; 
sincere;  single;  solid;  sound;  stable; 
straight;  strict;  sure;  trusty;  unaffected; 
undoubted;  unfeigned;  unmingled; 
real;  genuine;  authentic;  accurate;  sure 
(during  the  age  of  an  adult);  conscien 
tious;  cordial;  effectual;  equitable; 
frank;  good;  nakni  tashka  anli,  n.,  an 
able-bodied  man  or  warrior;  neg.  form 
ikanlo,  a.,  uncandid;  unjust;  unsound; 
unstable;  vain;  unhandsome;  false;  not 
true;  untrue;  faithless;  dishonest;  erro 
neous;  fallacious;  groundless;  hollow- 
hearted;  inaccurate;  incorrect;  indirect; 
ineffectual;  insincere;  perfidious;  spuri 
ous;  treacherous;  unfair;  unfaithful; 
ikanlo  kawa  a.,  undesirable;  not  to  be 
desired,  ikanlo  achahe  kei/u,  undenia 
ble;  he  can  not  say  it  is  false;  imali, 
true  of  him;  true  to  him;  true  for  him; 
ikimanlo,  a.,  not  true  of  him  (i.  e.,  the 
accusation);  innocent. 

anli,  n.,  truth;  equity;  execution;  a  fact; 
fairness;  faithfulness;  integrity;  open 
ness;  right;  simplicity;  sincerity;  single 
ness  ;trueness;  verity;  virtue;  ikanlo,  n., 
a  falsehood;  an  untruth;  hollowness; 
treachery;  vanity. 

anli,  v.  u.,  to  be  true,  faithful,  honest, 
etc.,  Matt.  17:  25;  anli  rtiakon,  that  is 
true,  or  true  that  is,  Matt,  6:  2,  5;  8:  10; 
13:  17;  aianli,  pro.,  Luke  16:  11,  to  be 
fulfilled,  Matt.  1:23;  2:  15;  out  aianli- 
tok  makoke,  was  fulfilled,  Matt.  12:  21; 
be  established,  Matt.  18:  16;  ikanlo 
adii  v.  a.  i.,  to  say  it  is  false;  to  deny; 
to  contradict;  to  gainsay,  anli xl ike,  a 
sentence;  it  is  true.  See  John  3:  3,  5, 
11;  .X///.V  is  a  particle  of  affirmation  in 
the  definite  present  tense.  Verbs  neu 
ter  may  be  rendered  as  sentences  by 
adding  xhkc  to  them  (as  kqllothke,  it  is 
strong),  and  without  this  appendage 
merely  by  accenting  the  last  syllable, 
as  nnli',  it  is  true;  /•«//</,  it  is  strong. 


anli,  pass.,  authenticated;  attested ;  estab 
lished;  verified;  fulfilled;  Matt.  2:  17; 
5:  18. 

anli,  adv.,  truly;  certainly;  really;  faith 
fully;  heartily;  nicely;  richly;  rightly; 
sincerely;  strictly ;  surely ;  verily ;  ikanlo, 
adv.,  falsely;  untruly. 

anli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  act  truly;  to  be  true;  to 
hold;  to  prove;  ishanli,  you  act  truly; 
anlili,  I  act  truly. 

anli  achit  anoli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  affirm;  to 
testify;  lit,  to  speak  and  tell  truly. 

anli  achit  miha,  v.  t.,  to  assert;  to 
avouch;  to  say  and  speak  truly. 

anli  fehna  achit  miha,  to  allege;  to 
say  and  speak  very  truly. 

anli  hon,  adv.,  verily,  Matt.  18:  3. 

anli  makon,  adv.,  verily,  Matt.  8:  10; 
Matt.  10:  15,  23,  18:  13.  John  3:  3. 
anli  makon  chimachilishke,  verily  I  say 
unto  thee;  aianli  makon  chimachilishke, 
in  truth,  to  thee  I  do  say,  Luke  23:  43. 

alia,  v.  t.,  to  commit  whoredom,  i.  e., 
for  a  plurality  of  men  to  humble  one 
woman.  See  Judg.  19:  25. 

anlichi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  make  true;  to  es 
tablish  the  truth;  to  fulfill  a  promise; 
to  attest;  to  ratify;  to  assure;  to  authen 
ticate;  to  establish;  to  evidence;  to 
evince;  to  execute;  to  prove;  to 
strengthen ;  to  verify ;  to  warran  t .  Matt. 
3:  15. 

alifa,  linfa,  pass,  sing.,  stripped  off. 

alinfa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  come  off. 

alinfachi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  tie  a  running  knot 
or  noose. 

alinffi,  v.  t.,  to  strip  off. 

alinfichi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  tie  with  a  noose; 
to  tie  a  running  noose. 

ahnkachechi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  strip  off. 

alinkachi,  pass.  pi.  of  alinfa,  stripped  off. 

alikachi,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  come  off. 

alioa,  lioa,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  take  the  track  and 
follow,  to  pursue.  See  lioli. 

aholi,  v.  t.,  to  pursue. 

alipa,  v.  n.,  to  lie  on  the  face;  alipat 
•ixltko,  to  lie  down  and  drink;  alipia, 
pro.  form. 

alipo,  n.,  covering  of  a  camp;  roof  of  a 
little  shed. 

anlit,  adv.,  surely;  truly;  with  truth;  in 
truth.  When  the  letter  t  is  suffixed  to 
a  word  it  is  connected  with  the  next 


BYINGTON]  A  DICTIONAHT   OF    THE   CHOCTAW   LANGUAGE 


41 


following  word  and  often  qualifies  it  if 
verb,  as  adverbs  do. 

anht  achi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  speak  truly;  or,  to 
true  and  speak;  or,  he  trues  and  speaks. 

aliyuha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  pursue,  Josh.  8:  16; 
neg.  ikaliyuho,  Josh.  8:  17. 

alohbi,  a.,  warm;  hot. 

alohbi,  v.  n.,  to  be  warm  or  hot;  sialohbi, 
I  am  warm. 

alohbi,  pass.,  heated;  burnt;  warmed; 
tanchi  at  alohbi,  the  corn  is  burnt. 

alohbichi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  warm;  to  heat. 

alopoli,  n.  pi.,  fords,  passes. 

alopoli,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  pass  through  at. 

alopolichi,  v.  t.  caus., "to  take  through. 

alopulli,  n.  sing.,  a  ford;  a  pass;  a  ferry; 
a  crossing. 

alopulli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  pass  through  at. 

alopullichi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  take  through 
at. 

alopullichi,  n. ,  one  that  conducts  through 
at. 

alukafa,  n.,  a  perforation. 

alukali,  n.  pi.,  perforations;  or  pp.,  per 
forated  at. 

alumpa,  n.,  a  perforation;  place  pierced; 
a  puncture. 

am,  a  prefixed  pronoun;  of  the  same 
meaning  as  «™,  an,  and  am;  I,  as 
amponna,  I  am  skilled,  I  know;  ama- 
hoba,  I  reckon,  I  presume,  or  it  seems 
to  me;  me  in  the  objective  or  dative 
case,  as  ampota,  to  lend  to  me;  am  is 
usually  found  before  words  beginning 
with  p  and  b;  am  before  vowels,  qmis- 
suba;  amia;  go  for  me  and  sam  after  2d 
person  sing.,  and  plural,  insamithana, 
thou  knowest  me;  hassamithana,  ye 
know  me. 

ama;  see  kama,  Acts,  24:  11  [?]. 

amakali,  a.,  graceful. 

amakali,  v.  n.,  to  be  graceful. 

arnakalichi,  v.  t.,  to  render  graceful. 

amali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  turn  there,  on,  or  over. 

amalichi,  n.,  a  floor  or  place  for  win 
nowing  grain,  Luke  3:  17. 

amalichi,  v.  t.,  to  winnow  there,  at,  or 
by;  to  fan. 

amashlichi,  v.  t,  to  fan. 

amashlichi,  n.,  a  fan;  a  fanner. 

amba,  conj.,  but,  John  1:  12;  however; 
unless;  amba  is  the  nasal  form  of  aha, 
and  is  derived  from  aba,  being  above 
or  out  of;  or  from  a»,  and  ba.  an  ad 


verb  meaning  really  [merely];  amba, 
but,  Matt.  6:  33;  18:  16;  amba  na  holis- 
sochi,  and,  Matt.  7:  29;  10:  30;  amba 
yammak  okato,  Matt.  13:  11,  48. 

amia;  Chihowa  at  amia  tuchina,  Hymn 
Book,  page  206.  II. 

amih,  see  mih. 

amih  achafa,  a.,  one;  the  same;  tuchina 
iknanakia  amih  achafa  hake,  1  John 
5:7[?]. 

amiha,  n.,  a  saying;  a  maxim;  a  remark; 
a  subject  of  conversation. 

aimhachi,  v.  t.,  to  accuse,  Matt.  27:  12. 

aminko,  v.  t.,  to  reign,  Luke  19:  15. 

amilofa,  n.,  a  place  which  is  filed;  or, 
pp.,  filed  there. 

aminti,  n.,  source;  origin;  the  place 
whence  anything  comes;  a  fountain; 
a  germ;  the  spring. 

aminti,  v.  a.  i.,  to  come  from. 

amishonfa,  sing.  v.  a.  i.,  to  rub  on  or 
against. 

amishonfa,  pp.,  a.,  rubbed. 

amishom,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  rub  against. 

amishoha,  pp.  pi.,  rubbed. 

amishohachi,  v.  t.  pi. ,  to  rub  against. 

amishokachi,  n.,  a  rub. 

aminshokachi,  amoshokachi,  ami 
shokachi,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  rub;  it  rubs 
against. 

amisholichi,  v.  t.,  to  rub. 

amisholichi,  n.,  a  rubber. 

amo,  art.,  the;  the  one  which;  the  said; 
it  is  used  in  the  nom.  and  obj.  cases, 
Josh.  6:  22;  amo,  hamo,  yamo,  kamo, 
kamo,  chamo  may  be  classed  with  ad 
verbs  of  past  time,  Matt.  22:  8;  in  nom. 
case,  John  21:  21. 

amochonli,  v.  t.,  to  wink  at. 

amohsholechi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  precipi 
tate;  to  drive  forward. 

amokafa,  v.  t.,  to  attack;  to  run  upon, 
Luke  14:  31;  to  meet  in  battle,  Matt. 
24:  7. 

amokafi,  v.  a.,  to  rise;  itamokaft,  Matt. 
24:  7;  Luke  14:  31. 

amona,  ammona,  hammona,  adv.  or 
n.,  the  first;  the  beginning,  amona  yan, 
at  first,  John  1:1. 

amoshokachi,  see  aminshokachi. 

amosholi,  a.,  greedy;  precipitous;  reso 
lute. 

amosholi,  seeamoslndi. 

amoshuli,  amohsholi,  v.  t.,  v.  a.  i.,  to 


42 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


run  on;  to  venture  on;  to  precipitate; 
to  have  courage,  Josh.  1:6,  7;  to  per 
severe,  Josh.  10:  25;  to  rush;  to  venture. 

amoshuli,  n.,  precipitancy;  prowess;  a 
rush;  an  onset. 

ampa,  nasal  form  from  apa,  eating,  to  be 
eating;  to  eat  meat,  bread,  and  potatoes, 
dipped  in  gravy;  ahampa,  freq.,  to  keep 
eating;  to  be  often  eating. 

ampatoba,  n.,  a  pottery. 

amphata,  n.,  a  plate;  a  pan;  pottery; 
crockery. 

amphata  chito,  n.,  a  platter;  "a 
charger,"  Matt.  14:  8,  11. 

ampi,  n.,  an  ear  (as  tanch  ampi,  an  ear  of 
corn). 

ampkoa,  n.,  a  potsherd;  a  piece  or 
fragment  of  a  broken  pot;  a  piece  of  a 
broken  earthen  vessel;  Job.  2:  8;  a 
broken  bowl;  a  piece  of  broken  crock 
ery;  ampkokoa,  pi. 

ampmahaia,  ampmaiha,  n.,  a  griddle; 
a  broad,  shallow  pan  for  baking  cakes. 

ampmahaia  apalaska,  n.,  a  griddle. 

ampmalaha,  n.,  a  dish. 

ampmalaspoa,  n.  pi.,  plates;  platters. 

ampmalaswa,  n.  pi.,  plates. 

ampmalassa,  n.,  a  plate. 

ampmalha,  11.,  a  dish. 

ampo,  n.,  a  bowl;  a  pan;  crockery; 
earthenware;  pottery;  a  vessel. 

ampo  aiachefa,  ampo  aiokami,  n.,  a 
wash  bowl. 

ampo  atala,  n.,  a  crockery  shelf;  a  shelf 
for  bowls. 

ampo  chito,  n.,  a  large  bowl;  a  large 
dish. 

ampo  ikbi,  ampo  tana,  n.,  a  potter. 

ampo  mahaia,  n.,  a  pan,  2  Sam.  13:9. 

amppatassa,  n.,  a  large  plate. 

ampushi,  n.,  a  small  bowl. 

an,  pro.  pre.  "my  "  us  d  in  this  form  be 
fore  a  noun  which  begins  with  <-h,  /,  or 
t,  as  anclnikd,  my  house;  anfaslika,  my 
warrior;  (uili«tl:,  my  lire;  (uichilokaka, 
my  Lord,  Luke  1:  43;  before  a  verb,  an 
adjective,  and  other  parts  of  speech 
which  begin  with  rA,  /,  or  t,  <ni  means 
to  me,  of  me,  for  me,  etc;  a  preposi 
tion  is  understood.  J>efore  some  words 
an  is  written  a,  and  before  others  (an, 
and  sometimes  am.  Before  nouns  it 
is  parsed  with  the  nouns.  Before 
verbs,  etc.,  it  is  generally  in  the  da 


tive  case — sometimes  rendered  as  in 
the  nom.  case,  as  anhollo,  dear  to  me, 
or,  I  love  it,  and  the  like;  san  or  san  oc 
curs  after  the  2d  person,  and  plural  of 
the  active  pronouns;  ismn,  issan,  hassan, 
hassan. 

anakfi,  n.,  my  brother,  an  appellation 
used  only  by  females,  Josh.  2:  13;  cJd- 
nakfi,  thy  brother,  addressed  to  a  fe 
male;  innakfi,  her  brother. 

anaklopulli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  pass  through;  to 
prevail. 

anaksi,  n.,  the  side. 

anaksi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  turn  the  side. 

anaksika,  n.,  the' side;  outside. 

anaksika,  v.  a,  i.,  to  go  to  the  side. 

anaksinka,  nasal  form,  going  to  one  side. 

anaksikachi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  put  to  one 
side;  to  thrust  into  a  corner. 

anakshonfa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  scorch;  to  parch. 

anakshonfa,  anukshunfa,  pp.  sing., 
singed;  scorched;  burnt. 

anakshonfa,  v.  n.,  to  be  singed;  to  be 
parched;  ikanakshufo,  a.,  unscorched. 

anakshonm,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  singe;  to  burn; 
to  parch;  to  parch  up;  to  toast. 

anaksholi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  singe;  to  scorch;  to 
burn;  to  parch  up;  to  toast. 

anaksholi,  n.,  a  singer;  one  who  singes. 

anakshua,  anakshoha,  pp.  pi.,  singed; 
scorched;  burnt;  parched;  toasted;  ik- 
anakslto,  a.,  unscorched. 

anakshua,  v.  a.  i.,  to  scorch;  to  parch. 

anakshua,  v.  n.,  to  be  singed;  to  be 
burnt;  to  be  scorched,  Matt.  13:  6. 

anaktibafa,  pp.  sing.,  glanced. 

anaktibafa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  glance;  it  glances. 

anaktibaloa,  pp.  pi.,  glanced. 

anaktibaloa,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  glance;  it 
glances. 

anaktibaloli,  v.  t,  pi.,  to  make  or  cause 
to  glance1;  anaktibaloUchi,  causative. 

anaktibaffi,  v.  t,  sing.,  to  glance;  to  cause 
to  glance;  to  stumble. 

anaktiballi.  v.  t.  pi.,  to  make  them 
glance;  to  stumble. 

anaktiballichi,  v.  t.  cans.,  to  cause  them 
to  glance. 

anaktiboa,  pp.  pi.,  glanced. 

anaktiboa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  glance. 

anala,  anala,  unala,  pp.,  nailed  on. 

anala,  n.,  a  wound. 

anali,  v.  t,  sing.,  to  nail;  to  nail  on;  to 
fasten  with  a  nail;  to  wound;  alionqli, 
pi.  tq.  v.). 


BYINQTON] 


A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


43 


analichi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  nail  on;  to  nail  to; 
to  fasten  with  a  nail;  ahonqUchi,  pi. 
(q.  v.);  ahonala,  pp. 

anchaha,  pp.,  a.,  painted;  color  laid  on 
the  face. 

anchali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  paint;  to  lay  colors  on 
the  face;  to  rouge,  2  Kings  9:  30. 

anchali,  n.,  a  painter. 

anchalichi,  v.  t.,  to  paint  another;  to  lay 
colors  on  the  face  of  another;  to  rouge. 

anchi,  n.,  a  cloak;  a  mantle;  a  robe;  a 
shawl;  a  blanket;  clothes;  a  coverlet; 
a  scarf;  a  stole;  raiment,  Matt.  3:4;  a 
garment,  Matt.  9:  16;  imancJii,  his  gar 
ment,  Matt.  14:  36;  his  raiment,  Matt. 
17:2. 

anchi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  put  a  cloak,  etc.,  on 
one's  self;  to  cloak;  to  robe. 

anchi,  pp.,  robed;  see  Mark  14:  51,  nipi 
bano  liosh  linen  anchi. 

anchi  holitopa,  n.,  a  pall. 

anchichechi,  v.  t.,  to  robe  another  per 
son;  to  put  a  cloak  and  the  like  on  to 
another  person;  to  robe. 

anchichi,  v.  t.,  to  put  a  cloak,  etc.,  on 
another  person;  to  blanket  another; 
to  mantle;  to  robe  another. 

ani,  v.  t.,  from  ani,  to  pour  in;  anilish,  I 
pour  in,  etc.  («s7i  has  the  force  of  a  conj. ). 

anihechi,  anihichi,  n.,  a  threshing  floor 
or  threshing  place,  2  Sam.  24:  16, 
18,  21. 

aninchi,  v.  t.,to  respect;  see  ahnichi. 

aninchichechi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  suppu 
rate;  to  cause  to  maturate;  to  promote 
suppuration. 

aninchichi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  suppurate;  to  mat 
urate;  to  become  ripe;  to  fester;  to 
gather  pus;  to  matter;  to  rankle. 

aninchichi,  n.,  matter;  pus;  suppuration; 
corruption. 

aninchichi,  a.,  mature;  ripe. 

anitanki,  n.,  light,  Luke  16:  8. 

annumpa,  see  anumpa. 

ano,  ano,  art.,  the  obj.  case  of  ato,  or  ato. 
Sometimes  the  article  in  this  case  is 
written  hano,  and  yano,  for  euphony's 
sake. 

ano,  ano,  rel.  pro.  in  the  obj.  case,  used 
after  adj.  and  verb,  subj.  ato;  the  which; 
the  one  which;  that  which;  see  an. 
It  differs  from  a  rel.  pro.  It  appears 


to  be  used  to  give  more  distinction  of 
object  and  is  more  sonorous  and  ap 
pears  often  in  solemn  style;  ano,  hano. 
yano,  ^anoare  often  heard  in  the  speech 
of  a  Choctaw  orator.  The  last  syllable 
is  accented. 

anoa,  annoa,  annoa,  annowa,  pp.,  de 
clared;  described;  designated;  detailed; 
enunciated;  famed;  stated,  Matt.  9:  26; 
told;  related;  reported;  proclaimed; 
noised  abroad,  Luke  1:  65;  rumored; 
informed;  posted;  mentioned;  narrated; 
noised;  published;  reported;  revealed; 
ikannoo,  a.,  unpublished;  untold;  ano- 
ho^wa,  pp.  freq.,  often  told;  imanoa, 
pp.,  warned;  notified;  bidden;  ikiman- 
noo,  a.,  unbidden;  uncalled;  uncom- 
manded;  undirected;  uninvited. 

anoa  tapa,  a,,  ineffable. 

anoa,  annoa,  anowa,  n.,  a  narration;  a 
report;  a  rumor;  fame,  Josh.  9:  9;  in 
formation;  imanoa,  a  citation;  a  rela 
tion;  renown;  tidings,  1  Sam.  4:  19;  isht 
annoa,  fame  of,  Matt.  4:  24;  annoftonwa, 
fame,  Matt.  14:  1;  see  below. 

anoa,  annowa,  annoa,  a.,  famous; 
noted;  notable;  illustrious;  known, 
Matt.  10:  26. 

anoa,  annowa,  v.  n.,  to  be  famous;  to  be 
noted;  to  be  well  known;  annohonwa, 
freq.,  to  be  often  told,  Matt.  14:  1. 

anoa,  adv.,  again;  once  more. 

anoachi,  annoachi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  pro 
claim;  to  tell;  to  cause  to  be  told;  to 
promulgate;  to  promulge;  to  post; 
annowac/ii,  Matt.  9:  31. 

anoachi,  n. ,  a  proclaimer;  a  promulgator. 

anoli,  v.  t.,  v.  a.  i.,  to  tell;  to  relate;  to 
narrate:  to  publish;  to  declare;  to  re 
hearse;  and  to  convey  (news); -to  carry 
intelligence;  to  describe;  to  designate; 
to  detail;  to  direct;  to  disclose;  to  di 
vulge;  to  draw;  to  enunciate;  to  in 
form;  to  mention;  to  noise;  to  notify; 
to  open;  to  preach;  to  predicate;  to 
proclaim;  to  project;  to  promulgate; 
to  promulge;  to  recite;  to  recount;  to 
repeat;  to  report;  to  represent;  to  re 
turn;  to  reveal;  to  rumor;  to  show;  to 
signify;  to  speak,  Matt.  10:  27;  to  spec 
ify;  to  state;  to  story;  to  suggest;  to 
tell;  to  touch;  to  unfold;  to  utter;  to 
vent;  to  witness;  imanoli,  Josh.  2:  2; 


44 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


Matt.  2:  8;  14:  12;  annonli,  nasal  form, 
anont,  contracted;  anontia,  to  go  and 
tell  or  gone  to  tell;  anohonli,  freq.,  to 
say;  to  reiterate;  issamanoli,  tell  me; 
Josh.  7: 19;  anoyuoli,  pro.  ioTm;imanoli, 
\.  t.,  to  tell  him;  to  cite  him;  to  warn 
him;  to  summon  him;  isht  anoli,  to  tell 
about;  to  narrate  concerning;  pit  anoli, 
to  send  word  yonder  or  that  way;  et 
anoli,  to  send  word  here  or  this  way; 
nan  anoli,  v.  t.,  to  blab;  to  tattle;  isht 
ilanoli,  Matt.  12:  36;itanoli,  to  confess; 
to  acknowledge;  to  own;  to  speak  of 
himself,  John  1:  22;  to  render,  Matt.  3: 
6;  ilimanoli,  Josh.  7:  19;  ilanoli,  n.,  a 
confession;  a  concession;  ilanoli,  n.,  a 
confessor;  itimanoli,  to  tell  each  other; 
anolahe  keyu,  a.,  unutterable;  ilanolahe 
keyu,  to  disown;  he  will  not  confess; 
nan  anoli,  v.  t.,  to  tattle. 

anoli,  n.,  a  teller;  a  relator;  a  narrator; 
an  advertiser;  a  declarer;  a  director;  an 
informer;  an  informant;  a  promul- 
gator;  a  rehearser;  a  reporter;  a  repre 
sentative;  a  story  teller. 

anoli,  n.,  a  murmur;  a  narration;  a  nar 
rative;  a  publication;  a  recital;  a  rela 
tion. 

anompisachi,  anumpisachi,  v.  t.,  to 
take  aim;  to  level.  This  is  probably  a 
compound  word  from  a  there,  on  on  it, 
pisachi,  to  take  sight. 

anonowa  achukma  keyu,  a. ,  unpopular. 

anonti,  adv.,  again;  once  more;  a  second 
time;  further;  and,  Matt.  12:  25;  11:4; 
17:  4;  "again,"  Matt.  13:  44,  45; 
anonti,  Mark  11:  27;  Matt.  2:  8;  5:  33; 
conj.  "and,"  Matt.  7:  22. 

anonti,  exclam.  of  surprise  and  regret. 

anopoli,  v.  t.,  v.  a.  L,  to  speak;  to  talk; 
Luke  2:  33.  This  form  of  the  word  is 
rare;  anumpuli  is  the  most  usual  form 
(q.  v.). 

anowa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  wade;  anowat  lopulli, 
v.  t.,  to  wade  through. 

anowa,  pp.,  trodden,  traveled;  ikanowo, 
a.,  untraveled,  untrodden. 

anowa,  verbal,  from  a  and  nowa,  a  path; 
an  alley;  an  avenue;  a  walk;  a  track; 
a  small  path;  a  footstep;  a  mall;  a  trace. 

anowa,  conj.,  similar  to  anonti,  "used  by 
the  late  Col.  D.  Folsom." 

anowa,  n.,  fame;  or  anoa,  (q.  v.). 


ant,  a  "directive  particle"  indicating 
the  direction  of  an  action  toward  the 
speaker  and  usually  rendered  by 
' '  come. "  It  is  perhaps  derived  from 
ala,  to  come.  It  is  used  with  verbs  of 
motion,  generally  prefixed,  and  does 
not  occur  alone.  See  anyqt  qlqt  ant  akim, 
John  15:  22;  okla  ant,  etc.,  Matt.  4:  11; 
Luke  5:7;  ant  pesa,  come  and  see;  ant 
aiokpachi,  Matt.  8:  2;  ant  chumpa,  come 
and  buy;  ant  ia,  come  and  go,  i.  e., 
come  on  by.  It  is  the  opposite  of 
ont  (q.  v.);  ont  may  be  contracted 
from  ona,  to  go  to;  ant  ia,  to  come 
by;  to  come  past;  to  come  on;  ont 
ia,  to  go  by;  ant  qpqt  tali  tok,  came 
and  devoured  them  up,  Matt.  13:  4; 
peni  an  ant  qlhtoma,  when  they  were 
come  into  the  ship;  ant  itimanumpuli, 
Matt.  17:3;  ahanta,  Matt.  13:  45,  to  be 
engaged  in,  Josh.  1 :  5. 

anta,  antta,  nasal  form,  of  qtta,  to  re 
side;  to  sojourn;  to  while. 

anta,  v.  a.  i.,  to  stay;  to  reside;  toabide; 
to  live;  to  dwell;  to  inhabit;  to  rest;  to 
tarry,  Luke  2:  43;  to  remain;  to  har 
bor;  to  last  (as  a  living  creature);  to 
lodge;  to  tabernacle;  isht  anta,  v.  t., 
to  be  busy  about,  etc.;  to  attend  to, 
Matt.  4:  11;  to  wait  on;  to  ply;  to  wait; 
to  wage.  This  word  anta  is  often  used 
to  supply  the  want  of  the  verb 
to  be,  Matt  12:  6;  tianta,  refl.,  to  re 
tire;  to  reside  alone;  ilanta,  pp.,  re 
tired;  ahanta,  freq.  form;  ibaianta, 
to  stay  with;  to  cohabit;  itibaianta, 
to  stay  together  with;  ikantaahni,  v.  t., 
to  harbor;  to  wish  him  to  remain;  ik- 
anto,  a.,  unsettled;  aianta,  intensive 
form  of  anta,  v.  t.,  to  occupy;  to  stay 
at;  aiahanta,  Matt.  6:  6;  see  minko 
aiahanta,  Matt.  2:  1. 

anta,  n.,a  stay. 

antek,  my  sister;  Matt.  12:  50.  An  ap 
pellative  proper  only  for  a  brother  to 
use  to  his  sister  or  concerning  his  sister. 
When  annakfi  is  proper  for  a  woman  in 
speaking  to  or  of  a  brother,  this  is 
proper  for  a  man  in  speaking  to  or  of 
his  sister;  chintek,  thy  sister;  intek, 
his  sister. 

antia,  v.  t.,  to  obey;  to  conform;  as  im- 
antia,  to  obey;  from  atia  (q.  v.);  antia, 


BTINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


45 


the  nasal  form,  is  most  used;  ikimantio, 
v.  t.,  to  disobey  him;  ikimantio,  a., 
disobedient;  unduteous;  undutiful. 

antta,  see  ant  a. 

anunka,  a.,  inner;  interior. 

anunka,  prep.,  within;  in;  osapa  anunka, 
in  afield,  Matt.  13:  44. 

anunka,  v.  n.,to  be  within;  to  be  inside. 

anunka,  n.,  the  inside. 

anunka  alata,  n.,  a  lining. 

anunka  hanta,  n.,  same  as  aboha  hanta, 
a  white  house;  a  senate  house;  state 
house;  house  of  peace  and  friendship. 

anunka  lashpa,  n.,  a  hot  house;  the 
winter  house  or  sleeping  room  of  the 
ancient  Choctaw. 

anunkaka,  n.,  the  space  or  place  within; 
the  interior;  the  inside;  the  bowels,  as 
sinakak  anunkaka,  Matt.  6:  2;  aboha  kallo 
anunkaka  yan,  in  the  prison;  yakni 
anunkaka,  the  bowels  of  the  earth; 
chunkash  anunkaka,  in  the  heart;  the 
inside  of  the  heart;  recesses  of  the  heart, 
Mark  2:  6,8;  anuflkaka  yokato,  Matt.  7: 
15;  14:  10,  33;  Josh.  2:  19;  7:  21. 

anunkaka,  a.,  internal;  intestine;  in 
trinsic;  intrinsical;  inward. 

anunkaka,  adv.,  prep.,  within. 

anunkaka  fehna,  a.,  inmost;  aboha 
anunkaka  fehna  ka,  2  Kings  9:  2. 

anukanka  iklanna,  a.,  inner. 

anunkaka  pisa,  n.,  insight. 

anukbankchi,  n.,  the  tenderloin. 

anukbata,  a.,  raging;  mad. 

anukbata,  v.  a.  i.,  to  rage;  to  rave. 

anukbata,  n.,  rage;  madness. 

anukbatachi,  v.  t.,  to  enrage;  to  cause 
a  raging. 

anukbiafe,  pass,  sing.,  anukbia,  pi., 
peeled  off;  uski  anukbia,  kunshak  anuk 
bia,  knives  of  cane  bark  peeled  off. 

anukbiaffi,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  peel  off  the 
bark  of  hickory  or  cane,  etc.,  in  strips; 
anukbieli,  pi.;  anukbiafa,  pass.  sing. 

anukbikeli,  v.  n.,  to  press  or  hang  in 
the  throat;  or  lie  hard  in  the  stomach, 
as  food  that  adheres  to  the  throat,  or 
distresses  the  stomach. 

anukbikeli,  n.,  a  stoppage;  an  obstruc 
tion  in  the  throat. 

anukbikelichi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  cause  a 
pressure  or  stoppage  in  the  throat,  or 
to  cause  food  to  lie  hard  in  the  stomach. 

anukchaha,  a.,  envious;  ill  natured. 


anukchaha,  v.  n.,  to  be  envious;  to  be 
ill  natured. 

anukchaha,  n.,  envy;  ill  nature. 

anukchahachi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  envy  or 
ill  nature;  to  provoke. 

anukcheta  hinla,  a.,  trusty. 

anukcheto,  v.  t,,  to  trust  in;  to  depend 
upon;  to  serve;  to  wait  upon;  to  con 
fide;  to  resign;  to  stay;  anukchieto,  pro. 
form  (and  one  much  used),  to  trust, 
Matt,  12:  21;  Mark  10:  24;  anukchinto, 
nasal  form,  trusting;  confiding;  to  rely; 
to  repose. 

anukcheto,  n.,  a  dependent;  one  who 
relies  upon  another  for  aid,  etc. ;  inla 
anukcheto  keyu,  a.,  independent;  not 
dependent  on  another. 

anukcheto,  n.,  confidence. 

anukchilafa,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  prate;  to 
talk  impertinently. 

anukchilafa,  n.,  a  prater. 

anukchilali,  n.  pi.,  praters. 

anukchilali,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  prate. 

anukchito,  v.  a.  i.,  to  hesitate;  to  falter; 
anukchinto,  nasal  form. 

anukfila,  v.  a  i.;  imanukfila,  to  be 
minded,  Matt.  1:  19. 

anukfila,  n.,  thought;  usually  found  with 
a  prefixed  pronoun,  as  am,  chim,  im, 
pirn.,  etc.;  see  imanukfila,  1  Tim.  6: 
11;  Articles  of  faith,  sec.  \.;  nan  anukfila, 
mind,  Phil.  2:  5;  anukfila,  pp.,  consid 
ered. 

anukfilema,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  turn  in 
side  out  (as  the  inside  comes  out); 
anukfilemoa,  pi. 

anukfilema,  pp.,  a.,  turned  inside  out; 
turned  wrong  side  out. 

anukfilema,  n.,  the  turning  of  the  in 
side  out. 

anukfilemoa,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  turn  in 
side  out. 

anukfilemoa,  pp.  pi.,  turned  inside  out; 
turned  wrong  side  out. 

anukfilemoli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  turn  the  in 
side  out. 

anukfilimmi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  turn  inside  out. 

anukfilli,  v.  a.  i.,  v.  t.,  to  deem;  to  digest; 
to  entertain;  to  hammer;  to  heed;  to 
imagine;  to  invent;  to  look;  to  muse;  to 
ponder;  to  purpose;  to  reason;  to  reckon; 
to  reflect;  to  regard;  to  remark;  to 
repute;  to  resolve;  to  ruminate;  to 
scheme;  to  speculate;  to  study;  to  view; 


46 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


to  weigh;  to  will;  to  wish;  to  think; 
to  consider;  to  reflect;  to  judge;  to 
meditate,  Josh.  1:8;  to  muse;  to  de 
liberate;  to  feel;  to  cogitate;  to  conceit; 
to  conceive;  to  contemplate;  to  count 
upon;  to  debate,  i.  e.,  to  consider;  an- 
ukfteli,  pro.  form;  isht  anukfieli,  to  muse, 
Luke  3:  15;  to  ruminate;  to  run;  anuk- 
fihinli,  to  think  on,  Matt,  1:  20;  6:  27; 
isht  anukfilli,  v.  t.,  to  think  about  or 
concerning;  ilanukjilli,  to  think  within 
himself,  Luke  16:  3;  nan  isJit  ilaianukfi- 
hinli,  take  thought  for  the  things  of 
itself,  the  reciprocal  pro.  applied  to 
things;  ikanukfillo,  a.,  unstudied. 

anukfilli,  v.  t.,  to  think  of;  chianukfillit 
bin!  lil!  shke. 

anukfilli,  a.,  thoughtful;  wishful;  ikanuk- 
fillo,  a.,  mindless;  unfeeling;  unmedi- 
tated;  unstudied;  unthinking. 

anukfilli,  n.,  meditation;  study;  think 
ing. 

anukfilli,  n.,  a  thinker;  a  considerer;  a 
contemplator;  a  speculator. 

anukfillit  hobachi,  v.  t.,  to  image;  to 
imagine. 

anukfillit  pisa;  ilanukfillit  pisa,  v.  ref., 
to  examine  one's  self;  ilanukfillit  pisa, 
n.,  self-examination. 

anukfillituk  keyu,  a.,  unpremeditated. 

anukfohka,  v.  a.  i.,  to  understand;  to 
know;  to  remember;  to  lodge;  anuk- 
fonka,  nasal  form,  hachi  anukfokald  oka, 
for  ye  shall  know,  Matt.  10:  19. 

anukfohka,  a.,  pp.,  enlightened;  having 
knowledge  of;  having  embraced;  anuk- 
fonka,  nasal  form;  isJtt  anukfoka,  en 
lightened  by  means  of,  Luke  1 :  41  and 
67;  isht  anukfohkat  imalotowa,  being 
filled  with,  Luke  4:1. 

anukfohka,  n.,  knowledge;  understand 
ing;  knowledge  received  and  em 
braced. 

anukfohkachechi,  v.  t.,  to  instruct  or 
to  persuade;  to  put  it  into  their  minds; 
inminko  ikimantio  ka  chi^ka  aniikfoh- 
kachichi,  sedition,  Luke  23:  25. 

anukfohki,  v.  t.,  to  embrace;  to  acquire 
knowledge  ( used  in  regard  to  those  who 
embrace  the  gospel);  to  believe;  ilanuk- 
foJiki,  reflexive. 

anukfohkichi,  v.  t.  caus.,  togivo  knowl 
edge;  to  enlighten;  to  impart  knowl 
edge;  to  impart  a  belienny  knowledge 


of  a  subject;  anukfokinchi,  nasal  form; 
anukfokihmchi,  freq. 

anukfokichi,  n.,  an  enlightener;  an  in 
structor;  one  that  imparts  knowledge. 

anukhanklo,  n.,  a  place  of  sorrow;  an 
occasion  of  sorrow. 

anukhammi,  v.  n.,  to  be  in  pain;  si- 
anukhammi,  I  am  in  pain;  anukhai- 
yqmrni,  pro.  form. 

anukhamzrti,  n.,  pain. 

anukhammi,  a.,  painful. 

anukhammichi,  v.  t. ,  to  cause  pain. 

anukhobela,  v.  n.,  to  be  angry;  to  be 
wroth;  sianukhobela,  I  am  enraged; 
amikhobiela,  pro.  form,  Matt.  2:  16. 

anukhobela,  n.,  fury;  madness. 

anukhobela,  a.,  furious;  mad. 

anukhobela  iksho,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  meek, 
or  without  wrath. 

anukhobelachi,  v.  t.,  to  enrage;  to  mad 
den;  to  make  mad. 

anukkilli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  hate;  to  bear  mal 
ice. 

anukkilli,  n.,  hatred. 

anuklamampa,  v.  n.,  to  feel  surprise. 

anunklupatka,  n.,  the  peelings  from  the 
inside  of  the  intestines  in  dysentery. 

anuklakancha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  take  fright; 
to  fear;  to  marvel;  to  start. 

anuklakancha,  a.,  pp.,  frightened; 
amazed;  surprised;  astonished;  okla  hat 
anuklakancha  tok,  the  people  were  as 
tonished,  Matt.  7:  28. 

anuklakancha,  v.  n.,  to  be  frightened; 
to  be  amazed,  John  3:  7. 

anuklakancha,  n.,  fright;   amazement. 

anuklakashli,  v.  t,  to  frighten;  to 
amaze;  to  astound;  to  astonish;  to  sur 
prise. 

anuklamalli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  strangle;  to 
choke. 

anuklamalli,  pp.,  strangled. 

anuklamallichi,  v.  t.,  to  strangle. 

anuklamaDichi,  n.,  a  strangler;  stran 
gulation. 

anuklinfa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  run  or  slip  through 
a  noose. 

anuklinfa,  pp.,  drawn  through. 

anuklinfa,  n.,  a  slipping  through  (per 
haps  a  noose);  a  slipknot. 

anuklinffi,  v.  t.,  to  draw  through  a 
noose  or  a  loop;  to  make  a  slipknot. 

anukliffichi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  draw- 
through  a  noose. 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY   OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


47 


anukliha,  pp.  pi.,  drawn  through  a 
noose. 

anukliha,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  run  through. 

anuklilelichi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  draw  a  rope 
through  a  noose,  as  in  roping  cattle. 

anukpalli,  v.  n.,  to  feel  interest;  to  feel 
a  temptation;  to  feel  the  influence  of 
an  object;  sianukpalli,  I  am  interested. 

anukpalli,  a.,  interested;  excited;  en 
ticed;  tempted. 

anukpallichi,  v.  t.,  to  interest;  to  ex 
cite  the  passions;  to  tempt;  to  allure. 

anukpallichi,  n.,  a  tempter. 

anukpallika,  n.,  temptation,  Matt.  6: 
13;  Luke  11:  4. 

anukpilefa,  pp.  sing.,  turned  inside  out, 
or  wrong  side  out;  turned. 

anukpiliffi,  v.  t.,  to  turn;  to  turn  inside 
out. 

anukpiloa,  pp.  pi.,  turned;  turned  in 
side  out. 

anukpiloli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  turn:  to  turn 
inside  out. 

anukpoali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  feel  sick  at  the 
stomach;  to  nauseate. 

anuksita,  n.,  a  gallows;  a  gibbet. 

anuksita,  v.  a.  i.,  to  cleave  to;  to  adhere 
with  attachment;  to  hang  to;  anuksitia, 
pro.  form,  and  the  one  most  used. 

anuksita,  n.,  attachment. 

anuksiteli,  v.  t.,  to  hang  by  the  neck;  to 
execute  by  hanging. 

anuksiteli,  n.,  a  gibbet;  a  gallows. 

anuksitkachi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  cleave  to;  to 
hang  to;  see  liatak  anuksitkachi. 

anuksitkachi,  n.  pi.,  a  hanging  to. 

amikshomota,  v.  a.  i. ;  anukshomunta, 
nasal  form  v.  n.,  to  be  in  a  rage;  to 
rage;  to  be  peevish;  sianukshomunta,  I 
am  in  a  rage. 

anukshomunta,  a.,  raging;  peevish; 
fierce;  anukshomunia  fehna  hatukon,  be 
ing  exceeding  fierce,  Matt.  8:  28. 

anukshomunta,  n.,    rage;    peevishness. 

anukshunfa,  see  anaksJiu^fa. 

anukshumpa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  wish  for  more 
food  or  instruction,  not  having  had 
enough. — P.  Fisk. 

anuktapa,  v.  n.,  to  be  greedy;  to  be  in 
satiable. 

anuktapa,  a.,  greedy;  insatiable. 

anuktapli,  anuktabli,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  go 
to  excess, 


anuktaptua,  v.  n.,  to  be  insatiable;  to  be 
greedy. 

anuktaptua,  a.,  pp.,  insatiable;  greedy. 

anuktaptuli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  go  to  excess. 

anuktiboha,  anuktoboha,  v.  n.,  to  be 
roiled,  agitated,  or  disturbed,  as  roily 
water  or  water  boiling  up  in  a  spring. 

anuktobulli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  boil  up;  to  rise 
up,  as  water  in  a  spring. 

anuktobullichi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  boil  up. 

anuktuklichi,  anuktuklochi,  v.  t.,  to 
hamper;  to  embarrass. 

anuktuklo,  n.,  a  hesitation;  an  impedi 
ment;  suspense. 

anuktuklo,  v.  n.,  to  be  at  a  loss;  to  be 
in  doubt;  to  doubt,  Matt.  14:  31. 

anuktuklo,  v.  a.  i.,  to  hesitate;  to  doubt; 
to  stammer. 

anuktuklo,  a.,  pp.,  embarrassed,  ikanuk- 
tuMo,  a.,  pp.,  unembarrassed. 

anuktuklo  iksho,  a.,  unhesitating. 

amiktuklochechi,  v.  t.,  to  embarrass. 

anuktuklochi,  v.  t.,  to  embarrass;  to 
trouble,  Gal.  5:  10. 

anuktuklochi,  adv.,  doubting;  chunkash 
mat  anuktuklochi,  Mark  11:23. 

anukwanya,  v.  n.,  to  be  in  haste;  to  be 
in  a  hurry;  v.  a.  i.,  to  hurry. 

anukwanya,  a.,  hasty;  hurried;  in  haste. 

anukwanyachi,  v.  t.,  to  hasten;  to  hurry. 

anukwia,  v.  n.,  to  hesitate;  to  be  timid, 
fearful,  or  doubtful;  to  be  afraid;  to 
dread;  to  be  afraid  to  do  or  to  venture 
(not  to  be  afraid  of  any  creature,  but 
to  be  afraid  of  such  things  as  trying  to 
cross  a  stream,  and  the  like) ;  innnkivia, 
afraid  of  him,  annukma,  he  is  afraid  of 
me;  sianukiria,  I  am  afraid;  IkcJtianuk- 
wiokashke,  fear  not,  Matt,  1 :  20. 

anukwia,  a.,  timid;  fearful;  doubtful; 
afraid;  reluctant. 

anukwiachi,  v.  t.,  to  render  timid;  to 
frighten. 

anukyiminta,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  angry. 

anukyohbi,  v.  a.  i.,to  soften;  to  become 
moist  and  soft,  as  by  the  dew. 

anukyohbi,  pp.,  softened;  moistened; 
soft;  moist. 

anukyohbichi,  v.  t,,  to  soften;  to  mois 
ten. 

anump  ikbi,  v.  t.,  to  make  a  speech. 

anump  ikbi,  n.,  a  speechmaker. 

anump  iksho,  a.,  speechless. 


48 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


anump  inkucha  achukma,  n.,  fluency. 

anump  ixneshi,  n.,  his  secretary;  his 
aid;  one  that  receives  instructions  from 
his  superior;  the  combination  im  is  a 
prefixed  pronoun. 

anump  imeshi,  v.  t.,  to  hear  a  message; 
to  receive  instructions. 

anump  isht  ika,  n.,  a  haranguer. 

anumpa,  annumpa,  pp.,  spoken;  word 
ed;  uttered;  pronounced;  declared; 
talked;  delivered;  enunciated;  ex 
pressed;  mentioned;  preached;  pro 
nounced;  aianuhumpa,  Matt.  3:  17;  isht 
imanuhumpashke,  Matt.  11:  5;  itim- 
anumpa,  conversed  together;  spoken; 
isht  anumpa,  pp.,  debated;  preached; 
imanumpa,  pp.,  warned. 

anumpa,  a.,  oral;  verbal. 

anumpa,  adv.,  orally;  verbally. 

anumpa,  annumpa,  n.,  a  talk;  a  speech; 
a  word;  Josh.  1:  13;  a  communication; 
a  message;  a  promise;  advice;  counsel; 
a  language;  a  tongue;  the  voice;  the 
mode  of  speaking;  a  sermon;  a  dis 
course;  a  sentence;  an  oration;  a  dec 
lamation;  tidings,  Luke  1:  10;  a  charge; 
chat;  a  declaration;  a  detail;  a  dialect; 
doctrine;  elocution;  enunciation;  an  er 
rand;  intelligence;  a  law;  a  lecture;  a 
mandate;  mention;  nourishment  or 
instruction;  an  observation;  parlance; 
parley;  a  passage;  a  phrase;  a  procla 
mation;  a  proverb;  a  report;  a  saying; 
a  sentence;  a  statement;  style;  a  tale; 
tattle;  a  term;  terms;  testimony;  a  text; 
a  theory;  a  topic;  a  tract;  a  treatise; 
a  treaty;  utterance;  a  verse;  a  voice;  a 
vote;  amanumpa,  sayings  of  mine,  Matt. 
7:  24,  26;  isht  anumpa,  word  of,  or 
about,  Matt.  13:  19. 

anumpa  achafa,  n.,  a  paragraph;  a  sen 
tence. 

anumpa  achukmalit  chukashichi,  v.  t. , 
to  blandish;  to  flatter;  lit.  to  talk  with 
and  take  the  heart. 

anumpa  afolotowa,  n.,  an  equivoca 
tion;  lit.  a  roundabout  talk. 

anumpa  afolotowachi,  v.  a.  i.5  to  equiv 
ocate. 

anumpa  aialhpisa,  n.,  headquarters; 
the  place  where  counsel  is  adopted. 

anumpa  annoa,  n.,  tidings. 

anumpa  apakfokachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  evade. 

anumpa  apakfopa,  n.,  an  evasion. 


anumpa  apesa,  v.  t.,  to  dictate;  to  pass 
sentence;  to  fulminate. 

anumpa  apesa,  n.,  a  dictator,  a  lawgiver; 
a  lawmaker. 

anumpa  asilhha,  n.,  a  prayer;  a  peti 
tion  ;  a  request. 

anumpa  asilhha  holisso,  n.,  a  prayer 
book. 

anumpa  atatoa,  n.,  a  verse. 

anumpa  anya,  n.,  a  message;  a  rumor. 

anumpa  alhpisa,  n.,  a  law;  a  sentence; 
an  ordinance;  a  statute;  an  agreement; 
a  covenant;  a  commandment;  a  rule; 
a  precept;  a  judgment;  "  a  determined 
or  settled  word;"  a  constitution;  a  de 
cision;  a  decree;  a  dictate;  a  doom;  an 
edict;  aflat;  a  government;  an  injunc 
tion;  an  institution;  an  interdict;  an 
order;  a  resolution. 

anumpa  alhpisa,  pp.,  legislated. 

anumpa  alhpisa  holisso,  n.,  a  written 
law;  a  law  book. 

anumpa  alhpisa  ikbi,  n.,  a  legislator. 

anumpa  alhpisa  ikbi,  v.  t,,  to  legislate; 
to  enact  a  law  or  laws. 

anumpa  alhpisa  iksho,  a.,  lawless; 
without  law. 

anumpa  alhpisa  isht  atta,  n.,  a  scribe. 

anumpa  alhpisa  keyu,  a.,  lawless. 

anumpa  alhpisa  onuchi,  v.  t.,  to  fine. 

anumpa  alhpisa  onuchi,  n. ,  a  suitor. 

anumpa  alhpisa  onutula,  pp.,  fined. 

anumpa  alhpisa  toba,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be 
come  a  law. 

anumpa  alhtoshowa,  see  anumpa  toslioa. 

anumpa  bachaya,  n.,  a  column;  a  divi 
sion  of  a  page;  lit.  "  a  row  of  words." 

anumpa  bachoha,  n.  pi.,  columns. 

anumpa  chokushpikbi,  n.,  a  libeler. 

anumpa  chunkushnali,  n.,  a  sarcasm; 
a  retort. 

anumpa  chukushpa,  n.,  hearsay;  a  re 
port;  evil  speaking;  a  libel. 

anumpa  chukushpa  ikbi,  n.,  a  tale 
bearer. 

anumpa  chukushpa  ikbi,  v.  t.,  to  make 
tales  or  stories. 

anumpa  chukushpali,  v.  t.,  to  slander; 
to  backbite;  to  libel. 

anumpa  chukushpali,  n.,  a  slanderer; 
a  gossiper. 

anumpa  chukushpashali,  v.  t.,  to  carry 
news  or  slander;  to  gossip. 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY   OF    THE   CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


49 


anumpa  chukushpashali,  n.,  a  tale 
bearer;  a  slanderer;  a  gossiper;  a  peace 
breaker;  a  sycophant. 

anumpa  falama,  n. ,  an  answer;  a  reply; 
lit.  the  word  returned. 

anumpa  falama,  pp.,  answered. 

anumpa  falamoa,  n.  pi.,  answers;  re 
plies. 

anumpa  falamolichi,  v.  t.  pi. ,  to  answer; 
to  reply. 

anumpa  falammichi,  v.  t.,  to  reply;  to 
answer;  "to  return  a  word;"  anumpa 
falamminchi,  nasal  form;  anumpafalam- 
mihinchi,  freq.;  anumpa  infalamminchi, 
v.  t.,  to  reply  to  him. 

anumpa  fLmmi,  n.,  a  propagator. 

anumpa  himona,  n.,  tidings. 

anumpa  hinl a,  a.,  speakable;  utterable; 
what  can  be  expressed. 

anumpa  holabi,  n.,  a  fib. 

anumpa  holisso  nowat  anya,  n.,  an 
epistle. 

anumpa  ikaiako,  n.,  a  short  speech. 

anumpa  ikbi,  n.,  a  propagator  of  stories, 
etc. 

anumpa  ilatomba,  a.,  reserved. 

anumpa  ilatomba,  v.  n.,  to  be  reserved. 

anumpa  ilonuchi,  v.  ref.,  to  assume  an 
obligation;  to  promise;  to  oblige  him 
self. 

anumpa  inlaua,  a.,  talkative;  anumpa 
ikinlauo,  a.,  silent. 

anumpa  intuklo,  n.,  a  trimmer. 

anumpa  isht  auehinchi,  n. ,  a  tradition. 

anumpa  isht  anya,  v.  t.,  to  carry  a  mes 
sage. 

anumpa  isht  anya,  n.,  a  messenger;  a 
runner. 

anumpa  isht  alhpisa,  n.,  a  parable. 

anumpa  isht  hika,  v.  t.,  to  deliver  a 
speech;  to  harangue;  anumpa  isht  ika, 
see  Child's  Cat.,  p.  10,  q.  42. 

anumpa  isht  hika,  n.,  a  speech;  an 
oration;  a  formal  speech;  a  set  speech; 
a  harangue;  an  address;  oratory. 

anumpa  isht  hika,  anumpa  isht  ika, 
n.,  an  orator;  a  speaker;  a  declaimer; 
a  haranguer. 

anumpa  isht  okchaya,  n.,  the  word  of 
life. 

anumpa  itimapesa,  v.  t.,  to  bargain; 
to  covenant  together. 

anumpa  itimapesa,  n.,  a  bargain;  a 
mutual  covenant. 

84339°  — Bull.  40—15 4 


anumpa  itimalhpisa,  pp.,  bargained; 
covenanted. 

anumpa  itinlaua,  n.,  an  altercation;  a 
controversy. 

anumpa  itinlaua,  v.  a.  i.,  to  have  an 
altercation;  to  have  many  words  be 
tween  them. 

anumpa  itinlauachi,  v.  t.,  to  altercate; 
to  dispute;  to  make  many  words  be 
tween  them. 

anumpa  kaniohmi,  n.,  news;  a  word  of 
some  sort. 

anumpa  kaniohmi  keyu,  n.,  nonsense; 
a  word  of  no  sort. 

anumpa  kallo,  n.,  a  strong  talk;  a  law; 
a  rule;  a  command;  a  canon;  an  ordi 
nance;  testimony;  an  oath,  Matt.  14: 
7,  9;  a  league,  Josh.  9:  6. 

anumpa  kallo  ikbi,  n.,  a  lawmaker;  a 
legislator. 

anumpa  kallo  ilonuchi,  v.  ref.,  to  bind 
himself;  to  lay  himself  under  obliga 
tions;  to  swear. 

anumpa  kallo  ilonuchi  cha  ia,  v.  t. 
ref.,  to  abjure;  to  vow;  to  vouch. 

anumpa  kallo  ilonuchit  anoll,  v.  t. ,  to 
depose;  to  bear  testimony. 

anumpa  kallo  isht  anumpuli,  v.  t. ,  to 
swear. 

anumpa  kallo  miha,  v.  t. ,  to  damn. 

anumpa  kallo  onitula,  see  anumpa  kallo 
onutula. 

anumpa  kallo  onuchi,  v.  t.,  to  sue;  to 
prosecute;  to  condemn;  to  sentence;  to 
command;  to  order;  to  curse;  to  damn; 
to  doom;  to  execrate;  to  indict. 

anumpa  kallo  onuchi,  n.,  a  prosecutor. 

anumpa  kallo  onuchit  anoli,  anumpa 
kallo  onuchit  miha,  v.  t.,  v.  a.  i.,  to 
testify. 

anumpa  kallo  onutula,  anumpa  kallo 
onitula,  anumpa  kallo  onatula,  pp. , 
sued;  prosecuted;  condemned;  sen 
tenced;  commanded;  ordered;  cursed. 

anumpa  kallo  onutula,  n.,  a  prosecu 
tion;  a  sentence;  a  curse;  avow. 

anumpa  keyu,  n.,  nonsense. 

anumpa  kobafa,  n.,  a  transgression;  a 
broken  law:  a  breach  of  the  law;  perfidy. 

anumpa  kobaffi,  v.  t.,  to  transgress;  to 
break  a  law;  to  revolt. 

anumpa  kobaffi,  n.,  a  transgressor;  a 
criminal;  a  culprit;  a  lawbreaker;  an 
offender:  a  rebel. 


50 


BUREAU    OF    AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


anumpa  kobam,  n.,  a  transgression;  a 
crime. 

anumpa  kochanli,  anumpa  kuchankV 
a  verbal  message;  traditions,  Matt.  15: 
caption,  2,  3,  6. 

anumpa  kochanli,  v.  a.  i. ,  to  come  along, 
or  to  be  out,  as  a  verbal  message. 

anumpa  kololi,  n.,  pi.  abort  words; 
'sbort  speeches. 

anumpa  kolunfa,  n.,  a  short  word;  a 
short  speech. 

anumpa  kolunfasi,  n.  dimin. ;  a  very 
short  talk;  a  xhortisli  talk. 

anumpa  kuchanli,  see  aimmpa  kochanli. 

anumpa  laua,  a.,  verbose;  wordy. 

anumpa  lumiksho,  n.,  frankness. 

anumpa  makali,  n.,  scurrility. 

anumpa  nan  anoli,  n.,  a  story. 

anumpa  nan  alhpisa  isht  atta,  n.,  a 
lawyer;  an  attorney. 

anumpa  nan  isht  alhpisa,  n.,  an  alle 
gory;  a  parable. 

anumpa  nukoa,  n.,  rant. 

anumpa  nushkobo,  n.,  a  summary;  the 
heads  of  discourse;  a  head;  topic  of 
discourse;  subject-matter  of  a  speech;  a 
text. 

anumpa  okpulo,  11.,  bad  language;  vile 
talk;  calumny;  an  invective;  scandal. 

anumpa  okpulo  onuchi,  v.  t.,  to  cal 
umniate;  to  slander. 

anumpa  okpulo  onuchi,  n.,  calumny; 
slander. 

anumpa  okpulo  onuchi,  n.,  a  calumni 
ator. 

anumpa  okpulo  onutula,,  pp.,  calum 
niated. 

anumpa  onucha  hinla,  a.,  accusable; 
impeach  able. 

anumpa  onuchi,  anumponuchi,  v.  t., 
to  accuse;  to  blame;  to  impeach;  to 
indict;  to  charge;  to  condemn,  Matt. 
12:  7;  to  prosecute;  to  sentence. 

anumpa  onuchi,  n.,  an  accuser;  an  in 
former;  a  prosecutor. 

anumpa  onuchi,  n.,  an  impeachment. 

anumpa  onutula,  anumponatula,  pp., 
impeached;  accused;  blamed;  con 
demned;  sentenced  to  punishment; 
indicted;  dntnnpd  ikonltulo,  a.,  uncon- 
demned. 

anumpa  onutula,  anumpa  oiiatula,  n., 
an  inpeachment;  an  accusation;  blame. 


anumpa  onutulahe  keyu,  a.,  excusa 
ble;  irreproachable. 

anumpa  shali,  v.  t.,  to  carry  a  message. 

anumpa  shali,  n.,  a  messenger;  a  run 
ner;  an  ambassador,  Josh.  9:  4. 

anumpa  shanaio a,  n.,  a  prevarication; 
imanumpa  shanaioa,  n.,  a  prevaricator; 
imanumpa  shanaioa,  v.  t.,  to  prevari 
cate. 

anumpa  tikba,  n.,  a  summary. 

anumpa  tikbanli  anoli,  n.,  a  prophecy. 

anumpa  tilofa,  n.  sing.,  a  short  address 
a  short  speech ;  the  name  often  given 
by  an  orator  in  his  introduction  to  the 
speech  he  is  about  to  make. 

anumpa  tilofasi,  a  dim.  n.,  a  brief  ad 
dress;  the  si  has  nearly  the  force  of  sh  in 
some  English  words,  as  short,  shortish. 

anumpa  tiloli,  n.  pi.,  short  speeches; 
short  addresses. 

anumpa  toshoa,  anumpa  alhtoshowa, 
n.,  a  translation;  an  interpretation;  a 
speech  translated;  an  explanation. 

anumpa  toshoa,  pp.,  translated;  inter 
preted;  explained. 

anumpa  tosholi,  v.  t.,  to  interpret;  to 
translate;  to  const-rue. 

anumpa  tosholi,  n.,  a  translator;  an  in 
terpreter;  an  expositor;  a  linguist. 

anumpa  tosholi  ashachi,  v.  t. ,  to  mis 
interpret;  to  mistranslate. 

anumpeshi,  n.,  a  presiding  officer  in  a 
council;  a  secretary;  a  messenger,  Matt. 
11:  10;  an  aid-de-camp;  a  consul,  a 
disciple,  John  3:  22;  a  servant,  Luke 
2:  29;  an  apostle,  Luke  6:  13;  a  legate; 
an  officer;  a  representative;  a  resident. 

anumpeshi  atokulli,  y.  t.,  to  officer. 

anumpisachi,  v.  t.,  to  take  aim;  to 
level;  or  anompisaclii  (q.  v. ). 

anumponatula,  see  anumpa  onutula. 

anumponuchi,.  see  annntpa  onuchi. 

anumpulechi,  v.  t.,  to  trouble;  to  pester 
to  plague;  to  annoy;  to  worry;  to  dis 
turb;  to  molest;  to  embarrass;  to  hector; 
to  incommode;  sianumpulechi  fehna, 
he  troubles  me  very  much. 

anumpulechi,  n.,  a  troubler;  a  hectorer; 
•ixlit  itimanumpuli,  to  hold  a  council 
against,  Matt.  12:  14. 

anumpuli,  v.  a.  i.,  v.  t.,  to  talk;  to  speak, 
Joshua  1:1;  to  utter;  to  say,  Matt.  17: 
4;  to  say  a  word;  to  pray,  Matt.  6:  9; 


BYINGTON] 


A    DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


51 


to  preach,  Luke  3:  3;  to  chat;  to  de 
claim;  to  deliver;  to  discourse;  to  enun 
ciate;  to  exhort;  to  express;  to  gab;  to 
gabble;  to  harangue;  to  lecture;  to 
mention;  to  observe;  to  phrase;  to 
pronounce;  to  reason;  to  tattle;  to  word; 
imanumpuli,  v.  t.,  to  talk  to  him;  to 
counsel;  to  deal  with;  to  exhort;  to 
expostulate;  to  rebuke;  to  reprehend; 
to  read,  as  holisso  imanumpuli;  im 
anumpuli,  n.,  a  reader;  isht  anumpuli, 
to  talk  about;  to  advocate;  to  comment; 
to  descant;  to  preach;  to  plead;  to 
praise;  ikanumpolo,  n.  f.,  v.  a.  i.,  a., 
dumb;  unsocial;  isht  anumpuli,  to  talk 
about,  Matt.  7:  22;  yammakosh  ahachi 
anumpulahi  oka,  which  shall  speak 
in  you,  Matt.  10:  20;  aiitimanumpuli, 
Matt.  12:  4;  to  read,  Josh.  8:  35;  an- 
umponli,  nasal  form,  v.  a.  i.,  and  a.; 
abanumpa  isht  anumpohonli,  preaching, 
Matt.  12:  41;  itimanumpuli,  to  speak 
with  him;  chit  imanumpuli,  to  speak 
with  thee;  anumpohonli,  freq. ;  isht  im- 
anumpohonli,  to  speak  to  them  by,  Matt. 
12:  46,  47;  anumpoyuli,  pro.  form;  itim 
anumpuli,  v.  t.,  to  converse  together;  to 
talk  together;  to  commune;  to  contest; 
to  discuss;  to  negotiate;  to  parley;  to  rea 
son,  Matt.  16:  7,  8;  isht  itimanumpuli,  v. 
t.,  to  reason;  itimanumpuli,  n.,  a  collo 
quy;  a  dialogue;  a  conference;  a  parley; 
isht  ishimanumpuli,  Matt.  13:  10;  itinnu- 
polih  used  for  itimanumpulih;  imanum 
puli,  v.  t.,  to  reprimand;  to  school;  ila- 
numpuli,  to  talk  to  one's  self;  isht  ilanum- 
puli,  to  talk  about  himself;  isht  anum- 
puli,  v.  t.,  to  handle;  to  talk  about;  to 
intercede;  to  treat;  to  vindicate. 

anumpuli,  n.,  preaching;  pronunciation; 
"voice,"  Gen.  4:  10. 

anumpuli,  n.,  a  speaker;  a  counselor;  a 
declaimer;  a  deliverer;  a  lecturer;  a 
herald;  a  speechmaker;  a  talker;  ikan- 
umpolo,  n.,  a  mute;  a  dumb  person, 
Matt.  12:  22;  ikanumpolo,  a.,  mute; 
silent. 

anumpuli  anuktuklo,  v.  a.  i.,  to  stam 
mer;  to  stutter. 

anumpuli  ilahobi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  babble. 

anumpuli  ilahobi,  n.,  a  babbler. 

anumpuli  imponna, a.,  eloquent;  fluent. 

anumpuli  imponna,  v.  n.,  to  be  elo 
quent. 


anumpuli  imponna,  n.,  a  linguist. 

anumpuli  it alhpesa,  v.  t.,  to  respond. 

anumpuli  keyu,  a.,  mute;  speechless; 
mum. 

anumpuli  shali,  n.,  a  talker;  a  great 
talker;  a  chatterbox;  a  prater. 

anumpuli  shali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  talk  much; 
to  prate. 

anumpuli  shali,  a.,  flippant;  loquacious; 
talkative;  voluble. 

anumpulit  ansha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  sit  and  talk; 
to  be  in  session;  to  be  engaged  in  any 
kind  of  speaking. 

anumpulit  ansha,  n.,  a  session;  a  sitting; 
the  actual  presence  of  any  body  of  men 
who  have  met  for  speaking,  consulting, 
etc. 

anumpulit  chunkash  ishi,  v.  t.,  to  per 
suade. 

anusi,  n.,  a  bed;  a  bedroom;  any  place 
for  sleeping;  the  place  where  any  one 
or  any  creature  sleeps;  a  couch;  a  dor 
mitory;  a  harbor;  an  inn;  a  lodging. 

anusi,  v.  n.,  v.  a.  i.,  to  sleep  at,  in,  or  on; 
to  sleep  there;  asanusi,  anuseli,  where 
I  sleep. 

anusi  ona,  n.,  bedtime;  time  for  sleep. 

anusi  ona,  v.  a.  i.,  to  arrive  (as  bed  time); 
the  time  to  go  to  bed  has  come. 

anushkunna,  n.,  a  lover. 

anushkunna,  ii.,  fancy;  liking;  passion. 

anushkunna,  v.  a.  i.,  v.  t,,  to  fancy;  to 
like;  to  desire;  to  be  fond  of;  to  love,  1 
Kings,  11:  1;  to  have  a  passion  for  an 
other,  a  female,  2  Sam.  13:  1,  2  15;  ai- 
anushkunna,  Matt.  13: 22;  to  covet,  Josh. 
7:  21. 

apa,  v.  a.  i.,  from  apa,  to  eat  and  in  re 
gard  to  eating  a  single  article  of  food; 
impa,  to  eat,  implies  the  eating  of  a 
number  of  things,  or  a  common  meal; 
ishiinpa  hinla?  wTill  you  eat?  ahe  ishpa- 
hinla,  will  you  eat  a  potato?  See  apa. 

apahyah,  pp.,  shouted  at;  called  to. 

apahyachi,  v.  t.,  to  shout  at;  to  halloo. 

apahyachi,  n.,  a  shouter;  one  that  hal- 
loos. 

apakama,  n.,  guile,  John  1:  47. 

apakama,  apakama,  pp.,  deceived  in 
any  way;  imposed  upon. 

apakammi,  v.  t,,  to  deceive. 

apakammi,  n.,  a  deceiver. 

apakamoa,  pp.  pi.,  deceived. 

apakamoli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  deceive. 


52 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


apakamoli,  n.,  deceivers. 

apakchilofa,  pp.,  tripped  up. 

apakchiloffi,  v.  t.,  to  trip  up. 

apakchulli,  v.  a.  i.,  v.  t.,  to  climb  up; 
to  cling;  to  wind  round  and  ascend,  as 
a  man  climbs  a  tree  or  a  vine  runs  up  a 
pole. 

apakchulli,  n.,  a  climber. 

apakfoa,  pp.  pi.,  banded;  bound  round; 
tied  round;  from  apakfoli. 

apakfoa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  go  round;  to  reach 
round;  to  wind  round. 

apakfoa,  v.  n.,  to  be  round;  to  be  wound 
round. 

apakfobli,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  go  round;  to 
encircle;  to  surround;  to  wrap  round; 
to  environ;  to  inclose;  as,  it  goes  round, 
etc.,  Luke  13:  8;  Mark  12:  1. 

apakfoblichi,  v.  t.,  cans.,  to  wind  round; 
to  cause  to  go  round;  to  wrap  round. 

apakfokachi,  pp.  pi.,  surrounded;  en 
circled. 

apakfokachi,  v.  n.,  to  be  around. 

apakfokachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  go  round;  to  en 
circle;  to  avoid  by  going  round;  apak- 
fokahanchi,  freq.,  Rev.  20:  9. 

apakfoli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  surround;  to  wind 
round;  to  wrap  round;  ilapakfoli,  v.  ref., 
to  bewrap;  to  wrap  himself,  Gen.  37:  34. 

apakfopa,  apakfoyupa  (pro.  f. ),  n.,  the 
circumference;  the  compass;  a  zone; 
apakfoyupa,  prep.,  round. 

apakfopa,  apakfompa  (nas.  f. ),  pp., 
from  apakfobli,  wound  round;  wrapped 
round;  circled;  encircled;  environed; 
inclosed;  shunned;  surrounded. 

apakfopa,  a.,  spiral. 

apakfopa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  go  round;  to  wind 
round;  to  circuit;  to  come  round;  to 
deviate;  to  encircle;  to  fly;  to  shun;  to 
compass,  Josh.  6:  3,  4;  apakfompa,  nasal 
form;  apakfohompa,  pro.  form. 

apakfopa,  v.  n.,  to  be  wound  round; 
v.  t.,  to  compass;  to  double,  as  a  cape; 
apakfoyupa,  pro.  form. 

apakf opahe  keyu,  a. ,  inevitable. 

apakfoyupa,  wee  apakfopa. 

apakna,  n.,  a  plenty;  an  abundance;  a 
fullness. 

apakna,  adv.,  freely. 

apakna,  a.,  plenteous;  abundant;  copi 
ous;  exuberant. 

apakna,  v.  n.,  to  be  plenteous;  to  abound; 
itimpakna,  to  compete  together;  kilitim- 


pakna,  let  us  compete,  or  try  and  see 

which  will  excel;  see  pakna. 
apaknanka,  n.,  the  top,  Luke  23:  38. 
apaknali,  n.,  the  surface;  the  face. 
apaknali,  a.,  superficial;    being   on  the 

surface. 
apaknali,  v.  n.,  to  be  superficial;  to  be 

on  the  surface. 
apaknacni,  v.  t.,  to  cause  an  abundance; 

to  make  a  plenty,  1  Kings  10:  27. 
apakshanofa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  cling. 
apakshana,   v.    a.    i.,    to    cling   to;    to 

grip;  itapaksliana,  to     strive  together, 

Deut.  25:  11. 
apakshana,  pp.,  twisted  round;  itapak- 

shana,  pp.,  intwined;  twisted  together. 
apakshanni,  v.  t.,  to  twist  round;   ita- 

pakshanni,  itapakshannichi,  v.  t.,   to  in- 

twine;  to  twist  together. 
apalaska,  n.,  an  oven;  any  place  where 

anything  is  baked;  a  baking  place. 
apali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  lurk;  to  creep  slyly  in 

quest  of  prey  or  game,  like  a  cat. 
apanlichi,  v.  t.,  to  encourage  by  shouts; 

to  halloo. 
apanta,  a.,  nasal  form,  from  apata,  situ 

ated  at  the  side;  being  on  the  side; 

sing,     of   pqlli;     focliukapanta,     chuka 


apantali,  nasal  form,  from  apatali. 

apanukfila,  n.,  a  whirlwind. 

apanukfila,  v.  a.  i.,  to  blow  and  rise,  as 
a  whirlwind;  to  be  a  whirlwind,  or  to 
whirlwind,  making  a  verb  of  the  noun. 

apashia,  n.,  a  piazza;  a  porch;  a  por 
tico;  chukapashia,  house  porch. 

apata,  v.  a.  i.,  to  lie  at  the  side;  apanta, 
nasal  form;  apataiya,  pro.  form,  to  lie 
along  at  the  side. 

apata,  pp.,  laid  at  the  side. 

apatafa,  n.,  a  plowed  place. 

apatalechi,  v.  t.,  to  spread  a  blanket  so 
that  one-half  is  under  and  the  other 
over  a  person;  see  apolom/clii. 

apatalhpo,  n.,  a  spread;  a  mattress;  a 
seat;  a  cushion,  John  19:  13.  Perhaps 
this  word  is  used  for  "seat"  because  in 
early  times  the  Choctaw  spread  out 
some  kind  of  skin  as  a  seat  for  visitors 
and  others. 

apatali,  v.  a.  i.,to  grow  at  the  side  like 
corn  suckers;  itapatali,  recip. 

apatali,  n.,  suckers;  young  sprouts  at 
the  side. 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


53 


apaha,  n.,  attendants;  companions;  fel 
lows;  itqpiha,  fellows. 

apala,  n.,  a  frying  pan  or  anything  in 
which  to  carry  a  torch  or  a  light; 
usually  applied  to  a  frying  pan,  because 
it  was  used  to  carry  a  light  by  those 
who  hunted  game  in  the  night.  The 
light  was  made  of  fat  pine  knots  or 
wood  cut  and  split  fine. 

apalli,  apulli,  pi.  of  apotali,  v.  a.  i.,  to 
stand  side  and  side;  to  lie  side  by  side; 
chuka  apqllit  anya  keyu,  not  to  eaves 
drop. 

apalichi,  v.  t.,  to  hew  wood. 

apalichi,  n.,  a  hewer. 

apeha,  apilia,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  many  to  join 
one;  to  go  in  company  with;  to  be  with 
others,  2  Sam.  18:  1;  or  being  with, 
Matt.  12:3;  Josh.  7:  24;  apehat  aiasha, 
about  him,  i.  e.,  multitudes,  Matt.  8: 18; 
apehat  anya,  to  go  along  with  one;  to 
accompany  him,  Matt.  12:  3,  4;  Josh. 
8:5;  itapiJia,  to  join  together;  to  accom 
pany;  to  go  together,  John  3:  22;  aiita- 
piha,  to  join  together  there,  or  at,  Matt. 
8:  11;  here  are  plurals  in  both  com 
panies  that  united  apehkqchi,  itqpekqchi, 
aitqpekqchi,  aiapinhqt  hieli,  Matt.  12:  41, 
to  stand  together  with;  itapWiqt  hioh- 
manya,  Matt.  13:  30;  aiitapinliqt  qttqt  ia, 
Matt.  14:  13;  apinha,  to  be  with,  Matt. 
4:  21. 

apehali;  aiapelialincld,  pi.,  led  with  him, 
Luke  23:  32. 

apehachi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  cause  to  be  or  go 
together;  to  take  part  with. 

apehpoa,  see  apepoa. 

apela,  n.,  a  helper;  an  assistant;  anally; 
an  auxiliary;  an  aid;  a  coadjutor;  a 
help;  a  second;  a  subsidiary. 

apela,  a.,  subservient;  ikapelo,  a.,  un 
aided;  unassisted;  unhelped;  unsup 
ported. 

apela,  v.  t.,  to  help,  Josh.  1:  14;  to  assist; 
to  abet;  to  succor;  to  back;  to  second 
or  strengthen  by  aid;  to  support;  to 
favor;  to  further;  to  interpose;  to 
second;  to  side;  to  stickle;  to  subserve; 
siapela,  to  help  me;  chiapelali,  I  help 
thee;  itapel<i,to  help  each  other;  itapela, 
n.,  a  help;  a  helper;  a  partner;  an  ally; 
an  auxiliary;  mutual  helps,  etc. ;  apinla, 
nasal  form,  helping;  api'hhthi,  freq. 
form,  keep  helping;  apida,  pro.  form, 


to  help  at  last;  apela ikimiksho,  a.,  help 
less;  without  help. 

apelachi,  apelachi,  v.  t.,  to  help  an 
other;  to  cause  to  help;  to  favor;  to 
further;  to  patronize;  to  promote;  to  re 
lieve;  to  succor,  slapelqchi,  help  me, 
Matt.  15:  25;  apelanchi,  nasal  form; 
apelahanchi,  freq.  form;  apelaiyachi, 
pro.  form. 

apelachi,  n.,  a  help;  a  remedy;  succor. 

apelachi,  apelachi,  n.,  a  promoter;  a 
succorer;  a  helper;  an  abettor;  an  ally; 
an  assistant;  an  auxiliary;  a  coadjutor; 
a  favorer;  a  paraclete;  a  patron;  ita- 
pelachi,  n.,  a  copartner;  mutual  help 
ers. 

apeli,  n.,  a  hurricane;  a  tempest;  the 
place  where  a  hurricane  passed  along 
and  blew  down  the  timber;  a  whirl 
wind. 

apeli,  v.a.  i.,  to  storm;  to  blow,  as  a  hurri 
cane. 

apelua,  pp.,  turned  up. 

apelulichi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  turn  up  sleeves  or 
legs  of  pantaloons  or  leggings. 

apeli,  v.  t.,  to  bring,  sweep,  or  scrape 
together;  to  rake  up,  as  bears  and  hogs 
rake  or  bring  together  grass  and  leaves 
for  a  nest. 

apeli,  n.,  a  raker;  a  nest  maker. 

apelichi,  v.  t.,  to  push  up  the  wood  on 
a  fire;  to  put  the  sticks  or  brands  to 
gether;  to  hoe  earth  up  around  plants. 

apelichi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  rule  at;  to  preside 
in;  to  govern  there;  apelinchi,  nasal 
form;  apdihinchi,  freq.;  apeliechi,  pro. 
form. 

apelichi,  apeliechi,  n.,  the  course,  class 
or  term  (of  Abia),  Luke  1:  5. 

apelichi,  n.,  the  place  ruled;  a  kingdom, 
Mark  11:  10;  a  tribe,  1  Kings  11:  31, 
32;  2  Sam.  24:  2. 

apelichi  fullota,  n.,  a  territory;  the 
extent  of  the  place  that  is  ruled. 

apelichika,  apeliechika,  n.,  the  place 
ruled,  whether  kingdom,  province, 
town,  district,  plantation,  bishopric, 
diocese,  or  a  single  house;  or  the  place 
ruled  by  domestic  animals;  domain; 
dominion;  a  dukedom;  an  empire;  a 
government;  a  kingdom;  a  monarchy; 
a  province;  a  sphere;  a  tribe,  1  Kings 
11:  13;  yakiii  apelichika  monm,  Matt. 
4:  8;  3:  2;  5:  3;  6:  13,  33;  12:  25,  26; 


54 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


13:  19,  41,  43;  18:  1;  apelichika,  in  Matt. 
6: 10,  used  as  a  verb,  having  ish,  thou, 
prefixed;  or  this  isJi  is  used  as  a  poss. 
pronoun,  similar  to  ish  in  ishitibapishi, 
thy  brother,  so  here  it  is  thy  kingdom, 
1  Kings  10:20. 

apelichika  fullota,  n.,  a  precinct. 

apeliechi  achafa,  n.,  a  body;  a  num 
ber  of  men  united  by  a  common  tie  or 
form  of  government. 

apeliechi,  see  apelichi. 

apepoa,  apehpoa,  apepowa,  v.  t.  pi., 
to  help;  to  assist  by  counsel,  not  in 
labor;  to  advocate  for;  to  plead  for;  to 
argue  for;  to  stand  up  for;  to  fight  for; 
ilapipowa  to  help  himself. 

apepoa,  apepowa,  n.,  helpers;  advo 
cates;  allies;  justifiers;  apipoat  illi,  n., 
a  martyr;  apipoat  illi,  n.,  martyrdom. 

apesa,  apisa,  v.  t.,  to  order;  to  appoint, 
Josh.  1:  7;  to  fix;  to  measure,  Matt. 
7:2;  to  judge;  to  ad  judge;  to  reconcile; 
to  regulate;  to  resolve;  to  rule;  to  scale; 
toscheme;  to  set;  to  settle;  to  span;  to 
square;  to  survey;  to  test;  to  time;  to 
tolerate;  to  transact;  to  will;  to  destine; 
to  devise;  to  direct;  to  dispose  of;  to 
doom;  to  enact;  to  engage;  to  establish; 
to  estimate;  to  gauge;  to  instruct;  to  lay 
a  plan;  to  legalize;  to  machinate;  to 
manage;  to  marshal;  to  mediate;  to 
mete;  to  methodize;  to  order;  to  ma 
neuver;  to  plan;  to  prescribe;  to  pro 
ject;  to  purpose;  to  adjudicate;  to  sanc 
tion;  to  command,  Matt.  8:  4;  14:  9; 
to  conclude;  to  decide;  to  decree;  im- 
ape.vt,  to  appoint  for  him;  to  allow 
him;  to  send  him;  to  license;  to  re 
strict;  to  make  for  them,  i.e.,  a  feast, 
Luke  5:  29;  to  give  them  power,  Matt. 
10:  1;  nan  isht  apesa,  Matt.  13:  3;  ikim- 
apexo,  v.  t.,  to  disallow  him;  ikapeso, 
a.,  undetermined;  isht  apesa,  to  meas 
ure  with;  to  maneuver;  to  model; 
ishtapesatima,  v.  t.,  to  devote;  apihinsa, 
Matt.  15:  4;  itimapesa,  to  league;  to 
agree  together;  to  concert  together;  to 
contract;  to  covenant;  itimapesa,  n., 
an  agreement;  a  concert;  a  contract;  a 
league;  il'dlbapewt,  we  agree  together; 
Hapisa,  to  measure  for  himself,  Luke 
12:  21;  to  make  himself,  John  5:  18; 
itapexa,  to  contract;  to  liken;  ifapesa- 
lashke,  I  will  liken,  Matt.  7:  24;  also 


Matt.  11:  16;  pitimapesa,  Josh.  9:  6; 
alhpisa,  alhpesa,  pp. 

apesa,  n.,  a  judge;  one  that  measures, 
appoints,  etc.;  a  director;  an  enactor; 
an  estimator;  a  manager;  a  measurer. 

apesa,  n.,  a  measurement;  mensuration. 

apesachi,  v.  t.,  to  oversee;  to  direct;  to 
manage;  to  rule;  to  tend;  chiapesahan- 
chi,  etc.,  Matt.  4:  6;  apesaiyacJti,  pro. 
form. 

apesachi,  n.,  an  overseer;  a  director;  a 
manager;  a  curator;  a  tender;  a  keeper; 
apesachi  aleha  hatuk  at  yilepqt,  and  they 
that  kept  them  fled,  Matt.  8:  33;  apesa 
chi,  a  shepherd,  Matt.  9:  36;  a  keeper, 
Gen.  4:  9. 

apiha,  n.  (see  apell,  act.;  apiha  is 
pass.),  a  place  brushed,  raked,  etc.;  as 
onush  apiha,  where  the  oats  have  been 
raked  away;  itapiha,  together  with, 
John  21:  2;  itapeJiachi,  collected  to 
gether;  aiitapiha,  with;  together  with; 
apinha,  nasal  form  of  apeha,  pi.,  being 
with,  John  11:  31;  21:  3;  api^hat  a^ya 
kashon,  them  that  followed,  Matt.  8: 10. 

apinni  v.  t.,  to  twist  a  stick  into  hair,  as 
the  mane. 

apinnichi  v.  t.,  to  break  down  the  top 
limbs  of  bushes;  like  akaunichi. 

apisa,  n. ,  a  glass;  a  looking  glass;  a  lesson 
in  reading  assigned  to  a  pupil;  a  win 
dow;  alight;  a  mirror;  scenery;  a  spec 
ulum. 

apinsa,  n.,  a  prospect;  a  study. 

apisa  achafa,  n.,  a  pane  of  glass;  a  pane. 

apisa  isht  aliikania,  n.,  a  window;  a 
window  shutter. 

apisa  isht  alhpolosa,  n.,  putty. 

apisa  isht  hoponkoyo,  n.,  a  telescope;  a 
spy  glass. 

apisaka,  n.,  a  vision;  that  which  is  the 
object  of  sight;  a  view;  a  sight;  a  pros 
pect. 

apisahukmi,  n.,  a  burning  glass. 

apisaka  ali,  11.,  the  horizon. 

apisali,  n.,  ken;  view;  reach  of  sight. 

apissa,  pp.,  straightened;  made  straight; 
dressed;  unbent. 

apissa,  a.,  straight. 

apissa,  v.  n.,  to  be  straight. 

apissalechi,  see  apissaleclii. 

apissali,  a.,  due;  direct;  straight;  v.  t.,  to 
choose,  Luke  10:  42;  ikapissafo,  a.,  in 
direct;  vague. 


RYINOTON] 


A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CIIOCTAW    LANGUACK 


55 


apissanli,  a.,  nasal  form  of  (ipissalli,  or 
a  form  like  hittanli,  kocJianli,  etc.  (q. 
v.)  (Josh.  5:  5);  express;  direct; 
straight;  being  straight;  true;  erect; 
firm;  unequivocal;  genuine,  as  hatok 
api  humma  apissanli,  a  genuine  redman, 
not  a  man  of  mixed  blood;  explicit,  as 
in  anumpa  apissanli  achukma;  fair;  genu 
ine;  honest;  invariable;  regular;  right ; 
upright. 

apissanli,  adv.,  regularly. 

apissanli,  n.,  fairness;  frankness;  integ 
rity;  probity;  simplicity. 

apissanli,  v.  n.,  to  be  straight;  to  be 
direct,  genuine,  etc. 

apissanlit,  apissant,  adv.,  plainly;  di 
rectly;  in  a  direct  course;  the  nearest 
way;  downright;  right;  uprightly;  as 
apissant  isMa,  did  you  come  directly 
here?;  apissant  hikia,  a.,  precipitous; 
perpendicular. 

apissallechi,  apissalechi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to 
make  straight;  to  direct;  to  dress;  to 
straighten,  Matt.  3:  3;  il 'apissalechi,  John 
11 :  41  [?]  ;  uski  naki  apissalechi. 

apissalli,  v.  t.,  to  straighten;  to  unbend. 

apissat  hikia,  a.,  erect. 

apistikeli,  n.,  a  watch;  a  spy;  custody; 
an  ever;  a  guard;  a  guardian;  aguarder; 
a  manager;  an  overseer;  a  supervisor; 
asurveyor;  atroubler;  a  vigil;  a  warder; 
a  warden. 

apistikeli,  n.,  vigilance;  watch;  ward;  a 
watcher. 

apistikeli,  a.,  troublesome;  watchful. 

apistikeli,  v.  a.  i.,  v.  t.,  to  watch;  to 
eye;  to  observe;  to  look  out  for  with 
an  evil  intention;  to  embarrass;  to 
guard;  to  look;  to  oversee;  to  ward;  to 
be  vigilant;  to  infest;  to  manage;  to  mo 
lest;  to  pester;  to  plague;  to  superintend; 
to  supervise;  to  tend;  to  transact;  to 
trouble. 

apistikeli  ahikia,  n.,  a  watchhouse. 

apistikelichi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  watch; 
to  get  one  to  watch. 

apistiket,  cont.  from  apistikelit,  to 
watch,  etc. 

apitta,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  put  in;  wak  apitta, 
to  put  in  cattle;  tanchi  apitta,  to  put  in 
corn;  okapankki  apitta,  to  put  in  a  liquid, 
Matt.  9:  17;  13:  48;  qlhpita,  pp. 

apoa,  apoba,  v,  t.,  to  raise,  as  cattle  or 
any  domestic  animals,  or  fruit  trees; 


to  have  for  the  purpose  of  raising,  or 
to  let  it  grow;  to  domesticate;  to  tame, 
qlhpobd,  pp.,  'inidjioti,  to  ally;  to  be 
troth;  to  espouse;  itimnpon,  to  espouse 
each  other;  itimalhpolxi,  pp.,  of  above; 
apoahanchi,  "to  spare,"  1  Sam.  15:  3; 
chikapoancho,  (Jen.  18:24. 

apoa,  n.,  preemption;  a  refusal. 

apoachi,  or  apobachi  (q.  v. )  v.  t.,  to 
raise;  qlhpoba,  pp. 

apoachi,  n.,  one  that  betroths  or  be 
speaks. 

apoba,  see  apoa. 

apoba,  n.,  a  saver;  a  preserver. 

apobachi,  v.  t.,  to  betroth;  to  bespeak; 
to  speak  for;  to  bargain  for;  to  pet; 
to  preengage;  qlhpoba,  pp. 

apohko,  pp.,  protected;  covered;  ikapoh- 
ko,  a.,  exposed. 

apohko,  n.,  protection. 

apohkochi,  v.  t.,  to  protect;  to  cover; 
ilapohkochi,  v.  ref.,  she  protects  herself, 
or  covers  herself. 

apohkolechi,  v.  t.,  to  hold  the  hand  and 
hide  or  hold  something;  to  hold  the  flat 
hand  over  the  ear  to  prevent  hearing; 
itapokolechi,  v.  t,,  to  put  two  flat  things 
together. 

apohota,  n.,  the  fringe;  the  flounce. 

apohtuka,  a,,  shut  in  so  that  the  air  does 
not  circulate,  as  a  house  by  a  thicket. 

apohtukachi,  v.  t.,  to  shut  in;  to  make 
close. 

apohtukin,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  close  or  tight,  as 
a  room. 

apokni,  appokni,  n.,  my  grandmother. 
The  same  appellation  belongs  to  all  the 
sisters  of  the  grandmother  and  to  their 
mother  also.  When  there  is  an  occa 
sion  to  express  the  real  difference  it  can 
be  easily  done. 

apokofa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  thrust  against;  to 
run  against,  Num.  22:  25. 

apoksia,  v.  t.,  to  prepare,  John  14:  2,  3; 
15:  2;  to  mend,  Matt.  4:  21. 

apoksia,  n.,  a  repair. 

apoksia,  pp.,  repaired;  mended;  recon 
ciled;  redressed;  regulated;  remedied. 

apoksia,  a.,  good;  wise. 

apoksiachi,  v.  t.,  to  repair;  to  adjust;  to 
dispose;  to  prepare,  Luke  3:  4;  Matt. 
3:  3;  11:  10;  to  reconcile;  to  redress;  to 
regulate;  to  shape;  tlapoksiaclii,  to  re 
form  himself. 


56 


BUREAU   OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


apoksiachi,  n.,  a  reformer;  a  repairer, 
apoksiali,  v.  t.,  to  arrange. 
apokshiama,  n.,  a  flap;  a  clout,  called  a 

square;  a  diaper.     The  apokshiama    is 

a  garment  worn  by  Choctaw  men. 
apokshiama,  pp.,  clouted. 
apokshiami,    apokshiami,    apokshi- 

ammi,  v.  t.,  to  put  the  clout  upon  one's 

self;  to  clout  one's  self. 
apokshiamichi,  v.  t.,  to  put  the  clout 

upon  another. 

apokshiammi,  see  apokshiami. 
apokshiammi,   pp.,  clouted;    having  a 

flap  put  on. 
apokta,  n.,  a  double. 
apokta,  pp.,  doubled;  grown  together, 

as  two  potatoes  fastened  together  side 

by  side. 
apokta,  a.,  double;   as   ahe  apokta,  noil 

apokta. 

apokta,  v.  n.,  to  be  doubled. 
Apokta  chito,  n.,  the  name  of  a   par 
ticular  creek. 

apoktachi,  v.  t.,  to  double;  to  cause  any 
thing  to  be  doubled. 
apolichi,  hopochi  (q.v.)  v.  t. ,to  hill  corn; 

to  work  in  the  corn  for  the  last  time, 

Luke  13:  8. 

apolukta;  itapolukta,  v.  a.  i.,  to  coalesce, 
apoluma,  n.,  a  conjurer  at  ball  plays, 

called  a  ball  play  witch, 
apolumi,  v.  t.,  to  conjure;  to  act  the  ball 

play  witch, 
apolusa,  n.,  a  daubing;  apolusa  achqfa, 

one  coat  of  daubing. 
apolusa,    alhpolosa,    pp.,    a.,    daubed; 

plastered;  pitched, 
apolusa,  v.  n.,  to  be  daubed. 
apolusli,  v.  t.,  to  daub;    to  plaster;    to 

pitch;  to  smear. 

apolusli,  n.,  a  dauber;  a  plasterer. 
apolusli,  n.,  a  casing;    the  act  or  opera 
tion  of  plastering  a  house  with  mortar 

on  the  outside. 
apoloma,  n.,    a  hem;  a  bend;  a  spring 

made  by  a  bend. 
apoloma,     pp.,     hemmed;     bent     over 

double. 

apolomachi,  n.,  a  hem  of  a  garment. 
apolomachi,  pp.,  hemmed. 
apolomachi,  v.  t.,  to  hem;  to  bend  over 

double. 


apolomi,  apolommi,  v.  t.,  to  hem; 
to  bend  over;  to  go  across  a  bend  in  a 
river  or  road;  to  lap. 

apolomi,  n.,  a  hemmer. 

apolomichi,  v.  t.,  to  fold  a  blanket  and 
sleep  in  it,  one  part  under  and  the 
other  part  over  a  person. 

apolomoa,  pp.  pi.,  hemmed. 

apolomoa,  n.,  hems;  bends. 

apolomolili,  v.  t.,  to  hem;  to  bend 
over;  to  go  across  bends  in  a  river  or 
in  a  road. 

aponaklo,  v.  a.  i.,  v.  t,  to  inquire;  to 
query. 

aponaklo,  n.,  an  inquirer. 

aponaklo,  n.,  an  inquiry. 

aponaklo  shali,  a.,  inquisitive. 

aposhokachi,  n.,  the  border;  the  hem; 
imanchi  aposhokachi  yan  pit  poioli,  the 
hem  of  his  garment;  Matt.  9  20;  Luke: 
8:  44;  imancld  aposhokacJd  ak  ilia  kia, 
only  the  hem  of  his  garment,  Matt.  14: 
36. 

apota,  v.  a.  i.,  to  lie  at  the  side;  itapota, 
to  lie  together;  ikita.poto,  Matt.  1:  25; 
chiapota,  1  Kings  1:2. 

apota,  n.,  the  side;  Eli  at  liina  apota  ka, 
1  Sam.  4:  13. 

apota,  v.  n.,  to  be  at  the  side;  apunta, 
nasal  form;  itajtota,  v.  a.  i.,  to  make 
snug;  to  lie  side  wise. 

apotaka,  n.,  the  side;  a  by-place;  apo 
taka  ia,  to  go  one  side  to  void,  or  to  a 
by-place;  an  expression  used  to  describe 
the  going  away  to  ease  nature,  etc. 

apotaka  itola,  apotaka  atta,  v.  n.,  to 
lie  in  a  retired  place;  this  expression  is 
applied  to  describe  the  retirement  of 
females.  See  Lev.  15:  19-28;  apotakachi. 
The  Choctaw  women  have  a  small  camp 
near  the  house  to  which  they  retire  at 
such  seasons,  and  where  they  remain 
alone  till  they  have  their  usual  health. 

apotali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  lie  at  the  side. 

apotoa,  pi.,  apotoat  hielitok,  to  stand  be 
side;  to  be  at  the  side,  1  Kings  10:  19. 

apotoli,  apotuli,  sing.  v.  t.,  to  place  by 
the  side  of,  1  Sam.  5:  2;  apottdit  liolipi, 
Acts  5:  10;  itapotuli,  v.  t.,  to  accouple; 
to  adjoin;  to  couple. 

apoyua,  v.  t.,  to  gather  up;  to  pick  up 
and  carrv  awav. 


A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


57 


apunfa,  n.,  a  forge,  or  the  place  where 

the  mouth  of  the  bellows  acts  upon  the 

fire;  the  mouth  of  a  bellows. 
apunf  achi,  v.  t. ,  to  blow  with  a  bellows, 

mouth,  pipe,  etc.;  to  expire;  to  puff; 

isJit  apunfachi,  n.,  a  blow  pipe,  or  v.  t., 

to  blow  with, 
apulli,  v.  t.  pi.,  in  himakan  apullit  itikbo; 

see  alulli. 

apulli,  n.,  corn  suckers. 
apulli,  apalli,  pi.  of  apotali  (q.  v.). 
apullichi,  v.  t.,  to  hill  up  (corn);  to  heap 

up  around  anything, 
apunta,  nasal  form  (from  apota),  v.  n., 

being  at  the  side  to  make  an  exchange 

equal. 

apunta,  prep.,  by;  near,  as  at  the  side, 
apunta,  a.,  contiguous;  hohchifo  apunta, 

surname,  Matt.  10:  3. 
apuskiachi,  v.  t.,  to  divine;   to  act  as 

a  priest.     See  Gen.  41 :  45. 
apushi  (from  api  and  ushi),  n.,  a  sprout, 

asitapushi,  a  sprout  of  a  tree,  (q.  v.); 

a  staddle;  kali  apushi,  Mark  12:  1. 
apushi  hika,  n.,  a  stake, 
apushli,  v.  t.,  to  roast,  1  Sam.  2:  15;  to 

broil;  to  bake  in  the  hot  ashes,  as  po 
tatoes  (ahe  apushli);  alhpusha,  pp. 
apushli,  n.,  a  roaster;  one  that  roasts, 
aputa,  a.,   from  puta,  all.      See  1  John 

3:  18. 
aputkachi,  v.  n.  pi.,  to  lie  or  stand  side 

by  side. 
aputkachi,  a,,  pp.,  laid  at  the  side;  lying 

at  the  side. 
asahnoyechi,  a.,  old,  aged;  or  sahnoyechi 

(q.  v.). 

asanali,  see  asonali. 
asanali,  n.,  the  forefront  of  a  rock;  see 

1  Sam.  14:  5;  a  jamb;  the  sidepiece  of  a 

fireplace. 
asanalichi,  v.  a.  i.,asanm,  pi.,  to  cause  it 

to  face;  ahe  an  hashi  an  asanaliclii,  to  lay 

the  potatoes  in  the  sun;  itasanali,  to  face 

each  other. 

asananta,  asananta,  n.,  a  large  bee,  re 
sembling  the  bumble  bee,  that  bores 
into  wood,  etc. 

asanata,  a.,  lazy. 

asalbash,  achaba,  asalhchap,  n.,  afoot- 
bridge,  made  of  a  log  or  tree;  asilhcJtap, 
asaJicJigp,  Ch.  Sp.  Bk.,  page  50;  salbach, 
Ch.  Sp.  P>k.,  page  18. 

asalhchap,  see  above. 


asanni,  pi.  of  asonali,  to  face;  to  front; 
to  stem. 

asano,  n.,  an  adult;  a  grown  person. 

asano,  v.  a.  i.,  to  grow  up,  a  word  of 
general  signification  ;  alia  at  asano,  Luke 
1:  80;  2:  40;  itapushi  at  asano,  nusapi 
at  cJiahat  isht  ia;  asatyano,  pro.  form; 
asano,  n.,  an  adult;  asano  ikono,  n.,  a 
minor;  asano,  pp.,  a.,  grown;  grown  up; 
mature;  adult;  asatyano,  pro.  form; 
asano,  asanno,  n.,  maturity;  puberty; 
rankness;  asanochi,  asanochika, 

asanochi,  n.,  an  elder  in  a  church. 

asanochika,  n.,  the  elders  of  an  assem 
bly. 

asanonchi,  asanonchi,  n.,  the  elders; 
the  aged;  the  fathers  (by  way  of  re 
spect);  an  elder;  a  presbyter;  asanon 
chi,  Josh.  8:  10,  33;  9:  11;  asanochi, 
Titus  2:  2,  3;  asanhochi. 

asechip,  asechap,  n.,  a  footbridge;  a  log 
or  tree  lying  across  a  creek  or  water 
course  and  used  as  a  footbridge.  See 
asalbash. 

asehta,  pp.,  tied  up;  bound  up;  tied  to 
a  tree,  as  a  horse;  asinta,  tied,  Mark 
11:2. 

asehta,  n.,  a  bundle;  a  sheaf. 

aseta,  v.  t.,  to  accept  a  wager;  to  bet 
against;  itaseta,  to  bet  against  each 
other. 

aseta,  n.,  a  rawhide  rope  or  string;  a 
rope;  a  cord;  a  strap;  a  string;  a  thong; 
aseta  isJtt  takchi,  to  tie  with  a  cord;  to 
cord. 

aseta  chanaha,  n.,  a  coil  of  rope. 

aseta  falaia,  n.,  a  long  rope;  a  long  raw 
hide  rope;  a  rope;  a  tedder. 

aseta  falaia  isht  takchi,  v.  t.,  to  ted 
der. 

aseta  isht  f amrni,  v.  t. ,  to  strap. 

aseta  isht  ochi,  n.,  a  wrell  rope. 

aseta  pana,  n.,  a  twisted  rawhide;  a  hide 
rope  made  by  plaiting  two  strands, 
John  2:  15. 

aseta  tanaffo,  n.,  a  plaited  hide  rope;  a 
braided  hide  rope  made  of  three  or 
more  strands. 

asetikbi,  n. ,  a  cord  maker;  a  rope  maker. 

asetilechi,  v.  t.,  to  make  tie;  asetilecldnka, 
n.,  junction  of  streams. 

asetili,  asetilli,  v.  a.  i.,  asetoli,  pi.,  to 
empty;  to  disembogue;  to  flow  out  at 
the  mouth;  to  discharge  into  another 
stream. 


58 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


asetili,  n.,  asetoli,  pi.,  the  mouth  of  a 
stream. 

asetilli,  n.,  end  of  or  uttermost  part  of 
(the  Jordan),  Josh.  15:  5. 

asetoli,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  empty. 

asilballi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  go  to  excess  in  eating 
or  drinking;  to  gormandize. 

asilballi,  n.,  a  gormandizer. 

asilballichi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  lead  another 
into  excesses. 

asilhchap,  n.,  a  footlog  over  a  creek. 

asilhha,  n.,  an  invitation;  an  invocation; 
a  petition;  a  request;  a  suit. 

asilhha,  v.  t.,  to  beg;  to  beseech,  Matt. 
14:  36;  to  entreat;  to  supplicate;  to  ask, 
Matt.  5:  42;  14:7;  to  implore;  to  impor 
tune;  to  request;  to  petition;  to  crave; 
to  demand;  to  espouse,  invite,  invocate, 
invoke;  to  supplicate;  to  wish;  to  woo; 
hashasilhhakma,  if  or  when  ye  ask, 
Matt.  7:  7.  echimasilhha,  we  beg  of 
thee;  anumpa  iibasha  asilhha,  to  pre 
sent  in  supplication,  as  humble  words, 
i.  e.,  to  pray;  achunanchit  asilhha,  to 
importune;  imasilhha,  v.  t.,  to  beseech 
him,  Matt.  8:  6;  to  pray,  Matt.  6:  6; 
9:  38. 

asilhha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  beg;  to  entreat;  to 
solicit. 

asilhha,  n.,  a  beggar;  a  petitioner;  a  sup 
pliant;  a  demander;  an  entreater;  an 
implorer;  a  petitioner;  a  solicitor;  a 
suitor. 

asilhha,  pp.,  entreated. 

asilhha,  a.,  suppliant;  ikasilhho,  unasked; 
unsolicited. 

asilhha  keyu,  a.,  prayerless. 

asilhhachi,  v.  t.,  to  beg;  to  ask,  Luke  3: 
10;  to  implore;  to  petition;  to  entreat; 
to  request;  asilhhanchi,  nasal  form; 
asilhhahanchi,  freq. 

asilhhachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  beg;  to  entreat. 

asilhhachi,  n. ,  a  beggar;  an  entreater;  an 
implorer. 

asilhhi,  v.  t. ;  John  5:  39;  from  silhhi; 
the  a  prefix  Is  a  locative. 

asinta,  v.  t.,  to  seize;  to  hold,  as  a  dog 
holds  his  prey. 

asishchab,  n.,  a  footbridge;  a  log  lying 
across  a  stream  which  is  used  by  foot 
passengers. 

asitabi,  v.  t.,  to  earn;  to  merit,  or  deserve 
by  labor;  to  gain  by  labor,  and  not  as  a 


gift;  to  gain;  Josh.  24:  13;  ikasitabo, 
a.,  unearned;  unmerited. 

asitabi,  n.,  the  one  who  earns. 

asitia,  v.  a.  i.,  to  cleave  to,  1  Kings  11: 
2,  4;  to  love;  to  feel  an  attachment;  to 
hang  to;  to  join;  itasitia,  to  cleave  to 
each  other;  to  cohere. 

asitilli,  v.  t.,  to  tie  to;  to  tie  up,  as  to  tie 
a  horse,  cow,  or  calf  to  a  tree. 

asitoha,  asitoa,  pp.  pi.,  tied  up;  bound 
to. 

asitoli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  tie  to,  or  to  bind  to 
(from  a  and  sltoli),  Matt.  13:  30. 

asitopa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  persevere. 

asonak,  n.,  a  brass  kettle;  a  vessel  made 
of  brass  or  tin;  a  kettle. 

asonak  aholuyachi,  n.,  a  colander. 

asonak  atakali,  n.,  a  kettle  bail;  a  crane; 
a  pot  hook;  a  trammel. 

asonak  atoba,  n.,  a  furnace. 

asonak  hata,  n.,atin  kettle;  a  tin  pail. 

asonak  hata  maiha,  n. ,  tin  pan  (mai'Aa— 
wide). 

asonak  isht  atta,  n.,  a  tinker. 

asonak  isht  talakchi,  n.,  pot  hooks; 
the  hooks  used  in  lifting  kettles,  oven 
lids,  etc. 

asonak  lakna,  n.,  brass;  a  brass  kettle. 

asonak  lakna  atoba,  a.,  brazen. 

asonak  lakna  chito,  n.,  a  large  brass 
pan. 

asonak  lakna  chiihmi,  a.,  brassy. 

asonak  lakna  ikbi,  n.,  a  brazier. 

asonak  lakna  isht  akmi,  pp.,  brazed; 
soldered  with  brass. 

asonak  lakna  isht  akmichi,v  .t.,  to  braze; 
to  solder  with  brass. 

asonak  lakna  isht  akmichi,  n.,  a  brazier. 

asonak  maiha,  n.,  a  tin  pan. 

asonak  toba,  n.,  tin. 

asonali,  asunali,  asanali,  v.  a.  i.,  v.  t., 
to  go  against  wind  or  tide;  to  as 
cend;  to  fly  against  the  wind;  to  sail 
against  the  current;  to  face;  to  front;  to 
stem;  to  confront;  to  thwart;  to  with 
stand,  Ruth  1:  13;  asanni,  pi. 

asunanta,  n.,  the  going  against, 

asunonchi,  n.,  the  elders;  the  aged;  the 
fathers,  by  way  of  respect. 

asunonchika,  n.,  elders,  Luke  22:  52. 

ash  (and  its  compounds),  an  article;  the 
one,  the  said,  the  one  which,  referring 
to  some  particular  object  that  had  been 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    C11OCTAW    LANGUAGE 


59 


the  subject  of  conversation  before; 
peni  ash,  the  ship,  Matt.  14:  29.  The 
idea  of  past  time  in  this  article  dif 
ferentiates  it  from  other  articles  and 
it  may  be  called  a  past  tense  article, 
Matt.  5:  24.  Compounds:  ashakosh, 
ashakot,  ashakocha — ashano,  ob.  case, 
the  one  which — ashqto,  the  one — asJiba, 
himmak  ashba,  nitak  nana  asJi,  com 
pounded  of  ash,  the  future,  and  ba  (see 
below);  onnak  mak  ashba,  Ch.  Sp.  Book, 
p.  77 — ashin — ashinli,  the  same;  the  one 
which  also — ashkia,  the  one  also,  even 
that  one — ashon,  the  one;  the,  Matt. 
9:  6;  Chihowa  asho™,  God,  Matt.  9:8; 
yammak  ashon,  the  which,  Matt.  13:  44; 
osapa  yammak  as}ton,  that  field,  Matt. 
13:  44,  yammak  ashon,  him,  Matt.  13: 
57—ashocha,  nom.  case,  the  one — ash- 
oka,  ob.  case,  the  one — ashokako,  ob- 
case,  although  the  one  or  the  said — 
ashokakotth,  nom.  case,  although  the 
said — ashokano,  ob.  case,  the  one — ash- 
okqt,  nom.  case,  the  one — ashokato,  the 
said  one  which — ashoke — ashokia,  even 
that  one — ashona,  ob.  case,  the  one — 
ashosh,  nom.  case,  the  said  one;  Chisas 
ashosh,  Matt.  14:  27;  15:  16;  tuk  ashosh, 
Matt.  14:  33;  okla  ashosh,  Matt.  16:  4; 
imi  shilombish  ashosh  (also  ilap  sh'dom- 
bish  ashosh), his  soul,  Matt.  16:26 — ashot, 
contracted,  nom.  case,  the  said  one. 
This  word  is  sometimes  written  hash, 
kash,  kqsh,  kosh,  and  chash  are  generally 
used  after  verbs,  but  have  a  similar  use 
and  meaning;  ash,  the,  the  said,  Matt. 
5:  24;  chuka  yammak  ash  aiihfoso,  beat 
upon  that  said  house;  Matt.  7:  25,  27; 
Lewi  ushi  asJi  keyu  honf  is  not  .  .  .  the 
son  of  David?  Matt.  12:  23;  qno  ash  sia- 
hokentis  I,  Matt.  14:  27;  chishno  ash 
chiahokmat,  if  it  be  thou,  Matt.  14:  28. 
ansha,  sing.,  asha,  pi.,  v.  a.  i.,  to  sit; 
to  reside;  to  continue;  and  often  as  a 
substitute  for  the  verb  to  be;  to  be 
there,  John  1:  48,  50;  there  is;  he  is; 
she  is  there,  etc.,  Matt.  14:  13;  15:  37; 
17:  4;  to  kennel;  to  abide,  Matt.  12:45; 
ashqt  tosliowa,  to  remove  from,  Josh. 
3:  1,  3;  asht  ia,  to  remove  from,  Josh. 
3:  14;  imansha,  to  have,  Matt.  18:  12; 
isht  ansha,  \.  t.,  to  be  busy  about, 
Luke  5:  5;  'ikslio,  neg.  form;  ikans1io 
is  not  used;  but  ikslio,  iksaksho,  iksqin- 


iksJio  are  used;a«s7ta,  nasal  form,  made 
by  drawing  out  the  nasal  sound  of  the 
first  vowel;  having,  Mark  11:  13;  a^hi, 
contracted  from  «««//«/,  Matt.  3:5;  a^ht 
minti,  sing.,  mht  inirdi,  pi.,  Mark  11: 
12;  anshtakoira,  Matt,  17:  9;  aiaslm,  pi. 
and  pro.  form  and  also  a  compound  of 
the  adv.  of  place,  at  before  the  verb, 
as  aiasha,  to  sit  there;  cldntail  aiashd 
(see  Matt.  10:  5);  Josh.  5:  12;  ima^lm, 
he  has,  Matt.  13:  44.  This  word  a^ha, 
with  the  prefix  pronouns  am,  chini, 
and  im,  etc.,  means  to  have;  as  «///'/. s7*<7, 
I  have,  or  there  is  of  mine,  John  4:  32; 
ikimikaho,  neg.  form,  to  have  none; 
aheka  imashali,  I  have  a  debt  (see 
Matt.  3:5). 

ansha,  pp.,  entered. 

ansha,  a.,  extant. 

ansha,  n.,  room;  sitting. 

ansha  kuchat,  to  come  out;  John  4:  30. 

ashabi,  ashahbi,  n.,  the  place  to  which 
the  mourning  poles  were  taken  and 
thrown  away.  "Mourning  poles"  were 
several  poles  set  at  the  grave  or  near  the 
house  on  account  of  the  death  of  some 
friend,  beneath  which  friends  sat  and 
mourned  the  dead. 

ashabi,  a.,  mournful;  lonesome;  barren; 
stripped. 

ashabi,  v.  n.,  to  be  mournful,  lone 
some,  or  barren. 

ashabichi,  v.  t.,  to  render  mournful, 
lonesome,  or  barren. 

ashachi,  causative  form  of  asha,  v.  t. 
pi.,  to  put  down;  to  lay  them  down; 
to  deposit;  to  store;  to  leave,  as  a  flock 
of  sheep;  Matt.  18:  12;  Josh.  2:  6; 
7:  23;  8:  2,  12;  aiashachi,  to  lay  them 
there,  or  in  a  receptacle;  hqchikashacho- 
kasJtke,  "neither  cast  ye,"  Matt,  7:  6; 
to  gather  into,  Matt.  6:  26;  to  bestow 
in,  1  Kings  10:  26. 

ashanfi,  n.,  the  place  where  one  shaves; 
also  a  shaving;  what  is  shaved  off. 

anshaka,  prep.,  behind;  in  the  rear; 
imashakayan,  "behind  him,"  Matt.  9: 
20;  qmashaka  yon,  behind  me,  Matt.  16: 
23;  qmanshanka,  behind  me,  Luke  4: 
8;  2  Kings 9:  18,  19;  Josh.  8:  2,  4;  chim- 
anshaka,  behind  thee;  ashankani/a,  going 
along  in  the  rear;  mish  ashankanyn,  be 
yond  and  along  behind;  amba apakfopat 
an*1iaka,  2  Sam.  5:  23. 


60 


BUREAU   OF   AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


anshaka,  v.  n.,  to  be  in  the  rear;  to  be 

behind. 
anshaka  intannap,  n.,  the  back  side; 

the  rear. 
anshakachi,  v.  t,  to  place  in  the  rear; 

anshakachit    na    mthachi,    to  backbite; 

anshakachit  namihachi,  n.,  a  backbiter, 

Rom.  1:  30. 
anshakba,  v.  a.  i.,  to  have  time,  or  be  at 

leisure. 

ashali,  n.,  a  vehicle. 
ashalinka,  adv.,  in  baste;  with  haste; 

hastily;   quickly,  Luke  2:  16;    shortly; 

straight;     immediately,    Luke    4:  39; 

straightway,   Matt.   14:  27,   31;    Mark 

12:    8;    ashalika    inkashofatok,    imme 
diately  he  was  cleansed  of  it,  i.  e.,  the 

leprosy,    Matt.  8:  3;   anon,  Matt.   13: 

20;  suddenly,  Josh.  10:  9. 
ashalinkachi,  v.  t.,  to  hasten;  to  hurry, 
ashalinchi,  v.  t,,  to  quicken, 
ashalint,  adv.,  in  a  short  time  (aeon- 
traction  of  ashalinchit}. 
anshali,  n.,  my  master;  my  lord;  rabbi, 

John  3:2;  sir,  John  4:11;  chinshali,  thy 

master,  2  Sam.  24:  3. 
ashana,  pp.,  turned;  twisted;  locked, 
ashana,  v.  a.  i.,  to  turn;  to  twist;  as  it 

turns, 
ashatapa,     pp.,    extended;     stretched; 

spread,  as  the  wings  or  arms, 
ashatapoa,  pp.  pi.,  extended;  stretched; 

spread. 
ashatapoli,   v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  extend   the 

arms  or  wings, 
ashatabli,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  extend  the 

wings  or  arms;  to  spread  the  wings. 
ashatablichi,  v.  t.,   to  cause  to  extend 

the  arms  or  wings;  to  extend  the  arms 

or  wings  of  another, 
ashatapa,  n.,  a  fathom;  the  wings  spread; 

the  arms  extended, 
ashatapoa,  n.  pi.,  fathoms;  wings  or  arms 

extended, 
ashatapolichi,  v.   t.  cans,  pi.,  to  cause 

the  arms  or  wings  to  be  extended;  to 

extend  the  arms  or  wings  of  another, 
ashachahe  keyu,  a.,  infallible. 
ashachechi,  v.  t.,  to   cause  to    err;    to 

lead  astray. 
ashachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  go  astray;  to  mistake; 

to  miss;  to  err;  to  sin,  Josh.  7:  11,  20; 

2  Sam.   24:   10;  to  deviate;  to  fail;  to 

miscount;  to  offend;  to  do  wrong;  chirn- 


ashachi,  to  trespass  against  thee,  Matt. 
18:  15;  ashachi,  pp.,  missing;  ashanchi, 
nasal  form;  ashahanchi,  freq.;  ashaiy- 
achi,  pro.  form. 

ashachi,  v.  t.,  to  mistake;  to  miss;  to  sin; 
to  slip;  to  stumble. 

ashachi,  a.,  amiss;  sinful;  mistaken; 
erring;  inaccurate;  ikasJiacho;  ashachi 
iksho,  a.,  sinless;  without  sin. 

ashachi,  n.,  a  sinner;  a  mistaker;  a 
blunderer;  a  stumbler;  or  nan  ashachi 
(q.  v.). 

ashachi,  n.,  a  sin;  a  mistake;  a  blunder; 
a  debt;  harm;  a  lapse;  an  offense;  in 
scripture,  an  error;  a  deviation;  a  fault; 
amiss;  or  aiashachika  (q.  v. ). 

ashachi  keyu,  a.,  guiltless;  Matt.  12:  7; 
innocent  (pi.  in  Greek  testament). 

ashachit  anoli,  v.  t.,  to  misrepresent. 

ashachit  anukfilli,  v.  t.,  to  misjudge;  to 
mistake. 

ashachit  apesa,  v.  t.,  to  misjudge. 

ashachit  boh,  v.  t.,  to  mislay. 

ashachit  hochifo,  v.  t.,  to  misname. 

ashachit  ishi,  v.  t.,  to  mistake. 

ashachit  isht  atta,  v.  t.,  to  mismanage. 

ashachit  tosholi,  v.  t. ,  to  misinterpret. 

ashakachi,  pp.  pi.,  locked;  turned; 
twisted. 

ashana,  pp.,  fastened;  locked. 

ashana,  n.,  a  spinning  wheel;  a  spire. 

ashanatali  fabassa,  n.,  a  spindle. 

ashanni,  v.  t. ,  to  spin  on  or  twist  on  or  at. 

ashannichi,  v.  t.  sing,  and  pi.,  to  lock; 
to  turn  a  key,  or  to  cause  it  to  lock  or 
turn,  2  Sam.  13:  17,  18;  to  cause  to  spin 
or  twist  on. 

ashannichi,  n.,  a  spinner;  a  turnkey. 

asheha,  pp.  pi.,  bound;  tied  up  at  the 
ends  and  round  the  sides,  as  a  packet 
of  letters,  or  as  the  Choctaw  bind  dry 
skins;  isht  asheha  yan  shoeli,  Gen.  24:  32. 

ashehachi,  sing.,  tied  up;  bound  up;  Mit 
ashihacJiit  taiijaJia  mat,  2  Sam.  20:  8. 

ashekonoa,  ashekonowa,  pp.  pi.,  tied 
in  single  knots,  as  knots  011  a  single 
string;  itashekonoa,  or  itashekonoira,  tied 
together,  i.  e.,  the  two  strings  are  tied 
together  and  pairs  of  them.  See 
nosJtkobo  hat  nonqj>i  axJi  islit  ashekonowa, 
his  head  caught  hold  of  the  oak,  2  Sam. 
18:  9. 

ashekonoa,  n.,  knots;  itashekonoa,  knots 
made  by  tying  two  strings  together. 


BYINGTOX] 


A   DICTIONARY   OF    THE   CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


61 


ashekonoachi;  itashekonoachi,  v.  t.,  to 
snarl;  to  knot. 

ashekonobli,  ashikonobli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to 
tie  a  hard  knot  with  a  single  string  or 
on  a  single  string;  to  knot;  itasheko- 
nobli,  to  tie  two  strings  together;  ashek- 
onombli,  nasal  form. 

ashekonopa,  pp.  sing.,  tied  in  a  single 
knot;  itasheko7iopa,  tied  together,  as  the 
two  strings  of  a  shoe;  ashekonumpa,ita- 
shekonumpa,  nasal  forms. 

ashekonopa,  n.,  a  knot;  a  noose;  a  tie; 
itashekonopa,  a  knot  made  by  tying 
two  strings  together. 

ashela,  pp.,  thickened,  as  food;  inspis 
sated,  as  mush  and  food  of  that  kind. 

ashela,  v.  a.  i.,  to  thicken. 

ashela,  n.,  mush,  hasty  pudding,  pud 
ding;  a  poultice;  a  cataplasm;  a  sina 
pism;  spawn. 

ashela  lapalechi,  v.  t.,  to  poultice;  to 
put  on  a  poultice. 

ashelachi,  v.  t.,  to  thicken  food;  to  make 
thick;  to  inspissate. 

asheli,  v.  t.,  to  fill  up  or  stop  up  fis 
sures,  cracks,  holes,  etc. 

ashelikbi,  v.  t.,  to  make  mush,  etc. 

ashelokchi,  n.,  water  gruel;  the  watery 
part  of  ashela. 

ashelichi,  v.  t.,  to  bind  up;  to  tie  up 
by  winding  round  the  sides  and  the 
ends. 

ashepachechi,  v.  t.,  to  boil  down  till 
nearly  dry;  to  dry  it, 

ashepachi,  pp.,  boiled  down  till  nearly 
dry;  dried  away. 

ashepachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  dry  away. 

ashikonobli,  see  ashekonobli. 

ashinla,  n.,  a  dry  place  in  distinction 
from  wet  places,  both  existing  at  one 
time. 

ashinli  (from  asheli),  v.  t.,  to  fill  up 
chinks,  or  small  holes,  cracks,  or  fis 
sures,  with  something  else;  kishi  asheli- 
li,  I  fill  the  chinks  of  a  basket. 

ashippa,  pp.,  stewed  dry;  dried  up  at; 
absorbed  at. 

ashippa,  n.,  a  dry  place. 

ashinya,  pp.,  filled  up;  having  the  chinks 
filled  up. 

ashke,  aux.,  will  or  shall;  of  the  will; 
found  at  the  end  of  a  sentence,  as 


ialashke,  I  will  go.  This  form  ex 
presses  a  strong  purpose  having  some 
thing  of  the  optative;  compounded  of 
ash  and  ke;  cf.  asJiba  from  ash  and  ba; 
tekashke,  shall  be  female,  Gen.  6: 19; 
Uhpakashke,  it  shall  be  food,  Gen.  6:  21. 

ashke,  imp.,  sign  of  the  imp.,  and  found 
also  at  the  end  of  an  expression  or  sen 
tence.  issanyimmashke,  do  thou  be 
lieve  me!  John  4:  21;  pinshali  ma, 
ishimpashke,  "master  eat"  John  4:31; 
used  for  may  in  2  Sam.  24:  2;  ithana- 
lashke,  I  may  know;  pisashke,  he  may 
see,  2  Sam.  2:  43;  let,  Josh.  7:  3;  ikai- 
yokashke,  let  them  not  go;  assertive  of 
the  future  known;  shke,  assertive  of 
the  present  known;  ialishke,  I  go,  em 
phatic  specification;  ashke,  emphatic 
and  specific  future  tense;  ialashke,  I 
shall  go. 

ashoboli,  ashobulli,  n.,  a  flue;  a  chim 
ney;  a  funnel. 

ashobolichukbi,  n.,  a  chimney  corner. 

ashobolinaksika,  n.,  a  chimney  corner; 
the  side  of  the  chimney. 

ashobolipaknaka,  n.,  a  chimney  top. 

asholi,  n.,  a  hod;  any  instrument  for  car 
rying  on  the  shoulder. 

asholichi,  n.,  a  rubstone. 

ashua,  n.,  a  place  that  is  rotten  and 
smells  foul. 

ashuahchi,  n.,  a  grindstone;  an  instru 
ment  for  sharpening  edge  tools;  a 
whetstone. 

ashuachi,  see  ashuwachi. 

ashuchoha,  v.  i.,  to  be  tempted.  See 
shochoha. 

ashueli,  n.  pi.,  the  places  where  they 
were  taken  off. 

ashueli,  v.  t.,  to  take  them  off  from. 

ashunfa,  n.,  the  place  where  it  was 
taken  off. 

ashunfa,  pp.,  taken  off  from. 

ashunffi,  v.  t,  to  take  it  off  from. 

ashuma,  v.  a.  i.,  to  mix;  to  mingle. 

ashuma,  pp.,  mixed;  itashuma,  mingled 
together. 

ashuma,  n.,  a  mixture;  itashuma;  a  mix 
ture. 

ashumbala,  n.,  the  cotton  wood  tree. 

ashummi,  v.  t.,  to  mix;  to  guide;  to 
mingle;  itashummi,  to  mix  together; 
to  mingle. 


62 


BUREAU   OF   AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


ashummi,  n.,  a  mixer,  a  mingler. 

ashuwachi,  ashuachi,  v.  t,  to  cause 
rottenness  or  a  foul  smell ;  to  cause  any 
thing  (as  meat)  to  smell  bad;  to  taint. 

ashwa,  ashwa,  ansh.wa  (nasal  form), 
v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  stay  there,  whether  stand 
ing,  sitting,  or  lying;  dual,  Matt.  4:  18; 
tuklo  hosh  ashwqt  kuchqt  minti,  coming 
out  of,  Matt.  8:  28;  ahanshiva,  freq., 
Luke  2:  6.  The  nasal  in  anshwa  ex 
presses  the  idea  of  a  continued  act. 

ashwanchi,  ashwanchi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be 
busy;  to  be  engaged  in  some  employ 
ment;  itqshwanchi,  to  be  employed  to 
gether  or  busy  together;  isht  ashwanchi, 
n.,  employment  or  busy  with  some 
thing;  nanta  isht  ashwanchi?  what  are 
they  doing? 

at,  art.,  the. 

at,  rel.  pro.,  as  iksqmaiikpacho  at,  he  is 
the  one  who  does  not  thank  me;  lipat. 

atabli,  v.  t.,  to  stop;  tocheck  (a  diarrhea). 

atabli,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  overdo;  to  over 
stock;  to  put  on,  lay  down,  bring,  or 
collect  more  than  is  needed  or  can  be 
disposed  of;  to  exaggerate;  to  exceed; 
bok  sakti  atabli,  to  overflow  the  banks, 
Josh.  3:  15;  4:  18;  atam Mi,  nasal  form; 
atamblit  apotuli,  v.  t. ,  to  superaftd. 

atablichi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  cause  to  over 
flow  or  superabound;  to  cause  an  over 
plus;  isht  atablichi,  v.  t.,  to  aggravate 
by  means  of. 

atablit  abeli,  v.  t.,  to  overcharge;  to 
overload,  as  a  gun;  to  surcharge. 

atablit  apa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  surfeit. 

atablit  shapulechi,  v.  t.,  to  overload;  to 
overpack. 

atablit  tikambichi,  v.  t.,  to  overdo;  to 
overtire. 

ataha,  pp.,  finished;  completed;  pro 
vided;  done;  tired;  worn  out;  wearied; 
ataiyaha,  pro.  form,  concluded,  Matt. 
2:9  [?]. 

ataha,  n.,  completion;  end;  the  close; 
the  termination. 

ataha,  v.  n.,  to  have  an  end,  or  comple 
tion;  nitak  nana  out  (tfaJta  hinnna  kei/u,  it 
will  never  have  an  end. 

ataha  liinla,  a.,  that  which  can  have  an 
end. 

ataha  iksho,  a.,  endless;  immeasurable; 
immense;  eternal;  immortal;  infinite; 


perennial;  unbounded;  everlasting, 
Matt.  18:  8. 

ataha  iksho,  n.,  immensity;  infinity; 
perpetuity. 

atahahe  iksho,  a.,  that  which  will 
never  end;  sempiternal. 

atahpali,  v.  t.,  to  dress;  to  adorn;  to  dress 
extravagantly;  ilatahpqli,  to  dress  him 
self,  Luke  16:  19. 

atahpalichi,  v.  t.,  to  dress  another  with 
fine  clothes. 

atai,  n.,  buckeye,  name  of  a  poisonous 
shrub  or  tree,  used  in  killing  fish;  see 
atai.  [In  the  Sixtowns  dialect  this  is 
ataii—  H.  S.  H.] 

ataioha,  pp.  pi.,  brought  to  the  land 
ing. 

ataioha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  come  to  land;  as  they 
land  or  come  to  land,  meaning  the  boats. 

ataioha,  n.  pi.,  landings. 

ataiohali,  v,  t.,  to  bring  to  land,  Luke 
5:  11. 

ataiya,  ataia,  ataya,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to 
lean  against;  to  land;  to  come  to  land; 
to  recline;  to  rest;  to  side;  itatai/a,  to 
lean  toward  each  other,  spoken  of  the 
legs  of  a  horse  that  bend  inward  and 
come  near  each  other. 

ataiya,  pp.,  landed. 

ataiya,  a.,  recumbent. 

ataiya,  n.,  a  landing. 

ataiyali,  v.  t.,  to  bring  to  land;  to  lean 
or  rest  it  against. 

ataiyachi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  lean  it;  to  make 
it  rest  against. 

ataiyuli,  n.  pi.,  sources,  fountains,  of  a 
river  or  stream  of  water. 

atak,  hatak,  adv.,  a  colloquial  word, 
not  elegant  nor  used  in  solemn  style; 
always  so;  usually;  commonly;  a., 
usual.  It  is  perhaps  compounded  of  tak 
with  a  ha  or  ya  prefix,  as  in  these  ex 
amples:  takon  at  qpaka  yainohini  Jtatak, 
yohmi  kia  apa  ka  yohmi  tak;  see  tak. 

atakafa,  n.,  a  dish. 

atakalam iksho,  a.,  undisturbed;  unem 
barrassed;  unresisted;  ikataklamo,  a., 
uninterrupted;  unmolested;  is Jtt  ikatak 
lamo,  a.,  untroubled. 

atakalama,  see  atnklqnia. 

atakali,  n.  sing.,  a  peg;  a  hook;  a  pin; 
a  nail;  a  gambrel  (as  slmkJia  (ttakaU); 
a  stem;  a  hanger;  a  hinge;  a  loop;  a 
thole. 


BYINGTON] 


A    DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


63 


atakali,  pp.,  hung  by;  suspended  from; 
hitched  to;  atakanli,  Matt.  18:  6. 

atakali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  hang  by;  to  hang  to. 

atakali  hilechi,  v.  t.,  to  hinge;  to  hang. 

atakalichi,  v.  t.,  to  hang;  to  suspend;  to 
fasten  to  some  fixed  object,  Josh.  2:  15. 

atakaffi,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  dip  out  of. 

atakam,  n.,  a  dipper;  one  that  dips  from. 

atakchechi,  atakchichi,  v.  t.,  to  tie  on; 
to  tie  to  another  thing;  to  hitch ;  itatak- 
chechi,  to  tie  together;  to  alligate;  to 
hook. 

atakchi,  v.  t.,  to  tie  at;  to  tie  to;  to  tie  on. 

atakchichechi,  v.  t.,  to  tie  to  anything 
else. 

atakchichijV.  t.,  to  lash  on;  to  tie  on;  to 
tie  it  to  something.  This  form  is 
plainly  explained  by  the  word  aliokcJii- 
chi  (see  Matt.  13:  25),  to  plant  with 
other  seed  or  plants  after  they  have 
been  planted. 

atakla;  ataklachi  (see  Luke  22:  6), 
from  takla  (q.  v. ),  I  presume,  made 
into  a  causative  verb. 

atakla,  to  be  with,  see  John  4:  27. 

ataklamma,  v.  a.  i.  >  to  assent;  Acts  24:  9. 

ataklachi,  in  the  meantime,  or  in  the 
time  of  absence,  Luke  22:  6. 

ataklama,  a.,  officious. 

ataklama,  atakalama,  pp.  sing.,  hin 
dered;  prevented;  delayed;  cumbered; 
detained;  disturbed;  interrupted;  trou 
bled. 

ataklama,  atakalama,  v.  n.,  to  be  hin 
dered  or  perplexed. 

ataklama,  atakalama,  n.,  a  hindrance; 
a  disturbance;  an  impediment;  a  let; 
isJtt  ataklama,  a  hindrance;  an  interrup 
tion;  a  nuisance;  an  obstacle;  a  plague; 
a  pother;  trouble. 

ataklammi,  v.  t.,  to  hinder;  to  interrupt; 
to  oppose;  to  perplex;  to  pother;  to  pre 
vent;  to  trouble;  to  cumber;  to  delay; 
to  discommode;  to  disturb;  to  impede; 
to  incommode;  to  interfere. 

ataklammi,  n.,  a  hinderer;  an  opposer. 

ataklammi,  n.,  a  hindrance;  an  impedi 
ment;  an  interruption. 

ataklammichi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  a  hin 
drance;  to  hinder;  •ilatakiantmtchi,  to 
hinder  or  trouble  one's  self,  Luke  10:  41; 
issiataklammi  chisJike,  thou  art  an  offense 
unto  me,  Matt.  16:  23. 


ataklammichi,  n.,  a  hinderer;  one  that 
causes  a  hindrance. 

ataklamoa,  pp.  pi.,  hindered;  pre 
vented;  delayed. 

ataklamoa,  v.  n.,  to  be  hindered,  pre 
vented,  or  delayed. 

ataklamoli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  hinder;  to  pre 
vent;  to  trouble. 

ataklamoli,  n.,  hinderers;  troublers; 
plagues. 

ataklamolichi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  hin 
drances. 

ataklamolichi,  n.,  hinderers;  troublers. 

atakli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  dip  out  of;  to  dip  in; 
to  dip  from;  to  dip  into. 

ataklokami,  v.  t.,to  hinder. 

atakoli,  n.  pi.,  pins;  pegs;  stems;  nails; 
hooks;  gambrels. 

atakoli,  pp.  pi.,  hung  up. 

atakoli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  hang  on;  to  hang  to. 

atakolichi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  hang  them  upon. 

atalaia,  pp.  sing.,  placed  on;  set  on. 

atalaia,  n.,  a  shelf. 

atalakchi,  n.,  a  knot. 

atalakchi,  pp.,  tied  at;  tied  on  or  to; 
hitched;  ittatalakchi,  pp.,  tied  together; 
tied  to  each  other. 

atalali,  v.  t.,  to  place  on. 

ataloa,  n.,  a  hymn;  a  psalm;  a  song;  a 
canticle;  a  carol;  an  anthem;  a  lay; 
a  music  book;  a  note  in  music;  an  ode; 
a  singing  book. 

ataloa  ikbi,  n.,  a  bard;  a  poet. 

ataloha,  pp.  pi.,  placed  on;  set  on;  stand 
ing  on. 

ataloha,  n.  pi.,  shelves;  a  safe. 

atalohmaya,  n.,  shelves. 

ataloht  maya,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  sit  round. 

atali,  v.  t.,  to  do;  to  provide  for;  to 
ma»ke  ready;  to  complete;  to  conclude; 
to  appoint  for,  1  Kings  11:  18;  to  exe 
cute;  to  find;  to  furnish;  to  finish;  to 
fit;  to  gird;  to  perfect;  to  perform;  to 
prepare;  to  prosecute;  to  provide;  to 
purvey;  to  ripen;  to  settle;  aiatali,  to 
lay  up  there,  Matt.  6:  19,  20;  ilatali, 
v.  t.  ref.,  to  provide  for  one's  self; 
ilatali,  n.,  providence  for  himself; 
imatali,  v.  t.,  to  purvey;  to  qualify;  to 
recruit;  to  satisfy;  to  support;  to  pro 
vide  for  him;  to  enable  him;  atanli, 
nas.  form,  Luke  22:8;  ataanli^  freq. ; 
ataii/ali,  pro.  form. 


64 


BUREAU   OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


atali,  n.,  a  provider;  one  that  does  or 
makes  ready;  a  preparer;  a  purveyor. 

atali,  n.,  provision;  purveyance. 

atampa,  n.,  leavings;  offal;  orts;  over 
plus;  refuse;  remains;  remainder;  a 
remnant;  a  residue. 

atampa,  a.,  odd,  as  an  odd  one  left  or 
remaining  after  any  specified  number; 
spare;  more,  Matt.  5:  37;  15:  37;  2  Sam. 
13:  15. 

atampa,  nasal  form  of  atapa  (q.  v.). 

atampa,  n.,  a  yearling. 

atapa,  pp.,  blocked  up;  itatapa,  blocked 
up  and  separated  from  each  other; 
itatampa,  nas.  form. 

atapa,  n.,  a  stoppage;  the  place  at  which 
anything  has  been  separated  or  cut  in 
two. 

atapachi,  v.  t.,  to  block  up;  to  obstruct; 
to  hinder;  to  fasten;  isht  atapachi,  v.  t., 
to  stop  with;  to  button;  isht  atapachi, 
n.,  a  button;  a  hasp;  isht  atapachi  ikbi, 
v.  t.,  to  make  a  barb;  to  barb;  itatapachi, 
to  clasp  together;  to  fasten  together; 
itatapachi,  n.,  a  clasp;  see  atapachi. 

atapachi,  n.,  a  fastener;  one  that  makes 
fast. 

atapoa,  n.  pi.,  stoppages;  places  at  which 
things  are  separated. 

atapoli,  v.  t.  pi.  of  atabli;  atahpoli,  a  va 
riant. 

ataya,  isht  ataya,  n.,  descendants;  pro 
geny;  also  islit  atia  and  islit  aiunchuloli, 
Matt.  1:1. 

atanya,  v.  a.  i.,  to  come,  Luke  3:4;  John 
1:  23;  to  go,  Josh.  10:  10. 

atanya,  n.,  a  way,  Luke  3:  4;  John  1:  23; 
a  conduit;  atanya  yatuk  an,  Josh.  4:  18; 
applied  to  a  new  way,  one  first  used, 
John  1:  23. 

atabli,  v.  t.,  sing.,  to  separate  at;  to  sun 
der  at;  to  break  off  at;  ataptuli,  pi. 

atala,  sing.,  a  shelf;  ataloha,  pi. 

atalhpi,  n.,  a  frame  in  which  the  Choc- 
taw  formerly  laid  their  young  infants 
and  there  confined  them  for  days  in 
order  to  flatten  their  heads. 

atalwa,  n.,  a  song;  a  death  song  sung 
at  funerals,  pole  pullings,  etc. 

atalwachi,  n.,  a  song;  a  war  song  sung 
by  the  women  when  the  men  were  go 
ing  out  to  war,  and  in  which  they  \vere 
often  exhorted  to  depend  upon  the  sun 
and  fire  for  success. 


atana,  n.,  a  loom. 

atapa,  n.,  an  overplus;  an  exaggeration; 
excess;  lateness,  as  to  time  set;  the 
rest;  a  surplus. 

atapa,  v.  n.,  to  be  an  overplus;  to  overgo; 
to  superabound;  what  is  remaining; 
atampa,  nasal  form;  atampat  anshaka, 
Matt.  14,  20;  ataiyapa,  pro.  form;  atai- 
yampa,  pro.  nasal  form. 

atapa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  act  as  an  austere  man, 
Luke  19:  22;  to  take  more  than  is 
proper  or  right;  atampa,  nasal  form, 
Luke  16:  24;  Matt.  14:  20. 

atapa,  pp.,  overstocked;  overdone;  ex 
aggerated. 

atapa,  a.,  belated;  later  than  the  proper 
time;  excessive;  exorbitant;  immoder 
ate;  inordinate;  intemperate;  intense; 
intolerable;  intolerant. 

atapa,  adv.,  far;  immoderately;  too; 
unduly. 

atapa fehna,  a.,  insufferable;  late;  over 
much;  redundant;  superfluous. 

atapa  ont  ia,  adv.,  late. 

ataptua,  n.  pi.,  places  at  which  things 
are  sundered;  pieces. 

ataptua,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  separate  at;  to 
break  at;  to  come  in  two  at. 

ataptuli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  separate  at;  to  break 
at;  to  sunder  at. 

atashi,  n.,  a  club;  a  bludgeon;  a  cudgel. 
The  stick  called  atashi  by  the  Choctaw 
has  a  part  of  the  root  at  the  heavy  end 
and  is  from  two  to  three  feet  long;  used 
by  boys  as  a  throwing  club. 

atebli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  press  on. 

ateblichi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  press  on;  to 
make  it  press;  to  jamb;  to  press;  to 
screw;  to  squeeze. 

ateblichi,  n.,  a  presser;  one  that  presses. 

atechi,  see  atelichi. 

ateli,  n.  sing.,  source;  fountain;  rise; 
head  of  a  stream;  ataiyali,  ataioli,  pi., 
sources,  heads. 

atela,  see  atila. 

atelachi,  pp.,  hewed  011  both  sides;  iti 
atclai'hl,  hewed  on  two  or  four  sides. 

ateh,  v.  t.,  to  compact. 

atelichi,  atelichi,  atechi,  v.  t.,  to  com 
pact;  to  ram  down;  to  ram  in;  to  push 
in;  to  ram;  to  compress;  to  cram;  to 
crowd;  to  squeeze;  attia,  pp.,  squeezed; 
athilicJii,  nasal  form;  atelichi,  n.,  com 
pression;  atelikachi,  pass. 


BTINQTON] 


A    DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


atelifa,  atilifa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  crowd;  to 
press,  Luke  5:1;  to  stand  in  a  crowd,  an 
a  multitude  of  people. 

atelifa,  pp.,  crowded;  pressed;  neg. 
Mark  3:  9. 

atelifichi,  v.  t.,to  throng;  to  crowd,  Luke 
8:45. 

atepa,  pp.,  screwed. 

atepa,  n.,  a  tent. 

atepuli,  v.  t.,  to  make  a  camp  with  a 
shelter  or  covering,  whether  made  of 
bark,  wood,  cloth,  or  grass;  to  tent. 

atia,  n.,  a  way;  an  alley;  an  avenue;  a 
passage;  a  track;  a  row;  an  access;  an 
exit;  an  orbit;  a  pathway;  a  road. 

atia,  v.  a.  i.,  to  travel  a  road  for  the  first 
time;  hashatia  keyu  chatuk,  Josh.  2:  16; 
hashatia,  hetuk,  Josh.  3:  4;  to  go  up, 
Josh.  12:  7;  see  atanya. 

atia,  v.  t.,  to  obey;  to  follow;  to  serve, 
Josh.  5:  6;  antia,  nasal  form  and  the 
one  most  used,  with  a  prefixed  pro. 
am,  chim,  im,  etc. ;  imantia,  to  obey  him; 
ishimantia,  you  obey  him;  iksaman- 
tioslike,  he  does  not  obey  me;  isht  atia, 
v.  a.  i.,  to  rise  from;  to  descend  from, 
as  a  race  of  beings;  isht  atiaka,  n.,  seed; 
progeny,  1  Kings  11:  14. 

atiballi,  a.,  greedy;  gluttonous. 

atiballi,  v.  n.,  to  be  greedy;  to  be  glut 
tonous. 

attha,  n.,  a  place  that  has  been  plucked, 
or  where  anything  has  been  pulled  up 
by  the  roots. 

atikeli,  n.,  a  rack. 

atikkonofa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  near  to;  to  ap 
proach,  Josh.  3:4;  8:5;  to  be  narrow, 
Josh.  17:  15. 

atila,  atela,  n.,  a  place  hewed  or  blazed; 
a  mark  on  a  tree  made  by  hewing  off 
the  bark. 

atiia,  pp.,  cut;  hewed. 

atilichi,  v.  t.,  to  hew;  itl  an  atilichi,  to 
hew  the  wood;  to  cut  the  wood. 

atilichi,  n.,  a  hewer. 

atilifa,  see  atelifa. 

atiwa,  atua,  n.,  an  opening;  a  gap; 
an  aperture;  a  breach;  a  break. 

ato,  art.,  the  one,  as  for  the;  the  sign  of 
the  distinctive  article  pronoun  in  the 
conjunctive  form,  as  ano  is  of  the  dis 
junctive  form.  This  form  is  more  dis 
tinctive  than  at  and  at.  It  is  also  writ 
ten  hato,  ijato,  ato,  halo,  and  yato  (q.  v.). 
84339°  —  Hull.  4G — 15 o 


ato,  rel.  pro.,  used  after  verbs,  the  one 
which  or  who,  as  for  the  one  which. 

atoba,  v.  a.  i.,  to  make  of  or  from;  to 
be  begotten  of;  C/m«.s-  at  at  <  that  attain/;, 
Matt.  1:  16;  chiatoho,  Matt.  2:  5,  6; 
isht  atoba,  to  increase  by  means  of. 

atoba,  n.,  the  place  where  anything  was 
made,  formed,  grew,  ripened,  or  came 
into  being;  a  germ.  The  word  has  a 
general  meaning  and  is  formed  from  a, 
place  where,  and  toba,  to  be  made,  to 
become. 

atobachi,  atobachi,  v.  t.,  to  raise  up 
at;  to  make;  to  cause  to  become;  to 
cause  to  supply  the  place  of  another; 
to  cause  to  fill  the  place  of  another, 
Luke  20:  28;  itatobachi,  v.  t.,  to  com 
mute;  to  fill  each  other's  places. 

atobahpi,  n.,  beginning;  first  formation; 
ahpi  first,  toba  made,  a  at. 

atobba  hinla,  a.,  responsible;  reward- 
able. 

atobbi,  v.  t.,  to  pay,  Matt.  5:  26;  to 
recompense;  to  reward,  Matt.  6:  4,  18; 
to  atone;  to  avenge;  to  revenge;  to 
retaliate;  to  liquidate;  to  render  an 
equivalent;  to  compensate;  to  defray; 
to  disburse;  to  expiate;  to  fee;  to  give; 
to  quit;  to  redress;  to  remunerate;  to 
repay;  to  requite;  to  respond;  to  retri- 
bute;  to  return;  to  satisfy;  to  toll; 
isht  atobba  hinla,  to  give  in  exchange 
for,  Matt.  16:  26;  isht  imatobbi,  to  re 
ward  him,  Matt.  16,  27;  alhtoba,  pp., 
paid;  akchialhtoba,  v.  a.  i.,  let  me  take 
your  place;  ilatobbi,  v.  ref.,  to  revenge 
himself;  iiatomba,  to  save  for  himself. 

atobbi,  n.,  a  payer;  a  rewarder;  a  re 
venger;  an  avenger;  a  defray er;  a  pay 
master. 

atobbi,  n.,  a  payment;  remuneration. 

atobbichi,  v.  t.,  to  change;  to  replace; 
to  cause  to  pay;  to  exact;  to  put  in 
place  of,  Josh.  5:  7;  to  place  instead  of; 
it  atobbichi,  v.  t.,  to  reverse;  to  invert; 
to  exchange. 

atobbichi,  n.,  an  exactor. 

atobbichi  hilechi,  v.  t.,  to  pawn. 

atobbit  foka,  v.  t.,  to  shift  a  garment; 
to  change,  as  clothes. 

atohchi,  n.,  a  shot  bag;  a  shot  pouch:  a 
pouch. 

atolini,  v.  t.,  to  watch;  see  atom. 


66 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


atohnichi,  v.  t.,  to  set  on;  to  halloo,  as 
in  sotting  on  the  dogs;  to  cause  to  bay. 

atoh.no,  atonho,  v.  t.,  to  hire;  to  em 
ploy;  to  engage;  to  warn,  Matt.  2:  22; 
to  send;  to  give  charge  of,  Matt.  4:6; 
atohonnokma^\\\en  he  sends  forth,  Matt. 
13:  41;  pit  atohno,  to  send,  -Uhtono,  pp. 
By  some  atoJtno  is  pronounced  atolo, 
and  they  say  atolohhichi,  used  for  par 
ents  to  urge  them  to  send  their  children 
to  school. 

atohno,  n.,  a  hirer. 

atohnuchi,  atohnochi,  v.  t.  cans.,  to 
authorize  another  to  act;  to  engage  an 
other;  to  prompt;  to  put  up  to;  atohno- 
Jionchi,  freq..  Matt.  26:  19;  pitatolmochi, 
v.  t.,  to  refer. 

atohnuchi,  n.,  an  employer;  a  prompter. 

atohwakali,  n.,  the  firmament. 

atohwali,  n.,  an  opening. 

atohwikalinka,  n..  the  place  of  light. 

atohwikeli,  n.,  light.     See  tohuikeli. 

atohwikinli,  nasal  form,  light,  John  3: 
19,  20. 

atok,  often  written  tok;  sign  of  the  re 
mote  past  tense,  and  may  be  rendered 
so  as  to  correspond  with  the  preterit 
tenses  in  English,  was,  has,  had. 
The  a  before  tok  may  be  a  word  by 
itself.  See  a.  But  by  entering  the 
word  atok  here  some  assistance  may 
be  obtained  on  the  subject.  Atok  and 
ulnk  follow  he  sometimes.  Chinmak  atok 
oke,  that  is  what  it  wras  to  be,  Matt. 
9:  13.  Compounds: — atokan,  1  Kings 
11:  4,  6 — atokakon — atokakosh — atokano 
• — atokato  —  atokinli.  — atokkia — atokma — 
atokmako]  quo  pulhi  hatukmakon,  "for 
my  sake,"  Matt.  10:18 — atokmakocha — 
atokmakoiia  —  atokmakosli  — atokmakot — 
atokmano^atokmqt  —  atokmato — <itokoa- 
k«  —  ittokok'i —  dtokokr — dtokokin — <itok- 
okqito — aiolcnl-qt  —  ntnkokqtu — atokona — 
atokosJi — dtokot — «tuk<tl — «tnk(ito. 
atokko,  see  atukk<>. 
atokoa,  a.,  definite. 

atokoa,  atokowa,  v.  t.,  to  testify;  to 
declare;  to  take  out;  to  select,  Josh. 
.S:  12. 

atokolechi,  v.  t.,  to  choose;  to  select, 
John  6:  70;  to  bear  testimony,  Mat.  10: 
18. 


atokoli,  atokuli,  atokkoli,  v.  t.,  to 
point  out;  to  state;  to  particularize;  to 
appoint;  to  authorize;  to  empower;  to 
choose,  2  Sam.  24:  12;  Luke  6:  13;  1 
Kings  11:  13;  to  commission;  to  define; 
to  delegate;  to  depute;  to  elect;  to  nom 
inate;  to  ordain;  to  send;  to  vote;  to 
warrant;  to  take  out  of,  Josh.  3:  12;  4: 
2;  8:  3;  mildo  atokoli,  to  identify ;  atokonli 
nasal  form;  Uatokoli,  to  choose  for  him 
self,  Josh.  20:  2. 

atokoli,  n.,  one  that  points;  a  testifier;  a 
chooser;  an  elector;  a  voter. 

atokoli,  n.,  a  choice;  an  ordination. 

atokolit  halalli,  v.  t.,  to  anoint;  to  do, 
Luke  4:  18. 

atokot  pisa,  v.  t,  to  eye;    alhtuka,  pp. 

atokowa,  see  atokoa. 

atokowa,  pp.,  pointed  out;  proved;  fast 
ened,  as  the  eyes  on  an  object,  Luke 
4:  20;  itatokoa,  Gen.  45:  15;  delegated; 
deputed;  sent;  nominated;  ordained; 
mihio  atokowa,  identified. 

atokowa,  n.,  a  declaration. 

atoksala  hlnla,  a.,  tillable. 

atoksali,  n.,  work,  John  4:  38;  employ 
ment;  a  field;  a  shop;  ikatoksalo,  a., 
uncultivated. 

atoksali  chuka,  n.,  a  workhouse;  a 
working  house;  a  workshop. 

atokuli,  see  atokoli. 

atokulit  aiyua,  v.  t.,  to  choose;  to  pick 
out. 

atokulit  ishi,  v.  t.,  to  choose;  to  pick;  to 
select;  7ninko  atokuli,  to  choose  a  chief. 

atoli,  n.,  a  ball  ground. 

atoma,atuma,  adv.  of  doubt,  in  interro 
gations;  okchanya  chatuk  atuma,  Deut. 
5:  26. 

atonho,  atohno,  v.  t.,  to  hire;  to  engage. 

atonho,  n.,  a  hirer. 

atonhuchi,  atohnuchi,  v.  t.,  to  authorize 
another;  to  empower;  to  engage  an 
other. 

atoni,  atohni,  v.  t.,  to  watch;  to  guard; 
to  keep  in  safety,  Josh.  10:  18;  1 
Sam.  2:  9;  Gen.  2:  15;  to  attend  the 
bride  or  groom  at  weddings,  2  Kiims  9: 
14;  oltoyo  <itoni,  Jiatak  <ttoni. 

atoni,  n.,  a  watch;  a  guard;  a  sentinel. 

atoni  hikia,  n.,  a  sentinel. 

atoni  hioli,  n.  pi.,  sentinels. 

atonli,  nasal  form;  from  alulli,  to  hop. 


BYINOTO^] 


A   DICTIONARY   OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


67 


atonli,  n.,  a  hop. 

atonli,  n.,  a  hopper. 

atonoli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  roll  in. 

atonolichi,  atononchi,  v.  t.,  to  roll  in. 

atosh,  see  hatosh. 

atoshafa,  n.,  the  place  where  anything 
has  been  cut  off  or  sliced  off,  as  meat 
or  bread. 

atoshba,  adv.,  not;  written  also  hatoshba 
(q.  v.)  and  y atoshba. 

atoshke,  adv.,  probably;  see  fiatoshke. 

attia,  pp.,  compacted;  pressed  down  in; 
compressed. 

atua,  atiwa,  n.,  a  gap;  an  opening;  an 
entrance  through  an  enclosure,  fence, 
etc. 

atuchina,  a.,  third;  the  ordinal  of  three; 
ont  atuchina,  adv.,  thirdly;  nitak  ont 
atuchinakma,  the  third  day;  Matt. 
16:  21. 

atuchina,  v.  n.,  to  be  the  third. 

atuchinaha,  adv.,  three  times;  thrice. 

atuchinanchi,  v.  t.,  to  repeat  three 
times;  to  do  anything  the  third  time; 
atuchinanchit. 

atuk,  sign  of  the  immediate  past  tense, 
did;  was;  has;  had;  has  been;  had  been; 
sometimes  written  hatuk  and  yatuk;  see 
atok.  This  is  a  compound  word  from 
the  particle  a  and  tuk,  " which  was  and 
is  still";  the  a  is  the  definite  article, 
tuk  sign  of  the  past  tense,  "was  the." 
Compounds:  atuka,  them  that,  John 
2:  16 — atukako  —  atukakocha  —  atuka- 
kona  —  atukakosh  —  atukakot  —  atuk- 
ano — atukash,  Judges  7:  15—atukato — 
atukqt;  ikanumpolo  atukqt,  the  dumb; 
atuk  means  Rtateof,  have  been  and  are; 
hanali  okpulo  atukat,  the  lame,  i.  e., 
their  state,  condition — atukqto — atukin- 
II — atukkia—atukma,  the,  when  that  is 
the  state  of  (any  thing),  when  it  has  be 
come  thus,  which  was  and  is  then;  ma, 
then,  Matt.  18:  17;  as  a  conj.,  Judg. 
7:  14. — atukmak,  atukmakhe,  atukmak- 
het,  atukmakheno,  atukmakheto,  especi 
ally,  in  particular  that  one,  those, 
etc. ;  this  is  a  comparative  particle,  and 
to  the  disadvantage  of  the  person  or 
thing  compared  with  another—  atuk- 
makon,  hutukmakon,  for,  Matt.  14:  9— 
atukmakosh  —  atukmakot' —  otukmano  — 
atukmqt;  yqmmak  atukmqt,  he,  Matt. 
18:  17 — atukmqto,  cttuko11,  then  in  past 


time,  which  having  been  (a  which, 
on  having,  tuk  been  and  brought), Matt. 
1:2;  atukon  yakoJnni,  and  then  it  came 
to  pass,  Matt.  7:  28.  This  in  used  an  a 
contradistinctive  conjunction  —  atuko- 
cha  —  atukoka  —  alukokqno  —  atukokqt— 
atukokqto  —  atukoke  —  atukokia  —  atuk- 
ona—atukosh,  then,  John  2:  10;  then 
in  past  time;  when  he;  and  he,  Matt. 
7:1  [?];  atuk  osh  Chisqs  at,  Matt.  8:  5; 
Salmon  atukosh/  Simon  who  is,  etc., 
Matt.  10:  2;  osh  is  contradistinctive,  the 
Simon  who  has  been  and  is  called 
Peter;  this  distinguishes  him  from 
other  men  named  Simon,  Matt.  17:  27; 
18:  13—atttkot. 

atukko,  atokko,  v.  a.  i.,  v.  t,,  to  take 
refuge;  to  shelter;  to  take  shelter;  to 
harbor;  v.  t.,  to  protect;  chuka  atukko,  Hi 
atukko;  atokko  achukma  keyu,  a.,  inse 
cure. 

atukko,  n.,  a  haven;  a  retreat;  protec 
tion. 

atukkochechi,  v.  t.,  to  screen;  to  shelter. 

atukkuchi,  v.  t.,  to  shelter;  to  protect 
others;  to  shield. 

atukkuchi,  n.,  a  screen. 

atukla,  a.,  second;  next. 

atukla,  adv.,  next;  ont  atukla,  adv., 
secondly. 

atukla,  v.  n.,to  be  the  second;  to  be  a 
second;  nanta  hosh  atukla  ?ra. 

atunkla,  pp.  nasal  form,  repeated. 

atuklaha,  adv.,  twice. 

atuklanchi,  v.  t.,  to  repeat;  to  do  again; 
to  react;  atuklahanchi,  freq. ;  atukla- 
hanchit. 

atuklanchi,  n.,  a  repetition. 

atuklant,  adv.,  second  time;  again. 

atuklant  achi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  speak  again; 
to  repeat. 

atuklant  aiskia,  pp.,  revised;  corrected 
again. 

atuklant  aiskiachi,  v.  t.,  to  revise. 

atuklant  akmi,  pp.,  recast;  molded 
anew. 

atuklant  akmichi,  v.  t.,  to  recast:  to 
mold  anew. 

atuklant  anlichi,  v.  t,,  to  reassure. 

atuklant  anoli,  v.  t.,  to  tell  it  again;  to 
repeat. 

atuklant  anuknlli,  v.  t.,  to  reconsider. 

atuklant  apesa,  v.  t.,  to  revoke;  to  re 
call. 


68 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


atuklant  atokoli,  v.  t.,  to  reappoint;  to 
rechoose;  to  choose  a  second  time;  to 
reelect. 

atuklant  alhtuka,  pp.,  rechosen. 

atuklant  chukoa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  reenter;  to 
enter  anew,  or  a  second  time. 

atuklant  fimmi,  v.  t.,  to  resow. 

atuklant  haiaka,  v.  a.  i.,  to  reappear. 

atuklant  haiaka,  pp.,  found  again;  dis 
covered  a  second  time. 

atuklant  haklo,  v.  t.,  to  rehear;  to  hear 
a  second  time. 

atuklant  hilechi,  v.  t.,  to  reestablish. 

atuklant  hobachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  reecho. 

atuklant  hokli,  v.  t.,  to  reseize. 

atuklant  hoyo,  v.  t.,  to  recall;  to  call  a 
second  time. 

atuklant  ikbi,  v.  t.,  to  rebuild;  to  re 
make;  to  re-edify;  to  regenerate;  tore- 
new;  to  reorganize. 

atuklant  ikbi,  n.,  regeneration. 

atuklant  imatali,  v.  t.,  to  recruit. 

atuklant  imalhtaha,  pp.,  recruited. 

atuklant  ishi,  v.  t.,  to  reassume;  to  re 
take;  to  regain. 

atuklant  isht  ia,  v.  t.,  to  recommence; 
to  resume;  to  begin  again;  to  renew. 

atuklant  isht  ilaiyukpa,  v.  t.,  to  reen- 
joy;  to  enjoy  a  second  time. 

atuklant  itauaya,  pp.,  remarried. 

atuklant  itauaya,  v.  t.,  to  remarry,  as 
the  parties  marry  each  other. 

atuklant  itauayachi,  v.  t.,  to  remarry, 
as  an  officer  marries  others. 

atuklant  itannaha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  reassem 
ble. 

atuklant   itannaha,  pp.,  reassembled. 

atuklant  itannali,  v.  t.,  to  reassemble; 
to  re-collect;  to  rally. 

atuklant  lopuli,  v.  a.  i.,  v.  t.,  to  repass. 

atuklant  miha,  v.  t.,  to  rehearse;  to  re 
peat. 

atuklant  oia,  v.  a.  i.,  to  reascend. 

atuklant  okchaya,,  v.  n..  to  relive;  to 
live  again. 

atuklant  oti,  v.  t.,  to  rekindle. 

atuklant  pila,  v.  t.,  to  recast:  to  resend. 

atuklant  pisa,  v.  t.,  to  re-examine;  to 
revise. 

atuklant  poloma,  pp.,  redoubled; 
doubled  a  second  time. 

atuklant  polomi,  v.  t.,  to  redouble;  to 
double  a  second  time. 


atuklant  toba,  pp.,  a  regenerate;  re 
generated;  made  again;  renewed. 

atuklant  ulhti,  pp.,  rekindled. 

atuklant  yammichi,  v.  t.,  to  react. 

atuklant  yammiht  pisa,  n.,  to  re- 
attempt. 

atuklonchi,  and;  see  Matt.  2:  13. 

atuklakafa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  jest;  to  joke. 

atuklakafa,  a.,  jocose. 

atuklakafa,  11.,  a  joke;  idle  talk. 

atuko,  adv.,  not;  also  spoken  hatuko, 
yatuko. 

atukonofa,  atikkonofa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  ap 
proach  near  on  both  sides,  Luke  22:  47. 
Possibly  this  is  a  compound  word. 

atukonofa,  pp.,  pressed  on  both  sides. 

atukosh,  adv.,  not,  not  to. 

atulli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  hop. 

atuma,  see  atoma. 

atush,  hatush,  yatush.  Sinti  yatush, 
Satan,  Scrip.  Biog.,  p.  31. 

atushali,  pi.,  to  hew,  Josh.  8:  31;  ap 
plied  to  stones;  see  tuxhali. 

atunshpa,  pp.,  hastened;  hurried. 

atunshpa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  hurry;  to  hasten. 

atunshpalechi,  v.  t.,  to  press;  atnsJipa- 
lihinchilitok,  "I  compelled  them," 
Acts  26:  11. 

atushpachi,  v.  t,,  to  hasten;  to  hurry. 

atuya,  n.,  a  ladder;  stairs;  a  flight  of 
stairs;  steps;  1  Kings,  10:  19;  a  style; 
a  rundle;  Samson's  post;  a  scale;  a 
stair;  a  stepping  stone. 

au,  a  diphthong,  having  the  sound  of  o?r 
in  now. 

aua,  auah,  a  word  used  in  counting  the 
numbers  between  ten  and  nineteen, 
having  the  sense  of  and,  or  with,  as  ten 
and  one,  11;  ten  and  two,  12;  pokoli 
auahchafa,  ten  and  one,  eleven,  but  the 
word  pokoli  is  usually  omitted. 

auah  achafa,  a.,  eleven,  11,  xi. 

auah  achafa,  v.  n.,  to  be  eleven,  as 
an«1t  (tchqfa  yoke,  there  are  eleven. 

auah  achafa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  eleven,  or 
to  make  11;  as  JiqsliaiutJt  achqfa,  you 
make  eleven;  you  are  eleven. 

auah  hannali,  a.,  sixteen,  16,  xvi. 

auah  hannali,  v.  n.,  to  be  sixteen. 

auah  hannali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  make  sixteen, 
as  ilauah  hcinndli. 

auah  huntuchina,  a.,  eighteen,  18,  xviii. 

auah  huntuchina,  v.  n.,  to  be  eighteen. 


BYINGTOK]  A  DICTIONARY   OF    THE   CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


auah   huntuchina,    v.    a.   i.,   to   make 

eighteen. 

auah  huntuklo,  a.,  seventeen,  17,  xvii. 
auah  huntuklo,  v.  n.,  to  be  seventeen. 
auah  huntuklo.  v.  a.  i.,  to  make  seven 
teen;  as  ilanah  huntuUo. 
auah  hushta,  auahushta,  n.,  fourteen, 

14,  xiv,  Matt.  1:17. 
auah  hushta,  v.  n.,  to  be  fourteen, 
auah  hushta,    auahushta,  v.  a.  i.,  to 

make  fourteen;  as  ilauahhushta,  Josh. 

5:  10. 

auah  talapi,  a.,  fifteen,  15,  xv. 
auah  talapi,  v.  n. ,  to  be  fifteen. 
auah  talapi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  make  fifteen;  as 

ilawahtalapi. 

auah  tuchina,  a.,  thirteen,  13,  xiii. 
auah  tuchina,  v.-n.,  to  be  thirteen. 
auah  tuchina,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  thirteen,  or 

to  make  thirteen;  ilauali  tuchina. 
auah  tuklo,  a.,  twelve,  12,  xii,  a  dozen, 

Matt.  14:  20;  Josh.  4:  2. 
auah  tuklo,  n.,  a  dozen. 
auah  tuklo,  v.  n.,  to  be  twelve. 
auah  tuklo,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  twelve;  to 

make  twelve, 
auah  tuklo  bat  auah  tuklo,  n.,  a  gross, 

144;  lit.  twelve  times  twelve, 
auahsholichi,  v.  t,,  to  make  one  dream, 
auahushta,  see  auah  hushta. 
auanapa,  pp.  sing. ,  passed  over;  put  over; 

gone  over  or  by. 
auanapoa,  pp.  pi.,  passed  over;  put  over; 

gone  over  or  by. 
auanapoli,    auanopoli,    v.  a.  i.   pi.,   to 

pass  over;  to  go  over;  auanabli,  sing.; 

see  ianapoli. 
auanapolichi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  put  over;  to 

throw  over;  to  cause  to  go  over;  aua- 

nqblichi,  sing. 
auanabli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  pass  over;  see  tanabli, 

qbanqbU. 

auanablichi,  v.  t.,  to  put  over, 
auant,  see  awant. 
auansa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  chew  a  cud;  or  JiopaWsa, 

hoiranfta  (q.  v. ). 
auasholechi,  v.  t,  cans,  (an  old  word),  to 

make  one  dream, 
auata,  v,  a.  i.,  to  appear;   to  come  out; 

to   expand;    to  spread;    to  extend;    //- 

auata,  to  spread  out  one's  self;  to  be 

proud. 

auata,  a.,  wide;  broad. 
auata,  pp.,  expanded;  extended. 


auata,  n.,  breadth;  width;  extent,  MX 
26:2. 

auatali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  stand  crooked,  an  in 
a  half  moon  or  circle. 

auatali,  n.,  a  bent  line,  like  the  appear 
ance  of  the  new  moon. 

auataya,  comp.  verb,  to  lie  spread  and 
stretched  out  over  something  wide  as 
well  as  long,  hence  applied  to  the  firm 
ament;  [earlier  and  less  correct  mean 
ings  obtained]  to  go  along  with,  to 
accompany;  tiliutik  at  <il><t  morii'i  kn 
(itiatanyakmd,  Sp.  Book,  page  IS,  5th 
edition.  See  auaia. 

auatachi,  v.  t.,  to  expand;  to  spread;  to 
extend. 

auatalli,  v.  t.,  to  extend  in  a  line. 

auaya,  v.  t.  (a  compound  word  from 
auah.  and  anya),  to  have  in  marriage;  to 
wed;  to  marry,  fern.  gen.  This  word 
is  used  when  it  is  said  that  a  woman 
marries,  but  itttuftya  when  a  man  mar 
ries,  or  when  it  is  the  act  of  both;  ik- 
•itauayo,  neg.,  not  married;  single. 

auaya,  pp.,  a.,  married,  fern,  gen., 
Mark  10:  12. 

auaya,  n.,  a  woman  that  marries;  the 
marriage  state;  ikauayo,  n.,  celibacy; 
ikauayo,  a.,  unmarried. 

auaya,  v.  t.,  v.  a.  i.,  to  marry  (fern,  gen.); 
itauaya  nitak,  n.,  a  wedding  day;  it 
auaya,  pp.,  married;  matched;  mated; 
espoused;  ikitauayo,  a.,  unmarried; 
single;  itauayqchi,  v.  t.,  to  marry;  to 
mate;  to  settle;  itanai/a,  n.,  matri 
mony;  nuptials;  a  match;  a  settlement; 
wedlock;  itauaya  ahalaia-,  a.,  nuptial; 
itauaya  ipetqclti,  n.,  a  wedding  feast; 
itauaya,  v.  a.  i.,  v.  t.,  to  cohabit;  to 
marry,  Matt.  5:  32;  to  couple;  to  have 
each  other,  or  to  have  her;  to  settle;  to 
wed,  Matt.  14:  4;  to  join;  itauaya,  a., 
pp.,  married,  mas.  gen.  and  com.  gen.; 
wedded;  itauaya  ona,  a.,  pp.,  marriage 
able. 

auaya    alhpesa,    a.,    marriageable. 

auaya  ona,  a.,  marriageable. 

auayachi,  v.  t.  cans.,  to  marry  a  woman 
to  a  man;  to  join;  itanayqcJii,  v.  t.,  to 
marry;  to  cause  to  marry,  the  act  of  an 
officer  or  minister,  etc.;  to  join  in  wed 
lock. 

auashli,  v.  t.,  to  fry;  to  cook  in  a  frying 
pan,  as  meat  is  cooked;  to  parch;  to 


70 


BUREAU   OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


burn,  as  coffee  is  burnt  for  grinding  and 
use;  to  poach;  to  toast;  alwasha,  pass., 
aialwasha,  a  place  for  frying,  2  Sam. 
13:  9.' 

auechi,  v.  t.  caus.,  (see  echi);  to  send  it 
this  way;  to  send  it  toward  the  speaker 
by  the  hand  of  another;  to  cause  it  to 
come  this  way — not  to  the  speaker  but 
toward  him;  to  transmit  toward  (the 
speaker);  isht  auechi,  v.  t.,  to  send  this 
way;  to  bring  this  way;  isht  auehin- 
clii,  freq. ;  auehinchi,  freq.,  John  5:  23. 

aueli;  ilaueli,  to  take  along  with  him, 
Matt.  4:  8. 

auet,  a  "directive  particle"  before  verbs 
indicating  the  direction  of  an  action 
toward  the  speaker;  auet  a^hopakishke, 
is  far  from  me;  auet  inhopaki,  a  good 
way  off,  Matt.  8:  30. 

auet,  awet  (cont.  of  auechit),  adv.,  this 
way;  toward — but  always  toward  the 
speaker,  never  from;  pit  means  the 
opposite  of  auet,  Matt.  3:  17;  10:  40; 
17:5;  Rev.  14: 13;  Josh.  4:  16, 17,  18, 19. 
et  (q.  v. )  and  auet  have  different  mean 
ings,  et  means  toward  the  speaker; 
auet,  quite  to  him,  as  haksobish  et  well 
cJta  imanumpa  auet  haklo;  auet  is  the 
prolonged  form;  t  is  a  connective  as 
with  other  words. 

aume,  exclam.,  well!  indeed!  O! 

auola,  v.  a.  i.,  to  refrain;  to  stop;  to  hold 
up;  to  cease,  as  the  rain  ceases,  holds 
up,  stops,  etc. 

auola,  n.,  a  cessation;  a  holding  up. 

auolachi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  cause  the  rain 
to  cease. 

auns,  ouns,  n.,  an  ounce;  ouns  aivahtuklok- 
inat  iveki  achafa,  troy  weight;  ouns  awah 
hanalikmat  weki  achafa,  avoirdupois 
weight. 

awa,  wa,  adv.,  can  not;  shall  not;  will 
not;  John  2:  4  [?]. 

awaiakachechi,  awalakachechi,  v.  t, 
to  plait;  to  pucker;  to  ruffle. 

awalakachechi,  n.,  a  plaiter. 

awalakachi,  awalakachi,  n.,  a  frill;  a 
fringe;  a  plait;  a  pucker;  a  ruffle;  gath 
ers. 

awalakachi,  awalakachi,  pp.,  a.,  ruffled; 
plaited;  puckered. 

awalalli,  n.,  a  boiler. 

awalalli  iskitini,  n.,  a  saucepan;  a 
small  boiler. 


awant,  auant,  awat  (from  au+aya), 
prep,,  with;  along  with;  to  go  with;  to 
accompany,  Josh.  1:  5,  9;  3:  7;  7:  12; 
Luke  1:  56;  Matt.  5:  41. 

awashoha,  n.,  a  scene;  a  place  for  play; 
a  playground. 

awat,  see  awant. 

awaya,  n.,  product;  crop. 

awaya  achukma,  a.,  rich;  fertile. 

awaya  achukma,  n.,  richness;  fertility. 

awaya  fehna,  a.,  productive;  fruitful. 

awet,  see  auet. 

awiachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  hover  over  to  get  food; 
to  swarm;  sheki  at  isubilli  awiachi,  to 
hover  in  swarms  over  the  dead  horse; 
foebilisJike  at  awiachi;  foebilishke  at  tansh 
hinak  awiachi,  the  bees  come  round  the 
corn  tassels  in  quest  of  something  to  eat. 

awiachi,  n.,  a  swarm. 

awiha,  n.,  a  deserted  place;  a  place  from 
which  persons  have  removed. 

awokokonlichi,  n.,  a  place  rooted  up  by 
swine. 

awokokonlichi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  root,  as 
swine. 

anya,  aiya,  v.  a.  i.,  to  go;  to  travel;  to  go 
along  ;  to  move  along;  to  pace;  to  pass; 
to  shoot,  as  an  arrow;  to  stir;  to  strike; 
to  sweep;  to  tend;  to  waft;  to  depart; 
Luke  2:  29;  Matt.  5:  17;  10:  34;  11:  18; 
Josh  1:  5;  3:  7;  to  come,  John  1:  31;  to 
pass  in  any  manner  (Josh.  3:  4)  or  to 
any  end,  as  to  fly,  to  sail,  etc. ;  imaya 
(from  im&ndanya  united)  also  imayachi, 
imaiya,  and  imaiyachi  (the  spelling  va 
ries),  Matt.  10:  24;  isht  anya,  v.  t.,  to 
take  along;  to  carry;  to  conduct;  to 
drive;  to  lead,  Luke  4:  1;  to  govern; 
to  sail;  to  treat;  to  fare;  to  fly;  to  run; 
shat  anya,  to  convey;  achukmat  ishan- 
yashke,  farewell. 

anya,  pp.,  passing;  cJiisht  anya,  Matt.  4:  6. 

anya,  n.,  a  mover,  sojourner,  traveler,  or 
one  that  moves  along;  a  passenger;  a 
stirrer;  kanima  yon  cliik  (inya  kia, 
whithersoever  thou  goest,  Matt.  8:  19; 
imany«,  v.  t.,  to  visit  him,  her,!  Sam. 
2:  21. 

anya,  n.,  a  going;  a  motion;  a  passage;  a 
pace;  a  sailing. 

anya,  n.,  a  flock;  a  herd;  chukfalhpoa 
anya  kaniohini,  micha  wak  anya  kaiiioh- 
mi,  1  Sam.  30:  20. 

anya  achafa,  n.,  a  flock;  a  company,  2 
Kings  9:  17;  a  herd. 


BTINGTON]  A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


71 


anya  hinla,  a. ,  passable. 

ayaiya,  n.,  lamentation,  Matt.  2:  18; 
place  of  weeping. 

ayaka,  a.,  many;  ikaiako,  not  many;  not 
much. 

ayakohmi,  aiyakohmi,  n. ,  a  deed ;  some 
thing  done,  or  things  done,  John  1:  28; 
2:  12. 

ayakohmi,  aiyakohmi,  v.  n.,  to  take 
place  or  transpire  at. 

ayakohmichi,  v.  t.,  to  do  something. 

ayamaska,  n.,  a  kneading  trough. 

ayamasli,  v.  t.,  to  knead  in;  to  mix  in; 
to  make  mortar  there  or  in. 

ayanalli,  n.,  a  channel  for  water  to 
flow  in;  a  tube;  a  pipe. 

ayataia,  aiyataia,  n.,  a  landing  place;  a 
resting  place;  a  landing. 

ayamihchi,  v.  t.,  to  do,  John  2:  11;  3:  2. 

ayehchi,  see  aieJtchi. 

ayimmi,  v.  t.,  to  believe  in,  John  1:  7. 

ayoah,  see  aiyoa. 

ayofanichih,  v.  t.,  to  make  motions — in 
trying  to  commit  sodomy. 

ayuka,  pro.,  each. 

ayukali,  aiyukali,  pro.,  each  one;  aiyu 
kali,  adv.,  apiece. 

ayukpa,  a.,  pleased;  isht  ayukpa,  v.  n.,  to 
be  pleased  with. 

ayukpa,  n.,  joy,  Acts  8:  8. 

ayupi,  aiyupi,  n.,  a  bath;  a  place  in 
which  to  bathe  or  wallow,  whether  in 
sand  or  mud,  by  man,  beast,  or  fowl;  a 
pool. 

a,  a  locative  particle  preceding  words; 
akanqlli,atakchichitakallo,akaUih,ahpota; 
a  is  often  used  with  such  words;  a 
means  place;  a,  at,  to,  in. 

aba,  a.,  high;  heavenly;  divine;  celes 
tial. 

aba,  v.  n.,  to  be  up;  to  be  heavenly;  amha, 
etc. 

aba,  adv.,  up;  on  high;  aloft;  heavenly, 
John  3:  14. 

aba,  n.,  the  upper  regions;  heaven,  Luke 
3:  21;  John  3:  27;  Matt,  5:  3;  23:  22; 
aba  akon,  the  air;  aba  hashiputa  kat,  the 
birds  of  the  air,  Matt.  8:  20;  aba  cipcli- 
cltlka,  kingdom  of  heaven,  Matt.  13:  4-4. 

aba  aholitopa,  n.,  heaven  above,  Josh. 
2:  11. 

aba  aiachukmaka,  n.,  heaven;  the 
happy  place  above. 


aba  aianumpuli,  n.,  a  preaching  place; 
a  pulpit. 

aba  anumpa,  abanumpa,  n.,  the  gos 
pel,  Matt.  11:  5;  the  Scriptures;  tin- 
word  from  heaven;  Christianity;  re 
ligion;  faith,  i.e.,  the  object  of  faith; 
light;  revelation;  theology. 

aba  anumpa  ahalaia  keyu,  a.,  unchris 
tian. 

aba  anumpa  ahni,  v.  t.,  to  desire  the 
gospel;  to  be  anxious  on  the  subject  of 
religion. 

aba  anumpa  ahni,  n.,  a  serious  person. 

aba  anumpa  aiisht  atta,  n.,  a  meeting 
house;  a  preaching  place. 

aba  anumpa  anumpa,  n.,  a  sermon. 

aba  anumpa  apiha  at  illi,  TK,  martyr 
dom. 

aba  anumpa  innlammi,  n.,  apostasy. 

aba  anumpa  ikhana,  n.,  Christians; 
Christianity. 

aba  anumpa  ikithano,  n.,  heathens; 
heathenism. 

aba  anumpa  ikyimmo,  n.,  infidelity. 

aba  anumpa  ikyimmo,  n.,  a  deist;  an 
infidel. 

aba  anumpa  issa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  apostatize; 
to  fall  away. 

aba  anumpa  issa,  n.,  an  apostate. 

aba  anumpa  issat  falama,  v.  a.  i.,  to 
backslide. 

aba  anumpa  issat  falama,  n.,  a  back 
slider. 

aba  anumpa  isht  aiamimpuli,  n.,  a 
tabernacle. 

aba  anumpa  isht  anumpuli,  aba  anum 
pa  isht  holissochi,  v.  t.,  to  sermonize; 
to  preach;  n.,  a  preacher;  a  sermonizer. 

aba  anumpa  isht  atta,  n.,  to  preach  the 
gospel;  to  serve  in  the  gospel. 

aba  anumpa  isht  atta,  n.,  a  preacher; 
a  clergyman;  a  clerk;  a  divine:  an 
evangelist;  a  priest. 

aba  anumpa  isht  atta  aliha,  n..  the 
clergy;  the  ministers  of  religion. 

aba  anumpa  isht  atta  imalhtayak, 
aba  anumpa  isht  atta  aliha,  n., 
priesthood. 

aba  anumpa  isht  ika,  n.,  a  homily. 

aba  anumpa  ithana,  n.,  a  theologian. 

aba  anumpa  ithananchi,  v.  t. .  to  gospel : 
to  make  the  gospel  known:  to  evan 
gelize. 


72 


BUREAU    OF    AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL,.  46 


aba  anumpa  nukfoka,  a.,  serious;  de 
vout;  religious. 

aba  anumpa  nukfoka,  v.  n.,  to  be 
serious,  devout,  etc. 

aba  anumpa  nukfoka  aianli,  a.,  pious; 
truly  pious. 

aba  anumpa  nukfokichi,  v.  t.,  to  evan 
gel  ixe. 

aba  anumpa  taloa,  n.,  church  music; 
sacred  music. 

aba  anumpa  tosholi,  n.,  an  evangelist. 

aba  anumpa  yimmi,  v.  t.,  to  believe 
the  gospel. 

aba  anumpa  yimmi,  n.,  a  professor  of  or 
a  believer  in  the  gospel. 

aba  anumpa  yimmi,  a.,  orthodox;  re 
ligious;  aba  anumpa  ikyimmOj  n.,  an 
infidel;  scepticism. 

aba  anumpa  yimmi  aiaii,  a.,  pious. 

aba  anumpa  yimmi  keyu,  a.,  irrelig 
ious;  not  orthodox;  heterodox. 

aba  anumpeshi,  abanumpeshi,  aba- 
numpeshi  ammona,  n.,  an  apostle. 

aba  anumpuli,  v.  t.,  to  preach;  to  pray; 
to  talk  up;  to  talk  about  religion. 

aba  anumpuli,  abanumpuli,  n.,  a 
preacher;  a  praying  person;  a  Chris 
tian;  a  professor  of  religion;  a  mis 
sionary;  a  chaplain;  a  minister. 

aba  anumpuli  aianli,  a.,  godly. 

aba  anumpuli  anli,  n.,  a  true  Christian. 

aba  anumpuli  apistikeli,  n.,  a  pastor; 
a  bishop. 

aba  anumpuli  alma,  n.,  the  church; 
all  Christians;  the  church  in  general. 

aba  anumpuli  ibafoka,  v.  a,  i.,  to  join 
a  church;  to  profess  religion. 

aba  anumpuli  ibafoka,  pp.,  united  to 
the  church. 

aba  anumpuli  ibaf oki,  v.  t. ,  to  give  up 
to  the  church;  to  join  to  the  church. 

aba  anumpuli  ikbi,  v.  t.,  to  christian- 
i/e;  to  make  Christians;  to  convert. 

aba  anumpuli  iksa,  n.,  a  church;  the 
church;  a  Christian  sect  or  denomina 
tion. 

aba  anumpuli  iksa  ibafoka,  n.,  a 
church  member. 

aba  anumpuli  iksa  kucha,  v.  a.  i.,  to 
leave  a  church. 

aba  anumpuli  iksa  kucha,  pp. ,  excom 
municated. 

aba  anumpuli  iksa  kuchi,  v.  t.,  to  ex 
communicate;  to  unchurch. 


aba  anumpuli  iksa  nana  isht  imashwa 
aliha,  n.,  Presbytery. 

aba  anumpuli  iksa  nana  isht  imatta, 
n.,  a  Presbyter. 

aba  anumpuli  ilahobbi,  n. ,  a  professed 
Christian;  a  pretended  Christian;  a 
hypocrite. 

aba  anumpuli  kobafa,  n.,  an  apostate; 
a  broken  Christian. 

aba  anumpuli  kucha,  n.,  an  excom 
municated  person. 

aba  anumpuli  pehcheka  alhtoka,  n., 
a  parson. 

aba  anumpuli  toba,  n.,  a  convert. 

aba  anumpuli  toba,  v.  a.  i.,  to  become 
a  Christian. 

aba  anumpuli  toba,  n.,  conversion. 

aba  apelichika,  n.,  the  kingdom  of 
heaven,  Matt.  8:  11;  11:  11,  12;  16:  19. 

aba  anya,  v.  a.  i.,  to  waft. 

aba  chakali,  v.  a.  i.  (from  aba  and  aclia- 
kali),  to  lift  up  the  head;  to  lift  up  the 
eyes,  John  4:  35;  Matt.  17:  8;  Luke  19: 
5;  Josh.  5:  13;  aba  pit  aba  chaJcalimat, 
when  he  had  looked  up  to  heaven, 
Matt.  14:  19. 

aba  hatak,  n.,  an  angel;  an  inhabitant 
of  heaven;  a  seraph. 

aba  holitopa,  n.,  a  holy  one. 

aba  ia,  abia,  v.  a.  i.,  to  ascend;  to  go  up; 
to  rise;  to  go  to  heaven. 

Abainki,  n.,  God. 

Aba  inki  imantia,  a.,  godly;  one  who 
obeys (Jod. 

Aba  inki  imasilhha  shall,  a.,  prayerful. 

aba  imma,  abema,  adv.,  upward;  high. 

aba  isht  aholitobli,  v.  t.,  to  worship, 
John  4:  20,  24. 

aba  isht  aianumpa  chuka,  n.,  a  syna 
gogue,  Matt.  10:  17. 

aba  isht  aiokpachi,  n.,  sacrifice,  Matt. 
9:13;  12:  7;  a  gift,  Matt.  15:5;  tribute 
for  the  service  of  the  temple,  Matt. 
17:  24. 

aba  isht  anumpa,  n.,  a  sermon;  a  reli 
gious  discourse;  a  lecture;  a  discourse. 

aba  isht  anumpuli,  v.  t.,  to  preach;  to 
pray  for,  Matt.  5:  44. 

aba  isht  anumpuli,  n.,  a  preacher. 

aba  isht  anya,  v.  t.,  to  waft. 

aba  isht  holitobli,  n.,  a  worshiper. 

aba  isht  ia,  v.  t.,  to  hoist;  to  lift;  to 
mount;  to  raise;  to  carry  up;  to  rear; 
to  weigh. 


BYINOTON] 


A   DICTIONARY    OP    THE    CITOCT.AW    LANGUAGE 


73 


aba  isht  ikahobalo,  v.t.,  to  blaspheme. 
aba  isht  ikahobalo,  n.,  a  blasphemer, 
aba  isht  ona,  v.  t.,  to  take  on  high;  to 

carry  to  heaven. 

aba  iti  patalhpo,  n.,  a  chamber. 
aba  minko,  n.,   the    king    of    heaven; 

the  heavenly  king. 
aba  minti,  v.   a.   i.,   to    descend    from 

heaven, 
aba  patalhpo,    n.,  an    upper    floor;    a 

chamber  floor. 
Aba  pinki,  n.,  God;  our  Father  in  heaven; 

Providence;  Divine  Providence. 
aba  pila,  v.  t.,  to  heave;  to  throw  up;  to 

toss. 

aba  pila,  n.,  a  toss;  a  heaver, 
aba  pila,  adv.,  upward. 
aba  pilla,  adv.,  upward;  on  high;  away 

up;  far  up;  heavenward;  to  heaven;  in 

heaven, 
aba  pit   anumpuli,   v.  t.,  to   pray;    to 

speak  toward  heaven,  Matt.  17:  21. 
aba  shilombish,  n.,  an   angel;  a  spirit 

of  heaven. 
aba  shutik,  n.,  heaven,  Matt,  5:  34;  1 

Sam.  2:  10. 

aba  takali,v.  a.  i.,  to  hang  up;  to  depend. 
aba  takali,   pp.,    hung  up;   suspended; 

lifted  up;  a.,  dependent. 
aba  takalichi,  v.  t.,   to  heave;  to  hang 

up;  to  lift  up,  John  3:  14;  to  uplift. 
aba  taloa,  n.,  a  hymn;  a  psalm;  a  sacred 

song. 
aba  tala,  n.,  a  mantel  piece;  a  shelf;  a 

scaffold;   a   scaffolding;  see  tala,  from 

talali,  to  set  or  place. 
aba  tala  boli,  v.  t.,  to  scaffold;  to  put  on 

a  scaffold, 
aba  tala  ikbi,  v.  t.,  to  scaffold;  to  make 

a  scaffold. 

aba  topa,  n.,  an  altar, 
aba  yakni,  n.,  heaven,  Matt.  6:  20;  18: 10. 
aba  yakni  aholitopa,  aba  yakni  nan 

isht  ilaiyukpa,  n.,  glory;  the  felicity  of 

heaven  prepared  for  the  children  of  God. 
aba  yakni  pila,  adv.,  heavenward, 
abai  anumpuli  chuka,    n.,    a    temple, 

Luke  2:  27;  a  church;  a  meeting  house. 
abana,  v.  a.  i.,  to  lie  across;  to  rise;  qba- 

naya,  qb<maii/a,  pro.  form. 
abana,  pp. ,  laid  across. 
abana,  n.,  that  which  lies  across. 
abanali,  abanoli,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  lay  across; 

to  layover  or  on;  to  put  on,  as  a  yoke; 

bahta  yan  abanoli,  to  lay  a  bag  on. 


abanapoa,  pp.  pi.,  passed  over;  put  over. 

abanapolechi,  v.  t.,  to  put  over;  to  cause 
to  go  over,  or  pass  over. 

abanapoli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  pass  over. 

abanabli,  auanabli,  tanabli,  v.  t.  siug., 
to  pass  over;  to  leap  over;  to  go  over; 
to  run  over;  to  get  over;  to  overreach; 
to  superabound;  to  go  past  the  time;  to 
jump;  to  leap;  to  overflow;  to  overgo; 
to  overrun;  to  pass;  to  surmount;  to 
transcend;  to  transgress. 

abanablichi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  go  over; 
to  put  over;  to  defer;  to  adjourn ;  to  pro 
rogue;  to  delay;  to  overreach;  to  post 
pone;  to  procrastinate;;  to  reprieve;  to 
respite. 

abanablit  ont  ia,  n.,  the  Passover,  Josh. 
5:10,  11. 

abanapa,  pp.  sing.,  passed  over;  put 
over;  delayed;  postponed;  reprieved; 
respited;  from  qbanqbli,  v.  a,  i. 

abanapa,  n.,  a  respite. 

abanapa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  delay;  to  procrasti 
nate;  siqbanqpa,  I  procrastinate;  nitak 
hollo  acJiqfa  siabanapa  keyuknia,  if  I  do 
not  delay  a  week. 

abanoli,  see  abanali. 

abanopoli,  pi.,  to  go  over;  to  walk  over, 
Luke  11:  44;  abanobli,  sing. 

abanumpa,  see  aba  anumpa. 

abanumpeshi,  see  aba  anumpesliL 

abanumpeshi  ammona,  see  aba  anum- 
peshi. 

abaona,  pp.,  raised. 

abbaksha,  see  abaksha. 

abema,  see  aba  in  nn  a. 

abenili,  see  abenlli. 

abi,  abi,  v.  t,,  to  kill,  Matt.  10:  28;  to 
slay;  to  destroy,  Matt,  2: 13;  to  butcher; 
to  deprive  of  life;  to  dispatch;  to  slaugh 
ter;  to  martyr;  to  win  at  a  game  of 
chance;  to  murder;  ahliabi,  to  kill 
quickly  (<ihbi,  aiabi,  ahambi,  ambi}', 
iambi  to  win  from  him  or  to  beat  him; 
he  wins  from  him ;  to  put  to  death.  Matt. 
14:  5;  aiabi,  to  smite  of,  Josh.  7:  5; 
qbi'li,  ithbi,  abi,  ebi,  ilohqbi,  ItqsJibi, 
'abi;  akbo,  chikbo,  ikbo,  kebo,  kllolmbo, 
liqcliiklxt,  iksabo,  ikpebo,  etc.;  itinmbl,  to 
kill  each  other;  ilebi,  to  kill  himself;  to 
commit  suicide,  John  8:  22;  ib'bi,  n., 
self-murder;  suicide;  nhambi,  freq., 
Josh.  10:  10. 


74 


BUEEAU    OF   AMEKICAX   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL,.  46 


abi,  n.,  a  killer;  a  slayer;  a  murderer. 

abi,  n.,  slaughter;  the  killing;  destruction. 

abi,  v.  n.,  to  be  sick  with  certain  dis 
eases,  generally  cutaneous,  or  to  have 
the  disease,  etc. ;  as  chiliswa  abi,  to  have 
the  measles;  chilakva  abi,  to  have  the 
smallpox;  chinak  abi,  to  have  the  pleu 
risy;  wqslikqbi,  to  have  the  itch;  wak- 
cha  abi,  to  have  the  venereal  disease; 
pahi  abi,  Luke  5:  24. 

abia,  abaia,  v.  a.  i.,  to  mount;  to  ascend. 

abichi,  v.  t.,  "to  smite,"  1  Sam.  5: 12. 

abit  apa,  v.  t.,  to  prey  upon;  to  kill  and 
eat. 

abit  apa  shali,  a.,  rapacious. 

abit  tali,  v.  t.,  to  destroy;  to  kill  all;  to 
cut  off. 

abitampa,  n.,  a  male  fairy;  a  hobgoblin; 
one  who  kills. 

aboa,  v.  t.,  to  strike  against;  to  fall 
against;  to  knock;  to  bunt;  wak  at 
yilepa  mat  itaboa;  hatak  at  itulat  ia  cha 
chuka  yan  aboa;  chukfi  itibik  mat  itaboa 
hoka. 

abonumpuli,  see  aba  anumpuli. 

achafoa,  a.,  a  few  and  scattering;  not 
many. 

achafoa,  v.  n.,  to  be  few  and  scattering; 
qchafonha,  nasal  form. 

achafoachi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  a  few;  to 
select  or  take  a  few;  to  cause  a  few  to 
be  taken,  etc. 

achafolechi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  select  a  few; 
to  single  out. 

achafoli,  v.  t.,  to  take  a  few. 

affekoma;  osapa  affekoma,  n., a  large  field. 

affekomi,  a.,  mischievous;  impatient; 
exceeding;  superabounding;  large;  see 
ftfekommi. 

affekomi,  v.  n.,  to  be  mischievous; 
cJdto  kqt  qffekomi  fehna  and  ditto  kat 
atampa  feJma  mean  the  same. 

affetabli,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  ensnare;  to  en 
chant  to  his  ruin  or  death. 

affetipa,  afetipa  (q.  v. ),  a.,  enchanted; 
greatly  interested;  captivated. 

affetipoa,  a.  pi.,  ensnared;  enchanted 
to  his  ruin  or  death. 

affetipoa,  v.  n.,  to  be  ensnared. 

affetipoli,  v.t.  pi.,  to  ensnare;  to  enchant. 

affoa,  afoa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  wind  round. 

affoa,  afoha,  pp.,  wound  round,  John 
20:  7;  furled;  see  afoa. 


affula,  pp.,  stirred;  thickened  while 
cooking;  aiqlit  manya  kakon,  from  that 
(time)  forth;  see  afulli. 

ahokunfa,  n.,  piece  cut  off. 

aholloka,  see  ahoUoka. 

ahoyo,  see  ohoyo. 

ala,  v.  a.  i.,  to  arrive  at,  when  coming 
toward  the  speaker  or  place  spoken  of; 
as  ona,  to  arrive  at  in  going  from  the 
speaker;  to  touch;  to  come;  to  come 
to;  to  get  there;  to  get  here;  to  get  to; 
to  attain,  Matt.  8:  2,  11,  25;  11:  14;  17: 
7,  10;  ahanlat,  Josh.  7:  14;  aiqla,  pi. 
and  intensive;  hqchimaiqla,  come  to 
you,  Matt.  7:  15;  alali,  ishla,  ala,  efa, 
ilohqla,  hqshla,  ala;  aiyala,  aiyala,  and 
a'njahanla;  itqlacJii,  for  twro  to  arrive 
together;  -isht  ala,  v.  t.,  to  fetch;  to  re 
duce;  to  bring,  Matt,  12:  22;  to  take 
it  and  come;  ont  isht  ala,  to  go  and  bring; 
to  go  and  take  it  and  come. 

ala,   n.,   an  arrival;   a    pass. 

ala,  n.,  one  who  arrives  or  comes;  a 
comer;  himo  ala,  one  who  has  just 
come;  a  new  comer. 

alachi;  itqlachi,  to  arrive  together  (dual). 

alba,  n.,  vegetation;  herbs;  plants;  weeds. 

albachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  practice;  to  make  ex 
periments;  to  be  instructed,  Matt.  13: 
52. 

albala,  pp.,  gleaned. 

alballi,  v.  t.,  to  glean;  to  gather  up  the 
remnants  or  fragments. 

alballi,  n.,  a  gleaner;  a  gleaning. 

albana,  v.  a.  i.,  to  lie  across;  see  aba- 
nali. 

albana,  pp.  pi.,  laid  across;  atom', v.  t.  pi. 

albani,  v.  a.  i.,  to  cure  over  a  fire;  abani, 
v.  t. 

albani,  pp.,  cured;  isi  nipi  at  albani;  tak- 
kon  at  albani;  abani,  v.  t. 

albani,  n.,  that  which  is  cured. 

albankachi,  pi. ;  hina  at  qlbqnkqchi. 

albasa,  n.,  lath. 

albaska,  n.,  lath. 

albaska,  pp.,  lathed;  ribbed,  as  a  roof; 
dbqsli,  v.  t. 

albehkachi,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  repeat;  it- 
qlbehfMchi,  Phil.  2:  27. 

albehpo,  n.,  a  sack  of  some  kind,  .Matt. 
2:  11. 

albi,  aialbi,  aiilli,  aialli,  n.,  cost;  price; 
a  price,  2  Sam.  24:  24;  tanchi  albi. 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY   OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


75 


albi,  pp.,  valued;  perhaps  from  qbi. 

albichi,  v.  t.,  to  price;  to  set  a  price;  to 
value,  John  12:  5. 

albiha,  pp.,  charged;  stuffed. 

albiha,  n.,  a  charge;  a  load. 

albiha  atapa,  n.,  an  overcharge;  an  over 
load. 

albihkachi,  pp.  pi.,  put  in;  put  on,  as 
garments. 

albilli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  repeat;  to  add;  to  put 
on  another  thickness;  it  albilli,  Matt. 
6:7;  itisldma  albillit  umpohomo;  nafoka 
albillit  f oka;  shukbo  albillit  patali 

albina,  n.,  a  camp,  Josh.  6:  11;  an  en 
campment;  a  host,  Josh.  3:  2. 

alhinachi,  albinanchi,  v.  t.,  to  camp;,  to 
encamp;  to  pitch  a  camp. 

albita,  pp.,  repeated;  done  twice;  tanclti 
at  albitat  holokchi;  albitat  holisso,  copied; 
anumpa  hat  hituklaha  albitat  anumpuli. 

albita,  n.,  a  repetition,  Rev.  18:  6;  v.  a.  L, 
to  be  double. 

albitat  holisso,  pp.,  copied;  rewritten. 

albitat  holisso,  n.,  a  copy. 

albitat  holokchi,  pp.,  replanted. 

albiteli,  v.  t.,  to  repeat;  to  double;  to 
iterate. 

albiteli,  n.,  an  iteration. 

albitelichi,  v.  t.,  to  double;  to  make 
double,  Rev.  18:  6. 

albitet  anoli,  v.  t.,  to  repeat  the  story; 
to  relate  a  second  time;  to  recapitulate. 

albitet  hokchi,  v.  t.,  to  replant. 

albitet  holissochi,  v.  t.,  to  copy;  to 
write  over  again;  to  transcribe. 

albitet  ikbi,  v.  t.,  to  renew. 

albitet  pisa,  v.  t.,  to  review. 

albitet  shanni,  v.  t.,  to  double  and  twist. 

albitet  yammichi,  v.  t.,  to  redouble. 

albitkachi,  pp.  pi.,  repeated;  having 
other  covers  or  coats;  itqlbitkqchi,  John 
1:  16;  albilli  v.  t. 

albo,  v.  a.  i.,  to  adhere;  to  stick,  as  glue 
or  mud;  lukfi  at  ashoboli  yan  albo;  itiqlbo 
v.  a.  i.,  to  cohere;  itiqlbot  off'o,  v.  a.  i., 
to  coalesce. 

albo,  pp.,  soldered;  made  to  stick  or  ad 
here;  glued;  itiqlbo,  glued  together. 

albochi,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  solder;  to  cause  to 
adhere;  to  set  with  putty;  to  glue;  to 
stick;  isJit  isliko  an  albochi,  to  solder  a 
cup;  italbochi,  to  solder  together;  to 
glue. 


albokaohi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  solder;  to  fasten 
in  with  putty;  itqlbokqchi,  to  solder  to 
gether. 

albonli,  almoli,  v.  i.,  to  catch;  to  take 
infection;  itcilbonli;  itqlmo/i. 

alhchakaya,  n.,  an  addition;  a  piece 
spliced  on. 

alhchakaya,  a.,  additional;  something 
added;  anumpci  alhchakaya. 

alhchaba,  n.,  a  log  lying  across  a  creek 
used  as  a  foot  bridge. 

alhchaka,  pp.  sing.,  spliced;  new  set; 
new  laid  or  welded,  as  an  iron  tool; 
welded. 

alhchakoa,  pp.  pi.,  spliced;  welded. 

alhchefa,  pp.,  washed  (from  achefn,  to 
wash). 

alhchiba,  a.,  tedious;  tiresome;  requir 
ing  or  consuming  time;  slow  in  accom 
plishment;  qlhchielxi,  Gen.  40:  4. 

alhchiba,  v.  n.,  to  be  tedious,  tiresome, 
or  slow. 

alhchifa,  pp.,  washed,  John  13:  10. 

alhchilofa,  pp.,  paid;  liquidated;  ikalh- 
chilqfo,  a.,  unpaid. 

alhchowa,  see  qlhchunwa. 

alhchunna,  a.,  cheap;  low. 

alhchunna,  v.  n.,  to  be  cheap. 

alhchunnachi,  v.  t.,  to  cheapen;  to 
lower;  to  sink. 

alhchunwa,  alhchowa,  pp.,  sewn; 
stitched;  sewed;  itqlhchunwq,  sewn  to 
gether;  sewed. 

alhchunwa,  n.,  that  which  is  sewn. 

alhfabek  imma,  adv.,  on  the  left  hand; 
toward  the  left. 

alhfabeka,  n.,  the  left,  Luke  23:  33; 
Matt.  6:3. 

alhfasha,  pp.,  fastened;  latched;  okhis- 
sat  alhfasha;  afqshli,  v.  t. 

alhfoa,  n.,  a  ligature;  a  bandage. 

alhfoa,pp.,  wound  round;  bound  round; 
reeled;  hooped;  afoli,  v.  t. 

alhfula,  pp.,  stirred,  as  a  liquid  with  a 
stick;  afulli,  v.  t. 

alhfullinchi,  v.  a.i.,  qlhfulWiinchi, to  com 
pass,  Matt.  23:  15. 

alhkaha,  pp.,  laid  down. 

alhkama,  pp.,  sing,  stopped  up;  fastened 
up;  calked;  barred;  aboha qlhkqma ;  ok- 
hissa  yat  qlhkqwa.  Josh.  2:  5;  shut  up, 
Josh.  6:  1;  see  akama. 

alhkama,  a.,  fast. 


76 


BUREAU   OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL,.  46 


alhkania,  a.,  gone;  forgotten;  pass,  of 
kqnia  of  the  form  aUitalut. 

alhkania,  v.  n.,  to  forget;  chimqlhkania, 
you  have  forgotten  it. 

alhkata,  pp.,  patched;  botched;  mended; 
clouted;  akkalli,  v.  t. 

alhkata,  n.,  a  patch;  a  botch;  a  clout;  isht 
alhkata,  a  patch. 

alhkoha,  pp., molded,  as  pottery;  shaped; 
plated,  as  metals  with  silver;  shuti  at 
qllikolia;  ampo  at  alhkoha;  lukfi  nuna  yqt 
alhkoha;  tali  holisso  lakna  isht  alhkoha, 
plated  with  gold;  akkoli,  v.  t. 

alhkomo,  v.  a.  i.,  to  dissolve;  to  melt, 
as  salt,  sugar,  etc. 

alhkomo,  pp.,  dissolved,  as  sugar  in  wa 
ter;  ikqlhkomo,  a.,  undissolved;  unmelt- 
ed;  okomo,  v.  t. 

alhkomoa,  pp.  pi.,  stopped  up;  calked; 
barred;  ctbolia  alhkomoa;  haksobisJi  alh 
komoa. 

alhkucha,  n.,the  balance;  the  remainder; 
an  odd  one,  Num.  3:  48;  shulush  alhku 
cha,  an  odd  shoe;  waktoksqli  alhkucha, 
an  odd  steer. 

alhkuna,  ri.,  a  gown;  a  dress  for  a  lady; 
cf.  the  alconand  of  French  writers. 

alhkuna  falaia,  n.,  a  long  gown;  a  frock; 
a  slip. 

alhkuna  kolofa,  n.,  a  petticoat. 

alhpatak,  n.,  a  fan  made  of  a  wing. 

alhpesa,  n.,  convenience;  decency; 
sufficiency;  an  execution;  fairness;  fit 
ness;  reason. 

alhpesa,  alhpisa,  a.,  proper;  suitable; 
enough;  sufficient,  Matt.  6:  34;  lawful, 
Matt.  12:  2;  14:  4;  right,  Matt.  11:  26; 
Luke  6:  2;  straight,  Luke  3:  5;  John, 
4:  17;  necessary;  worthy,  Matt.  10:  11, 
13;  John  1:  27;  comely;  commodious; 
compatible;  competent;  consistent; 
convenient;  correct;  decent;  decorous; 
due;  eligible;  fair;  fit;  honest;  just; 
justifiable;  lawful,  Matt.  12:  12;  legal; 
meet,  Matt.  15:  26;  moderate;  passable; 
reasonable;  scrupulous;  seemly;  staple; 
timely;  profitable,  Matt.  5:  29;  qlhpin8a} 
tolerable,  Matt.  11:  22,  24;  -Heath peso, 
wicked,  Matt.  12:  45;  disagreeable; 
ill;  erroneous;  inadvisable;  imqlhplxa, 
John  1:  14  [?] ;  itqllipcsa,  respond 
ing;  agreeing  together. 

alhpesa,  v.  n.,  to  be  proper,  etc.,  Matt. 
5:5;  it  is  enough,  2  Sam.  24:  16. 


alhpesa,  alhpisa,  pp.,  measured;  deter 
mined;  agreed;  appointed;  accom 
plished;  concluded;  corrected;  decided; 
decreed;  effected;  enacted;  established; 
suited;  surveyed;  estimated;  exe 
cuted;  filled;  fulfilled;  gaged;  gauged; 
judged;  justified;  ordered;  passed,  as  a 
law;  reconciled;  regulated;  resolved; 
settled;  stipulated;  nitak  alhpisa,  an  ap 
pointed  day;  ikalhpeso,  evil,  Matt.  12: 
35;  idle,  Matt.  12:  36:  imalhpisa,  pp., 
judged;  imalhpesa,  a.,  contented;  agree 
able  to  him;  ont  alhpesa,  pp.,  passed; 
ikimalhpeso,  a.,  dissatisfied;  unallowed; 
uncommanded;  ikimalhpesochi,  ikitnqlh- 
pexacho,  to  dissatisfy;  ikalhpeso,  a. ,  ille 
gal;  illicit;  improper;  inadmissible;  in 
correct;  unapproved;  unapt;  unbecom 
ing;  undignified;  undue;  unfit;  ungen- 
teei;  unmeasured;  unreasonable;  un 
seasonable;  unseemly;  unsuitable;  un- 
suited;  wrong;  wrongful:  alhpisaliekeyu, 
a.,  immeasurable;  ikalhpeso,  n.,  an  im 
propriety;  a  wrong;  ikalhpeso,  adv.,  un 
duly;  alhpiesa  keyu,  n.,  injustice;  itim- 
qlhpesahe  kej/u,  a.,  irreconcilable;  alh 
piesa,  adv.,  justly;  imalhpesa,  to  please; 
to  feel  pleased;  ikimqlhpeso,  v.  a.  i., 
to  repine;  ikimqlhpeso,  n.,  a  repiner. 

alhpesa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  become,  Matt.  3:  15; 
to  behoove,  Luke  4:  43;  to  eventuate; 
itqlhplsa,  to  respond;  to  suit;  to  be  lik 
ened  to,  Matt.  7:  26. 

alhpesa,  adv.,  well;  very  well;  comely; 
fairly;  rightly;  well  done. 

alhpesa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  do  or  be  right;  ish- 
qlhpem,  Acts  10:  33. 

alhpesa  achi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  approve;  to  ap 
probate  (rather,  to  express  approba 
tion),  as  red  men  do  when  they  approve 
of  a  talk. 

alhpesa  ahni,  alhpiesa  ahni,  v.  a.  i., 
to  acquiesce;  to  comply;  to  consent;  to 
be  willing;  to  feel  contented;  alhpesa 
'ixhahnthokmqt,  if  thou  wilt,  Matt,  8:  2; 
(ilhpi'mi  almilixhkc,  I  will,  Matt,  8:  3. 

alhpesa  miha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  assent. 

alhpesali,  v.  a.  i;  see  ikqUtpesalo,  fraud, 
James  5:4;  to  be  true  or  virtuous,  Mark 
10:  11;  ohoi/o  qlhpesali,  a  virtuous  wo 
man. 

alhpesashke,  even  so,  Matt.  11:  26. 

alhpesachi,  v.  t.,  to  correct;  to  humor; 
to  justify;  nnqUqnesqclii,  to  right;  ikitim- 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY   OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


77 


qlhpesacho,  Matt.  10:  35;  ikimalhpesochi, 
to  grieve. 

alhpesachi,  n.,  a  justifier. 

alhpi,  n.,  a  wooden  spoon;  a  horn  spoon; 
nakqlhpi,  a  pewter  spoon. 

alhpichik,  n.,  a  nest;  a  bird's  nest;  ap 
plied  to  birds,  squirrels,  hogs,  and 
bears,  alhpichik  at  imasha  hoke,  have 
nests,  Matt.  8:  20. 

alhpichik  ikbi,  v.  t.,  to  nest;  to  make  a 
nest. 

alhpiesa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  fay;  to  suit  exactly; 
aialhpesa,  suitable,  Matt. 6:11;  worthy; 
siqlhpesa  keyu  hoke,  I  am  not  worthy, 
Matt.  8:  8. 

alhpiesa,  a.,  deliberate;  exact;  nice;  pat; 
precise;  respectable;  strict;  alhjnesasJike, 
John  1:  12  [?]  italhpisashke,  shall  be 
likened;  Matt.  7:  26;  iltimqlhpieso,  of 
fended,  Matt.  15:  12;  Luke  3:  14. 

alhpinkachi,  n.,  a  pile  of  corn  piled  like 
cord  wood. 

alhpisa,  pass,  of  apesa,  to  be  judged, 
Matt.  7:  2;  measured,  Josh.  3:  4. 

alhpisa,  n.,  a  decision;  an  estimate;  a 
fulfillment;  an  institution;  a  judgment; 
a  justification;  a  measure;  an  ordi 
nance;  a  plot;  a  scheme;  a  standard;  a 
stint;  a  stipulation;  a  measure,  Matt. 
13:  33. 

alhpishechichi,  v.  t. ,  to  prepare  a  pillow 
for  another,  1  Sam.  19:  13. 

alhpishi,  n.,  a  pillow. 

alhpishi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  pillow;  alhpishi  hosh 
itonla  tok,  1  Sam.  19:  16. 

alhpishi  af oka,  n.,  a  pillow  case;  a  pil 
low-bier. 

alhpishi  falaia,  n.,  a  bolster;  a  long 
pillow. 

alhpishi  inshukcha,  n.,  a  pillow  case; 
a  pillow-bier. 

alhpitta,  pp.,  loaded;  charged;  put  in, 
Matt.  6:  30;  qlhpinta  (nas.  form). 

alhpitta,  n.,  a  load;  a  charge;  isht 
alhpitta,  n.,  wadding;  some  say  noki 
impatqlhpo. 

alhpoa,  alhpoba,  alhpowa,  n.,  domestic 
animals;  fruit  trees,  such  as  are  culti 
vated;  produce;  cattle;  stock;  live 
stock;  a  pet. 

alhpoa,  pp.,  espoused,  Matt.  1:  18;  bo- 
spoken  for;  domesticated;  raised; 
saved,  as  a  tree  or  plant;  tamed;  itiin- 
qlhpoba,  espoused  to  each  other. 


alhpoa  aiimpa,  n.,  a  pasture. 

alhpoa  apistikeli,  n.,  a  pas-tor;  a  herds 
man. 

alhpoa  foni,  n.,  a  rack;  the  fraim-  of 
bones  of  an  animal. 

alhpoa  ilhpita,  pp.,  foddered. 

alhpoa  imilhpak,  n.,  fodder;  forage. 

alhpoa  imilhpak  itannali,  v.  t.,  to 
forage. 

alhpoa  ipeta,  v.  t.,  to  fodder. 

alhpoachi,  alhpolachi,  v.  t.,  to  heap  up 
dirt  or  ashes  around  anything. 

alhpoba,  see  alhpoa. 

alhpoba,  a.,  exotic;  tame. 

alhpoba  hinla,  a.,  tamable. 

alhpohomo,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  laid  on  or  cov 
ered. 

alhpolachi,  see  alhpoachi. 

alhpolosa,  .  pp.,  daubed;  plastered; 
pitched;  smeared  apolnsli  v.  t. 

alhpowa,  see  alhpoa. 

alhpoyak,  n.,  goods;  wares;  merchan 
dise;  a  commodity;  manufactures; 
stuff;  alhpoyak  oklushinlaaiishtqla,  v.  t., 
to  import  goods,  Matt.  17:  25. 

alhpoyak  aiasha,  n.,  a  store;  a  store 
room;  a  store  house. 

alhpoyak  holisso,  n.,  an  inventory. 

alhpoyak  ikbi,  n.,  a  manufacturer. 

alhpoyak  shali,  n.,  a  peddler;  one  who 
carries  goods. 

alhpoyak  toba,  pp.,  manufactured. 

alhpunfa,  pp.,  blown  into;  blowed; 
breathed  in;  inspired;  puffed. 

alhpunfa  chuhrni,  a,,  puffy. 

alhpusha,  pp.,  roasted;  broiled;  toasted; 
aln'  qllipusha;  nip  I  alhpusha. 

alhpusha,  n.,  a  roast. 

alhtaha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  ripen;  hqchim- 
qllitaha,  prepare  you,  Josh.  1:11. 

alhtaha,  a.,  pp.,  ready;  prepared;  done; 
finished;  completed;  complete;  con 
summated;  expert;  fitted;  forward; 
furnished;  matured;  ripened;  aiimqlh- 
taha,  Matt.  13:  54,  56;  thorough,  Josh. 
1:  14;  8:  4;  ikqlhtaho,  a.,  imperfect; 
undone;  unexecuted;  incomplete;  un 
finished;  imqlhtalia,  pp.,  qualified;  ik- 
imqlhtaho,  a.,  unprepared;  unready; 
unsupplied. 

alhtaha,  v.  n.,  to  be  ready;  to  end;  to 
finish;  to  get  through  or  to  be  so; 
cliinriUitaJia,  you  are  ready;  anumpuli 
cldntqlhtaha,  have  you  done  talking? 


78 


BUREAU   OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


alhtaha,  n.,  accomplishment;  readiness; 
a  consummation;  fullness;  maturity; 
preparation;  ripeness. 

alhtaha  hinla,  a.,  handy. 

alhtakla,  a.,  bereaved;  without  friends, 
kindred,  parents,  etc.;  forlorn;  ohoyo 
alhtakla,  a  widow;  a  bereaved  woman; 
alia  alhtakla,  an  orphan  child. 

alhtakla,  v.  n.,  to  be  bereaved. 

alhtakla,  n.,  bereavement;  orphanage; 
an  orphan. 

alhtaklachi,  v.  t.,  to  bereave. 

alhtaloa,  n.,  a  song;  a  hymn. 

alhtaloak,  n.,  a  song;  see  Rev.  15:  3, 
Moses  imalhtaloak. 

alhtampa,  n.,  overplus;  surplus;  bal 
ance;  remainder. 

alhtanafo,  n.,  the  rim  of  a  cane  basket. 

alhtayak,  n.,  character;-  profession; 
calling;  nature;  imalhtayak,  his  calling. 

alhtalwa,  pp.,  sung;  ikalhtalwo,  a.,  un 
sung. 

alhtalwak,  ilhtalwak,  n.,  a  song;  a 
ditty;  a  hymn;  note,  2  Chron.  29:  27. 

alhtannafo,  pp.,  woven;  plaited; 
braided. 

alhtekachi,  v.  t.,  to  press  down,  Luke 
6:  38. 

alhtipo,  n.,  a  tent;  a  pavilion;  a  booth; 
a  lodge;  a  tilt;  a  tabernacle,  1  Sam.  2: 
22;  Josh.  7:  21,  22;  2  Cor.  5:  1. 

alhtipo,  a.,  tented;  alhtipo  asha,  tented. 

alhto,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  be  in;  to  stand  in, 
Matt.  2: 12;  from ani,  v.  t.,  ibalhto,  Matt. 
13:  49;  Josh.  10:  1;  peni  alhto,  Matt.  14: 
13;  il  a  I  alhto,  we  are  in  here;  anlhto,  nasal 
form,  being  in,  John  21:  8;  Matt.  4:  21. 
Cf.  also  Matt.  14:  32. 

alhto,  v.  t.,  to  hold;  to  contain. 

alhto,  pp.,  poured  in;  put  in;  from  ani, 
v.  t.,  to  pour  in;  ibalhto,  mixed,  Matt. 
13:  49;  it  ibalhto,  mixed  together. 

alhto,  n.,  lading. 

alhtoba,  v.  a.  i..  to  be  in  the  place  of 
another;  to  be  in  the  stead  of;  to  suc 
ceed;  to  be  sold,  Matt.  10:  29;  akchi- 
aUitoba,  let  me  take  your  place;  imqlh- 
tomba,  have  their  reward  Matt.  6:  2, 
5,  16. 

alhtoba,  adv.,  instead. 

alhtoba,  a.,  vicarious;  expiatory. 

alhtoba,  n.,  pay;  wages;  hire;  price, 
Matt.  13:46;  reward,  Matt.  5:12;  rec 
ompense:  postage;  a  charge;  ferriage; 


pilotage;  carriage;  freight,  etc.;  com 
pensation;  damages;  a  disbursement; 
expense;  a  fee;  fees;  a  fine;  alien;  meed; 
merit;  payment;  a  premium;  a  prize; 
remuneration;  a  render;  a  reward; 
room  or  stead;  salary;  salvage;  satis 
faction;  a  stipend;  toll;  value;  see  ishl 
alhtoba. 

alhtoba,  n.,  atonement. 

alhtoba,  n.,  a  deputy;  a  proxy;  a  substi 
tute;  a  succeed  er;  a  successor. 

alhtoba,  pp.,  refunded;  remunerated;  re 
warded;  paid;  recompensed;  avenged; 
revenged;  atoned;  compensated;  de 
frayed;  exchanged;  expiated;  liqui 
dated;  italhtoba,  exchanged;  ikalhtobo, 
a.,  unpaid;  unrepaid;  unrewarded. 

alhtoba  chito,  n.,  highness;  dearness; 
high  price. 

alhtoba  hinla,  a.,  expiable;  expiatory; 
imqlhtoba  hinla,  a.,  rewardable. 

alhtoba  hosh  ishi,  v.  t.,  to  supplant. 

alhtobat  atta,  n.,  a  vicegerent. 

alhtoboa,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  take  the  place 
of;  to  take  turns  with;  italhtoboa  sholit 
isht  anya,  to  take  turns  in  carrying  it; 
italhtoboa,  to  exchange  with  each  other; 
to  reciprocate;  italhtoboa,  n.,  rotation; 
itaUitoboachi,  v.  t.,  to  transpose. 

alhtohno,  ilhtohno,  pp.,  hired;  en 
gaged;  employed;  hatak  ilhtohno,  a 
hired  man. 

alhtohno,  ilhtohno,  n.,  a  hireling. 

alhtoka,  alhtuka,  pp.,  pointed  out;  set 
apart;  sent,  John  3:  28;  authorized; 
appointed;  delegated;  deputed;  elected; 
selected;  nominated;  ordained;  voted; 
to  be  taken,  Josh.  7:  16,  17,  18;  hatak 
alhtoka,  a  committee;  atokuli,  v.  t. 

alhtoka,  n.,  authority;  appointment;  a 
delegate;  elect;  the  Messiah;  the 
anointed;  Jesus  Christ;  an  ordina 
tion. 

alhtokoa,  alhtokowa,  pp.,  pointed  out; 
set,  Luke  2:  34;  commissioned. 

alhtoshoa,  alhtoshowa,  pp.,  removed 
from  one  place  to  another;  translated; 
construed;  rendered  into;  interpreted, 
Matt.  1:  23;  explained. 

alhtosholi,  v.  t.,  to  transfer;  to  remove; 
to  translate;  to  interpret;  to  construe; 
to  render  into. 

alhtosholi,  n.,  a  translator. 

alhtuka,  see  alhtoka. 


BYINGTO"^] 


A    DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


79 


alhtuka  keyu,  a.,  unengaged. 

alia,  n.,  a  child;  children,  Matt.  14:  21;  a 
brat  (a  low  word);  a  papoose;  hachim- 
qlla,  your  children,  Matt.  7:  11;  alia 
yosh,  children,  Matt.  11:  16. 

alia,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  a  child;  slqlla,  I  am  a 
child;  chialla,  thou  art  a  child;  slalla 
ma,  when  I  was  a  child;  nasal  form  anla. 

alia  aiimpa,alla  aiishko,  n.,  a  porringer; 
a  basin  for  a  child. 

alia  anusi,  n.,  a  child's  bed;  a  cradle; 
a  crib. 

alia  anusi  foki,  v.  t.,  to  cradle. 

alia  apistikeli,  v.  t.,  to  watch  or  nurse 
children;  to  nurse. 

alia  apistikeli,  n.,  a  nurse. 

alia  ayupi,  n.,  a  bathing  place  for  chil 
dren. 

alia  alhtakla,  n.,  an  orphan;  a  bereaved 
child  without  father  or  mother. 

alia  chipunta,  n.,  young  children;  small 
children. 

alia  ch.uh.mi,  a.,  child  like;  puerile. 

alia  eshachin  inpalammi,  v.  a.  i.,  to 
labor;  to  travail. 

alia  eshi,  alleshi,  v.  t,,  to  bear  children; 
to  bring  forth  a  child;  to  have  a  child; 
"to  be  confined." 

alia  eshi,  n.,  childbearing. 

alia  haksi,  n. ,  "asaucebox;"  a  torn  boy; 
an  urchin. 

alia  himmita,  n.,  a  stripling. 

alia  holisso  pisa,  n.,  a  pupil;  pupilage; 
a  schoolboy. 

alia  infoka,  v.  a.  i.,  to  conceive;  to  be 
come  pregnant. 

alia  inki  iksho,  a.,  base  born;  illegiti 
mate. 

alia  inki  iksho,  n.,  a  bastard;  an  illegiti 
mate. 

alia  ikimiksho,  a.,  childless;  barren, 
Luke  23:  29. 

alia  ilahobbi,  allilahobbi,  a.,  acting 
like  a  child;  pretending  to  be  a  child; 
puerile;  childish. 

alia  isht  aiopi,  n.,  the  youngest  child; 
the  last  child. 

alia  isht  illi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  die  in  childbed. 

alia  nakni,  n.,  a  boy;  a  male  child;  a 
chap;  a  lad;  a  shaver;  a  son;  a  male 
infant;  see  Matt,  1:  21,  22;  Luke  1:  13, 
where  alia  nakni  is  the  translation  of 


alia  oka  isht  imokissa,  n.,  pedo-bap- 

tism;  infant  baptism  (the  old  form  of 

expression ) . 

alia  pishechi,  v.  t,  to  suckle  a  child. 
alia  sholi,  v.  t.,  to  bring  forth  a  child; 

to  dandle. 

alia  sholi,  n.,  a  nurse, 
alia  tek,  n.,  a  girl;  a  female  child;  a  lass. 
alia  tek  haksi,  n.,  a  romp;  a  rude  girl. 
alia  tek  holisso  pisa,  n.,  a  school  maid. 
alia  toba,  n.,  adoption. 
alia  tomba,  n.,  childhood. 
alia  tomba,  v.  n.,  to  be  in  the  state  of  a 

child;  alia  satombama  illitok. 
alia  yakni  pataffi,  n.,  a  plow  boy. 
allahe!  interjection  of  displeasure,  used 

by  the  ancients  in  scolding  children. 
allachi,  causative  form;  HaUachi,  to  make 

himself  a  child, 
alleh,     ali,  hale,    exclam.    of    distress, 

uttered  by  children  when  in  pain;  oh! 

oh,  dear! 

alleshi,  see  alia  eshi. 
allikchi,  alikchi  (q.  v.),  n.,  a  doctor;  a 

physician;  a  curer. 
allilahobbi,  see  alia  ilahobbi. 
alloluat,  see  alolua. 
allonsabi,  n.,  infanticide. 
allota,  see  alola. 
allunsi,  allonsi,  alosi,  n.,  an  infant;  a 

babe;  a  baby;  a  papoose;  a  suckling,, 

Matt.  2:  8,  11;  Luke  18:  15;  alosi  puta 

han,  Matt,  11:25. 
almachi,  n.,  a  fan. 
almo,  pp.  pi.,  trimmed;  cut;  picked; 

pulled;   mown;  reaped;  clipped;  crop 
ped;  sheared;  shorn. 
almo,  n.,  that  which  is  picked,  etc. 
almochi,  n.,  cream;  scum, 
almoli,  see  albonli. 
alosi,  see  allunsi. 

alwasha,  v.  a.i.,  to  fry;  to  parch,  as  coffee, 
alwasha,  pp.,  fried;  parched;  poached; 

toasted,   Josh.  5:  11;  nipi  at  alwasha; 

kqfi  at  alwasha. 
aleha,  see  aliha. 
ali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  end;  out  aiqli  and  il- 

aiali;  ikali,  to  verge;  out  all,  to  eventuate; 

to  terminate, 
ali,  n.,  the  edge,  end,  limit,  boundary, 

line,  borne  or  bourne;  the  extent;  the 

margin;  the  mete;  the  verge;  a  wing; 

a    border,   Josh.    4:  19;    yqmmqt   imali; 


80 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


yqmmokosh  imqli;  yqinmak  osh  qli,  etc.; 
isJit  imqiekashkeh,  take  him  to  the  edge 
or  verge  of,  Matt.  5:  21,  22. 

alichi,  v.  t.,  to  end;  out   aialichi,  Josh. 

'  5:3. 

aliha,  aleha,  n.  pi.,  all;  the  whole;  the 
whole  company;  each  one  and  all  of, 
Luke  6:  17;  Matt.  5:  1;  12:  2,  46;  13:  49; 
17:  6,  10;  it  differs  from  "all"  in  that 
it  directs  the  mind  to  each  one;  tqshka 
qlihama,  the  body  of  warriors.  This 
word  is  added  to  nouns  to  indicate  plu 
rality  of  persons  and  sometimes  of 
things.  See  Matt.  2:  1,  4,  5,  6,  7,  16, 
17,  18,  23;  (of  wolves),  nashobaisikopa 
qleha,  see  Matt.  7:  15;  qleha  hat  is  dis 
tributive;  qleha  yqt  is  collective. 

alipila,  adv.,  toward  the  end. 

alipilla,  at  the  end;  away  to  the  end; 
outmost. 

am,  my,  pre.  pos.  pro.  1st  per.  sing,  in 
the  nom.  case  before  a  noun  beginning 
with  a  vowel,  as  qmisuba,  my  horse, 
Matt.  2:  6;  John  2:  2. 

am,  pre.  per.  pro.  1st  per.  sing,  in  the 
dative  case  before  verbs  beginning  with 
a  vowel  or  diphthong,  and  to  be  ren 
dered  often  with  a  prep,  in  Eng.  as  of 
me,  to  me,  for  me;  qmia,  qmanumpuli, 
qinanoli,  qmaianll,  qmachi,  "saith  unto 
,  me,"  Matt.  7:  21. 

am,  I,  per.  pro.  1st  per.  sing,  before  a 
neuter  verb  formed  from  an  adj.,  as  am- 
okjmlo,  I  am  mad;  "to  me  evil;"  see 
cJtim,  John  1 :  33. 

am,  used  before  verbs  when  removed 
from  the  noun,  as  isuhat  qniilli,  qllat  qm- 
illi,  instead  of  qmqllnl  illi. 

ama,  to  give  me;  from  ima,  to  give  or  to 
give  him;  chikmino,  neg.  form;  ikemo, 
he  did  not  give  him;  issiaiqmashke, 
give  thou  me,  Matt.  14:  8. 

amafo,  n.,  my  grandfather  and  his  bro 
thers,  including  their  father,  grand 
fathers,  etc.,  male  cousins  and  their 
paternal  ancestors;  my  father-in-law, 
i.  e.,  the  father  of  a  woman's  husband, 
the  proper  appellation  for  a  woman 
to  use  in  speaking  to  her  husband's 
father;  cltitnafo,  inntfo,  )>!rn<tfo,  etc. 

amalak,  n.,  my  sister's  husband;  my 
brother-in-law. 

amalak  usi,  n.,  my  wife's  brother;  my 
brother-in-law. 


amalak  usi  ohoyo,  n.,  my  wife's  sister; 
my  sister-in-law. 

amanni,  n.,  my  brother,  and  one  older 
than  the  brother  who  speaks;  my 
brother  who  is  older  than  myself. 

amanni,  n. ,  my  sister,  and  one  older  than 
the  sister  who  speaks;  my  sister  who 
is  older  than  myself  (always  both  per 
sons  are  of  the  same  gender). 

amifn,  a.,  equal  in  size  and  age. 

amim,  v.  n.,  to  be  equal  in  size  and  age. 

amintafi  v.  t.,  to  open;  to  cut  open,  as 
the  carcass  of  a  hog;  qmint'qfa,  pp;  see 
mitqffi,  from  which  these  are  derived. 
qmintoli,  pi. 

amishoa,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  rub  against. 

amishofa,  pp.,  rubbed;  rubbed  against. 

amishom,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  rub  against 
and  pass  by;  to  cause  to  graze;  iti 
chanqlli  at  id  an  qmishonfa,  the  wagon 
was  rubbed  against  the  tree. 

amishokachi,  pp.  pi.,  rubbed  off;  shqpo 
at  qmishokqchit  hishi  taha. 

amisholichi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  rub  against; 
suba  hat  shukcha  yan  iti  an  qmisholichit 
okpqni  fehna. 

ammi,  a.,  my;  mine. 

ammi,  v.  n.,  to  be  mine,  Matt.  10:  37. 

ammi  keyu  achi,  v.  t.,  to  disclaim;  to 
disown. 

ammi  toba,  v.  a.  i.,  to  become  mine, 
Luke  4:  6. 

ammona,  a..,  incipient. 

ammona,  n.,  the  beginning;  the  dawn; 
the  commencement;  ammona  ataha 
aiena  kqt  iksJio,  a.,  eternal;  n..,  eternity. 

ammona,  adv.,  first,  Matt.  12:  45;  Josh. 
8  :  5;  qmmonakano,  Matt.  8:  21. 

ammona  isht  ia,  v.  a.  i.,  to  rise. 

amo,  v.  t.  pi.,  (tabli,  sing),  to  pick;  to 
pull;  to  trim;  to  mow;  to  reap,  Matt. 
6:  26;  to  cut;  to  clip;  to  gather,  Luke 
6:  44;  to  cut  off;  to  crop;  to  rid;  to 
shear;  to  slip;  j><tnki  an  <iiqnto,  gather 
grapes  of,  Matt.  7:  16;  sltumqti  akon 
aiqrno,  gather  of  thistles. 

amo,  n.,  a  gatherer;  a  picker;  a  shearer. 

amohmi,  v.  i.,  to  do  anything  entirely, 
utterly,  and  absolutely,  Matt.  5:  34; 
iksJiok  fnnoliini;  ikxltoka  qmohrni  (for 
ikshokqmohmi,  as  often  heard)  there  is 
none  at  all;  qmohmichi,  qmohminchi, 
cans.,  1  Sam.  15:  3;  Josh.  10:  1;  11:  11, 
12,  20,  21. 


BYINGTOX] 


A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


81 


amohoyo,  n.,  my  woman;  my  wife. 

amombalaha,  n.,  my  brother-in-law, 
i.  e.,  my  husband's  brother,  his  uncles 
and  nephews  (language  of  a  woman). 

amoshi,  amoshshi,  n.,  my  uncle,  i.  e., 
my  mother's  brother  or  brothers  and 
male  cousins. 

anankosh,  pro.,  I.  the  one  who. 

ani,  v.  a.  i.,  to  bear  fruit;  to  yield  fruit; 
to  bring  forth  fruit,  Matt.  7:  17;  ana- 
he  keyukma,  when  it  can  not  bear  fruit, 
Matt.  7:  18;  ani  chatuk;  qnikmqt,  Matt. 
13:23;  ahani,  Ps.  1:  3. 

ani,  n.,  fruit  of  the  berry  kind;  a  berry; 
a  nut;  fruit  in  general,  Matt.  7:  16. 

ani,  v.  t.,  to  pour  into  a  vessel;  to  infuse; 
Hani,  in  yourselves,  Mark  9:50;  pass. 
qlhto. 

ani  chilofa,  n.,  a  windfall. 

anit  wanya,  v.  t.,  to  bring  forth  fruit, 
Luke  3:9;  Matt.  13:  8. 

annoa,  annoa,  anoa,  (q.  v.),  n.,fame. 

annoa,  anoa  (q.  v. ),  pp.,  noised. 

annoachi,  see  anoachi. 

annonto,  pro.,  as  for  me. 

ano,  I,  me,  mine,  Matt.  5:  11;  quo  qto, 
Matt.  5:  22,  32,  34,  39,  44;  17:  27; 
ano  an,  me,  Matt.  11:  6;  qno  qkinli, 
myself;  compounds:  qnonkosh;  annon 
to;  qnonto;  see  ano. 

apa,  v.  t.,  to  mouth. 

apa,  v.  a.  i.,  v.  t.,  to  eat;  generally  used 
when  speaking  of  a  single  article  of 
food;  when  a  meal  or  several  articles 
is  spoken  of,  the  word  impa  is  used; 
to  fare;  to  feed;  to  pick,  Matt.  15:  32; 
onush  apa,  onush  qlwasha  apa,  Josh.  5: 
11,  12;  qpqt  isht  ia,  began  to  eat,  Matt. 
12:  1;  Josh.  5:  11;  ikpo,  Matt.  15:  32; 
ampa,  ahampa,  ahampahi  oke,  shall  be 
gnashing,  Matt.  8:  12;  noti  ahampa, 
Matt.  13:42, 50;  apa  is  an  irreg.  verb,  like 
qbiand  ala;  conj.:  apali,  ishpa,  apa,  epa 
(Matt,  6:  31);  ilohqpa,  hqshpa,  apa,  akpo, 
chikpo,  ikpo,  kepo,  kilohapo,  hqchikpo, 
ikpo;  sapa,  eat  me,  John  6:  57; 
okapanki  pqska  isht  qlhpim  apa,  to 
commune;  qpqt  tall,  v.  t.,  to  devour; 
qpqt pisa,  v.  t.,  to  taste;  qpqt  ikpeso,  a., 
un  tasted. 

apa,  n.,  food. 

apa,  n.,  an  eater. 

apa  kitinisi,  n.,  a  morsel. 

apanuknla,  n.,  a  whirlwind. 

84339°— Bull.  46—15 6 


apanuknla,  v.  a.  i.,  to  blow,  as  a  whirl 
wind. 

apat  tali,  v.  t.,  to  devour;  to  consume. 

api,  n.,  the  stalk;  a  vine;  a  handle;  a  tree; 
a  cob;  a  helve;  a  haft;  a  trunk;  a  body; 
a  leg;  a  blade,  Matt.  13:  26;  a  straw; 
a  spire;  the  warp  or  chain  of  cloth  as 
woven;  a  staff;  a  stock;  ahqpi,  a  potato 
vine;  aiomanili  qpi,  a  chair  leg;  hihi 
qjn,  a  mulberry  tree;  dmhaji!,  a  hoe 
handle;  hqshuk  qpi,  a  spear  or  blade  of 
grass;  iskifqpi,  an  ax  helve;  nusqpi, 
an  oak  tree;  the  trunk  of  an  oak;  the 
body  of  an  oak;  onusliqpi,  a  blade  of 
wheat;  wheat  straw;  a  stalk  of  wheat; 
tanchqpi,  a  cornstalk:  a  corncob. 

api  aiishi,  n.,  a  thole. 

api  isht  ala,  n.,  the  lower  end. 

apiha,  see  apeha. 

apishia,  n.,  a  piazza;  aboha  apish  ia,  a 
piazza,  that  extends  all  round  an  old- 
fashioned  house. 

apohtuki,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  close  and  light, 
as  a  room. 

appokni,  apokni,  n.,  my  grandmother; 
my  granddam. 

asananta,  see  asananta. 

askufa,  v.  t.,  to  put  a  petticoat  upon 
one's  self  (feminine  gender). 

askufa,  pp.,  girded;  belted;  begirt  (fem 
inine  gender) . 

askufa,  n.,  a  petticoat  (doubtful). 

askufa  tapa,  n.,  a  coat;  a  petticoat, 

askufachechi,  v.  t,,  to  put  a  petticoat  or 
belt  upon  another  person;  to  begird 
another  person;  to  gird;  itaiqskofqche- 
chi,  to  gird  himself,  John  21:  18. 
Perhaps  there  is  a  mistake  and  it 
should  be  ilaiqskofachi,  as  in  John 
21:  7. 

askufachi,  pp.,  girded. 

askufachi,  v.  t.,  to  gird  one's  self;  to 
put  a  belt  on;  to  begird;  ila  isJtt  qsko- 
fachi,  to  gird  himself,  John  13:  4;  to 
gird  the  loins,  2  Kings  9:1. 

asseta,  v.  a.  i.,  to  cleave  to;  to  love. 

ashke,  see  ishke. 

ashwa,  ashwa  (q.  v. ),  v.  a.  i.  pi.  and 
dual,  to  sit;  to  be  there;  chuka  itqsluca. 

ashwanchi,  aswanchi,  ashwanchi,  v. 
a.  i.,  to  be  engaged  about  something; 
to  be  active  or  busy;  ittashwandii,  to 
keep  at  work  (at  it),  singular. — J.  E. 


82 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  40 


at,  art.  (see  hat  and  yqt),  the;  the  one; 
Chekob  at,  Jacob  he,  Matt.  1:  2;  iti  ok- 
pulo  at,  a  corrupt  tree,  Matt.  7:  18;  iti 
at,  a  tree,  Matt.  7:  19;  at,  rel.  pro.,  who; 
the  one  who;  the  which. 

ata,  adv.  particle,  as  ishlqta,  have  you 
come  (when  not  expected)? 

atai,  atai,  n.,  buckeye  (accent  on  last 
syllable;  unu.sual  in  this  respect  and 
unusual  in  ending  with  a  diphthong). 

ataiya,  v.  a.  i.,  to  lean  on  or  touch  at; 
at  ay  alt,  tr.  sing.,  to  cause  to  lean 
against  or  to  touch  at,  as  a  boat  or  ship; 
qtayoli,  pi. 

atakapulechi,  see  itakopulechi. 

atanapoa,  v.  t.,  to  jump  over;  iti.  an 
•itanapoa,  to  jump  over  a  log. 

atanapolechi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  jump 
over. 

atanapoli,  v.  t.,  to  jump  over. 

atanabli,  v.  t.,  to  lay  on  the  second 
strata  of  leaves,  etc. 

atanabli,  n.,  underbrush;  undergrowth; 
the  second  layer  of  leaves  in  woods. 

atanapa;  teak  qtanqpa,  a  yearling. 

atapa,  pp.,  scotched. 

atapachi,  atapachi,  v.  t.,  to  hasp;  to 
fasten. 

ataya,  v.  a.  i.,  to  lean;  pit  atayqt,  John 
21:  20;  2  Kings  9:  30;  see  ataiya. 

ato,  ato,  art,  the  one;  as  for  the  (by 
way  of  contrast  to  others);  qno  ato,  I, 
in  distinction  from  them  of  old  time, 
Matt.  5:  22,  32,  34,  39,  44;  aiishi  ato,  he 
that  received,  Matt.  13:  23;  hatak  ato, 
men,  Matt.  16:  13. 

ato,  ato,  rel.  pro.,  the  one  who,  as  for 
the  one  who,  etc. 

atta,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  born;  to  come  into 
the  world;  to  stay;  to  live;  to  reside; 
qmqtta,  aiatfatok,  Matt.  14:  6;  anta, 
nasal  form,  to  abide;  to  dwell;  to 
inhabit;  ixJit  atta,  \.  t.,  to  use;  to  em 
ploy;  to  be  busy  with  or  about. 

atta,  v.  a.  i.,to  heal;  to  cicatrize;  iJcqto, 
not  healed;  luchoica  ikato,  a  chronic 
ulcer. 

atta,  v.  t.,  to  occupy;  Ixlit  atta,  to  occupy; 
ixlit  iniqtta,  ministered  unto  him,  Matt. 
8:  15.  ' 

atta,  n.,  a  birth;  nitvk  aiatta,  a  birthday. 

atta,  n.,  an  occupant;  a  resident. 

atta,  pp.,  horn;  healed;  cured;  cica- 
tri/ed;  remedied;  qtq/ta  or  itatonli  (old 


style),  healed  up  or  united  and  healed; 
ikatto,  a.,  unborn. 

atta  ammona,  n.,  infancy;  an  infant; 
primogeniture. 

atta  ammona,  a.,  primogenial. 

atta  hinla,  a.,  healable;  curable. 

attahe  keyu,  a.,  incurable. 

attahpi,  n.,  birth,  Matt.  1:  18;  primo 
geniture;  the  first  born,  Josh.  17:  1. 

attapachi,  v.  t.,  to  hasp;  to  fasten. 

attach!,  n.,  a  healer;  a  curer. 

attachi,  v.  t.,  to  heal  a  sore  or  wound; 
to  cicatrize. 

attat  akowa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  come  down, 
Matt,  8:  1. 

attat  anya,  Matt.  15:  22. 

attat  falama,  v.  a.  i.,  to  return  from, 
Luke  4:  1. 

attat  hofanti,  pp.,  educated;  raised; 
brought  up. 

attat  hofantichi,  v.  t.-,  to  raise;  to  edu 
cate;  to  bring  up. 

attat  ia,  v.  a.  i.,  to  start  from;  to  depart 
from,  Matt.  12:  9;  15:  22;  to  go  from, 
Luke  3:  4  [?];  to  go  on  from,  Matt.  4: 
21;  to  pass  forth  from,  Matt.  9:  9. 

attat  isht  ia,  v.  a.  i.,  to  rise;  to  begin  to 
heal,  etc. ;  to  take  a  start. 

attat  xninti,  v.  a.  i.,  to  come  from; 
ashwal  minti,  pi.  (antqt  minti  and  anshwqt 
minti,  nasal  forms,  can  not  be  used 
because  they  include  the  idea  of  con 
tinuance). 

attepuli,  v.  t.,  to  make  a  pavilion;  to 
pavilion;  to  tent. 

ba,  adv.,  nothing;  merely;  certainly; 
surely;  ia  li  ba,  I  merely  go;  I  just  go; 
I  will  just  go,  and  meaning  that  nothing 
shall  prevent;  a  word  used  chiefly  by 
children. 

ba  is  compounded  with,  and  forms  the 
termination  of,  several  words;  amba, 
kamba,  chumba,  yoba,  hioba,  chikimba, 
tokba,  nahba,  kbato,  okbato,  kbano, 
okbano. 

bachali,  n.  sing.,  bacholi,  pi.,  a  row;  a 
course;  a  stick  of  timber  lying  straight, 
as  a  joist;  sabaiyi  bacltali  iria,  my 
nephews;  lit.,  my  row  of  nephews; 
tancJtt  iwhina  bachali,  rows  of  corn,  i.  e., 
the  furrows  and  not  the  standing  corn; 
(tarwlii  baiilli,  a  row  of  standing  corn; 
takkon  api  at  baiilli,  a  row  of  peach 
trees). 


BYINGTON]  A   DICTIONARY   OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


83 


bachali,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  make  a  furrow  for 

planting  corn;  to  lay  in  a  straight  line; 

Hi  tilit  bachali,  to  blaze  trees  in  a  line 

for  a  road. 

bachaya,  a.,  prostrate,  and  lying  in  a  row 

so  as  to  touch  all  the  way. 
bachaya,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  lie  connected 

in  a  line  or  row;  tanchi  inhina  at  bachan- 

ya,  the  corn  rows   are   laid  off;   iti  at 

bachaya,  the  tree  or  the  timber  is  laid ; 

ahchaba  at  bok  aflbachanya,  a  foot  log 

lies  across  the  creek. 
bachaya,  v.  pass.,  laid  in  a  line;  laid  off; 

lusa  at  bachaya,  the  black  (line)  is  laid, 

i.  e.,  on  a  stick  of  timber  for  hewing; 

hina  at  bachaya,  the  road  is  laid  off,  or 

the  road  is  marked  off. 
bachaya,  n.,  a  row;  a  line;  a  course;  a 

vein;    hina  bachaya,    line  of   a    road, 

Josh.  2:  19. 
bachoha,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  lie  in  courses; 

hina  at  bachoha,  to  lie  in  lines;  issubaai- 

itinlimia  yat  bachoha,  the  race  paths  for 

horses  are  laid  off,  or  are  there. 
bachoha,  n.  pi. ,  rows;  ranks;  courses. 
bachoha,    pp.    pass.,    laid    in    lines  or 

courses. 
bachohat  manya,  v.  a.  i.,  to  lie  in  rows 

or  lines;   hina  at  bachohat  manya  hoka 

ishpisa  chin,  as  the  roads  are  laid  off, 

you  will  see  them. 
bachohmanya,  n.,  a  noun  derived  from 

the  foregoing  verb. 
bacholi,  v.  t.,    to    lay  in  rows  or  lines; 

to  make  rows,  lines  or  furrows  for  rows. 
bacholi,  n.  pi.,  rows. 
bacholi,   n.  pi.,    those    that  lay  off  in 

rows. 
bafaha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  grow,  as  a  bush;  osapa 

at  bafahat  kanla,  the  field  is  grown  over 

with  bushes. 
bafaha,    n.,    a  bush;    a  green   bush;    a 

thicket;    bafaha    and    bafalli  are    both 

used  for  bush  and  bushes;  bafaha  chanli, 

cut  a  bush;  bafalli  chanli,  cut  the  bushes; 

but  bafaha  anuflka  and  bafalli  anu^ka, 

in  the  bushes,  is  proper, 
bafalli,  n.  pi.,   bushes;  a  thicket;  green 

brush, 
bafalli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  grow,  as  bushes;  osapa 

yat  bafallit  kania,  the  field  is  grown  over 

with  bushes. 
bafalli,  a.,  shrubby;  bushy. 


bafalli  foka,  a.,  bushy;  grown  up  with 
bushes  (applied  to  a  large  place). 

bafalli  talaia,  n.,  a  clump;  a  tuft;  a  small 
thicket  (applied  to  a  small  place). 

baha,  pass.,  gored,  stabbed,  jabbed,  by 
being  struck  with  a  straight  forward 
blow;  pricked;  pierced;  uski  o*h  baha, 
the  cane  jabbed  him,  iti  osh  baha,  the 
wood  jabbed  him,  and  bashpo  i/osh  baha, 
the  knife  jabbed  him,  are  transitive 
forms. 

baha,  n.,  a  jab;  a  stab;  bashpo  bahd,  a 
knife  stab;  uski  baha,  a  cane  stab. 

banhachi,  n.,  baa,  the  cry  of  a  sheep; 
chukfi  at  banhachi,  the  sheep  says  ba^h 
or  bananh. 

bahafa,  pass.,  gored,  stabbed,  or  jabbed 
by  being  struck  with  a  blow  that  comes 
up,  as  cows  do  when  they  hook;  alia 
nakni  at  bahafa,  the  boy  is  gored. 

bahaffi,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  gore;  to  stab;  to 
jab;  to  pierce;  to  stick;  to  thrust  with 
an  upward  motion,  as  hogs  with  their 
tusks  and  cattle  with  horns,  and  to 
thrust  a  man  with  a  knife  with  the 
point  up. 

bahaffi,  n.,  a  stabber;  a  gorer. 

bahpo,  bappo,  n.,  a  kind  of  nut  pudding 
made  of  corn  and  peanuts. 

bahpo,  pass,  of  bahjmll  (q.  v. ),  made  into  a 
nut  pudding;  bahpot  alhtaJia,  it  is  beaten 
and  ready. 

bahpuli,  v.  t.,  to  beat  up  parched  corn 
and  parched  peanuts  for  bahpo;  to 
pound  corn  and  peanuts  for  bahpo. 
The  corn  and  peanuts  are  both  parched 
and  then  beaten  or  pounded  together. 
The  meat  of  hickory  nuts  is  sometimes 
used. 

bahta,  n.,  a  bag;  a  pack;  a  budget;  a 
knapsack;  a  scrip;  a  wallet,  Matt.  10: 
10,  bahta  at  iksho,  no  scrip,  Mark  6:  8. 
This  word  differs  but  little  from  shukcha 
(q.  v.);  hqpi  shukcha,  salt  sack,  kafi 
shukcha,  coffee  sack,  are  used,  but  not 
bahta. 

bahta  chito,  n.,  a  bale;  a  big  bag. 

bahta  chito  abeli,  v.  t.,  to  bale,  or  to 
put  up  in  a  bale  or  big  bag;  tanchi  an 
bahta  chito  yon  abeli,  to  put  up  corn  in 
a  big  bag. 

bahta  chito  abiha,  pass.,  baled;  put  up 
in  a  bale. 


84 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


bahta   chito   hoshinsh   aialhto,    n.,    a 
tick;  a  bed  tick;  lit.,  a  big  bag  holding 
feathers, 
bahta    shinuk  aialhto,  n.,  a  sandbag; 

a  bag  having  sand  in  it. 
bahtushi,  n.,   a  pouch;   a  small  bag;  a 

satchel;  a  scrip;  a  wallet, 
baialli,  v.  a.  L,  to  stand  in  files  or  rows; 

or  baiilli  (q.  v.). 
baiallit  anya,  v.  a.  i.,  to  move  in  a  single 

file. 

baiallit  ala,  v.  a.  i.,  to  arrive  in  a  row. 
baiallit  heli,  v.  a.  i.   pi.,    to   stand   in 

ranks, 
baiallit  hika,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  stand  in 

a  row  or  single  file, 
baiallit  manya,  v.  a.  i.,   to  advance  in 

file, 
baiallit   minti,  v.  a.    i.,  to  come   in   a 

row. 

baiet  binya,  bait  binya,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to 
move  in  ranks  as  soldiers,  not  abreast 
but  one  following  another. 
baieta,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  stand  or  go  in 
a  row,  one  after  another,  as  men  or 
animals  in  a  single  road;  cans.,  baietachi 
orbaietat  hinli,  to  stand  in  a  row;  baietqt 
anya,  to  go  along  in  a  row;  to  stand  in 
a  row,  as  planted  corn  or  trees  when 
set  out. 
baieta,  n.,  a  row  of  corn,  trees,  men,  or 

animals. 

baii,   baiyi,  n.,  white  oak;  name  of  an 
oak  tree  and  its  fruit;  a  white-oak  acorn; 
baii  laua,  plenty  of  white-oak  acorns, 
baii  toba,  a.,  oaken;  made  of  white  oak. 
baiilli,   baialli    (pi.    of    baieta},    pass., 
ranked;    placed    in    rows    or    ranges; 
abaiali,  2  Kings  11:  8. 
baiilli,  baialli  (pi.  of  baieta.),  v.  a.  i.,  to 
stand  in  files  or  rows;  to  rank;  to  fol 
low  in  order  one  after  another, 
baiillichi,  v.    t.,   to   cause   to   follow  in 

ranks;  to  march;  to  place  in  ranks, 
baiillit  nowa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  march  in  sin 
gle  ranks,  but  not  abreast.     It  differs 
from  auatafi,  v.  n.  i.,  to  march  abreast, 
baiillit  nowa,  n.,  a  march, 
bait  binya,  see  baiet  bini/a. 
baiyana,   v.    n.,    to    want.      See   banna, 

from  which  it  is  derived, 
baiyi,  see  bail. 

bakafa,  v.  a.  i.   sing.,  to  split  off;  and 
pp.,  split  off. 


bakaha,  pi.,  bakalichi  sing.,  v.  t.,  to 
cane;  to  baste;  to  strike  with  a  cane  or 
stick;  to  maul;  ofi  yon  bakahali,  I  beat 
the  dog. 

bakaha,  n.,  a  caning, 
bakali,  pp.  pi.,  split;  blocked;  slabbed; 

bakali  ushta,  split  in  quarters. 
bakali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  split;  to  block;  to  slab 
into  several,  i.  e.,  more  than  two,  pieces. 
bakalichi,  v.  t.,  to  split  into  large  blocks; 
to  slab;  to  block;  to  split  puncheons 
for  a  floor. 

bakalichi,  n.,  a  splitter. 
bakapa,   pass.    sing,   of  bakabli   (q.  v.); 
halved  or  divided  into  two  equal  parts; 
cleft;  riven. 

bakapa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  divide  into  two  equal 
parts;  to  cleave;  to  split;  to  divide  once 
in  the  middle;  iti  at  bakapa,  the  tree 
divides  or  opens  in  the  middle. 
bakapa,  n.,  a  half  when  split  in  two;  a 
cleft;  shuka  nipi  bakapa,  half  of  a  hog. 
bakastoa,  pass,   pi.,   split  in  two;    di 
vided  into  two  equal  parts. 
bakastoa,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  split  in  two; 

to  divide, 
bakastoa,  n.   pi.,   halves;  when  things 

have  been  split  open, 
bakastuli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  split  in  two;  to 
halve  them;  to  rob;  holisso  ha™  bakastuli; 
same    as    welipuli,    say   M.    Dyer  and 
Thompson. 
bakabli,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  split  in  two;    to 

halve. 

bakabli,  n.,  a  splitter;  a  divider. 
bakasto,     bakastuli,     pass.,     finished; 
completed;    all  taken,  as  when  a  rob 
bery  is  committed,  or  grain  in  a  field 
is  destroyed, 
bakastuli,  v.  t.,  to  get  all;  to  take  all;  to 

finish, 
bakastuli,  n.,  a  finisher;  one  that  takes 

all. 

bakbak,  n.,  a  large  red-headed  wood 
pecker,  smaller  than  the  tinkti.  bakbak 
at  ])<tnki  akbano  Jion  apa,  the  bakbak 
eats  grapes  only. 

bakli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  split  into  large  blocks, 
whether   halves,    fourths,   or  eighths; 
bakali,  pass.  (q.  v.),  nusa  pi  an  bakli/ i, 
I  split  the  black  oak  into  blocks. 
baklichi,  v.  t.,  to  score. 
bakna,  n. ;   hnbakna,  the  rennet  (or  run- 
net)  or  stomach  of  cows  or  deer. 


A  DICTIONARY   OF   THE   CHOCTAW   LANGUAGE 


85 


bakoa,  bakowa,  a.,  spotted;  pied;  large 
check;  brinded;  tabby  brinded;  tabby; 
dapple;  dappled;  wak  at  bakoa,  the  cow 
is  spotted;  nan  tanna  at  bakoa,  the  cloth 
has  large  checks;  abakslia  hat  bakoa,  the 
chicken  snake  is  pied. 

bakoa,  v.  n.,  to  be  spotted,  pied,  etc. 

bakoachi,  bakowacm,  v.  t.,  to  make 
spotted,  pied,  etc. ;  to  dapple. 

bakokoa,  n,  pi.,  spots. 

bakokona,  a.  pi.,  spotted;  pied;  large 
check. 

bakokona,  v.  n.  pi.,  to  be  spotted. 

bakokunkachi,  n.  pi.,  large  white  and 
red  spots. 

bakokunkachi,  bakokunkachi,  a.  pi., 
spotted;  sintulo  at  bakokunkachi,  the 
rattlesnake  is  spotted. 

bakokunkaclii,  v.  n.  pi.,  to  be  spotted. 

bakowa,  see  bakoa. 

bakowachi,  see  bakoachi. 

balakli,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  leap  up;  like 
halakli. 

balakli,  balakli  (the  best  forms)  bilakli, 
v.  a.  i.,  to  wilt;  iti  hishi  at  bilakli,  the 
leaves  wilt. 

balakli,  pass.,  wilted;  see  bilakli. 

balaklichi,  v.  t.,  to  wilt;  to  make  it  wilt. 

balali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  creep,  as  a  child;  to 
crawl;  to  grovel;  alia  yat  balali,  the 
child  creeps. 

balali,  n.,  a  creeper;  a  crawler;  a 
groveler;  alia  balali,  a  child  creeper. 

balama,  a.,  fragrant;  odoriferous;  am 
brosial;  balmy;  sweet;  odorous;  redo 
lent — used  with  reference  to  the  smell 
of  objects  only. 

balama,  v.  n.,  to  be  fragrant. 

balama,  n.,  a  sweet  odor;  savor;  flavor; 
scent;  smell,  as  of  a  rose;  na balama,  n., 
incense,  Luke  1:  10;  Rev.  5:  8.  nan  isht 
balama,  2  Cor.  2: 15;  a  savor;  Eph.  5:  2. 

balama,  pass,  perfumed. 

balamachechi,  v.  t. ,  to  perfume  another 
person  or  thing;  to  incense  another  per 
son  or  thing;  to  cause  one  to  perfume 
another. 

balamachi,  balamachi,  v.  t. ,  to  make  it 
fragrant,  balmy,  sweet;  to  scent  well; 
panshi  an  balamachi,  to  make  the  hair 
balama;  naf okay an balamachi,  to  make 
the  garments  balama. 

balalli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  creep,  as  a  vine;  to  run, 
as  a  vine;  to  scramble. 


balalli,  n.,  a  creeper;  a  scrambler;  a  vine. 
baleli,  maleli,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,   to  run,  as 

an  animal  or  a  man,  1  Cor.  9:  24;  Gal. 

5:  7;  emallihinlaxhke,  Ileb.  12:  1;  mab-li 

is  the  more  common  word:  tilaijn  dual 

(q.    v.);    tilahanya,    tilahanyatok    "did 

run,"    Matt.   28:  8:    i/il<>p<i,  pi.,    Mark 

9:  15. 

baleli,  n.,  a  runner. 
baluhchi,  n.,  the  hickory  bark  which  is 

used  in  making  rope*. 
balup,  n.,  slippery  elm;  also  the  linden, 

or  lind  tree;  the  teil  tree. 
bali,  v.  t.,  to  stab;  to  gore;  to  hook  and 

jab;  to  strike  straight  forward;  to  jab; 

to  beat  up  the  materials  for  making 

bahpo;   to   dagger;    to    dirk;   to    pick; 

to   prick;   to  push;   to  spur;   to  stick; 

to    beat,    as    meat    in    a    mortar;     to 

thrust;  to  pierce,  John  19:  34;  Rev.  1:  7; 

itinbali,  to  gore  each  other;  issi  nipt  yan 

bali,   beat  the   venison;    tu.nshpat  bali 

ho'"',  or  tushpat  bali  hon,  make  haste  and 

beat  it ! 
bali,   n.,  a  stabber;   one   that    gores  or 

hooks;  a  thruster;  a  beater. 
bali,  n.,  a  push;  a  stab;  a  thrust. 
balichi,  v.   t.,    to   make  anything  stab, 

gore,  etc. 
bam,  balam,  n.,  balm,  Gen.  37:  25;  bam 

is  the  Choctaw  pronunciation  of  balm. 
bambaki,  bamboki,  a.,  not  even;  rough; 

bulbous;  rolling,  as  land  having  swells. 
bambakichi,  v.  t.,  to  make  uneven. 
bamboki,  v.  n.,  to  be  uneven. 
bamppoa,  pass.,  shot  with  a  blow  gun; 

discharged  from  a  blow  gun,  whether 

the  arrow  has  hit  the  object  shot  at  or 

not. 

bamppoa,  n.,  a  discharge;  a  shoot, 
bamppulli,  v.   t.,  to  shoot  with  a  blow 

gun. 
bamppulli,  n.,  a  shooter;  one  that  shoots 

with  a  blow  gun. 
banatboa,   banatboha,   v.  a.  i.   pi.,    to 

wave;  to  billow. 
banatboa,  banatboha,    n.    pi.,  waves; 

willows. 
banatbohachi,  v.  t. ,  to  cause  the  waves 

to  rise;  to  cause  the  water  to  wave, 
banatha,  n.,  a  wave;  a  billow;  a  rolling; 

a  surge;  a  heave,  James  1:  6;  Matt.  8:  24; 

oka  banatha,  Matt.  14:  24. 
banatha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  wave;  to  billow;  to 

roll;  to  heave. 


86 


BUREAU   OP  AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


banathachi,  v.  t.,  to  make  it  wave,  bil 
low,  or  roll;  banatkachi,  pi. 

bano,  adv.,  only;  altogether;  perfectly; 
completely;  all;  merely;  simply;  to 
tally;  utterly;  wholly;  entirely;  ishi- 
bcmo,  Matt.  7:8;  receives  entirely,  Josh. 
1:  16,  17;  yammakbano,  that  only;  yak- 
bano  hon,  Matt.  4:  4. 

bano,  a.,  mere;  naked;  simple;  only; 
iij i  bano,  barefoot;  nipi  bano,  naked. 

bano,  a.,  alone;  entire;  stark;  Hap  bano, 
himself  alone;  Matt.  14:  23;  hatak  bano, 
man  alone;  bano  preceded  by  k  is  used 
for  the  sign  of  the  optative  mood; 
mintikbano,  only  that  he  comes. 

bano,  v.  n.,  to  be  alone;  to  be  entire; 
banokmat,  2  Sam.  18:  25;  banot,  Matt. 
11:  21. 

banochi,  banuchi,  v.  t.,  to  make  it  entire; 
to  make  solitary  or  alone;  ilap  banocli'd 
hassanJUammachinka,  ye  shall  leave  me 
alone,  John  16:  32. 

baptismo,  n.,  baptism,  Matt.  20:  23; 
21:  25. 

baptismo,  pass.,  baptized,  Matt.  20:  23; 
1  Cor.  10:  2;  baptismo  used  with  active 
prep. 

baptismochi,  v.  t.,  to  baptize,  Matt.  3:11; 
baptismohonchi,  freq.  Mark  1:  4;  Matt. 
28:  19;  baptismochechi. 

baptismochi,  n.,  a  baptist;  one  who 
administers  baptism;  a  baptizer. 

baptist,  n.,  a  baptist;  John  the  Baptist, 
Matt.  3:  1;  11:  11. 

basaboa,  pass,  pi.,  sparks  made. 

basacha;  basancJia,  in  luak  basancha,  a 
spark  of  fire. 

basachi,  see  bamlichl. 

basaha,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  pop  or  snap,  as 
burning  wood. 

basaha,  n.,  a  pop;  a  snap. 

basahachi,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  cause  it  to  pop 
or  to  snap;  to  make  sparks. 

basahkachi,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  pop;  to  snap. 

basahkachi,  n.  p].,  a  popping;  a  snap 
ping. 

basak,  basak,  n.  sing.,  a  pop;  a  snap 
ping  noise;  snap  of  a  stick,  of  clay 
thrown  against  a  wall,  or  of  the  fist  in 
giving  a  blow. 

basakachi,  v.  a.  i.,  lit.  to  say  basak',  to 
snap;  to  pop. 

basali,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  snap;  to  pop;  to 
explode,  as  burning  wood. 


basali,    n.  pi.,  a   popping;   a  snapping, 
basali chi,  basachi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  cause  a 

snapping  or  popping. 
basasunkachi,  n.  pi.,  a  popping;  a  snap 
ping. 
basasunkachi,     a.,     brindled;     striped; 

scarred. 
basasunkachi,  basasunkachi,  v.  n.,  to 

be  brindled  or  striped, 
basisakachi,   v.  a.  i.    pi.,    to   snap;    to 

crack;   to  pop. 
basoa,  v.  n.,  to  be  striped;  to  be  brindled; 

to  be  brinded;  to  be  checked  and  tabby; 

basasoah. 
basoa,  a.,  striped;    brindled;    brinded; 

tabby. 

basoa,  pass.,  streaked, 
basoa,  n.,  stripes;  spots  of  different  col 
ors;  a  streak;  a  stripe;  basaxoah. 
basoachi,  basoachi,  v.  t.,  to  stripe;  to 

make  brindled;  to  streak. 
basoli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  stripe. 
basoli,  n.  pi.,  stripes. 
basolichi,  v.  t.  caus.,   to   make   striped 

work,  as  cloth. 
basosunkachi,    basasunkachi,    n.    pi., 

scars;     marks;    small     checks;     small 

stripes. 

banspoah,  n.,  slabs,  or  slats  of  paling, 
basunlash,  n.,  the  gall;  the  bile;  bamin- 

lash  homi,  gall  of  bitterness,  or  bitter 

gall,  Acts  8:  23. 
basunlash    aiatto  or  aialhto,  n.,   the 

gall  bladder. 

basunlash  okchi,  n.,  the  gall;  the  mat 
ter  secreted  in  the  liver,  Matt.  27:  34. 
bashankchi,  n.,  elder,  name  of  a  shrub. 
banshka,  n.,    a  good   nature;    a  gentle 

disposition. 

banshka,  a.,  good  natured. 
banshka,  v.  n.,  to  be  good  natured. 
banshka  achukma,  a.,  friendly. 
banshkiksho,  a.,  sullen;  irritable;  cross; 

morose;  perverse;  rugged;  unpeaceable. 
banshkiksho,  v.  n.,  to  be  sullen. 
bashukcha,  n.,  the  sumac  which  bears 

the  purple  bud.      The  other   kind   is 

called  bat!  (q.  v.). 
bat,  adv.,  only;  each;    contracted  from 

bano  or  bano  liosh;  tuklo  bat  la,  two  and 

two  go,  or  two  in  each  company  go. 
bat,  times,  as  tuklo  bat  tuchinakmat  hanali, 

twice  3  is  6. 


BYINGTONJ 


A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


87 


batammi,  watammi,  v.  t.,  to  trip  up 

another  in  wrestling. 
bato,  conjunctive  form  of  bano.    See  kba- 

to  and  kbano. 
bachalusha,  n.,  sleet. 
bachalusha,  v.  a.  i. ,  to  sleet. 
bachalushachi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  the  sleet 

to  fall. 

bahcha,  bachcha,  n.,  a  ridge  of  land. 
bahcha  ikbi,    v.    t.,    to   ridge;  to  make 

ridges. 

bahcha  pissa,  n.,  a  straight  ridge. 
bahcha  tabokaka,   n. ,    the  top   of  the 

ridge. 
bakokunkachi,  bakokunkachi  (q.  v.), 

a.,    spotted;    having    many    colors,    as 

Joseph's  coat,  Gen.  37:  3. 
bala,  n.,  a  bean;  the  name  of  one  kind  of 

bean  which  is  large. 
bala  hakshup,  n.,  a  bean  pod;  skin  of  a 

bean. 

bala  hobbi,  n.,  boiled  beans. 
bala  okchi,  n.,  bean  porridge, 
balakachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  gulp;  to  swallow  in 

large  drafts. 
balbaha,  v.  a.  i. ,  to  talk  in  a  foreign  or 

unknown   language;    to  prattle,  as  an 

infant, 
balbaha,  n.,  one  that  talks  in  a  foreign 

language. 
balbaha  toba,  v.  a.  i.,  to  become  one  that 

talks  in  a  foreign  language. 
Balbancha  (from  balbaha  -\-  ansha],  n., 

New  Orleans;  a  place  of  foreign  lan 
guages. 
balli,  v.  t. ,  to  cut  up  underbrush ;  to  clear 

land  by  cutting  off  the  undergrowth. 
ball,  v.  a.  i.,  to  hit. 
banaha,  n.,  boiled  corn  bread  wrapped 

in  leaves,  in  which  boiled   beans  are 

mixed;  a  roll,  as  of  bread  or  butter. 
banaiya,  n.,  a  ridge,  as  a  corn  ridge,  etc. ; 

bqnaboa,  pi. 

banaiyachechi,  v.  t.,  to  ridge;  to  ruffle. 
banaiyachi,  n. ,  a  ridge,  such  as  is  made 

in  a  field  where  corn  is  planted. 
banakachechi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  fluctu 
ate  or  ripple, 
banakachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  fluctuate;  to  roll, 

as  the  waves;  to  ripple;  to  ruffle;  to 

undulate. 

banakachi,  n.,  a  sea;  a  wave, 
banakachi,  a.,  rough,  as  troubled  water. 
banakachi,  pass.,  ruffled. 


banna,  v.  a.  i.,  to  want;  to  desire;  to  wish, 

Matt.  5;  42;  to  crave;  to  seek,  Luke  (>, 

19;  to  will,  Matt,  14:  5;  to  gape;  to  long; 

to  need;  to  pant;  to  strive;  to  water, 

as   the   mouth    waters;    tkbnnno,   n.   f. 

ikchibqnnokashke,  thou  shalt  not  wish; 

baiyana,  pro.  form,  (ibanixt,  to  want  of 

or  for;  in  want  of,  Matt.  0:8;  to  need, 

Matt.  6:  32;  ikbaiyqnno,  a.,  not  willing; 

ikbqnno,    a.,   averse;    loath;   reluctant; 

unwilling;  v.  n.,  to  be  averse. 
banna,  a.,  minded;  prone;  wishful;  ikbqn 
no,  a.,  reluctant* 
banna,  n.,  a  longing;  a  wish;  a  need;  a 

wanting. 

banna,  n.,  a  wisher;  one  who  wants, 
banna  fehna,  v.  t.,  v.  a.  i.,  to  covet;  to 

hanker;  to  wish  intently. 
banna  fehna,  a.,  covetous,  greedy. 
bappo,  see  bahpo. 

basa,  n.,  the  name  of  the  fish  called  pike. 
basak,  see  basak. 
basasunkachi,     see     basdsunkachi    and 

basosunkachi. 
baska.    basto,  v.    a.    i.,    to    game;    to 

gamble;  to  play  with  cards  or  marbles; 

to  card. 
baska,  basto,  n.,  a  gambler;  hatak  bqxka, 

a  gambler. 
basha  (from  bqshli,  v.  t. ),  pass.,  sawn; 

cut;   carved;   mown;   mowed;   reaped; 

clipped;      gashed;     gelded;     marked; 

plowed;   sheared;    shorn;   ikbqsho,  a., 

unmarked;  un wounded, 
basha,  n.,  a  gash;  an  incision;  a  mark;  a 

cut  with  a  saw  or  knife. 
basha  hinla,  a.,  perishable. 
bashat  holisso,  bashat  holisso,   pp., 

graved;  engraved;  cut  and  written, 
bashat  holisso,  n.,  an  engraving. 
bashechi,  v.    t,,    to  wilt;   to    blast;  to 

wither;  to  shrink, 
bashi,  bashshi,   pass.,  wilted;  blasted; 

blighted;  contracted;  faded;  withered, 
bashi,  bashshi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  wither,  Matt, 

13:  6;  to  wilt;  to  blast;  to  contract;  to 

fade;   to  flag;   to  languish;   to  perish; 

bashi  ch«tuk,  John  15:  6;  bqshit  tahatok, 

withered  away,  Matt,  13:  6;  21:  19. 
bashi,  n.,  a  languisher. 
bashkachi,  pass,  pi.,  laid  in  rows;  laid 

side  by  side,  as  sleepers  under  a  floor; 

bachaya,  sing. 


88 


BUREAU   OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


bashkachi,  a.  pi.,  lying  in  rows,  as  rows 
of  timber;  hina  bqsJikqcJd  puta,  the  rows 
of  roads;  bok  uslii  bashkachi  puta,  the 
branches  running  in  one  direction,  side 
by  side,  as  if  in  rows. 

bashkachi,  v.  n.,  to  lie  in  rows;  to  be  in 
rows. 

bashkachi,  n.,  rows. 

bashli,  v.  t.,  to  saw;  to  cut  with  a  draw 
ing  motion,  as  with  a  knife,  sword, 
scythe,  or  sickle,  and  therefore  also 
meaning  to  mow  and  to  reap;  to  clip; 
to  castrate;  to  emasculate;  to  gash;  to 
geld;  to  hurt;  to  mark;  to  nick;  to 
reap;  to  shear;  to  slash;  see  Matt.  5:  30, 
bashlit  tqplit  ishkanchashke;  ilebqsJdi,  to 
cut  himself. 

bashli,  n.,  a  cutter;  a  sawyer;  a  mower; 
a  reaper;  a  marker;  a  shearer. 

bashli,  n.,  an  incision;  a  cut. 

bashlit  holissochi,  v.  t.,  to  engrave. 

bashlit  holissochi,  n.,  an  engraver. 

Bashokla,  or  Paskokla,  n.,  Pascagoula; 
bread  people,  or  cutting  people  [almost 
certainly  "bread  people." — EDS.]. 

bashpapi,n.,  a  knife  handle — a  compound 
word  from  bqshpo  knife,  and  qpi,  han 
dle,  stem,  or  stalk. 

bashpo,  n.,  a  knife;  aknife  blade;  ablade; 
Josh.  5:  2,3. 

bashpo  chito,  n.,  a  large  knife;  bashpo 
chito  inshukcha,  n.,  a  scabbard;  a  sheath. 

bashpo  falaia,  n.,  a  long  knife;  a  sword, 
Josh.  5:  13;  the  blade  of  a  sword;  a 
rapier;  a  dirk;  a  bilbo;  a  dagger,  Matt. 
26:  51,  52;  10:  34;  Turk  inbqshpo  falaia, 
a  Turk's  sword,  i.  e.,  a  scimiter. 

bashpo  falaia  aiulhpi,  n.,  a  hilt;  the  hilt 
of  a  sword. 

bashpo  falaia  atakali  askufachi,  n.,  a 
sword  belt. 

bashpo  falaia  halupa,  n.,  a  sword  blade. 

bashpo  falaia  inshukcha,  bashpo  falaia 
afohka,  n.,  a  scabbard  for  a  sword, 
Matt.  2(3:  52. 

bashpo  falaia  inshukcha  fohki,  v.  t.,  to 
scabbard. 

bashpo  falaia  patha,  n.,  a  broadsword. 

bashpo  ibbak  pishinli,  n.,  a  table 
knife;  a  case  knife. 

bashpo  isht  impa,  n.,  a  table  knife;  a 
case  knife,  lit.  a  knife  to  eat  with. 


bashpo  isht  itibi,  n.,  a  dirk;  a  rapier;  a 
stiletto,  lit.,  a  knife  to  fight  with. 

bashpo  italankla  halupa,  n.,  a  two- 
edged  knife;  a  knife  sharpened  on  both 
sides. 

bashpo  poloma,  n.,  a  clasp  knife;  a 
pocketknife. 

bashpo  wishakchi,  n.,  the  point  of  a 
knife. 

bashpuli,  v.  t.,  to  sweep;  to  remove;  to 
obviate,  as  to  prepare  a  path. 

bashpuli,  n.,  a  sweeper. 

bashpushi,  n.,  a  small  knife;  a  pen 
knife;  from  bashpo,  knife,  ushi,  son. 

bashshi,  see  bqshi. 

basht,  cut  and ;  this  is  a  contraction  from 
bashlit,  to  cut  and. 

basht  pisa,  v.  t.,  to  cut  and  see. 

basht  tapli,  v.  t.,  to  cut  off. 

basht  tapli,  n. ,  excision;  basht  tqpa,  pass. , 
cut  off. 

basht  tapli,  v.  t.,  to  amputate;  to  cutoff; 
to  mutilate. 

basht  tushaffi,  v.  t, ,  to  cut  off;  to  slice  off. 

bashto,  n.,  the  overcup  oak  tree. 

bati,  n. ,  the  high  sumac. 

beka,  a.,  alone;  mere;  stark;  bieka,  the 
prolonged  form  of  beka. 

beka,  v.  n.,  to  be  alone;  bieka  in  qno  sa- 
bieka  hosh  hikialachfr  hoke,  John  16:  32, 
in  an  old  translation;  ishbieka,  Deut. 
28:  13. 

beka,  bieka,  adv.,  alwrays;  commonly; 
usually;  only;  merely;  simply;  totally; 
hitherto,  Acts  23:  1;  Luke  20:  20;  yoh- 
mi  beka,  he  does  so  always;  yqmmak 
beka,  that  one  only;  beka  is  used  in 
speaking  of  the  customary  actions  of 
one  wTho  is  dead,  while  cJiatuk  is  used  in 
speaking  of  such  actions  of  one  who  is 
yet  alive;  chatuk  connects  a  past  act 
with  present  time,  beka  does  not. 

befc,  v.  t.,  to  breast,  as  a  suckling  calf 
or  lamb. 

biakak,  biyankak,  n.,  a  hawk;  a  chicken 
hawk. 

bicha,  pass.,  drawn;  taken  from  a  cask. 

bicha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  spout,  as  water. 

bichataha,  pp.,  racked;  drawrn  off. 

bicheli,  v.  t.,  to  draw  liquor;  to  take 
from  a  cask;  to  cause  a  liquid  to  run 
out;  to  draw;  Inta!  ho  bicheli  cha, 
"Draw  out  now!  "  John 2:  8. 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY   OF    THE   CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


80 


bicheli,  n.,  a  tapster;  a  drawer. 
bicheli,  v.  t.,  to  draw  a  small  quantity 

of  liquid  from  a  cask, 
bichet  tali,  v.  t.,  to  rack;  to  draw  off 

from  the  lees;  to  draw  the  liquor  all  off  • 
bichillahe  keyu,  a.,  waterproof;    (lit.)' 

it  will  not  leak, 
bichilli,  pichilli,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  leak  out; 

to  ooze;  to  percolate;  to  run  out  gently; 

oka  hat  sakti  apichilli,  the  water  drips 

from  the  bank;  itqlhfo  aiyqt  bicMlli,  the 

keg  leaks. 
bichillichi,  pichelichi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  cause 

to  ooze  out;  to  burst  them;  to  break 

them  so  that  the  liquid  will  flow  out 

gently. 
bichokachi,  pp.  pi. ,  bent;  sprung;    iti  at 

bichokachi,  the  wood  is  bent. 
bichokachi,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  bend;  to  spring. 
bicholi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  bend, 
bicholi,  n.  pi.,  benders. 
bicholichi,  v.  t.  pi.  cans.,  to  bend;   to 

make  them  bend. 
bichota,  pass.,  bent;  sprung. 
bichota,  v.  a.  i.,  to  bend;  to  spring. 
bichotakachi,  v.  a.  i. ,  to  spring  a  single 

time, 
bichubli,  bochubli,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  squeeze 

in  the  hand. 

bichunko,  n.,  the  brisket, 
bichulli,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  bend;  to  spring; 

bichunli,  nasal  form,  bending. 
bichulli,  n.,  a  bender. 
bichullichi,  v.  t.  cans.,  to  bend. 
bichupa,   bochopa,   pass.,    squeezed   in 

the  hand;  from  bichubli,  v.  t.  (q.  v. ). 
bieka,  from  beka  (q.  v. ),  a.,  mere,  John 

16:  32. 

bieka,  adv.,  merely;  only. 
bifisha,  n.,  a  cluster  of  little  bushes. 
bihi,    n.,  a  mulberry;   the    fruit  of   the 

mulberry  tree. 

bihi  api,  biliapi,  n.,  a  mulberry  tree, 
bihi  chito,  11.,  a  large  mulberry;  a  iig, 

John  1:  48;   Luke   13:  6  (changed   to 

fik  in  the  last  edition). 
bibi  chito  hishi,  n.,  a  fig  leaf, 
bihi    holba,    n.,    a   sycamore,    1   Kings 

10:  27. 

bihi  talaia,  n.,  a  mulberry  grove. 
biliapi,  see  bihi  api. 
bihkachi,  pi.,  to  be  rent  and  worn  out, 

as  cloth.     This  may  be  a  contraction 

of  the  genuine  word. 


binka,  minka,  a.,  each;  both;  like;  re 
sembling;  of  the  same  kind  or  species; 
chaha  kqt  kubit  pokali  l>inka,  each  ten 
cubits  high,  1  Kings  6:  23;  Hnbinkn, 
each  himself;  both;  (Jen.  40:5. 

binka,  n.,  a  fellow;  tishn  pUMtt,  our 
fellow-servant,  Col.  1:  7;  i/(t/>  binka, 
their  fellows,  Matt.  11 :  16. 

binka,  v.  n.,  to  be  like,  or  of  the  same 
kind;  liatak  sabinka,  a  man  who  is  like 
me;  na  hollo  chibinka,  a  white  man  who 
is  like  you. 

binka,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  whine,  as  a  puppy; 
to  yelp. 

binkbia,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  whine;  to  yelp. 

binkbia,  n.,  a  whine. 

binkbia,  n.,  a  whiner. 

bikbina,  n.,  a  knop,  Ex.  37:  17;  25:  23; 
see  kibiksJii. 

bikeli,  v.  t.,  to  touch;  to  press  up  against 
with  a  point  or  the  end  of  anything;  to 
touch  the  side  with  a  pointed  object;  to 
flow  in  or  over,  as  the  tide;  okhqta  cliito 
at  bikeli;  mikma  wishakclii  okqt  shutik 
tabokaka  bikelashke,  and  whose  top  shall 
reach  heaven,  Gen.  2:  4. 

bikeli,  n. ,  a  stick  or  anything  that  touches 
or  reaches  to  something  else;  a  support; 
a  supporter. 

bikelichi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  reach  up  to; 
to  strike  against  an  object  overhead; 
shutik  Jtqkakkia  bikelichi  bqnnql  alian- 
shuatok,  they  desired  to  cause  it  to  reach 
up  to  the  sky. 

bikobli,  bokobli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  bud;  to  put 
forth  buds;  to  shoot;  takon  api  at  bikobli, 
the  peach  tree  buds. 

bikobli,  pass.,  budded;  put  forth  in  buds. 

bikobli,  n.,  a  bud;  buds;  a  gerni;  the 
shoot  of  a  plant. 

bikoblichi,  v.  t..  to  cause  to  bud. 

bikoha.,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  bend. 

bikoha,  pp.  pi.,  bent;  'bikota,  sing. 

bikoha,  n.,  bends. 

bikokachi,  pass,  pi.,  bent. 

bikokachi,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  bend. 

bikoli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  bend  without 
breaking. 

bikoli,  n.  pi.,  the  persons  who  bend; 
benders. 

bikolichi,  v.  t.  cans.,  to  bend;  to  make 
them  bend. 

bikota,  pass,  sing.,  of  bikulli,  bent. 


90 


BUREAU    OF    AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


bikota,  v.  a.  i.,  to  bend;  to  crouch;  to 
sag;  to  sway. 

bikota,  n.,  a  bend;  the  bend. 

bikota  hinla,  a.,  flexible. 

bikota  keyu,  a.,  unyielding* 

bikotahe  keyu,  a.,  inflexible;  imanuk- 
fila  bikotahe  keyii  (his  mind  bend  will 
not),  inflexible  in  purpose. 

bikotakachi,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  bend  once. 

bikulli,v.  t.  sing.,  to  bond;  to  iricurvate; 
to  sag;  bikunli,  nasal  form,  to  be  bend 
ing. 

bikulli,  n.,  a  bender. 

bikullichi,  v.  t. ,  to  1  >end ;  to  cause  to  bend ; 
to  make  it  bend. 

bikuttokachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  cower;  to  squat; 
to  courtesy  (as  a  lady) ;  to  bow  or  bend 
down;  isi  at  bikuttokachi  (the  deer  bends 
down),  koi  at  (the  tiger);  or  aba  hu*hi 
at  bikuttokachi  (air,  fowl  of,  it  squats). 

bila,  11.,  oil;  fat;  gravy;  grease;  nita  bila, 
bear's  oil;  shukha  bila,  hog's  fat. 

bila,  v.  a.  i.,  to  melt;  to  dissolve;  to  fuse; 
to  thaw;  to  resolve;  bihinla,  Josh.  2:  9, 
11;  to  melt  or  faint,  Josb.  7:  5. 

bila,  a.,  unctuous;  greasy. 

bila,  pass.,  melted;  dissolved;  fused; 
thawed;  liquefied;  resolved;  ikbilo,  a., 
unmelted,  unthawed;  ikabilo,  a.,  un- 
dissolved. 

bila  bieka,  a.,  oily;  only  oil;  oil  entirely. 

bila  hinla,  a.,  fusible;  dissolvable,  (lit.) 
melt  can. 

bila  chapka,  nani  chapka,  nia  chapka, 
n.,  a  cockroach. 

bila  onlaha,  pass.,  basted;  moistened 
with  fat. 

bila  onlali,  v.  t.,  to  baste;  to  drip  fat 
upon  meat;  to  moisten  with  fat. 

bila  pala,  n.,  a  lamp;  an  oil  lamp. 

bilahama,  pass.,  oiled;  anointed;  an 
ointed  with  oil. 

bilahammi,  v.  t.,  to  anoint  with  oil; 
i.  e.,  him  or  herself. 

bilahammichi,  v.  t.,  to  anoint  another 
with  oil. 

bilahe  keyu,  a.,  indissoluble,  (lit.)  melt 
will  not. 

bilakli,  balakli  (q.  v.),  v.  a.  i.,  to  wilt;  to 
droop;  to  wither. 

bilakli,  pass.,  wilted;  a.,  flaccid;  pp., 
withered. 

bilankli,  n.,  a  small  round  and  long  hill. 

bilakliclii,  v.  t.,  to  wilt;  to  wither. 


bileli,  v.  t.,  to  melt;  to  fuse;  to  thaw;  to 
dissolve;  to  colliquate;  to  liquefy;  to 
resolve;  to  run;  "to  make  melt," 
Josh,  14:  8;  bilct,  contracted  form  with 
t  conjunctive. 

bileli,  n.,  a  melter. 

bilelichi,  v.  t.,  to  melt;  to  cause  to  melt. 

bilhkachi,  pi.  of  binili. 

bilia,  adv.,  always,  Matt.  18:  10;  perpetu 
ally;  forever;  continually;  eternally; 
regularly;  off,  Josh.  4:  7,  24;  away;  iat 
bilia,  gone  away,  gone  off,  Heb.  13:  8; 
IdMa  biliat  peh  biliashke,  stands  forever 
and  ever,  Heb.  1 :  8. 

bilia,  a.,  continual;  eternal,  John  3:  15; 
ever;  e'er;  everlasting,  John  3:  16;  in 
cessant;  lasting;  perennial;  permanent; 
perpetual;  unbegotten;  unceasing;  un- 
intermitted;  unremitted;  aiissikkopa 
bilia  and  aiokchayat  bilia,  Matt.  25:  46. 

bilia,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  or  do  always;  to  con 
tinue,  ano  yokat  hachiapehat  ay  at  biliali, 
Matt.  28:  20  (old  translation). 

bilia,  v.  n.,  to  be  always;  to  be  forever; 
to  be  continual;  to  continue  evermore; 
okcha^ija  na  biliahe,  John  6:  51;  hachi- 
yukpa  na  biliashke,  rejoice  ye  evermore, 
1  Thess.  5:  16;  abilia,  adv.,  forever, 
Matt.  6:  13;  where  it  is  always;  to 
eternity. 

biliachechi,  v.  t.,  to  perpetuate. 

biliachi,  v.  t.,  to  make  perpetual  or  con 
tinual. 

bilinka,  adv.,  just;  nigh;  close  by;  at 
hand;  Chihowa  aiibilinka,  nigh  to  God, 
James  4:  8. 

bilinka,  11.,  nearness;  vicinage;  vicinity; 
bilinka  alatok,  2  Sam.  18:  25;  abilfrka,  a 
suburb;  a  neighborhood,  Josh.  20:  5; 
inbllika,  n.,  propinquity  to  it,  him,  or 
her;  inbilinka,  a.,  snug. 

bilinka,  a.,  near;  close  by;  close;  bilika 
felnia,  too  close;  contiguous;  adjacent; 
imminent;  nigh;  proximate,  Matt.  3:5; 
it  inbilinka,  a.,  thickset;  near  to  each 
other;  bilinkakmak  bano  pixa,  a.,  near 
sighted;  to  see  that  only  which  is  near. 

bilinka,  v.  t. ,  to  come  near;  to  near;  to 
approach;  itinbilinka,  to  come  near  each 
other;  itinbilika  felma,  to  be  too  near 
e.ich  other. 

bilinka,  v.  n.,  to  be  near;  to  be  close  by, 
Matt.  ]»:  29;  bilfrkat  ibataklaf,  Scrip. 
Biog.,  Abraham  and  Lot,  p.  20;  itinb'd- 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY   OF    THE   CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


91 


inka,  to  be  near  each  other;  itibilinka 
d^sha,  n.,  a  neighborhood;  a  proximity 
to  each  other;  nearness  to  each  other. 

bilinkasi,  a.  dim.,  very  near;  not  far  off; 
quite  near,  Matt.  15:  8. 

bilinkasi,  v.  n.,  to  be  very  near;  isJit  in- 
bilinkasi  ilonaslike,  "let  us  draw  near," 
Heb.  10:  22. 

bilinkatta,  v.  a.  i.,  to  reside  near. 

bilinkachi,  v.  t.,  to  bring  near;  to  draw 
near;  to  fetch  near;  to  approximate; 
ilabilinkachi,  Luke  9:  47. 

bilinkatta,  n.,  a  neighbor;  one  that 
dwells  near. 

bilinchi,  v.  a.  i.,  v.  t.,  to  draw  near;  to 
come  near;  to  make  near;  to  draw  nigh; 
to  near;  ishpfobilinchashke,  do  you  come 
near  to  us;  ilap  mat  hachinbilinchachin 
hoke,  he  will  draw  nigh  to  you,  James 
4:  8. 

bilinchi,  a.,  near. 

bilinchi,  adv.,  nearly. 

bilinchi  kat  inshaht  tali,  a.,  nearest. 

[bilinsbi,  n. ,  the  name  of  a  bird. — H.  S.  H.  ] 

bilinsbili,  n.,  a  very  young  turkey,  just 
beginning  to  cry. 

bila,  pass.  pi.  of  bill,  perforated; 
wounded;  hurt;  pricked. 

bila,  a.,  wounded;  hurt. 

bilepa,  sing.,  lipia,  pi.,  to  lie  on  the  face; 
to  lie  low;  to  sit  with  a  downcast  eye; 
bilimpa,  nasal  form. 

bilepa,  pi.  of  binili. — N.  Gardner. 

bili,  v.  t.,  to  bunt,  as  a  calf  bunts  the 
bag  to  make  the  mother's  milk  come, 
i.  e.,  to  work  at  the  bag  by  pushing, 
bunting,  etc.  This  word  is  applied  to 
the  rubbing  of  deer  skins  with  a  stick 
flattened  and  sharp  at  one  end  to  make 
the  skin  soft  and  pliant.— J.  Hudson. 

bili,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  point  at;  to  prick;  to 
wound;  to  hurt;  to  injure  the  feelings; 
to  spur;  chunkas1i  bill,  to  wound  the 
heart;  iti^biU,  to  point  at  each  other, 
etc.;  abili,  to  perforate  at,  i.  e.,  to  set 
up  bushes  or  poles  for  peas,  beans,  etc. ; 
nlpi  isht  bili,  n.,  a  flesh  hook,  1  Sam. 
2:  13. 

bili,  11.  pi.,  wounders;  those  that  wound, 
hurt,  point,  etc. ;  or  one  that  wounds, 
etc. ,  more  times  than  once. 

bilibli,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  point  at;  to  prick; 
to  point  out;  bili  is  the  plural  form 


(q.  v.) ;  cf.  bilihimbli  in  okrlialinc'h;  yan 
chinbilihimbli  kat  kal/o  keyu. 

bilibli,  n.,  a  pointer. 

bim,  n.,  sound  of  a  tree  falling  through 
the  air;  a  roaring. 

bimih.ach.echi,  v.  t.,  to  make  a  roaring. 

bimihachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  roar,  as  lire  in  dry 
grass,  or  as  a  flock  of  birds  when  on  the 
wing;  to  crash;  to  mumble;  to  murmur; 
to  peal. 

bimihachi  n.,  the  roar;  the  roaring;  a 
peal. 

bimimpa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  crash;  to  roar. 

bina,  n.,  a  camp;  a  lodging  place  ont  of 
doors  and  without  shelter;  a  camping 
ground;  an  encampment;  a  tabernacle; 
a  tent,  Josh.  3:  14;  a  host,  Josh.  1:11; 
binah,  1  Sam.  4:  (i;  Una  vihat  kuclta, 
v.  t.,  to  decamp;  to  move  out  of  camp. 

bina  ansha,  pass.,  tented;  camped. 

bina  awiha,  n.,  a  deserted  camp. 

bina  awiha,  v.  t.,  to  move  from  a  camp. 

bina  hilechi,  v.  t,,  to  pitch  a  camp. 

bina  talali,  v.  t.,  to  tent;  to  set  a  tent. 

binachi,  v.t.,  tocamp;  to  encamp;  1  Sam. 
4:  1;  Josh.  8:  9;  binanchi,  nasal  form, 
to  be  camping;  Josh.  4:  19;  5:  10;  10:  5. 

binachi,  n.,  one  that  camps. 

binanchi,  n.,  a  camping;  the  act  of  en 
camping. 

binili,  v.  a.  i.,  to  sit;  to  take  a  seat;  to 
settle;  ont  binilima  "when  he  was  set," 
Matt.  5:  1;  13:  1;  to  fix  one's  habitation 
or  residence;  to  abide,  John  1:  32;  to 
sit  down,  Luke  4:  20;  to  encamp;  to 
light;  to  nestle;  binint;  ilebinili,  to  seat 
himself;  to  sit;  to  perch;  to  rest  on  the 
feet,  as  fowls;  ilabinili,  to  retire;  to  sit 
alone;  ilabinili,  n.,  a  retreat;  a  retire 
ment;  oHibinili,  v.  t.,  to  sit  on;  to  incu 
bate;  to  ride;  tanklabinili,  v.  a.  i.,  to  in 
trude;  to  sit  among. 

binili,  n.,  a  sitter;  a  setter;  one  that  set 
tles;  wihat  binili,  a  colony;  apeliechi  ka 
yqt  wihat  binili,  Col.  Folsom's  colony; 
oklat  wihat  binili,  a  colony  of  people. 

binili,  n.,  a  sitting;  ta^kla  binili,  n.,  an  in 
truder;  binili  hon  ont  pisatok,  Matt.  9:  9; 
tankla  binili,  n.,  an  intrusion. 

binili,  pp.,  seated;  settled;  located;  kan- 
allit  binili,  colonized;  ikbinilo,  a.,  un 
seated;  aclin k mat  ikbinilo,  a.,  unsettled; 
binili  bilia,  a.,  sedentary. 


BUREAU   OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[DULL.  40 


binilichi,  v.  t.,  to  seat;  to  place  on  a  seat; 
to  establish  one  in  a  habitation  or  place; 
to  cause  to  sit  down;  to  settle  him  or 
her  at  a  place,  as  on  new  land;  kanql- 
licJiit  binil.ichi,  v.  t.,  to  colonize;  to  in 
stall;  to  locate;  to  set;  to  settle. 

bininili,  v.  a.  i.  freq.,  to  sit  here  and 
there;  to  be  sitting  here  and  there; 
moving  about  from  seat  to  seat. 

bininli,  v.  t.,  nas.  form,  to  be  sitting,  Gen. 
18:  1;  19:  1;  John  4:  6;  plural  cJii^ya; 
biniJtinli,  frequentative;  binininli,  onbin- 
ininli,  iterative. 

binnilechi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  sit  a  long 
time. 

binnili,  v.  a.  i.,  to  sit  down  a  long  time; 
to  abide,  2  Kings  1:  9;  to  be  there, 
Matt.  6:  9;  15:  13;  16:  17;  18:  10. 

binohmaya,  n.,  a  sitting  round. 

binoht,  cont.  from  binoli;  binoht  taiyaJia 
ma  or  binolit  taJia  ma,  and  were  set  down 
together,  Luke  22:  55. 

binoht   aiasha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  sit  around. 

binoht  aiasha,  pass.,  seated  around, 
John  6:  11. 

binoht  maya,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  sit  round;  to 
sit  by;  yqntma  binoJiinanyatuk,  "sitting 
by,"  Luke  5:  17;  alia  yosh  binohmanya, 
Matt.  11:  16. 

binoli,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  lodge,  Matt.  13:  32; 
to  sit;  to  take  a  seat;  to  settle;  to  sit 
down;  okla  laua  yqt  aka  hashuk  aiom- 
binolachi,  Matt.  14: 19;  onblnollt  ma^ya, 
"which  sat,"  Rev.  12:16;  yqmma  om- 
binilihatukma,  "him  that  sitteth  there 
on,"  Matt.  23:  22;  binolaheoke,  shall  sit 
down,  Matt,  8:  11. 

binoli,  n.,  sitters;  those  who  take  seats  or 
settle;  abinoli,  seats.  See  Matt,  21:  12. 

binoli,  pass.,  seated;  settled. 

binohchi,  v.  t.  cans.,  to  seat;  to  place  on 
a  seat;  to  coloni/e;  to  settle  them. 

binolichi,  n.  pi.,  one  who  colonizes  or 
settles  others;  one  that  seats  others  or 
those  who  colonize. 

bint,  in  'in Hi  bint  achukma. 

bisakchakinna,  bisukchakinna,  n.,  a 
bramble;  a  green  wild  vine  having 
briars  and  bearing  brrries,  growing  in 
swamps  and  low  grounds,  and  called 
the  bamboo  1  trier. 

bisakchakinna  foka,  a.,  brambly; 
thorny;  foka,  about,  etc. 


bisakchula,  n.,  the  name  of  a  weed  re 
sembling  nita  inpisa;  the  leaves  are 
long  and  tough. 

bisali,  bisinli,  n.,  a  sprout;  a  twig;  uksa- 
kqpi  bisinli,  a  hickory  withe. 

bisali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  sprout;  to  shoot  forth, 
as  young  leaves;  to  germinate;  bisanli, 
nasal  form;  bisali,  bisanli,  pp.,  sprouted. 

bisanli,  n.,  a  sprout, 

bisanlichi,  v.  t.  caus.,  nasal  form,  to 
sprout;  to  cause  it  to  sprout  and  grow. 

bisanlih,  n.,  a  crack;  a  chap  in  the  skin 
of  the  hands  or  face;  a  small  crack. — 
J.  G. 

[biskantak.  n.,  a  bird  of  the  tomtit 
family.— H.  S.  H.] 

biskinak,  biskinik,  n.,  a  small  speckled 
woodpecker,  called  by  some  a  sap- 
sucker. 

bislichi,  v.  t. ,  to  milk. 

bissa,  n.,  a  black  berry. 

bissalunkani,  n.,  the  seed  of  the  weed 
spoken  of  below. 

bissalunko,  n.,  a  weed,  the  vulgar  name 
of  which  is  beggars'  lice. 

bissapi,  n.,  a  blackberry  brier;  a  bram 
ble  bush;  a  bramble;  bissapi  akon  panki 
an  aiqnio,  Luke  6:  44. 

bissapi  foka,  a.,  brambly. 

bissukchanaki,  bissalukko,  n.,  thorns, 
Luke  8:  7,  14;  thorns  is  rendered  kqti 
in  the  last  translation. 

bissuntalali,  haiuntalali,  n.,  a  dew 
berry. 

bisukchakinna,  see  bisakchakinna. 

bishahchi,  pass.,  milked;  ikbishacho,  a., 
unmilked;  not  milked. 

bishahchi,  wishahchi,  a.,  milch;  giving 
milk. 

bishbeli,  bishbeli,  v.  i.,  to  ooze  out. 

bishkoko,  bishkokok,  n.,  a  robin;  robin 
redbreast. 

bishkoni,  n.,  name  of  an  oak;  the  acorns 
are  long  and  yellow,  bark  yellowish. 

bishkumak,  n.,  a  red  bird. 

bishlichi,  wishlichi,  v.  t.,  to  milk;  irak 
an  blxltliclti,  he  milks  the  cow. 

bishlichi,  n.,  one  that  milks;  a  milker. 

bita,  n.,  a  turban  or  tire;  a  frontal;  a 
frontlet;  a  head  band;  a  band  for  the 
head.  Choctaw  men  wear  a  silver  band 
on  the  head  called  tali  hqta  bita,  a  silver 
head  band. 


BTINGTOX] 


A    DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CJIOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


93 


bita,  pass.,  turbaned;  having  on  a  frontal 

or  head  band, 
bitanli,  n.,  a  crack;  a  small  crack;  a  chap; 

a  crevice;  a  flaw;  yaknl  bitanli,  a  crack 

in  the  ground,  and  cracked  ground;  a 

large  crack, 
bitanli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  crack  open  slightly;  to 

chap. 

bitanli,  pass.,  cracked   open;    yakni   bi 
tanli. 
bitanlichi,  v.  t.,  to  crack  open;  to  chap; 

to  flaw. 

bitatanya,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  crack  open. 
biteli,  v.  t.,  to  put  a  frontlet  or  turban 

called  a  bita  on  one's  self;  to  put  on  a 

silver  headband. 
bitelichi,  v.  t.,  to  put  a  turban  or  head 

band  on  another  person;  to  crown,  Ps. 

8:  5. 
bitema,  a.,  fetid;  having  a  disagreeable 

smell,  like  that  of  old  bones;  foni  at 

bitema,  the  bones  are  fetid, 
bitema,  v.  a.  i.,  to  smell  bad;  to  be  fetid; 

to  stink, 
bitema,  n.,  fetid;  a  stench  like  that  of 

old  bones. 

bitemachi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  a  fetid  smell. 
bitepa,  v.  t,  sing.,  to  put  the  hands  on; 

to  press  on  with  the  hands;  ibbak  at 

.  .  .  umbitepa,  Luke  4:40;  to  rest  upon, 

while  leaning  on  the  hands;  ombitepa, 

umbitepa,  or  onbitepa  are  usual  expres 
sions  for  "  laying  on." 
bitka,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  bear  on  with  the  hands, 
bitonoa,  botonoa,  pass.,  bent. 
bitonoa,  botonoa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  bend. 
bitonoli,  botonoh,  v.  t.,  to  bend. 
biunko,  n.,  a  strawberry;  biunko  at  nuna, 

the  strawberries  are  ripe. 
biunko  api,  n.,  a  strawberry  vine, 
biuntalali,  see  haiyantalali. 
biyankak,  biankak,  n.,  a  hawk;  a  large 

chicken  hawk, 
boa,    pass.,    beaten;    beat;    hammered; 

pounded;  drubbed;  see  boll. 
boafa,  see  boya/a. 
boat  pilefa,  pass.,  riveted;   beaten  and 

turned  down  on;  botpiliffi  v.  t.,  to  rivet. 
boaffi,  see  boijaffi. 
bochokachi,  pass,  pi.,  squeezed    in  the 

hand. 

bocholi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  squeeze  in  the  hand. 
bochopa,  bichupa,  pass,  sing.,  squeezed 

in  the  hand. 


bochubli,  bichubli,  v.  t.,  sing.,  to  squeeze 
in  the  hand;  to  hold  fast  as  a  trap  holds 
game. 

bochunoa,  pass.,  squeezed  up. 

bochunoli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  squeeze  them  up. 

bochupha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  contract;  draw  up 
and  sink  in  like  the  breast  of  a  child 
with  sickness  in  the  breast. 

bochusa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  warp;  to  curl  up; 
to  twist;  itishima  at  bocJiiixa,  the  shin 
gle  warps. 

bochusa,  pass.,  warped;  bent;  twisted. 

bochusachi,  v.  t.,  to  warp;  to  twist:  to 
curl ;  to  cause  it  to  warp. 

boha;  ok<i  itlbolia,  water  mixed  and  ren 
dered  dirty  or  roily;  k<(Jl  itiboha,  roily 
or  muddy  coffee. 

bohokachi,  v.  t.,  to  churn. 

bohpoa,  pass,  of  bohpuli,  thrown;  slung. 

bohpuli,  v.  t.  pi.,  boli,  sing.,  to  send;  to 
throw;  to  sling;  ixlit  bohpulitfoki,  v.  t., 
to  inject;  isht  bohpulli,  to  take  and 
throw;  isht  bohpulit  oka  itokqrhi  (from 
it  and  okqcld),  to  douse. 

bohpuli,  n.,  a  sender;  a  thrower. 

bok,n.,abrook;  a  creek;  a  natural  stream 
of  water  less  than  a  river;  a  river,  as 
Bok  Jtnmma,  Red  river;  Mississippi  Bok, 
Mississippi  river. 

bok  aiitisetili,  n.,  a  junction  of  creeks; 
a  place  wyhere  the  creeks  meet  and  run 
together. 

bok  aiyanalli,  n.,  the  channel  of  the 
creek;  the  place  where  the  creek  flows. 

bok  anunka,  n.,  a  swamp  on  the  sides  of 
a  creek;  (lit.)  within  the  bok. 

bok  anunka,  a.,  swampy. 

bok  asetili,  n.,  the  mouth  of  a  creek. 

bok  chulaffi,  n.  sing.,  a  single  division 
of  the  creek;  a  branch  of  a  creek;  the 
word  branch  as  used  in  the  South  means 
a  small  brook,  a  rivulet. 

bok  chuli,  n.  pi.,  the  branches  of  water 
courses  belonging  to  one  creek;  the 
head  branches  which  mingle  and  form 
the  creek. 

bok  falaia,  n.,  long  creek;  the  name  also 
of  a  particular  creek,  Long  creek;  Bok 
falaic  akon  mhitili,  I  came  from  Long 
creek. 

bokfalakto,  n.,  the  fork  of  a  creek. 

bokintannap,  n.,  the  side  of  the  creek; 
the  other  side  of  the  creek;  the  oppo 
site  side  of  the  creek. 


94 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL,.  46 


bok  itahnoli,  n.,  junction  of  creeks, 
bok  itipatalhpo,  n.,  a  bridge  made  over 

a  creek,    or  a   crossway  made   in  the 

swamp  near  the  creek, 
bok  mishtannap,  n.,  the  farther  side 

of  a  creek;  the  other  side  of  a  creek. 
bok  ola  intannap,  n.,  this  side  of  the 

creek;  the  side  of  the  creek  this  way. 

Four  words  are  here  compounded,  bok 

creek,  ola  this  way,   in  to  it,  tannap, 

side. 

bok  ola  tannap,  n. ,  this  side  of  the  creek. 
bok  sakti,  n.,  banks  of  a   river,    Josh. 

3:  15. 
bok  ushi,  n.,  (a  diminutive  from  bok,  a 

river,  and  usJd,  son,  lit.,  the   son   of 

a  river);  a  rivulet;  a  brook;  a  branch 

(a  word  in  use  in  the  South,  meaning 

the  same  as  brook) ;  a  rill. 
bok  wiheka,  top  of  a  side  of  a  creek, 
bok  wishahchi,    11.,   the    fountain;  the 

head  of  a  creek, 
bokaf a,  pass,  sing.,  broken  open;  burst; 

cracked;  bokaffi,  v.  t. 
bokaf  a,  v.  a.  i.,  to  break  open;  to  crack; 

to  burst;  to  open;  to  explode, 
bokaf  a,  n.,  a  crack;  an  eruption. 
bokakankachi,  v.   a.  i.,  to  break  open; 

to  burst  open. 

bokali,  pass,  pi.,  broken  open, 
bokalichi,  v.   a.   i.    pi.,   to   break  open; 

bokanli,  nasal  form,  being  cracked  open; 

na  pakanli  bokanli putaka,  "open  flow 
ers,"  1  Kings  6:  18. 
bokalichi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  crack  them  open; 

to  burst;  to  cause  them  to  open, 
bokanli,  n.,  a  bud. 
bokanli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  bud. 
bokanli,  pass.,  budded, 
bokanlichi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  it  to  bud. 
bonkachi,  pass,   pi.,  doubled  up;  rolled 

up;   wrapped  up;   folded  up;   pass,  of 

bunni  (q.  v. ),  v.  t.,  to  double  up. 
bonkachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  roll  up. 
bonkachi,  n.  pi.,  bundles;  rolls. 
bokaffi,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  break  open;  bokaf  a, 

pass. 
bokboki,  a.,  roan;  isuha  bokboki,   a  roan 

horse;  moldy,  as  bread,  Josh.  9:  5. 
bokboki,  v.  n.,  to  bo  roan. 
bokbokichi,  v.  t.,  to  make  of  a  roan  color. 


bokko,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  a  hill;  bo^kko,  nasal, 
being  hilly;  bo^kko  ilanya,  we  go  among 
the  hills. 

bokko,  n.,  a  hillock;  a  knoll;  a  hum 
mock;  a  bank;  a  mound;'  a  mount;  a 
swell;  anything  round  (see  Josh.  5:  3), 
or  like  a  cup;  the  top  of  the  head. 

bokko,  pass.,  banked. 

bokkuchi,  v.  t.,  to  make  a  bank  or  hill; 
to  bank,  2  Kings  19:  32. 

bokkushi,  n.  (a  dim.),  a  small  hillock; 
from  bokko  and  ushi. 

bokobli,  see  bikobli,  v.  a.  i. ,  to  bud. 

bokokakachi,  bokokankachi,  pass., 
broken  open,  as  the  pod  of  certain  fruits, 
etc. 

bokonnoa,  pass. ,  pressed  against. 

bokonoli,  v.  t.,  to  press  up;  to  bend  up; 
to  raise  up,  as  the  seed  which  grows 
underground  presses  against  the  earth, 
and  makes  it  crack  open. 

bokota,  bikota,  v.  a.  i.,  to  bend. 

bokota,  bikota  (q.  v.),  pass.,  bent;  a., 
crooked. 

bokulli,  bikulli  (q.  v.),v.  t.,  to  bend. 

bokupli,  bikobli  (q.  v.),  v.  a.  i.,  to  bud. 

bokusa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  warp;  to  crisp;  to  draw 
up;  to  turn  up. 

bokusa,  pass.,  warped;  crisped;  drawn  up. 

bokusachi,  v.  t.,  to  warp;  to  cause  to 
bend  up  at  the  sides  or  at  the  ends. 

bolbokechi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  make  circles  or 
squares. 

bolboki,  a.  pi.,  circular;  square. 

bolboki,  n.  pi.,  circles;  squares. 

boli,  v.  t.  pi.,  isso  sing.,  to  strike;  to  beat; 
to  bang;  to  hammer;  to  pound;  to  batter; 
to  pelt,  Acts  7:  57;  to  hit  or  strike 
once;  to  bastinade;  to  smite;  to  forge; 
to  lay  on,  as  blows;  to  maul;  to  pelt;  to 
thrash;  boa  (q.  v. ),  pass.,  beaten; 
shaken;  bonli,  nasal  form;  boJionli,  freq. ; 
boyuli,  pro.  form;  ileboli,  to  smite  him 
self;  itiboli,  tostrike  each  other;  to  fight. 

boli,  n.,  a  striker;  a  hammerer;  one  who 
works  with  a  hammer;  a  pelter;  a 
thrasher;  as  tali  boli,  a  blacksmith  or 
ironsmith. 

bolkachechi,  v.  t.,  to  make  circles  or 
squares. 

bolkachi,  a.  pi.,  bolnlda  sing.,  circular. 

bolkachi,  n.,  circles;  squares. 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY   OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


95 


bolunkboa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  make  a  cry  like 
that  of  a  person  who  has  the  night 
mare. 

bolukta,  n.  sing.,  a  circle;  a  square; 
orbed;  a  quadrangle;  roundness;  bol- 
buki,  pi.  This  word  is  used  for  both 
because  there  are  no  distinct  words. 

bolukta,  pass.,  orbed;  squared;  rounded. 

bolukta,  a.,  square;  circular;  round;  four 
square;  quadrangular;  iianlapqski  bo 
lukta,  a  square  pocket  handkerchief. 

bolukta,  v.  n.,  to  be  square  or  circular; 
to  be  round. 

boluktali,  v.  t.,  to  go  round;  to  take 
round. 

boluktachi,  v.  t. ,  to  make  a  square  or  a 
circle;  to  round. 

boli,  v.  t.,  to  stock;  to  store;  to  stow; 
kanima  aboli,  where  to  lay;  Matt.  8: 
20;  to  send,  Matt.  10:  34;  25:  27;  to 
lay ,  Luke  6 : 48 ;  to  lay  down;  to  deposit; 
to  lay  up;  to  put;  to  give;  2  Kings  6: 
28,  29;  Josh.  7:  11;  to  put  out  a  proc 
lamation,  2  Chron.  30:  5;  to  bestow; 
to  lay  up  in  store;  to  offer;  to  couch; 
to  dispose;  to  pack;  to  pawn;  to  pledge; 
to  stake;  boyult,  pro.  f.,  italqllit  boli, 
to  pack  together;  -itaboli,  to  lay  up 
for  himself;  ishilaboli,  you  lay  it  by 
itself;  Hinboli,  to  lay  down  against  each 
other,  as  a  wager;  ikbolo,  a.,  unstored; 
unlaid. 

boli,  n.,  one  that  lays  down,  deposits, 
etc.;  an  offerer;  a  pawner. 

boli,  n.,  a  pawn;  a  pledge;  a  wager. 

bombaki,  bambaki  (q.  v. ),  a.,  rough; 
uneven. 

bonna,  a.,  rolled  up. 

bonuha,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  roll  up. 

bonuha,  pass.,  rolled  up;  from  bonulli 
(q.V.)- 

bonuha,  11.,  a  roll. 

bonulli,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  double  up;  to  roll 
up;  to  bundle  up;  to  wrap  up. 

bonulli,  n.,  a  wrapper;  one  that  wraps. 

bonunta.  pp.,  rolled -up;  doubled  up. 

bonunta,  v.  a.  i.,  to  roll;  to  double;  to 
curl. 

bonunta,  n.,  a  roll;  a  bundle;  a  pack;  a 
liar* 'el. 

boppoa,  pp.,  sent. 

boshulli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  crumble;  to  break  in 
pieces. 


boshulli,  pass.,  crumbled;  broken  in 
fragments;  mashed. 

boshulli,  pi.,  crumbs;  bits;  fragments; 
small  pieces;  ima'uinpd  yon  boxlm/li, 
crumbs  of  his  table,  Luke  1<>:  21 ;  frag 
ments,  Matt.  14:  20;  15:  27,  37. 

boshullichi,  v.  t.,  to  crumble;  to  break 
in  pieces;  to  mash. 

bot,  contracted  form  of  bolt;  bot  gbi,  to 
kill  by  blows;  isht  bot  kanchi,  to  strike 
with  and  kill. 

bot  apelifichi,  v.  t,  to  rivet. 

bot  apiliffi,  v.  t,  to  rivet. 

bot  shebli,v.  t.,  tomalleate;  to  draw  into 
a  plate  or  leaf  by  beating. 

bot  shepa,  pp.,  malleated. 

bota,  pass.,  pounded;  pulverized;  pow 
dered. 

bota,  v.  a.  i.,  to  become  flour. 

bota,  n.,  flour  made  of  parched  corn  Im 
pounding  it;  powder. 

bota  hata,  bota  tohbi,  n.,  wheat  flour. 

bota  kapassa,  n.,  cold  flour  made  of 
parched  corn. 

bota  lakchansha,  bota  lakchi  ansha, 
n.,  coarse  meal. 

bota  lashpa,  n.,  flour  made  of  parched 
corn. 

bota  onfima,  pass.,  powdered. 

bota  tanshpa,  n.,  corn  flour  made  of 
corn  parched  without  being  boiled. 

bota  tohbi,  bota  hata,  n.,  wheat  flour; 
white  flour. 

bota  tohbi  isht  onfimmi,  v.  t.,  to  powder 
with  wheat  flour. 

botoli,  v.  t.,  to  pulverize;  to  pound  fine; 
to  reduce  to  a  fine  powder  by  pounding 
in  the  mortar. 

botolichi,  botullichi,  v.  t.,  to  rub  fine; 
to  pulverize  (not  quite  line);  to  powder. 

botona;  usk!  botona,  a  cane  bent  for  tongs. 

botonoa,  see  bitonoa. 

botonoli,  see  bilonoli. 

botosha,  buttoshah,  v.  a.  i.,  to  dazzle; 
to  be  overpowered  by  light;  to  be  en 
feebled;  nlshkin  botoxJia,  applied  to  the 
eyes  of  the  aged;  iyi  at  botush-a,  the  leg 
is  feeble. 

botulli,  n.,  filings;  dust;  small  pieces; 
powder. 

botullichi.  see  botolichi. 

boyafa,  boafa,  pass.,  rubhed  off,  as  the 
hair  is  rubbed  from  a  hide;  molted;  ik- 
bot.ifu,  a.,  unshed. 


96 


BUREAU   OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


boyafa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  shed  the  hair,  feathers, 
or  coat;  to  molt;  see  boi/qffi,  trans,  verb. 

boyafa,  11.,  the  shedding  of  the  hair. 

boyali,  pass,  pi.,  rubbed  off. 

boyali,  v.  a.  i.  pi. ,  to  shed  the  hair. 

boyali.  n.,  the  shedding  of  the  hair. 

boyalichi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  rub  the  hair  off 
from  skins. 

boyaffi,  boaffi,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  rub  the  hair 
from  a  skin,  as  tanners  dress  hides 
when  taking  off  the  hair;  to  molt; 
ileboaffi,  to  shed  his  own  hair  or  coat 
and  horns,  as  a  deer. 

boyaffi,  n.,  one  who  rubs  the  hair  from 
a  skin. 

bufboli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  pant  for  breath,  as  a 
man  in  a  fever. 

buna,  pass,  pi.,  rolled  up;  doubled  up. 

buna,  v.  a.  i.,  to  roll  up. 

buna,  11.,  rolls;  bundles. 

bunni,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  double  up;  to  roll  up; 
to  fold  up;  alhbona,  pass.,  doubled  up. 

bunto,  n.,  a  hill;  a  small  hill;  a  barrow; 
a  mound;  a  potato  hill. 

bunto,  pass.,  made  into  a  hill. 

buntochi,  v.  t.,  to  make  hills  for  pota 
toes;  to  hill  up  the  ground. 

busha,  pass.,  squeezed;  wrung  out;  ex 
pressed;  extracted. 

busha  hinla,  a.,  expressible,  i.  e.,  can 
be  squeezed  out. 

bushli,  v.  t.,  to  squeeze  out  a  liquid;  to 
wring  out  water,  as  from  wet  clothes 
after  being  washed;  to  express;  to  ex 
tract;  to  press;  to  wring. 

bushli,  n.,  a  wringer. 

bushto,  n.,  name  of  an  oak  which  bears 
a  large  acorn. 

bushul,  n.,  a  bushel. 

bushul  iklanna,  n.,  a  half  bushel. 

bushul  iklanna  iklanna,  n.,  a  peck, 
i.  e.,  half  of  a  half  bushel. 

buttoshah,  see  botosha. 

butummi,  n..  iine  drizzle;  fine  rain. 

ch,  see  chi. 

cha,  conj.,  and,  usually  connects  two 
verbs  which  have  the  same  nomina 
tive;  ill  It .  h<(n  icakqinuii  c/ia,  opened  his 
mouth  and,  Matt.  5:  2;  if  the  second 
verb  has  a  different  iiom.  from  the  first, 
i«i  in  often  used.  Cli<t  is  also  used  at 
the  close  of  some  questions,  as  John 
1:50;  Matt.  2:7,  8,  13,  14,  16;  haklo 


cha,  Matt.  7:  24;  mail  cha,  Matt,  7:  25; 
haklo  cha,  Matt.  7:  26;  17:  27;  chiyimmi 
hacha?  It  seems  to  refer  at  times  to 
something  not  looked  for  or  expected; 
fik  api  at  bqshit  taha  cha,  the  fig  tree  is 
withered  away,  Matt.  21:  20.  See 
ha  cha. 

chachachi,  v.  i.,  to  hop  arid  flit  like  a 
bird. 

chaha,  n.,  height;  altitude;  grandeur; 
growth;  loftiness;  rankness;  stature;  a 
steep; steepness;  sublimity;  JiqcJii  chaha, 
your  stature,  Matt,  6:  27;  achahaka,  n., 
a  high  place,  1  Kings,  11:  7. 

chaha,  a.,  pp.,  high;  lofty;  tall;  sublime; 
elevated;  steep;  eminent;  grand;  high, 
as  to  musical  key;  sakti  chaha,  a  steep 
bluff,  Matt.  5:  1;  nanih  chaha  yon,  a 
high  hill. 

chaha,  v.  n.,  to  be  high  or  lofty. 

chaha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  tower. 

chaha,  chaha  t,  adv.,  aloft;  on  high; 
stately. 

chaha,  pass.,  heightened;  elevated;  ex 
alted;  raised  higher;  raised. 

chaha  inshaht  tali,  a.,  uppermost; 
highest. 

chaha  inshali,  a.,  upper;  higher,  Luke 
14:  10. 

chaha  inshali  nanih,  n.,  an  eminence; 
a  mountain  higher  than  (others). 

chaha  moma  inshali,  a.,  the  highest, 
Luke  2: 14. 

ch.ah.achi,  v.  t.,  to  elevate;  to  raise  up; 
to  heighten;  toenhance;  to  ennoble;  to 
exalt;  to  raise;  to  sublimate;  to  sub 
lime;  to  cause  it  to  be  higher. 

chahachi,  n.,  a  raiser. 

chahachi,  n.,  a  raising. 

chahapi,  chahe  api,  n.,  a  hoe  handle. 

chahe,  n.,  a  hoe. 

chahe  aialhpi,  chahe  aiulhpi,  n.,  a  hoe 
handle. 

chahe  iskifa,  n.,  a  mattock;  lit.,  a  hoe 
ax. 

chahikcheli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  limp. 

chahikcheli,  n.,  a  limper. 

chahikli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  limp. 

chahikli,  n.,  a  limper. 

Chahta,  n.,  a  Choctuw;  Choctaw  (pi.). 

Chahta,  a.,  Choctaw;  ('Jtahta  i/akni, 
Choctaw  nation;  Chahta  anutnpa,  Choc 
taw  language. 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY   OF    THE    CUOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


97 


Chahta,  v.  n.,  to  be  a  Choctaw. 

Chahta  anumpa,  n.,  the  Choctaw  lan 
guage;  a  Choctaw  speech  or  word;  the 
Choctaw  tongue. 

Chahta  alia,  Chahtalla,  a  Choctaw 
child;  Choctaw  children. 

Chahta  hatak,  n. ,  a  Choctaw  man;  Choc 
taw  men. 

Chahta  inkowi,  n.,  a  Choctaw  mile. 

Chahta  imanump a,  n.,  the  language  of 
the  Choctaw;  the  words  of  a  Choctaw. 

Chahta  imisuba,  n.,  the  horse  of  a  Choc 
taw. 

Chahta  isuba,  n.,  a  Choctaw  horse;  a 
Choctaw  pony. 

Chahta  isht  atia,  v.  n. ,  to  be  descended 
from  the  Choctaw;  to  be  of  the  Choc 
taw  race. 

Chahta  isht  ia,  n.,  the  Choctaw  race; 
Choctaw  descent;  Choctaw  origin;  Choc 
taw  blood. 

Chahta  ohoyo,  n.,  a  Choctaw  woman. 

Chahta  okla,  n.,  the  Choctaw;  Choc 
taw;  the  Choctaw  nation;  the  Choctaw 
tribe;  the  Choctaw  people. 

Chahta  yakni,  n.,  Choctaw  land;  Choc 
taw  nation;  Choctaw  country;  Choctaw 
soil;  Choctaw  ground. 

Chahtalla,  see  Chahta  alia. 

chahto,  n.,  a  drought;  dryness;  want  of 
rain. 

chahto,  a.,  dry;  droughty;  wanting  in 
rain. 

chahto,  v.  n.,  to  be  dry;  to  be  droughty. 

chahtochi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  a  drought. 

chahtoshba,  a.,  never. 

chaka,  n.,  a  comb;  a  gill;  gills;  the  flaps 
that  hang  below  the  beak  of  a  fowl; 
inchaka,  his  comb;  his  gills. 

chakali,  chakkali,  a.,  nine,  9,  ix 
(numeral),  Matt.  18:  12;  2  Sam.  24:  8; 
hashi  chakkali,  nine  months. 

chakali,  v.  n.,  to  be  nine. 

chakali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  make  nine;  as  echa- 
kali,  we  make  nine;  chakali  bat  chakali, 
nine  times  nine. 

chakali,  chakali,  a.,  pregnant;  gravid; 
great;  big. 

chakali,  chakali,  v.  n.,  to  be  pregnant; 
to  be  with  child,  Matt,  1 :  23;  v.  a.  i.,  to 
teem. 

chakali,  n.,  pregnancy. 

chakaliha,  adv.,  nine  times. 

S4:j:VJ°  —  Hull.  46 — 15 7 


chakapa,  n.,  vile  language;  reviling;  pro- 
faneiiesn;  the  language  made  use  of  in 
the  place  of  common  swearing  as  in  use 
among  the  lowest  classes  of  white  and 
black  people. 

chakapa,  a.,  vile;  low;  vulgar;  indecent; 
reproachful;  filthy. 

chakapa,  v.  a.  i.,  v.  t.,  to  revile;  to  utter 
filthy  language;  to  blackguard;  to  in 
veigh;  to  vilify. 

chakapa,  n.,  a  reviler;  one  who  utters 
foul  language  in  contempt  and  re 
proach;  a  blackguard. 

chakiffa,  n.,  a  gizzard;  the  gizzard. 

chakkali,  see  chakali. 

chakla,  n.,  an  oyster. 

chakli,  n.,  a  cup  (authority,  Nelson  Mc 
Coy's  mother,  May  15,  1855);  a  vessel 
used  for  boiling  coffee;  a  coffee  pot;  a 
tin  coffee  pot. 

chakoa,  pass.,  notched. 

chakoa,  n.  pi.,  notches. 

chakofa,  pass.,  notched. 

chakofa,  n.,  a  notch. 

chakoffi,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  notch;  to  cut  a 
notch. 

chakoffi,  n.,  a  notcher. 

chakoli,  v.  t.,  to  string,  as  to  string 
venison  for  drying. 

chakoli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  notch;  to  cut  notches; 
chakonli,  nasal  form. 

chakolichi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  cut  notches;  to 
make  notches;  chakonlichi,  see  1  Kings 
6:  18;  Exodus  31:  5. 

chakowa,  pass.,  strung  up  and  dried; 
isi  nipi  chakowa,  venison  strung  up  and 
dried;  chakonwa,  see  1  Kings  6:  29. 

chakpa,  a.,  being  part  way;  not  mid 
way;  iti  chakpa;  nitak  inchakpa. 

chakpa,  v.  n.,  to  be  part  way;  to  be  not 
midway. 

chakpaka,  11.,  side,  as  of  a  well  or  cup. 

chakpatali,  11.,  the  foot  of  a  hill;  the  base 
of  a  hill;  chakpatali  ka,  Luke  8:  33; 
Judg.  19:  1. 

chakpatalika,  n.,  the  place  at  the  foot  of 
the  hill;  the  foot  of  the  hill. 

chakwa,  n.,  soreness  in  the  throat;  an 
ulcer  in  the  throat;  bronchitis. 

chakwabi,  chakwaabi,  v.  n.,  to  have 
such  a  soreness. 

chalanka,  v.  a.  i.,  to  scream. 

chalanka,  11.,  a  scream. 


98 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


chalakbi,  see  ctiilakbi. 

chalakwa,  see  chilakwa. 

chalantak,  see  chilantak. 

Chalakki,  n.,  a  Cherokee;  the  Cherokee. 

Chalakki,  a.,  Cherokee. 

Chalakki  hatak,  n.,  a  Cherokee  man;  a 
Cherokee. 

Chalakki  okla,  the  Cherokee  people; 
the  Cherokee  nation;  the  Cherokee. 

chalak,  n.,  a  snap;  the  noise  made  by 
snapping  a  gunlock. 

chalakachi,  v.  a.  i. ,  to  snap;  to  say  chalak. 

chalakwa,  chalakba,  n.,  a  copperhead 
snake. 

chanlchaha;  akanka  at  chanchaha,  the 
cackling  of  a  hen  after  laying  an  egg. 

chalek,  a.,  possible,  and  known  to  both 
speaker  and  hearer;  chalek,  recent  past 
time;  -k  is  contracted  from  kamo;  it 
may  have  been,  Gen.  3:  1;  it  might 
have  been;  perhaps  it  was,  and  you  and 
I  knew  it;  clnnchuka  onali  chalek?  did  I 
not  go  to  your  house  (and  you  knew  it)? 

chali,  v.  n.,  to  be  possible,  and  some 
thing  known  to  both  speaker  and 
hearer. 

chali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  stride;  to  walk  fast. 

chali,  a.,  fast;  swift. 

chali,  n.,  a  fast  walker. 

chalichi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  cause  to  walk 
fast;  to  make  him  walk  fast. 

chalik,  adv.,  possibly;  perhaps;  surely, 
and  known  (chalek,  Gen.  3:  1,  old 
translation;  hachimachi  chalek). 

chalin,  adv.,  possibly;  probably;  same 
as  chalek,  but  referring  to  a  more  remote 
past  time. 

chamak,  n.,  a  clink. 

chamakachi,  chamankachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to 
clink;  to  say  chamak. 

chamo,  a.,  past,  gone  by  and  remotely; 
kamo  and  kamo  express  a  time  that  is 
recent.  These  words  can  be  translated 
by  was,  were,  have  been,  chamo  is  used 
for  renewed  mention  and  indicates 
something  seen  or  well  known  to  the 
speaker;  t/ohmi  d>amo,  it  was  so.  There 
is  another  mode  of  expressing  the  same 
idea,  viz.,  i/ohmin,  it  was  so,  and  I  saw 
it;  lakofjinn,  he  has  recovered  to  my 
personal  knowledge. 

chamo,  v.  n.,  to  be  past. 

chamo,  adv.,  used  after  verbs,  and  not 
only  Qualifies  them,  but  also  indicates 


the  remote  past  tense  and  that  the 
thing  spoken  of  was  seen  or  well  known 
to  the  speaker,  as  though  he  were  an 
eye  or  ear  witness;  still  tok  is  used  by 
some  speakers  before  chamo.  See  kamo 
and  kamo. 

champko,  n.,  the  shin. 

champulachi,  v.  t.,  to  sweeten;  to  honey. 

champuli,  n.,  sweetness;  honey. 

champuli,  a.,  sweet;  grateful  to  the 
taste;  grateful  to  the  heart;  dulcet;  lus 
cious;  saccharine. 

champuli,  v.  n.,  to  be  sweet. 

champuli,  pp.,  sweetened. 

champuli,  n.,  sweetness;  honey. 

chanahachi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  turn  them 
around;  to  roll  them  over;  to  cause 
them  to  run  around. 

chanaia;  itachanaia,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  two 
together  alone,  like  an  old  man  and 
woman  at  home  alone. 

chanakbi,  v.  n.,  to  be  crooked;  see 
chinakbi. 

chanakbichi,  see  chinakbichi. 

chanashik,  n.,  a  large  yellow  wasp. 

chanalli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  roll  over;  to  move 
or  run  on  wheels,  as  a  wagon;  to  run; 
to  roll;  to  turn;  to  turn  over,  as  a 
wheel,  not  as  a  log  (tonoli,  to  roll  over 
as  a  log);  itachanalli,  to  roll  together. 

chanalli,  n.  pi.,  a  wheel;  a  circle. 

chanalli,  n.,  a  rotation. 

chanallichi,  v.  t.,  to  roll;  to  turn  it  over; 
to  wheel;  itachanalli chi,  to  roll  them  to 
gether. 

chanichi,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  roll;  to  turn 
around;  to  cause  to  run  round,  as  a 
wheel. 

chanla,  a.,  dry,  as  corn  and  hickory 
meats;  dry  and  tough;  cured. 

chanli,  v.  t.,  to  chop;  to  cut  with  an  ax 
or  hoe  by  striking;  to  gash;  chali,  sub- 
positive,  to  peck;  to  hew;  to  strike  with 
the  teeth,  as  a  venomous  serpent;  to 
chop  (modern);  to  hurt;  to  pick;  to 
slash;  chanheU;  chanlit  tablilok,  cut  off, 
Mark  14:  47;  ilechanli,  to  cut  himself; 
itinchanli,  to  peck  or  to  chop  each  other. 

chanli,  n.,  one  who  chops;  a  pecker;  "a 
hewer,"  Josh.  9:  21. 

chanlichi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  chop. 

chant,  contracted  from  chanlit;  the  t  has 
the  force  of  the  conj.  and. 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


99 


chant  akkachi,  v.  t.,  to  cut  down  or  to 
chop  and  bring  down;  chanlit  akacJii, 
cut  it  down;  Luke  13:  7. 

chant  kinaffi,  v.  t.,  to  cut  down;  or  to 
chop  and  fell. 

chant  lakot  bakli,  v.  t. ,  to  score. 

chant  tapli,  v.  t.,  to  cut  off;  to  chop  and 
sever;  chanlit  tabli,  Mark  14:  47. 

chant  tushtuli,  v.  t.,  to  hack,  or  to  chop 
and  cut  up  fine. 

Chanueli,  n.,  January. 

chansa,  chans,  n.,  a  sound  in  the  ear;  a 
tingle,  1  Sam.  8:  11;  2  Kings  21:  12. 

chansa,  a.,  shrill. 

chansa,  v.  n.,  to  be  shrill. 

chansa,  v.  a.  i. ,  to  shrill ;  to  utter  an  acute, 
piercing  sound;  to  shriek;  to  tingle,  as 
the  ear.  See  1  Sam.  3:  11. 

chasaloha,  v.  n.,  to  be  crooked. 

chasaloha,  n.,  crooks;  bends. 

chasaloha,  chassaloha,  a.,  pi.  of  cha- 
sola,  crooked;  bent;  having  hollows  or 
bends;  pass.,  warped;  ikchasaloho,  un- 
warped. 

chasalohachi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  make  them 
crooked,  or  to  make  crooks;  to  warp. 

chasala,  a.,  crooked;  bent;  having  a 
hollow  or  bend;  waJc  noli  chasala,  a 
crooked-back  cow. 

chasala,  pass.,  warped;  bent;  ikchasalo, 
a.,  un warped;  unbent. 

chasala,  v.  a.  i.,  to  warp;  to  bend;  ili- 
basha  at  chasala,  the  plank  warps. 

chasala,  n.,  a  bend;  a  crook;  a  warp. 

chasalachi,  v.  t.,  to  crook;  to  bend;  to 
make  crooked;  to  warp;  hashi  at  itiba- 
sha  yan  ontomi  kat  chasalachi,  the  sun 
which  shines  on  the  plank  warps  it. 

chasalla,  v.  n.,  to  be  crooked  or  bent. 

chasalli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  glance  off. 

chasallichi,  v.  t.,  to  turn  it;  to  glance  off. 

chash,  the  said ;  the  same,  known  to  both 
speaker  and  hearer,  and  in  remote 
past  time;  chash  and  its  compounds 
are  used  as  simple  or  compound  rela 
tive  pronouns  in  relation  to  subjects 
that  are  past;  it  may  be  called  a  per 
sonal  pronoun  in  the  remote  past  tense; 
kash  and  kash  (q.  v. )  refer  to  the  im 
mediate  past  tense;  chash  signifies  the 
same  which;  the  said;  late,  known  to 
both  speaker  and  hearer;  a  renewred 
mention  particle;  oh  chash,  it  is  the 
said;  being  "the  said";  used  in  calling 


the  dead  to  mind,  or  in  speaking  of 
them,  instead  of  mentioning  their 
names.  Compounds:  ch<i,nh!nli,  the 
same  also  which  was;  compounded  of 
chash  and  inli,  same,  also — chash  ket  the 
same  that  was;  that  which;  a/u-Jiashket, 
that  is  what  I  said  but  recently,  and 
you  know  it;  it  is  in  the  nom.  case;  ket 
may  be  formed  from  kat  or  it  may  be 
from  ke  and  t,  like  ke.xh  from  ke  and  sh — 
chashkia,  even  the  same  which  was,  and 
you  knew  it — cha«hkint,  the  same  which 
was,  but  more  remote  than  cJiaah  k<-t, 
in  the  nom.  case — chashon,  the  same 
which;  the  said  one  (in  the  obj.  case); 
see  grammar  for  these  particles  or  arti 
cle  pronouns  —  chashocha  —  chasJioka — 
chashokako  — chashokakosh  — chashokano 
— chashokat  —  chashokato  —  chashoke  — 
chashokia — chashoma — diasJiona — chash- 
osh — chashot. 

chasha,  chasha,  n.;  inchasha,  his  rat 
tles;  sintulo  inchasha,  the  rattles  of  the 
rattle  snake. 

chashahachechi,  v.  t.,  to  make  him 
rattle;  to  rattle. 

chansha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  rattle,  like  a  rattle 
snake. 

chashahachi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  rustle;  to  rat 
tle,  as  the  rattlesnake;  sintulo  at  chasha 
hachi,  the  rattlesnake  rattles. 

chashaiyi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  round  and  ele 
vated,  as  a  mound. 

chashak,  n.,  a  rustling;  a  rattling — a  sin 
gle  motion. 

chashakachi,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  rustle  once; 
it  says  chashak. 

chashakachi,  n.,  a  rattling;  a  rustling. 

chashampik,  n.,  a  grindstone  (called 
also  tal  ashuahchi  and  tashika). 

chashana,  v.  a.  i. ,  to  hang  over  and  own 
as  the  skirts  of  a  common  coat. 

chashana,  a.,  having  skirts  that  hang 
down;  hanging  over  and  down,  as  na 
foka  chasJiana,  a  coat. 

chashanachi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  hang  over. 

chashap,  n.,  a  variety  of  grasshopper. 

chashlichi,  v.  t.,  to  rattle;  to  make  a 
rustling  noise. 

chanshpo  (aSixtowns  word),  a.,  former; 
ancient;  of  things,  or  time:  nilak  chan- 
shpo,  a  former  day;  future,  like  tikba; 
first  in  order. 


100 


BUREAU   OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


chanshpo,  v.  n.,  to  be  ancient,  or  of 
former  times. 

chanshpo,  adv.,  formerly;  anciently;  be 
fore;  former  time;  in  ancient  times; 
"before  time,"  Josh.  11:  10;  14:  15. 

chato,  chatoh,  adv.;  in  okishko  chatoh. 

chat  ok,  adv.,  commonly;  usually;  al 
ways;  ever.  This  form  implies  also 
the  remote  past  tense.  The  particles 
,vhich  are  used  after  tok  are  used  after 
chatok,  generally.  In  the  past  tense 
chatok  may  be  rendered,  has  been 
usually,  always  has  been,  etc.;  chatuk 
and  chatok  are  often  used  with  verbs  to 
express  general  truths  or  common  us 
age,  custom,  etc.,  and  when  used  in 
reference  to  persons  it  is  implied  that 
they  are  alive.  For  the  dead,  bekatok 
is  used  instead  of  chatok;  ishla  cliatokof 
did  you  ever  come  here?  alali  chatok 
keyu,  I  never  came  here. 

chatok,  v.  n.,  to  have  been  always  so; 
to  have  been  usually  so;  was  so 
always;  tok  is  the  sign  of  the  remote 
past  tense  and  not  connected  with  the 
present. 

chatoshba,  adv.,  never. 

chatoshba,  v.  n.,  never  to  be  so. 

chatoshke,  in  hash  yamohmi  chatoshke, 
page  130,  Chahta  Holisso  Atukla. 

chatuk,  adv.,  usually  has  been  and  still 
is,  etc.;  commonly;  usually.  This 
word  differs  from  the  other,  chatok, 
only  in  the  last  syllable  and  means  the 
immediate  past  tense  and  up  to  the 
present  time,  John  2:  10;  Matt.  5:  21; 
6:2,5;  17:25;  ehahaklo  chatuk okat,  Josh. 
2:  10.  "bilia"  is  used  for  always — 
Matt.  3:  10;  12:  4,  33;  18:  12;  chatuka- 
tok,  Matt.  27: 15.  chatuk  keyu,  adv., 
never  has  been;  never  was;  never  has; 
ne'er;  Josh.  3:4. 

chauala,  a.,  slim;  tall  and  slender,  ap 
plied  to  the  figure  of  a  horse;  issuba 
liat  cliauala,  the  horse  is  tall  and  slender. 

chawana,  a.,  crooked. 

chawana,  v.  n.,  to  be  crooked. 

chawana,  n.,  a  crook;  a  hook. 

chanya,  pass.,  cut;  chopped;  gashed; 
pi-eked,  Matt.  3:  10;  ikchayo,  a.,  un- 
wounded;  unchopped. 

chanya,  n.,  a  gash. 

chanyat  pashanfa,  n. ,  a  gash  made  by  an 


chabbi,  v.  t.,  to  dip  into  oil,  honey,  or 
grease. 

chabiha,  a.,  a  few;  some;  scarce. 

chabiha,  v.  n.,  to  be  a  few,  some,  scarce; 
chabiha  keyu,  not  scarce. 

chabiha,  n.,  a  scarcity. 

chabiha  keyu,  n.,  no  want;  no  scarcity. 

chabihachi,  v.  t.,  to  render  scarce;  to 
make  a  few  or  a  small  number. 

chabihasi,  dim.  a.,  a  very  few;  a  few. 

chabihasi,  v.  n.,  to  be  a  very  few. 

chabli,  n.,  dry  bark. 

chach,  n.,  a  church,  Matt.  18:  17. 

chafa,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  run;  to  flee;  chan- 
/«,  cha1ianfa,  chaiyafa;  chahanfa,  2  Sam. 
24: 13. 

chafa,  pp.,  fled;  banished;  chased  away; 
exiled;  expelled. 

chafa,  n.,  a  runner;  an  exile;  a  flier. 

chafa,  n.,  a  flight. 

chafali  (from  achqfa) ,  v.  t.,  to  make  one; 
to  do  one;  to  one;  kana  kia  ikimikshokma 
inchqfalashke,  if  there  is  any  one  who 
has  none,  give  one  to  him,  Luke  3: 11. 

chafichi,  chaffichi,  v.  t.,  cans,  (from 
chafa},  to  send  off,  Matt.  11: 10;  15:  23; 
to  cause  to  flee;  to  drive  off;  to  banish; 
to  exile;  to  expatriate;  to  expel;  to 
rouse;  to  run;  to  rid;  to  spring,  Mark, 
12:  3,  4,  5,  6;  to  send  men,  Josh.  2:  1; 
achaffichi,  to  send  from,  Josh.  14:  7. 

chafichi,  n.,  a  sender;  a  driver. 

chakali,  chakali   (q.  v. ),  a.,  pregnant. 

chakbi,  n.,  a  projection  beyond  sur 
rounding  objects;  an  overplus;  a  contin 
uation;  chakchubi,  pi. 

chakchak,  n.,  a  small  speckled  wood 
pecker  with  a  red  head. 

chalhchakachechi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  them 
to  shine,  sparkle,  twinkle,  etc. 

chalhchakachi,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  si  line;  to 
glisten;  to  sparkle,  as  particles  of  oil  on 
the  surface  of  warm  water;  to  twinkle 
as  the  stars;  to  scintillate. 

chalhchakachi,  n.,  a  twinkling;  a  shin 
ing. 

chalhchaki,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  sparkle. 

chalhchaki,  n.,  a  spark,  a  sparkling. 

chalhpi,  see  akchalhpl. 

chalabakko,  n.,  name  of  a  fish  of  the 
sucker  genus. 

chalakachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  rattle. 

chalakchi,  n.,  a  rattling. 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY   OF    THE    CIIOCT^vV    LANGUAGE 


101 


chamakachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  clank;  to  rattle; 

to  ring;  asonak  at  chamakachi,  the  ket 
tle  rattles  or  rings. 
chamakachi,   n.,    clank;    ringing;    din; 

noise;  clangor. 
chamalichi,  v.  t.,  to  clank;  to  make  din 

or  clangor. 

champoa,  see  chimpoa. 
chanafila,  shanafila,  n.,  black  haw;  a 

haw. 
chanaha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  turn  round;  to  roll 

over;  to  coil;  to  curl;    to  roll,  as  the 

wheel  of  a  carriage;  to  round;  to  wheel, 
chanaha,  n.,  a  wheel;  a  circle;  a  coil;  a 

felly;  a  ring;  around;  roundness;  aseta 

chanaha,  a  coil  of  rope. 
chanaha,  v.  t.,  to  coil  up,  as  a  serpent; 

to  querl;  to  turn, 
chanaha,  a.,  rotund;  coiled  up;  round; 

being  in  a  circle;  orbed;  pass.,  rolled; 

ikchanaho,  a.,  uncoiled. 
chanaha  folota  achafa,  n.,  a  square;  a 

circuit. 

chanaha  holitopa,  n.,  a  hack, 
chanaha  iklanna,  11.,  a  semicircle, 
chanahachi,    v.    t.,  to   coil;   to  roll;  to 

round. 

chanal,  n.,  a  general  (from  the  English). 
channi,  pp.  sing.,  probably  from  chan- 

ichi,  (q.  v.). 

channichi,  v.  t.,  to  roll  a  wheel, 
chassaloha,  see  chasaloha. 
chassalohachi,  see  chasalohachi. 
chasha,  chasha  (q.  v.),  n.,  inchasha,  his 

rattles;  those  of  the  rattlesnake, 
chashanoha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  long  tailed, 

like  some  coats. 
chashwa,   n.,    sinews  of    the  loins;  in- 

chaditca,  his  sinews  of  the  loins, 
chashwa  nipi,  n.,  the  flesh  of  the  loins; 

the  loin;  the  tenderloin;  inchashwa,  his 

sinews  of  the  loins;  inchashwa  nipi,  n., 

his  loin. 

chechik,    adv.,    probably;    likely;    per 
haps. 

chechik,  v.  n.,  to  be  likely,  or  probable, 
chechike,    adv.,    prot;ably;    spoken    by 

way  of  inquiry  and  in  modesty. 
chechike,  v.  n.,  to  be  probable. 
chechuk,  adv.,  probably;    expressing  a 

supposition. 

cheki,  a.,  speedy;   quick;  near;  late;  re 
cent. 
cheki,  v.  n.,  to  be  near,  etc. 


cheki,  adv., -auon;  immediately;  newly; 
quickly;  recently;  chekihiia,  in  a  short 
time,  i.  e.,  when  it  is  soon,  from  cheki 
and  kma. 

chekichi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  it  to  be  soon;  to 
hurry. 

chekikash,  adv.,  lately.  See  l-axh,  late, 
recently. 

chekikash,  v.  n.,  to  be  lately,  in  refer 
ence  to  things  past. 

chekusi,  a.,  very  near;  immediate;  soon; 
used  in  reference  to  the  future;  a  dim 
inutive  formed  from  cheki  and  im  or 
ushi. 

chekusi,  v.  n.,  to  be  very  near  in  time, 
or  soon. 

chekusi,  adv.,  very  soon,  immediately; 
forthwith;  quickly,  Josh.  2:5;  straight; 
shortly;  straightway;  thereupon. 

chekusi  f ehna,adv.,  quickly,  Josh.  3 : 19. 

chekusi  kania,  a.,  transitory;  passing 
away  very  soon. 

chekusi  ont  ia,  a.,  transient;  passing  by 
very  soon. 

chekusikash,  adv.,  latterly;  recently. 

chekusikma,  v.  n.  sub.  mood,  when  it 
shall  have  been  a  short  time. 

chekusikma,  adv.,  in  a  short  time;  after 
a  short  time. 

chelahpi,  n.,  the  animal  which  has  young 
for  the  first  time,  as  heifers,  etc. 

chelahpi,  n.,  the  firstling;  the  first  prod 
uce  or  offspring,  Gen.  4:4;  from  cheli 
and  ahpi,ihe  first,  as  tofahpi,  spring,  lit. 
the  first  of  summer;  likba  attahpi,  the 
first  born,  Rom.  8  :  29. 

cheli,  v.  t.,  to  bear;  to  bring  forth  young, 
applied  to  animals  and  some  plants  and 
not  to  the  human  species;  to  cub;  to  foal; 
to  teem;  to  whelp;  to  lay;  to  calve;  to 
pig;  to  spawn;  to  kid;  to  breed;  to  blow; 
to  deposit  eggs,  as  flies;  to  bear,  as  vines; 
okchank  at  cheli,  the  muskmelon  bears; 
shukshi  at  cheli,  the  watermelon  bears; 
isito  at  cheli,  the  pumpkin  bears;  to 
draw  interest,  as  money  lent  out;  tali 
Jiolisso  at  cheli,  the  money  bears  interest. 

cheli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  propagate;  oncheli,  v.  t., 
to  prime  a  gun;  to  lay  on  the  powder; 
pass.,  onchinna. 

cheli,  n.,  parturition. 

cheli,  n.,  a  breeder;  the  female  that 
breeds  or  produces. 


102 


BUREAU   OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


cheli  imponna,  a.,  prolific,  skilled  in 
bearing. 

chelichi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  bear  or  breed; 
to  cause  to  bring  interest;  to  put  out  on 
interest;  acJielichi  hash  akhoyo  chof  Luke 
19:  23.  See  also  Matt.  25:  27,  where 
itshi  is  used  for  interest  or  usury. 

Chelusalim,  Chilusalim,  n.,  Jerusalem. 

chepulechi,  v.  t. ,  to  make  a  feast,  ban 
quet,  festival;  to  dance;  to  feast;  impa 
chito  ikbi  is  used  in  the  New  Testament 
translation. 

chepulli,  n.,  a  feast;  a  great  feast;  a  ban 
quet;  a  frolic;  a  great  dance;  an  Indian 
feast  or  a  heathen  feast. 

chepulli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  attend  a  feast;  to 
feast  and  to  dance;  to  frolic. 

chepullit  ansha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  have  a  feast; 
to  be  at  a  feast. 

chetoma,  adv. ,  for  chintoma,  in  the  future; 
see  tuina. 

chi,  ch,  pro.,  thou,  nom.  case  2d  per.  sing, 
of  neuter  verbs,  chinukshopa  na,  Luke 
1:  13;  chilbqsha,  thou  art  poor;  chilli, 
thou  diest. 

chi,  ch,  thou,  nom.  case  2d  per.  sing, 
of  passive  verbs,  as  chinqla,  thou  art 
wounded. 

chi,  ch,  thee  in  the  obj.  case  before  active 
transitive  verbs;  chipesali,  I  see  thee; 
chithanali,  I  know  thee;  cf.  chitikba,  be 
fore  thee,  Matt.  11:  10. 

chi,  is  prefixed  to  nouns  of  near  relation 
or  family  interest;  chitekchi,  Matt.  1: 
20.  It  is  applied  to  the  family  dog, 
chipaf. 

Chi,  ch,  poss.  pro.,  thy;  prefixed  (with  a 
few  exceptions)  to  the  names  of  the 
body  and  most  of  its  members,  as  chi- 
chnnkqsh,  thy  heart;  chibbak,  thy  hand. 

chi,  a  diminutive,  in  kapqsqchi,  coolish; 
hochukwqchi,  chilly. 

chi,  sign  of  the  causal  form,  meaning  to 
cause,  to  make,  to  render;  as  m'mti,  to 
come;  mintichi,  to  cause  to  come,  etc. 
eld  is  also  suffixed  to  adjectives, 
etc.,  as  kqllo,  a.,  strong,  hard;  kqllochi, 
to  make  it  hard  or  strong;  to  harden; 
Salmon  13 a  Cliona  chia  hat  na  chiyuk- 
pasltke,  Blessed  art  thou  Simon  Bar- 
Jonah,  Matt.  10:  17.  clii  is  also  suffixed 
to  adjectives,  verbs,  and  adverbs  to 
make  v.  t.  in  the  caus.  form,  chumpa, 
chumpqchi;  kqllo,  kqllochi;  fehna,  fehnq- 


chi.  It  is  a  "particle  of  form "  or  the 
causative  form  of  verbs. 

chi,  a  suffix  to  verbs,  which  take  the  lo 
catives  a  or  ai;  others  make  a  new  form 
of  verbs,  where  one  thing  is  made  to 
act  on  or  with  another;  onush  ash 
haiyunkpolo  yon  ant  ahokchichi  tok,  Matt. 
13:  25;  Judg.  16:  13. 

chin,  thy  and  thine,  prefixed  poss.  pro., 
meaning  "  thy,"  prefixed  to  nouns  that 
do  not  begin  with  a  vowel  or  the  con 
sonants  p,  ch,  I,  t.  See  chim  and  chin. 
chinholisso,  thy  book;  chinhatak,  thy  hus 
band;  chinhina,  thy  way,  Matt.  11:  10. 

chin,  prefixed  per.  pro.  in  the  dative  case 
before  verbs,  and  usually  translated 
with  a  prep.,  as,  of  thee,  to  thee,  for 
thee,  from  thee,  against  thee.  It  is 
found  before  verbs  which  do  not  begin 
with  a  vowel  or  p,  ch,  I,  or  t.  See 
chim,  which  is  written  before  vowels 
and  diphthongs. 

chin,  2d  per.  sing.,  poss.,  thine,  thy,  re 
moved  from  the  noun  in  the  nom.  and 
placed  before  the  verb,  as  tali  holisso 
chinhotina,  he  has  counted  your  money, 
instead  of  chintqli  holisso  hotina. 

chin,  achin,  sign  of  the  immediate  future 
tense  of  the  indicative  mood,  shall,  will; 
achin  is  the  true  form;  the  final  vowel  of 
the  verb  is  dropped  when  achin  is  suf 
fixed,  as  chumpa,  chumpachin,  he  shall 
buy;  minti,  mintaddn,  he  shall  come; 
haklo,  haklachin,  he  shall  hear. 

chia,  sub.  pro.,  2d  per.  sing.;  thou;  thee; 
chia  ma,  Matt.  1:  20;  chia  hok'i,  Matt. 
5:  22;  7:  5;  Kapenoqm  chia,  thou  Caper 
naum,  Matt.  11:  23;  chia  hon,  thou  art, 
Matt.  16:  14;  Pita  chia,  thou  art  Peter, 
Matt.  16:  18;  chia  ma,  O  thou,  Matt.  14: 
31;  chia  ho™,  Matt.  14:  33;  chiarna, 
Matt.  15:  22;  chisJino  akosh  sqso  anholi- 
topa  chia  hoke,  Luke  3:  22;  chishno  ako^ 
nan  isht  achia  saiyukpa  makoke,  Luke, 
3:  22;  na  hollo  chiahoke,  thou  art  a  white 
man.  It  is  now  called  a  substantive 
personal  pronoun,  as  the  verb  to  be  is 
used  in  translating  it,  thus  chia,  thou 
art,  sia,  I  am.  Lewi  usJd  chia  ma;  Matt. 
1:  20;  Cldhowa  usld  chia  hokmqt,  Matt. 
4:3;  chiqshke,  from  chia,  thou  art,  John 
1:  49;  Chlhomi  uxlri  cldqshke,  thou  art 
the  Son  of  God. 

chiashke,  see  chinshki. 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


103 


chibak,  chibuk,  n.,  a  noise,  such  as  is 
made  by  the  falling  of  a  stone  into 
water. 

chibakachi,  chibukachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to 
make  a  noise;  to  say  chibak. 

chibanko,  n.,  the  shin. — J.  E. 

chibokachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  work,  as  a  liquid; 
to  ferment,  etc. 

chibolichi,  see  chobolichi. 

chinchint,  adv.,  will  not;  can  not. 

chichonli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  coarsegrained  or 
gritted,  like  a  grindstone. 

chiffoko,  see  Josh.  8:  28;  10:  27;  chiffo™- 
kot,  a  heap  of  rubbish;  chiffokohonchi, 
2  Kings  19:  25. 

chihakli,  see  chilukli. 

Chihowa,  n.,  Jehovah;  the  Scripture 
name  of  the  Supreme  Being;  Deity; 
God;  Judge;  the  Supreme  Being;  Chi 
howa  achafa  kia  tuchina,  Inki,  Ushi,  Shil- 
ombish  holitopa,  n.,  the  Trinity. 

Chihowa  aiasha,  n.,  the  throne  of  Je 
hovah;  the  dwelling  place  of  Jehovah. 

Chihowa  aiokpachi,  v.  t.,  to  worship 
Jehovah;  nanakia  obit  Chihowa  isht  ai 
okpachi,  v.  t.,  to  immolate. 

Chihowa  aiokpachi,  n. ,  a  worshiper  of 
Jehovah. 

Chihowa  aiokpachi,  n.,  the  worship  of 
Jehovah. 

Chihowa  apiliechika,  n.,  the  kingdom 
of  Jehovah. 

Chihowa  abanumpa,  n.,  divinity;  the 
ology;  the  revelation  from  God. 

Chihowa  chitokaka,  n.,  the  Lord  God, 
or  the  God  Jehovah. 

Chihowa  hobachi,  n.,  an  idol;  an  image 
of  God  used  in  idol  worship. 

Chihowa  hobachit  ikbi,  v.  t.,  to  deify; 
to  make  an  image  of  God. 

Chihowa  hobachit  ikbit  aiokpachi,  n., 
an  idolater. 

Chihowa  ikimantio,  n.,  impiety;  un 
godliness. 

Chihowa  ikimantio,  a.,  impious;  un 
godly. 

Chihowa  imantia,  v.  t.,  to  obey  Je 
hovah. 

Chihowa  imanumpa  alhpisa  pokoli,  n., 
the  decalogue;  the  ten  commandments 
of  Jehovah. 

Chihowa  inchukfalhpo  yushi,  11.,  the 
Lamb  of  God,  John  1:  29. 


Chihowa  inyimmi  keyu,  n.,  impiety. 
Chihowa  pallammi,  Chihowa  palam- 

mi,  the  Almighty  God. 
Chihowa  ushi,  n.,  the  Son  of  God. 
chiishke,   chishke,  v.  n.,  to  be  likely; 

to  be  probable;  onatok  chishke:  Ch.  Sk., 

p.  12,  sec.  6. 
chik,  likely  to  be  so,  asiala  chik,  probably 

I  shall  go. 
chik,  used  for   ish;   chik  sit  itaklammi  hoh 

kia,  Judg.   13:  15;  chik  aPya  ki<t,  Luke 

9:  57;  Matt.  8:  19. 
chik,  thou,  pro.  2d  per.  sing,  of  the  neg. 

verbal  form,  as  chikono,  thou  dost  not 

go  to  it. 
chinka,  v.   a.   i.,     to   squeal;  shukha  yat 

chinka,  the  hog  squeals. 
chinka,  n.,  a  squealer, 
chikchik,   n.,   a  small  species  of  wren; 

a  small  wren;  okchiloha  is  the  name  of 

the  common  wren. 
chikchikechi,  v.  t.,  to  make  spotted  or 

speckled. 
chikchiki,  pass.,  speckled;  spotted  with 

small  spots;  freckled. 
chikchiki,  n.,  small  spots;  small  check; 

a  freckle;  freckles. 
chike,  v.  n.,  to  be  hereafter;  as,  it  will 

be  so;  it  may  be  so;  kucJta  kapassa  cAin- 

ke,  there  will  be  cold  weather. 
chinke,  n.,  thy  father,  Matt.  15:  4. 
chikfikowa,  see  Itiikfikowa. 
chikinha,  v.  t,,  to  jog  with   the   hand, 

elbow,  or  foot;  to  peck  like  a  hen. 
chikinha,  n.,  a  jog;  a  slight  blow. 
chikihah,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  thick  and  close 

together,  like  corn  or  piles  of  manure, 
chikimba,  v.  11.,  not  to  be  so;  to  be  mis 
taken;  it  is  a  mistake. 
chikimba,  adv.,  no;  not. 
chikinoha,  see  kinoha. 
chikisana,  a.,  bent;  twisted;    having  a 

twisted  neck,  or  one  bent  sideways, 
chikisana,  v.  n.,  to  be  bent  or  twisted; 

to  have  a  twisted  neck, 
chikisanali,  a.,  bent;  twisted;  crooked; 

having  a  twisted  or  crooked  neck, 
chikisanali,  v.  n.,  to  be  bent,  twisted,  or 

crooked. 
chikki  (an  old  word),  a.,  old"  past;  gone 

by;  middling  old;  partly  worn. 
chikki,  v.  n.,  to  be  old. 
chikki chi,  v.  t.  cans.,  to  make  old. 


104 


BUREAU   OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


chiksanakli,  sing.,  to  dodge,  or  bend  the 
body  suddenly;  see  halakli,  kanakli, 
slio/al'li. 

chiksanali,  a. ,  bent;  inclined  to  one  side, 
like  a  crooked  neck. 

chiksanalli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  bend  one's  self; 
to  incline. 

chilank,  n.,  a  scream. 

chilankachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  scream. 

chilakbi,  chalakbi,  a. ,  hard ;  dry  and  stiff, 
as  a  dry  hide. 

chilakbi,  v.  n.,  to  be  dry;  to  be  stiff,  as 
a  hide  or  leather. 

chilakbi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  stiffen. 

chilakbi, pass., dried;  stiffened;  starched. 

chilakbi,  n.,  stiffness. 

chilakbichi,  v.  t.,  to  stiffen;  to  harden; 
to  dry;  to  starch;  to  size  thread. 

chilakchawa,  n.,  a  common  wart. 

chilakto,  chulakto,  a.,  forked;  split;  clo 
ven  ;  iyi  chilakto,  a  forked  foot ;  a  clo 
ven  foot. 

chilakto,  v.  n. ,  to  be  forked ;  to  be  cloven. 

chilaktochi,  v.  t.,  to  split;  to  cleave;  to 
make  forked. 

chilakwa,  chalakwa  n.,  the  smallpox; 
a  pock;  hashtap  inchilakwa,  chicken 
pox. 

chilakwa  abi,  a.,  sick  with  the  smallpox. 

chilakwa  abi,  v.  n.,  to  be  attacked  by  the 
smallpox;  to  have  the  smallpox;  chi 
lakwa  sqbi,  I  have  the  smallpox;  n., 
cancer. 

chilantak,  chalantak,  n.,  the  small  red 
headed  woodpecker. 

chilantakoba,  n.,  the  pelican,  or  a  bird 
resembling  the  chilantak. 

chilanwa,  halanchilawa,  n.,  a  lizard. 

chiletalli,  chilitalli,  v.  t.,  to  inflame;  to 
animate. 

chilhpatha,  chilhpata  api,  n.,  the  Span 
ish  oak. 

chililli,  v.  a.  1.,  to  provoke. 

chiliswa,  n.,  the  measles. 

chiliswa  abi,  a.,  sick  with  the  measles; 
attacked  with  the  measles. 

chiliswa  abi,  v.  n.,  to  be  attacked  with 
the  measles;  to  have  the  measles;  to  be 
sick  with  the  measles. 

chilita,  n., •keenness;  resolution;  spunk. 

chilita,  a.,  fierce;  ardent;  zealous;  reso 
lute;  brave; animated;  doughty;  intent; 
keen;  masculine;  rude;  sharp;  spirited; 
strenuous;  urgent,  Josh.  1:  14. 


chilita,  v.  n.,  to  be  fierce,  zealous,  ar 
dent,  brave. 

chilita,  pass.,  inflamed;  animated;  pro 
voked. 

chilitachi,  v.  t.,  to  animate;  to  inflame; 
to  make  zealous;  to  provoke. 

chilitalli,  see  chiletalli. 

chilofa,  cbiloffi  (q.  v.),  v.  t.,  to  pay;  to 
liquidate. 

chilofa,  n.,  payment. 

chilofa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  fall;  to  drop,  as  leaves 
from  a  tree,  or  as  crumbs,  Matt.  15:  27. 

chilofa,  pass.,  fallen;  paid,  as  a  debt; 
ikcliilofo,  a.,  unpaid;  unliquidated. 

chilofa,  n.,  the  falling;  a  falling. 

chilofachi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  fall;  to  cause 
to  pay. 

chiloffi,  v.  t.,  to  pay;  to  recompense;  see 
chilofa. 

chiloha  (see  okchiloha],  n.,  a  wren. 

chilosa,  chulosa,  a.,  still;  quiet;  calmed; 
calm. 

chilosa,  chulusa,  v.  n.,  to  be  still,  quiet, 
calm;  chulusqt  talaiatok,  Luke  8:  24. 

chilosa,  chulosa,  n.,  a  calm;  a  quiet. 

chilosachi,  v.  t.,  to  make  a  calm ;  to  quiet; 
to  calm. 

chilpitha,  n.,  name  of  a  tree. 

chiluk,  chuluk,  n.  sing.,  a  hole;  a  cavity; 
a  hollow;  a  pit;  an  eye,  as  the  eye  of  a 
needle;  a  chasm;  a  chink;  hollowness; 
a  leak;  an  orifice;  a  vent;  it  is  usually 
applied  to  a  cavity  or  hollow  and  not  to  a 
hole  through  anything,  for  which  other 
words  are  used,  as  tukafa,  tu^a,  lumpa 
(q.v.)- 

chiluk,  a.,  hollow;  having  a  hole,  as  iti 
chiluk,  a  hollow  tree;  chula  puta  kqi 
cldluk  at  imansha,  foxes  have  holes; 
aboh a  cJiiluk,  an  empty  house. 

chiluk  chukoa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  hole;  to  enter 
a  hole. 

chiluk  ikbi,  v.  t.,  to  hole;  to  make  a  hole. 

chiluk  iksho,  a.,  tight. 

chiluk  toba,  v.  t.,  to  chink;  to  open  and 
form  a  fissure. 

chilukka,  chiluka,  v.  t.,  to  shell,  as  corn. 

chilukka,  pass.,  shelled. 

chilukoa,  pi.,  having  holes;  hollow; 
broken. 

chilukoa,  n.  pi.,  holes;  pits. 

Chilusalim,  Chelusalim,  n.,  Jerusalem, 
Matt.  2:1;  3:5. 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY   OF   THE   CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


105 


Chilusalim  hatak,  n.,  a  man  of  Jerusa 
lem;  a  Jerusalem  ite. 

Chilusalim.  okla,  n.,  the  people  of  Jeru 
salem;  Chelusalem  okla  moma  aiena,  all 
Jerusalem  with  him,  Matt.  2:  3. 
chilafa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  peel  up,  as  the  skin 
of  boiled  potatoes;  nishkin  at  chilafa,  to 
open  the  eyes  wildly,  like  sick  people; 
applied  also  to  the  eye  of  an  untamed 
horse. 

chilakba,    chiJakwa,    chalakwa,   cha- 
lakba,  n.,  the  name  of  a  serpent  called 
a  copperhead.     The  best  form  is  chilak 
ba,  in  the  Oklafalaia  dialect, 
chilanli,  n.,  the  scrofula;  the  king's  evil; 

struma. 
chilanli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  have  the  king's  evil; 

scrofula. 

chilanlichi,  achilanlichi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to 
cause  the  king's  evil;  to  cause  a  hard 
swelling. 
chilichi,  in  luak  isht  chilichi,  to  make  fire 

sparkle, 
chilina,  n.  sing.,  a  bruise  of  the  flesh; 

numbness  from  pain, 
chilina,  pass.,  bruised  in  the  flesh, 
chilinanchi,  v.    t.,  to  make  the   cords 

swell. 

chilinoha,  n.  pi.,  great  numbness  or  pain, 
chilukli,  chihakli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  limp;  see 

chahikli. 

chim,  dative  pro.,  2d  per.  sing,  in  the 
dat.  case  before  a  noun  beginning  with 
a  vowel,  as  chimisuba,  your  horse,  or,  a 
horse  for  you;  chimanumpa  han  irnali- 
tuk  oke,  I  have  given  them  thy  word, 
John  17:  14;  Luke  7:  44.  See  chin  an(\ 
chin,  thy. 

chim,  dative  per.  pro.,  2d  per.  sing,  be 
fore  verbs  beginning  with  a  vowel,  and 
to  be  rendered  with  a  prep.,  as,  of  thee, 
for  thee,  to  thee,  from  thee,  as  chimia, 
chimona,  he  goes  for  you  or  to  you; 
chimanoli,  he  tells  you;  ano  at  chim- 
anyali  makoke,  I  come  to  thee,  John 
17:  11;  chimaiyamohmashke,  be  it  unto 
thee,  Matt.  15:  28. 

chim,  dative  pro.,  2d  per.  sing.,  before  a 
neuter  verb  formed  from  an  adjective 
and  one  which  begins  with  a  vowel,  as 
chimokpulo,  thou  art  angry,  or  there  is 
bad  to  thee,  or  there  is  evil  with  thee; 
this  mode  of  expression  is  like  "  thou;" 
,  he  loves  it;  it  is  dear  to  him; 


or  he  is  stingy;  inholitopa,  he  loves  it, 
or  it  is  sacred  to  him,  etc. 
chim,    dative  pro.,    used  before  neuter 
verbs  and  where  the  pro.  is  not  found 
with  the   noun,  as  qlhtt  rhimilli,  your 
child  is  dead;  the  child  for  thee  is  dead, 
chimmi,  pro.  a.  and   pass,    pro.,  thine; 
thy. 

chimmi,  v.  n.,  to  be  thine,  as  chimmi,  it 
is  thine;  chimmi  hokma,  when  it  is  for 
thee,  Matt.  17:  4;  John  17:  10. 

chimmitoba,  v.  a.  i.,  to  become  thine; 
chimmihashke  in  last  translation,  Luke 
4:  7. 

chimpoa,  champoa,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  be 
small. 

chin,  thy;  thine;  dative  pro.,  2d  per. 
sing.,  before  nouns  beginning  with  the 
letters  ch,  I,  and  t,  as  cldncl/uka,  thy 
house;  chintakkon,  thy  peach;  see  chin 
and  chim. 

chin,  dative  pro.,  before  words  beginning 
with  the  letters  ch,  I,  t;  it  is  2d  per.  sing, 
and  is  usually  to  be  rendered  with  a 
prep,  as  of  thee,  for  thee,  to  thee,  from 
thee;  as  chinchumpa,  to  buy  of  thee, 
or  for  thee,  or  from  thee;  apat  chin- 
tali,  they  have  eaten  it  all  up  for  thee. 

chin,  thine;  poss.  pro.,  found  before  some 
verbs,  chiefly  neuter,  when  not  before 
the  noun  in  the  nom.  case,  as  tanrhi  at 
chintaha  instead  of  chintanchi  at  taha. 

chin,  see  chint. 

chinachubi,  pi.,  chinakbi,  sing.,  a., 
hooked;  crooked. 

chinachubi,  v.  n.,  to  be  hooked;  to  be 
crooked. 

chinachubi,  n.  pi.,  hooks;  crooks. 

chinachubichi,  v.  t.,  to  make  them 
crooked. 

chinakbi,  chanakbi,  a.  sing.,  hooked; 
crooked. 

chinakbi,  v.  n.,  to  be  crooked. 

chinakbi,  n.,  a  crook;  a  hook;  Ex.  27:11; 
hooks. 

chinakbichi,  chanakbichi,  v.  t.,  to  make 
it  crooked;  to  make  a  hook  or  crook; 
to  hook. 

chini,  achini,  v.  n.,  to  seem  so;  to  ap 
pear  so  (when  not  before  known). 

chini,  adv.,  apparently:  seemingly;  iksho 
chini;  achini  (q.  v.)  has  a  different 
meaning. 


106 


BUREAU   OF   AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


chinifa,  clienafa,  n.,  a  small  piece;  a  bit. 
chininffa,  pass.,  pinched;  chinowa,  p.  pi. 
chinim,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  pinch  with  the 

fingers,  but  not  with  any  instrument; 

to  pick;  chinoli,  pi. 

chinifri,  n.,  a  pincher;  one  who  pinches. 
chinim,  n.,  a  pinch, 
chinisa,  a.,  brindled;  striped, 
chinisa,  v.  n.,  to  be  brindled  or  striped, 
chinisa,  n.,   a  small  ground  squirrel;  a 

chipmunk. 
chinoli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  pinch;  to  nibble;  to 

pick. 

chinowa,  pass,  pi.,  pinched. 
chinowa,  n.,  a  pinching, 
chint,  chin,  adv.,  not;   okpqnachin  chint, 

he  will  not  destroy  it;  anli  chint,  hope 

it  is  not  true. 
Chintail,  n.,  a  Gentile;    Gentiles,   Luke 

2:  32;  oklushi  taloha  puta,  all  nations. 
Chintail,  a.,  Gentile,  Matt.  18:  17. 
Chintail  hatak,  n.,  a  Gentile,  Matt.  18: 

17. 

Chintail  okla,  n.,  Gentiles. 
chintok  (more  remote  in  time),  should 

have  been;  should  be;  was  about  to  be; 

about  to  have  been, 
chintuk  (less  remote   in  time),  should 

have  been;  was  about  to  be;  about  to 

have  been. 

chinuko,  see  chunoko. 
chipinta,  chipunta,  a.  pi.,  very  small; 

very  fine;  fine;  naku^shi  cJiipinta,  very 

fine  shot. 

chipinta,  v.  n.,  to  be  very  small. 
chipinta,  chipunta,  n.,  small  ones;  chi 
punta  ilqppa,  Luke  17:  2. 
chipintasi,  n.,  particles, 
cliipintasi,  a.    dim.,  quite  small;   from 

dnplnta  and  ax/. 

chipintasi,  v.  n.,  to  be  quite  small, 
chipintachi,  v.  t.  cans,  pi.,  to  render  them 

cmite  small. 
chipota,   n.   pi.,   young   children;    little 

ones,  Matt.  10:  42;  18:  10,  14;  children 

(of  Ammon),  Josh.  12:  2;  anchipotaaliha 

ma,  oh,  my  young  children, 
chipota,  a.,  small. 
chipunta,  nasal  form,  being  small;  It-ndii 

cltijmnta,    sparrows,    Matt.  10:  29;  alia 

chipunta,   children,    Matt.    2:    1(5;    alia 

chijnuita,  little  children,  Mark  10:  14; 

nani  chipunta,  little,  Matt.  15:  34;  18:  3 


chisa,  n.,  nameof  a  tree;  perhaps  it  should 

be  written  chtsha,  and  is  thus  a  post  oak. 
chinsa,  n.,  name  of  a  small  bird,  one  kind 

of  sparrow. 
Chisas,  Jesus,  Matt.    7:  28;  Chinas  ash- 

osh,  Matt.  8:  20. 
Chisas  Kilaist,  Chisas  Klaist,  n.,    the 

name  of  our  Saviour,  Mark  1:  1. 
Chisas  Kilaist  imanumpeshi,   n.,    an 

apostle  of  Jesus  Christ. 
Chisas  Kilaist  inanisht  alhpisa,  n.,  a 

sacrament;    an    ordinance     of    Jesus 

Christ. 
Chisas  Kilaist  isht  anumpuli,  n.,  an 

evangelist. 
chisbi,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  extend;  to  stretch; 

to  be  continued  in  length, 
chisbi,  pass.,  stretched  out;  extended  in 

a  line. 
chisbichi,  v.  t.,  to  extend;  to  stretch;  to 

draw  out  in  length. 
chisemo,   v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to   stretch    the 

limbs,  or  the  body;  to  yawn, 
chisemo,  pass.,  stretched  out. 
chisemoa,  v.  a.   i.   pi.,  to   stretch  the 

limbs  or  the  body. 

chisemoa,  pass.,  stretched;  extended, 
chisemochi,  v.  t.,  to  extend;  to  stretch 

another;  to  cause  to  stretch;  chibbakan 

chisemochi,  stretch    forth   thine   hand! 

Matt.  12:  13;  chisemochi,  stretch   forth 

thine  hand,  Mark  3:  5. 
chisemoli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  stretch, 
chiskilik,  n.,  a  blackjack,  name  of  a  va 
riety  of  oak. 
chiso,  n.,  thy  son,   from   iso,  son;  chiso 

ilqppqt,  this  thy  son,  Luke  15:  30;  sqso, 

my  son,  Luke  15:  31. 
chisoha,  chusoha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  rattle;  to 

make  a  noise;  t(ili  yosh  chisoha  yoke,  the 

iron  rattles, 
chisoha,  n.,  a  rattling. 
chisohachi,  chusohachi,  v.  t.,  to  rattle; 

to  make  it  rattle. 
chisohachi,  n.,  a  rattler, 
chisha,  n.,  a  post-oak  tree  and  its  acorn, 
chishaiyi,  n.,  a  grasshopper  that  sings  in 

the  night. 
chishakko  (seeitichishakko),  n.,  an  arbor; 

a  bush  arbor;  also  see  ahoshontika. 
chishba,  v.  n.,   to  be  doubtful;    kanioh- 

inachin  rjiixhba,   it  is  doubtful    how  it 

will  bo.     This  is  often  translated   "I 

don't  know,"  and  is  used  in  that  sense. 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY   OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


107 


cliishba,  a.,  doubtful;  unknown;  uncer 
tain;  perhaps. 

chishba,  adv.,  possibly  and  possibly  not; 
perhaps  so,  and  perhaps  not  so. 

chishinto,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  round  and  ele 
vated,  like  a  mound.  See  chashaiyi. 

chinshka,  n. ,  an  infant  girl;  a  babe;  a 
baby. 

chinsh.ka  keyu,  n.,  an  infant  boy.  This 
expression  and  the  above  were  used 
in  the  southern  part  of  the  nation. 

chishke,  n.,  thy  mother,  Matt.  15:  4. 

chishke,  see  chiishke. 

chinshki,  chiashki,  v.  n.,  to  be  proba 
ble;  used  at  the  end  of  another  verb,  as 
yohmi  chishke,  it  is  probable  that  it  was 
so;  keyu  chishke,  Matt.  12:  7;  okpula 
chishke,  it  will  be  foul,  Matt.  16:  23. 

chinshki,  adv.,  probably,  will  be. 

chishno,  pro.,  2d  per.  sing.,  thou,  Josh. 
1:  2;  chishno  ato,  Luke  7:  45,46;  thou, 
Matt.  6:  17;  chishno  akosh,  Matt.  14:  33; 
chishno  at,  thou,  Matt.  16:  18;  chishno, 
akon  chimmi,  for  thee.  chishno,  ob.  c., 
thee;  chishno  a™,  Matt.  3:  14;  chishno 
chinishkin,  thy  eye,  Matt.  7:4;  17:27; 
chishno,  poss.  pro.,  thine,  thy;  chishno 
akinli,  thyself;  yourself;  chishno  yokan, 
thine,  in  the  obj.  case;  chishno  yokat, 
thine,  in  the  nom.  case. 

chito  (subpos.  forms,  chito,  chitto, 
chehto,  chinto};  hochito,  pi.,  n.,  size; 
greatness;  enlargement;  the  extent; 
fullness;  grandeur;  growth;  largeness; 

•  loudness;  magnitude;  majesty;  scope; 
splendor;  sublimity;  chito  fehna,  n., 
vastness. 

chito  (subpos.  forms,  chitto,  chehto},  a., 
great,  Matt.  13:  50;  large;  big;  huge; 
immense;  heavy;  capacious;  august; 
egregious;  enormous;  extensive;  gigan 
tic;  grand;  grievous;  gross;  handsome; 
heavy;  high,  as  a  price;  immense;  lusty; 
majestic;  massive;  mighty;  noble;  pro 
fuse  (as  laksha  chito);  prominent;  pro 
tuberant;  signal;  capacious;  splendid; 
stocky;  stout;  sublime;  superb;  chitto; 
a  diminutive  of  chito,  less  than  chito, 
in  music,  low,  base,  grave;  chieto,  pro. 
form  of  a.;  chito  fehna,  a.,  herculean; 
prodigious;  thick,  as  hair,  cane,  etc.; 
tremendous;  unwieldy;  vast;  ikcJtito,  a., 
scant;  not  great. 


chito,  v.  n.,  to  be  large,  chWiohvhifo 
cJiinto  ka,  thy  great  name,  Josh  7:  9; 
cliinto,  nasal  form  n<t  chiyimtni  kat  chin- 
toshke  (thy  path)  excels  or  is  great 
(greater  than  others) ,  Matt.  15:  20;  okln 
cliinto,  Matt.  4:  25;  5:  1;  yammat  rhinto, 
Matt.  6:23;  of  great,  Matt.  13:40;  chm- 
toshke,  great  is,  Matt.  15:  28;  chihinto, 
freq.;  chieto,  pro.  form. 

chito,  pass.,  made  large;  enlarged;  dis 
tended;  chinto,  nasal  form,  being  made 
large;  the  large  one;  cf.,  Matt,  2:  17, 
18. 

chito,  adv.,  largely;  profusely;  thickly. 

chitochi,  v.  t.,  to  enlarge. 

chitokaka,  n.,  a  prince;  a  great  one. 

chitokaka,  n.,  a  lord;  sir;  God,  Luke 
1:  25;  John  4:  1;  majesty;  excellency; 
honor;  the  great  one,  Matt.  7:  21 
(chitokaka  ma, Lord);  11:  25;  14:  28. 

chitoli,  a.,  loud;  hard;  large;  stentorian. 

chitoli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  swell;  to  enlarge;  to 
increase,  as  a  storm  of  rain. 

chitoli,  v.  t.,  to  enlarge;  to  make  louder 
or  larger;  to  do  on  a  large  scale;  to  di 
late;  to  distend;  to  elevate;  to  rage; 
to  stretch;  to  swell,  Josh.  6:  5;  pi. 
hochetoli. 

chitolichi,  v.  t.,  to  enhance;  to  enlarge; 
to  magnify. 

chitolit,  adv.,  hard;  loudly;  as  chitolit 
umba,  it  rains  hard. 

chitolit  fiopa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  sigh;  to  breathe 
loud. 

chitolit  fiopa,  n.,  a  sigh;  also,  a  sigher. 

chito  t  (a  contraction  of  chitolit),  adv., 
greatly;  nobly. 

chitot  anumpuli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  rant. 

chitot  anumpuli,  n.,  a  ranter. 

chitot  fiopa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  heave;  to  sigh; 
to  puff;  to  wheeze. 

chitot  ia,  v.  a.  i.,  to  grow  large;  to  en 
large;  to  rise;  to  thrive. 

chitot  ishko,  chitot  nalli,  v.  t.,  to  swig, 
to  drink  largely;  to  swallow  largely. 

chitot  nanabli,  v.  t  ,  to  quaff. 

chitot  nanabli,  n.,  a  quaffer. 

chitot  ola,  chitot  ola  hinla,  a. ,  sonorous. 

chiya,  chiyya,  v.  a.  i.  pi.  pass.,  from  cJteh, 
v.  t.  (q.  v.).  It  is  applied  to  persons 
and  things  and  signifies  to  sit;  to  lie. 
Some  say  that  chii/a  is  strictly  dual,  but 
it  is  not  always  thus  used.  It  implies 


108 


BUREAU   OF  AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


that  the  sitting  is  for  a  time,  like  seated 
on  a  bench,  as  a  court;  to  stop  and  sit 
down,  not  expecting  to  leave  soon;  ita- 
chiya,  to  sit  together;  cldnya,  nasal  form, 
Josh.  3:  2;  7:  21;  pinchiyqshke,  Luke  9: 
13;  chiJiinya,  freq. ;  chieya,  chiyeya,  pro. 
form. 

chiya,  v.  n.,  to  be  seated. 

chiyulimi,  see  chohmi. 

chiyuhmichi,  see  chohmichi. 

cho,  ha;  sign  of  a  question  and  having  an 
adverbial  meaning  also,  like  eh!  in  Eng 
lish,  Matt.  2:  2;  18:  1;  Luke  3:  12; 
cho  implies  ignorance  in  those  who 
inquire.  It  implies  a  question  and  a 
demand  for  an  answer.  It  is  a  strong 
interrogative  word;  impa  cho?  Matt.  9: 
11 ;  compounds  are  yakohmichicho?  John 
2:  18;  akcho?  akchuba? or  akchu?  (which 
last  is  said  to  be  a  contracted  form  of 
(ak)chuba) ,  see  Luke  7: 19,  20;  hqssiachi 
cho?  Luke  6:  46.  akchun?  nanta  chin  cho? 
Matt.  11:  3;  akcho  is  used  in  disjunctive 
forms  of  interrogation,  or,  Matt.  11:  3f 
1  Kings  20:  15;  2  Sam.  24:  13;  choba, 
chuba,  or  chomba,  is  the  perfect  form 
of  the  word;  it  is  used  in  asking  ques 
tions  where  there  is  an  alternative. 

ch.obilh.kan,     chobilhkash.,    n.,    chips. 

chobohachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  ripple;  to  roar, 
as  the  running  water  of  a  stream. 

chobohachi,  n.,  a  roaring  of  water. 

chobokachi,  chibokachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to 
bubble,  as  water. 

chobokachi,  chibokachi,  n.,  the  bub 
bling  of  water. 

chobolichi,  chibolichi,  v.  t.,  to  rinse;  to 
shake  up;  to  shake,  as  water  is  shaken 
iu  a  keg  or  cream  in  a  churn  when  pro 
ducing  butter. 

chohmi,  chuhmi,  a.,  like;  similar;  some 
what;  such;  tolerable;  choyuhmi,  chi 
yuhmi,  Luke  6:10. 

chohmi,  v.  n.,  to  be  like;  to  be  similar; 
to  be  as,  Matt.  5:16;  6:  29;  chohmitok,  it 
was  like,  Matt.  12:13;  chohmihoke,  is  like 
Matt.  13:  44,  46;  to  be  so,  Matt.  3:  17; 
yarn  ma kh ill  ho™  cholnnit,  even  so,  Matt. 
7:  17;  choyuhmi,  chiyuhmi,  pro.;  cliiyuli- 
mashke,  Matt.  5:  48;  hqshchiyuhmi, 
Matt.  10: 16;  ch'njuhtnl  hoke,  Luke  6:  48, 
49;  chiyuhmi. ma,  Matt.  17:  2;  18:  3,  4. 


chohxni,  chiyuhmi,  choyuhini,  v.  a.  i., 
to  do  like;  to  act  like;  chiyuhmi,  to  be 
come  as,  Josh.  7:  5;  Matt.  10:  16. 

chohmi,  adv.,  somewhat;  insomedegree; 
measurably;  moderately;  in  a  limited 
degree;  to  some  extent;  partly;  par 
tially;  hardly;  like;  pretty;  scarcely; 
tolerably;  achukma  chohmi,  kapqssa 
chohmi. 

ch-ohmichi,  choyuhmichi,  chiyuhmi 
chi,  v.  t.,  caus.,  to  make  it  like;  to 
cause  it  to  resemble  in  some  respects; 
to  do  as,  1  Kings  10:  27;  Josh.  1:  15; 
ilechoyuhmichi,  ilechohmichi,  to  make 
yourself  like,  Luke  10:  27;  to  make  as 
if  or  to  feign,  Josh.  8:  15. 

chohpa,  n.,  the  meat  provided  for  a  pole 
pulling  or  Choctaw  funeral  which  is 
observed  at  the  end  of  the  days  of 
mourning;  meat  cured  and  dried;  veni 
son  dried. 

chokaxno  (for  kamo,  see  under  letter  k), 
adv.,  always;  usually;  connected  with 
verbs  when  general  customs,  habits, 
truths  are  expressed,  see  chatok;  hak- 
loli  chokqmo,  I  always  have  heard  it. 

chokaxno,  a.,  usual;  wont;  the  said;  the 
definite  known  one;  cho  has  the  sense 
of  cha  in  chatuk. 

chokash.,  a.  and  rel.  pro.,  in  past  tense; 
the  said  who  was  always,  John  6:  42; 
Ilqppqt  anshqt  nana  asihinta  chokqxh,  rnak- 
on  keyu?  "Is  not  this  he  that  sat  and 
begged?"  John  9:  8;  hqshacJd  cJiokqsh 
oliclio?  who  ye  say  was,  John  9:  19; 
chokash  o»,  Luke  7:  32  [?] ;  ikchokqsh  osh 
2  Sam.  7:  6. 

ch.okash.osh.,  etc.,  see  kasli. 

ch.onki,  chunki,  n.,  martin,  a  bird  of  a 
particular  kind. 

chomi,  a.,  such;  like;  and  so  on;  and  so 
forth,  or  others  of  the  kind;  like  the 
et  cetera  taken  from  Latin  in  use  among 
the  English. 

chopa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  roar,  as  falling  water 
at  a  cascade. 

ch.opilh.kash.,  chupillikash.,  n.,  chips; 
trash;  a  dunghill,  1  Sam.  2:  8;  dung, 
Phil.  3:  8. 

chopilak,  chupilak,  n.,  a  swallow;  a 
chimney  swallow. 

chowa,  a.,  displeased;  offended;  see 
achowa;  itachowa,  1  Tim.  3:  3. 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CIIOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


109 


chowa,  v.  n.,  to  be  displeased;  to  be  of 

fended,  Luke  7:  23. 
chowa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  differ,  as  itacJiowa,  to 

dispute;  to  differ  with  each  other, 
choyuhmi,  see  choh)iii. 
choyuhmichi,  see  chohmi. 
Chu,  n.,  a  Jew,  the  Jews. 
Chu,  a.,  Jewish. 
Chu  chepuli  chito,  n.,  the  Passover,  the 

great  Jewish  feast;  a  great  Jewish  feast. 
Chuhatak,   n.,  a  Jew;   a  Hebrew;   an 

Israelite. 

Chu  ohoyo,  n.,  a  Jewess. 
Chu   okla,   n.,  the  Jewish  nation;   the 

Jewish  people;  Jews;  Chu  okla  inminko, 

King  of  the  Jews,  Matt.  2:  2. 
Chu  okla  imabohahanta,  n.,  a  Jewish 

synagogue;  a  Jewish  temple. 
Chu    yakni,    n.,    Judea;   Palestine;   the 

Jewish  country. 
chuala,  n.,  a  cedar, 
chubuk,  n.,  sound  of  a  bell, 
chufak,  n.,  a  nail;   a  spike;  an  awl;  a 

rowel;   the  little  wheel   of   a  spur;   a 

fork. 

chufak  ahokli,  chufak  aholhpi,  chu 
fak  aiulhpi,  n.,  an  awrl  haft;  an  awl 

handle, 
chufak  chipinta,  n.  pi.,  tacks;   brads; 

small  nails. 

chufak  chito,  n.,  a  spike;  a  large  nail, 
chufak  chito  isht  ahonala,  pp.,  spiked; 

nailed  with  big  nails. 
chufak  chito  isht  ahonalichi,  v.  t,  to 

spike. 
chufak   falakto,  n.,  a  forked  nail;    an 

iron  fork;  a  fork. 
chufak  ikbi,  n.,  a  nailer, 
chufak  isht  ahonala,  n.,  a  hammer;  a 

nail  hammer. 
chufak  isht  bili,  chufak  isht  impa,  11., 

a  table  fork.     The  common  name  is 

chufak. — Capt.  Shorn. 
chufak  iyalhfoa,  chufak  iyafoa,  n.,  a 

spur, 
chufak  nan  isht  achunli,  n.,  a  needle; 

a  sewing  needle, 
chufak  nishkin,  n.,  the  eye  of  a  needle; 

a  needle's  eye. 
chufak    nishkin    ansha,  chufak   ushi 

nishkin  ansha,  11.,  a  needle;  the  son 
of  a  nail  that  has  an  eye. 
chufak  nishkin  lopulli   achafa,  11.,  a 
needleful. 


chufak  nushkobo  chito,  n.,  a  hob  nail. 

chufak  ush  ikbi,  n.,  a  pin  maker;  a 
needle  maker. 

chufak  ushi,  n.,  a  pin;  son  of  a  nail;  a 
tack;  a  pin;  a  needle;  a  small  nail;  a 
brad. 

chufak  ushi  ashamoli,  chufakush  a- 
shamoli,  n.,  a  pin  cushion. 

chufak  ushi  shuekachi,  pp.,  unpinned. 

chufak  ushi  shueli,  v.  t,.  to  unpin. 

chufak  wishakchi,  n.,  the  point  of  a 
needle. 

chufak  wushala,  n.,  the  tine  of  a  fork. 

chufak  yushkoboli,  n.,  a  pin  with  a 
head,  such  as  are  used  by  females  for 
fastening  their  clothes. 

chufak  yushkololi,  n.,  a  tack;  a  short 
nail;  chufak  yushkolushi,  n.  pi.,  tacks. 

chuhmi,  see  chohmi. 

chuk,  sign  of  future  imp.  tense. 

chuka,  chukka,  n.,  a  house;  a  building; 
a  dwelling;  a  domicile;  a  cabin;  an 
abode;  a  residence;  a  seat;  a  home, 
Matt.  8:  6;  a  nest;  a  den;  the  hole  or 
the  abode  of  animals;  a  dome;  an  edi 
fice;  a  habitation;  housing;  a  mansion; 
a  mansion  house;  a  structure;  a  tene 
ment;  chinchuka,  thy  house,  Matt.  9: 
6;  chuka  yon,  an  house,  Matt.  10:  12; 
7:  24,  25,  26,  27;  inchuka  kak  ilia  hoh 
chalukoke,  Matt.  13:  57;  itinchuka,  v.  t., 
to  keep  house  together;  itinchukali,  n., 
my  husband,  or  my  housemate,  but 
usually  uttered  by  the  woman. 

chuka,  v.  a.  i.,  to  house  or  live;  achukat 
ahanta,  Josh.  2:  15. 

chuka  abaiya,  chukabaiya,  n.,  a  vaga 
bond;  a  vagrant;  one  that  wanders 
from  house  to  house. 

chuka  abaiya,  a.,  vagrant. 

chuka  abaiya,  v.  n.,  to  be  vagrant;  to 
wander  or  go  from  house  to  house. 

chuka  abaiyachi,  v.  t. ,  to  act  as  a  vaga 
bond;  to  go  from  house  to  house;  chuka 
abaiyqchil  hachikitanowokashke,  go  not 
from  house  to  house!  Luke  10:  7. 

chuka  abaiyat  nowa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  gad 
abou 

chuka  abaiyat  nowa,  n.,  a  gadder;  a 
gadabout. 

chuka  abilinka,  n.,  a  neighbor,  Josh.  9: 
16;  20:  5. 

chuka  achafa  ahalaia,  a.,  domestic,  per 
taining  to  a  family. 


110 


BUREAU   OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


chuka     achafa,    chukachafa,     n.,     a 

family;  a   household;    a   house,    Luke 

1:  27. 
chuka  afoha,  n.,   an  inn;    a   tavern;   a 

hotel;  a  house  of  rest. 
chuka  afoha  hatak,  n.,  a  host;  an  inn 
keeper, 
chuka  afoha  inhikia,  chuka  afoha  in- 

talaia,  n.,  a  taverner;   an  innholder; 

one  to  whom  stands  a  house  of  rest. 
chuka  aholitopa,  n.,   a  sanctuary,  or  a 

sacred  house. 
chuka  aiitola,  n.,  the  site  of  a  house; 

the  foundation  of  a  house. 
chuka   aiontala,  n.,  the  foundation  of 

a  house;  the  underpinning. 
chuka   akinli    ashana,   a.,    homespun; 

spun  in  the  house  itself. 
chuka   akinli  atoba,  a.,  home    made; 

made  in  the  house  itself. 
chuka   anusi,  n.,   a  hotel;    an  inn;    a 

house  of  sleep,  or  where  they  sleep. 
chuka  apanta,  n.,  a  neighbor;  an  adjoin 
ing  house;  chuka  panta  hatak,  John  9; 

8;  Matt.  5:  43. 
chuka    apanta    ansha,   n.,    neighbors, 

Lukel:  58. 
chuka  apantali,  n.,  an  adjoining  house; 

a  neighbor. 
chuka  apalli,  chukapalli,  pi.,  in  l^chuka- 

palli,  his  neighbors. 
chunka  ansha,  a.,  homebred. 
chuka  ansha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  at  home;  to 

sit  at  home. 

chuka  chaha,  n.,  a  tower;  a  high  house, 
chuka  chukoa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  enter  a  house; 

to  house, 
chuka  foka,  pass.,  housed;  inchukafoka, 

cooped;  put  in  his  house. 
chuka    foki,    v.    t.,    to   house;   inchuka 

foki,  to  coop;  to  put  in  his  house. 
chuka  hanta,  n.,   a   council   house;    a 

state  house;  a  senate  house;  a  house  of 

peace  and  friendship;  a  white  house; 
the  capitol;  a  temple. 
chuka  hukmi,  v.  t.,  to  burn    a  house; 
inla  incJiuka  Jmkmi,  v.  t.,  to  burn  the 
house  of  another;  11.,  an  incendiary, 
chuka  ikbi,  n.,  a  carpenter,  Matt.  13:  55; 

see  chukikbi. 

chuka  impalata,  a.,  homesick;  longing 
for  home. 


chuka  impalata,  v.  n.,  to  be  homesick, 
or  he  is  homesick;  chuka  ampalata,  I 
am  homesick. 

chuka  impalata,  n.,  homesickness. 

chuka  ishi  kanchak,  n.,  a  witch;  a  hob 
goblin. 

chuka  isht  alhpolosa,  n. ,  mortar  for  a 
house;  daubing  for  a  house. 

chuka  isht  holmo,  n.,  the  roof  of  a 
house;  shingles  for  a  house;  covering 
for  a  house. 

chuka  isht  holmo  ali,  n.,  the  eaves. 

chuka  isht  holmo  ibitahaka,  n.,  the 
eaves. 

chuka  itabana,  n.,  the  sides  of  a  house. 

chuka  itabana,  n.,  a  log  house. 

chuka  itabanni,  n.,  a  house  raising. 

chuka  itontala,  n.,  a  story  in  a  building. 

chuka  ituksita,  n.,  a  dooryard. 

chuka  lukonli,  n.,  a  number  of  houses 
near  each  other;  a  neighborhood;  a  set 
tlement. 

chuka  limishki,  n.,  a  framed  house. 

chuka  na  chokushpa,  n.,  the  furniture 
of  a  house;  household  furniture. 

chuka  naksika,  n. ,  the  side  of  the  house. 

chuka  osapa,  n.,  homestead;  the  house 
field. 

chuka  patali,  v.  t.,  to  massacre. 

chuka  pallit  anya,  chuka  pulalit  anya, 
v.  a.  i.,  to  saunter;  to  act  the  vaga 
bond. 

chuka  pila,  adv.,  homeward;  home 
wards;  toward  the  house. 

chuka  pulalit  anya,  chuka  pulalit 
nowa,  n.,  a  saunterer;  a  vagabond. 

chukabaiya,  see  chuka  abaiya. 

chukachafa,  n.,   a   family;   a  house;    a 
household;  lit.  one  house,  Matt.  10:  6; 
15:  24;  Josh.  7:  14;  see  chuka  achafa. 
chukachafa  abinili,  n.,  a  few;  a  seat  for 

a  single  family. 

chukachafa  isht  atia,  n.,  a  house  line 
age,  Lukel:  27,  33. 

chukachafa  nan  isht  atta,  n.,  a  stew 
ard. 

chukachafa    peh'cheka,    n.,   a    house 
holder;  the  ruler  of  a  house;  a  house 
keeper, 
chukachafa  pelichi,  n.,  a  housekeeper. 

a  householder,  Matt.  13:  27. 
chukafa,  pp.,  plucked  out;  pulled  out. 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY   OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


111 


chukafoha  ohoyo,  n. ,  a  hostess;  a  woman 

who  keeps  an  inn. 
chukah,  in  (ahchukah,  indeed;  something 

uiilooked  for  by  the  speaker;  from  tah, 

an  adverb  in  the  recent  past  tense; 

ishlalahchukah  or  tohchukah,  same  but  in 

the  remote  past  tense. 
chukalaha,   n.,   the  present    made     in 

food  to  a  visitor. 
chukalahachi,  v.  t. ,  to  go  in  search  of  a 

present  in  food;    to  obtain  food  as  a 

present, 
chukalahachi,  n.,  a  visitor  who  comes 

for  food, 
chukali,  chukli,  v.  t.,  pp.,  pi.,  plucked 

out;   pulled   out,    as  grass  or  hair;  to 

pluck  out,  etc. ;  see  chukaffi. 
chukalichi,   v.    t.    caus.,    to   make   him 

pull  out,  or  to  pull  out  from  another. 
chukanakbila,  see  hachukbUa^kbila. 
chukani,  n.,  the  common  house  fly;  the 

green-headed  fly  that  blows  meat,  etc. 
chukanicheli,  v.  t.,  to  fly  blow. 
chukanushi,  n.,  a  fly-blow;  a  maggot. 
chukanushi  ansha,  pp.,  fly-blown, 
chukanushi  laua,  a.,  maggoty. 
chukapanta,  chuka  apanta  (q.  v.),  n., 

a  neighbor;  chuka  palli,  pi. 
chukapalli,  see  chuka  apalii. 
chukapishia,  n.,  an  old-fashioned  house 

built  with  upright  logs,  and  having  a 

shed  all  around  it;  a  porch,  Matt.  26:71. 
chukashana,  n.,  a  houselock. 
chukashaya,  v.  a.   i.,   not  to  come  out 

even,  in  folding  a  handkerchief;  itachu- 

kashaya,  to  cross  each  other,  as  bridle 

reins  when  crossed. 
chukachi,  a.,  mad. 
chukaffi,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  pluck  out;  to  pull 

out;  chukli,  pi. 
chukaffi,  n.,  a  plucker. 
chukalbaska,  n.,  the  ribs  of  a  house,  or 

roof. 

chunkash,  n.,  the  heart;  the  center;  the 
stomach;  the  feelings;  the  affections; 
spirits;  conscience;  pluck;  the  reins; 
spirit;  temper;  disposition;  a  grain; 
chu^kash  akon  aminti,  Matt.  15:  18,  19; 
chunkash  yolibi,  chunkash  akanlosi,  the 
person;  himself,  Matt.  11:  29;  chunk- 
ash  anunkaka  okla  ahnitok,  think  or  say 
within  themselves,  Matt.  9:  3;  yakul 
chunkash,  heart  of  the  earth,  Matt.  12: 


40;  okla  ilappa  chunkasJt,  this  people's 

heart;  chunkax]i  okato,  their  heart,  Matt. 

15:   8;  inchunkaxli ,  his    or    her    heart; 

imichunkash  (I  once  heard  this   form 

used. — Byington). 
chunkash  achukma,  n.,  a  good  heart; 

grace. 
chunkash  akkanlusechi,  v.  t. ,  to  daunt ;  to 

sink  the  spirits;  to  depress;  to  humble. 
chunkash  akkanlusi,  n.,  melancholy;  a 

depressed  heart  or  spirits;  humility. 
chunkash  akkanlusi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  despond. 
chunkash    akkanlusi,    pass.,    daunted; 

spirits  sunk;  depressed;  humbled. 
chunkash  akka^lusi,  a.,  lowly,  Matt.  11 : 

29. 
chunkash  akkanlusi  keyu,  a.,  unhum- 

bled.' 
chunkash  anli,  n.,  a  pure  heart;  a  true 

heart;  a  sincere  heart;  an  honest  heart; 

sincerity. 
chunkash     apa,    n.,    animalcule     from 

which  mosquitoes  grow,  called  wiggle- 
tails. 
chunkash  banna,  v.  a.  i. ,  to  wish  for  with 

the  heart;  the  heart  desires. 
chunkash  bila,  pp.,  piqued. 
chunkash  bili,  v.  t.,  to  pique. 
chunkash  chaha,  a.,  high  minded;  high 

hearted. 
chunkash   chaha,   v.   a.  i.,  to   be  high 

minded. 
chunkash   chumpa,   v.  t,,  to  bribe;   to 

buy  the  heart. 
chunkash  halupa,  a.,   high    tempered; 

angry;  having  quick  feelings. 
chunkash  halupa,    v.    n.,    to    be   high 

tempered. 
chunkash  himmona, n. ,  a  renewed  heart ; 

a  new  heart;  regeneration. 
chunkash  himmona,  pp.,  regenerated; 

having  the  heart  renewed. 
chunkash  himmona,  a, ,  regenerate ;  hav 
ing  a  new  heart. 
chunkash  himmonachi,  v.  t.,  to  renew 

the  heart;  to  regenerate. 
chunkash  homi,  n.,  a  bitter  heart;  bit 
terness  of  heart;  a  venomous  temper; 

fire;  gall. 

chunkash  homi,  a.,  fervent;  fiery. 
chunkash  hominchi,  v.  t. ,  to  envenom ;  to 

embitter  the  heart. 

chunkash  hutupa,  n.,  a  wounded  heart; 
an  offended  spirit. 


112 


BUREAU   OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BUHL.  46 


chunkash  hutupa,  pp.,  insulted;  of 
fended. 

chunkash  hutupali,  v.  t.,  to  affront;  to 
wound  the  feelings;  to  insult;  to  offend. 

chunkash  hutupali,  n.,  an  offender. 

chunkash  ia,  v.  a.  i.,  to  desire;  the  heart 
goes;  to  wish  for. 

chunkashikhotopo,  a.,  unwounded;  un- 
offended. 

chunkashiknakno,  n.,  a  hypochondriac; 
a  dispirited  person. 

chunkash  illi,  a.,  disheartened. 

chunkash  illichi,  v.  t.,  to  dishearten. 

chunkash  imanukfila,  n.,  the  affections 
of  the  heart;  the  thoughts  of  the  heart. 

chunkash  imanukfila  achukma,  n., 
charity. 

chunkash  imanukfila  nukoa,  n.,  re 
sentment. 

chunkash  inla,  a.,  alienated;  another 
heart,  generally  used  in  a  bad  sense; 
itinchunkash  inlali,  shaken  in  mind. 

chunkash  inla,  v.  n.,  to  be  alienated. 

chunkash  inlachi,  v.  t.,  to  shake  the 
purpose;  to  change  the  mind  or  the 
affections. 

chunkash  ishahinla,  a.,  impressive;  can 
take  the  heart. 

chunkash  ishi,  v.  t.,  to  Seize  the  heart;  to 
captivate;  to  overcome;  to  rap;  to  touch 
the  feelings;  to  charm;  to  steal  the  af 
fections;  to  gain  or  get  the  affections; 
to  fascinate. 

chunkash  ishi,  n.,  rapture;  a  spell. 

chunkash  kapassa,  a.,  cold-hearted;  in 
sensible. 

chunkash  kallo,  a.,  flint-hearted;  hard 
hearted;  headstrong;  obstinate. 

chunkash  kallo,  n.,  hardness  of  heart; 
obstinacy;  sangfroid. 

chunkash  lua,  v.  a.  i.,  to  burn;  to  be  in 
flamed  with  passion. 

chunkash  lua,  n.,  heartburn. 

chunkash  nakni,  n. ,  hardihood ;  bravery; 
boldness  of  spirit. 

chunkash  nala,  n.,  a  wounded  heart. 

chunkash  nala,  pp.,  piqued;  offended. 

chunkash  nali,  v.  t.,  to  pique;  to  offend. 

chunkash  okpani,  v.  t.,  to  demoralize; 
to  injure  the  heart. 

chunkash  okpulo,  n.,  a  bad  heart. 

chunkash  okpulo,  pp.,  demoralized; 
ruined  in  heart. 

chunkash  shanaiachi,  v.  t.,  to  wean  the 
affections;  to  pervert  the  heart. 


chunkash  tuklo,  n.,  a  double  dealer. 

chunkash  tuklo,  a.,  double-hearted. 

chunkash  walwaki,  a,,  tender-hearted. 

chunkash  weki,  n.,  gravity. 

chunkash  weki,  a.,  grave-minded. 

chunkash  yiminta,  a.;  hearty;  zealous; 
fierce-minded. 

chunkash  yohbi,  n.,  a  serene  heart;  a 
subdued  heart;  a  sanctified  mind;  clem 
ency;  meekness;  righteousness. 

chunkash  yohbi,  a.,  clement;  as  hatak 
chunka8h  yohbi,  a  clement  man,  or  a 
man  of  clemency;  clever;  familiar; 
holy;  meek,  Matt.  11:  29. 

chunkash  yohbichi,  v.  t.,  to  subdue  the 
heart;  to  sanctify  the  heart. 

chunkash  yukachi,  v.  t.,  to  fascinate;  to 
captivate  the  heart. 

chunkash  yukpa,  n.,  cheer;  a  joyful 
heart;  consolation. 

chunkash  yukpa  atapa,  n.,  ecstasy; 
overgladness  of  heart. 

chunkash  yukpali,  v.  t.,  to  console;  to 
feast;  to  rejoice  the  heart. 

chukbaiyachi,  v.  t.,  to  act  the  vaga 
bond. 

chukbaiyachi,  n.,  a  vagabond;  a  va 
grant. 

chukbi,  n.,  the  corner;  the  inside  corner; 
the  lee;  chukbeli,  pi.,  corners,  Rev.  7: 1. 

chukbika,  n.,  the  corner;  the  place  oc 
cupied  as  a  corner,  Mark  12:  10,  11; 
corner  of  a  sea,  Josh.  18:  14. 

chukbilaklak,  see  cJmkkilakbila. 

chunkcho,  n.,  a  fishhawk. 

chukchu  n.,  a  maple;  a  soft  maple, 
the  most  common  kind  among  the 
Choctaw. 

chukchu  chito,  chukchu  imoshi,  n., 
hard  maple  or  big  maple. 

chukchu  hapi  champuli,  n.,  maple 
sugar. 

chukchua,  pass.,  tickled. 

chukchua,  n.,  a  tickling. 

chukchuki,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  spotted,  like 
cattle;  see  chikchiki. 

chukchulli,  v.  t.,  to  tickle. 

chukchulli,  n.,  a  tickler. 

chukfaluma,  n.,  a  cony  burrow. 

chukfalhpoba  (Matt.  7:  \'r,  15:  24;  18: 
12),  chukfi.  alhpoba  (John  10:  .1,  o,  7; 
Matt.  12:  11,  12)  chukfalhpow a,  chukfi 
alhpowa,  n.,  a  sheep;  lit.  a  domesti 
cated  rabbit,  This  form  of  expression 


BTINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


113 


is  used  sometimes  for  the  sake  of  dis 
tinguishing  the  sheep  from  the  rabbit; 

chukfi  alhpoba  yon,   the  sheep,    Matt. 

10:  16. 
chukfalhpowa    apistikeli,     chukfalh- 

poba  apesachi,  n.,  a  shepherd,  John 

10:  11. 

chu.kfalh.powa  hishi,  n.,  wool. 
chukfalhpowa  inhollihta,  n.,  a  sheep- 
fold,  John  10:  1. 

chukfalhpowa  nakni,  n.,  a  ram;  a  buck. 
chukfalhpowa  nipi,    n.,    mutton;    the 

flesh  of  sheep. 

chukfalhpowa  tek,  n.,  a  ewe. 
chukf  alhpoyushi,  chukfi  alhpowaushi, 

chukfushi,  n. ,  a  lamb, 
chukfi,  n.,  a  sheep,  or  a  rabbit  which  is 

the  first  definition  as  sheep  have  not 

been  long  known  among  the  Choctaw; 

a  cony. 

chukfi  aiasha,  n.,  a  sheepfold. 
chukfi  apesachi,  n.,  a  shepherd, 
chukfi  apistikeli,  n.,  a  shepherd, 
chukfi  alhpowaushi,  see  chuk/alhpoyushi. 
chukfi  hakshup,  n.,  a  sheepskin, 
chukfi  hishi,  n.,  wool;  sheep  wool, 
chukfi  hislii  almo,  n.,  a  fleece. 
chukfi  hishi  almo,  pp.,  fleeced, 
chukfi  hishi  amo,   v.    t.,    to    fleece;   to 

shear  off  wool;  to  shear  sheep, 
chukfi  hishi  amo,  n.,  a  shearer;  a  sheep 

shearer,  Acts  8:  32. 
chukfi  hishi  itapana   achafa,  n.,   one 

hank  of  woolen  yarn, 
chukfi    hishi  nan  tanna,   n.,    flannel; 

woolen  cloth;  cloth  made  of  wool. 
chukfi  hishi  nan  tanna  aiskiachi,  n., 

a  clothier. 

chukfi.  hishi  shana,  n.,  woolen  yarn, 
chukfi  hishi  shapo,   n.,   a  felt;    a  hat 

made  of  wool;  a  wool  hat. 
chukfi  hishi  tanna,  n.,  flannel;  woolen 

cloth;  woven  wool, 
chukfi    imaseta,   n.,    the    vine   which 

grows  and  adheres  to  the  bark  of  trees, 

having  a  trumpet-shaped  blossom.     It 

is  said  to  be  good  in  dysentery, 
chukfi.  isht  abeka,  n.,  the  rot;  a  disease 

among  sheep;  a  fatal  distemper  incident 

to  sheep. 

chukfi  luma,  n.,  a  rabbit. 
chukfi  nakni,  n. ,  a  ram;  a  buck;  the  male 

of  the  sheep;  Joshua  6:  4,  5,  6, 8, 13. 
84330°— Bull.  46—15 8 


chukfi  nishkin,  n.,  a  painful,  obstinate 

ulcer  which  comes  on  the  foot  or  leg; 

stone  bruise  on  the  thick  muscles. 
chukfi  pattakata  nakni,  n.,  a  buck;  the 

male  of  the  hare, 
chukfi  pattakita,    chukfi  pattakata, 

n.,  a  hare. 

chukfi  tek,  n.,  a  ewe. 
chukfi  yoba,  n.,  the  cramp  in  the  hand, 
chukfikoa,  nukfichoa    (q.  v.),  n.,  the 

hiccough  or  hickup. 
chukfikoa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  have  the  hiccough; 

to  hiccough. 

chukfikoli,  v.  t.,  to  cause  the  hiccough, 
chukfikolichi,   v.  t.,   to  make  him  hic 
cough. 

chuktikpelo,  n.,  the  northeast. 
chukfikpelo,  a.,  northeast. 
chukfitohtololi,  n.,  a  viper;  "aground 

rattlesnake. ' ' 
chukf oba,   a.    (from    chukfi  and    Jiolba, 

like),  sheepish;  like  a  sheep. 
chukf  oba,  v.  n.,  to  be  sheepish. 
chukf oloha,  a.,  dizzy;  drunk;  giddy. 
chukf oloha,  v.   n.,   to  be  dizzy;  to  be 

drunk, 
chukf  oloha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  stagger;  to  reel; 

to  swim  in  the  head. 
chukf  oloha,  n.,   dizziness;  the  vertigo; 

giddiness;  the  staggers. 
chukf ulli,  chukf olli,  chukf olulli,  v.  t., 

to  stagger;  to  make  dizzy;  to  cause  to 

swim;   to  cause  to  reel, 
chukf  ulli,  a.,  dizzy;  drunk, 
chukfushi,  n.,  a  lamb;  a  young  rabbit, 
chukfushi  holba,  a.,  lamblike. 
chukf ushicheli,  v.  t.,  to  lamb;    to  bring 

forth  a  lamb. 
chunki,  see  chonJd. 
chukikbi,  n.,    a  house  maker;  a  house 

wright;  a  joiner. 
chukillissa,    n.,    a  deserted   house;   an 

empty  house;  a  vacant  house;  solitude, 
chukillissa,  a.,  desert;   vacant;   empty, 

as  a  house  that  stands  vacant;  desolate; 

waste;   hachinchuka  yat  kachincJtulillis- 

sat  tan/aha,  Matt.  23:  38. 
chukillissa,  chukilissa  (from  chuka&nd 

•ilissa),  v.  t.,  to  desert  a  house  or  houses 

that  are  their  own;  ikchukillissa,  Acts 

1:20. 
chukillissa,  n.,   those  who  desert  their 

house. 


114 


BUREAU   OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


chukillissa,  pp.,  desolated. 

chukillissachi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  desert 
the  house;  to  make  another  leave  his 
house;  to  desolate;  to  depopulate. 

chukillissachi,  n.,  a  destroyer;  one  who 
causes  others  to  leave  their  homes. 

chukimma,  adv.,  homeward,  home 
wards. 

chukimpata,  n.,  a  piazza. 

chukka,  see  chuka. 

chukkilakbila,  chukkilakpila,  ch.uk- 
kilanpila,  hachukbilankbila  (q.  v.), 
chukbilaklak  (Ch.  Sp.  Book,  p.  55), 
n.,  tLe  whip-poor-will. 

chukli,  v»  t.  pi.,  to  pluck  out;  to  pull  up, 
as  hair  or  grass,  with  the  hands;  chu- 
kali,  pp. ;  chukoffi,  sing;  see  chukali. 

chukli,  n.,  a  plucker;  one  that  plucks. 

chuklampulli,  hachuklampuli  (q.  v.), 
tuklampuli,  n.,  a  cobweb;  an  air 
thread;  a  spider's  web;  a  spider's  nest. 

chukma,  a.,  good;  well;  healthy.  This 
is  usually  written  achukma. 

chukma,  v.  n.,  to  be  good,  well,  healthy, 
agreeable;  iksancJiukmo,  I  am  not  well; 
ikinchukmo,  he  is  not  wrell,  Matt.  4:  23; 
haknip  ikincliukmo;  inchukma,  he  is  well. 

chukoa,  chukowa,  v.  t.,  to  enter;  to 
go  in;  to  come  in;  to  thrust,  Matt.  5: 
20;  7:  21;  8:  5;  12:  4,  9;  13:  2;  17:  25;  18: 
3,  8,  9;  Josh.  1:11;  8:19;  Luke  2:27; 
4:  16;  ikchukoo  ahni,  v.  t.,  to  admit;  to 
permit  to  enter;  isht  chukoa,  v.  t.,  to 
carry  in,  Luke  4: 1;  to  take  into;  to  ob 
trude;  ant  chukowa,  to  come  under, 
Matt.  8:  8;  to  come  in,  Josh.  6:  1; 
chukoyua,  pro  form;  ibachukoa,v.  t.,  to 
invade;  to  enter  with  another;  v.  a.  i., 
to  obtrude;  achukowa,  n.,  an  entrance, 
Josh.  8:29. 

chukoa,  n.,  an  entrance. 

chukoa,  n.,  an  enterer;  one  who  enters. 

chukokhisa,  n.,  a  house  door. 

chukowa  hinla,  a.,  penetrable. 

chukowahe  keyu,  a.,  impenetrable. 

chukpalali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  shine  dimly,  as 
on  a  cloudy  day. 

chukpalantak,  hachukpalantak,  n.,  a 
tree  toad. 

chukulbi,  n.,  a  nook  or  point  of  land 
lying  in  the  bend  of  a  creek  or  in  a  fork 
between  two  creeks;  bok  chukulbi,  the 
fork  of  creeks;  achukulbi,  united;  com 


panionship;  communications,  1  Cor.  15: 
33. 

chukushi,  n.,  a  small  house;  a  cot;  a  cot 
tage;  a  hut. 

chukushi  abeli,  v.  t.,  to  hut. 

chukuslimi,  n.,  a  desert;  chukushmi  foka 
yan,  John  6:  31. 

chukushmi,  a.,  sandy,  sandish;  yakni 
chukushmi,  sandy  land. 

chukushpa,  a.,  small;  fona  chukushpa, 
u  their  stuff ;"  Josh.  7:  11. 

chukushpa  a.,  slanderous. 

chukushpali,  v.  t.,  to  amuse. 

chukyiweta,  chukyuata,  v.  a.  i.,  to 
loathe;  to  feel  sick  at  the  stomach. 

chukyiweta,  chukyuata,  a.,  loathsome. 

chula,  n.,  a  fox;  chula  puta  kat,  the  foxes, 
Matt.  8:  20. 

chula  aiabi,  n. ,  a  fox  trap. 

chula  hishi,  n.,  fox  fur;  fox  hair. 

chula  holilabi,  n.,  a  mad  fox;  a  rabid 
fox. 

chula  isht  abeka,  n.,  a  diarrhea;  a  loose 
ness;  a  more  modest  way  of  speaking 
than  ikfia. 

chula  nakni,  n.,  the  male  fox. 

chula  tasembo,  n.,  a  mad  fox;  a  rabid 
fox;  a  raving  fox. 

chula  tek,  n.,  the  female  fox. 

chula  ushi,  chulushi,  n.,  a  young  fox;  a 
cub. 

chulahtunsh,  n.,  a  small  variety  of  mush 
room. 

Chulai,  ri.,  JCuly. 

chulakto,  chilakto  (q.  v.),  a.,  forked; 
cloven. 

chulaktochi,  v.  t.,  to  fork;  to  cleave. 

chulabi,  n.,  a  fox  hunter. 

chulhah,  v.  a.  i.,  to  say  chulh;  to  rumble, 
as  the  bowels. 

chulhkan,  n.,  a  spider. 

chulhkan  inchuka,  n.,  a  spider's  nest; 
a  spider's  web. 

chulosa,  chilosa,  a.,  calm;  quiet;  still; 
hush;  mum;  peaceful;  quiescent. 

chulosa,  v.  n.,  to  be  calm;  to  be  quiet; 
to  be  still. 

chulosa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  become  calm,  quiet, 
still,  silent;  1  Sam.  2:9;  to  assuage;  to 
calm;  to  lull;  to  moderate;  to  subside; 
chulusat  talaiatok,  Luke  8:  24. 

chulosa,  pass.,  becalmed;  allayed;  quiet 
ed;  appeased;  hushed;  lulled;  moder 
ated;  stilled;  unruffled. 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY   OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


115 


chulosa,   n.,   moderation;   peace;  quiet; 

quietness;  silence. 

chulosachi,  v.  t,  to  quiet;  to  still;  to  al 
lay;  to  appease;  to  hush;  to  lull;  to 

moderate;  to  silence, 
chulosachi,  n.,  a  calmer;  a  quieter;  a 

luller. 
chuluk,  chiluk  (q.  v.),  n.,  a  hole;  a  pit; 

a  cavity. 

chulushi,  see  chula  ushi. 
chula,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  split;  to  shiver, 
chula,    pass.,    split;     riven;    slit;    cut; 

marked;  surveyed,  as  land;   laid  off; 

shivered. 

chula,  n.,  that  which  is  split;  strands. 
chulafa,v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  split  off  a  piece; 

to  rive. 

chulafa,  pass.,  split;  riven, 
chulafa,  n.,  that  which  is  split;  a  piece 

split  off;  a  splinter;  a  shiver;  a  slit. 
chulali,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  splinter;  to  shiver. 
chulata,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  split;  to  scantle. 
chulata,  pp.,    split;  slit;   rived;   riven; 

split  off  from  another  piece;  chulanta, 

nasal  form,  being  slit  or  rived, 
chulata,  n.,  a  slit;  a  piece  that  is  split 

off;  a  shred;  a  slip;  a  strand;  a  slit  in 

the  ear. 
chulaffi,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  split  off  a  piece; 

to  splinter;  to  cut  off  a    piece  (not  to 

tear  it  off). 

chulaffi,  n.,  a  splitter, 
chulalli,  v.  t,  to  split  off  a  piece;  to  slit; 

to  shred. 

chulalli,  n.,  a  splitter, 
chuli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  rive;  to  slit;   to  cut 

out,  as  cloth  when  a  garment  is  cut; 

to  shred;  to  subdivide;  to  lay  off  land 

into  sections  or  smaller  portions;   to 

survey;  yakniachuli,  to  survey  the  land; 

iti  an  chuli,  to  slit  up  the  wood;  nantan- 

na  yan  chuti,  to  cut  up  the  cloth, 
chuli,  n.,   a  splitter;  a  river;  a  slitter, 

etc.;  shivering. 
chuloli,  chulullih,  to  drip;   chulohonli; 

chulohonlit  aba  yakni. 
chulotah,  v.  a.  i.,  to  fly,  as  a  spark. 
chumanko,  n.,  the  shin. 
chumba,  choba,adv.,  consequently,  said 

in  anger  by  a  child;  chumba  ialachin,  so 

I  will  be  off;  see  cho. 
chumpa,  v.  t. ,  to  buy  and  pay  with  cash 

at  the  time  and  not  with  a  promise  of 

cash;  to  purchase;  to  redeem;  to  shop; 


to  negotiate;  to  ransom;  he  buyeth, 
Matt.  13:  44,  46;  ilitnpa  cJtumpat  tamaha 
ilhkoli,  John  4:  8;  okla  achumpashke, 
they  shall  buy  there,  Matt.  14:  15;  isht 
chumpa,  to  buy  with,  Rev.  5:  9,  10; 
chumpat  pi/alaminchi,  Gal.  3: 13;  chuhpa, 
subpositive  form;  chuhopa,  immediate 
future  form,  to  buy  now;  ilediumpa,  to 
buy  himself;  to  redeem  himself,  cho- 
humpa,  freq. ;  choyumpa,  pro. ;  ikchumpo, 
a.,  unbought. 

chumpa,  n.,  a  buyer;  a  purchaser;  a  re 
deemer. 

chumpa,  n.,  a  purchase. 

chumpa  hinla,  a.,  purchasable. 

chumpa  hinla,  a.,  venal. 

chumpahe  keyu,  a.,  irredeemable. 

chumpachi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  buy;  to 
make  him  buy. 

chunasha,  n.,  a  moccasin  snake. 

chuncho,  n.,  a  bird  of  some  kind. 

Chuni,  n.,  June. 

chunna,  a.,  lean;  poor;  spare;  low  in 
flesh;  meager;  raw-boned. 

chunna,  pass.,  emaciated. 

chunna,  v.  n.,  to  be  lean,  poor,  etc. 

chunna,  v.  a.  i.,  to  emaciate;  to  fall 
away. 

chunna,  n.,  leanness;  poorness. 

chunnachi,  v.  t, ,  to  make  lean,  poor,  etc. 

chunna t  ia,  v.  a.  i.,  to  waste;  to  wither. 

chunukabi,  n.,  the  pleurisy. 

chunukabi,  a.,  sick  with  the  pleurisy. 

chunukabi,  v.  n.,  to  be  sick  with  the 
pleurisy;  to  have  the  pleurisy;  chunuko 
sabi,  I  have  the  pleurisy;  chinuko  cliibi, 
thou  hast  the  pleurisy. 

chunuko,  chunoko,  chinuko,  n.,  the 
side  below  the  armpit;  the  pleura; 
chinuko  f oka  akon,  Rev.  1:  13. 

chunuko  takchi,  v.  t.,  to  lace  the  chest; 
isht  takchi  Jtosh  hikiatok,  Rev.  1:  13. 

chunuko  talakchi,  pass.,  strait-laced. 

chunuli,  a.,  bowed  down;  bowed  to 
gether. 

chunuli,  v.  n.,  to  be  bowed;  to  be  bent 
double,  Luke  13  :11;  chunohonli,  freq. 

chupilhkash,  chopilhkash  (q.  v. ),  n., 
chips;  trash;  sweepings. 

chupilhkash  isht  piha,n.,a  rake;  a  chip 
rake. 

chupilak,  chopilak  (q.  v.),  n.,  a  chim 
ney  swallow. 

chunsa,  chinsa,  n.,  a  sparrow, 


116 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


chunsa,  n.,  neck  of  a  junk  bottle. 
chunsa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  pointed  or  tapering; 

smaller  at  one  end  than  at  the  other, 
chusoha,   chisoha    (q.  v.),  v.  a.  i.,  to 

rattle. 

chusoha,  chisoha,  n.,  a  rattling, 
chusohachi,  chisohachi  (q.  v.),  to  rattle; 

to  make  it  rattle;  to  purl, 
chusokachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  chink, 
chusolichi,  v.  t.,  to  chink, 
chusopa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  rattle,  as  chains, 
chusopa,  n.,  a  rattling, 
chusopa,  a.,  rattling;  tali  chusopa,  rattling 

iron;  a  trace  chain. 

chusopachi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  it  to  rattle, 
chushak,  n.,  the  back  side  of  the  neck 

next  to  the  shoulders, 
chushak  hishi,  n.,  the  mane, 
chushak  hishi  ansha,  a.,  maned;  having 

a  mane. 

chushak  hishi  kallo,  n.,  bristles. 
chunshkiksho,  a.,  peevish, 
chushukli,    iachushukli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  he 

lame, 
chushukli,  a.,  lame. 

e  prefixed  per.  pro.  1st  per.  pi.  of  active 
verbs  beginning  with  consonants,  as 
chanli,  to  chop;  echanli,  we  chop;  ehq- 
chimolachi,  ehac1iinya!ya,  Matt.  11:  17. 

ebi,  we  kill;  let  per.  pi.  irreg.,  from  obi. 

echi,  v.  t.,  used  only  in  the  imp.,  hand; 
give;  put  this  way  into  the  hand;  see 
auechi;  whtechi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  begin,  Luke 
24:  27. 

eha,  ehah,  int.,  oh  dear!  heigh!  heigh  ho! 

ehehe,  int.,  la;  alas. 

eho,  prefixed,  per.  pro.  1st  per.  inclu 
sive,  pi.  of  active  verbs,  beginning  with 
consonants,  as  ehocJianll,  we  all  chop; 
ehofokachin  cho?  shall  we  put  on?  Matt. 
6:31. 

eka;  in  yakni  pakndk  eka;  see  aika. 

ela,  we  come  (from  ala  to  arrive),  1st 
per.  pi.  irreg. 

elefant,  n.,  elephant;  elefant  noti,  n., 
ivory,  1  Kings  10:  18. 

elli,  a.,  grievous;  from  illi. 

ema,  we  give;  1st  per.  pi.  irreg.,  from 
ima,  to  give  (q.  v. ). 

emo,  we  pick;  we  trim;  1st  per.  pi.  irreg., 
from  (DUO,  to  pick,  to  trim. 

enchil,  n.,  angel;  the  English  word  writ 
ten  in  Choctaw;  yammakoka  imeuchil, 


their  angels,  Matt.  18:  10;  enchil  okla, 

angels,  Luke  2: 15. 
epa,  we  eat,  1st  per.  pi.  irreg.,  from  apa, 

to  eat. 

Eplil,  Epilil,  n.,  April, 
eshi,  v.  t.,  to  take,  from  ishi  (q.  v.) ;  eshi- 

tok,  1  Sam.  2:  21.    This  is  nothing  more 

than  an  intensive  of  ishi,  requiring  more 

time  for  the  action:  ishi,  to  take;  eshi, 

to  hold. 

eshi,  n.,  parturition, 
eshichi,  caus.,  to  cause  to  take;  ala  eshi, 

to  travail,   "to  have  a  child,"  1  Sam. 

4:  19. 
et,  adv.  this  way,  i.  e.,  toward  or  in  the 

direction  of  the  speaker,  but  not  up  to 

him;  auet.  (q-   v.)  means  quite  to  the 

speaker. 

fabaspoa,  a.  pi.,  long  and  slender. 

fabaspoa,  v.  n.,  to  be  long  and  slender. 

fabasfoa,  a.  pi.,  long  and  slender;  slim. 

fabassa,  fobassa,  a.  sing.,  long  and  slen 
der;  slim. 

fabassa,  v.  n.,  to  be  long  and  slender; 
to  be  slim. 

fabassachi,  v.  t.,  to  make  it  long  and 
slender. 

f abassat  itonla,  v.  a.  i. ,  to  lie  prostrate. 

fabassoa,  a.  pi.,  long  and  slender;  slim. 

fabassoa,  v.  n.,  to  be  long  and  slender. 

fachachi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  throw  with  a  stick, 
which  is  done  by  holding  a  stick  and 
pressing  the  lower  end  of  it  against  an 
object  on  the  ground  and  then  making 
the  stick  spring  suddenly,  whereby  the 
object  is  thrown;  fachali,  v.  t.  sing.; 
facholi,  pi. 

fachama,  pp.  sing.,  thrown  by  a  stick,  as 
described  under  fachachi. 

fachamoa,  pp.  pi.,  thrown  by  a  stick, 
etc. 

fachamoli,v.  t.  pi.,  to  throw  by  spring 
ing  a  stick,  as  above. 

fachanli,  fichanli  (q.  v.),  fachanli,  v.  a. 
i.,  to  peel  up,  as  bark  on  a  tree,  or  to 
scale;  to  open;  to  crack  open;  to  burst 
open,  as  a  bur  or  pod;  to  scale,  Dout. 
28:  27. 

fachanli,  n.,  peeling  up;  the  art  of  peel 
ing;  a  crack;  larJion-a.  fnclinnli,  Dent. 
2S:  27. 

fachanlichi,   v.   t.,   to  cause  to    peel;  to 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CIIOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


117 


fachammi,  fichammi,  v.  t.  sing.,  to 
throw  by  springing  a  stick;  cf.  fachacJii, 
pi. 

fachammi,  n.,  one  who  throws  by  spring 
ing. 

fachonwa,  v.  n.,  to  be  scaly;  to  have 
scales,  Deut.  14:  9. 

faha,  pp.,  waved. 

fahakachechi  v.  t.  cam,  to  swing;  to 
cause  to  vibrate;  to  vibrate. 

fahakachi,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  swing  slowly 
and  heavily,  as  a  bag  filled  and  laid 
across  a  horse  swings  as  he  walks  along; 
to  seesaw;  to  swingle;  to  vibrate;  to 
wave;  to  undulate;  frequently,  to  swing 
or  wave,  as  a  leaf  in  the  wind;  to  vibrate, 
as  the  pendulum  of  a  clock;  takant  faha 
kachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  dangle;  fahakanchi, 
nasal  form;  fahakahanchi,  freq.  form. 

fahakachi, fahakachi,  pp., swung;  made 
to  vibrate;  vibrated;  waved;  whirled. 

fahakachi,  n.,  a  vibration;  a  whirling. 

fahali,  fahali,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  swing;  to 
vibrate;  to  wave. 

fahali,  pp.,  swung;  vibrated;  shaken; 
waved;  single  act  like  shalakli. 

fahalichi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  swing;  to  vi 
brate;  to  shak6;  to  wave. 

fahalichi,  n.,  a  swinger. 

fahama,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  beat;  to  smite; 
to  strike. 

fahama,  pp.,  hurt. 

fahama,  n.,  a  stripe;  a  lick;  a  blow;  a 
lash. 

fahata,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  swing;  to  vibrate 
a  long  distance,  as  a  long  rope  or  grape 
vine,  when  suspended  from  a  tree;  to 
oscillate. 

fahata,  pp.;  swung;  vibrated. 

fahata,  n.,  a  swinging;  a  vibration. 

fahatachi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  swing;  to  vibrate; 
to  cause  to  swing. 

fahammi,  v.  t.,  to  sling;  to  throw  side 
ways  with  a  whirling  motion;  to 
scourge,  Matt.  10:  17;fahammatpila,to 
swing  and  throw;  to  hurl;  to  supplant; 
to  thrust  a  sickle,  Rev.  14:  19. 

fahammi,  n. ,  a  hurler. 

fahattakachi,  n.,  a  swing;  a  swinging. 

fahattakachi,  fahattakachi,  v.  a.  i. 
sing.,  to  swing;  to  turn;  fahatkachi,  v.  t. 
pi.,  to  swing;  also  passive;  fahgtkahan- 


chi,  pp.,  keep  turning,   Gen.  3:  24;  to 

turn  every  way,  Gen.  3:  24. 
fahfoa,  v.  a.  i.   pi.,  to  move  in  various 

directions;  to  whirl  about, 
fahfoa,  pp.,  brandished;  whirled  about, 
fahfuli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  brandish;  to  move 

about  in   various  directions;  to   turn, 

as  to  turn  a  grindstone;  to  move  about 

a  sword,  the  arms,  the  feet  (as  a  child), 

or  the  tail  (as  a  cow). 
fahko,  a.  sing.,  long  and  slender;   thin; 

oski  fahko;  iti  fahko;  see  fabaspoa. 
fahko,  v.  n.,  to  be  long  and  slender;  to 

be  thin. 

fahkochi,  v.  t.,  to  make  long  and  slender. 
fahpo,  fappo  (q.  v.),  n'.,  magic. 
faiokachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  stagger;  to  reel;  to 

shake;  to  wave,  as  growing  grain  in  the 

wind;  to  nod;  to  rock;  to  roll,  as  a  boat; 

to  totter;  to  vacillate, 
faiokachi,  pp.,  rocked;    shaken,    Matt. 

11:  7;  faiokanchi,   nasal  form,   reeling; 

waving;  faiokahanchi,  freq.,  to  reel;  to 

keep  reeling. 

faiokachi,  n.,  a  vacillation, 
faioli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  shake;  to  make  them 

reel;  to  make  them  wave. 
faiolichi,  v.  t.,  to  vibrate;    to  shake;    to 

cause  to  vibrate;  to  rock, 
faiolichi,  n.,  a  rocker, 
faiotlakachi,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  swing;  to 

shake. 

faiotlakachi,  n.,  a  nod;  a  shake. 
faiunkli,  v.  a.  i.,to  reel;  to  stagger;  same 

as  chukfulli,  to  reel  (q.  v. ). 
fakit,  n.,  a  turkey,  whether  domestic  or 

wild — named  from  one  of   its    notes, 

which    sounds  like  this  name;   other 

fowls  have  received  names  in  the  same 

way. 
fakit  homatti,  n.,   a  male   turkey;    a 

gobbler;  a  turkey  cock, 
fakit  inchahe,  n.,  a  turkey's  spur, 
fakit  ishke?  n.,  a  hen  turkey  that  has 

raised  a  brood. 

fakit  kuchankak,  n.,  a  young  male  tur 
key,  not  a  year  old. 
fakit  nakni,  n.,  a  male  turkey;  a  turkey 

cock, 
fakit  salakoba,  n.,  lit.,  like  the  liver  of 

a  turkey;  the  name  of  a  plant,  called 

by  some  hart  leaf, 
fakit  tek,  n.,  a  hen  turkey. 


118 


BUREAU   OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


fakit  ushi,  n.,  a  young  turkey;  a  tur 
key's  egg. 

f  ankkulih,  see  fankulli. 

fako,  n.,  a  tree  without  limbs. 

f akobli,  see  fakopli. 

fakoha,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  peel  off;  to  scale 
off;  to  drop  off;  to  come  off;  lukfi  at 
fakoha,  the  dirt  peels  off. 

fakoha,  pp.  pi.,  peeled  off;  dropped  off; 
scaled  off. 

fakoha,  n.,  the  peelings;  scalings; 
pieces  that  come  off. 

fakoli,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  peel  off;  to  strip 
off;  to  come  off;  to  scale  off;  to  slough. 

fakoli,  n.,  a  peeling;  a  stripping. 

fakoli,  pp.,  peeled  off. 

fakolichi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  them  to  be 
stripped  off. 

fakolichi,  n.,  a  peeler;  a  stripper. 

fakopa,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  peel  off;  to  scale 
off;  to  drop  off;  to  come  off;  to  shell. 

fakopa,  pp.,  peeled  off,  etc.;  shelled. 

fakopa,  n.,  the  peeling,  or  piece  that 
comes  off. 

fakopli,  f  akobli,  v.  t.  sing.,  falli  or  fakoli 
pi.,  to  peel;  to  scale;  to  strip;  to  tear  off, 
or  up,  as  to  peel  off  bark,  or  tear  up  a 
floor. 

fakopli,  n.,  a  peeler;  a  stripper. 

fakopli chi,  v.  t.  cans.,  to  cause  to  strip, 
to  peel,  etc. 

fakowa,  pp.,  peeled;  scaled;  stripped; 
torn  up. 

fakowa,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  scale  off,  etc. 

fankulli,  fankkulih,  v.  t.,  to  throw  mud, 
etc.,  with  a  stick. 

falaia,  a.,  long;  tall;  lengthy;  livelong; 
prolix,  drawn,  as  wire;  ikfalaio,  a., 
short. 

falaia,  pp.,  elongated;  lengthened;  pro 
longed;  protracted. 

falaia,  v.  n.,  to  be  long  or  tall. 

falaia,  n.,  length;  tallness;  height;  lon 
gitude;  a  strip. 

falaia  alhpesa,  a.,  ample;  long  enough. 

falaia  inshali,  a.  comparative  degree, 
longer;  thus /a/a /a,  long;  falaia  inshali, 
longer;  falaia  inshat  tali,  longest. 

falaia  inshat  tali,  a.,  sup.  degree,  long 
est. 

falaiachi,  v.  t.,  to  lengthen;  to  elongate; 
to  prolong;  to  protract;  to  spin  out;  to 
make  long,  Josh.  6:  5. 


falaiakat  auataka  i^hali,  n.,  oblong, 

the  length  is  longer  than  the  width, 
falaiat  ia,   v.    a.    i.,   to  grow   long;   to 

lengthen. 
falankna  (by   metathesis),  properly  fa- 

nankla  n.,  a  large  yellow  squirrel, 
falakto,  n.,  a  crotch;  a  fork, 
falakto,  a.,  forked;  crotched. 
falakto,  v.  n.,  to  be  forked, 
falakto,  v.  a.  i.,  to  fork;  to  divide  into 

two  prongs, 
falaktuchi,  v.  t.,  to  make  a  fork;  to  cause 

it  to  fork;   lapish  falaktuchi,    to  make 

the  horn  fork, 
falaktuli,  v.  t.,  to  make  a  fork  or  crotch; 

to  fork, 
falama,  v.  a.  i.,  to  return;  to  turn  back; 

to  turn  about;  to  backslide;  to  turn;  to 

recede;  to  fall  back;  to  react;  to  recoil; 

to  revert;  to  revolve;  falamat  achukmat 

taha,  restored  whole,  Matt.  10:13;  12:13; 

17:9;  Josh.  4:18;  7:  3;  falamat  ialashke, 

I  will  return,  Matt.  12:44;  infalama,  v. 

t.,  to  return  to  him;  infalamahe  keyu,  a., 

irrecoverable;    he  will   not  return  to 

him;  falahama,  freq. 
falama,  pp.,  returned;  turned  back;  re 
duced;  refunded;  reverted, 
falama,  falama,  n.,  a  return;  a  turning 

back;  a  backslider  or   turncoat  (?);  a 

recess;  a  defection;  a  regress;  infalama, 

a  recovery;  a  render, 
falamaka,  n.,  the  return;    the  turning 

back;  afalamaka,  the  place  of  turning 

back, 
falamakachi,  falamakachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to 

recoil;  to  start  back  suddenly, 
falamat,  adv.,  again,  as  falamat  anya,  he 

comes  back  again, 
falamat  abeka,  v.  a.   i.,  to  relapse;  to 

become  sick  again, 
falamat  anya,  v.  a.  i.,  to  return  along;  to 

come  back  again, 
falamat  anya,  n.,  the  return, 
falamat  anya,  n.,  a  returner, 
falamat  ala,  v.  a.  i.,  to  return;  to  return 

and  arrive;  to  come  again, 
falamat  alhtoba,  pp.,  refunded;  repaid; 

also  n.,  repayment, 
falamat   chumpa,  v.   t.,  to  redeem;  to 

return  and  buy. 
falamat  ia,  v.  a.  i.,  to  go  back;  to  return; 

to  retrograde. 
falamat  ia,  a. ,  retrograde. 


BYINGTON] 


A  DICTIONARY   OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


119 


falamat  minti,  v.  a.  i.,  to  start  back, 
falamat  okcha,  v.    a.  i.,  to   revive;   to 

come  to. 
falamat  okchanya,  v.  a.  i.,  to  revive;  to 

rise  as  from  the  dead. 
falamat  okchanya,  pp.,  resuscitated;  re 
vived;  n.,  a  revival, 
falamat  ona,  v.  a.  i.,  to  return, 
falamat  tani,  v.  a.  i.,  to  rise  again,  John 

2:  22;  Matt.  16:  21;  17:  23. 
falamichi,  falammichi,  v.  t.,  to  return; 

to  cause  to  go  back;  to  send  back;  to 

bring  back;  see  afalaminchi,  to  answer; 

Matt.  11:  4;  falaminchi,  v.  t.,  to  restore, 

Matt.  17:  11. 

falamoa,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  return;  to  oscil 
late;  see  falama',  falamohoa,  freq. 
falamoa,  pp.,  returned;  turned  back;  a., 

elastic, 
falamoa,  n.  pi.,  returns;  turnings  back; 

backsliders. 

falamoaka,  n.,  the  returns, 
falamoa,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  go  backwards  and 

forwards;  to  go  and  return  more  than 

once, 
falamolichi,   v.    t.    pi.,   to    cause  to  go 

backward;  to  cause  to  turn  from  or 

return;  to  cause  them  to  go  and  return; 

itifalamolichi,  I  Sam.  18:  7. 
falamolichi,  n.,    a   returner;   returners. 
falam  isht  ikhana,  n.,  a  compass,  an 

instrument  used    in    surveying  land; 

"an   instrument  to   learn   where  the 

north  is." 

falama,  see  falama. 
falama,  n.,  a  relapse. 
falamakachi,  falamakachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to 

recoil;  to  start  back  suddenly. 
falamakachi,  n.,  a  recoil;  a  recoiling, 
falammi,  n.,  the  north, 
falammi,  a.,  north, 
falammi,  v.  n.,  to  be  north;  infalammi, 

it  is  north  of  it. 

falammi  ch.oh.mi,  northerly;  northern, 
falammi  iichik,  n.,  the  north  star;  the 

north  polar  star. 
falammi  hashi  aiokatulaitintakla,n., 

northwest;  between  the  west  and  north, 
falammi  imma,  falamimma,  a.,  adv., 

northern;  northerly ;  northward;  north 
wards, 
falammi    mali,    n.,    the    north   wind; 

Boreas. 


falammi  minti,  a.,  northern,  i.  e.,  come 
from  the  north. 

falammi  pila,  adv.,  northwards;  toward 
the  north;  northerly,  but  not  in  the 
north. 

falammi  pilla,  adv.,  at  the  north;  to  the 
north;  away  to  the  north;  ;  ortherri; 
in  the  north. 

falammi  pilla,  a.,  arctic;  polar. 

f  alammichechi,  v.  t.,  to  reclaim;  to  cause 
to  return. 

falammichi,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  return ;to  bring 
back;  to  give  back;  to  back;  to  cause  to 
retreat  or  recede;  to  avert;  to  defend; 
to  recall;  to  reduce;  to  reflect;  to  refund; 
to  remit;  to  render;  to  repel;  to  replace; 
to  repulse;  to  restore;  to  retaliate;  to 
retribute;  to  revert,  2  Sam.  24:  13; 
itfofalqmmichi,  to  swap  back;  to  return 
to  each  other;  falamolicld,  pi.;  ilefalqm- 
michi,  v.  ref.,  to  return  himself ;fafam- 
minchi,  nasal  form,  infalqmminchi,  \.  t., 
to  recompense  him;  to  re-cede;  to  re 
turn  to  him;  eee  falamichi. 

falammichi,  infalammichi,  n.,  a  return 
er;  a  restorer;  a  return;  infalqmmichi, 
n.,  a  restitution. 

falammichit  anumpuli,  v.  t.,  to  retort; 
to  answer  again. 

falammichit  ishi,  v.  t.,  to  recapture;  to 
retake. 

falammichit  miha,  v.  t.,  to  respond. 

falammichit  pila,  v.  t.,  to  retort;  to  cast 
back. 

falammichit  pila,  n.,  a  return. 

falammint,  contracted  form  of  falam 
michi. 

falammint  atobbi,  v.  t.,  to  reimburse; 
to  repay;  to  refund. 

falammint  alhtoba,  a.,  repaid;  falam 
mint  ikqlhtobo,  a.,  unrepaid. 

falammint  boli,  v.  t.,  to  replace. 

falammint  chumpa,  v.  t.,  to  redeem; 
to  buy  back ;  to  repurchase. 

falammint  chumpa,  n.,  a  redeemer;  a 
repurchaser. 

falammint  chumpa,  n.,  redemption;  a 
repurchase. 

falammint  chumpa  hinla,  a.,  redeem 
able;  can  buy  and  return  it. 

falammint  fohki,  v.  t.,  to  reinstate;  to 
return  and  place  in. 

falammint  heliche,  v.  t.,  to  reinstate; 
to  return  and  set  it  up. 


120 


BUREAU   OF  AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


falammint  hoyo,  falammint  ihoyo,  to 
reclaim;  to  return  and  look  after. 

falammint  inkanchi,  falammint  kan- 
chi,  v.  t.,  to  re-cede;  to  reconvey;  to 
sell  back  to  him. 

falammint  ima,  falammint  ibbak 
fohki,  v.  t.,  to  render;  to  restore;  to 
give  back;  to  redeliver;  to  return  and 
place  in  his  hands. 

falammint  ishi,  v.  t. ,  to  recover;  to  get 
again;  to  resume;  to  retake. 

falammint  ishi,  n. ,  a  recovery. 

falammint  isht  ia,  v.  t. ,  to  carry  back. 

falammint  isht  ona,  v.  t.,  toreconvoy. 

falammint  nanabli,  v.  t.,  to  regorge. 

Falisi,  n.,  a  Pharisee. 

faii,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  brandish;  to  wave  the 
hand,  as  to  beckon  with  the  hand;  to 
flirt;  to  sweep;  to  vacillate;  to  wave; 
to  whirl;  to  whisk. 

fali,  n.,  a  brandisher;  a  whirler. 

fali,  n.,  a  whirl. 

fanankla,  see  fala^kla. 

fapa,  fopa  (q.  v.),  v.  a.  i.,  to  roar,  as 
wind. 

fappo,  fahpo,  n.,  magic;  tricks;  enchant 
ment;  witchcraft;  conjuration;  a  charm. 

fappo,  pass.,  charmed. 

fappo  onuchi,  v.  t.,  to  practice  magic  or 
tricks  upon;  to  charm. 

fappo  onuchi,  n.,  a  charmer;  an  en 
chanter. 

fappo  onuttula,  pp.,  practiced  upon 
with  tricks. 

fappuli,  v.  t.,  to  charm;  isht  i™  fappuli,  v. 
t. ,  to  reprove. 

fappuli,  n.,  a  magician. 

fappuli  imponna,  n.,  a  skillful  ma 
gician. 

fataha,  a.,  waving  in  the  wind;  sita 
fataha,  a  ribbon. 

fatali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  swing;  to  wave. 

fatalichi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  swing  or 
to  wave. 

fatema,  v.  a.  i.,  to  open  the  eyes  like  an 
infant. 

fatohachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  swing  round; 
fatohanchi,  nasal  form;  f<ttohah<tnchi, 
freq. 

fatoma,  fatuma,  pp.,  opened,  as  a 
clasp  knife,  or  the  eye;  nixhkin  at 
infatumqt  oklatok,  Matt.  9:  30;  ikfatomo, 
a.,  unopened. 


fatummi,    ntammi,  v.  t.,  to   open  his 
own   eyes;    to    unclose;    to    open    (a 
knife);  to  untwine, 
fatummi,  n.,  an  opener, 
fatummichi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  open,  i.e., 
the  eyes  of  another;  to  make  him  open, 
fatummichi,  n.,  an  opener, 
f  achanli,  v.  a.  i. ;  seefichanli,  andfachanli, 
to  crack  open,  as  chestnut  burs,  pea 
pods,  etc. 
fala,  pp.  pi.  of  fakopa,  scaled  off;  oksak 

Jqlla,  shagbark  hickory;  pecan  (?) 
fala,  n.,  a  crow, 
fala  atoni,  n.,  a    scarecrow;   one  that 

watches  the  crows, 
fala  atoni,  v.  t.,  to  watch  crows, 
fala  chito,  n.,  a  raven, 
fala  imisito,  n.,  a  May  apple;   a  man 
drake, 
fala    intanchi,    falaknimushi,    n.,    a 

mandrake. 

falakna,  see  fanaUa. 
falla,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  peel  off. 
falli,  pi.  of  fakopli,  v.  t.,  to  scale  off;  to 
peel;  hashi  qtitihakshup  an  falli,  the  sun 
peels  off  the  bark  of  the  tree;  isito  an falli, 
peel  the  pumpkin. 

falushi,  n.,  a  crow's  egg;  a  young  crow, 
fama,  n.,  a  whipping, 
fama,  pp.,  whipped;  flogged;  chastised; 
scourged;  lashed;  punished;  chastened; 
ikfamo,  a.,    unpunished;    unchastised; 
not  whipped. 

fammi,  v.  t.,  to  whip;  to  flog;  to  chas 
tise;  to  scourge;  to  lash;  to  castigate; 
to  chasten;  to  correct;  to  discipline;  to 
leather;  to  punish;  to  lick, 
fammi,  n.,  a  whipper;  a castigator;  achas- 
tiser;  achastener;  a  lasher;  ascourger. 
fammi,  n.,  a  whipping, 
f  anakla,  falakna,  a  fox  squirrel— -fa nnak- 

la  and  notfallakna — J.  E. 
fani,  n.,  a  squirrel. 
fani  hasimbish  holba,  n.,   yarrow   or 

wild  tansy, 
fani  imalakusi,  n.,  a  lizard  that  changes 

his  color;  a  chameleon, 
fani  lusa,  n. ,  a  black  squirrel,  rarely  seen 

in  the  Choctaw  Nation, 
fani  okchako,  n.,  a  gray  squirrel, 
fani  shapha,  n.,  mistletoe. 
fani  ushi,  11.,  a  young  squirrel. 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY   OP    THE    CIIOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


121 


fanikoyo,  n.,  a  sycamore  tree — lit.  "the 
squirrel  does  not  climb  it"  (Sixtowns 
word). 

fanitasho,  n.,  a  gray  squirrel. 

fappo,  seefappo. 

fatokachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  wiggle;  to  shake 
loosely,  as  the  loose  blade  of  a  knife. 

fattahachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  shake,  as  a  leaf;  to 
swing  back  and  forth  quickly  as  leaves 
shaken  by  the  wind  and  with  noise,  or 
as  a  loose  penknife  blade. 

fehna,  fena,  fehnha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  do  in 
tensely,  or  considerably;  to  effect  a  good 
deal;  itafehna,  to  fight,  2  Sam.  14:  6. 

fehna,  fiena,  a.,  much;  very;  real;  own, 
John  1:  41;  self;  exceeding;  excessive; 
exorbitant;  intense;  intimate;  intrin 
sic;  mighty;  particular;  passing,  as 
passing  strange;  peculiar;  quite. 

fehna,  fiena,  v.,  n.,  to  be  much,  very, 
real;  ikfehno,  Matt.  7:  11. 

fehna,  adv.,  well,  Matt.  17:5;  John  2: 
10;  much,  Matt.  6:  7;  very;  often;  ex 
tremely;  far;  freely;  heartily;  ma 
turely;  mightily;  mighty;  most;  much; 
oft;  richly;  rapidly;  terribly;  griev 
ously,  Matt.  8:  6. 

fehna  keyu,  adv.,  seldom;  little,  Matt. 
6:30. 

fehnakma,  in  nitak  yamma  fehnakma,  in 
that  very  day,  Matt.  7:  22. 

fehnachi,  v.  t.,  to  make  much  of;  to  ef 
fect  much;  ilefehnachi,  v.  ref.,  to  think 
much  of  himself,  Matt.  13:  22[?];  to 
make  much  of  one's  self;  to  praise  one's 
self;  to  boast;  to  make  much  of  himself; 
fienachi,  pro.  form;  ilefehnachit  nowa,  to 
stalk;  to  strut;  to  walk  proudly;  ile- 
felmachi,  aM  proud;  vain;  arrogant; 
consequential;  self-important;  ilefehna- 
chi,  v.  n.,  to  be  proud;  ilefehnachechi, 
v.  t.,  to  make  proud;  ilefehnachi,  n., 
pride;  vanity. 

felami,  filammi,  n.,  a  branch  or  a  limb, 
of  a  tree  or  of  a  river;  itinaksish  filam- 
mi,  Gen.  40: 12;  bok  ushi  filammi,  prong 
of  a  stream  of  water. 

felamichi,  n.,  a  branch;  a  limb,  Gen. 
40:  10. 

Fibueli,  n.,  February. 

fichak,  fichak,  n.,  the  dew,  or  water 
(from  any  cause),  as  the  rain  standing 
in  drops  like  the  dew  on  the  grass  or 
elsewhere;  dew  drops. 


fichak    champuli,   n.,  a  honey  dew;   a 

sweet  dew;  a  mildew. 
fichak  chito,  n.,  a  heavy  dew;   a  great 

dew. 
fichak  kashanha,    n.,  a  honey  dew;   a 

mildew;  a  sweet  dew. 
fichak  toba,  v.  a.  i.,  to  fall,  as  dew;   to 

become  dew. 
fichama,  v.  a.   i.,   to  spring;   to   spring 

open,  as  a  door  when  pushed;   to  fly 

open. 
fichama,  pass.,  sprung  open;  sprung  and 

thrown. 

fichamoa,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  spring  and  fly. 
fichamoa,  pp.  pi.,  sprung  open, 
fichamoli,  flchammi  (q.v.),pl.,  to  spring 

them;  to  throw  them  by  springing, 
fichanli,  fachanli  (q.  v.),  v.  a.  i.,  to  open; 

to  crack  open,  as  pods,  bean  pods,  etc. 
fichanli,  pp.,  a.,  cracked  open;  opened, 
fichanli,  n.,  a  cracking  open, 
fichapa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  fork;    to  divide  into 

two  parts. 

fichapa,  pp.,  a.,  forked,  as  a  road, 
fichapa,  n.,  a  fork. 
fichapoa,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  fork, 
fichapoa,  pp.  pi.,  forked. 
fichapoa,  n.,  forks. 
fichapoli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  fork;   to   turn  off, 

as  to  turn  off  from  a  road. 
fichapolichi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  cause  to  fork, 
fichabli,  v.  a.  i.  sing. ,  fichapa,  pp.  (q.  v.) , 

to  fork;  to  turn  off,  Matt.  2:  22. 
fichablichi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  him  to  turn  off. 
fichammi,    fachammi,  (q.  v.),  v.  t.,  to 

spring  and  throw;    to  spring  open  by 

pushing  against, 
fichik,  fochik,  n.,  a  star;  stars;  planets; 

a  planet,  Matt.  2:2,  7. 
fichik  ansha,  a. ,  starry, 
fichik  atia,  n.,  the  orbit  of  a  planet, 
fichik  asha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  have  amaurosis; 

anfichik  asha,  I  have   amaurosis;  chin- 

fichik  asha,  thou  hast  amaurosis. 
fichik  baieta,  n. ,  the  yard  stars. 
fichik  chito,  11.,  a  large  star;    a  planet 

that  appears  to  be  large,  as  Venus  and 

Jupiter;  Lucifer;  Saturn;  Venus;  Ves 
per. 

fichik  heli,  n.  pi.,  shooting  stars;     me 
teors;  flying  stars, 
fichik  hika,  n.  sing.,  a  shooting  star;   a 

meteor. 
fichik  homma,  n.   a  red  star;  Mars. 


122 


BUREAU   OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


fichik  isi  nala  silhhi,  n.,  the  yard 
stars;  the  ell  stars;  lit.,  the  stars  that 
track  the  wounded  deer. 

fichik  issuba,  n.,  the  stars  called  the 
pointers,  or  dipper,  or  butcher  case,  that 
point  toward  the  Isorth  Star;  lit.,  the 
horse  star. 

fichik  laua,  a.,  starry. 

fichik  luak,  n.,  a  blazing  star. 

fichik  lukoli,  n.,  a  constellation. 

fichik  pololi,  n.,  a  blazing  star;  a  comet. 

fichik  shobota,  fochik  shubota,  fichik 
shobulli,  n.,  a  comet. 

fichik  tohwikeli,  n.,  starlight. 

fichik  watalhpi,  n.,  the  seven  stars, 
pleiads,  or  pleiades. 

fichonli,  fochonli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  scale  off. 

fichonli,  pp.,  scabbed  off;  scaled  off. 

fichonlichi,  v.  t.,  to  scale  off;  to  cause  it 
to  scale  off. 

fichukbi,  n.,  a  den;  a  hole  in  the  ground. 

fihobli,  v.  t.,  to  satisfy;  to  gratify  by 
treatment,  as  in  feeding,  paying,  or 
treating  well;  to  cloy;  to  slake;  to  suf 
fice. 

fihobli,  n.,  a  satislier. 

fihobli,  a.,  satisfactory. 

fihoblichi,  v.  t.,  to  make  satisfied;  to 
satisfy  the  mind. 

fihoblichi,  n.,  a  satisfier. 

fihopa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  stalk. 

fihopa,  pp.,  satisfied;  gratified;  cloyed; 
sufficed;  ikfihopo,  a.,  unsatisfied. 

fihopa,  n.,  satisfaction;  gratification;  sa 
tiety. 

fihopahe  keyu,  a.,  insatiate;  insatiable. 

fik,  n.,  a  fig,  Matt.  7:  16. 

fikomi,  see  ixlit  afikomi. 

filankinsin,  n.,  frankincense. 

filama,  pp.,  turned  away;  hashinfilahan- 
mashke,  Peter  2:  11;  filqmmi,  v.  t.,  itin- 
filama,  pp.,  separated  from  each  other; 
disunited;  parted. 

filamoa,  pp.  pi.,  turned  away  from; 
turned  from;  ilinfilamoa,  turned  from 
each  other. 

filamolechi,  v.  t. ,  to  turn  them  away  from 
it  or  them;  to  separate  from  and  turn 
away;  to  part  them  from  each  other; 
mikuiqt  itinfilamolechikmqt,  and  when 
he  separated  them  from  each  other, 
Matt,  25:  32;  late  edition,  •itiflfilamoli- 
chi. 

filamolechi,  n.,  a  separator;  a  divider. 


filamoli,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  turn  away;  to 
branch,  as  the  limb  on  a  tree;  itinfila- 
moli,  to  turn  from  each  other;  to  part; 
itifilamoli,  pp.,  separated  from  each 
other. 

Filanchi,  n.,  French. 

Filanchi  anumpa,  n.,  French,  or  the 
French  language. 

Filanchi  hatak,  n.,  a  Frenchman. 

Filanchi  okla,  n.,  the  French  people,  or 
nation;  Frenchmen. 

Filanchi  yakni,  n. ,  France;  French  coun- 
try. 

filammi,  felami  (q.  v. ),  a  branch  of  a 
tree  or  stream. 

filammi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  turn  away;  to  turn 
from,  Matt.  2:  12;  Josh.  1:  7,  8;  to 
leave;  to  depart  from,  Matt.  4:  11; 
Luke  4:  13;  Chihowa  yan  in  filammi;  1 
Kings  11:  9;  aPJilammit.  depart  from  me, 
Matt.  7:  23;  itinfilqmmi,  to  turn  away 
from  each  other;  to  part;  in filammi,  to 
leave  him;  to  turn  from  him;  aiin- 
filqmmi,  to  turn  away  from  at.  This 
differs  from  filammi,  to  depart  out  of. 

filammi,  n.,  obliquity;  infilammi,  n.,  a 
turncoat;  one  that  turns  away  from 
him. 

filammichi,  v.  t. ,  to  cause  to  turn  away 
from;  to  lead  off  from,  Josh.  5:  9;  to 
cause  to  go  from;  to  cause  to  branch  off 
from;  itinfilammichi,  v.  t.,  to  turn 
from  each  other;  to  separate  them;  to 
disunite. 

filamminchi,  v.  a.  i.,  nasal  form,  to 
branch ;  to  shoot  or  spread  in  branches. 

filamminchi,  n.,  a  branch,  of  the  limb 
of  a  tree  or  a  water  course;  a  fork;  a 
knag;  a  prong;  a  bay,  Josh.  15:  2;  18: 
19;  bok  filamminchi,  branch  of  a  creek; 
naksish  filamminchi,  branch  of  a  limb; 
naksish  filamoli,  pi.,  branches  of  a  limb. 

filehkachi,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  turn  back  and 
forth;  nashuka  yat  filehkachi,  their  faces 
turn  back  and  forth;  itihishi  at  filehka 
chi,  the  leaves  of  the  tree  turn,  etc. 

filekachi,  n.,  a  turning. 

filema,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  turn  the  person, 
i.  e.,  one's  own  person;  to  turn  round; 
to  turn  over;  to  turn,  as  in  looking 
back;  filemqt  chikpxokashke,  to  veer; 
Chisas  ash  ot  pit  filema,  "Jesus  turning 
unto  them,"  Luke  23:  28;  to  turn  about, 
Matt.  7:  6;  9:  22;  to  turn,  Josh.  8:  20,  21. 


BYINGTON] 


A  DICTIONARY   OF    THE    CHOCTAW   LANGUAGE 


123 


filema,  pp.,  turned  round;  turned  back. 

filemachi,  v.  t.,  to  turn;  to  veer. 

filemat  itola,  v.  a.  i.,  to  turn  over;  to 
fall  over;  to  capsize. 

filemoa,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  turn  over  and 
over,  or  backwards  and  forwards;  to 
veer;  to  turn  this  way  and  that  wray; 
filemoqt  pisa,  to  look  around,  Mark  11: 
11. 

filemoa,  pp.  pi.,  turned  over;  turned. 

filemolechi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  turn  away; 
to  sever  from,  Matt.  13:  49;  see  fila- 
molechi. 

filemoli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  turn  over;  Mark 
11:  15. 

filetakachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  turn  once  sud 
denly. 

filinka,  filinko,  adv.,  very;  achukma 
filinko,  very  good,  used  by  some  per 
sons. 

filimmi,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  turn  it  over;  to 
come  about;  to  upset;  to  turn  away, 
1  Kings  11:  2,  3,  4;  holisso  han  filimmi,  to 
turn  the  book  over;  filihinmi,  Josh.  7: 
8;  mail  hat  filimmi,  v.  a.  i.,  the  wind 
turns. 

filimmichi,  v.  t.  cans. ,  to  turn  it  over  or 
round. 

filimmikachi,  v.  t. ,  to  turn. 

fima,  pp.,  scattered;  sowed;  sown; 
strewed;  disseminated;  dissipated; 
sprinkled;  onfima,  pp.,  sprinkled  on;  ik- 
fimmo,  a.,  unsowed;  seed  not  sown; 
osapa  ikafimmo,  a  field  unsown  (the  a 
is  locative. ) 

fima,  v.  n.,  to  be  scattered;  to  be  dissi 
pated. 

fima,  v.  a.  i.,  to  scatter;  to  dissipate. 

fimibli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  sow;  to  scatter;  to 
strew;  to  disperse;  to  dissipate,  but  not 
liquids;  to  spread;  see  latabli,  to  spill; 
itafimibli,  v.  t.,  to  dispel;  to  disperse; 
to  shatter. 

fimibli,  n.,  a  sower;  a  scatterer;  a 
spreader. 

fimibli,  n.,  a  spreading. 

fimiblichi,  v.  t.,  to  scatter;  to  sputter; 
to  cause  to  scatter. 

fimimpa,  a.,  sparse. 

fimimpa,  adv.,  thinly. 

fimimpa,  pp.,  scattered;  dispersed; 
strewn;  dissipated;  diffused;  littered; 
sowed;  sown;  spattered;  sprinkled,  2 
Kings  9:  33;  ikfimlmpo,  a.,  neg.  form, 


unscattered;  itqfimimpa,  dispelled; 
scattered  from  each  other,  John  10:  12; 
dispersed;  itafimimpa,  pp.,  interspersed; 
scattered  with;  scattered  abroad;  Matt. 
9:  36;  onfimimpa,  pp.,  spattered  on; 
sowed  on,  as  seed. 

fimimpa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  dissipate;  to  scatter; 
to  disperse;  itafimimpa,  to  scatter  about; 
to  scatter  apart  from  each  other;  wak 
at  fimimpa,  the  cattle  disperse;  hoshonti 
at  fimimpa,  the  clouds  disperse;  ita 
fimimpa,  to  scatter  or  disperse  from 
each  other;  to  straggle  away  from  each 
other. 

fimimpa,  n.,  a  dispersion;  the  state  of 
being  scattered;  litter;  itafimimpa,  n., 
a  dispersion,  James  1:1. 

fimmi,  v.  t.,  to  sow;  to  scatter;  to  dis 
perse;  to  dissipate;  to  issue;  no,  fimmi, 
to  sow  something;  to  diffuse;  to  dissemi 
nate;  to  seminate;  to  spatter;  to 
sprinkle;  fihimmi,  Matt.  12:  20;  iba- 
fimmi,  v.  t.,  to  intersperse;  to  sow  with; 
onfimmi,  v.  t.,  to  splash  on;  to  sprinkle 
on;  to  sow  on. 

fimmi,  n.,  a  sower;  a  scatterer;  a  dis 
seminator. 

fimmichi,  v.  t.,  to  scatter;  to  sprinkle; 
to  cause  to  scatter. 

fimmichi,  n. ,  a  scatterer. 

fimpkachi,  pp. ,  sowed ;  sprinkled ,  as  when 
water  is  sprinkled  on  the  ground  by 
shaking  a  garment. 

fimpkachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  scatter;  to  sprinkle. 

fiopa,  n.,  breath;  expiration;  respira 
tion;  a  whiff;  wind;  a  blast,  Josh.  6:  5; 
safiopa,  my  breath. 

fiopa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  breathe;  fiopali,  I 
breathe;  fiopa,  to  draw  a  breath;  v.  t., 
to  expire;  to  respire;  to  whiff;  o^fiopat 
foyuki,  to  breathe  into,  Gen.  2:7;  ilafi- 
opa,  to  inhale;  to  snuff  up;  to  inspire; 
to  snuff;  to  draw  in  the  breath. 

fiopa  ikfalaio,  a.,  short-breathed;  breath 
not  long. 

fiopa  imokpulo,  n.,  the  asthma;  breath 
bad  for  him,  or  breathing  bad  for 
him. 

fiopa  isht  aiopi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  expire;  to 
breathe  the  last  time. 

fiopa  kobafa,  n.,  broken  wind;  short 
breath. 

fiopa  kobafa,  a.,  short-winded;  short- 
breathed. 


124 


BUREAU   OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


fiopa  taha,  a.,  broken-winded;  breath 
less;  breath  exhausted;  short-breathed. 

fiopa  tali,  v.  t.,  to  exhaust  the  breath. 

fiopa  tapa,  a.,  dead;  breath-sundered. 

fiopa  tapli,  v.  t.,  to  destroy  life,  Luke 
6:  9;  fiopa  intapli,  to  separate  the 
breath . 

fiopat  taha,  v.  a.  L,  to  pant. 

fiopat  taha,  n.,  broken  wind;  short 
breath. 

fiopachi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  breathe;  to 
give  breath;  to  bring  back  the  breath; 
to  save. 

fitekachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  veer  about;  to 
whirl,  as  a  top. 

fitekachi,  n.,  a  whirling. 

fitekachi,  pp.,  whirled. 

fitelichi,  v.  t.,  to  whirl  quickly;  to  cause 
to  fly  and  whirl  as  a  handkerchief  or  a 
flag  when  suspended  and  shaken  by 
the  wind. 

fitelichi,  n.,  one  that  whirls. 

fitiha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  whirl  about;  to  veer 
about;  to  shift  about. 

fitihachi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  whirl  about. 

fitilema,  pp.,  turned  over,  i.  e.,  from  be 
ing  under  another  person  or  thing  to 
bring  it  on  top;  hatak  at  fitilema. 

fitilimmi,  v.  t.,  to  turn  over,  from  being 
underneath;  to  bring  on  top  as  may  be 
seen  when  two  men  wrestle  and  one  is 
thrown,  but  he  gets  the  ascendancy  of 
his  antagonist. 

fititekachi,  pi.  of  fitekachi,  pp.,  whirled. 

fititekachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  whirl;  to  veer. 

fitukhak,  n.,  name  of  a  bird  often  called 
the  yellow  hammer,  or  yellow  wood 
cock. 

fo,  adv.,  may  be;  perchance;  as  katima 
iafo,  where  may  he  have  gone. 

fobassa,  see  fabassa. 

fochi,  see  foechi. 

fochik,  seefirhik. 

fochik  shubota,  seefichik  shobota. 

fochonli,  see  Jichonli. 

foe,  n.,  honey. 

foe  akmo,  n.,  beeswax;  bee  bread. 

foe  bila,  foi  bila  (Josh.  5:  6),  n.,  honey 
or  "bee  oil";  melted  honey  or  honey  oil. 

foe  bila  hakshup,  n.,  honeycomb. 

foe  bilaiti  ansha,  n.,  wild  honey;  wood 
land  honey;  honey  in  the  woods. 

foe  bilishke,  foishke,  n.,  honey  bee  or 
honey  bees;  those  which  collect  the 


honey;  the  mother  of  the  honey;  foe 
bilishke  hoclteto,  n.,  big  bees. 

foe  bilishke  inminko,  n.,  the  queen  bee. 

foe  bilishke  inchuka,  a  bee  hive;  a  bee 
gum. 

foe  bilishke  inchuka  fohki,  v.  t.,  to 
hive  bees. 

foe  bilishke  inchuka  foka,  pp.,  hived. 

foe  bilishke  inchuka  inhoshontika,  n., 
an  apiary;  a  bee  house  or  shelter. 

foe  bilishke  inpokni,  n.,  the  drones  or 
grandmother  bees. 

foe  hakmi,  n.,  wax;  beeswax. 

foe  inlakna,  n.,  bee  bread;  wax. 

foe  nia,  n.,  honey  comb  filled  with  honey. 

foechi,  fochi,  fohchi  (M.  Dyer) ;  on 
foechi,  1.  Cor.  3,  caption;  to  sprinkle 
on  water,  salt,  etc. 

foeli,  fulli,  v.  t.,  to  pick  out;  to  take  out. 

foha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  rest;  to  take  ease;  to 
ease;  to  harbor;  to  recruit;  to  repose;  to 
respire. 

foha,  n.,  rest;  respite;  cessation:  ease;  an 
intermission;  recreation;  a  vacation. 

fohachi,  v.  t.,  to  give  rest;  to  cause  to 
rest;  to  rest  another;  to  ease;  to  harbor; 
to  recreate;  to  repose;  to  unburden. 
ilefohachi,  v.  ref.,  to  rest  himself;  hacJii- 
fohachilashke,  I  will  give  you  rest, 
Matt.  11:28. 

fohchi,  see  foechi. 

fohka,  foka,  v.  t.,  to  put  in;  to  put  on; 
as  to  put  garments  upon  one's  self;  to 
clothe  one's  self;  to  dress  one's  self;  to 
ornament;  albikachi,\.t.  pi.,  ilalMkachi, 
we  dress  ourselves  (by  putting  on  more 
garments). 

fohka,  foka,  v.  a.  i.,  to  enter,  Matt.  15: 
17;  to  go  into,  John  3:  4;  chinfoyuka, 
to  be  in,  Matt.  6:  23;  to  conceive,  Luke 
2:21;  alia  in foka,  to  conceive,  Luke  1: 
24;  alia  infoyuka,  to  be  with  child,  Matt. 
1:18;  ilefohka,  to  put  on  himself;  hence, 
ilefohka  orilefoka,  n.,  a  garment,  a  shirt; 
itibafoka,  n.,  a  coalition;  fo"hk<t,  fonka, 
nas.  form.,  foyuka,  afoyuka  (Josh.  3:3,  6; 
4:  18),  pro.  form. 

fohka,  foka,  sing.,  (cf.  fohki),  albikachi, 
pp.  pi.;  put  on,  as  garments;  dressed; 
clothed,  Matt.  11:  8;  clad;  girded;  in 
closed;  put  in,  as  a  horse  is  put  into  a 
stable  or  a  field;  invested;  laded; 
loaded;  lodged;  shut;  vested;  itibafoka, 


BTINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


125 


pp.,  combined;  sabafohka,  Matt.  12:  30; 
fonhka,  fonka,  nasal  form,  being  in;  be 
ing  on,  Josh.  2:  11,  19;  possessed,  Matt. 
4:  24;  aiinfonka,  Matt.  12:  22;  afo^ka,  "  is 
in,"  Matt.  7:3;  fonka  kono,  that  is  in, 
Matt.  7:  3;  aiinfonka,  possessed  with, 
Matt.  8:  16;  12:' 40;  17:  27. 

fohka,  foka,  n.,  a  lading;  a  passage;  that 
which  is  put  on;  found  in  compound 
words,  as  na  fohka,  a  garment  or  dress; 
fohka  achafa,  a  suit  of  clothes;  foyuka, 
Matt.  12:  40. 

fonhka,  fonkka,  v.  a.  i.,  to  roar,  as  the 
wind;  to  murmur;  cf.  John  3:  8. 

f  onhka,  n. ,  the  sound  or  roaring  of  wind, 
John  3:  8. 

fohkachechi,  v.  t.,  to  array  another  in  a 
garment;  to  gird;  to  girdle;  na  fohka 
tohbi  hoUtompa  hon  fohkachechi  cha,  ar 
rayed  him  in  a  gorgeous  robe,  etc. 
Luke  23:11;  some  say  this  word  means 
putting  several  garments  upon  another; 
alia  yan  fokachechili,  I  dress  the  chil 
dren;  fohkachichi  mat,  Matt.  27:  28,  31. 

fohkachi,  v.  t.,  to  dress;  to  put  garments 
upon  another  person ;  to  clothe  another; 
to  furnish  another  with  clothes;  to  in 
vest;  to  indue;  to  ornament;  to  vest. 

fohka  t  anya,  n.,  a  passage;  a  passenger. 

fohki,  foki,  to  put  in,  Matt.  14:  3;  I  Kings 
10:  24;  to  fall  into,  2  Sam.  24:  14;  to  in 
close;  to  inject;  to  lade;  to  load;  to 
lodge;  to  put;  to  shut;  to  tuck;  to  deliver 
to,  Matt.  5:  25;  11:  27;  ibafohki,  to  com 
bine;  to  hide  in,  Matt.  13:  33;  Josh. 
2:24;6:2;7:7;  itibafohki,  to  combine 
together;  fohkihchih,  fohkichi,  v.  t.,  to 
anoint;  to  grease;  foJionki,  freq. ;  foyuhki, 
pro.  form;  iti fohki,  v.  t.,  to  put  in  to 
gether;  to  unite;  to  set,  as  a  bone;  iti- 
fohkit  ikbi,  to  frame;  itifohkit  itabana, 
framed,  p. 

fohkul,  poh.ku.1,  n.,  a  hornet;  see  below. 

fohkul  inchuka,  n.,  a  hornet's  nest. 

fohobli,  fohopli,  v.  t,,  to  take  out;  to 
unload;  to  take  and  spill;  to  pour  out; 
to  shed  forth;  onfohomplilahi  oke,  Acts 
2:  17;  to  put  on,  Josh.  7:  6;  fohombli, 
nasal  form. 

fohobli,  n.,  an  unloader. 

fohoblichi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  take  out. 

fohopa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  pour  out  largely;  to 
fall  down,  Josh.  6:  5;  hohtak  oka  folio- 
pat  illit  taha  tok,  Luke  8:  33;  fohompa, 


nasal  form,  being  poured  out;  fohompa, 
n.,  a  bunch;  a  pile;  a  collection; 
fohohumpa,  freq. ;  foyupa,  pro. 

fohopa,  pp.,  spilled;  unloaded;  poured 
out. 

fohopa,  n.,  that  which  is  poured  out;  an 
effusion. 

fohopli,  see  fohobli. 

fohukfunli,  seefotukfunli. 

fohukli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  pant  or  puff,  like  a 
laboring  ox;  to  blow. 

foi  bila,  see  foe  bila. 

foishke,  foe  bilishke  (q.  v.),  n.,  ahoney 
bee. 

foiya,  see  hoiya. 

foka,  see  fohka. 

foka,  n.,  rate. 

foka,  adv.,  about,  as  to  time,  place,  de 
gree,  quality,  etc.,  nitak  yamma  fokama, 
about  that  time,  Acts  12:  1;  fokama, 
Matt.  1:  11;  nitak yamma fokama,  atthat 
time,  Matt.  12:  1;  katiohmi  foka,  how 
long?  Matt.  17:  17;  fokatok,  were  about, 
Matt.  14:  21;  fokama,  Josh.  2:  5;  9:  1; 
in,  i.  e.,  in  one  place;  aiasha,  for  plu 
rality  of  places. 

foka,  fuka,  n.,  a  place;  a  residence;  mfoko 
foka  iatuk,  he  has  gone  to  the  king's  or 
about  the  king's;  ishke  foka  iatuk,  he 
has  gone  to  his  mother's,  or  about 
his  mother's;  iti  fuka,  about  or  in  the 
woods. 

fokahota,  adv.,  perhaps. 

fokakash,  adv.  of  past  time,  ago;  about 
that  time,  at  or  in  that  time;  agone. 

fokali,  v.  i.,  see  1  Sam.  4:  20;  atukosh  illi 
fokalima,  when  she  made  about  to  die, 
or  went  about  to  die,  yamma  fokalika, 
at  that  time,  2  Kings,  16:  6;  fokalechi, 
with  himak,  1  Tim.  5:  22;  see  yammak- 
fokalechi. 

fokachi,  n.,  a  dresser. 

foki,  see  fohki. 

fokichi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  go  in;  to  put 
in ;  fokinchi,  nasal  form ;  fokihinchi  freq. ; 
fokiechi,  pro.  form. 

folokachi;  see fullokachi. 

fololi,  folulli,  v.  t.,  to  go  round;  to  take 
round;  infohdH,  v.  t.,  to  edge  it;  to  go 
round  it. 

fololichi,  folullichi,  v.  t.,  cause  to  turn 
round,  as  to  turn  a  horse  round  at  the 
end  of  a  row  of  corn;  to  curb;  to  rein;  to 
guide;  to  turn;  2  Kings  9:  23;  to  cause 


126 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


it  to  go  round;  infolololichit  achunli,  to 
sew  on  a  border;  to  border;  to  skirt; 
infoMlichi,  to  skirt;  to  face. 

folota,  fullota,  n.,  acircuit;  actionorper- 
formance  in  a  circle;  a  round;  a  zone; 
the  region;  the  part;  an  excursion;  a 
period;  a  wandering;  infolota,  its  edge; 
lace;  edging;  folotoa,  pi.  circuits; 
rounds. 

folota,  n.,  a  stroller;  a  wanderer. 

folota,  a.,  crooked;  roundabout;  going 
round;  circuitous. 

folota,  fullota,  v.  n.,  to  be  circuitous, 
Matt.  2:  22;  fullotat  Kal'de  inkaniohmi 
hon  onatok;  fullota  is  a  diminutive  of 
folota,  to  go  about  slowly;  round  about, 
Matt.  14:  35;  to  come  about,  2  Sam.  24: 
6;  all  round,  Josh.  13:  2. 

folota,  fullota,  v.  a.  i.,  to  go  round;  to 
deviate;  to  straggle;  to  stray;  to  stroll; 
to  swim;  to  wanton;  to  wheel. 

folota,  pp.,  taken  round;  put  round; 
infoloia,  edged;  skirted;  faced. 

folota,  adv.,  round. 

folota,  a.,  crooked;  roundabout;  cir 
cuitous. 

folotat  ala,  n.,  a  revolution. 

folotoa,  v.  n.,  to  be  crooked. 

folotoa,  pp.,  taken  round;  put  round; 
infolotoa,  edged;  skirted. 

folotoa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  go  round;  to  take  cir 
cuits. 

folotolichi,  v.  t.  caus.,  pi.;  to  turn  them 
round;  to  cause  them  to  go  round. 

folotolichi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  put  them  round. 

folotqwachi,  v.  t.,  to  take  round;  to 
cause  to  wave  backward  and  forward. 

folulli,  seefololi. 

f olullichi,  see  fololichi. 

folumpa,  round  about,  Mark  1:  28;  see 
afolumpa,  from  afolubli. 

folichi,  v.  t.,  to  pour;  onfolic1ti,  to  pour 
on,  as  water  on  a  plant;  foholihinchi, 
Ps.  40:  2  [?]. 

fomohachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  roar,  as  the  wind 
in  the  top  of  a  tree;  mali  hat  fomo 
hachi. 

fomohachi,  n.,  a  roaring. 

fomoli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  weary;  itafomoll,  Gen. 
19:  2. 

fomosa,  a.,  slender;  slim;  without  a 
border;  naked;  without  hair. 

foni,  n.,  a  bone;  stone,  as  of  a  peach,  etc. ; 
shell,  of  a  hickory  nut,  etc. ;  a  nut  shell. 


fonibano,  a.,  bareboned;  bony;  full  of 
bones;  nothing  but  bones;  raw;  raw- 
boned. 

foni  bano,  n.,  raw  bones. 

foni  falammint  itifohka,  pass.,  set  or 
replaced,  as  bones  after  a  dislocation. 

foni  falammint  itifohki,  v.  t.,  to  re 
place  bones;  to  set  bones;  to  reduce 
from  a  dislocation. 

foni  falammint  itifohki,  n.,  a  bone 
setter. 

foni  hotupa,  n.,  bone-ache;  pain  in  the 
bones;  rheumatism. 

foni  ikbi,  v.  t.,  to  ossify;  to  form  bone. 

foni  iksho,  a.,  boneless. 

foni  kommichi,  11.,  bone-ache. 

foni  kommichi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  ache  in  the 
bones;  the  bones  ache. 

foni  laua,  a.,  bony;  full  of  bones;  having 
many  bones. 

foni  lupi,  n.,  marrow;  marrow  of  the 
bones. 

foni  toba,  v.  a.  i.,  to  ossify;  to  become 
bone;  to  form  into  bone. 

foni  toba,  pp.,  ossified. 

foni  toshbi,  n.,  a  rotten  bone;  rottenness 
of  the  bone;  caries;  an  ulcerated  bone. 

foni  toshbi,  a.,  carious. 

foni  toshbichi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  the  bone 
to  rot;  to  render  carious. 

fopa,  fapa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  bellow;  to  roar  as 
wind  in  the  top  of  a  pine,  or  as  water 
falling  at  a  distance  in  a  shower;  to 
estuate;  to  murmur. 

fopa,  n.,  a  roaring;  a  roar;  a  rapid;  rap 
ids;  asound;/opa  hosh  mintit  ala  cha. 
Acts  2:  2. 

fopachi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  roar. 

fota,  adv.,  perhaps. 

fotoha,  n.,  a  bore;  a  turn;  a  grinding; 
motion  of  a  mill. 

fotoha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  run,  as  a  mill;  to  grind; 
to  move,  as  a  grindstone. 

fotoha,  pp.,  etc.,  ground;  bored;  ta^h 
fotolia,  ground  corn,  or  corn  meal. 

fotokachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  shake  as  a  scythe 
when  not  tightly  fastened  to  the  snath; 
fotokahanchi,  pro.  form. 

fotoli,  v.  t.,  v.  a.  i.,  to  grind;  to  wind: 
to  bore;  to  mill;  to  turn;  isht  fotoli,  to 
bore  with;  isht  fotolit  tumbli.  v.  t. ,  to 
mill. 

fotoli,  n.,  a  borer;  one  who  bores;  a 
miller;  a  grinder;  a  turner. 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


127 


fotoli,  n.,  a  turn. 

fotukfunli,  fohukfunli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be 
out  of  breath;  to  pant  hard  like  a  run 
ning  horse. 

fuka,  see  j 'oka. 

full,  n.,  a  switch;  a  rod;  a  twig;  a  slip;  a 
sprig;  a  wattle;  a  wand. 

full  atoba,  a.,  wicker,  made  of  a  switch. 

full  isht  fama,  pp.,  switched;  whipped 
with  a  switch. 

full  isht  fama,  n.,  a  switching;  a  whip 
ping  with  a  switch. 

fuli  isht  fammi,  v.  t.,  to  switch;  to  strike 
with  a  small  twig  or  rod. 

fuli  isht  fammi,  n.,  a  whipper;  one  who 
whips  with  a  switch. 

fuli  kaua,  n.,  broken  twigs;  a  name  ap 
plied  to  the  broken  sticks  or  small  split 
pieces  of  cane  made  use  of  in  notifying 
of  any  public  meeting.  They  are  made 
and  sent  by  the  headmen  to  others 
at  the  time  when  the  appointment  is 
made,  and  one  is  thrown  away  every 
morning,  and  on  the  last  morning  the 
last  is  thrown  away,  and  at  night  the 
assembly  takes  place. 

fulli,  v.  t.,  to  gouge;  to  pick  out;  to  take 
out;  nishkinfulli,  to  gouge  or  to  pick  out 
the  eye;  foeli,  pro.  form. 

fullichi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  cause  to  gouge  or 
to  pick  out  the  eye  of  another. 

fullokachi,  afolokachi,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  wan 
der;  Josh.  14:  10,  to  rove;  to  keep  mov 
ing  about;  to  shuffle;  to  go  round;  to 
circle;  to  sinuate;  folota,  sing;  fulloka- 
hanchi,  freq.,  to  move  round,  as  a  horse 
in  a  mill;  to  roam;  to  wander;  fulloka- 
hanchi,  a.,  serpentine. 

fullokachi,  n. ,  a  rover;  a  shuffler;  fulloka- 
hanchi,  n.,  a  roamer;  a  trollop. 

fullokachi,  pp.,  taken  round. 

fullokachi,  n.  pi.,  circuits;  rounds. 

fullokach.it  anuxnpuli,  v.  t.,  to  ramble 
in  speaking. 

fullokachi  t  anya,  v.  t.,  to  ramble;  to 
rove  about. 

fullota,  see  folota. 

fullottokachi,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  part;  to 
move  suddenly,  as  if  by  a  twitch. 

fullottokachi,  n.,  a  start. 

fulomoli,  a.,  devious;  crooked. 

fulomoli,  v.  n.,  to  be  devious. 


fulumi;  in  a  si  it  itofulumit  yakni  yarnma  ita- 
tiowa  cJtatukon,  sermon:  Duties  to  chil 
dren,  page  13. 

fulup,  n.,  the  shoulder  down  as  far  as 
the  elbow. 

fulup  foni,  n.,  the  shoulder  bone. 

fulush,  n.,  a  clam    (a  shell). 

fulush  hakshup,  n.,  a  clamshell. 

fulush  isht  imp  a,  n.,  a  shell  spoon. 

h,  an  aspirate,  at  the  end  of  words  after  a 
vowel,  to  indicate  a  verb  or  an  assertion, 
etc.;  seeow,  a,  i. — Note:  I  think  it  is  the 
verb  to  be;  s-ia/t,  I  am,  etc.  (Byington). 

ha  is  used  before  tok  and  tuk  and  their 
compounds,  in  some  sense  as  a  definite 
article,  to  make  definite  the  action; 
hatok,  hatuk,  it  was;  as,  sabannahatok, 
that  which  I  want,  it  was;  the  want  I 
have;  a^yalihatok  okat,  Luke  4:  43; 
qmmihahetuk  ash,  the,  Luke  15:  12; 
ushi  atok,  Luke  3:  23;  kttik  hatak  atok, 
Acts  16,  1. 

ha,  adv.,  time  or  times,  used  after  ordi 
nals;  atuklaha,  second  time;  twice; 
hituchinaha,  three  times,  thrice;  hayak 
on,  after  that,  2  Sam.  24:  10;  Acts  1:  3; 
hayokmato,  John  21:  18;  hay  a,  Matt.  5: 
32;  12:  29;  a,  ha,  or  ya  is  considered  as 
a  locativeoi  time,  as  in  acJieki,  abilia,  atuk, 
achin,  etc. 

ha,  adv.,  after  verbs,  meaning  after  or  be 
fore  next;  minti  ha,  after  he  comes; 
ibbak  achifa  hayon  keyukmat,  if  they 
had  not  first  wrashed  their  hands 
(hands  wash  after  it  is  so,  if  not)  they 
do  not  eat,  Mark  7:3:  alia  aleha  akosh 
tinkba,  kaiya  ha  yon,  Mark  7:  27;  pima  ha- 
ma,  after,  when  he  has  given  us,  Josh. 
1:  1;  2:  14;  7:  2. 

han,  a  definite  particle,  in  the  obj.  case, 
used  after  verbs,  etc. ;  subj.  case,  hat, 
the  which;  the  one  which;  tamaha  han, 
town  it,  or  town  the,  Matt.  2:  1;  isJita 
Jian,  are  you  the  one  that  goes?  han  is 
found  after  verbs  and  verbal  nouns, 
derived  from  verbs  more  frequently 
than  an  or  yan,  that  which,  but  Jiolisso 
Jtan,  issuba  Jian,  imanukfila  han,  cJinla 
han,  are  exceptions.  This  h  may  be  the 
aspirate  of  the  verb,  which  in  speaking 
is  carried  over,  like  ilohia,  spoken  ilo 
hia.  See  a,  particle. 


128 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


han,  ahanh  (q.  v.),  adv.,  no;  not  so;  a 
word  of  denial;  lt«n  keyu,  no,  it  is  not 
so. 

habali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  tassel,  as  corn;  tanchi 
at  habali;  habanli,  nasal  form. 

habali,  n.,  a  tassel;  tanchi  habali,  a  young 
corn  tassel. 

habali,  pp.,  tasseled. 

habalichi,  v.  t,,  to  cause  to  tassel. 

habani,  a.,  being  ready  to  tassel. 

habani,  v.  n.,  to  be  ready  to  tassel. 

habefa,  pp.  sing.,  a.,  dented;  habefoa,  pi. 

habefa,  n.  sing.,  a  dent;  habefoa,  pi., 
dents. 

habefoli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  make  dents. 

habena,  v.  t.,  to  receive  a  favor  gratui 
tously;  to  receive  a  present;  to  receive, 
Matt.  10:  8;  to  obtain  a  favor,  applied 
to  receiving  money  or  goods  as  an  an 
nuity;  habena  sabqnna,  I  wish  for  a  favor. 
It  differs  a  little  from  (utUhha,  to  beg,  be 
ing  a  little  more  honorable  in  its  mean 
ing. 

habena,  n.,  a  present;  a  gift;  an  annuity 
received;  a  boon. 

habena,  pp.,  received  as  a  present;  ob 
tained  as  a  present;  presented. 

habenachi,  v.  t.,  to  make  a  gift;  to  make 
a  present;  to  present;  to  give,  Matt.  6:  2; 
to  do  alms,  Acts  10:  2. 

habenachi,  na  habenachi,  n.,  a  bene 
factor. 

habenachi,  n.,  a  gift;  a  boon;  a  bribe,  1 
Sam.  8:  3. 

habenat  anya,  habint  anya,  v.  a.  i.,  to 
go  in  quest  of  a  favor. 

habenat  anya,  habint  anya,  n.,  one  that 
goes  to  seek  gifts;  a  beggar,  but  not  in 
the  worst  sense;  one  that  solicits  char 
ity. 

habiffi.,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  dent. 

habiffi.,  n.,  one  that  dents. 

habifkachi,  pp.  pi.,  dented. 

habifkachi,  n.,  dents. 

habifli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  dent. 

habinshak,  n.,  a  large  grasshopper. 

habishko,  habishko  (q.  v.),  v.  a.  i.,  to 
sneeze. 

habli,  n.,  a  treader;  a  kicker. 

habli,  n.,  a  tread;  a  step;  the  space  passed 
by  the  foot  in  walking  or  running;  a 
pace;  the  space  between  the  two  feet  in 
walking;  a  kick. 


habli,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  tread;  to  step;  to 
stamp;  to  kick;  to  foot;  isJit  habli,  v.  t., 
to  kick;  to  spurn;  to  trample;  to  winch, 
1  Sam.  2:  29. 

hablichi,  v.  t.,  halichi,  pi.,  to  cause  him 
to  tread  on  it. 

habofa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  cease;  to  subside;  to 
abate,  as  a  swelling;  to  go  down. 

habofa,  pp.,  abated;  subsided;  gone 
down;  shatali  at  habofa,  the  swelling 
has  abated. 

habofa,  n.,  abatement." 

habofachi,  to  disrupt;  to  scatter  a 
swelling. 

haboffi,  v.  t.,  to  reduce;  to  abate;  to 
diminish;  to  remove;  to  cause  a  swell 
ing  to  abate. 

haboli,  pi.,  habofa,  sing.,  v.  a.  i.,  to  cease; 
to  subside;  to  go  down. 

haboli,  n.  pi.,  abatement  of  swellings,  etc. 

haboli,  pp.  pi.,  abated;  subs'ded. 

haboh'chi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  cause  swellings  to 
abate;  to  remove  swellings;  to  scatter 
them. 

hacha,  adv.,  perhaps;  how?  wrhat?  in  re 
lation  to  something  that  was  not  looked 
for,  1  Sam.  20:  18;  John  1:  50;  chii/immi 
hacha?  ishaclii  hacha,  do  you  say  then, 
Mark  5:  31. 

hachin,  will;  shall,  Josh.  1:  6. 

hanchi,  see  hanahchi. 

hacho,  a. ,  a  Creek  word  meaning  ' '  mad. ' ' 
It  is  found  only  as  part  of  the  war 
names  of  men,  viz.,  Tashka  hacho, 
Hopaii  hacho  (David  Folsom),  Ishtana- 
ki  hacho  (Mr.  Dyer's  grandfather) ,  and 
has  an  honorable  meaning  among 
Choctaw. 

hachofaktapi,  n.,  the  chinquapin  tree. 

hacho f akti,  n.,  a  chinquapin;  the  dwarf 
chestnut. 

hachonmalhmokki,  v.  a.  i.,  to  swim 
with  the  face  under  water. 

hachotakni,  n.,  a  large  turtle,  called 
by  some  the  loggerhead  turtle;  a  tor 
toise;  hachotakni  liaksfnip,  turtle  shell. 

hachotakni  okhata  ansha,  n.,  a  sea 
turtle. 

hachowanashi,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  fall 
heels  over  head. 

hachowanashi,  n.,  a  somerset. 

hachowanashi,    adv.,  head  first;  head- 


BYINGTOX]  A    DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


129 


hachowanashichi,   v.  t.  sing.,  to  throw 

another  heels  over  head. 
hachowani,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  fall  heels  over 

head, 
hachowani,  n.,   a   somerset    performed 

by  a  number  of  persons,  or  a  number 

of  times  by  the  same  man;  somersets. 
hachowanichi,  v.    t.,    to   throw  others 

heels  over  head. 
hachukbilankbila,          chukbilankbila, 

chukkilakbila  (q.  v. ),  chukanakbila, 

n.,  name  of  a  bird,  the  whip-poor-will. 

hachukbilhka,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  kneel;  to 

couch. 
hachukbillikachi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  kneel;  to 

make  them  kneel. 
hachukbilepa,  v.  a.   i.   sing.,  to  kneel; 

to  fall  on  the  knees;  to  bend  the  knee, 

Matt.  17:  14. 
hachukoilepa,   n.,    a   kneeler;    h'ldnik- 

billika,  pi. 
hachukkashaha,  n.,  sorrel;   name  of  a 

weed;  see  picJti  or  pihchi. 
hachuklampulechi,  v.  t,,  to  spin,  as  a 

spider;  to  make  a  web. 
hachuklampulechi,    n.,    a    spinner;    a 

spider  which  spins. 
hachuklampuli,  chuklampulli  (q.  v. ), 

n.,  a   cobweb;  a  spider's  web;  an  air 

thread. 
hachukpalantak,  chukpalantak,  n.,  a 

tree  toad, 
hachumbilhka,   v.    a.    i.    pi.,   to  kneel, 

Matt.  27:  29. 

hachunchuba,  n.,  an  alligator, 
hachunchuba,  a.,   being  without   hair, 

as  an  elephant. 

hachunchuba,  pp.,  deprived  of  hair. 
hachunchubachi,   v.    t.,    to   deprive   of 

hair;  to  cause  to  be  without  hair, 
hafakbi,  n.,  a  dent. 
hah,  ha,  adv.,  perhaps;  likely;  shihif>on 

episa  lia,  perhaps  we  saw  a  spirit, 
hahchabah,  n.,  a  footing  for  a  bridge; 

see  achaba. 

hahe,  uksak  hahe,  n.,  a  walnut, 
hahe  api,  n.,  a  walnut  tree. 
hahka.  hakka,  hakha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  loll; 

to  pant  from  fatigue  or  from  heat  or 

from  overexertion ;   vak  at  Jtalikti,  the 

cow  lolls;   oil.  at  halika,  the  dog  lolls; 

akank«  yathaJika;  fakitat  Jiahka;  akanka 

11  at  haJika  the  hen  lolls. 


hahka,  v.  t,,  to  loll;  to  thrust  out,  as  the 
tongue. 

hahkachi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  loll. 

hahta,  hahwash  (Sixtowns  word),  n., 
an  adder. 

hahwa,  see  liawu. 

hahwash,  see  hawqxh. 

haiaka,  v.  a.  i.,  to  appear,  Matt.  1:  20; 
to  come  out;  to  occur;  to  peep;  to  show; 
to  transpire;  haiaka  hinla,  a.,  osten 
sible. 

haiaka,  pp.,  exhibited;  presented;  un- 
dissembled;  unequivocal;  unfolded; 
manifested;  made  manifest,  John  1 :  31; 
appeared,  Matt.  2:  7;  found,  Luke 
15:  32;  discovered;developed;divulged; 
elucidated;  exposed;  illustrated;  mani 
fested;  revealed;  lutianka,  nasal  form; 
ikhaiako,  neg.  form,  not  found;  unde 
tected;  inJiaiaka,  pp.,  undeceived. 

haiaka,  n.,  appearance;  an  opening;  an 
open  place.  Josh.  3:  4;  an  exposure; 
nakedness;  ostentation;  apeep;  ikhaiako, 
n.,  a  secret;  something  not  known,  or 
not  made  known. 

haiaka,  a.,  visible;  in  sight;  that  may  be 
seen;  audible;  plain;  conspicuous;  dis 
cernible;  evident;  expressed;  frank; 
full;  legible;  lucid;  manifest;  naked; 
notorious;  obvious;  open;  ostensible; 
overt;  palpable;  perspicuous;  prom 
inent;  unassembling,  ikhaiak  o,  a., 
latent;  secret;  shadowy;  unexposed; 
unfound;  unpublished;  vague. 

haiaka,  adv.,  abroad;  out;  haiaka pinusi, 
clearly;  legibly. 

haiakachechi,  v.  t.,  to  simplify;  to  make 
plain. 

haiakachi,  haiakechi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to 
appear;  to  make  known;  to  publish; 
to  show,  Josh.  5:  0;  Luke  4:  5;  to  mani 
fest,  John  2:11;  to  develop;  to  disclose; 
to  discover;  to  divulge;  to  elucidate;  to 
exhibit;  to  expose;  to  illustrate;  to  in 
dicate;  to  manifest;  to  present;  to  rep 
resent;  to  reveal;  to  solve;  to  tell;  to 
unfold;  to  unmask;  to  unravel;  haiak- 
aiyachi,  pro.  form;  ilehaiakacJd,  to  make 
himself  known,  Gen.  45:  1;  1  Sam.  3:  21; 
inhaiakaclii,  v.  t,,  to  undeceive;  to  show 
it  to  him;  ishilehaiakachi,  show  thyself, 
Matt.  8:  4. 

haiakachi,  n.,  one  that  manifests;  an 
ex  poser. 


84339° —  Bull.  40—15 0 


130 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL,.  46 


haiakat,  adv.,  openly;  clearly;  mani 
festly;  plainly;  simply.  This  and 
other  adverbs  ending  with  t  precede 
verbs,  as  Jiaiakat  anoli,  haiakat  Jiikia. 

haiakat  anoli,  v.  t.,  to  unbosom;  to  tell 
plainly  or  openly. 

Haiaketabi,  a  man's  name,  derivation 
uncertain. 

haieli,v.  t.,  to  scuffle;  towa  //a»  itinhaieli, 
to  scuffle  against  each  other  for  the  ball. 

haieli,  n.,  a  scuffler. 

haiemo,  a.,  miry;  soft,  as  mud  when 
filled  with  water. 

haiemo,  v.  n.,  to  be  miry. 

haiemuchi,  v.  t.,  to  make  it  miry. 

haili,  v.  a.  i.,  to  get  away  from  him  in  a 
scuffle,  as  towa  yan  infiaili,  to  snatch 
away. 

haiochi,  see  haiuchi. 

haiochichechi,v.t.,  to  tear,  Luke  9:  39, 42. 

haiochi chi,  see  haiuchichi. 

haioli,  hioli,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  stand  up,  and 
sometimes  hieli,  pi.,  to  stand  up  erect. 

haioli,  pp.,  set;  placed  erect;  made  to 
stand  up. 

haioli,   n.,    standers;   those  who   stand. 

haiolichi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  set  up;  to  cause 
to  stand;  to  erect. 

haiolichi,  n.,  one  that  sets  up;  an  erecter. 

haiombish,  n.,  the  navel  string;  the 
placenta. 

haiowani,  see  huhjoicam. 

haiuchi,  haiochi,  n.,  a  fit;  a  convulsion; 
the  fits  which  are  incident  to  hydro 
phobia;  epilepsy;  pp.,  convulsed. 

haiuchi,  haiochi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  shake;  to 
convulse,  Matt.  17:  15. 

haiuchichi,  haiochechi,  haiochichi,  v. 
t.,  to  cause  a  shaking  with  fits;  to  shake 
with  fits;  to  convulse. 

haiuchichi,  n.,  a  fit;  a  spasm;  hydro 
phobia. 

haiyantalali,  biuntalali,  bisuntalali, 
aiuntalali,  iuntalali,  n.,  a  dewberry, 
or  running  blackberry. 

haiyichichi,  n.,  a  lit;  spasms. 

haiyinhchi,  haiyinkchi,  n.,  the  kidney 
or  kidneys;  the  reins. 

haiyinhchi  hotupa,  n.,  pain  in  the  kid 
neys;  inflammation  of  the  kidneys. 

haiyinhchi  nia,  n.,  suet;  the  fat  about 
the  kidneys. 

haiyinhchi  nipi,  n.,  the  kidney  meat. 


haiyinko,  haiyinto,  n.,  soft  mud;  mire, 
whether  in  a  swamp,  plowed  land,  or 
elsewhere. 

haiyinko,  a.,  miry;  mellow. 

haiyinko,  v.  n.,  to  be  miry. 

haiyinko,  v.  a.  i.,  to  mellow. 

haiyinko,  pp.,  made  miry. 

haiyinkuchi,  v.  t,  to  make  haiyinko, 
mire  or  soft  mud;  to  mellow. 

haiyip,  n.,  a  pond;  a  lake;  a  puddle. 

haiyip  ikbi,  v.  t.,  to  pond;  to  make  a 
pond. 

haiyowani,  haiowani,  n.,  a  worm  called 
the  cutworm. 

haiyunkpulo,  n.,  a  weed;  an  herb, 
Matt.  13:  32;  a  plant;  a  tare,  Matt, 
13:  25,  26;  a  vegetable;  herbage;  a 
hollyhock;  thoroughwort;  any  weed 
for  which  there  is  no  particular  name 
is  called  by  this  general  name. 

haiyunkpulo  awalalli,  n.,  a  saucepan. 

haiyunkpulo  holokchi,  n.,  a  plant;  a 
planted  herb. 

haiyunkpulo  ilhpak,  n.,  sauce;  vege 
table  food. 

haiyunkpulo  ishkot  hoita,  n.,  a  vege 
table  emetic,  such  as  ipecacuanha. 

haiyunkpulo  nihi,  n.,  the  seed  of  plants. 

haiyunkpulo  nihi  aialhto,  n.,  the  cap 
sule. 

haiyunkpulo  nihi  hakshup,  n.,  the 
capsule  or  pod  for  the  seed. 

haiyunkpulo  pakanli  humma,  n.,  a 
pink;  a  weed  with  a  red  blossom,  par 
ticularly  the  Carolina  pink. 

haiyup,  n.,  a  twin;  twins. 

haiyup  atta,  a.,  twin  bom;  born  at  the 
same  birth. 

hak,  the,  and  its  compounds.  See  ak,  etc. ; 
but  as  the  compounds  of  the  two  differ 
in  some  instances,  it  is  best  to  insert 
those  of  hak  here  at  length,  that  neces 
sary  comments  may  be  made  regarding 
such  particles  as  require  them,  having 
in  mind  also  the  different  senses  of 
the  same  word  after  different  parts  of 
speech.  Compounds:  haka — liakano — 
hakcit  or  hakat  —  Jiakato  or  Jiakato  — Jia- 
kbano  —  luikbano,  adv.,  that  only — 
hakcJio  —  hakbanot  —  liakbat  —  hak  clioS 
a  form  of  inquiry  used  in  anger — hakhe, 
etc.,  probably  not  used — hakin — hakin/i, 
adv.,  also;  likewise — hakinli  a,  pro- 


BYINGTON] 


A    DICTIONARY    OF    TILE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


131 


noun,  meaning  self — hakint — hakkia — 
Jiakma,  probably  not  used  —  hako,  a 
particle  —  hakocha — hakoka —  hakokano 
— hakokat  —  hdkokgto  — hakoke  —  hako- 
kia — hakona — hakosh — hakoL 

hakbona, a.,  moldy ;  tan$h  hakbona,moldy 
corn. 

hakbona,  v.  n.,  to  be  moldy. 

hakbona,  n.,  mold. 

hakbonachi,  v.  t.,  to  mold;  to  cause 
mold. 

hakchalhpi,  akchalhpi,  n.,  the  coarse 
outer  bark  of  a  tree. 

hakchalhpi  shila,  n.,  ross;  dry  outside 
bark. 

hakchihpo,  11.,  driftwood. 

hakchipilhko,  see  hakchupilhko. 

hakchulhkapi,  see  hakchupilhko  api. 

hakchuma,  hakchumak,  n.,  tobacco. 

hakchuma  ashunka,  hakchuma 
shunka,  n.,  a  pipe;  a  tobacco  pipe;  a 
calumet. 

hakchuma  alhfoa,  n.,  a  roll  of  tobacco 
bound  up  with  bark. 

hakchuma  bota,  n.,  snuff. 

hakchuma  bota  aialhto,  n.,  a  snuff 
box. 

hakchuma  hishi,  n.,  a  tobacco  leaf. 

hakchuma  holba,  n.,  mullein;  resem 
bling  tobacco. 

hakchuma  inshunshi,  n.,  a  tobacco 
worm. 

hakchuma  palaska,  n.,  a  brand  of  to 
bacco. 

hakchuma  shana,  hakchumak  shana, 
n.,  a  twist  of  tobacco;  a  cigar. 

hakchuma  shunka,  v.  t.,  to  smoke  to 
bacco. 

hakchuma  shuti,  n.,  an  earthen  tobacco 
pipe;  a  tobacco  pipe  of  any  kind;  a  cal 
umet;  the  pipe  used  among  the  aborig 
inals  of  America. 

hakchupilhko,  hakchipilhko,  akchu- 
pilhko,  hakchupilhkash,  n.,  dog 
wood. 

hakchupilhko  ani,  n.,  dogwood  berries. 

hakchupilhko  api,  hakchupilhkapi, 
hakchulhkapi,  n.,  the  dogwood  tree. 

hakha,  hahka,  hakka,  v.  a.  L,  to  loll. 

hankha,  n.,  a  wild  goose. 

Hankhaiola,  11.,  place  where  the  goose 
cries;  the  name  of  a  creek. 


hankhobak,  ha^khoba,  n.,  a  large,  wild 
water  duck  called  a  mallard,  resem 
bling  a  wild  goose. 

haklo,  v.  a.  i.,  to  hear;  to  listen;  to  assent; 
to  comply;  to  yield;  to  attend;  to 
hearken;  to  heed;  to  mark,  to  mind; 
to  notice;  to  rei-eive;  Josh.  5:  1; 
Matt.  7:24;  13:15,  1.6;  15:10;  17:6; 
ikhaklo,  not  to  hear;  to  dissent;  to 
grudge;  to  refuse;  to  abnegate;  to  deny; 
to  decline;  to  object;  ikhaklo,  a.,  deaf; 
listless;  hanklo,  nasal  form,  Matt.  5:  27; 
hahanklo,  freq.,  Josh.  2:  10;  haiyaklo, 
prolonged  form;  ilehaklo,  to  hear  him 
self;  John  3:  20  [?] ;  to  listen  to  himself; 
ilahaklo,  to  hear  of  himself,  what  is 
said  of  him;nanaJiash  hanklo  ka,  things 
which  ye  hear,  Matt.  13: 1 7,  43;  haiyaklo, 
intensive  form,  Matt.  2: 17,  18;  12:  19. 

haklo,  n.,  a  hearer;  a  listener. 

haklo,  a.,  mindful;  ikhaklo,  a.,  mindless; 
deaf;  reluctant;  unheard;  unwilling. 

haklo,  n.,  a  hearing;  heed;  ikhaklo,  n., 
a  refusal;  tardiness. 

haklochi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  hear;  to  make 
to  hear;  to  inform;  to  notify;  to  signify; 
haklonchi,T\a$Si\  form;  haklohonchi,ireq. , 
made  to  hear;  sahaklohonchi  tok,  made 
me  to  hear,  John  15:  15. 

haklochi,  n. ,  one  that  makes  others  hear; 
an  informant. 

haklo tokosh  anoli,  n.,  an  ear  witness; 
he  who  heard  it  told. 

haklopish,  haklobish,  n.,  ross,  as  iti 
haklopish,  the  ross  of  a  tree;  chaff;  bran; 
shorts;  fish  scales;  scales,  Acts  9:  18. 

hakmo,  akmo,  v.  a.  i.,  to  congeal;  to  cool; 
to  harden,  as  tallow  when  it  cools. 

hakmo,  pp.,  a.,  congealed;  hardened; 
cooled;  cast;  run;  molded,  as  in  a  fur 
nace. 

hakmo,  n.,  congelation. 

hakmuchi,  v.  t.,  to  cool;  to  .  cause  to 
harden;  to  congeal;  to  found;  to  cast. 

hakmuchi,  n.,   a  caster;  a  founder. 

haknip,  aknip,  n.,  the  body,  trunk, 
chest,  or  frame;  the  thorax,  Matt.  5:  29; 
6:  22;  14:  12;  siaknip,  my  body. 

haknip  achukma,  n.,  health. 

haknip  a,chukma,a.,  healthy;  healthful. 

haknip  bano,  a.,  naked;  nothing  but  the 
body. 


132 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


haknip  foni,  n.,  the  thorax;  the  bones 
of  the  trunk  or  chest. 

haknip  ikbi,  v.  t.,  to  embody;  to  make 
a  body. 

haknip  iksho,  n.,  bodiless;  incorporeal; 
without  a  body;  disembodied. 

haknip  illi,  pp.,  a.,  palsied. 

haknip  illi  abi,  n.,  the  palsy. 

haknip  illichi,  v.  t.,  to  palsy. 

haknip  inla,  n.,  a  monster;  a  strange 
body;  another  body. 

haknip  kota,  n.,  feebleness;  a  feeble 
body. 

haknip  toba,  n.,  incarnation. 

haknip  toba,  a.,  incarnate. 

hakonlo,  n.,  name  of  a  weed. 

haksa  hinla,  a.,  fallible;  capable  of  doing 
wrong;  knavish. 

haksi,  a.,  deaf;  drunk;  tippled;  intoxi 
cated;  inebriated;  boozy;  besotted; 
cunning;  wicked;  vile;  stubborn;  obsti 
nate;  abominable;  arrant;  bewitched; 
felonious;  roguish;  drunken;  sinful; 
deceitful;  disguised;  double  faced;  evil; 
flagitious;  fraudulent;  fuddled;  groggy; 
guileful;  guilty;  hollow;  immoral;  im 
pure;  insidious;  lascivious;  lewd;  li 
centious;  mellow;  naughty;  profligate; 
roguish;  saucy;  subtle;  tipsy;  tur 
bulent;  unfair;  unprincipled;  unruly; 
venal;  vicious;  villainous;  wranton; 
wicked;  wily;  nashuka  haksi,  applied 
to  an  old  man. 

haksi,  pass.,  seduced;  stunned;  swin 
dled;  deceived;  cheated;  cozened;  de 
frauded  ;  deluded ;  du  ped ;  fooled ;  gulled ; 
muddled;  overreached;  ilehaksi,  self 
deceived;  tteliai  uakxi ,  Matt.  13:  22; 
•i^  haksi,  pp.,  tricked,  or  he  is  tricked. 

haksi,  v.  n.,  to  be  vile,  deaf,  drunk, 
sinful,  etc. 

haksi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  act  vilely,  as  ixlihaksi, 
you  act  wickedly;  to  inebriate;  to  get 
drunk;  to  wanton. 

haksi,  i).,  drunkenness;  deafness;  deceit; 
deception;  guile;  a  gull;  hollowness; 
inebriation;  inebriety;  intoxication; 
lewdness;  roguery;  a  shift;  a  sleight. 

haksi,  adv.,  rascally. 

haksi  chohmi,  a.,  boozy;  partly  drunk; 
merry  with  liquor. 

haksi  keyu,  a.,  guileless;  guiltless;  not 
haksi. 


haksicha  hinla,  a.,  fallible;  liable  to  be 
deceived. 

haksichi,  v.  t.,  to  beguile,  Josh.  9:  22;  to 
cheat;  to  deceive;  to  bewitch;  to  bilk; 
to  impose  upon;  to  mislead;  to  over 
reach;  to  delude;  to  befool;  to  abuse; 
to  cajole;  to  coax;  to  surprise;  to  make 
drunk;  to  get  drunk;  to  intoxicate;  to 
cozen;  to  bribe;  to  lead  astray ;  to  deaf  en; 
to  debauch;  to  decoy;  to  defraud;  to 
delude;  to  disguise;  to  dishonor;  to 
dupe;  to  fascinate;  to  fool;  to  fuddle;  to 
gull;  to  inebriate;  to  juggle;  to  lure;  to 
muddle;  to  overreach;  to  palm;  to  reach ; 
to  reduce;  to  sharp;  to  sponge;  to  stun; 
to  swindle;  to  tantalize;  to  trick;  isht 
haksichi,  v.  t.,  to  cheat  with;  to  bribe; 
ilehaksichi,  to  deceive  himself,  Gal.  6:3; 
haksinchi,  nasal  form,  haksihinchi,  freq., 
v.  t. 

haksichi,  n.,  a  cheater;  a  deceiver;  a 
rogue;  a  villain;  a  rascal;  a  cheat;  a 
cozener;  adefrauder;  adeluder;  a  dou 
ble  dealer;  a  juggler;  a  seducer;  a 
sharper;  a  swindler. 

haksichi,  n.,  chicane;  a  fallacy;  a  fraud; 
an  intrigue;  knavery;  a  lure;  a  strata 
gem;  a  trick;  treachery,  2  Kings,  9:  23. 

haksichi  shali,  a.,  tricky;  knavish. 

haksiepi,  see  ha  (-si pi. 

haksinchi,  a.,  unexpected. 

haksinchit,  adv.,  by  surprise;  or  it  may 
be  rendered  as  a  verb  transitive  with  a 
consonant,  as  to  cheat,  etc. ;  liakximhit 
anta,  he  deceives  and  stays. 

haksinchit  abi,  v.  t.,  to  assassinate. 

haksinchit  abi,  n.,  an  assassin. 

haksint,  contracted  from  haksinchit, 
adv.,  unexpectedly;  by  surprise;  sud 
denly;  haksint  ala,  to  arrive  unexpect 
edly. 

haksint  ala,  v.  a.  i.,  to  arrive  unex 
pectedly. 

haksint  ishi,  v.  t.,  to  take  by  surprise; 
to  surprise. 

haksint  ishi,  n.,  a  surprise. 

haksipi,  haksiepi,  n.,  rascality. 

haksit  illi,  a.,  dead  drunk. 

haksit  okpulot  taha,  pp.,  debauched. 

haksobachi,  see  haksubachi. 

haksobish,  n.,  an  ear;  the  skirts,  as  of  a 
saddle;  ears,  Matt.  13:  9, 15,  16,4:5;  Luke 
4:  21. 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY   OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


133 


haksobish  anli,  n.,  a  large  flying  insect, 
called  by  some  a  mosquito  hawk  or 
spindle.  [Perhaps  really  haksobish 
nuli.—H.  S.  II.'] 

haksobish,  awiachi,  n.,  an  earring. 

haksobish  almo,  n.  pi.,  cropped-ears. 

haksobish  almo,  a.,  cropped-eared. 

haksobish  basha,  n.,  a  marked  ear;  a 
cut  ear;  a  cropped  ear;  an  ear  mark. 

haksobish  bashli,  v.  t.,  to  ear  mark;  to 
cut  the  ears;  to  mark  the  ears. 

haksobish  chansa,  n.,  a  sharp  sound  in 
the  ear. 

haksobish  chiluk,  n. ,  the  hole  of  the  ear. 

haksobish  chula,  n.,  slit  ears. 

haksobish  chulafa,  n.,  a  slit  ear. 

haksobish  chulali,  n.  pi.,  slit  ears. 

haksobish  hokofa,  n.,  a  ciopped  ear;  an 
ear  cut  off. 

haksobish  hokoli,  n.  pi.,  cropped-ears. 

haksobish  hokoh,  a.,  cropped-eared. 

haksobish  hotupa,  n.,  the  earache. 

haksobish  ibakchufanli,  n.,  a  foxed 
ear;  an  ear  cut  in  the  shape  of  a  fox's 
ear. 

haksobish  ibakchufanshli,  n.  pi., foxed 
ears. 

haksobish  iksho,  a.,  earless;  without 
ears. 

haksobish  itakchulali,  n.  sing.,  a  forked 
ear. 

haksobish.itakchulanshli,  ii.pl.,  forked 
ears. 

haksobish  litilli,  n.,  the  wax  of  the  ear; 
ear  wax. 

haksobish  takali,  n.,  an  ear  ring;  a 
pendant;  jewelry;  a  jewel. 

haksobish  takalikbi,  n.,  a  jeweler;  one 
who  makes  pendants. 

haksobish  takoli,  n.  pi.,  pendants;  ear 
rings. 

haksobish  tapa,  n.,  a  cropped  ear. 

haksobish  taptua,  n.  pi.,  cropped  ears. 

haksobish  walobi,  n.,  the  lobe;  the 
lower  and  soft  part  of  the  ear. 

haksuba,  a.,  harsh;  deafening. 

haksuba,  pp.,  stunned  with  noise;  con 
fused;  deafened. 

haksuba,  n.,  confusion. 

haksubachi,  haksobachi,  v.  t.,  to  con 
fuse;  to  stun  with  noise;  to  deafen;  to 
deafen  with  noise. 

haksulba,  a.,  simple;  foolish;  somewhat 
deaf. 


haksulba,  v.  n.,  to  be  simple,  foolish, 
somewhat  deaf. 

haksulba,  n.,  foolishness;  folly;  deaf 
ness. 

haksulbachi,  v.  t.,  to  deafen;  to  make 
somewhat  deaf. 

haksun,  n.,  a  priming  pan. 

haksun  aionchiya,  n.,  the  priming  pan. 

haksun  chiluk,  n.,  the  vent  of  firearms; 
the  touchhole. 

haksun  chiluk  isht  shinli,  n.,  the  prim 
ing  wire. 

haksun  hishi,  n.,  the  earlock. 

haksun  oncheli,  v.  t.,  to  prime. 

haksun  onchiya,  pp.,  primed. 

haksun  tapaiyi,  n.,  the  temple;  the  part 
where  the  head  slopes  from  the  top. 

haksun  tapaiyi  hishi,  n.,  the  earlock. 

hakshish,  akshish,  n.,  the  veins;  sinews; 
arteries;  cords;  root,  Matt.  13:  6,  21. 

hakshish  chito,  n  ,  an  artery;  a  big  vein; 
a  large  cord. 

hakshup,  n.,  skin;  hide;  shell;  pod; 
comb;  bark;  scales;  bur;  husk;  crust; 
rind;  chaff  of  grain;  integument;  coat; 
cuticle;  a  film;  a  hull;  a  peel;  peelings; 
the  scarfskin;  a  tegument. 

hakshup  akuchichi,  v.  t.,  to  shell. 

hakshup  ansha,  a.,  scaled. 

hakshup  fachowa,  n.,  scales  of  a  fish, 
Deut.  14:  9. 

hakshup  hish  ansha,  n.,  a  pelt;  a  raw 
hide;  the  skin  of  a  beast  with  the  hair 
on  it. 

hakshup  ikbi,  v.  t.,  to  crust;  to  make  a 
crust;  to  incrust. 

hakshup  laua,  a. ,  scaly. 

hakshup  lufa,  n.,  a  paring. 

hakshup  lufa,  n.  pi.,  parings. 

hakshup  tabli,  v.  t,,  to  circumcise; 
hakshup  taptuli,  v.  t.  pi.,  Josh.,  5  :  2,  3, 
5,  7,  8. 

hakshup  tapa,  pp.,  circumcised. 

hakshup  tapa,  n.,  circumcision,  or  hav 
ing  circumcision. 

hakshup  taptua,  pp.  pi.,  circumcised, 
Josh.  5  :  5,  7. 

hakshup  toba,  v.  a.  i.,  to  produce  pods; 
to  form,  as  skin;  to  pod. 

hakta,  akta  (q.  v.),  therefore;  because. 

haktampi,  n.,  the  armpit,  and  the  spot 
or  place  just  behind  the  forelegs  of  ani 
mals,  on  the  chest. 


134 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL,.  46 


halabushli,  v.  i.,  to  begin  to  ripen,  as 
corn,  as  alaknqt  ia,  to  turn  yellow. 

halaia,  ahalaia,  v.  n.,  to  feel  an  interest 
in;  to  be  interested  in. 

halaiya,  a.,  interested,  concerned. 

halaiya,  n.,  interest;  concern. 

halakli,  halalli,  v.  t.  sing,  (see  halalli}, 
to  hold  once;  to  jerk  by  seizing;  see 
shalakli,  kannakli,  diiksanakli 

halalua,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  smooth. 

halalunkachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  shine. 

halalu.nkachi,  a. ,  bright. 

halalunkachi,  n.,  brightness. 

halalunkachi,  pp.,  made  bright. 

halalunlichi,  v.  t.,  to  brighten;  to  make 
bright. 

halali,  hallali,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  hold;  to  draw; 
to  touse;  to  twitch;  to  jerk;  to  work  a 
pump  handle;  halalli,  sing  (q.  v.). 

halali,  v.  a.  i. ,  to  have  the  nerves  affected. 

halali,  a.,  nervous. 

halali,  n.  pi.,  a  drawing;  an  affection  of 
the  nerves;  a  jerk;  a  twitch. 

halali,  n.,  a  jerker. 

halalichi,  v.  t.  cans.,  to  employ  others 
to  draw;  to  make  them  draw;  to  cause 
the  nerves  to  be  affected;  itahalalichi, 
to  make  them  draw  together. 

halambia,  n.,  a  scorpion. 

halambisha,  n.,  a  bat. 

halampa,  hallampa  (q.  v.),  n.,  a  ring 
worm;  a  tetter. 

halanchilanwa,  n.,  a  lizard. 

halanchilanwa  chito,  n.,  a  horned  frog. 

halanli,  n.,  a  hold;  a  restraint;  a  stay; 
see  halalli. 

halanli,  n.,  a  holder. 

halat,  hallat,  adv.,  a  contraction  from 
lutlalli.  ' 

halat  akkachi,  v.  t.,  to  pull  down;  to 
pull  and  down  it. 

halat  isht  anya,  hallat  isht  anya,  v.  t., 
to  tow;  to  draw  and  take  along;  to  tug. 

halat  kuchi,  v.  t.,  to  pull  out. 

halata,  v.  a.  i.,  to  abate;  to  subside;  to 
assuage;  to  remit. 

halata,  pp.,  assuaged;  abated;  oka  fa- 
lama  ditto  yokqt  halatatokoke,the  waters 
of  the  deluge  abated. 

halata  kallo,  a.,  headstrong. 

halatali,,v.  t.,  to  assuage;  to  abate. 

halatat  taha,  a.,  low;  entirely  abated; 
gone  down. 

halalli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  draw. 


halalli,  n.,  a  drawer;  a  holder;  a  hauler; 
an  occupier;  a  puller;  a  supporter;  an 
upholder. 

halalli,  a.,  tenacious. 

halalli,  halakli,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  keep;  to 
occupy;  to  own;  to  preserve;  to  pull, 
Matt.  5:29;  to  support;  to  treat;  to  tug; 
to  cleave  to;  to  draw,  Matt.  13:  48;  to 
hold;  to  sustain;  to  uphold;  to  lead;  to 
conduct;  to  haul;  to  cling  to;  to  drag; 
to  grapple;  to  hale;  to  hand;  to  have; 
to  jerk;  to  withhold;  to  catch,  Matt. 
14:  31;  itihalqlli,  to  draw  together;  to 
cleave  together;  to  join;  itinh(tlqlli,  to 
draw  against  each  other;  to  pull  against 
each  other;  itihalalli,  pp.,  joined  in 
marriage;  halanli,  to  bear  up,  Luke  4: 
11;  to  be  holding:  to  hang  or  to  hold 
on;  to  restrain;  to  retain;  to  stay;  to 
steady;  to  suffer;  pit  halanli,  to  hold 
to,  Matt.  6:  24. 

halalli,  n.,  adraw;  a  gripe;  ahaul;  a  pull; 
a  support;  a  tug. 

halallichi,  v.  t.,  to  make  him  draw;  -iti- 
halqllidii,  to  cause  them  to  unite  or 
embrace,  as' in  wedlock;  to  marry;  to 
join;  ohoyo  itihalqllidd  (or  itahalqllichi), 
to  marry  him  to  a  woman. 

halappa,  see  halupa. 

halasbi,  halusbi,  a.,  slippery;  glib; 
smooth;  shining;  halaluaand  halafunkq- 
chi,  pi. 

halasbi,  v.  n.,  to  be  slippery. 

halasbichi,  halusbichi,  to  make  slip 
pery;  to  glib;  to  lubricate. 

halatkachi,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  abate;  ItalaJa, 
sing. 

halatkachi,  pp.,  assuaged;  abated. 

halatkachi,  n.,  the  state  of  being  as 
suaged  or  abated. 

hale!  or  alleh!,  exclamation  of  children, 
uttered  in  time  of  distress. 

haleli,  v.  t.,  to  touch,  but  not  with  Un 
hands;  to  affect  with  disease;  saliah'li, 
it  affects  me,  or  I  am  affected  with;  to 
catch,  as  a  disease. 

haleli,  n.,  a  contagion. 

halelili,  v.  t.,  to  have  caught;  to  graze. 

halluns,  see  haluns. 

haloka  n.,  son-in-law;  father-in-law;  an 
appellation  proper  only  for  those  who 
sustain  this  marriage  relation,  and  not 
even  used  by  others  in  speaking  of 
them;  a  man  who  sustains  the  relation 


n  vi  x<;  TON] 


A   DICTIONARY 


THE    CHOCTAW    LAXfiUACE 


135 


of  uncle  calls  his  niece's  husband  ha- 
loku,  and  the  latter  calls  this  uncle 
ftaluka  in  return. 

haloka,  a.,  sacred;  beloved;  dear. 

halonlabi.  halunlabi,  halunlawi,  n.,  the 
largest  kind  of  bullfrog.  [The  word  is 
to  be  found  in  Halunlawansha,  "Bull 
frogs  are  there,"  or,  more  concisely, 
"Bullfrog  place,"  the  name  of  a  village 
which  stood  on  the  site  of  the  present 
Philadelphia,  Neshoba  County,  Missis 
sippi,  and  is  recorded  on  Bernard  Ro 
mans'  map  of  1775  as  Alloon  Loan- 
shaw.— H.  S.  H.] 

halupa,  haluppa,  halappa,  a.,  sharp; 
acute;  keen;  fine;  piked;  poignant; 
rough;  rude;  rugged;  shrill;  ikhalupo, 
a.,  dull;  not  sharp;  obtuse. 

halupa,  v.  n.,  to  be  sharp,  acute,  keen. 

halupa,  pp.,  sharpened;  filed,  as  a  saw; 
pointed;  whetted. 

halupa,  n.,  sharpness;  keenness;  edge; 
an  edge  tool;  point;  roughness;  tanap 
anyainna halupa,  armor,  1  Kings,  10: 25. 

halupa,  adv.,  sharply. 

halupa  tuklo,  a.,  double-edged;  two- 
edged. 

halupoa,  v.  n.  pi.,  to  be  sharp. 

halupoa,  a.,  sharp;  keen;  acute. 

halupoa,  pp.  pi.,  sharpened. 

haluppa,  see  halupa. 

haluppachi,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  sharpen;  to 
edge;  to  file  a  saw  to  sharpen  it;  to 
point;  to  tip;  to  whet. 

haluppachi,  n.,  a  whetter. 

haluppalli,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  sharpen. 

haluns,  yaluns,  halluns,  n.,  the  leech; 
a  bloodsucker. 

haluns  chito,  n.,  the  horse  leech. 

halusbi,  see  halqsbi. 

halusbichi,  see  Jialasbichi. 

halussi,  see  holussi. 

halushki,  n.,  lubricity;  sleekness. 

halushki,  a.,  smooth;  sleek;  glib. 

halushki,  v.  n.,  to  be  smooth;  to  be 
sleek  or  glib. 

halushki,  pp.,  smoothed;  sleeked;  lubri 
cated;  planed. 

halushkichi,  v.  t.,  to  make  it  smooth  or 
sleek;  to  plane;  to  glib;  to  sleek;  Iti- 
bqshayan  halushkicJii,  to  plane  a  plank; 
to  make  smooth  the  sawed  wood. 

hala,  ii.,  name  of  a  serpent. 

halan,  n.,  a  large  blackbird. 


hali;    in  alia  nakni  siahalili,   I  am  a  boy; 
perhaps  it  should  be  «/<//,  from  which 
comes  ahni/i. 
[hamintini,  n.,  the  June-bug.— II.  S.  II.] 

hamo,  adv.;  in  imantJtana  alclia  ha  mo, 
John  4:8;  see  arno  and  ya/no. 

hanahchi,  hanchi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  hop  on 
foot, 

hanahchi,  n.,  a  hopper;  a  hop. 

hanaiya,  a.,  triangular;  three  cornered; 
nantapqxki  hanaiya,  a  three-cornered 
handkerchief. 

hanaiya,  n.,  a  triangle;  the  shape  made 
by  splitting  a  square  handkerchief 
diagonally. 

hanaiyachi,  v.  t.,  to  make  a  triangle. 

hanali,  n.,  a  limb  of  the  body,  or  a 
quarter;  one  limb  of  a  quadruped  with 
the  adjoining  parts;  a  member;  hminli 
okpulo,  lame,  Matt.  15:  30;  halt,  Matt. 
18:  8. 

hanalushta,  n.,the  four  limbs;  the  four 
quarters  of  any  animal. 

hanaweli,  v.  t,,  to  double  a  handker 
chief  diagonally,  tie  it  over  one  shoul 
der,  and  around  the  body  under  the 
other  arm,  and  wear  it. 

hanaweli,  n.,  one  who  wears  a  hand 
kerchief  thus. 

hanannunki,  v.  n.,  to  be  dizzy. 

hananukichi,  v.  t.,  causative,  to  cause 
dizziness. 

hanchi,  v.  t.,  to  shell,  as  to  shell  off  the 
outer  shell  of  hickory  nuts. 

hanla,  hanya,  pp.,  shelled. 

hanlichi,  v.  t.,  to  shell  or  shuck  hick 
ory  nuts. 

hannali,  hannali,  n.,  six;  (>;  VI;  the 
number  six. 

hannali,  a.,  six. 

hannali,  v.  n.,  to  be  six;  hannali  Iioke, 
there  are  six;  see  below. 

hannali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  make  six;  as  ehan- 
nali,  we  make  (>;  hannalasJike,  Josh.  G:  3. 

hannalichi,  v.  cans.,  to  make  six;  haii- 
nalet  qbellJt,  I  killed  off  six,  or  took  six 
and  killed;  liclii  is  contracted  to  let. 

hano,  part.,  as  for  the;  antishu  liano, 
Matt.  12:  17,  18. 

hanta,  a.,  nas.  form,  from  hata  (q.  v. ), 
pale;  white;  bright;  clear;  ripe,  as 
grain  ready  for  the  harvest,  John  4:  35; 
wan;  peaceable;  amunpa  hanta,  Matt. 
4:  23. 


136 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


hanta,  v.  n. ,  to  be  pale,  white,  bright, 
clear,  wan. 

hanta,  n.,  wanness;  righteousness;  peace. 

hantachi,  v.  t.,  to  make  white,  clear, 
bright. 

hap,  n.,  a  harp,  1  Kings  10:  12. 

hapalak,  n.,  a  weevil;  an  insect  which 
destroys  ripe  grain  in  the  crib. 

haponaklo,  v.  a.  i.,  to  listen;  to  attend; 
to  give  attention;  to  lend  an  ear,  Josh. 
1:  17;  to  give  ear;  to  hear;  to  hearken; 
to  hark,  Matt.  11:  5;  17:5;  islit  haponaklo, 
to  hear  with,  Matt.  13:  9,  43;  18:  15, 
16:  ikhaponaklo,  neg.  sing.,  not  to  hear; 
ikhaponaklo,  a.,  deaf;  surd,  Matt.  11:  5; 
Italhpanaklo,  pp.,  to  be  heard. 

haponaklo,  n.,  a  hearer;  an  auditor;  a 
hearkener;  a  listener;  sahaponaklo,  my 
hearer  (distinguish  between  this  word 
and  aponaklo,  to  inquire  of) . 

haponaklo,  n.,  a  hearing;  an  audience. 

haponaklo  achukma,  a.,  heedful. 

haponaklochi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  hear  or 
attend. 

hapukbo,  n.,  down;  the  fine  soft  feath 
ers  of  fowls. 

hapullo,  n.,  the  seat  of  a  man;  the  rump 
or  the  protuberant  part  behind;  the 
buttocks. 

hasimbish,  n.,  the  tail;  a  skirt. 

hasimbish  fall,  v.  t.,  to  whisk;  to  flirt 
the  tail. 

hasimbish  foka,  n.,  a  crupper. 

hasimbish  hishi,  n.,  the  hair  of  the  tail. 

hasimbish  humma,  hasimbichomak, 
n.,  a  large  red-tailed  hawk. 

hasimbish  tapa,  n.,  a  cropped  tail;  a 
bobtail;  a  short  tail;  a  dock. 

hasimbish  tapa,  v.  n.,  to  be  bobtailed; 
to  have  the  hair  cut  short. 

hasun,  n.,  a  bug  that  lives  on  the  surface 
of  water. 

hash,  renewed  mention  particle  and  its 
compounds;  the  said;  the  same;  see  ash 
and  its  compounds.  The  meaning  of 
haslt,  is  nearly  the  same  as  asJi,  but  as 
it  occurs  in  a  different  connection,  and 
chiefly  for  euphony's  sake,  I  shall  enter 
the  word  separately.  Usually  ha»h  fol 
lows  verbs,  asJi  and  yasJt  nouns,  nan 
imaiithqna  aleha  JiasJt,  his  disciples, 
Matt.  16:  20.  haslike,  let  it  be,  Matt.  17: 
4;  see  ashke.  Compounds:  hashat/o — 
hasliato  —  has1iin  —  hasliinli —  Jtashkia — 


hashon,  the  said,  John  4:  42 — hashocha, 
obj.  case — haslioka,  obj.  case — Jiashoka- 
kon — hashokakocha — hasliokakosh — Jiash- 
okano — hashokat — hashokato — hashoke — 
hashokia — hasliona — hashosh,  the  said, 
John  4:  33;  Luke  6:  2;  oJioyo  hashosh, 
Josh.  2:4;  nan  imaiithana  aleha  hashosh, 
.the  disciples — hashot,  the;  the  said, 
John  4:11,  25,  40. 

hashaya,  see  haxhaya. 

hashinka,  n.,  a  pallet  made  of  bearskin 
or  buffalo  skin. 

hashinko,  n.,  name  of  a  plant,  the  leaves 
good  for  food  mixed  with  tanj'nla  (In 
dian  hominy). 

hashintak,  see  shalintak. 

hashonti,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  puny,  like  liposhi; 
ha-shontichi,  caus.  form. 

hat,  adv.,  in  akostininchtti  hat,  alml 
qlhpesa. 

hatachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  ripen;  to  grow  white; 
takkon  at  hatacJti,  the  peaches  ripen. 

hatachi,  a.,  ripe;  white. 

hatachi,  n.,  ripeness. 

hatanfo,  n.,  hail;  a  hailstone,  Josh.  10: 
11. 

hatanfo,  v.  a.  i.,  to  hail. 

hatanfochi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  it  to  hail. 

hatafottula,  v.  a.  i.,  to  hail;  to  fall,  as 
hail. 

hatak,  see  atak. 

hatak,  hatak,  n.,  a  man;  Matt.  9:  2; 
18:  12;  a  person;  a  husband  (hatak  at 
ikimiksho,  she  has  no  husband) ;  a  being 
in  some  senses,  but  not  in  all;  a 
human  being;  mankind;  folk;  folks; 
a  mortal;  mortals;  a  subject;  an  in 
habitant;  Kenan  hatak,  Matt.  10:  4;  a 
red  man;  a  native;  an  Indian,  being 
used  to  distinguish  the  red  men  from 
the  whites;  hatak  at  ikbi,  a  red  man 
made  it;  hatak  an,  a  man,  Matt.  15:  11. 
This  word  implies  nationality;  a  man 
of  the  nation  to  which  the  speaker  or 
the  hearer  belongs,  hatak  inkoi,  an  In 
dian  mile;  na  hollo  inkoi,  an  English 
mile.  Kal'di  Itatak,  an  inhabitant  of 
(jfallilee.  I  atak  is  a  JewT  with  Jews,  see 
Luke  10:  30;  inhaiak,  n.,  a  husband;  a 
consort;  a  lord;  her  lord;  her  man. 

hatak  abeka,  n.,  a  patient;  a  sick  man. 

hatak  achafa,  n.,  one  man;  an  individ 
ual. 

hatak  afoha,  n.,  a  tavern. 


bYINGTON]! 


A   DICTIONARY   OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


137 


hatak  ahalaia,  a.,  personal;  pertaining 
to  a  man. 

hatak  aholopi,  n.,  a  graveyard;  a  bury 
ing  ground;  a  cemetery;  atomb;asep- 
ulcher;  a  place  of  burial;  a  catacomb; 
a  churchyard. 

hatak  aianumpuli,  n.,  a  council  ground; 
a  place  where  men  talk. 

hatak  aianumpuli  chuka,  n.,  a  council 
house. 

hatak  aiattahe  keyu,  a. ,  uninhabitable. 

hatak  aiyimita,  n.,  a  zealot. 

hatak  anuksita,  n.,  a  gallows. 

hatak  anuksiteli,  n.,  the  hangman. 

hatak  anuksiteli,  v.  t.,  to  hang  a  man 
there  or  on. 

hatak  anuksitkachi,  n.  pi.,  the  gallows. 

hatak  anumpa  isht  anya,  n.,  an  ex 
press;  a  messenger. 

hatak  anumponli,  n.,  a  speaker;  a  coun 
cilor;  a  counselor. 

hatak  anumpuli,  n.,  a  talking  man;  a 
pleader;  hatak  ikanumpolo,  a  mute;  a 
dumb  man. 

hatak  asahnonchi,  hatak  asonunchi, 
n.  sing.,  an  elderly  man;  a  presbyter; 
hatak  asahnonchika,  pi.,  elderly  men; 
elders. 

hatak  ashosh,  the  men,  hatak  ashoxh 
okla  nuktakancha,  they  marvelled,  Matt. 
8:  27. 

hatak  awaya,  n.,  a  married  man;  mar 
ried  by  a  woman,  i.  e.,  she  has  married 
him. 

hatak  abi,  v.  t.,  to  murder;  hatak  binka. 
abi  is  the  usual  expression,  to  kill  a  fel 
low-man. 

hatak  abi,  hatak  binka  abi,  n.,  a  mur 
derer;  a  man  slayer;  a  homicide;  a  man 
killer;  see  Rev.  21:  8. 

hatak  abi,  n.,  murder;  manslaughter. 

hatak  abi,  a.,  tragical;  murderous. 

hatak  abi,  pp.,  murdered. 

hatak  abit  tali,  v.  t.,  to  murder  or  kill 
all  the  men. 

hatak  abit  tali,  n.,  a  murderer  of  men; 
a  man  killer. 

hatak  afikommi,  n.,  a  barefaced  man; 
an  impudent  man. 

hatak  alhpesa,  n.,  a  gentleman;  a  fair 
man;  a  moral  man. 

hatak  alhtoka,  n.,  a  committee  man;  a 
man  that  has  some  appointment ;  a  com 


missioner;  a  delegation;  a  deputation; 
a  legation;  an  official  man;  an  officer. 

hatak  apa,  n.,  a  cannibal;  an  anthro 
pophagite1;  a  man  eater. 

hatak  api  humma,  n.,  a  red  man;  a 
man  of  a  red  trunk  or  stalk;  an  Indian; 
a  native  of  America;  aborigines  of 
America;  aboriginals  of  America. 

hatak  api  humma  inminko,  hatak  api 
humma  minko,  n.,  a  sachem;  a  saga 
more;  a  minko  or  mingo. 

hatak  api  humma  inchuka,  n.,  a  wig 
wam;  an  Indian  cabin. 

hatak  at,  n.,  a  man,  Matt.  !>:  9. 

hatak  baleli,  n.,  a  runaway. 

hatak  baska,  n.,  a  gambler;  a  gamester. 

hatak  binka  abi,  n.,  murders,  Matt.  15: 
19. 

hatak  chakapa,  n.,  a  blackguard. 

hatak  chanshpo,  n.,  the  ancients;  an 
ancient  man. 

hatak  chafa,  n.,  a  runaway. 

hatak  chilita,  n.,  a  blade;  a  bold,  for 
ward  man. 

hatak  chito,  n.,  a  giant;  a  great  man. 

hatak  chitokaka,  n.,  a  great  man;  a 
ruler;  a  lord;  a  noble;  hatak  hochito- 
kaka,  pi.,  the  great  men;  rulers  and 
magnates. 

hatak  chuka  achafa,  n.,  a  family;  a 
household;  a  house;  men  of  one  house. 

hatak  chunkash  apa,  n.,  animalculae 
from  which  musquitoes  grow,  called  by 
some  wiggle  tails. 

hatak  chunkash  kallo,  n.,  a  hard 
hearted  man. 

hatak  chunna,  n.,  a  bare  bones;  a  very 
lean  person;  a  skeleton. 

hatak  fappo,  hatak  fappo,  n.,  a  magi 
cian;  a  conjurer;  a  soothsayer  (Ba 
laam),  Josh.  13:  22. 

hatak  fappoli,  n.,  a  magician,  Gen.  41:8. 

hatak  haiaka  keyu,  n.,  a  recluse;  a  her 
mit. 

hatak  haksi,  n.,  a  bad  man;  a  rogue;  a 
villain;  a  caitiff ;  a  rascal;  a  scoundrel; 
the  wicked,  Matt,  13:  49;  16:  4;  a  man 
given  to  crimes  of  any  kind;  a  drunken 
man;  a  culprit;  a  debauchee;  an  evil 
doer:  an  evil  worker;  a  knave;  a  profli- 
igate. 

hatak  haksi  atapa,  n.,  a  ruffian. 

hatak  haksi  okpulo,  n.,  a  renegade. 


138 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


hatak  haksichi,  n.,  an  impostor;  a 
sharper;  a  cheat. 

hatak  halalli,  n.,  the  old-fashioned  man 
ager  of  funerals,  who  picked  the  bones 
of  the  dead  and  buried  them  and  pulled 
up  the  red  poles  at  graves. 

hatak  hikia  puta,  n.,  all  men;  all  men 
in  general;  all  standing  men. 

hatak  hilechi,  v.  t.,  to  man;  to  set  men; 
to  place  men;  to  furni.sh  with  men. 

hatak  hirnaka,  n.,  the  moderns. 

hatak  himmita,  n.,  a  young  man;  a 
chap;  a  lad;  a  shaver;  a  swain;  a  youth. 

hatak  himmitaiyachi,  n.,  a  young  man. 

hatak  himmitacheka,  pi.,  young  men. 

hatak  himmithoa,  pi.,  young  men. 

hatak  himona  ohoyo  itauaya,  n.,  a 
groom. 

hatak  hobachi,  n. ,  an  effigy. 

hatak  hobak,  n.,  a  poltroon;  a  coward; 
lit.,  a  castrated  man;  a  castrate. 

hatak  hochitoka,  n.  pi.,  the  great 
men;  senators;  rulers;  lords;  elders, 
Mark  11:  27. 

hatak  hochitoka  itanaha,  n.,  a  sen 
ate;  the  council  of  great  men;  elders, 
Matt.  16:  21. 

hatak  hofahya,  n.,  a  shamed  man;  a 
guilty  man. 

hatak  hofahya  iksho,  hatak  hofah- 
yiksho,n.,  a  barefaced  man;  a  shame 
less  man. 

hatak  holba,  n.,  an  image  or  shape  of  a 
man;  a  picture  of  a  man;  the  resem 
blance  of  a  man ;  a  statue. 

hatak  holba  isht  washoha,  n.,  a  pup 
pet;  an  image  of  a  man  for  a  toy. 

hatak  holhkunna,  n.,  a  witch; a  wizard; 
a  dreamer;  a  necromancer. 

hatak  holhpa,  pp.,  nettled. 

hatak  holhpa,  n.,  a  stinging  worm;  a 
nettle;  one  kind  of  caterpillar. 

hatak  holhpalli,  v.  t.,  to  nettle. 

hatak  holhpalli,  n.,  a  caterpillar  whose 
hairs  are  poisonous. 

hatak  holhpalli  holba,  n.,  a  caterpillar 
resembling  the  one  above  named. 

hatak  holhtina,  n.,  a  census  of  the  in 
habitants;  men  numbered. 

hatak  holissochi,  n.,  a  scribe;  a  secre 
tary;  a  writer. 

hatak  holissochi  imponna,  n.,  a  pen 
man;  a  skillful  writer. 


hatak  holitompa,  n.,  a  nobleman,  John 
4:  46;  a  rich  man;  a  gentleman. 

hatak  holitopa,  n.,  a  gentleman;  a 
respected  man;  a  beloved  man;  a  rich 
man;  a  worthy  man. 

hatak  holitopa  banna,  n.,  an  ambitious 
man. 

hatak  hopi,  n.,  a  funeral;  a  burial;  an 
interment. 

hatak  hopoksia,  n.,  a  wise  man. 

hatak  hopoyuksa,  n.,  a  wise  man;  the 
magi,  Matt.  2: 1;  a  sage;  hatak  liopoyuksa 
yosJi,  a  wise  man,  Matt.  7:  24;  Jiatak 
ikhopoyukso  yosh,  a  foolish  man,  Matt. 
7:  26. 

hatak  hotina,  n.,  a  capitation. 

hatak  hunkupa,  v.  t.,  to  kidnap. 

hatak  hunkupa,  n.,  a  thief;  a  kidnaper; 
a  man-stealer. 

hatak  hunkupa  peni  fokat  anya,  n.,  a 
privateer. 

hatak  hullo,  n.,  a  priest;  the  name  also 
of  one  of  the  officers  of  government  in 
ancient  times;  a  sacred  man  (almost 
obsolete). 

hatak  hulloka,  n.,  an  enchanter. 

hatak  inhaklo,  v.  a.  i.,  to  listen  to  a 
man,  i.  e.,  to  a  seducer;  to  commit  adul 
tery  (by  a  woman);  n.,  a  fornication. 

hatakinhaklo,  n.,  an  adulteress;  a  forni- 
catress;  a  man  listener. 

hatak  inhaklo,  n.,  adultery,  as  commit 
ted  by  a  woman. 

Hatak  inholahta,  n.,  name  of  one  of  the 
great  Choctaw  families,  the  laws  of 
which  affect  marriages,  one  of  which  is 
that  any  person  may  not  marry  another 
belonging  to  the  same  family. 

hatak  inkana,  n.,  humanity;  kindness  to 
men. 

hatak  inkana  achukma,n.,  a  hospital  >le 
man. 

hatak  inkanohmi,  n.,  a  relation;  kin 
dred;  a  man's  relations. 

hatak  ikhana,  hatak  ithana,  n.,  an  ac 
quaintance;  a  friend;  lit.,  a  known 
man. 

hatak  ikhananchi,n.,  a  tutor;  a  teacher. 

hatak  iksitopo,  n.,  a  cripple. 

hatak  ilakshema  shah,  n.,  a  spark;  a 
blade;  a  fop;  a  coxcomb. 

hatak  ilawata,  n.,  a  brag;  a  bragga 
docio;  a  boaster. 

hatak  ilbasha,  n.,  a  poor  man. 


BYINOTOX] 


A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


139 


hatak  ilbasha  inla  anukcheto,    n.,  a 

pauper. 

hatak  illi,  n.,  a  dead  man;  a  corpse;  a 
corse;  relics;  remains. 

hatak  illi  achopa,  hatak  illi  chopa, 
n.,  the  hunters  for  a  funeral  or  pole- 
pulling  who  furnish  venison,  etc.,  for 
the  company  on  that  occasion. 

hatak  illi  aiasha,  n.,  tombs,  Matt.  8:  28. 

hatak  illi  ashali,  n.,  a  hearse. 

hatak  illi  asholi,  n. ,  a  bier. 

hatak  illi  foni  aiasha,  n.,  an  ossuary;  a 
charnel  house. 

hatak  illi  isht  af oli,  n. ,  a  shroud. 

hatak  illi  isht  afoli,  v.  t.,  to  shroud. 

hatak  illi  isht  anumpa,  n.,  an  obituary. 

hatak  illi  shilombish  aiasha,  n.,  the 
place  of  departed  spirits,  sometimes 
identified  with  hell. 

hatak  illichi,  v.  t.,  to  murder;  to  cause 
death. 

hatak  illichi,  n.,  a  murderer. 

hatak  imabachi,  11.,  a  teacher;  an  in 
structor. 

hatak  imanukfila,  n.,  the  mind  of  man; 
the  understanding  of  man;  thethoughts 
of  man. 

hatak  imanukfila  achukma,  n.,  a  man 
of  good  mind,  or  good  affections. 

hatak  imanukfila  apissanli  achuk 
ma,  n.,  a  candid  man. 

hatak  imanukfila  ansha,  n.,  a  man  of 
mind. 

hatak  imanukfila  holitopa,  n.,  a  saint; 
a  holy-minded  man. 

hatak  imanukfila  ikkallo,  a.,  feeble 
minded. 

hatak  imanukfila  iksho,  n.,  a  block 
head;  a  fool;  a  dunce. 

hatak  imanukfila  shanaioa  [or  sha- 
naia— II .  S.  H.],  11.,  a  capricious  man. 

hatak  imanukfila  tunshpa,  n.,  a  wit; 
a  ready-minded  man. 

hatak  inminko,  n.,  an  undertaker;  the 
manager  of  a  funeral,  or  for  the  disposal 
of  the  dead,  as  practiced  in  former 
times.  He  presided  over  the  ceremo 
nies,  especially  at  the  feast. 

hatak  inmoma,  n.,  a  dwarf;  a  pigmy. 

hatak  impashali,  n.,  an  epicure. 

hatak  imponna,  n.,  a  proficient;  a 
learned  man. 

hatak  inla,  11.,  a  stranger;  a  foreigner; 
another  man,  Matt.  17:  25,  26. 


hatak  inlaua,  n.,  polyandry  on  the  part 
of  the  woman;  lit.,  having  many  men. 

hatak  intakobi,  n.,  a  sluggard;  a  lazy 
man;  an  idler. 

hatak  intinkba,  n.,  an  ancestor;  his  an 
cestors  (and  by  his  mother's  side,  or  of 
her  family;  but  see  hatak  linkba). 

hatak  innukkilli,  n.,  a  man  hater. 

hatak  isikopa,  n.,  an  epicure;  a  glutton, 
Matt.  11:  19. 

hatak  isht  ahalaia,  a.,  human;  pertain 
ing  to  man  or  mankind. 

hatak  isht  ahollo,  11.,  a  wizard. 

hatak  isht  atia,  n.,  the  human  race; 
generation  of  man;  the  human  species. 

hatak  isht  atia,  a.,  descended  from 
man;  belonging  to  the  human  race. 

hatak  isht  atia,  v.  n.,  to  be  descended 
from  man. 

hatak  isht  afekommi,  n.,  a  prig. 

hatak  isht  ilawata,  hatak  nan  isht 
ilawata,  n.,  a  braggadocio;  a  brag;  a 
braggart. 

hatak  isht  unchololi,  n.,  the  descend 
ants  of  man;  progeny. 

hatak  itahoba,  n.,  an  assembly  of  men; 
a  collection;  a  gathering;  a  congrega 
tion  of  men. 

hatak  itakhapuli  shaft,  n.,  a  hector; 
a  rioter;  a  rowdy. 

hatak itachowachi,  n.,  a  peacebreaker; 
a  breeder  of  dispute  or  quarrels. 

hatak  itanaha,  n.,  an  assembly  of  men; 
a  collection;  a  congregation;  a  multi 
tude;  a  convention;  a  council. 

hatak  itanaha  pelichika,  n.,  a  mod 
erator. 

hatak  ithana,  see  hatak  ikhana. 

hatak  itinkana,  n.,  friends;  mutual 
friends. 

hatak  itinmiko,  n.  pi.,  the  managers  of 
a  funeral  or  pole  pulling. 

hatak itinnanaiyachi,  n.,  a  peacemaker. 

hatak  itishali,  n.,  a  boxer;  a  man  who 
carries  a  club. 

hatak kamassa,  n.,  a  strong  man;  a  firm 


hatak  kamassalleka,  n.  pi.,  aged  men; 

men  advanced  in  years. 
hatak  kamassalli,  n.,  an  aged  man;  a 

firm  man. 
hatak  kanomona  (from  hatak  Icanohmi 

ow/),  11.,  a  crew;  a  gang;  a  number  of 

men. 


140 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


hatak  kauasha,  n. ,  a  man  somewhat  past 
middle  age  and  low  in  stature. 

hatak  kauashachi,  n.,  approaching  old 
age;  being  past  middle  age. 

hatak  kania,  n.,  an  exile;  a  straggler. 

hatak  keyu,  n.,   no  man;   a  worthless 
man. 

hatak  kostini,  n.,  a  wise  man;  a  sensible 
man;  a  civil  man;  a  moral  man. 

hatak  lakna,  n.,  a  yellow  man;  a  mu 
latto. 

hatak  laua,  n.,  a  crowd;  a  multitude. 

hatak  laua  itanaha,  n.,  a  mob;  a  mass. 

hatak  laua  yahapa  shall,  n.,  a  rout. 

hatak  lauat  anya,  n.,  a  caravan;  a  mul 
titude  of  travelers. 

hatak  litiha  okpulo,  n.,  a  sloven;  a 
dirty  man. 

hatak  luma,  n.,  a  recluse;  a  silent  man. 

hatak  lumbo,  n.,  an  individual;  one 
man. 

hatak  lusa,  n.,  a  black  man;  a  black 
moor;  a  negro. 

hatak  lusa  haul,  n.,  a  wench;  a  black 
woman  who  is  a  strumpet. 

hatak  lusa  iklanna,n.,  a  mulatto;  a  half 
black  man. 

hatak  lusa  isht  atiaka,  n.,  a  zambo;  a 
descendant  of  an  African. 

hatak  lusa  inyakni,  n.,  Africa;  the  land 
of  negroes. 

hatak  lusa  inyannash,  n.,  an  elephant 
or  African  buffalo. 

hatak  lusa  inyannash  noti  isht  itibbi, 
n.,  ivory;  the  tusk  of  an  elephant;  lit., 
the  fighting  tooth  of  an  African  buffalo. 

hatak  lusa  lakna,  n.,  a  mulatto;  a  yel 
low  negro. 

hatak  lusa  nipi  humma,  n.,  a  mulatto. 

hatak  lusa  ohoyo,  n.,  a  black  woman; 
a  negress. 

hatak  lusa  ushi,  n.,  a  /am bo;  a  son  of 
an  African. 

hatak  makali,  n.,  a  groveler;  a  scrub; 
a  wretch. 

hatak  moma,  n.,  the  world;  all  man 
kind. 

hatak  moma  okchalinchi,  n.,  the  sav 
ior  of  the  world,  or  of  all  men. 

hatak  na  pilesa,  n.,  a  laborer;  a  work- 
ingman;  a  hireling. 

hatak  nakni,  n.,  a  male  (opposite  to  the 
female,  who  is  hatak  ohoyo};  a  man;  a 
brave  man. 


hatak  nan  achefa,  n.,   a   launderer;  a 

laundryman. 
hatak  nan  anoli,  n.,  an    informer;    a 

newsman;  a  notifier;  a  tale  bearer, 
hatak  nan  apesa,  hatak  nana  apesa, 

n.,  a  committee;  a  court;  a  senator;  a 

judge. 
hatak  nan   apistikeli  alhtuka,  n.,    a 

trustee. 
hatak  nan   chumpa,  n.,    a    merchant 

man,  Matt.  18:  45. 
hatak  nan  inholitopa,  n.,  an  avaricious 

man;  a  hard-fisted  man;    a   hunks;    a 

scrimp. 

hatak  nan  inhollo,  n. ,  a  niggard ;  a  miser, 
hatak  nan  ikhana,  n.,   a  doctor,   i.    e., 

one  qualified  to  teach, 
hatak  nan  ikithano,  n.,    a  savage;    a 

heathen;  an  ignorant  man. 
hatak  nan  inlaua,  n.,  a  rich  man;  a  man 

of  wealth  or  property. 
hatak  nan  ithana,  n.,  a  learned  man; 

a  man   of   learning  or   knowledge;    a 

statesman. 

hatak  nan  ithana  ilahobbi,  n.,  a  pe 
dant, 
hatak  nan  olabechi,  n.,  a  hinderer;  a 

peacemaker;  a  mediator. 
hatak  nana  yoshoba  isht  nukhanklo, 

n.,  a  penitent  man;  a  penitent. 
hatak  nanumachi,  hatak  nanuman- 

chi,  v.  t.,  to  backbite;  to  defame. 
hatak  nanumachi,  n.,   a  backbiter;   a 

defamer. 
hatak   nanumachi  shali,  n.,    a    great 

backbiter, 
hatak  nipi  achukma,  a.,  hale;  healthy; 

n.,  a  healthy  man. 
hatak  nipi  tohbi,  n.,  a  white  man;  the 

white  man. 
hatak  nipi  tohbika,  n.  pi.,  white  men; 

the  whites. 

hatak  nowat  anya,  n.,  a  pilgrim;  a  way 
farer;  a  traveler;  a  lodger. 
hatak  nukoa  shah,  n.,  n  churl;  a  hot- 
brained  man;  a  hotspur;  a  madcap. 
hatak    nuksiteli,    n.,  a  death  man;   a 

hangman;  an  executioner, 
hatak  nusilhha   shali,  n.,   a   blunder 
head;  a  booby;  a  sleepy  fellow;  a  dunce. 
hatak  ohoyo,  n.,  a  woman;  a  female. 
hatak  ohoyo  ikimiksho,n.,  a  bachelor; 
a  single  man;  an  unmarried  man. 


BYINGTON] 


A    DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


141 


hatak  okishko,  n.,  a  sot;  a  bibber;  a 
tippler;  a  drinker. 

hatak  okishko  atapa,  a.,  intemperate; 
drunken. 

hatak  okishko  shali,  n.,  a  hard  drinker; 
a  great  drunkard;  a  bacchanalian. 

hatak  okla,  n.,  humanity;  mankind. 

hatak  okpulo,n., a  monster;  a  profligate; 
a  wretch. 

hatak  ona,  n.,  manhood. 

hatak  osapa  tonksali,  n.,  a  farmer;  a 
planter;  an  agriculturist. 

hatak  owatta,  n.,  a  huntsman. 

hatak  palammi,  n. ,  a  potentate. 

hatak  pansh  amo,  n.,  a  barber. 

hatak  panshi,  n.,  man's  hair;  a  scalp. 

hatak  panya,  n.,  a  crier. 

hatak  pelichi,  n.,  a  ruler;  a  headman; 
a  leader;  a  leading  man. 

hatak  pelichika,  n.  pi.,  rulers;  head 
men;  grandees. 

hatak  peni  isht  anya,  n.,  a  pilot. 

hatak pishukchikanchi,  n.,  a  milkman; 
a  dairy  man. 

hatak  puta holhtina,  n.,  a  census  of  all 
the  people;  the  number  of  the  men. 

hatak  sipokni,  n.,  a  gray  beard;  an  old 
man;  an  elder. 

hatak  shaui,  n.,  an  ape,  1  Kings  10:  22; 
a  monkey. 

hatak  shema  shali,  n.,  a  fop;  a  cox 
comb;  a  dandy;  a  man  excessively 
fond  of  dress. 

hatak  takchi,  n.,  a  constable;  a  sheriff; 
"a  man  tier." 

hatak  tasembo,  n.,  an  insane  person;  a 
lunatic;  a  maniac;  a  rake. 

hatak  tasembo  aiasha,  n.,  a  madhouse; 
a  lunatic  asylum. 

hatak  tamaha  pelichi,  n.,  a  mayor. 

hatak  tanap  anya,  n.,  men  of  war,  Josh. 
(>:  3;  8:  3. 

hatak  tekchi  imantia,  a.,  henpecked; 
n.,  a  henpecked  husband. 

hatak  tinkba,  n.,  a  man's  uncles;  a  fore 
father;  elders,  Matt.  15:  2;  antinkba,my 
living  uncles. 

hatak  tinkba,  n.,  an  ancestor  or  anteces- 
sor;  an  ancient;  the  ancients;  antiquity. 

hatak  tinkba  aliha,  n.,  all  antiquity. 

hatak  toba,  n.,  manhood. 

hatak  tonksali,  n.,  a  laborer;  a  hire 
ling;  a  working  man;  a  workman,  Matt. 
10:  10. 


Hatak  Ushi,  n.,  the  Son  of  Man;  Jesus 

Christ,   John    3:    13,    14;    Matt.    8:    20; 

Hatak  Uxhi  okalo,  the  Son  of  Man ;  llatnk 

Ushi  yat,  Matt.  10:  23;    Hntnk  Uxhi  at, 

Matt.  18:  11. 
hatak  wishakchi,  n.,  the  tip  end  men; 

remnants   of   men;    the    last,  or    least 

among  men. 

hatak  yahapa  laua,  n.,  a  rabble. 
hatak  yopisa,  n.,  a  spectator;  a  looker- 
on. 
hatak  yopula,  n.,  a   jester;   a   joker;  a 

humorist;  a  wag. 
hatak  yopula  shali,  n.,  a  great   joker; 

one  addicted  to  joking. 
hatak  yoshoba,  n.,  a  lost  man;    a  man 

who  has  wandered  out  of  the  way;    a 

fallen  man;  a  sinful  man;  a  sinner;  a 

malefactor;  a  wretch. 
hatak  yoshubli,  n.,  a  snail. 
hatak  yuka,  n.,  a  bondman;  a  prisoner; 

a  captive. 
hatak  yuka  atoksali,  n.,  a  penitentiary; 

a  state  prison,  where  prisoners  labor. 
hatak  yuka  keyu,  n.,  a  freeman. 
hatak  yukpali,  n.,  a  man  pleaser. 
hatak   yushpakama,    n.,    a  bewitched 

man. 
hatak  yushpakainmi,  v.   t.,  to  bewitch 

a  person, 
hatak   yushpakammi,    n.,  a    witch;   a 

bewitcher ;    ikJtinsJt    isfit   i/nslijHikqinmi, 

Rev.  21:  8. 

hataklipush,  n.,  a  hen  hawk, 
hatakwa,  a.,  like  wood  beginning  to  rot. 
hatambish,    n.,    the    navel;    the   navel 

string;  the  umbilicus;  see  Jtaiomhixlt. 
hatapofokchi,   hatapofukchi,  ibafak- 

chi,  hatabafakchi.  n.,  a  prairie  hawk, 
hatapushik,    hashtapushik,    hatapa- 

shi,    hatapushik,    hashtampushik, 

n.,  a  butterfly. 
hataffo,  n.,  a  grasshopper. 
hato,    hatoh,    adv.    of    certainty.     See 

toslike.    Wekehuto?   heavy  indeed,  when 

not  thought  to  be  so;  eld  banna  h<ito? 

liaioh  cliikeli,  hqchi  moina  hato?    are  ye 

also  yet?     Matt.   15:    16.     kahato,   old 

style  of  kaheto.—X.  Graham. 
hatonfalaha,  n.,  an  eschalot;  an  onion; 

a  leek;,  a  scullion;  xliacJunni  is  a  name 

in   use  among  the  Sixtowns  Choctaw 

for  an  onion. 


142 


BUREAU    OF    AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


hatonfalaha  chito,  n.,  an  onion;  a  large 
onion  or  eschalot. 

hatok,  hatuk,  hattok,  sign  of  the  re 
mote  past  tense,  with  ha  prefixed. 
See  ha  and  atok.  These  words  pertain  to 
the  grammar  as  "  particles ;"  cf.  Matt. 
13:13;  anyali  hatuk  keyu,  I  am  not  come, 
Matt.  9:  13;  atok,  Matt.  9:  13— Com 
pounds  :  hatoka  —  hatokako  —  hatokako- 
cha — hatokakona  —  hatokakosh;  hatoka- 
kot  —  hatokano — hatokato — liatokqt — ha- 
tokqto — hatokinli — hatokkia — -hatokma — 
hatukma;  nan  isht  qlhpisa  hetukma,  the 
parable,  Matt.  13:  18 — hatokmako;  Jta- 
tukmakon,  the  sake  of,  Matt.  16:  25 — 
hatokmakoclia — hatokmakona — hatokma- 
kosli  —  hatokmakot  —  hatokmano  —  hatok- 
mqt- — hatokmqto — hatuko71,  for,  Matt.  14: 
4 — hatokocha — hatokoka;  hatukoka,  be 
cause,  Matt.  14:  5 — Jiatokokqno  —  ha- 
tokokqt  —  Jiatokokqto — hatokoke  —  hatoko- 
kla — hatokona  —  hatokosh;  hatukosh  in 
hohchqfo  hatukosh,  Matt.  12:  1;  hatukosh, 
for,  Matt.  13:  44 — hatokot;  iknqlokahato 
expresses  a  wish  as  well  as  certainty; 
as,  he  will  not  fail  to  be  wounded. 

hatokbi,  a.,  pale;  whitish. 

hatokbi,  v.  n.,  to  be  pale;  hatak  nashu- 
ka  yqt  hatokbi,  the  man's  face  is  pale. 

hatokbichi,  v.  t.,  to  make  pale;  to  bleach 
or  whiten. 

hatombalaha,  hatomalaha,  n.,  a  beech; 
a  beech  tree. 

hatombalaha  ani,  n.,  a  beech  nut. 

hatomma,  see  hatuma. 

haton  lakna,  a.,  brown  colored. 

haton  lakna,  v.  n.,  to  be  brown  col 
ored. 

haton  lakna,  n.,  brown  color. 

haton  laknachi,  v.  t.,  to  color  brown; 
to  brown. 

hatonchi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  jump;  to  leap,  as  a 
man  or  a  hobbled  horse;  hatak  at  ha 
tonchi,  the  man  jumps. 

hatonchi,  n.,  a  jumper;  a  leaper. 

hatonli,  nasal  form  pi.  of  hatulli  (q.  v.); 
to  jump. 

hatonli,  n.,  a  jumper. 

hatosh,  atosh,  yatosh,  the  compound 
particle  made  of  at  and  osli,  u  strong 
contradistinctive  of  the  simple  definite 
a;  qlat  osh  ansha. 


hatosh,  adv.,  not;  not  so;  said  when  a 
person  corrects  his  own  statements; 
similar  to  chikimba. 

hatoshba,  atoshba,  yatoshba,  adv., 
cannot;  never  can.  Holisso  han  (Book 
it)  pisali  (see  I)  keyu  kqt  (not  wrho)  ithq- 
naZa(learnl)  haloshba  (never  can);  issq- 
manoli  (thou  me  tell)  keyukma  (if  not) 
ithqnala  (learn  I)  hatoshba  (never  can). 

hatoshke,  adv.,  truly,  John  4: 19[?] ;  cer 
tainly;  spoken  as  an  inference  from 
facts  which  took  place  without  the 
knowledge  of  the  speaker;  see  toshke 
and  hato. 

hattaui,  v.  a.  i.,  to  prance. 

hattauichi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  prance. 

hattauichi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  ride  ostentatiously. 

hattauichi,  n.,  a  prancer. 

hatuk,  hattuk,  see  atuk  and  hatok,  Matt. 
4:  24;  those  which  were;  those  which 
had  been,  implying  continued  state  of, 
or  condition  in;  the  immediate  past 
tense;  with  the  particles  a,  ha,  ya,  did; 
was;  has;  had;  has  been;  had  been; 
chinchuka  ialihatuk,  I  was  on  my  way  to 
your  house;  hatuk,  have,  Matt.  2:  2; 
sabqnnahatuk,  I  have  wanted  and  wrant 
now;  imanyalihatok  keyu,  I  came  not  to 
them,  past  tense  completed.  Com 
pounds:  hatukan,  the;  intishu  hatuk  an, 
who  sustained  the  relation  of  servant 
to  Moses,  and  although  Moses  was  dead, 
retained  the  name;  had  been  and  was 
the  servant  of  Moses,  Josh.  1:  1. — 
hatukakon — hatukakocha—hatukakoka — 
hatukakokqt — hatukakona — hatukakosh — 
hatukakot  —  hatukano  —  hatukato  —  ha- 
tukqt;  intishu  hatukqt,  Matt.  8:  13— ha 
tukato —  hatukinli — hatukkia  —  hatukma, 
Matt.  7:  24 — hatukmako™,  for  the  sake 
of,  Matt.  18:  b—hatukmakocha — hatuk- 
makona  —  hatukniakosli —  hatukmakot  — 
hatukmano — hatukrnqt;  umba  hatukmqt, 
the  rain,  J\latt.  7:  25,  27;  ha,  which; 
tuk,  was  and  is;  uiqt,  also,  t,  con.  in  nom. 
case;  antishtt  hatukinaf,  ^\Iatt.  8:  8 — ha 
tuk  mqto — hatukon,  by  reason  of,  Josh.  9: 
13 — hatukocha — hafnkoka — hatnknkdkon, 
ilqppqt  hatak  katiohmi  hatukokakon,  what 
manner  of  man  is  this?  Matt.  8:  27— 
hatukokqno  —  hatukokqfj  for;  because, 
Matt.  13:  5,  6;  Josh.  1:3;  talipuknuka 


BYINGTONj 


A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


143 


yon  aiitabana  hatukokqt,  rock  on  there 
founded  for,  Matt.  7:  25 — hatukokato — 
hatukoke — hatukokia — hatukona — hatuk- 
osh — hatukot. 

hatukchaya,  see  hatukchaya. 

hatuko,  adv.,  not  (see  atuko);  hina  (road) 
yat  (the)  aiyamba  (well  chosen)  hatukon 
( not )  anyalahe  keyu  ( go  along  I  can  not ) . 

hatukosh,  adv.,  not;  nahutto  sia  nanta 
hatukosli,  as  I  am  not  a  white  man. 

hatulli,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  jump,  as  a  hob 
bled  horse;  to  canter;  hatonli,  nasal 
form,  jumping;  isuba  hat  hatonli. 

hatulli,  n.,  a  jumper. 

hatullichi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  jump;  to 
canter. 

hatuma,  hotuma,  hatomma,  adv.,  evi 
dently;  Mashkokiishittibitoko11?  Na  ka- 
tihmi  hatomma;  akbokitok. 

hatush,  see  atush. 

hauachikchik,  n.,  name  of  one  kind  of 
grasshopper. 

hauansa,  hopansa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  champ; 
to  chew;  to  chaw. 

hauashko,  hauwashko,  a.,  sour;  acid; 
tart;  acetous;  frowsy;  hard;  rancid. 

hauashko,  v.  n.,  to  be  sour. 

hauashko,  v.  a.  i.,  to  prick;  to  become 
acid;  to  quail,  i.  e.,  to  curdle,  as  milk. 

hauashko,  n.,  sourness. 

hauashko,  pp.,  soured. 

hauashko  chohmi,  a.,  subacid. 

hauashkochi,  v.  t.,  to  sour;  to  make 
anything  sour;  to  turn  sour,  etc. 

haul,  v.  t.,  to  act  the  harlot;  applied  to 
females  not  to  men,  though  in  the  New 
Testament  this  word  is  used  in  the 
masculine  gender. 

haul,  n.,  a  harlot;  a  whore;  a  strumpet; 
a  fornicatress;  an  adulteress,  Matt.  5: 
32;  Rev.  21:  8. 

haul,  n.,  lewdness;  whoredom;  ahaui, 
whoredom;  2  Kings  9:  22. 

haul,  a.,  lewd;  lascivious;  given  to  lewd- 
ness,  as  an  abandoned  female;  wanton; 
adulterous,  Matt.  12:  39;  16:  4. 

haul,  v.  n.,  to  be  lewd  (a  female). 

haul  anukfoyuka,  a.,  wanton;  given  to 
lewdness. 

haul  ikbi,  v.  t.,  to  debauch. 

haul  ikbi,  n.,  a  whoremaster. 

haui  itimalhpisa,  v.  t.,  to  commit  adul 
tery,  Luke  16:  18  old  translation. 


haui  pelichit  nowa,  v.  t.,  to  act  the 
whoremonger;  to  pander. 

haul  toba,  v.  a.  i..  to  become  a  harlot; 
to  prostitute  one's  self  or  herself. 

haui  toba,  n.,  fornication,  Matt.  15:   !'.». 

haui  tobat  nowa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  act  the 
harlot. 

hauk,  huk,  exclamation,  oh,  dear;  alas; 
a  man  says  liauk  when  a  woman  says 
aiehna. 

hauwashko,  hauwashkochi,  see  Inn/- 
ashko  above. 

hawa,hahwa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  gape;  to  yawn. 

hawa,  n.,  a  gaper. 

hanwa,  n.,  a  locust;  the  small  kind  of 
locust;  washa  is  the  large  kind. 

hawachi,  v.  t. ,  to  cause  to  gape. 

hawash,  hahwash,  n.,  an  adder. 

haya,  adv.  of  time,  after.  The  particles 
are  suffixed  to  it.  The  final  syllable 
ya  is  changed  in  some  respects  for 
sound's  sake,  when  some  of  the  particles 
are  suffixed;  ha  is  the  true  word;  ya, 
yat,  yosh,  and  yo  are  art.  pronouns. 
In  Matt.  1: 12  we  have  ha  after  j/a",  the; 
also  cf.  hayokmakosh,  Luke  6:  42;  ha- 
yashke,  Matt.  17:9. 

hanya,  pp.,  shelled  or  shucked,  as  hick 
ory  nuts. 

habishko,  n.,  a  sneeze. 

habishko,  habishko  v.  a.  i.,  to  sneeze. 

habishkuchi,  v.  t.,  to  make  one  sneeze. 

habishkuchi,  n.,  snuff;  maccaboy. 

hacha,  n.,  a  river;  the  name  of  Pearl 
River. 

hachi,  hach,  per.  pro.,  n.  case  of  neuter, 
and  passive  verbs,  2  per.  plu.,  you;  ye 
or  you;  hachinusi,  you  are  asleep; 
hachilli,  ye  die;  hachinukshopa  na,  Luke 
2:  10;  hachitalakchi,  you  are  tied;  ha- 
chiachukma,  you  are  good,  Matt.  5:  48. 

hachi,  hach,  per.  pro.,  in  the  obj.  case 
before  active  trans,  verbs,  meaning 
"you;"  hachianoli,  Matt.  15:  7;  hgchi- 
pisali,  I  see  you;  hqchipfasa  chin  for; 
Matt,  6:1;  hachikhanali,  I  know  you; 
hachikanimachi,  to  despise  or  slight 
you;  Matt.  5:  44,  hacMlbashachi,  to  per 
secute  you,  Matt.  5:  44. 

hachi,  hach,  pos.  pro.  prefixed  to  nouns 
which  are  the  names  of  the  body  and 
its  members  or  personal  qualities;  your; 
hachinushkobo,  your  heads;  hachinish- 


144 


BUREAU    OF    AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


kin,  your  eyes,  Matt.  13;  16;  hqchibbak, 
your  hands;  Jiqchitekchi,  your  wives, 
Josh.  1:  14. 

hachin,  pos.  pro.  prefixed  to  nouns 
which  do  not  begin  with  a  vowel  or 
with  p,  ch,  1,  t,  meaning  your,  as  hq- 
chinholisso,  your  books;  hqchinki,  your 
father;  hqchin  nan  qlhpoa,  your  cattle, 
Josh.  1 :  14;  see  hachim,  hqcJtin,  chin,  etc. 

hachin,  per.  pro.,  in  the  dative  case,  pre 
fixed  to  verbs,  and  usually  translated 
with  a  preposition,  as,  of  you,  to  you, 
from  you,  for  you,  and  the  like.  This 
form  of  pronoun  for  the  sake  of  sound 
precedes  the  same  letters  as  described 
above;  hqchWudlo,  Matt.  5:  46;  hqchin- 
nukkilli,  Matt.  5:  44. 

hachia,  per.  pro.,  2d  per.  plu.,  ye  or  you; 
no.  hollo  hqchiahoke,  Matt.  5:  13,  14,  45; 
see  chia;  hqchiama,  Matt.  12:  34;  ye, 
Matt.  15:  7;  16:  3;  hqchia  hokqto,  ye, 
Josh.  1:  14;  hqchia  kqt,  Matt.  12:  34. 

hachik,  n.,  a  small  bag;  a  satchel,  such 
as  are  made  by  the  Choctaw  women. 

hachik,  2d  per.  pi.,  neg.  form,  ye  or  you; 
hqchikminto,  ye  do  not  come;  hachik 
chohmokashke,  Matt.  6:  2;  hachikaya- 
mihchokashke,  Matt.  6:  1. 

hachim,  prefixed,  pos.  pro.,  2d  per.  pi. 
in  the  obj.  case  before  nouns  beginning, 
with  a  vowel,  as  hqchimisuba,  your, 
horses;  kqchimqlhtoba,  n.,  your  reward, 
Matt.  6:  1;  JiacJiimalla,  your  little  ones 
Josh.  1:  14.  See  JiqcJdn,  hachin. 

hachim,  prefixed,  per.  pro.,  2d  per.  pi.,  in 
the  dative  case,  before  verbs  beginning 
with  a  vowel  and  to  be  rendered  with 
a  prep.,  as,  of  you,  for  you,  to  you,  from 
you,  and  the  like,  hqchimanoli,  hqchim- 
anumpuli,  JiqcJiimachilishke,  Matt.  5:  20; 
hqchimqlhtoba,  Matt.  5:  46;  hqchimanuk- 
fillit,  Matt.  5:  44.  In  Matt.  7:  2;  hq- 
chishnoiiiqt  and  hachim  stand  in  apposi 
tion;  one  is  considered  to  be  in  the 
nominative  and  the  other  in  the  dative 
case. 

hachim,  noin.  case  before  some  neuter 
verbs  beginning  with  a  vowel,  as  hachim 
okpulo,  you  are  angry,  or  there  is  evil 
in  you.  See  chlm. 

hachimmi,  adj.  pro.,  your. 

hachimmi,  v.  n.,  to  be  your. 

hachimmi  toba,  v.  a.  i.,  to  become  your. 


hachin,  pre.  per.  pro.,  2d  per.  pi.,  in  the 
nom.  case  before  nouns  beginning  with 
ch,  1,  and  t,  as  hqchinchuka,  your  houses; 
hqchintqnqp,  Matt.  5:  44;  but  hqchin- 
miha,  command  yon,  Josh.  1 :  13.  See 
hachin  t  hachim. 

hachin,  pre.  per.  pro.,  2d  per.  pi.,  in 
the  dative  case  before  verbs  beginning 
with  ch,  I,  and  t,  and  is  usually  ren 
dered  with  a  prep.,  as,  of  you,  for  you, 
from  you,  to  you,  and  the  like. 

hachin,  pre.  pro.,  your,  found  before 
some  verbs  when  not  before  the  noun 
in  the  nom.  case,  as  lancJd  at  hqchintaha 
instead  of  hqchintanchi  at  taha. 

hachishno,  pro.  pi.,  ye  or  you;  hqchishno 
an,  Matt.  7:  1;  hqchishnoma,  you  also; 
hqchishnomqt,  ye  also. 

hachishno,  obj.  case,  you,  Matt.  5:  46; 
11:  21;  hqchishno  ashon,  you;  hqchishno 
ashon  hqchiokpqni,  rend  you,  Matt.  7:  6; 
hqchishno  akint,  yourselves;  your  own; 
hqchishno  akinli,  yourselves;  your  own; 
hqchishno  yoka,  a.,  your;  hqchishno 
i/o  kqt,  your;  hachishno  i/okqto,  Matt.  13: 
11. 

hachisrvno,  pos.  pro.,  yours;  your. 

hafikbi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  sink,  as  land. 

halapoli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  lap  over;  nitak  iton- 
Itqlapoli;  see  wqlapolih. 

halba,  n.,  a  glow  worm;  a  lightning  bug; 
the  matter  discharged  from  sore  eyes. 

Halbamo,  n.,  Alabama. 

Halbamo  okhina,  n. ,  the  Alabama  River. 

halbansha  iksho,  n.,  ill  nature;  ill  will; 
see  hqlhpansha  Iksho. 

halbabi,  v.  n.,  from  hqlba  and  qbi,  to  hav(^ 
sore  eyes,  as  hqlba  sqbi,  I  have  sore 
eyes. 

halbabi,  n.,  sore  eyes. 

halbina,  n.,  a  present;  a  donation;  a  gift; 
a  gratuity;  na  hqlbina,  a  present,  1 
Kings  10:  25. 

halbina,  pp.,  presented;  given  a.s  a  pres 
ent. 

halhpansha,  v.  n.,  to  be  amiable,  peace 
able,  kind,  etc.,  Gen.  33:  10. 

halhpansha,  n.,  peace;  kindness. 

halhpansha,  a.,  amiable;  peaceable; 
kind;  peaceful. 

halhpansha  iksho,  halbansha iksho,  a., 
unkind;  cruel;  ill  natured. 


BYIXUTOXl 


A    DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LAXOUAGE 


145 


halhpanshi,  adv.,  peaceably,  Gen.  37:  4; 

v.  a.  L,  to  be  pleased,  Gen.  33:  10. 
hallali,  see  Jialall. 
hallampa,  halampa,  n.,  a  ringworm;  a 

tetter;  herpes, 
hallampabi,  v.  n.,  to  have  a  ringworm  or 

tetter. 

halwa,  n.,  a  soft-shelled  turtle. 
hala,  pp.  pi.,  kicked;  trodden. 
hali,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  kick;  to  tread;  to  step; 

to  stamp,  to  trample;  habli,  sing. 
hali,  n.,  treaders;  steps. 
halichi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  tread  on;   to 

trample;  isJit  altalic/ti,  Matt.  7:  6. 
hama,  pp.,  rubbed;  stroked, 
hammi,  v.  t.,  to   rub  gently  with  the 

hand;  to  stroke, 
hammi,  n.,  a  stroker. 
hammoli,  v.t. ;  in  anumpa  alhpisa  ya  katak 
okat  kobahafitokoka  (or  okat)  achukmalit 
hammolit  imantia  cha,  alhtobat  illi  tok  cha. 
hanawia,  n.,  suspenders, 
hanan,  hannan,  n.,  a  bird  called  a  small 
eagle,  or  a  hawk;  a  swift  bird  of  prey, 
hannali,  see  hannali. 
hannanuki,  v.  i.,  to  turn  round;  to  be 

giddy. 

hannaweli;  hanaweli,  n.,  one  strap  of 
a  suspender;  a  handkerchief  hung  over 
the  shoulders  like  a  sword  belt;  a  sling 
by  which  to  carry  things, 
hannaweli,  v.  t.,  to  carry,  as  a  gun, 
with  a  sling  that  comes  over  the  breast 
and  under  one  arm,  the  gun  being  be 
hind. 

hapi,  n.,  salt,  Matt.  5:  13. 
hapi,  a.,  salt. 
hapi,  v.  n.,  to  be  salt, 
hapi,  hap,  per.  pro.  we,  nom.  case,  1st 
per.,  social  pi.  of  neuter  verbs,  as  hapi- 
nusi,  we  sleep,  i.  e.,  we  all  sleep;  hapi- 
t«nkla,  all  with  us,  Matt.  13:  56. 
hapi,   hap,  per.  pro.  we,  nom.  case,  1st 
per.,  social  pi.  of  passive  verbs,  as  hapi- 
talakchi,  we  are  bound,  i.  e.,  we  are  all 
bound. 

hapi,  per.  pro.  us,  bb.  case,  1st  per.,  social 
pi.,  before  active  transitive  verbs,  as 
hapipesa,  he  sees  us,  i.  e.,  all  of  us; 
hapiakaiya,  to  follow  us,  Matt.  15:  23. 
hapi,  hap,  pos.  pro.  our,  in  the  nom. 
case,  prefixed  to  nouns  which  are  the 
names  of  the  body  and  its  members, 
as  hqpichun~kqsh,  our  hearts. 

S4a:;.0°  —Bull.  4U — 15 10 


hapi  aialhto,  n.,  a  saltcellar;  a  salt-bin, 
basin,  etc. 

hapi  aiikbi,  n.,  a  salt- work. 

hapi  atoba,  n.,  a  saline;  a  salt- work. 

hapi  champuli,  n.,  sugar. 

hapi  champuli  aialhto,  n.,  a  sugar  bowl, 
barrel,  box,  etc. 

hapi  champuli  api,  n.,  sugar  cane. 

hapi  champuli  okchi,  n.,  molasses;  the 
sirup  of  sugar. 

hapi  champuli  tohbi,  n.,  white  sugar, 
called  loaf  and  lump  sugar. 

hapi  champuli  yammi,  pp.,  sweetened 
with  sugar. 

hapi  champuli  yammi chi,  v.  t.,  to 
sweeten  with  sugar;  to  sugar. 

hapi  holba,  n.,  salts;  resembling  salt; 
saline. 

hapi  kanchi,  n.,  a  salter. 

hapi  kapassa,  n.,  saltpeter;  niter. 

hapi  kali,  kali  hapi  oka,  n.,  a  salt 
spring;  a  saline. 

hapi  lakchi,  n.,  coarse  salt;  alum  salt; 
hominy  salt. 

hapi  lakchi  chito,  hapi  lakchi  hochito, 
n.,  rock  salt. 

hapi  oka,  n.,  salt  water. 

hapi  okchi,  n.,  brine. 

hapi  okhata,  n.,  salt  sea,  Josh.  3:  16. 

hapi  pushi,  n.,  fine  or  blown  salt. 

hapi  yammi,  pp.,  salted;  seasoned  with 
salt;  hapi  ikyamiiio,a.t  fresh;  not  salted; 
unsalted;  unseasoned. 

hapi  yammichi,  v.  t.,  to  salt;  to  corn. 

hapi  yammichi,  n. ,  a  salter. 

hapin,  pre.  pos.  pro.,  our,  prefixed  to 
nouns  that  do  not  begin  with  a  \  owel 
or  with  pi  ch,  I,  t.;  hqpinholisso,  our 
book,  or  our  books. 

hapin,  per.  pro.,  us,  1st  per.  pi.  in  the  dat. 
case  before  verbs,  and  usually  trans 
lated  with  a  prep.,  as  of  us,  to  us,  for 
us,  from  us.  This  word  is  found  writ 
ten  hapin  before  the  same  sounds  as  the 
above. 

hapin,  1st  per.  pi.  social,  our;  the  pro.  is 
removed  from  the  noun  in  the  nom. 
and  placed  before  the  verb,  as  nakni 
tqshka  hapinhotina,  he  has  counted  our 
warriors. 

hapia,  per.  pro.  nom.  case,  we,  as  hatak 
api  humma  hapia  hokc,  we  are  all  red 
men. 


146 


BUREAU    OF    AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


hapim,  pre.  pos.  pro.,  our,  1st  per.  social 
pi. ,  prefixed  to  nouns  which  begin  with 
a  vowel  and  sometimes  p,  as  hapim- 
isuba,  our  horses. 

hapim,  per.  pro.,  us,  1st  per.  social  pi. 
in  the  dative  case  before  verbs  that 
begin  with  a  vowel  and  usually  trans 
lated  with  a  prep.,  as  to,  for,  of,  etc., 
as  liapimanoli,  he  told  us;  hapimanum- 
P'uli,  he  spake  to  us. 

hapim,  1st  per.  social  pi.,  our;  the  pro.  is 
removed  from  the  noun  in  the  nom. 
and  placed  before  the  verb,  as  isubat 
hqpimilli  instead  of  hqpimisuba  hat  illi. 

hapimmi,  a.,  our. 

hapimmi,  v.  n.,  tu  be  our,  or  ours, 
Mark  12:  7. 

hapimmi  toba,  v.  a.  i.,  to  become  our. 

hapin,  pre.  pos.  pro.,  our,  1st  per.  social 
pi.  in  the  nom.  case,  before  nouns  be 
ginning  with  c/i,  £,  and  t,  as  hqpin- 
chuka,  our  house. 

hapin,  per.  pro.,  us,  1st  per.  pi.,  dat.  case, 
before  verbs  beginning  with  ch,  I,  and 
t,  and  usually  rendered  with  a  prep., 
as  of,  for,  to,  from. 

hapin,  pos.  pro.,  our. 

hapishno,  per.  pro.,  we,  1st  per.  social 
pi.,  nom.  case,  i.  e.,  you  and  I;  you 
and  we,  etc. ;  all  of  us. 

hapishno,  obj.  case,  us. 

hapishno,  per.  pro.,  our,  1st  per.  pi.; 
hapishno  akinli,  ourselves. 

has,  per.  pro.,  ye  or  you,  as  hqssathana, 
ye  know  me;  hassiachi,  ye  say  of  me, 
Matt.  16:  15;  hqxsqmashke,  Josh.  2:  13. 

hash,  per.  pro.,  ye  or  you,  2d  per.  pi., 
nom.  case,  before  active  verbs,  as  hqshia, 
Matt.  5:  44,  47,  48;  6:  1,  2;  13:  14. 

hash  isht  ikhana,  see  hashi  isht  ikhqna. 

hashanya,  hashanya,  v.  a.  i.,  to  get  mad; 
to  become  mad,  bristled  or  vexed;  to 
pout. 

hashanya,  v.  n.,  to  pout;  to  be  cross  or 
angry;  ilehqshaya,  to  be  angry  with 
himself,  Gen.  45:  5. 

hashanya,  a.,  cross;  fretful;  sulky;  surly. 

hashanyachi,  v.  t.,  to  fret;  to  make  a 
person  mad,  cross,  or  fretful. 

hashcha,  n.,  an  offense. 

hashi,  n.,  the  sun;  a  luminary;  a  light, 
Josh.  10:  12;  huslii  (it  kohc.ltaina,  when 
the  sun  wras  up,  Matt.  13:  6;  hashi  a  Icon  ^ 
the  sun,  Matt,  13:  43;  17:  2. 

hashi,  n.,  a  sunflower. 


hashi,  n.,   a  moon;   a   lunar   month;  a 
month,  Josh.  4:  19;  5:  10. 

[Mr.  Byington  says  of  the  Choctaw 
months:  "But  very  few  Choctaws  know 
all  the  names  or  know  when  the  months 
come  in  or  go  out."  At  first  he  inserted 
a  list  of  month  names  in  alphabetical 
order  without  stating  whether  they  were 
obtained  from  one  person  or  from  several. 
Later  he  obtained  and  recorded  two 
others,  one  October  23,  1854,  from  Ila 
pintabi,  and  the  other  December  31, 1856, 
from  lyapali.  Ilapintabi  told  him  that 
the  year  began  in  the  latter  part  of  Sep 
tember,  while,  according  to  lyapali,  it 
was  in  the  latter  part  of  March.  Both 
of  these  statements  are  reconciled  by  a 
subsequent  note  to  the  effect  that  the 
year  wras  divided  into  two  series  of  six 
months  each,  a  summer  series  and  a  win 
ter  series.  From  the  time  when  these 
are  said  to  have  begun,  September  21  and 
March  21,  it  is  evident  that  the  autumnal 
and  vernal  equinoxes  were  taken  as  start 
ing  points.  The  list  of  months  obtained 
from  lyapali  is  in  almost  complete  agree 
ment  writh  the  earliest  list  recorded  by 
Byington,  and  therefore  is  probably  more 
correct  than  that  of  Ilapintabi.  It  is  as 
follows: 

March- April,  chafo  chito  (from 

hohchqfo  chito, 
"big  famine") 

April-May,  hash  koinchush. 

May-June,  liash  koichito. 

June-July,  hash  mall. 

July-August,  hash  watullak. 

August-September,      tek  in1iqshi. 

September-October,     Jnisli  bUii. 

October-November,     hash  bissa. 

November-December,     hash  leaf. 

December-January,     hash  takkon. 

January-February,       hash  Jiopoui. 

February-March,  diajiskono  (from 
hoJicJiqfo  iskiti- 
ni,  "little fam 
ine"). 

Besides  some  inconsequential  differ 
ences  the  earliest  list  has  hasJt  'tratonlttk 
instead  of  fiqsli,  watullak.  No  May-June 
month  occurs  in  this  list  unless  it  is  rep 
resented  by  "fuak  uiosJioli,"  the  specific- 
application  of  which  is  not  given,  and 


BYI.NGTOX] 


A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


147 


which  appears  to  have  been  questioned 
by  Mr.  Byington's  later  informants. 
Since,  however,  a  year  of  twelve  strictly 
lunar  months  must  be  corrected  at  inter 
vals  to  agree  with  the  solar  year,  the 
editor  suggests  that  luak  mosholi,  which 
means  "fire  extinguished,"  may  have 
applied  to  an  intercalary  month  or  period 
at  the  time  of  the  annual  festival  when 
the  year  began  anew.  Ilapintabi's  list 
differs  from  that  given  only  in  inverting 
hash  kofochush  and  hash  koicltito,  and  hash 
mail  and  hash  watullak,  the  first  being 
made  to  fall  in  May-June,  the  second  in 
April-May,  the  third  in  July-August, 
and  the  fourth  in  June-July. — J.  R.  S.] 
hash!  achafa,  n.,  a  month;  one  month; 

one  moon. 

hashi  achafakma,  adv.,  monthly, 
hashi  ahalaia,  a.,  solar;  pertaining   to 

the  sun. 

hashi  aiitolaka,  n.,  the  west, 
hashi  aiokatula,  n.,  the  west, 
hashi  aiokatula,  a.,  west;  occidental; 

western;  westward, 
hashi  aiokatula  imma,adv.,  occidental; 

westward,  Josh.  1:  4;  8:  9. 
hashi  aiokatula  mali,  n. ,  a  zephyr, 
hashi  aiokatula  pila,  adv.,  occidental; 

westward;  toward  the  west, 
hashi  aiokatula  pilla,  adv.,  to  the  west; 

at   the   west;    away   to   the   west; 'a., 

western. 
hashi  akochaka,  hashi  akuchaka,  n., 

the  east,  Matt.  2:  1,  9. 
hashi  akonoli,  n.,  a  circle  around  the 

sun  or  moon. 
hashi  akuchaka,  hash  akuchaka,  n., 

the  east,  Matt.  8:  11;  orient;  a.,  oriental. 
hashi    akuchaka    irrirna,    hash    aku 
chaka  imma,  adv.,  eastward;  easter 
ly;  toward  the  rising  sun,  Josh.  1:  15; 

4:  19. 
hashi  akuchaka  okla,  n.,    the   eastern 

people;  the  orientals, 
hashi  akuchaka  pilla,  adv.,  at  the  east; 

to  the  east;  in  the  east. 
hashi  akuchapila,  adv.,  toward  the  east; 

eastward. 

hashi  aopiaka,  n..  the  west,  Matt.  8:  11. 
hashi  atomi,  n.,  the  sunshine;  the  place 

where  the  sun  shines, 
hashi  alhpisa,  n.,  terms;  the  monthly 

course  of  females;  menses. 


hashi  bolukta,  v.  a.  i.,  to  full,   as  the 

moon. 

hashi  bolukta,  n.,  the  full  moon. 
hashi  himmona,  ti.,  the  new  moon. 
hashi himmona  talali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  change, 

as  the  moon;  to  pass  the  sun,   as  the 

moon  in  its  orbit. 
hashi   himmona    talali,    n.,    the    now 

moon. 
hashi  himo  auata,  v.  a.  i.,  to  change,  as 

the  moon;  to  appear,  as  the  new  moon. 
hashi  himo  auata,  n.,  the  new  moon. 
hashi  holba,  a.,  sunlike. 
hashi  inni,  v.  t.,  to  bask;  to  warm  by 

the  sun. 
hashi  isht  ikhana,  hash  isht  ikhana, 

n.,awatch;  a  timepiece;  achronometer; 

a  dial;  a  timekeeper. 
hashi  isht  ikhana  inshukcha,  n.,  a  fob; 

a  watch  pocket. 

hashi  isht  ithana  chito,  n.,  a  clock. 
hashi   isht   ithana   ikbi,   n.,    a    watch 

maker;  a  clock  maker. 
hashi  kanalli,  n.,  an  hour,  John  1:  89. 
hashi  kanalli  alhpisa,  n. ,  an  hour,  Matt. 

8:  13;  10:  19;  15:  28;  17:  18. 
hashi  kanalli  isht  alhpisa,  n.,  an  hour. 
hashi  kania,  v.  a.  i.,  to  go;  to  disappear, 

as  the  sun  when  eclipsed. 
has*hi  kania,  n.,  an  eclipse  of  the  sun  or 

moon. 

hashi  kucha,  n.,  sunrise. 
hashi  kuchaka,  n.,  the  east, 
hashi  libisha,  v.  t,,  to  bask  in  the  sun; 

to  get  warm  by  the  sun. 
hashi  loshuma,  n.,  the  old  of  the  moon, 
hashi  lua,  a.,  sunburnt. 
hashi  lua,  v.  n.,  to  be  sunburnt, 
hashi luhmi,  v.  t.,  to  hide  the  sun,  i.  e.,  to 

eclipse  the  sun. 
hashi  luma,  pp.,  eclipsed  or  hid,  as  the 

sun. 

hashi  moma,  adv.,  monthly. 
hashininakanya,  n.,  the  moon,  Josh.  10: 

12. 
hashi  nitak  isht  ikhana,  n.,  a  calendar; 

an  almanac. 

hashi  okatula,  n.,  sunset;  sundown. 
hashi  talali,  n.,  the  new  moon,  Ch.  Sp. 

Book,  p.  95. 

hashi  tohwikeli,  n.,  daylight. 
hashi  tuchinakma,  adv.,  quarterly, 
hashilabi,  ushelabi,  n.,  a  sty;  a  disease 

of  the  eyelid. 


148 


BUREAU    OF    AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


hashilli,  v.  a.  L,  to  change,  as  the  moon; 

this  refers  to  the  old  of  the  moon, 
hashilli,  n.,  the  change  or  death  of  the 

moon. 

hashintak,  n.,  a  comb, 
hashintak  yauaha,  n.,  a  coarse  comb, 
haship,  n.,  the  breast  of  a  fowl, 
hashitombi,  see  haxhtomi. 
hashki,    n.,    my    mother,    Josh.    2:    13; 

Matt.  12:  48,  49,  50;  mam,  or  mamma; 

cliishke,  thy  mother. 

hashninak  anya,  n.,  the  moon;  a  lumi 
nary;  a  light. 
hashninak  anya  isht  alhpisa,  n. ,  lunar 

measurement  or  calculation. 
hashninak  anya  tohwikeli,  n.,  moon 
light;  moonshine. 
hashontombichi,  v.  t.,  to  sun. 
Hashtali,  n.,  the  Great  Spirit;  the  gov 
ernor  of  the  world,  whose  eye  is  the  sun. 
hashtampushik,     hashtapushik,    see 

hatapushik. 

hashtapola,  n.,  the  bull  nettle. 
hashtap,  hashtip,  n.,  fallen  leaves;  dead 

leaves. 

hashtap  inchilakwa,  n.,  chicken  pox. 
hashtap  mali  shali,  n.,  drift. 
hashtap  yuloli,  hashtap  yoluli,  n.,   a 

salamander;  a  small  lizard, 
hashtomi,  hashtombi,  hashitombi,  n., 

a  sunbeam;  sunshine, 
hashtula,  n.,  winter;  the  winter  season, 
hashtula   anta  na  lopulli,  v.  a.   i.,  to 

winter. 

hashtula  chohmi,  a.,  wintry, 
hashtula  iklana,  n.,  midwinter, 
hashtula   tashka  chipota  aiasha,  n., 

winter  quarters  for  an  army, 
hashtulahpi,  n.,  the  fall;  autumn;  the 

fall  season. 
hashtulammona,  n.,  the  early  part  of 

winter, 
hashuk,  n.,  grass;  herbage;  sward,  Matt. 

6:  30;  14:  19. 
hashuk    abasha,    n.,    a    place   mowed; 

where  grass  has  been  cut;  a  meadow, 
hashuk  alamo,  n.,  a  meadow, 
hashuk  ashachi,  v.  t.,   to  mow;  to  put 

away  hay  or  grass. 
hashuk  bansi,  n.,  a  wild  grass  of  which 

hand  brooms  are  made, 
hashuk  basha,  pp.,  mowed;  mown, 
hashuk  basha  shila,   n.,    hay;  mowed 

grass. 


hashuk  bashli,   v.  t.,  to  mow;    to  cut 

grass. 

hashuk  bashli,  n.,  a  mower, 
hashuk  chanshlichi,  n.,  a  large  green 

grasshopper  which  sings  loud  and  in 

the  morning, 
hashuk  chito,  n.,  great  grass;  stout  grass; 

thick  and  heavy  grass. 
hashuk  f oka,  a. ,  grassy. 
hashuk  hata,  n.,  a  bird  having  a  small 

body  and  long  legs,  often  seen  around 

water  and  muddy  places, 
hashuk  impa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  pasture. 
hashuk  impachi,   v.  t.,  to  pasture;   to 

graze. 

hashuk  ipeta,  v.  t.,  to  graze, 
hashuk  isht  bashli,  n.,  a  hook. 
hashuk  isht  holmo,  n.,  a  thatch. 
hashuk  isht  homo,  v.  t.,  to  thatch, 
hashuk  isht  itannali,  n.,  a  rake, 
hashuk  itanaha,  n.,  a  haycock;  a  pile 

of  hay;  a  rick  of  hay;  a  mow;  a  swath 

of  grass. 
hashuk  itannaii,  v.  t.,  to  collect  hay; 

to  rake  hay. 
hashuk  lohammichi,  v.   t.,  to  trail  the 

grass. 
hashuk  malli,  v.  a.  i. ,  to  lighten ;  to  flash, 

as  lightning  (lit.,  grass  leaps,  or  to  leap 

over  grass). 
hashuk  malli,  n.,  lightning;  a  thunder 

bolt;  electricity;  a  flash  of  lightning. 
hashuk  pancha,  n.,  a  flag;  a  blue  flag;  a 

" cattail"  flag, 
hashuk  patalhpo,  n. ,  a  grass  bed ;  a  straw 

bed. 

hashuk  pata,  n.,  crab  grass;  crop  grass, 
hashuk  shila,  n.,  hay;  cured  grass. 
hashuk  shileli,  v.  t.,  to  hay;    to  cure 

grass. 

hashuk  shileli,  n.,  a  haymaker, 
hashuk  umpoholmo,  n.,  thatch. 
hashuk  umpoholmo,  pp.,  thatched, 
hashuk  umpohomo,  v.  t.,  to  thatch. 
hashwish,  hashwash,  n.,  worms;  those 

of  a  small  kind  that  affect  children  as 

a  disease, 
hat,   art.,    the,    nom.    case,    suffixed   to 

nouns;    aleha   hat,   they;    Matt,    2:    1. 

Sometimes  written  at  and  i/at  as  well 

as  Jia,  a,  and  ya  (q.  v.). 
hat,  rel.  pro.,  when  suffixed  to  verbs, 
hat,  used  before  tvk  and  tuk. 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW   LANGUAGE 


149 


hata,  an  adv.  in  recent  past  tense,  ex 
pressing  surprise. 

hata,  n.,  paleness. 

hata,  a.,  pale;  white;  cadaverous;  pallid; 
sallow. 

hata,  v.  n.,  to  be  pale;  hanta,  nasal  form 
(q.  v.). 

hata,  n.,  a  gleet;  gleets. 

hata  lakna,  n.,  a  yellow  white;  an 
orange  color. 

hata  lakna,  a.,  having  a  yellow-white 
color. 

hata  laknachi,  v.  t.,  to  color  a  yellow 
white. 

hata  ont  ia,  v.  a.  i.,  to  have  the  gleets; 
to  gleet. 

hata  ont  ia,  n.,  the  whites. 

hatabafakchi,  see  hatapofokcM. 

hatachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  turn  white;  to  be 
come  pale;  to  ripen,  as  peaches.  See 
hatachi. 

hatachi,  n.,  a  light  color. 

hatakbi,  a.,  white,  like  a  man's  tongue 
in  fever. 

hatapakli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  gallop. 

hatapaklichi,  v.  t.,  to  gallop. 

hatapofukchi,  n.,  a  prairie  hawk. 

hatapusha,  n.,  the  bull  nettle. 

hatapushik,  hatapushik,  n. ,  a  butterfly. 

hatak,  see  hatak. 

hatat  kania,  a.,  very  pale. 

hatat  kania,  v.  n.,  to  be  very  pale;  v. 
a.  i.,  to  become  very  pale. 

hatip,  n.,  the  rump;  the  croup  or  crop. 

hatton,  adv. ;  ishwiha  l\atton? 

hattok,  see  hatok. 

hatukchaya,  hatukchaya,  n.,  a  great 
witch;  an  imaginary  being  who  makes 
Choctaw  doctors. 

he,  art.,  see  ak. 

he,  heh,  ahe  (q.  v. ),  adv.,  almost;  well 
nigh;  etala  lie,  we  have  almost  finished 
it;  nearly,  Luke  8:  42;  cf.  hikma. 

he,  hi,  sign  of  the  remote  future  of  the 
indicative  mood;  shall;  will.  Com 
pounds  :  hea —  h-eakano  — heaknf — -Jieak- 
alo — -Jteakat —  heakin  —  heak'mli  —  heak- 
int — lieakkia  • —  heakma  —  lieakmako — 
heakmakocha  —  heakmakona  —  heakinak- 
osli — Iteakniakot — -Jicakmano — heakmat — 
heakmato — -lieuko — lieakocha — -heakoka — 
Jiedkokano —  hcakokat —  Jieakoke  —  heak- 
ok!(t — hedkona — hecikosh  —  liecikot  —  heci- 
tok,  lieatuk,  hiatuk,  etc.,  should  have— 


hekak,  etc.,  seekak,  and  its  compounds — - 
Jiekakon,  but;  for — lienxtL-  Imndka — he- 
makano — liemdkin —  JicmakinU —  Ix'inak- 
int —  hemakkia  —  hemako  — heinakochn  — 
Itemakoka  —  hemakokat  —  hemakoke — Jia- 
rnakona  —  hemakosh  —  hemakot  —  hcon, 
Matt.  6:  1 — heoka — heokamn  heokaf — 
heoke,  hioke;  laua  Jiioke,  many  will  there 
be,  Matt.  7:  22;  achilahiokc,  say  1  will; 
Matt.  7:  23 — heokmano — heokmal — hrok- 
mato — Jietok,  should  have  been;  would 
have  been;  might  have  been;  remote 
hetuk,  recent  past  tense,  might  have 
been;  ought;  hashatanyahetuk  of,  Josh. 
2:  16;  3:  4. 

he  keyu,  adv.,  can  not;  shall  not:  will 
not. 

heahni,  see  hiahni. 

healhpesa,  n.,  an  occasion. 

hehi,  v.  a.  i.,  fern,  gen.,  to  sing. 

hehi,  n.,  fern,  gen.,  a  singer. 

hehio,  hehyo,  n.,  the  name  of  a  wild 
root. 

hehka,  v.  a.  i.,  to  start;  to  recoil;  to 
startle;  to  wince. 

hehka,  n.,  a  starter;  a  wincer. 

hehkachi,  v.  t.,  to  startle. 

hehkat  anumpuli,  v.  t.,  to  extemporize. 

hehkat  anumpuli,  n.,  an  extemporizer. 

hekano,  n.,  the  last  speech  of  a  dying 
man. 

heli,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  fly;  to  go  in  haste, 
Matt.  28:  8;  Mka,  singular. 

heli,  n.,  fliers. 

heli,  a.,  flying;  volant, 

helichi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  fly;  to  scare  away, 
as  birds;  to  make  them  fly. 

helachi,  see  hilachi. 

heno,  art.  in  the  obj.  case,  from  heio. 

hepulla,  a.,  apt;  liable;  obnoxious; 
probable;  subject. 

hepulla,  n.,  danger. 

hepulla,  v.  n.,  to  be  surely;  surely  to  be. 

het,  art.  in  nom.  case;  ///«,  oblique  case; 
see  akhet. 

het,  adv.;  see  Acts  7:  17;  nitak  at  aloim'11 
het  •maliani/a)iia;  Itet  is  a  sign  of  the  fu 
ture  with  the  connective  t.  The  word 
is  anJi.eh,  near;  a  diminution  of  which  is 
anhu.si;  the  final  h  is  elided  by  the  sub 
stitution  of  t  copula. 

heto,  art.,  see  aklu'to;  /?a/o  obsolete  style 
for  Jteto;  iklokaJtato,  ikaiyohkaato. 


150 


BUREAU   OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOCV 


[BULT.,.  46 


heto,  adv.  of  neg.,  can  not;  will  not;  shall 
not;  impossible;  when  this  follows  a 
verb  in  the  neg.  form  it  becomes  an  af 
firmative,  as  iklokaheto,  he  will  not 
not  come,  i.  e.,  he  will  surely  come. 

heto,  a.,  impossible. 

heto,  v.  n.,  to  be  impossible. 

hetuk,  ought,  Matt.  18:  6. 

hi,  ahi,  sign  of  indie,  fut. ;  see  he  (prop 
erly  a  he}. 

hin,  int.,  pshaw,  meaning  dislike  or  con 
tempt. 

hiahni,  heahni,  v.  a.  i.,  to  love;  to  es 
teem,  heishahni,  hiahnili,  heilahni. 

hiahni,  v.  t.,  to  caress;  to  love;  to  dote 
upon;  irreg.  v.,  tali  liolisso  hiahni,  he 
loves  money;  hiahnili,  I  love;  Jtiishahni, 
thou  lovest;  hiahni,  he  loves;  hiilahni, 
hiiloahni,  hehachahnili,  I  love  you  (pi.). 

hiahni,  n.,  a  lover. 

hiahni,  a.,  merciful. 

hiahni  iksho,  n.,  apathy;  fell. 

hiahni  iksho,  a.,  without  love. 

hiahni  iksho,  v.  n.,  to  be  without  love. 

hiasinti,  see  iasinti. 

hichali,  a.,  spiteful;  brave;  inJtichanlitok. 

hichali,  v.  n.,  to  be  spiteful. 

hichali,  n.,  spite. 

hichi,  n.,  a  boil;  a  tubercle;  a  wild  tur 
nip. 

hichuk,  n.,  the  name  of  a  root,  of  which 
the  Choctaw  have  made  bread  in  a 
time  of  scarcity;  see  kifash. 

hichukbi,  hochukbi,  n.,  a  natural  pit 
or  hole  in  the  ground,  or  one  that  runs 
under  ground,  as  a  chasm;  a  pit;  a  hole; 
a  cave;  a  cavern;  a  den,  Josh.  10:  17, 
18,  27;  2  Sam.  18:  17;  cave  of  Machpe- 
lah,  Gen.  23:  9;  see  tali  chifuk. 

hichukbi  chito,  n.,  a  cavern. 

hichukbi  fo^ka,  v.  a.  i.,  to  den;  to  dwell, 
as  in  a  den. 

hichushi,  n.,  a  tubercle;  small  boils. 

hieli,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  stand,  Josh.  3:  14,  17; 
6:  4, 13;  7: 12;  8:  10;  itikba  hieli,  to  stand 
before;  hikia,  sing.;  hinli,  nasal  form. 

hieli,  pp.,  setup;  placed. 

hieli,  n.,  those  which  stand;  those  who 
stand. 

hielichi,  hiohchi,  v.  t.,  to  erect;  to  set 
up;  to  cause  to  stand. 

hinha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  groan. 

hinha,  n.,  a  groan. 

hiho,  int.,  ah. 


hika,  pp.,  pawned;  pitched;  placed;  set; 
cocked;  ikhehko,  a.,  uncocked;  inhika, 
n.,  a  pillar. 

hika,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  fly;  to  flit;  to  wing; 
to  soar;  to  touch  with  the  feet;  aion- 
hikahe  or  hikiahe,  to  stand  on  («/,  there 
or  where);  to  tread  on,  Josh.  1:  3;  to 
rest  in,  Josh.,  3: 11, 13,  15;  4: 18;  heli,  pi. 

hika,  a.,  volant;  volatile;  flying. 

hika,  n.,  a  flier;  a  line. 

hika,  n.,  a  stand. 

hika,  n.,  a  tree  called  sweet  gum,  and 
the  gum  or  wax. 

hinka;  (tka  hi^ka,  a  footman;  oka  Itinka, 
to  be  in  the  water. 

hika  nia,  n.,  the  gum  of  the  sweet  gum 
tree. 

hikachi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  fly;  to  scare 
away  a  bird;  to  make  it  fly. 

hikat  anya,  v.  a.  i.,  to  soar. 

hikbat,  adv. ;  ayukpa  hikbat,  can  not  be 
joyful. 

hiket  anya,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  with,  Luke 
9:  41. 

hiket  ia,  v.  a.  i.,  to  start;  to  begin,  as  in 
running  a  road  or  lines. 

hikia,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  stand,  Josh.  3:  13; 
5:  13;  to  go;  to  get,  Luke  4:8;  to  be 
or  stand,  as  a  well  or  spring,  Josh.  4:6; 
to  hold;  to  look,  as  pit  hikia,  et  Jtikia,  to 
look  toward;  hikfoa,  nasal  form,  to  sit, 
as  fowls  on  their  roost;  to  stop,  Matt 
11:  11;  hikia,  for  to  be,  to  stand;  hikia- 
shke,  for  the  verb  to  be;  Matt.  16:  23; 
hikiatok,  Matt.  17:  2;  inhikia,  to  have; 
tanampo  inhikia,  he  has  a  gun;  hikint; 
onhikia,  to  stand  on;  to  perch;  hieli  pi. 

hikia,  n.,  that  which  stands;  a  stand. 

hikia,  a.,  standing,  as  hatak  hikia. 

hikia,  pp.,  erected;  set  up;  established; 
installed;  pitched;  placed. 

hikia  toba,  v.  a.  i.,  to  get  able  to  stand 
or  walk. 

hikiat  ia,  prep.,  from,  Josh.  1 :  4. 

hikikia,  v.  a.  i.,  to  go,  as  one  looking  for 
a  lost  object,  Matt.  18:  12. 

hikikina,  v.  a.  i.,  to  stand  about;  to  walk 
about;  to  attend  to  some  little  business; 
a  frequentative  after  the  example  of 
binininliaiidyanananli;  see  Matt.  18:  12. 
CJiwis  at  .  .  .  hikikin<ilok,  John  10:  23 
nowqt  hikikina,  Mark  11:  27;  binili,  to 
sit,  bi)iininli;  kana/li,  to  move,  kana- 
nanll;  yanalli,  to  run,  yananali. 


BYINOTOX] 


A    DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LAXCl'AOK 


151 


hikikina,  n.,  one  that  walks  about. 
hikma,  from  he,  almost  or  well-nigh,  and 

ikmci. 
liilechi,   v.  t.,  to  set,  Matt.  18:  2;  Josh. 

7:  26;  to  set  up;  to  put  up;  to  take  up,  as 

a  stray;  isuba  Jian  aionhilechi,  to  set  on; 

ikbit  hilechi,  to  rear,  Matt.  16:  18;  2  Sam. 

24:  18;  to  rear  up,  John  2:  20;  to  check; 

to  cock,  as  a  gun;  to  erect;  to  establish; 

to  fill,  i.  e.,  to  supply  a  place  with  an  in 

cumbent;  to  ground;  to  fix;  to  inaugu 

rate;  to  install;  to  instate;  to  institute; 

to  invest;  to  ordain;  to  pawn;  to  place; 

to  pledge;  to  present;  to  raise;  to  seat; 

to  settle;  to  station;  to  stick. 
hilechi,  n.,  a  setter  up;  an  institutor;  a 

pawner;  a  placer. 
hilechi,  n.,  an  installation. 
hinlhhinlhachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  quack;  okfo- 

cliitxli  at  hinlhhinlhachi;  the  duck  says 


hiloha,  v.  t.,  v.  a.  i.,  to  thunder;  to  ful 
minate;  to  intonate,  1  Sam.  2:  10. 

hiloha,  n.,  thunder;  a  peal  of  thunder; 
a  clap  of  lightning;  a  thunder  clap. 

hiloha,  a.,  thunder,  as  a  thunder  storm. 

hiloha  abi,  nilohabi,  pp.,  killed  by 
lightning. 

hiloha  abi,  hilohabi,  v.  t.,  to  kill  by 
thunder;  to  strike  with  lightning;  to 
thunder  strike. 

hiloha  hoshintika,  n.,  a  thunder  cloud. 

hiloha  tassa,  hiloha  bassa,  n.,  a  sharp 
peal  of  thunder. 

hiloha  umba  chito,  n.,  a  thunder 
shower. 

hilohachi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  it  to  thunder. 

hilohachi,  n.,  a  thunderer. 

hila,  v.  a.  i.,  to  dance;  to  frolic;  to  gam 
bol;  to  hop,  Matt.  14:  6;  Jiaelnkheloslike, 
ye  have  not  danced,  Mat.  11:  17;  ishit 
hila,  v.  t.,  to  triumph  over  by  means 
of,  2  Sam.  1  :  20. 

hila,  n.,  a  dance;  a  ball;  a  frolic;  a  min 
uet;  nakid  hila,  a  male  dance,  in  which 
none  but  men  are  engaged;  nashoba 
hlla,  n.,  a  wolf  dance;  pn^shi  ixht  hila, 
n.,  a  war  dance,  or  a  hair  dance  or 
scalp  dance. 

hila,  n.,  a  dancer;  a  frolicker. 

hilachi,  helachi,  hilachi,  v.  t.,  to  cause 
to  dance:  to  make  others  dance;  to 
dance. 


hima,  may  be  the  root  of  the  following 

words:    h'tinnta,  fiiniuk,    Jtiiinimk;  Itimn. 

himak,    a.,    instant;     current;     present; 

modern;  this;  himak  at,  this  is,  Luke  1 : 

36. 

himak,  adv.,  now;  at  this  time,  2  Sam. 

24:  2;  himakashke,  v.  i.,  Matt.  11:  1± 
himak,  n.,  now;  the  present  time,  mo 
ment,  or  instant. 
himak  afammi,  n.  or  adv.,  this  year;  the 

present  year, 
himak  ano,   adv.  or  n.,  now;  as  for  the 

present  time. 

himak  foka,  n.  or  adv.,  about  this  time; 
palashash  himak  foka,  pilashash   h'nnnk 
foka,  yesterday  about  this  time. 
himak     fokalechi,    a.,     presumptuous; 

hazardous;  wandering, 
himak  fokalechi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  act  at  ran 
dom;  to  run  a  hazard;   to  act  rashly; 
himak  fokalechi  t  anumpuli,  v.  t.,  to  chat 
ter;  himak  fokalechit  anya,  to  wander, 
himak  fokali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  go  or  act  at 

random  or  at  hazard, 
himak  fokali,  n.,  random, 
himak  fokalit,  adv. ,  with  hazard  or  care 
lessly;  headlong;  headfirst. 
himak  fokalit  anumpuli,  v.  a.  i. ,  to  bab 
ble;    to  prate;  to  talk  at  random;    to 
quibble. 

himak  f  okalit  anumpuli,  n. ,  a  quibbler. 
himak  fokalit  anya,  v.  a.  i.,  to  go  along 
at  random  without  a  guide  or  road;  to 
wander. 

himak  fokalit  hochefo,  v.  t.,  to  nick 
name. 

himak  f  okalit  hohchifo,  n.,  a  nickname, 
himak    fokalit    holissochi,    v.    t.,    to 

scrawl;  n.,  a  scrawler. 
himak  fokalit  miha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  guess; 

to  conjecture. 

himak  hashi,  n.,  this  month, 
himak  ninak,  n.,  adv.,  this  night;  to 
night. 

himak  nitak,  n.,  this  day;  adv.,  to 
day;  the  present  day,  or  time,  Matt.  6: 
11;  11:  23;  this  day,  Josh.  5:  0;  now, 
Matt.  15:  2. 

himaka,  adv.,  n.,  now;  the  time  now; 
the  present  time,  Josh.  1:  2:  Matt.  14: 
15. 
himakma,  a.,  more:  moreover. 


152 


BUREAU    OF    AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL,.  46 


himma,  adv.,  aux.  (from  he,  future  gen., 
and  imma,  toward;  direction  of),  shall 
hereafter;  shall  toward;  will;  with 
keyu,  not  ever;  never;  lakofa  himma 
keyu,  he  will  never  recover;  toward 
recovery  he  never  will. 

himma,  v.  n.,  to  be  hereafter,  as  cJd- 
himmali,  I,  after  you. 

himma  keyu,  adv.,  never;  ne'er. 

himma  keyu,  v.  n.,  never  to  be. 

himmak,  a.,  subsequent;  following;  un 
born;  future;  younger;  intensive  form 
of  liimak,  as  pilla  is  the  intensive  form 
of  pi  la;  see  ilappak,  yammak,  words  of  a 
similar  character. 

himmak,  v.  n.,  to  be  subsequent;  inhhn- 
mak,  to  be  after  him;  sahimmak,  to  be 
after  me,  John  1 :  27. 

himmak,  adv.,  hereafter;  afterward; 
after;  at  last;  himmak  ishanya,  at  last, 
you  are  along. 

himmak  foka,  adv.,  hereafter;  about 
this  time. 

himmak  pila,  n.,  the  coming  time;  adv., 
henceforth;  henceforward;  hereafter. 

himmak  pilla,  n.,  the  time  that  is  to 
come;  the  future  time;  the  future. 

himmak  pillama,  adv.  or  n.,  hereafter; 
from  henceforth;  for  the  future  time; 
henceforward. 

himmakma,  v.  n.,  in  the  sub.  mood; 
lit.,  when  it  shall  be  hereafter,  but  it  is 
usually  rendered  as  an  adverb,  here 
after;  at  a  future  time;  by  and  by; 
furthermore;  next,  Matt.  5:  13;  then, 
Matt.  18:  16;  any  more,  Josh.  5:  1,  12. 

himmita,  v.  n.,  to  be  young. 

himmita,  a.,  young;  fresh;  sappy; 
youthful. 

himmita,  n.,  the  young;  youth;  the 
flower;  a  youngster. 

himmita  aliha,  n.,  the  youth. 

himmita  chohmi,  a.,  youngish. 

himmitasi,  a.,  young,  Luke  2:  36;  green. 

himmitasi,  v.  n.,  to  be  young. 

himmitacheka,  a.  pi.,  young. 

himmitachi,  v.  t.,  to  make  young;  to 
rejuvenate;  to  renew;  himmitaiyaclri, 
pro.  form. 

himmithoa,  a.  pi.,  young;  ir<tk  Jiimmlt 
lion,  young  cattle,  but  not  very  young. 

himmithoa,  v.  n.  pi.,  to  be  young. 

himmithoa,  n.  pi.,  those  who  are  young; 
the  youth;  the  young  ones;  the  flower. 


himmitushi,  a.  (dim.),  young, 
himmona,  n.,  newness;  a  novelty;  once, 

Matt.   9:   33;    with   a   negative,  never, 
himmona,  himona,  a.,  new,  Matt.  13: 

52;  brandnew;  present;   fresh;    novel; 

recent;  virgin;  young. 
himmona,  pp.,  renewed;  renovated, 
himmona,  v.  n.,  to  be  new. 
himmona  aioklachi,  v.  t.,  to  repeople. 
himmona  chuhmi,  a.,  newish, 
himmona  iktobo,  a.,  unrenewed;    un- 

regenerate. 

himmona  isht  atta,  n.,  a  novice, 
himmona  toba,  pp.,  renovated. 
himmonacha  hinla,  a.,  renewable, 
himo,  adv.,  now;  just  now,  John  2:  9; 

Junto  ela,  we  have  just  arrived, 
himona,  n.,  now;  the  present  time, 
himona,  adv.,  now;  just;  afresh, 
himona  achafanlit  kanima  anta,    n., 

ubiquity, 
himona  hofanti,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  growing 

up  now. 

himona  hofanti,  n.,  present  generation. 
himona  hofanti,  a.,    pp.,    just   raised; 

just  grown. 
himonachi,  himonachi,  v.  t.,  to  make 

new;   to  renew;   to  renovate;    ilehhno- 

tiachi,  to  renew  himself, 
himonali,  v.  n.,  to  be  at  once  or   in   a 

moment;  h!mon(mfi,  nasal  form. 
himonali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  do  at  once. 
himonali,    adv.,    at   once;   all   at    once; 

instantly;  forthwith, 
himonanli,  adv.,  forthwith. 
himonasi,  v.  n.,  to  be  instantly, 
himonasi,  n.,  now;  just  now;  this  mo 
ment,  Matt.  9:  18;  17:  12. 
himonasi,  adv.,  immediately;  instantly. 
himonasi  achafa,  n.,  one  minute. 
himonna,  n.,  a  single  instance. 
himonna,  adv.,  once;  Luke,   5:    1;  Josh. 

6:  3. 
himonna,   v.    n.,  to  be  once  or  a  single 

time. 

himonna11,  v.  n.,  to  be  often;  to  be  fre 
quently  or  repeatedly;  Matt.  17:   1">. 
himonna  achafa,  v.  n.,  to  beat  one  time. 
himonna  achafa,  adv.,  at  the  same  time; 

himonna  achafa  mont  ikanumpuli,  let  all 

speak  at  once. 
himonna   achafa  halalli,    n.,    a   single 

haul. 


BYIXOTOxl 


A    DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LAXCC'ACK 


153 


himonna  achafanli,  adv.,  once. 

himonna  isht  atta,  n. ,  a  novice. 

himonna  tapli,  v.  t.,  to  sunder  once;  to 
clip  off  once;  n.,  a  single  clip. 

himonnaha,  adv.,  once;  one  time. 

hina,  n.,  a  road;  a  path;  a  street,  a  way, 
Josh.  2:  19;  Matt.  7:  13;  a  farrow;  a 
pass;  a  pathway,  Luke  3:  4;  a  route;  a 
row;  a  track;  a  trace;  an  alley;  an  ave 
nue;  a  walk;  Nachi  foil  ma,  the  Natchez 
Trace. 

hina  apesa,  v.  t.,  to  run  a  road;  to  lay 
out  a  road. 

hina  abanabli,  v.  t.,  to  cross  another 
road;  to  go  over  the  road. 

hina  abanabli,  n.,  a  crossroad;  cross 
roads. 

hina  bashpuli,  n.,  a  scavenger. 

hina  chito,  n.,  a  large  road;  a  highway; 
a  broad  way;  a  large  path;  a  wagon 
road. 

hina  falakto,  n.,  a  fork  in  a  road. 

hina  hanta,  n.,  a  bright  path;  the  way 
of  peace;  the  gospel  path;  the  narrow 
way  of  life. 

hina  ikbi,  hinikbi,  v.  t.,  to  make  a 
road,  or  a  row;  to  furrow;  to  lay  off 
furrows  for  planting;  to  path. 

hina  ikbi,  hinikbi,  n.,  a  road  maker; 
one  who  makes  roads  or  furrows;  a  way 
maker. 

hina  ikpatho,  n.,  a  lane;  a  narrow  way. 

hina  kucha,  n.,  a  ford;  a  pass. 

hina  onhanabli,  v.  t.,  to  cross  over  an 
other  road. 

hina  onhanabli,  n.,  a  crossroad;  cross 
roads. 

hina  patha,  n.,  a  broad  road;  a  wagon 
road;  a  highway;  a  street. 

hina  takla  kahat  hunkupa,  n.,  a  high 
wayman. 

hinak,  okhinak,  n.,  a  corn  tassel,  or  the 
tlower  of  corn  on  the  top  of  the  stalk; 
also  v.  a.  i. 

hinak  bitepuli,  hinak  atepuli,  hinak 
batepuli,  n.,  the  rainbow;  the  bow  of 
promise;  Iris. 

hinak  bitepuli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  form  or  be 
come  a  rainbow:  lit.,  to  rainbow. 

hinak  kucha,  n.,  the  appearance  or 
coming  out  of  the  corn  tassel. 

hinak  toba,  v.  a.  i.,  to  become  a  corn 
tassel;  to  tassel,  as  corn. 

hiriak  toba,  pp.,  made  as  corn  tassels; 
tassel  led. 


hinakfoata,  n.,  a  crossroad, 
hinakfoata,  v.    a.    i.,  to  cross    another 

road, 
hinakshu,  n.,  an  old  deserted  road;  an 

unused  road. 

hinanli,  a.,  along  the  road. 
hinanli,  v.  n.,  to  be  along  the  road. 
hinikbi,  see  hina  ilchi. 
hinla,  a.,  liable;  likely;  obnoxious. 
hinla,  ahinla,  sign  of  the  potential  mood. 

can;  may;  shall;  will,  Matt.  6:   7,   21; 

12:    29;    Luke    5:    7;    katiolnn'ihdlitnld, 

Luke  8:  9;  hah'mla,  Luke  4:  7,  38;  Matt. 

2:  4,  13;  John  4:  40,  47;hhda*hke,  would, 

Matt,  12:  38. 
hinla,  can  be,  or  the  English  ending  -ble, 

as  in  fusible. 

hinlatok,  could;  could  have;  would. 
hinlatuk,    could;    could    have;    might; 

might  have;  should;  would, 
hinli,  nasal  form,  from  hidi;  haksobish  at 

inftinlikmat,  Matt.  11:15;  alapi^hat  hieli, 

Matt.  12:41. 
hinli,  pi.,  i.  e.,  from  two  to  four;  to  be 

standing;  Jiaksobish.  at  inhinlikmat,  if  he 

have  ears,  Matt.  13:  9. 
hinluk,  n.,  a  small  green-headed    wild 

duck;  a  wood  duck. 
hiohmanya,  n.,  a  standing  round. 
hiohmanya,  v.  a.   i.,   to   stand   around, 

Matt.  6:  5;    13:  2,  30;    hiohtn«n,iqshke, 

Matt.  12:47. 

hioht,  adv.,  contracted  from  hioli. 
hioht  ansha,   v.  a.  i.,  to  sit  around;  to 

stand. 
hioht  manya,  hiohmanya,  v.   a.    i.,   to 

stand  around. 
hokma,  see  liohtia. 
hioli,  hiyoli,  haioli  (q.  v.),  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to 

stand. 

hioli,  a.,  pp.,  set  up;  erected, 
hioli,    n.,     those    which     stand;    those 

which  are  set  up. 
hiolichi,  hiolechi,   v.    t,   to  set  up:  to 

to  erect;  to  put  up;  to  raise  up,  Luke 

3:  8;  to  team;  to  set  on  the  feet;  aka 

pit  hiolicJii,  Josh.   2:  15;  5:   7;  see  Ide- 

lichi. 

hiolichi,  n.,  a  teamster. 
hionshakeli,    n.,    a  grasshopper   of   the 

largest  kind, 
hish    ansha,    a.,    haired;    having    hair; 

hairy. 
hish  ansha,  v.  n.,  to  be  haired. 


154 


BUREAU    OF    AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


hishi,  n.,  hair,  except  that  of  the  head, 

which   is panshi;  fur;    feathers;    wool; 

leaves;  a  blade;  a  coat  (hishi  boafa,  to 

shed  his  coat);  a  leaf;  a  spire;  a  fleece, 
hishi  aialhto,  n.,  a  woolsack, 
hishi  alikti,  n.,  a  pin  feather, 
hishi  atoha,  a.,  woolen, 
hishi  chito,  a.,  hairy;  having  much  hair; 

shaggy;  leafy. 

hishi  chito,  v.  n.,  to  be  hairy, 
hishi  chito,  n.,  a  shag;  a  shag  lock, 
hishi  chito  ansha,  a.,  shagged. 
hishi  homi,    tishi    homi    (q.    v.),    n., 

pepper. 

hishi  homi  ani,  n.,  a  pepper  corn, 
hishi  homi  humma,  n.,  red  pepper;  cay 
enne  pepper;  capsicum;  see  tishi  hum- 

ma. 
hishi  iksho,  a.,  naked;  destitute  of  hair, 

except  on  the  head;  bare, 
hishi  laua,  a.,  leafy. 
hishi  lapishta,  n.,  short,  fine  hair;  fuzz, 
hishi  toba,  a.,  fledged;  feathered. 
hishi  toba,  pp.,  leafed;    having  leaves; 

leaved, 
hishi  toba,  v.  a.  i.,  to  fledge;  to  grow,  as 

feathers;  to  become  feathers;  to  leaf, 
hishi  tobat  taha, pp., feathered  entirely; 

leafed  out. 

hishi  wanuksho,n.,  short  fine  hair;  fuzz, 
hishi  lukchi,  see  pishilukchi. 
hishuxiluk,  see  Jioshunluk. 
hitoka,  hotoka,  n.,  a  ball  ground, 
hituchina,  a.,  third, 
hituchina,  v.  n.,  to  be  the  third, 
hituchinaha,  adv.,  thrice;   three  times, 

Acts  10:  16. 
hituchinanchi,   v.    t.,    to   do    it    three 

times,  or  the  third  time, 
hituk,  hittuk,  11.,  powder;   gunpowder; 

Choctaw  pearlash,  or  potash. 
hituk     aialhpisa,    n.,    that    in    which 

powder  is  measured,  especially  a  single 

charge,  and  called  a  charger, 
hituk  aialhto,  n.,  a  powderhorn  or  flask; 

a  keg,  or  canister  of  powder, 
hituk  aiikbi,  n.,  a  powdermill. 
hituk  aionchiya,  n.,  a  pan;  a  priming 

pan. 

hituk  atoba,  n.,  a  powdermill. 
hituk  bofota,  n.,  dust;  flying  dust. 
hituk  chubi,  hituk  chubbi,   n.,  ashes: 
dry  dust;  dust;  wood  ashes,  Matt.  11: 
21. 


hituk  chubi  ahoiya,  n.,  a  lye  leach;  an 
ash  leach;  hoii/a  is  the  active  verb. 

hituk  chubi  aholuya,  n.,  an  ash  leach; 
a  leach;  lioluya  is  the  passive  of  hoiya. 

hituk  chubi  aialhto,  n.,  an  ash  box, 
bin,  or  tub. 

hituk  chubi  holuya,  n.,  lye. 

hituk  chubi  inchuka,  n.,  an  ash  house. 

hituk  chubi  isht  peli  falaia,  n.,  a  peel; 
a  large  fire  shovel. 

hituk  chubi  isht  piha,  n. ,  an  ash  shovel ; 
a  fire  shovel. 

hituk  haksun  onchiya,  n.,  a  priming; 
the  powder  lying  on  the  priming  pan. 

hituk  hoiya,  n.,  lye. 

hituk  isht  alhpisa,  n.,  a  powder  charger; 
the  measure  of  a  load. 

hituk  lakna,  n.,  brimstone;  sulphur. 

hituk  lakna  bota,  n.,  the  flour  of  sul 
phur  or  of  brimstone. 

hituk  laya  bachanya,  n.,  a  train  of 
powder. 

hituk  shibota,  n.,  flying  dust;  smoke  of 
powder. 

hituk  tohbi,  n.,  flying  dust;  dust.  Matt. 
10:14;  pearlash;  potash,  such  as  is  man 
ufactured  by  Americans. 

hituk  yanha,  n.,  embers;  hot  ashes. 

hitukla,  hotukla,  a.,  second. 

hitukla,  v.  n.,  to  be  second. 

hituklaha,  adv.,  twice;  second  time. 

hituklanchi,  v.  t.,  to  do  it  twice,  or  a  sec 
ond  time,  or  again. 

hiyoli,  see  ItiolL 

ho,  2d  per.  pi.  imp.  mood,  when  the  word 
begins  with  a  consonant,  and  oh  when 
with  a  vowel;  Jiominti,  come  ye;  oltla, 
go  ye. 

ho,  oh,  the  "marriage  pronoun," 
a  syllable  thrown  into  the  verb,  or 
placed  at  the  beginning  of  a  verb  which 
indicates  certain  relations  by  marriage, 
such  as  son-in-law,  daughter-in-law,  or 
father-in-law  and  mother-in-law;  used 
only  by  those  who  sustain  this  rela 
tion,  and  called  "shame  talk/' 

ho,  an  exclamation. 

ho?,  interrogative.     See  John  (>:  29. 

ho,  hon,  an  art.  used  after  a  noun,  usually 
rendered  as  a  or  an,  the  indefinite  ar 
ticle;  as  nana  hopisali,  1  see  a  thing,  or 
something.  As  the  art.  an-  is  written 
an,  han,  and  »/««•,  so  this  has  three 
ways,  o«,  /<o»,  i/o11,  and  chiefly  for  the 


BYixr/rox]  A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


sake  of  euphony,  yet  Ion  usually 
follows  a  verb,  yon  a  noun,  and  on  a 
word  which  ends  with  a  consonant, 
as  icak  on,  liatak  on.  But  the 
sense  and  the  idiom  of  the  Choctaw 
will  not  always  admit  of  rendering  hon, 
on,  and  yon  by  the  article  a  or  an;  nor 
will  that  of  the  English  admit  it 
wherever  the  Choctaw  language  does. 
It  is  also  a  relative  pronoun,  simple  and 
compound,  when  compounded  having 
different  senses  and  used  after  different 
parts  of  speech;  ho,  hon,  hoh  (see  o,  on, 
oli},  have  the  sense  of  the  verb  to  be 
in  the  3d  person,  or  of  the  auxiliary; 
also  to  do;  hachibaptismochilishke,  I 
do  indeed  baptize  you,  Matt.  3:  11. 
Compounds:  hocha — hoka,  because, 
since,  Matt.  5:  22—hokaka — hokaka- 
no — hokakant — hokakanlo,  Luke  1:  37; 
Cliihowa  hokakanto  —  hokakqt  (I  have 
heard  this  particle  used) — hokakalo — 
hokakhe—hokakheno — hokakhet  —  hokak- 
heto — hokakkia;  mali,  micha  okhata  aiena 
hokakkia,  even  the  winds  and  the  sea, 
Matt.  8: 27 — liokakon — hokakocha — hoka- 
kona — hokakosh;  ishpisa  hokakosh,  thou 
seest,  Matt.  7:  3;  chiahokakosh,  thou 
art,  John  3:  10;  pi^sa  hokakosh,  they 
seeing,  Matt.  13:  13;  hahanklo  hokakosh, 
hearing,  Matt.  13:  13;  hqshasha  yoka- 
kosh,  "ye  dwell,"  Josh.  9:  22—haka- 
kot — hokamo  (ho  and  kqma};  mintiliho- 
kqmo, — hokano  (from  lio  and  kano}; 
na  holissochi  qleha  hokano,  the  scribes, 
Matt.  7:  29;  itihhokqno,  their  mouth, 
Matt.  15:  8;  keyu  hokano,  which  not, 
Matt.  15:  13;  isht  impa  hokano  to  eat 
with,  Matt.  15: 20 — hokano,  hokano, Josh. 
1:  3,  Matt.  16:  3;  hahanklo  hokano,  by 
hearing,  Matt.  13:  13;  pihinsa  hokano, 
seeing — hokat,  he  who  does,  Matt.  5: 
21— hokato,  Matt.  5:  19,  the  one  who 
does  (distinctive  by  way  of  comparison), 
Matt.  5:  19;  imachi  hokato,  Matt.  5:  22; 
atmnpa  hokato,  Matt.  5:  37,  ishmmmpula- 
chinjiokqto,  Matt'  6:  6;  qni  ket/u  hokato, 
that  bringeth  not  forth  fruit,  Matt,  7: 19; 
they  that,  Matt,  11:  8;  cJninkaxh  okqto, 
their  heart,  Matt.  15:  8;  bqnna  hokato, 
Matt.  16:  25;  abit  iktalo  hokato,  Josh. 
8:  26;  hoke,  final  word;  lanahoke,  are 
many,  Matt.  7:  13;  ahauchihoke,  do 
find  Matt.  7:  14;  isht  imaholitopahoke, 


Matt.  11:  19,  alJiftesahokc  it  is  lawful, 
Matt.  12:  12;  saiyukpa  jehnahoke,  Matt. 
17:  5—hokia—hokon,  the.  Matt.  17:  2— 
hona — hosh — hot. 

hoansa,  v.  t.,  to  chew;  to  chaw;  to  champ; 
to  masticate;  see  ho]>anna. 

hobachahe  keyu,  a.,  inimitable. 

hobachi,  v.  t.,  to  imitate;  to  liken;  to 
assimilate;  to  ape;  to  mimic;  to  echo;  to 
conform;  to  depict;  to  pattern;  to  jeer; 
to  mock;  to  reverberate;  to  shape;  to 
simulate;  isht  ahobachi,  to  pattern  by 
means  of  it;  to  figure;  itiliobqchi,  to 
cause  to  resemble  each  other  or  to 
make  them  alike;  itiobqchi,  to  compare; 
sahobqchi,  to  imitate  me;  ilahobqch!.,  v. 
t.,  to  make  like  himself,  Gen.  1 :  26,  27. 

hobachi,  v.  a.  L,  to  echo;  to  pattern;  to 
resound;  to  reverberate. 

hobachi,  n.,  an  echo;  a  mock;  mockery. 

hobachi,  n.,  an  imitator;  a  mimic. 

hobachi,  a.,  mock. 

hobachi,  n.,  the  act  of  imitation. 

h,obachit,  adv.  or  the  v.  and  conj.,  same 
as  to  imitate,  etc. 

hobachit  anumpuli,  v.  t.,  to  mock;  to 
mimic;  to  talk  like  another. 

hobachit  anumpuli,  n.,  a  mocker;  a 
mimicker. 

hobachit  holissochi,  v.  t.,  to  copy;  to 
write  like  another;  to  imitate  the  writ 
ing  of  another. 

hobachit  holissochi,  n.,  a  copyist. 

hobachit  ikbi,  v.  t. ,  to  make  after  a  pat 
tern;  to  make  a  likeness;  to  copy;  to 
assimilate. 

hobachit  ikbi,  n. ,  one  that  makes  after 
a  pattern;  an  imitator. 

hobachit  miha,  v.  t. ,  to  rehearse. 

hobachit  nowa,  v.  t.,  to  walk  like  an 
other. 

hobak,  n.,  a  coward;  a  poltroon;  a  das 
tard;  a  eunuch;  a  gelding;  a  recreant 
(a  word  of  peculiar  reproach  and  of 
fense). 

hobak,  a.,  pp.,  castrated;  altered;  cut; 
gelded;  cowardly. 

hobak  chohmi,  adv.,  cowardly. 

hobak  ikbi,  v.  t.,  to  castrate;  to  geld;  to 
cut;  to  alter. 

hobak  toba,  pp.,  become  a  gelding,  cow 
ard,  etc.;  castrated;  gelded. 

hobak  toba,  a.,  fainthearted;  unmanly. 

hobak  tobachi,  v.  t.,  to  unman. 


156 


BUREAU    OF    AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


hobechi,  v.  t.,  to  steam;  to  make  a 
steam;  to  sweat  in  order  to  cure  dis 
ease  as  was  often  done  by  the  Choc- 
taw  doctors  after  this  manner:  herbs 
and  roots  were  collected  and  boiled  in  an 
iron  pot,  a  hole  was  dug  in  the  ground 
large  and  deep  enough  to  admit  the 
pot,  which  having  been  done,  a  cover 
of  wicker  work  was  laid  over  it.  The 
patient  lay  down  over  this  pot,  covered 
himself  with  blankets,  and  took  the 
steam.  ilehobecJti,  v.  ref.,  to  steam  one 
self. 

hobechi,  n.,  one  who  applies  steam;  one 
who  steams. 

hobechi,  n.,  a  steaming. 

hobi,  v.  t.  (pp.,  holbi),  to  boil  whole,  as 
eggs  with  the  shell  on,  potatoes,  chest 
nuts,  corn  on  the  ear,  beans  in  the 
pod;  to  foment. 

hochaffo,  v.  a.  L,  to  starve;  to  hunger. 

hochaffo,  hohchaffo,  a.,  hungry;  hoh- 
•chqffofehna,  very  hungry. 

hochaffo,  hohchafo  (Matt.  12:  1),  ho- 
chanff  o ,  v .  n. ,  to  1  >e  hungry ;  hoch aii/afo. 

hochaffo,  11.,  hunger;  hohf-hqfo,  famine, 
2  Sam.  24:  13. 

hochaffo,  v.  a.  i.,  to  hunger. 

hochaffo,  pp.,  starved. 

hochaffochi,  v.  t.,  to  starve;  to  distress 
by  famine. 

hochaffochi,  n.,  one  that  distresses  by 
famine;  one  that  starves  others. 

hochaffoch.it  abi,  v.  t.,  to  starve;  to  kill 
with  hunger;  hochqtfuchit  obit  tali,  to 
starve  all  to  death. 

hochaffot  illi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  die  with  hunger; 
to  starve  to  death. 

hochaffot  illi,  pp.,  dead  with  hunger; 
starved  to  death. 

hocheto,  hochito,  a.  pi.,  large;  big; 
great;  huge;  vast;  immense;  stupen 
dous. 

hocheto,  v.  11.,  to  be  large1. 

hocheto,  n.  pi.,  greatness;    great  ones. 

hochetochi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  be  large. 

hochetochi,  n.,  an  enlarger. 

hochetoli,  v.  t.,  to  make  large,  loud, 
or  great;  to  enlarge;  to  increase. 

hochetoli,  n.,  an  enlarger;  enlargers; 
those  \vho  make  large. 

hochlfo,  hochefo,  hohchifo,  v.  t.,  to 
name;  to  call;  to  denominate;  to  en 
title;  to  specify;  to  style;  to  term; 


hocJiinfo,  hochihinfo,  hoch'iefo,  Matt.  1 : 21, 
22,  23;  10:  25;  John  1:  42. 

hochifo,  n.,  a  name,  Matt.  6:  9;  a  de 
nomination;  a  character;  a  label;  a 
style;  a  title;  hohchifo  ash  illi,  ilap  at  illi 
keyu,  this  character  is  dead,  he  is  not 
dead;  yqmma  hohchifo  hon,  his  name, 
Matt.  12:  21. 

hochifo,  hohchifo,  pp.,  named,  Matt. 
9:9;  called;  denominated;  entitled;  la 
beled;  styled;  termed,  John,  3:  1;  iti 
hocJiifo,  named  after  another  person. 

hochifo,  hochefo,  n.,  aiiamer;  a  denom 
inator. 

hochifo  bieka,  a.,  nominal. 

hochifo  holisso  takali,  pp.,  enrolled. 

hochifo  holisso  takalichi,  v.  t.,  to  en 
roll;  n.,  a  signer. 

hochifo  iksho,  a.,  unnamed;  without 
name;  nameless;  anonymous. 

hochifo  iktakalo,  a.,  anonymous;  not 
labeled. 

hochifo  ishi,  v.  t.,  to  list. 

hochifo  okpulo,  n.,  a  by-name;  a  nick 
name;  a  bad  name. 

hochifo  takali,  n.,  a  signature. 

hochifo  takali,  pp.,  labeled;  having  the 
name  entered;  named;  signed;  listed. 

hochifo  takali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  list. 

hochifo  takalichi,  v.  t.,  to  label;  to  en- 
ter  the  name;  to  sign  the  name;  to  sub 
scribe. 

hochifo  takalichi,  n.,  a  subscriber. 

hochifochi,  ahochifochi,  v.  t.,  to  cause 
to  name;  to  name,  Josh.  19:  47. 

hochito,  see  hocheto. 

hochitolit  holissochi,  v.  t.,  to  engross. 

hochitot  holisso,  pp.,  engrossed. 

hochunanlhto,  see  JtoshunaiqJJi1o. 

hochukbi,  hichukbi,  n.,  a  natural  pit; 
a  hole;  a  cave;  a  cavern. 

hochukma,  a.  pi.,  good;  excellent;  pleas 
ant;  agreeable,  Josh.  5:  2;  vchukum, 
sing.,  which  see,  Matt.  5:  16;  6:  28; 
13:45;  naJtochukma,  good  things,  Matt. 
7:  I1\hochnnkma,  the  good,  Matt.  13:  45. 

hochukma,  hochunkma,  v.  n.,  to  be 
good;  hochuyukma,  pro.  form. 

hochukma,  v.  a.  i.,  to  do  well;  to  do 
good;  to  act  good,  as  hqxliliocltnkina. 

hochukma,  n.,  goodness;  excellencies. 

hochukmalechi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  repair  them: 
to  make  them  good. 

hochukmalechi,  n.  pi.,  repairers. 


BYIXOTOX]          A    DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LAXGUA(!K 


157 


hochukmali,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  improve  them; 

to  repair;  to  better,  etc. 
hochukmali,  n.,  repairers. 
hochukmat,  adv.,  well;  in  a  good  man 
ner  or  state. 

hochukwa,  a.,  cold;  chilly;  this  word 
describes  the  sensation  of  cold;  aguish; 
hochukwat  illi,  very  cold, 
hochukwa,  v.  n.,  to  be  cold  or  chilly; 
aguish;  sahochukwa,  I  am  cold;  not  sa- 
kapassa. 

hochukwa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  freeze. 

hochukwa,  n.,  a  cold;  chilliness;  ague; 
a  chill;  an  ague  lit. 

hochukwa  yanha,  11.,  the  fever  and 
ague. 

hochukwat  yanha,  v.  t.,  to  have  the 
fever  and  ague;  to  be  sick  with  the 
fever  and  ague. 

hochukwachi,  a.,  aguish;  chilly;  some 
what  cold. 

hochukwachi,  v.  n.,  to  be  aguish,  chilly, 
etc. 

hochukwoba  (from  liocliukwa  and  holla) 
a.,  aguish;  shivering. 

hochukwoba,  v.  n.,  to  be  aguish;  to  be 
shivering. 

hoeta,  v.  a.  i.,  v.  t.,  to  puke;  to  vomit;  to 
discharge;  to  gulp;  to  regorge;  to  spew. 

hoeta,  n.,  a  puke;  a  vomiting;  a  vomit. 

hoeta  banna,  v.t.,  to  gag;  v.  a.  i.,  to  retch. 

hoeta  banna,  n.,  nausea;  a  qualm. 

hoeta  banna,  a.,  qualmish;  queasy. 

hoetachi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  puke  or 
vomit. 

hoetachi,  n.,  an  emetic;  a  puke;  a  vomit, 

hoetachi  banna,  a.,  sickish. 

hoetat  pisa,  v.  t,,  to  heave;  v.  a.  i.,  to 
retch;  to  gag. 

hofah  iksho,  hofahyiksho,  a.,  immod 
est;  impudent;  shameless;  unblushing; 
ikhofahyo,  not  ashamed;  unblushing; 
unshamed. 

hofahya,  a.,  ashamed;  abashed;  cha 
grined;  mortified;  scandalous;  hofaya 
(subpositive),  shameful;  sheepish. 

hofahya,  v.  n.,  to  be  ashamed. 

hofahya,  n.,  shame;  dishonor;  mortifi 
cation;  scandal;  islitahofuhya,  reproach, 
Josh.  5:9. 

hofahya,  pp.,  mortified;  ashamed. 

hofahyachi,  v.  t.,  to  shame;  to  abash; 
to  expose  to  shame;  to  mortify. 

hofahyachi,  n.,  a  shamer. 


hofahyat,  adv.,  shamefully. 

hof aloha,    a.     pi.,    long;    tall;    lengthy, 

as  in  'iinki  hofaloha;  fain  in,  sing. 
hof  aloha,  v.  n.,  to  be  long,  or  tall. 
hofaloha,  n.,  length;  tallness. 
hofalohachi,  v.  t.,  to  make  them  long; 

to  lengthen. 

hofaloli,  v.  t.,  to  make  long,  Matt.  23:  5. 
hofanti,  v.  n.,  to  grow  up;  to  advance 
in  stature,  as  animate  or  inanimate  ob 
jects,  children,  cattle,  etc.,  1  Sam.  2:  21 ; 
si' t  hofanti,  raised  up  by  me  or  with  me; 
katimako  chiaJtofanti  lion? 
hofanti,    pp.,  grown,    Matt.    8:  32    [?]: 
reared;  raised;  brought  up;  cherished; 
nourished;  protected. 
hofanti,    n.,    a  growth;    that   which    is 

raised  or  reared. 

hofantichi,  v.  t.,  to  raise;  to  rear;  to 
bring  up;  to  cherish;  to  foster;  to  nour 
ish;  to  nurture;  to  protect;  1iof<(iitiiir/ti, 
nasal  form;  hofantihinchi.  freq.,  Luke 
7:28. 

hofantichi,  n.,  a  raiser;  the  person  who 
raises,  educates,  or  brings  up;  a  nour- 
isher. 
hofantit    taha,    pp.,    grown    up;    fully 

grown. 

hofayali,  hofayali,  v.  t.,  to  shame;  to 
abash;  to  expose  to  shame;  to  humble; 
am  anumpa  isht  hofayalileluk,  I  shamed 
him  by  my  words;  isht  hofali,  persecu 
tion,  Matt.  13:  21;  isht  hofayali,  v.  t.,  to 
stigmatize;  ilehofayali,  to  disgrace  him 
self. 

hofayali,  n.,  a  shamer. 
hofayalichi,  v.  t.,  to  put  to  shame,  Luke 

18:  32;  Mark  12:  4. 
hofayalit,  adv.,  shamefully. 
hof  alii,  v.  a.  i.,  to  hatch;  to  come  out  of 
the  shell,  as  birds,  fowls,  turtles,  and 
any  creature  that  is  formed  in  a  shell; 
to  grow,  as  the  young  who  thus  come 
into  being. 
hof  alii,  n.,  a  growth;  a  hatch;  the  act  of 

exclusion  from  the  egg. 
hofalli,  pp.,  hatched;  grown;  raised, 
hofallichi,  v.  t.,  to   hatch;   to  raise;    to 
cause  to  raise  or  to  hatch;  ikhofaUecho, 
a.,  unhatched. 
hofallichi,    n.,    a   raiser   of    poultry;    a 

breeder. 

hofobi,    a.,    deep;   profound;  ikhofo,    a., 
shallow. 


lf>s 


BUREAU    OF    AMERICAX    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


hofobi,  hofombi,  v.  n.,  to  be  deep, 
hofobi,  n.,  depth;  deepness;   thickness; 

ikhofobo,  n.,  shallowness;  a  shoal, 
hofobi,  pp.,  made  deep;  deepened, 
hofobi,  adv.,  thick;  thickly, 
hofobichi,  v.  t.,  to  deepen, 
hofobichit  hilechi,  v.  t.,  to  radicate;  to 

set  deep. 

hofobichit  hokchi,  v.  t. ,  to  root, 
hofobika,  n.,  the  depth, 
hofobit  ia,  v.  a.  i.,  to  deepen;  to  become 

more  deep. 

hofombika,  n.,  the  deep, 
hoh,    a    distinctive    emphatic    particle, 

which  perhaps  should  be  regarded  as  a 

pronoun;    it;    that;    see    Luke   2:   44; 

hachimachi  hohkia,  Mark  13:  21;  ishla 

hohcho?  art  thou  come?  Matt.    8:  29; 

imaleka  hohkia,  Matt.  11:  22. 
hob.  chaff  o,  see  hochqffo. 
hohchifo,    pass,    of    hochifo;    ahohchifo, 

called  in,  Matt.  5:  19. 
hohchifo,  n.,  a  name;  his  name,  Matt.  1: 

21;  chfrhohchifo,  thy  name;  Matt.  7:22; 

sign,  Acts  28: 11;  a^hohchifo,  my  name, 

Matt.  18:  5;  2  Sam.  14:  7. 
hohchifo,  pp.,  named,  Josh.  2:  1;  called, 

Josh.  5:  9. 
hohoeta,  pi.,  or  freq.,    hoeta,    sing.,   to 

puke  continually;  to  vomit  continually; 

hoihinta,  freq. 

hohoeta,  n.,  a  puke;  a  vomiting, 
hohoetachi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  puke;  to  vomit; 

to  cause  to  puke, 
hohpi,  see  hopi. 
hohpi,  hopi,  hoppi,  v.   t.,   to  bury;  to 

inter;  to  commit  the  dead  to  the  ground 

or  grave;    to  inhume;   to   entomb;   to 

sepulcher;  hohpili,  I  bury,  Matt.  8:  21; 

hohpashke,  let  them  bury,  Matt.  8:  22; 

14:  12;  1  Kings  11:  15;  hohpitiatok,  they 

went  to  bury  her,  2  Kings  9:  35. 
hohpi,  n.,  an  interment;  a  burial;   obse 
quies;  sepulture, 
hohpi,  n.,  a  grave  digger;  a  sexton;  hohpi 

at  ikshokahioke,  2  Kings  9:  10. 
hohtak,  n.,   a  pond;  a  beaver  pond;  a 

lake,  Luke  5:  1. 
hohtak  ushi,  n.,  a  small  pond;  also  name 

of  a  creek, 
hoiya,  foiya,  v.  a.  i.,  to  drip;  to  leak; 

to  strain;  to  filter;  hohonit/a,  1  Sam.  14: 

26,  spoken  of  honey, 
hoiya,  pp.,  strained;  filtered. 


hoiya,  n.,  a  leak;  a  drop. 

hoiyachi,   v.    t.,   to   strain;  to    filter;  to 

percolate. 
hoiyachi,  n. ,  one  who  strains,  filters,  etc. ; 

a  straining. 

hok,  sign  of  past  tense,  having  also  an 
adverbial  meaning,  as  mintili  hok;  same 
as  tukoke,  a  contracted  expression. 
hokak,  etc. ;  see  ho  and  its  compounds, 
hokama,  hokamba,  conj.,  because, 
hokbali,  v.   t.,  to  warm  over  again,  as 
kaft  hokbali,  taflfnla  hokbali;  hokba,  pp. 
hokbano,    okbano,    yokbano,    sign  of 
optative  mood ;  a^ya  hokbano,  ilahnishkc, 
only  be  along,  Josh.   1:  17;  oh,  that  it 
might  be;  hokbano  ahni,  2  Tim.  1:  4; 
hokbano  is  used  without  ahni  in  2  Tim. 
1: 16,  18;  2:  7;  kbato,  okbato,  nom.  case; 
kbano,  okbano,  obj.  case. 

hokbato,  sign  of  optative  mood,  Luke 
19:  42. 

hokchi,  v.  t.,  to  plant;  to  sow;  to  lay;  to  set; 
as,  onusJiJtokchi;  tanchihokcJti;  ilahokcJii, 
to  plant  anything  by  itself,  separated 
from  others;  ahokchichi,  v.  t.,  to  sow 
among  other  grain;  ant  ahokchichi,  and 
some  other  sort,  Matt.  13:  25;  see  ata- 
nachi,  Judg.  16:  13;  where  Samson's 
seven  locks  were  woven  with  the  web, 
i.  e.,  two  different  things  are  woven 
together. 

hokchi,  n.,  a  planter;  a  sower. 

hoke,  a  final  particle  of  assertion  from 
ho  and  ke;  an  affirmative  particle. 

hokli,  v.  t.,  v.  a.  i.,  to  catch;  to  seize;  to 
lay  hold  of,  Matt.  14:  3;  to  take;  to 
clasp;  to  entrap;  to  fasten;  to  gin:  to 
have;  to  ensnare;  to  noose,  to  trammel; 
to  trap;  itinhokli,  Mark  12:  3;  hoho^kli, 
nasal  form;  JioyuUi,  pro.  form;  ikhoklo, 
a.,  untaken. 

hokli,  n.,  a  catcher;  a  seizer;  a  taker. 

hokli,  n.,  a  seizure. 

hoklichi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  catch;  to  em 
ploy  to  catch. 

hoklit  aiissa,  v.  t.,  to  ravish:  to  force: 
to  commit  a  rape;  to  violate.  2  Sam.  1:5: 
12. 

hoklit  aiissa,  n.,  a  ravisher;  a  violator. 

hoklit  aiissa,  n.,  a  rape. 

hokma,  hiokma,  if  it  shall  i^froni  //oand 
kma,  ho,  is,  kma,  then,  that),  Matt.  11: 
14;  12:  27;  if,  Matt.  18:  8/9;  if  shall, 
Matt.  18:  15;  hiokma  is  in  the  future, 


BYINGTOX] 


A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LAXGUACK 


159 


from  he  and  okma;  nana  Jiokma,  what 
it  be,  Matt.  9:  13;  yqmntakosh,  that; 
nana  hokma,  that,  Matt.  10:  13;  add 
hokma,  when  they  ask,  Josh.  4:6;  hok- 
md,  or,  Matt.  10:  14,  Josh.  1:  7;  tamaJia 
hokma,  that  house,  or  that  city,  nana 
iskitini  hokma,  chito  hokma  nana  kia, 
1  Sam.  30;  hokma  as  here  used  is 
similar  to  the  Latin  suspensives. 
Compounds:  hokmak;  hokmakbanoho- 
ka  those  that  be,  Matt.  16:  23—hok- 
maka — hokmakano  —  hokmakato  —  hok- 
makhc — hokmakheno  —  hokmakhet — hok- 
maketo — hokmako,  then,  Josh.  1:  15 — 
hokmakocha — hokmakoka — hokmakokano 
— hokmakokat  —  hokmakokato — hokmak- 
oke — hokmakokia — hokmakona — hokrnak- 
08h;  ona  hokmakosh,  he  were,  Matt.  10: 
22;  18:  6,  9;  for  then,  Joshua  1:  8— 
hokmakot — hokmano,  hokmano;  keyu  hok 
mano,  Matt.  10:  13;  yohmihokmano,  so 
if  then;  then,  Matt.  12:  28;  18:  16— 
hokmat,  if,  Luke  4:  3;  John  4:  10;  chia- 
hokmqt,  if  thou  art;  Matt.  4:  3;  shall, 
Matt.  5:  19;  when,  Matt.  6:  3;  banna- 
hokmqt,  if  he  will,  Matt.  16:  24;  shall, 
Matt.  18:  5;  ishpikochaivelihokmqt,  if 
thou  cast  us  out,  Matt.  8:  31 — hokmato. 

hokofa,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  end;  to  close;  to 
come  up,  as  in  tow;  to  rest;  to  stanch; 
to  fail,  Josh.  3:  16;  itahokofa,  to  come 
apart,  Josh.  3:  13;  ont ahokofa,  v.  a.  i., 
to  terminate. 

hokofa,  pp.,  ended,  Josh.  4:  7;  closed; 
cutoff;  shut;  stanched;  terminated,  ita 
hokofa,  sundered;  cut  in  two;  unjointed. 

hokofa,  n.,  the  end;  the  close. 

hokoffi,  v.  t.,  to  cut  off,  Matt.  18:  8;  to 
end;  to  rebuke,  as  a  fever,  in  Luke  4: 
39;  to  dock;  to  shut;  to  stanch;  to  ter 
minate;  itahokofi,  to  sunder;  to  cut  in 
two;  tounjoint;  imahokofi  v.  t.,  to  si 
lence;  see  ahokoffi. 

hokoffi,  n.,  one  that  cuts  off,  ends,  etc. 

hokola,  adv.,  also;  of  the  same  sort  or 
species;  just  like  the  other;  used  in 
speaking  of  two  sons-in-law. 

hokola,  v.  n.,  to  be  like  the  other. 

hokoli,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  end;  to  come  off; 
to  close. 

hokoli,  pp.  pi.,  cut  off;  severed;  ended; 
cut  in  pieces;  cut  up;  itahokoli,  cut 
apart. 


hokolichi,  v.  t.,  to  sever;  to  cut  off,  us 
logs;  to  cut  tip,  as  a  tree;  Hahokotirhi, 
to  sever  them  from  each  other;  to 
shorten,  Mark  13:  20. 

hokolichi,  n.  pi.,  those  who  cut  off,  or 
sever. 

hokulbi,  a.,  moist;  pliable;  succulent; 
wet,  as  land. 

hokulbi,  v.  n.,  to  be  moist;  to  soften,  as 
a  dry  hide  in  water;  imk  Iink*liuj>  at 
hokulbi 

hokulbichi,  v.  t.,  to  moisten;  to  render 
pliable. 

holabi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  lie;  to  utter  a  falsehood; 
to  tell  a  lie;  to  belie;  to  fib;  itlnholahi, 
to  lie  to  each  other. 

holabi,  a.,  lying;  false;  counterfeit;  sham; 
untrue;  itfoholabi,  false  to  each  other. 

holabi,  v.  n.,  to  be  false,  or  counterfeit; 
to  fable;  to  falsify. 

holabi,  n.,  a  lie;  a  falsehood;  a  fable;  a 
fabrication;  a  falsity;  a  lib;  untruth;  a 
liar;  a  falsifier;  a  fibber;  a  recreant. 

holabi,  adv.,  untruly;  falsely. 

holabichi,  v.  t.,  to  belie;  to  make  a  per 
son  lie;  to  procure  a  liar;  to  falsify;  to 
suborn. 

holabichi,  n.,  a  suborner. 

holabit  anoli,  v.  t.,  to  misrepresent. 

holabit  anumpa  kallo  ilonuchi,  v.  t., 
to  perjure;  n.,  a  perjurer. 

holakshi,  v.  t.,  to  lick. 

holakshi,  n.,  a  licker. 

holashki,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  thickened  like 
soap,  etc.,  when  made;  applied  to 
honey  and  horehound  boiled  together. 

holba,  a. ,  like;  resembling;  similar;  alike; 
itioba,  a.,  similar;  itiholba,  like  each 
other;  similar;  ikitiholbo,  differing  from 
each  other;  dissimilar;  unlike;  ikiti 
holbo,  v.  a.  i.,  to  differ. 

holba,  v.  n.,  to  be  like,  or  similar;  to 
appear,  Matt.  6:8;  13:  24,  31;  inholba, 
to  appear  to  them,  Matt.  6:  18;  itiholba, 
to  be  like  each  other;  v.  a.  i.,  to  match; 
ikitiholbo,  to  differ;  itiholba,  \.  a.  i.,  to 
harmonize. 

holba,  v.  a.  i.,  to  savor;  to  span. 

holba,  n.,  an  appearance;  a  shape;  a  like 
ness;  resemblance;  imitation;  itioba, 
n.,  a  comparison;  a  figure;  a  form;  an 
image;  a  picture;  seeming;  semblance; 
itiholba,  n.,  harmony;  similitude;  iti 
holba  keijn,  n.,  odds. 


160 


BUREAU    OF    AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[I? I'LL.  46 


holba,  pp.,  imitated;  made  to  resemble; 
likened;  compared  together;  resembled; 
itUioU>a  or  ittoba,  a.,  made  like  each 
other;  kindred. 

holba,  adv.,  like. 

holbachi,  holbachi,  v.  t.,  to  imitate;  to 
savor;  see  hobachi;  itiholbacJii,  to  har 
monize;  to  resemble. 

holbat  toba,  v.  a.  i.,  to  become  alike. 

holbat  toba,  pp.,  made  alike. 

holbi,  pp.,  boiled  in  the  pod,  skin,  etc.; 
hohi,  v.  t. 

holbi,  n.,  that  which  is  boiled. 

holbichi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  boil,  or  to  be 
boiled. 

holhkunna,  hulhkunna,  n.,  a  witch; 
witchcraft. 

holhpa,  11.,  a  burn;  a  scald;  small  blis 
ters. 

liolhpa,  pp.,  scalded;  burnt;  nettled; 
see  Juttak  holhpa. 

holhpalli,  holhpali,  v.  t.,  to  burn;  to 
nettle;  see  liatak  holhpallL 

holhpela,  pp.,  distributed;  divided;  dis 
pensed;  hopela,  v.  t. 

holhpela,  n.,  a  distribution;  a  division; 
a  portion,  1  Sam.  1:  5. 

holhpena,  holhpina,  pp.,  counted;  enu 
merated;  numbered;  hopena,  v.  t. 

holhpena,  11.,  enumeration;  number; 
count. 

holhpokunna,  holhpokna,  yulhpoko- 
na,  v.  a.  i.,  to  dream;  to  see  visions; 
Itolhpokuna,  Matt.  1:  20. 

holhpokunna,  holhpokna,  n.,  a  dream. 

holhpokunna,  holhpokna,n.,adreamer. 

holhpokunnachi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  dream. 

holhponayo,v.  a.  i.,  to  see;  to  exercise  the 
power  of  seeing  and  not  to  look  at  sin 
gle  objects. 

holhponayo,  n.,  eyesight. 

holhponayochi,  holhponayuchi,  v.  t., 
to  give  eyesight;  to  cause  to  see,  Luke 
4:  18. 

holhponi,  pp.,  cooked. 

holhponi,  n.,  victuals;  commonly  a  dish 
of  boiled  corn  and  beans;  samp. 

holhpusi,  pp.,  pounded;  brayed  in  a 
mortar. 

holhpusi,    n.,    that     which    is     brayed. 

holhta,  pp.,  separated  from;  taken  out; 
robbed,  as  bees  are  robbed;  foe  at  hollitn, 
chukfi  at  holhta,  etc.;  hot  a,  v.  t. 

holhta,  n.,  that  which  is  thus  taken. 


holhtampi,  n.,  a  file  or  string;  from 
holhtapi. 

holhtapi,  pp.,  strung;  filed;  put  on  a  line 
or  stick,  as  beads,  birds,  or  fish,  etc. ;  ho- 
tampi,  v.  t.,  shikala  holhtapi;  holhtampi, 
nasal  form,  being  strung;  holhtampi, 
n.,  see  above. 

holhtena  (from  luotina],  pp.,  numbered, 
Matt.  10:  30;  enumerated;  counted; 
computed;  estimated;  liquidated;  reck 
oned;  summed;  valued;  ikholhleno,  pp., 
excluded;  exempted;  a.,  uncounted; 
unnumbered. 

holhtina,  n.,  the  number;  the  enumer 
ation;  the  census;  the  tale;  the  number 
reckoned;  figures;  2  Sam.  24:  2;  Josh. 
4:8;  holhtina  to^ksali,  to  work  figures,  to 
cipher;  an  estimation;  a  computation. 

holhtina,  v.  a.  i.,  to  become;  to  be  reck 
oned  as  one  of  a  multitude. 

holhtina  atapa,  a.,  unnumbered. 

holhtina  hinla,  a. ,  numerable. 

holhtinahe  keyu,  a.,  incalculable;  in 
estimable;  innumerable. 

holihtaorhollihta, pp.,  fenced;  inclosed 
by  a  fence;  inclosed;  ikaholihto,  a.,  un- 
fenced. 

holihta,  n.,  a  fence;  a  yard;  a  barricade; 
a  lot;  a  court;  a  pen;  -ivak  ivholihta,  a 
cow  yard  or  lot;  an  inclosure. 

holihta  abeii,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  put  into  a  lot, 
yard,  etc. 

holihta  apotaka,  n.,  fence  side;  the  side 
of  a  fence. 

holihta  atiwa,  n.,  an  opening  in  a  fence; 
a  gap  in  a  fence. 

holihta  albiha,  pp.,  pent;  put  up  in  a 
yard. 

holihta  alhpoa  albiha,  n.,  a  pasture. 

holihta  fohka,  pp.,  penned;  put  in  a 
pen;  holihta  fonhka,  nasal  form. 

holihta  fohki,  v.  t.,  to  pen;  to  shut  in  a 
pen;  to  confine  in  a  small  inclosure. 

holihta  halupa,  pp.,  paled. 

holihta  halupa,  n.,  a  paling  or  picket 
fence;  a  picket;  a  pallisade. 

holihta  halupa  ikbi,  v.  t.,  to  pale;  to 
picket;  to  make  a  pale  or  picket;  to 
pallisade. 

holihta  iksho,  a.,  fenceless. 

holihta  isht  alhkama,  n.,  u  gate;  a 
gate  belonging  to  a  fence. 

holihta  itafena,  pp.,  staked,  as  a  fence* 

holihta  itafena,  n.,  a  staked  fence. 


BTIXGTOX]  A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


161 


holihta  itafenali,  v.  t.,  to  stake  a  fence. 

holihta  itintakla,  n.,  a  lane  between 
fences. 

holihta  kallo,  n.,  a  fort;  a  pallisade;  a 
palisado;  a  bulwark;  a  fortification;  a 
fortress;  a  rampart;  a  fastness;  a  garri 
son;  a  parapet;  a  stockade;  a  ward;  a 
stronghold,  2  Sam.  24:  7. 

holihta  kallo  ikbi,  v.  t.,  to  fortify;  to 
make  a  fort. 

holihta  kallo  isht  okpani,  n.,  a  batter 
ing  ram. 

holihta  okhisa,  n.,  a  gate;  the  opening 
through  a  fence  for  passing  in  and  out, 
Josh.  2:  7. 

holihta  okhisa  achushkachi,  n.,  the 
bars  of  a  gate,  or  such  as  are  used  in 
stead  of  a  gate. 

holihta  okhisa  aiachushkachi,  n.,  bar 
holes  in  a  post. 

holihta  okhowataka,  holihta  okfoa- 
taka,  n.,  the  side  of  a  fence,  lot,  yard, 
etc. 

holihta  okpani,  v.  t.,  to  unfence;  to  de 
stroy  a  fence. 

holihta  pala,  n.,  rails;  fencing  stuff. 

holihta  yinyiki,  n.,  a  worm  fence;  a  Vir 
ginia  fence;  a  crooked  fence. 

holihtachi,  v.  t.,  to  fence;  to  make  a 
fence;  to  put  up  a  fence;  to  empale;  to 
immure;  to  inclose;  to  rail,  Mark  12: 1. 

holihtachi,  n.,  one  that  makes  a  fence. 

holihtalhto,  pp.,  folded;  penned. 

holihtani,  v.  t.,  to  fold;  to  pen. 

holihtani,  n.,  a  folder;  one  that  folds. 

holihtushi,  n.,  a  small  pen;  a  small  lot. 

holilabi,  a.,  rabid;  mad. 

holilabi,  v.  n.,  to  be  rabid,  etc. 

holilabi,  n.,  hydrophobia;  frenzy. 

holillabi,  a.,  gluttonous;  greedy. 

holissa  hinla,  a. ,  expressible. 

holissichi,  see  holissochi. 

holissikbi,  see  holisso  ikbi. 

holisso,  pp.,  written;  recorded;  entered 
in  a  book;  composed;  expressed;  in 
dited;  lettered;  marked;  minuted;  nar 
rated;  noted;  penned;  printed;  holi- 
hinso,  freq. ;  aholihinso,  Josh.  1:  8, 
written  therein;  onholisso,  engraved; 
inscribed;  written  on;  ikholisso,  a.,  un 
written. 

holisso,  n.,  a  book;  a  writing;  a  letter;  a 
paper;  a  volume;  a  brief;  the  Bible; 
Scripture,  Luke  4:  21;  a  character;  a 


letter  or  figure  used  to  form  words;  a 
composition;  an  essay;  a  dissertation; 
a  gazette;  handwriting;  an  instrument; 
a  ledger;  a  manuscript;  a  mark  to 
shoot  at  made  of  paper;  a  note;  o«//o- 
lixso,  an  inscription;  a  minute;  a  maga 
zine;  a  pamphlet;  a  pass;  a  passport; 
a  permit;  a  piece;  a  print;  a  receipt; 
a  record;  a  remark;  a  roll;  a  safe  con 
duct;  a  schedule;  Scripture;  a  suffrage; 
a  table;  a  title;  a  tome;  a  transcript;  a 
treatise;  a  volume;  a  vote;  a  warrant; 
a  work;  isht  holisso,  of  whom  it  i.s  writ 
ten,  Matt.  11:  10. 

holisso  ahikia,  n.,  a  book  shelf. 

hoiisso  aiasha,  n.,  a  library;  book 
shelves;  a  place  for  books. 

holisso  aialbiha  shukcha,  n.,  a  pocket- 
book 

holisso  aialhto,  n.,  a  bookcase;  a  book 
basket,  box,  etc.;  a  mail;  a  letter  bag; 
a  satchel. 

holisso  aiikbi,  11.,  a  printing  office;  a 
paper  mill. 

holisso  aiitatoba,  n.,  a  book  store. 

holisso  aiithana,  n.,  a  place  of  learn 
ing;  a  seat  of  learning,  or  knowledge. 

holisso  aiithana,  n.,  a  school;  a  place 
in  which  persons  are  instructed  in 
learning;  an  institution;  a  lyceum. 

holisso  aiithana  chito,  n.,  a  college; 
an  academy. 

holisso  aiithana  (or  aiikhana)  chuka, 
n.,  a  schoolhouse;  an  academy. 

holisso  aiithananchi,  n.,  a  place  of  in 
struction  in  books. 

holisso  aiitimanumpuli,  v.  t. ,  to  read  a 
book;  to  talk  with  a  book;  Matt.  12:  4,  5. 

holisso  akaha,  11.,  a  book  shelf. 

holisso  alapalachi,  v.  t.,  to  paper,  as  a 
room. 

holisso  alapali,  pp.,  papered. 

holisso  anumpa  atakali,  n.,  a  register. 

holisso  apisa,  n.,  a  study;  a  school;  a 
lyceum;  aschoolroom;  a  schoolhouse. 

holisso  apisa  akucha,  n.,  vacation. 

holisso  apisa  chito,  n.,  a  large  school; 
a  college. 

holisso  apisa  chuka,  n.,  a  schoolhouse; 
an  academy. 

holisso  asilhha,  n.,  a  written  request;  a 
petition. 

holisso  atakali,  n.,  a  record. 

holisso  atakalichi,  v.  t.,  to  schedule. 


84339° — Bull.  40 — 15- 


1   ! 


162 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


holisso  atalaia,  n.,  a  book  shelf. 

holisso  ataloa,n.,ahymnbook;  a  psalm 
book. 

holisso  ataloha,  n.,  book  shelves. 

holisso  atoba,  n.,  a  paper  mill;  a  type. 

holisso  alhtoba,  n.,  postage;  price  of  a 
letter,  book,  etc. 

holisso  alhtoba  iksho,  n.,  a  frank. 

holisso  bahta  chito  fohki,  v.  t,  to  mail 
a  letter. 

holisso  hakshup  iksho,  n.,  a  pam 
phlet. 

holisso  hochifot  itimanumpuli,  v.  t., 
to  spell. 

holisso  holitopa,  n.,  a  sacred  book  or 
writing;  the  Bible;  often  applied  also 
to  treaties  and  communications  from 
the  government;  Scripture;  the  Testa 
ment. 

holisso  holitopa  holissochi,  n. ,  an  evan 
gelist;  a  sacred  writer;  a  sacred  pen 
man. 

holisso  holitopa  takali,  a.,  scriptural. 

holisso  ibapisa,  n.,  a  book  mate;  a  class 
mate;  a  fellow  student;  a  schoolmate. 

holisso  ikaholisso,  n.,  a  blank;  avoid 
space  on  paper. 

holisso  ikbi,  v.  t.,  to  print;  to  make  a 
book;  to  write;  to  publish. 

holisso  ikbi,  holissikbi,  n.,  book  mak 
ing;  the  author  of  a  book;  one  who 
makes  a  book,  a  printer;  an  editor;  a 
paper  maker;  a  bookman. 

holisso  ikhana,  holisso  ithana,  n.,  a 
scholar;  scholarship. 

holisso  ikhana,  pp.,  educated. 

holisso  ikithano^  a.,  uneducated;  un 
read;  unschooled. 

holisso  imanumpuli,  v.  t.,  to  read;  to 
read  aloud  from  a  book,  Luke  4:  16. 

holisso  imanumpuli,  n. ,  a  reader. 

holisso  imponna,  n  ,  a  scholar;  one 
skilled  in  books. 

holisso  intannap  achafa,  n. ,  a  page. 

holisso  iskitini,  n.,  a  small  letter;  a  line; 
a  manual;  a  note. 

holisso  isht  akamassa,  n.,  a  water;  seal 
ing  wax. 

holisso  isht  akallo,  n.,  a  wafer;  sealing 
wax. 

holisso  isht  anumpuli,  v.  t.,  to  talk 
about  a  book,  writing,  a  letter,  etc. 

holisso  isht  ashana,  n.,  a  wafer;  sealing 
wax. 


holisso  isht  alhkama,  n.,  a  wafer. 

holisso  isht  baska,  n.,  a  card  used  in 
games. 

holisso  isht  kashoffi,  n.,  rubber;  India 
rubber. 

holisso  isht  lanfa,  n.,  a  ruler;  an  instru 
ment  by  which  lines  are  drawn  on 
paper. 

holisso  inshukcha,  n.,  a  pocket  book;  a 
letter  bag. 

holisso  inshunshi,  n.,  a  book  worm. 

holisso  ithana,  holisso  ikhana,  v.  t.,  to 
understand  a  book. 

holisso  ithana,  pp.,  taught;  learned; 
Jiolisso  ikithano,  pp.,  untaught;  un 
learned;  a.,  illiterate. 

holisso  ithana,  v.  t.,  to  learn;  "to  learn 
the  book." 

holisso  ithana,  n.,  a  learner;  a  student; 
a  scholar. 

holisso  ithananchi,  v.  t. ,  to  teach  a 
knowledgeof  books;  to  teach;  to  school. 

holisso  ithananchi,  holisso  ithanan 
chi,  n.,  a  teacher;  a  school  teacher;  an 
institutor;  an  instructor;  a  professor. 

holisso  ithananchi,  n.,  schooling. 

holisso  itibapisa,  v.  t.,  to  study  together. 

holisso  itibapisa,  n.,  a  fellow-student; 
a  fellow-scholar. 

holisso  itimanumpuli,  v.  t.,  to  read;  to 
read  a  book;  to  spell. 

holisso  itimanumpuli,  n.,  a  reader. 

holisso  kanchi,  v.  t.,  to  sell  a  book  or 
books. 

holisso  kanchi,  11.,  a  book  seller;  a  sta 
tioner. 

holisso  kallo,  n.,  a  writ. 

holisso  lapalichi,  v.  t.,  to  enlist;  to  re 
cord. 

holisso  lapushki,  n.,  a  bank  bill;  a  bank 
note;  paper  money. 

holisso  lapushki  ikbi,  n.,  a  cashier. 

holisso  lapushki  ikbi,  v.  t.,  to  make 
bank  bills. 

holisso  lapushki  okpulo,  n.,  a  counter 
feit  note. 

holisso  lapushki  okpulo  ikbi,  v.  t.,  to 
counterfeit  paper  money. 

holisso  lilaia.  n.,  a  piece;  of  torn  paper; 
a  slip  of  paper;  a  bit  of  paper;  a  ticket; 
a  butt,  used  as  a  mark;  a  certificate, 
because  written  on  a  small  piece  of 
paper. 


BYINGTOX]  A  DICTIONARY   OF    THE   CHOCTAW   LAXGUAGE 


163 


holisso  nan  anoli,  n.,  a  story;  a  story 
book. 

holisso  nowat  anya,  n.,  a  newspaper. 

holisso  nowat  anya  alhtoba,  n.,  post 
age. 

holisso  nowat  anya  inchuka,  n.,  a 
post-office. 

holisso  nowat  anya  ishi,  n.,  a  post 
master. 

holisso  okpulo,  n.,  a  bad  book;  waste 
paper;  a  scrawl. 

holisso  onlipa,  n.,  a  book  cover. 

holisso  onlipa  ikbi,  n.,  a  bookbinder. 

holisso  pata,  n.,  a  spread  paper;  a  paper 
spread  out. 

holisso  pata  achafa,  n.,  a  page  in  a 
book. 

holisso  pisa,  v.  t.,  to  study  a  book;  to 
study;  to  attend  school;  to  read. 

holisso  pisa,  n.,  a  scholar;  a  pupil;  a 
student;  a  book  man. 

holisso  pisa  alhtoba,  n.,  schooling. 

holisso  pisa  imponna,  a.,  book  learned. 

holisso  pisa  shah,  n.,  a  book  worm. 

holisso  pisa  shali,  a.,  bookish;  given  to 
learning. 

holisso  pisachi,  v.  t.,  to  teach;  to  keep 
a  school;  to  show  the  books. 

holisso  pisachi,  n.,  a  teacher;  an  in 
structor;  a  schoolmaster;  a  pedant;  an 
usher. 

holisso  pula,  n.,  a  scroll;  a  sheet  of 
paper. 

holisso  pula  pokoli  tuklo  akucha 
ushta,  n. ,  a  ream  of  paper. 

holisso  shali,  n.,  a  postman. 

holisso  shali  fohki,  v.  t.,  to  mail. 

holisso  shah  f oka,  pp.,  mailed. 

holisso  shali  inchuka,  n.,  a  post-office. 

holisso  takali,  pp.,  recorded;  entered  in 
a  book;  booked;  slated. 

holisso  takalichi,  v.  t.,  to  slate;  to  re 
cord;  to  enter  in  a  book;  to  book;  to 
register;  n.,  a  recorder. 

holisso  talakchi  achafa,  n.,  a  ream  of 

paper. 
holisso  tohbi,  n.,  white  paper;  writing 

paper. 

holisso  umpatha,  n.,  a  book  cover. 
holissochi,  holissichi,  v.  t.,  to  write;  to 
compose;  to  draft;  to  draw;  to  express; 
to  indite;  to  letter;  to  limn;  to  mark; 
to  narrate;  to  note;  to  pen;  to  pencil; 
to  print;  to  scrawl;  to  scribble;  to  sign; 


to  table;  to  take;  to  value;  to  venerate; 
hollisonchi,  nas.  form,  holissohonchi, 
freq.,  Matt.  2:  5;  John  1:  45;  it^hoUa- 
soclti,  to  correspond;  onl  toll  twin,  \.  t., 
to  inscribe. 

holissochi,  n.,  an  amanuensis;  a  writer; 
a  scribe;  a  clerk;  a  scrivener;  a  diirog- 
rapher;  a  composer;  a  copier;  a  pen 
man;  handwriting,  as  ./>.  holissochloka 
B's  handwriting;  a  marker;  a  primer; 
a  printer;  a  recorder;  a  secretary;  na 
holixsochi,  a  scribe,  Matt.  7:  29. 

holissochi  ikhananchi,  n.,  a  writing 
master. 

holisscchit  anoli,  v.  t.,  to  certify;  to 
communicate  by  letter. 

holishki,  v.  a.  L,  to  be  thick,  glutinous, 
like  dried  oil,  or  like  paste  or  mush. 

holitobli,  v.  t.,  v.  a.  i.,  to  love;  to  rever 
ence;  to  respect;  to  bless;  to  worship, 
John  4:  21;  to  honor,  Matt.  15:  4,  5;  to 
keep  holy;  to  magnify;  to  observe;  to 
regard;  to  revere;  to  serve,  Matt.  6:  24; 
to  keep,  Josh.  5:  10,  11;  to  keep  a  birth 
day,  Matt.  14:  6;  to  fear,  Josh.  4:  14,  24; 
Jiolittobli,  intensive  form;  ileholitobli,  to 
respect  one's  self;  itinholitobli,  to  love 
each  other;  inholitobli,  to  make  sacred 
before  him,  so  that  he  may  not  profane 
it,  like  the  tree  of  life  in  Eden. 

holitobli,  n.,  a  lover;  a  worshiper;  love; 
an  honorer;  a  magnifier;  ileholitobli, 
self-respect;  self-esteem. 

holitobli  keyu,  a  ,  unvalued. 

holitoblichi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  set  apart  as 
sacred;  to  celebrate;  to  consecrate;  to 
dedicate;  to  dignify;  to  ennoble;  to  en 
rich ;  to  esteem ;  to  exalt;  to  glorify;  to 
grace;  to  hallow;  to  illustrate;  to  pre 
fer;  to  sanctify;  to  solemnize;  to  sub 
lime;  to  magnify,  Josh.  3:  7;  4:  14;  to 
give  glory  to,  Josh.  7: 19. 

holitoblichi,  n. ,  a  sanctifier. 

holitoblichit  isht  anumpuli,  v.  t.,  to 
eulogize;  to  extol. 

holitoblit  aianlichi,  v.  t.,  to  serve,  Luke 
4:8. 

holitoblit  aiokpachi,  v.  t.,  to  worship, 
Luke  4:7;  to  glorify,  Luke.  5:25;  to 
homage. 

holitoblit  hofantichi,  v.  t.,  to  cherish, 
holitoblit  isht  anumpa,  n.,  an  eulogy; 
a  panegyric. 


164 


BUREAU   OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


holitoblit  isht  anumpuli,  v.  t.,  to  cele 
brate;  to  panegyrize;  to  praise. 

holitoblit  isht  anumpuli,  n.,  a  celebra 
tion. 

holitompa,  n.,  eminence;  a  high  rank; 
a  prince;  a  noble;  okla  han  inJiolitompa, 
Josh.  9:  15. 

holitompa,  a.,  reputable;  holy,  nana  Teat 
holt  torn]  MI  kano,  that  which  is  holy,  Matt. 
7:6;  rut  holitompa  ixht  ansha,  a  priest, 
Matt.  8:  4. 

holitopa,  pp.,  a.,  dear;  valuable;  estima 
ble;  excellent;  glorious;  holy;  honora 
ble;  illustrious;  magnificent;  near;  pre 
cious;  reverend;  royal;  sacred;  solemn; 
splendid;  sublime;  sumptuous;  venera 
ble;  worthy;  Matt.  10:  31 ;  Matt.  12: 
12;  sacred;  beloved,  Matt.  17:  5;  holy, 
Josh.  5:  15;  rich;  august;  hallowed; 
Matt.  6:  9;  good,  Matt.  6:  26;  choice; 
honored;  blessed;  consecrated;  darling; 
ennobled;  enriched;  esteemed;  ex 
alted;  graced;  glorified;  illustrated; 
respected;  revered;  sainted;  sanctified; 
valued;  venerated;  ikholitopo,  honor- 
less;  unhallowed;  unholy;  unhonored; 
unwealthy;  isJit  aholitopa,  nan  isht  ima- 
holitopa,  glory  of  them,  Matt.  4:  8;  na 
holitopa,  n.,  a  pearl,  Matt.  7: 6;  holittopa, 
intensive  form;  iti^holitopa,  dear  to  each 
other  or  to  love  each  other;  ivholitopa, 
n.,  his  saints,  1  Sam.  2:  9;  inholitopa, 
dear  to  him,  or  to  love  him;  to  rever 
ence;  inholitopa,  n.,  his  dear  friend; 
holitompa,  nas.  form;  holitohompa,  freq. 
form;  holitoyupa,  pro.  form. 

holitopa,  11.,  riches;  glory;  that  which  is 
sacred;  credit;  honor;  clearness;  dig 
nity;  exaltation;  grandeur;  highness; 
holiness;  love;  magnitude;  majesty; 
merit;  reputation;  repute;  sanctity; 
splendor;  sublimity;  value;  worship; 
worth;  worthiness. 

holitopa  atapa,  a.,  inestimable;  invalu 
able;  unvalued. 

holitopa  banna,  n.,  cupidity. 

holitopachi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  glorify,  John 
12:  28;  ilaholitopachi,  to  glorify  himself, 
John  12:  28. 

holitopat,  adv.,  sacredly;  solemnly; 
worthily. 

holitopat  annoa,  n.,  glory. 

holitopat  hofanti,  pp.,  cherished. 


holitopat  isht  anumpa,  pp.,  celebrated; 

eulogized, 
holiya,  see  holuya. 
hollihta,  see  holihta. 
hollo,  pp.,  drawn  on;  put  on,  as  shoes, 

boots,  stockings;  holo,  v.  t.  (q.  v.). 
hollo,  n.,  a  pair,  or  that  which  is  drawn 

on,  as  stockings  upon  the  feet;  shulush 

hollo  achafa. 
hollo,  hullo,  v.  n.,  to  have  the  monthly 

flow  or  discharge,  as  a  female. 
hollo,  n.,  menses;  the  monthly  flow  of 

females. 

hollohpi,  pp.,  entombed,  hollopili,  I  en 
tomb;  ahollohpi,  n.,  a  grave, 
hollokmi,    holukmi,  pp.,  burnt;  fired; 

scalded;  luak  isht  hollokmi,  burned  in 

the  fire,  Matt.    13:  40;   ikholokrno,  a., 

unburnt. 
hollopi,  holohpi,  pp.,  buried;  interred; 

entombed;  ikhollopo,  a.,  unburied;  not 

interred, 
holmo,   pp.,    covered;    roofed;    housed; 

shingled. 

hoimo,  n.,  a  roof;  a  covering. 
holo,  v.  t.,  to  draw  on;  to  put  on  (one 
self),  as  shoes,  boots,  moccasins,  stock 
ings,  pantaloons;  hoyolo,  Josh.  9:  5. 
holochi,  v.  t.,  to  put  shoes,  etc.,  upon 

another.     See  Luke  15:  22. 
holohpi,  see  hollopi. 
holokchi,  pp.,  planted;   sown;  nana  im- 

aliolokchilukash,  Matt.  13:  19;  na  holok- 

chi,  n.,  a  plant. 

holopi,  pp.,  stocked;  hafted;  helved, 
holoti,  holotti,  pp.,  wound,  as  feathers 

on  the  small  end  of  an  arrow;  holoti,  n. 
holufka,    pp.,  sunned;  dried;  aired;  ik- 

holvfko;  a.,  unsunned. 
holufka,  n.,  that  which  is  sunned, 
holukmi,  n.,  a  burn;  a  conflagration;  see 

hoUokmi. 
holunsi,  holussi,  a.,  brown,  dark  brown; 

turning  black ;  isi  at  holunsi. 
holunsi,  v.  n.,  to  be  brown;  aholunsi,  v.  t., 

to  blacken;  to  color  black, 
holussi,  halussi,  pp.,  pounded;  brayed; 

beaten. 

holussi,  11.,  that  which  is  beaten, 
holushmi,  pp.,  burnt;  fired. 
holushmi,  n.,  that    which  is  burnt;    a 

burning;  a  conflagration. 


A   DICTIONARY   OF    THE   CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


165 


holuya,  holiya,  v.  a.  i.,  to  drip;  to  leak; 
to  filtrate;  to  run  through;  to  distill;  to 
drain;  to  dribble;  to  filter;  to  percolate. 

holuya,  n.,  a  dripping. 

holuya,  pp.,  distilled;  filtrated;  strained; 
filtered;  percolated;  ikholuyo,  a.,  un 
strained. 

holuyachi,  v.  t.,  to  drain;  to  leach;  to 
filtrate;  to  percolate;  to  strain. 

holi,  n.,  a  wedge  or  bar  (of  metal);  see 
Josh.  7:  21,  24. 

homaiyi,  n.,  carnation;  red;  purple. 

homaiyi,  hummaiyi,  a.,  reddish;  red; 
fallow,  as  a  deer;  purple. 

homaiyi,  v.  n. ,  to  be  reddish  or  red. 

homaiyichi,  v.  t.,  to  make  reddish;  to 
color  red;  to  purple;  to  empurple. 

homakbi,  n.  pi.,  a  purple. 

homakbi,  a.  pi.,  reddish;  purple;  brown. 

homakbichi,  v.  t.,  to  make  purple;  to 
color  purple. 

homechi,  v.  t.,  to  season,  Mark  9:  50;  to 
embitter;  to  make  bitter  or  strong,  as  a 
liquid,  etc. ;  to  turn  sour,  etc. ;  to  sour; 
to  make  sour,  acrid,  bitter,  etc. ;  ho- 
minichi,  nasal  form;  ikhomecho,  neg. 
form;  to  dilute;  to  weaken;  to  reduce. 

homechi,  a.,  sour;  somewhat  sour  or 
bitter;  sourish;  frowy;  harsh. 

homi,  pp.,  soused;  made  bitter;  embit 
tered;  turned;  ikhomo,  pp.,  reduced; 
diluted,  as  spirits;  a.,  weak;  ikhomoki- 
taha,  a.,  vapid. 

homi,  a.,  bitter;  sour;  acrid;  strong;  smart; 
acetous;  ardent;  fiery;  astringent;  brack 
ish;  hard;  poignant;  pungent;  racy; 
sharp;  tart. 

homi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  prick;  to  become  acid; 
to  sour. 

homi,  v.  n.,  to  be  bitter,  etc. 

homi,  n.,  bitterness;  pungency;  sharp 
ness;  tartness. 

homi  chohmi,  a.,  some  what  bitter;  sour 
ish. 

homi  chohmi,  v.  n.,  to  be  somewhat  bit 
ter,  etc. 

homi  f ehna,  a.,  virulent. 

homilhha,  a.,  sourish,  like  a  bad  taste  in 
in  the  mouth  from  indigestion. 

homma,  see  Jiumma. 

homo,  v.  t.,  to  cover;  to  shingle;  to  roof; 
to  house. 

homo,  n.,  one  who  roofs,  shingles,  etc. 


honala,  pp.  pi.,  nailed;  strung;  pierced; 

anala,  sing. 
honayo,  honnayoh,  a.,  wild;  untamed; 

shy;  ikhonayo,  tame;  not  wild. 
honayo,  v.  n.,  to  be  wild,  etc. ;  ikhoncu/o, 

neg.  form. 
honayo,  n.,  shyness,  wildness;  iklonayo, 

gentleness;  tamene.ss;  mansnetude. 
honali,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  pierce;  to  sting;  nali, 

sing. 
honalichi,  v.  t.,  to  nail;  analichi,  sing.; 

itahonalichi,  to  tack  together. 
honammona,  v.  t,  to  parboil. 
honi,  honni,  v.  t.  to  cook;  to  seethe;  to 

prepare   food   for  the  table;    to  boil; 

to  prepare  for  use;  to  brew;  to  decoct; 

to  distill;  to  extract;  to  stew. 
honi,  n.,  a  cook;  a  boiler;  a  person  who 

boils. 

honichi,  v.  t.,  caus.,  to  make  her  cook. 
honnayoh,  see  honaijo. 
honni,    pp.,    cooked;    boiled;    seethed; 

brewed;   distilled;    extracted;   stewed; 

sodden;  1  Sam.  2:  15;  ikhonno,  a.,  un 
boiled, 
honni,  n.,  food;  victuals;  that  which  has 

been  cooked,  boiled,  etc.;  a  stew. 
honola,  v.  t.,  to  twist. 
honola,  n.,  a  twister. 
hononammona,  pp.,  parboiled. 
honula,  pp.,  twisted. 
honula,  v.  a.  i.,  to  twist  (it  twists). 
honula,  honnula,  n.,  a  twist;  pala  inhon- 

nnla  hi  a,  the  wick  of   a  candle,  Matt. 

12:20;  "smoking  flax." 
hopahki,  subpositive  form :  farish ;  some 
what  far. 
hopaii,  11.,  a  prophet;  a  priest;  a  military 

leader  or  captain;  a  captain-general ;  a 

general;  a  war  chief;  a  war  prophet;  a 

major-general;  a  seer;  an  augur;  Matt. 

1:  22;  10:   41;  11:  9;  12:  17-18;  14:  5. 
hopaii  puta,  n.,  the  prophets,  Matt. 7: 12. 
hopakachi,  see  Itopakichi. 
hopaki,  n.,  a  distance;  a  length  of  time;  a 

remove;   a  while,  Matt.   13:    21;   ikho- 

pako,  n.,  a  spell;  a  short  time, 
hopaki,  a.,  distant  as  to  time  or  place; 

remote;  faraway;  far  off;  far;  Josh.  8:4; 

a  long  way;  a  longtime;  old,  Matt.  13: 

52;  removed, 
hopaki,  v.  n.,  to  be  distant;  inJwpaki,  to 

be  far  from  it;  Jiopakishke,  Matt.  15:  8. 


166 


BUKEAU   OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL,.  46 


hopaki,  adv.,  for  a  long  time;  for  a  long 
way;  far;  late;  long;  remotely;  wide; 
widely;  hopaki  tahachin,  it  will  last  a 
long  time. 

hopaki  achafa,  n.,  a  minute;  one  minute. 

hopaki  f  ehna,  adv. ,  farthest. 

hopaki  inshali,  a.,  farther;  longer  as  to 
time;  farthest. 

hopaki  kash,  adv.,  long  ago, Matt.  11:  21. 

hopakichechi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  go  far 
off,  or  to  delay  a  long  time. 

hopakichi,  hopakachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  make 
off  to  a  distance,  said  of  horses  that 
stray — said  of  water,  Josh.  3:  16;  v.  t., 
to  make  it  a  long  time;  to  delay;  himak 
foka  hopakichit  tali;  hopakinchi,  v.  t.; 
hopakint,  Gen.  37:  18. 

hopakichit,  adv.,  widely. 

hopakichit  habli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  stride. 

hopakikma,  v.  n.,  in  the  sub.  mood,  but 
rendered  adverbially  by  and  by,  after 
a  while,  in  a  short  time. 

hopakikmako,  v.  n.,  sub.  mood,  when 
it  shall  be  a  time;  adv.,  in  a  short 
time;  after  a  while;  by  and  by. 

hopansa,    hoansa,    huansa,   howansa, 

hauansa,  v.  t.,  to  chew;  to  champ;  to 
chaw;  to  grind;  to  masticate;  v.  a.i.,  to 
ruminate;  isht  hopansa,  v.  t.,  to  rumi 
nate. 

hopansa,  n.,  a  cud;  a  chaw. 

hopatuloa,  n.,  a  war  whoop. 

hopalhka,  a.  pi.,  wide. 

hopatka,  a.  pi.,  patha,  sing.,  wide; 
broad. 

hopatka,  v.  n.  pi.,  to  be  wide;  to  be 
broad. 

hopatka,  n.,  breadth;  width. 

hopatkalli,  v.  t.,  to  make  broad,  Matt. 
23:  5. 

hopela,  v.  t.,  to  distribute;  to  divide; 
to  deal;  to  lot;  to  give  alms,  Acts  10: 
4,  31;  -itinhopelu,  v.  t.,  to  divide  among 
them;  to  dispense;  lioyupela,  pro.  form; 
itinJioyupeln. 

hopela,  n.,  a  distributer;  a  divider. 

hopena,  v.  t.,  to  count;  to  number;  to 
enumerate;  to  appoint  the  time  for  a 
meeting  by  counting  the  previous  days; 
to  numerate. 

hopena,  n.,  a  counter;  an  appointer;  a 
numerator. 

hopena,  n.,  numeration. 


hopi,  hohpi,  ohpi,  v.  t.,  to  stock;  to  haft; 
to  helve,  etc. ;  to  put  a  handle  upon  any 
edge  tool;  to  put  woodwork  to  iron  or 
steel  tools  or  instruments;  ulhpi,  olhpi, 
pp. 

hopi,  hohpi  (q.  v. ),  v.  t.,  to  bury,  etc. ;  to 
sepulcher. 

hopoa,  hopoba,  a.,  hungry. 

hopoa,  v.  ii.,  to  be  hungry;  v.  a.  i.,  to 
hunger;  to  starve. 

hopoa,  hopoba,  n.,  famine;  hunger;  star 
vation;  impotency. 

hopochi,  v.  t.,  to  hoe  corn  for  the  last 
time;  to  hill  corn;  "to  lay  it  by;" 
hopochichi;  yakni  an  isht  hopochicJri,  to 
hoe  up  small  hills;  see  apolichi. 

hopochi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  arrive  at  a  middle 
state,  as  corn;  to  grow  to  the  size  when 
corn  is  ' '  laid  by  "  by  farmers. 

hopochi,  n.,  corn  at  that  age;  the  state 
of  corn  at  that  time. 

hopohka,  v.  t.,  to  graze;  to  pick  food 
with  the  mouth,  as  horses  and  cattle 
or  fowls;  or  as  a  man  picks  meat  from 
a  bone  with  his  mouth. 

hopohka,  n.,  a  picker;  one  that  picks 
or  grazes. 

hopohkachi,  v.  t.,  to  graze;  to  feed  on 
grass;  to  cause  another  to  pick. 

hopoiksa,  see  hopoksia. 

hoponkoyo,  v.  a.  i.,  to  see;  to  behold; 
to  look;  to  view;  to  watch,  as  a  wild 
beast,  Matt.  11:  5;  2  Sam.  24:  20;  Josh. 
5: 13.  The  difference  bet  ween  hoponkoyo 
and  pisa  may  be  this:  Jioponkoyo  is  to 
look,  in  general,  or  to  see,  but  pisa  is  a 
more  definite  use  of  the  eye,  as  can 
you  see  (generally)?  and  can  you  see  it 
(particularly)? 

hoponkoyo,  n.,  sight;  eyesight;  a  look 
out. 

hoponkoyo  ikimachukmo,  a.,  dim;  not 
having  good  eyesight. 

hoponkoyo  shah,  a.,  watchful. 

hopoksa,  a.,  wise. 

hopoksa,  v.  n.,  to  be  wise. 

hopoksa,  n.,  wisdom;  discretion;  moral 
ity;  rectitude;  sapience. 

hopoksia,  hopoiksa,  hopoyuksa,  a., 
wise;  prudent;  good;  well-disposed; 
chaste;  civil;  coy;  considerate;  conti 
nent;  discreet;  judicious;  humble; 
moral;  righteous;  sage;  witty,  oJioyo 


BYINGTOX] 


A   DICTIONAKY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


167 


hopoyuksa,  a  chaste  woman;  ikhopoyu- 
kso,  a.,  ill-bred;  impolite;  impolitic; 
imprudent;  indiscreet;  injudicious;  un 
civilized. 

hopoksia,hopoiksa,  hopoyuksa,  v.  a.  i., 
to  behave  well;  ikhopoyukso,  v.  a.  i.,  to 
misbehave;  v.  n.,  to  be  wise  or  prudent; 
ikhopoyukso,  to  be  ill-bred;  hopoktdali; 
hopoyuksali  in  ilehopoyuksali,  1  Sam.  18: 
14,  30. 

hoponksia,  hopoinksa,  hopoyunksa, 
nasal  form;  the  righteous;  those  who 
are  righteous. 

hopoksiachi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  make  wise; 
to  civilize;  to  make  good;  to  cause  him 
to  conduct  well;  to  moralize. 

hopoksiachi,  n.,  a  reformer. 

hopola,  a.,  quiet;'  peaceable;  good  na- 
tured;  tranquil;  peaceful;  ikhopolo,  a., 
unconsoled;  unreconciled. 

hopola,  v.  n.,  to  be  quiet,  peaceful,  or 
tranquil. 

hopola,  v.  a.  i.,  to  become  tranquil;  to 
become  quiet  or  good-natured;  to  sub 
side. 

hopola,  pass  ,  to  be  quieted,  allayed, 
soothed,  assuaged,  comforted,  com 
posed,  conciliated,  healed,  solaced, 
Matt.  2: 17,  18;  5:  4. 

hopola,  n.,  a  comfort;  a  solace. 

hopolahe  keyu,  a.,  irreconcilable. 

hopolachi,  v.  t.,  to  comfort;  to  quiet; 
to  pacify;  to  tranquilize;  to  allay;  to 
appease;  to  soothe;  to  assuage;  to  com 
pose;  to  propitiate. 

hopolachi,  n.,  a  comforter,  etc.;  a  pro 
pitiator. 

hopolalli,  v.  t.,  to  tranquilize;  to  com 
fort,  etc.;  to  quiet;  to  conciliate;  to 
console;  to  heal;  to  nourish;  to  pacify; 
to  propitiate;  to  silence;  to  solace. 

hopolalli,  n.,  a  comforter. 

hoponi,  v.  t,,  to  cook. 

hoponi,  n.,  a  cook. 

hoponti,  v.  a.  i.,  to  blow  smoke  through 
the  nose. 

hopoyuksa,  pp.,  reclaimed;  ikhopoyukso, 
a.,  unreformed;  untamed;  unwise;  wild; 
see  hopoksia. 

hopoyuksa,  adv.,  wisely. 

hopoyuksa, n.,  chastity ;o1ioyoliopoyuksa, 
a  woman  of  chastity;  ikliopoyukso,  n., 
ill -breeding;  imprudence;  wildness; 


hopoyuksaka,   in  ftol'Jtnon  intixlit  ahopo-' 
yiikMika,   wisdom    of    Solomon,     Matt. 
12:42;  the  righteous,  Matt  13:  43;    the 
just,    Matt.    13:  49;     wisdom,    1    Kings 
10:  23,  24. 

hopoyuksa  keyu,  a.,  uncivil;  unman 
nerly. 

hopoyuksahe  keyu,  a.,  untamable. 

hopoyuksalechi,  v.  t.,  to  reclaim. 

hopoyuksalli,  v.  t.,  to  civilize;  to  con 
vert. 

hopoyuksalli,  n.,  a  civilizer. 

hoppi,  see  JioJipi. 

hopulbona,  11.,  a  priest's  sacred  bag. 

hopumpoyo,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  see;  to  look 
about;  to  exercise  the  power  of  seeing, 
Luke  18:  4l. 

hopunayo,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  see;  to  look 
about;  to  take  one  look;  ikhoponayo, 
blind,  Matt.  15:  30. 

hopunsi,  v.  t.,  to  bray;  to  pound. 

hopunsi,  n.,  one  that  brays  or  pounds. 

hosh,  a  particle  used  to  connect  words, 
and  having  the  meaning  of  the  verb  to 
be  in  the  3d  person  (see  osh  in  hoshkin) 
ilap  banna  hoshkin. 

hoshinko,  see  hoshunka. 

hoshila,  hoshela,  n.,  a  sty. 

hoshilabi,  v.  i. ,  to  have  a  sty;  hoshilasabi, 
I  have  a  sty. 

hoshinti,  see  hoshonti 

hoshintika,  see  hoshontika. 

hoshinshi,  n.,  a  quill;  a  feather. 

hoshinshi  patalhpo,  n.,  a  feather  bed; 
n  feather  pallet. 

hoshinshi  patalhpo  topa,  n.,  a  feather 
bed. 

hoshinshi  topa,  n.,  a  feather  bed. 

hoshontakapi,  see  hoshontikiyi. 

hoshonti,  v.  a.  i.,  to  cloud. 

hoshonti,  pp.,  clouded. 

hoshonti,  hoshinti,  n.;  a  cloud,  Matt. 
17:  5;  a  shade;  a  shadow  of  an  inani 
mate  thing;  futtak  laua  lioshonti  chiyuli- 
mi;  aiilli  aionhoshonti,  shadow  of  death, 
Lukel:  79 

hoshonti,  a.,  cloudy. 

hoshonti  pit  tikeli,  hoshonti  pit  bi- 
keli,  v.  t.,  to  reach  the  clouds. 

hoshonti  pit  tikeli,  a.,  cloud  capped. 

hoshonti  toba,  v.  a.  i.,  to  cloud  up;  to 
become  cloudy. 

hoshonti  toba,  pp.,  clouded. 


168 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


hoshonti  yabata,  n.,  flying  clouds. 
hoshontichi,  v.  t.,  to  becloud;  to  cause 
a  shade  or  clouds  to  appear;  to  cloud; 
to  darken,  Matt.  16:  3. 
hoshontichi,  v.  n.,  it  is  cloudy, 
hoshontika,  hoshintika,  n.,  the  shade 
of  inanimate    objects,   Matt.  17:  5;    a 
cloud;  a  piazza;  a  canopy;  an  arbor;  a 
bower;  a  gallery;  a  hood;  a  porch;  a 
shade;  a  shed;   a  shadow,  of  a  thing, 
not  an  animal;  umbrage, 
hoshontika,  a.,  shady;  umbrageous, 
hoshontika,  pp. ;    onhoshontika,  shaded; 

ikhoshontiko,  a.,  uncloudy;  unshaded, 
hoshontika,  v.  a.  L,  to  shade. 
hoshontika  ashachi,  v.  t.,  to  embower, 
hoshontika    laua,    a.,    shady;    having 

much  shade. 

hoshontikachi,  v.  t.,  to  make  a  shade; 
to  shade;  Hi  on1ioshontikachi,  to  make  a 
shade  over  himself;  isht  hoshontikachi, 
to  screen  with;  onJioshontikachi,  v.  t.,  to 
overshadow,  Matt.  17:  5;  to  shade, 
hoshontikilhkiki,  n.,  broken,  thin 

cloud;  "mackerel"  clouds, 
hoshontikiyi,  hoshontakapi,  n.,  a  pi 
azza  post;  a  rafter, 
hoshontoba,  n.,  a  scud. 
hoshun  aialhto,  hochu»  anlhto,  n.,  the 

bladder;  see  imokato. 
hoshuika,  hoshinko,  n.,   the  beard  of 
grain,  or  the  matter  on   some  weeds 
which  irritates  the  flesh  if  it  lodges  in 
the  shirt,  etc. 
hoshunluk,  hishunluk,  n.,  bran;  na  ///- 

xhnn/iik,  a  mote,  Matt.  7:  3,  4. 
hoshu^wa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  state;  to  discharge 
urine;   to  void    water;   to  urinate;    to 
water;  to  "make  water." 
hoshunwa,  n.,  urine;  the  liquor  secreted 

in  the  bladder;  chamber  lye. 
hoshunwa  aminti,  n.,  the  urethra. 
hoshunwa  shah,  n.,  the  diabetes, 
hota,  adv.,  probably;  it  may  be;  it  seems 

so;  Ha/)  aL'inli  }«>{«? 

hota,  v.  t.,  to  separate;  to  take  away,  as 
bran  from  the  meal  by  the  hand;  to 
take  honey  from  the  bees  by  the  hand; 
foe  hota;  chukfi  lota. 
hotachi;  see  ponolti  aJiotachi. 
hotampi   (see    holhtnf,i,   pp.),    v.  t,,   to 
string;    to  file;    to  put  on  a  string,  as 
beads,  birds,  fish,  etc. 


hotampi,  n.,  a  filing. 

hotampi,  n.,  one  who  files,  strings,  etc. 

hotapi,   v.  t.,   to  string  beads  or  fish; 

hotampi,  nas.  form;  holhtapi  pass. 
hotepa,  imp.  pi.,  go  ahead;  start  off ;  go 
first;  go  on;  mia,  imp.  sing.;  hotimpa, 
nasal  form, 
hotilhko,  v.  n.,  to  cough;  to  have  a  cough 

or  cold. 

hotilhko,  n.,  a  cough;  a  cold. 
hotilhko  finka,  n.,  the  whooping  cough, 
hotilhko  n^ka,  v.  n.,  to  have  the  whoop 
ing  cough. 

hotilhkot  tofa,  v.  t.,  to  expectorate, 
hotina,  hotehna  (Rev.  7:9),  hotihna, 
hotinna,  v.  t.,  to  count;  to  number; 
to  enumerate;  to  cast  up;  to  reckon  up; 
to  compute;  to  calculate;  to  take  a  cen 
sus;  to  account;  to  cipher;  to  estimate; 
to  foot;  to  liquidate;  to  rate;  to  settle; 
to  tell;  to  value;  to  number,  2  Sam. 
24: 2;  Josh.  8:10;  holhtina,  pp. ;  ikhoteno, 
v.  t.,  to  exclude;  to  exempt;  ibahotina; 
itibahotina,  v.  a.  i.,  to  enlist;  hotihinna, 
freq. ;  hotiena,  pro.  form. 

hotina,  n.,  a  counter;  a  calculator;  a 
computer;  a  caster;  a  teller;  an  arith 
metician;  a  numerator. 

hotina,  n.,  numeration;  a  reckoning. 

hoton,  adv.,  in  nan  tiht  koa  hoton? 

hotofi,  hotuffi,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  untie;  to  un 
bind;  to  unwind;  to  loose,  Matt.  16:  19; 
Mark  11:  2,  4;  holtitufa,  pp. 

hotofi,  n.,  one  that  enters. 

hotoka,  see  Jiitoka. 

hotokbi,  hotukbi,  a.,  moist;  damp;  be 
ing  not  quite  dry;  not  so  wet  as  hokolbi; 
pp.,  damped. 

hotokbi,  v.  n.,  to  be  moist,  damp;  nipi 
at  hotokbi,  from  a  gentle  perspiration. 

hotokbichi,  hotukbichi  ( J.  E. ),  v.  t.,  to 
moisten;  to  dampen. 

hotokohmi,  see  hotukohtni. 

hotokok,  see  hotiikok. 

hotoli,  pp.  pi.,  untied;  unbound,  etc. 

hotolichi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  untie;  to  unbind. 

hotonti,  n.,  a  frost. 

hotonti,  a.,  frosty.    ' 

hotonti,  v.  n.,  to  be  frosty;  to  have  a 
frost;  there  is  a  frost. 

hotontichi,  v.  t,,  to  cause  a  frost. 

hotonsi,  hotonsichi,  v.  t..,  to  prepare  a 
bait  for  beaver. 

hotonsichi,  n.,  a  baiter  for  beaver. 


BYINGTON] 


A  DICTIONARY   OF    THE   CHOCTAW   LANGUAGE 


169 


hotti,  v.  t.,  to  wind  or  bind  feathers  on 
the  end  of  an  arrow;  holoti,  pp.  (q.  v. ) . 

hotuk;  chithanalihotukokeh,  I  reckon  I 
should  know  you;  mihahotuk,  he  says 
what  he  should  not  say;  mihahotuk  for 
mihahotukohmi. 

hotuk,  hotok,  a  Chickasaw  word. 

hotukbi,  see  hotokbi. 

hotukla,  hitukla  (q.  v. ),  a.,  second. 

hotukohmi,  hotokohmi,  adv.,  proba 
bly,  John  20:  16;  Luke  22:  41;  Gen. 
21:  16. 

hotukok,  hotokok,  adv.,  probably. 

hotuma,  (compounded  of  the  particle  ho 
or  hoh  and  tuma],  adv.  of  doubt,  Luke 
2:  49;  ishpimabachi  hotuma,  John  10: 
34;  Matt.  17:  26;  hotumashke,  see  tuma, 
here  it  is  a  word  of  certainty;  1  Sam. 
30:  24;  Acts  11:  18;  Deut.  4:  7,8;  see 
hatuma. 

hotupa,  hutupa,  huttupa,  v.  n.,  v.  a.  i., 
to  ache;  to  be  in  pain;  to  throe;  to 
travail;  to  twinge. 

hotupa,  n.,  a  hurt;  a  pain;  an  offense;  a 
pang;  persecution;  smart;  a  sore;  a 
throe;  torture;  travail. 

hotupa,  pp.,  hurt;  wounded;  injured; 
harmed;  persecuted. 

hotupa,  a.,  sore;  painful;  ikhotupo, 
unhurt. 

hotupachi,  v.  t.,  to  hurt;  to  wound;  to 
injure. 

hotupali,  v.  t.,  to  hurt;  to  wound;  to 
abuse;  to  give  pain;  to  inflict  an  in 
jury;  to  injure;  to  harm;  to  outrage;  to 
pain;  to  persecute;  to  torture;  to  twinge; 
chukash  hotupali,  to  wound  the  feeling*; 
to  affront;  to  insult. 

hotupali,  n.,  a  hurter;  a  persecutor;  a 
wounder. 

hotupali,  n.,  persecution;  a  wounding. 

howansa,  see  hopansa. 

hoyapa,  a.,  not  strong;  sleazy;  not  woven 
strong,  as  shukbo  at  hoyapa. 

hoyapa,  v.  n.,  to  be  sleazy. 

hoyabli,  v.  n.,  to  be  weary;  Matt.  9:  36; 
ahoyabli,  Matt  6:  28;  to  be  faint;  »aho- 
yabli,  I  am  weary. 

hoyabli,  a.,  weary. 

hoyabli,  pp.,  wearied. 

hoyablichi,  v.  t.,  to  tire;  to  weary;  to 
make  weary. 

hoyo,  v.  t.,  to  look  after;  to  hunt;  to 
search  for;  to  seek;  to  inquire  after;  to 


ask  for;  to  expect;  to  await;  to  wait 
for;  to  course;  to  demand;  to  invite; 
to  quest;  to  summon;  imalioi/o,  to  take 
or  demand  of,  Matt.  17:  25;  to  seek, 
Matt.  18:  12;  13:  45;  to  seek  to  call, 
Matt.  2:  13;  6  :  32,  33;  7:  7;  15:  32; 
Luke  2:  25;  hot,  cont.,  as  hot  ia,  imp., 
go  and  look  after  it;  go  in  quest  of;  hot 
a/a,  imp.,  go  and  bring  it;  come  after 
or  for;  ikhoyo,  a.,  unsought. 

hoyo,  v.  t,,  to  harvest;  to  gather  fruits, 
John  4:  35;  to  pry;  to  scan;  to  search; 
to  seek;  to  watch;  to  look  for,  ehoyokma, 
or  do  we  look  for,  Matt.  11:3. 

hoyo,  n.,  a  search;  a  hunt;  a  quest. 

hoyo,  n.,  a  seeker;  a  gatherer;  an  in 
quirer;  a  demander;  an  expectant;  an 
expecter;  a  hunter;  a  searcher;  na 
hoyo,  the  harvest;  alioyo,  the  place  of 
seeking;  a  harvest  ground,  etc.;  see 
Matt.  9:  38. 

hoyo  fehna,  v.  t.,  to  re-search. 

hoyochi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  cause  to  look 
after;  to  make  search;  hoyohonchi;  chi- 
hoyohonchislike. 

hoyopa,  a.,  brave;  warlike. 

Hoyopa  humma,  n.,  a  man's  name. 

hoyopa  taloa,  n.,  a  brave  death  song;  a 
few  words  of  one  of  these  run  as  fol 
lows:  we  kanihe  shap  inicali  well  kanihe. 

hoyot  anta,  v.  a.  i.,  to  wait. 

huansa,  see  hopansa. 

hufka,  ufka,  v.  t.,  to  sun;  to  air;  to  dry; 
holufka,  pp. 

huk,  hauk,  an  int.,  Oh;  0  dear;  alas;  ah 
me. 

hukma  hinla,  a.,  scalding  hot. 

hukmi,  v.  t,,  to  set  on  fire;  to  fire;  to 
bum;  to  scald,  Matt.  13:  30;  Josh.  7: 
25;  8:  19;  same  as  hushmi. 

hukmi,  n.,  a  firer;  an  incendiary;  a  con 
sumer. 

huksoh,  v.  a.  i.,  to  discharge  wind;  to 
break  wind. 

hunkupa,  v.  t.,  to  steal;  to  purloin;  to 
commit  larceny;  to  depredate;  to  filch; 
to  peculate;  to  pilfer;  to  plunder;  to 
rob;  to  shark;  to  thieve;  ahuflkopa, 
Matt.  6:  19,  20. 

hunkupa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  prey. 

hunkupa,  hunkopa,  n.,  a  thief,  Matt.  6: 
19,20;  a  felon;  afilcher;  a  pad;  a  prig: 
a  purloiner;  a  rover;  a  stealer. 


170 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


hunkupa,  n.,  a  theft;  larceny;  depreda 
tion;  stealth;  hutkunpa,  Matt.  15:  19. 

hunkupa,  pp.  and  a.,  stolen;  felonious; 
thievish. 

hunkupa  akka  nowa,  n.,  a  footpad. 

hunkupa  shall,  a.,  thievish. 

hunkupat  itanowa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  maraud. 

hulbona,  pp.  pi.,  doubled;  rolled  up;  see 
bunni. 

hulbona,  n.,  bundles;  rolls. 

hulhkachi,  see  tilhkqchi. 

hulhki,  n.,  the  calf  of  the  leg. 

hulhki  foni,  n.,  the  leg  bone. 

hulhkupa,  hulhkopa,  pp.,  stolen. 

hullo,  see  hollo. 

hullochi,  v.  t.,  to  sanctify;  to  set  apart 
to  a  sacred  use;  to  fast,  Matt.  6:  16; 
holitoblit  hu/lochi,  Gen.  2:  3;  hash  ile- 
hullochashke,  Josh.  3:  5;  7:  13. 

hullochi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  abstain  from;  to  diet 
one's  self,  as  in  taking  medicine;  to  fast, 
Matt.  9:  14;  to  sanctify  (one's  self 
and  others)  for  the  Lord;  llehullochi, 
Josh.  7:  13.  See  v.  t.,  above. 

hulloka,  n.,  a  sacred  thing. 

humma,  n.,  red;  crimson;  redness;  rouge; 
scarlet. 

humma,  homma,  a.,  red;  angry;  in 
flamed,  as  a  sore;  flagrant;  florid;  fresh; 
roseate;  ruby;  ruddy;  sanguinary;  scar 
let;  tawny,  Matt.  16:  2,  3. 

humma,  v.  n.,  to  be  red;  v.  a.  i.,  to 
flush;  to  glow;  to  redden. 

humma,  pp.,  reddened;  tanned  red; 
made  red;  ikhummo,  pp.,  not  tanned; 
raw,  as  a  hide. 

humma,  adv.,  redly. 

humma,  an  addition  to  a  man's  name 
which  gives  him  some  distinction,  call 
ing  on  him  for  courage  and  honor.  The 
llita  humma"  may  not  run  or  turn  the 
back  on  the  field  of  battle. 

humma  talaia,  n.,  a  red  spot. 

humma  taloha,  n.  pi.,  red  spots. 

humma  tishepa,  n.,  very  red;  a  bright 
bay;  scarlet. 

hummaiyi,  homaiyi  (<j.  v.),  a.,  reddish. 

hummachi,  v.  t.,  to  color  red;  to  dye 
red;  to  tan;  to  paint  red;  to  make  red; 
to  redden;  siaihummachi,  to  redden  for 
me  and  mine, — applied  to  the  red  poles 
of  graves. 

hummachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  blush;  to  become 
red;  to  redden,  as  the  countenance. 


hummachi,  pp.,  reddened, 
hummalhha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  reddish, 
humpah,  v.  a.  i.,  to  say  "humph",  the 

report  of  a  gun;  to  whoop,  as  a  drink 
ing  man. 

hunssa,  v.  t.,  to  shoot;  to  fire;  to  dis 
charge  a  gun;  to  shoot  an  arrow;  uski 

naki  an  isht  hunssa. 
hunssa,  n.,  a  shoot. 
hunssa,  n.,  a  shooter. 
hunssa,  n.,  a  shooting. 
hunssa,  pp.,  shot;  discharged. 
hunssa  imponna,   n:,    a  marksman;   a 

sharpshooter. 

hussi,  v.  t.,  to  beat;  to  pound;  to  bray, 
hush,  exclamation,  oh;  alas, 
hush  abi,  v.  t.,  to  fowl;  to  kill  birds. 
hush  abi,  n.,  a  fowler. 
hush  apa,  iti  ani,  n.,  the  black  gum. 

So  named,  I  think,  because  birds  eat 

the  berries. — C.  B. 
hushi,    n.,  a  bird;   a  fowl;  a  screamer, 

Matt.   6:  26;  hushi  puta  kqt,  the  fowls, 

Matt.  13:  4;  aba  hushiputa  kqt,  the  fowls 

of  the  air. 

hushi  aialhpita,  n.,  a  bird  cage, 
hushi  balbaha,   hush  balbaha,   n.,    a 

mocking  bird, 
hushi  chipunta,  n.,  sparrows,  Matt.  10: 

29,  31. 

hushi  hishi,  n.,  bird  feathers;  a  feather, 
hushi  humma,  n.,  a  red  bird, 
hushi  imalhpichik,  n.,  a  bird's  nest, 
hushi  inchuka,  n.,  a  bird  cage;  a  house 

for  birds, 
hushi  inchuka  fohka,  pp.,  caged,  as  a 

bird. 

hushi  inchuka  f ohki,  v.  t. ,  to  cage. 
hushi  isht  albi,  n.,  a  bird  trap, 
hushi  isht  hokli,  n.,  a  bird  snare, 
hushi  iti  chanli,  n.,  a  pecker;  a  wood 
pecker, 
hushi  iyakchush,  n.,  a  pounce;  a  bird's 

claw;  a  talon, 
hushlokussa,  n.,  a  bird;    the  name  of 

some  that  flock    or   huddle  together. 

The  English  name  is  unknown  to  me.— 

C.  15. 
hushmi,  v.  t.,  to  burn;  to  fire;  to  set  on 

fire;  to  ruin.    Same  as  link  ml;  holusJimi, 

pp.,  holahushmi,  fiery,  Kph.  6:  16. 
hushmi,  n.,  a  burner. 
hushmi,  n.,  a  conflagration;  a  burning. 
hushpa,  pp.,  burnt. 
hushpali,  v.  t.,  to  burn. 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY   OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


171 


hushshiho,  n.,  the  feeling  of  chaff  in 
the  clothes;  v.  a.  i.,  to  prickle  from 
this  cause. 

hushushi,  n.,  a  young  bird;  a  nestling. 

huttupa,  liutupa,  see  holupa. 

hunwa,  v.  t.,  to  scent;  to  smell;  to  snuff. 

i  has  the  sound  of  e  in  me  or  i  in 
pique  and  of  short  i  in  pin.  The  let 
ter  "iis  used  for  y  in  words  where  y  is 
doubled  in  sound.  The  letter  a  often 
precedes  i,  thus  making  a  diphthong 
Thus  yukpa,  yukpachi,  aiyukpa,  aiyuk- 
pachi,  and  not  ayyukpa,  ayyukpachi. 
The  consonant  is  doubled  to  express 
intensity. 

i,  prep.,  meaning  at,  in,  place  where,  as 
iiksho.  iiksho  belongs  to  the  intensive 
form,  but  i  occurs  before  other  words, 
ichapaka,  imoma,  itikba. 

i,  adv.,  there,  used  as  above.  It  rarely 
occurs  except  before  the  word  iksho 
and  has  the  same  use  as  a  and  ai  before 
verbs.  [Mr.  Byington  says,  however, 
in  a  note :  ' '  This  needs  correction. ' '  ] 

in,  pre.  poss.  pro.  in  the  nom.  case,  3d  per. , 
prefixed  to  nouns  that  do  not  begin  with 
a  vowel  or  withp,  ch,  I,  or  t.  The  noun 
is  often  in  the  poss.  ca.se,  as  mikoinholisso, 
the  king's  book.  It  may  be  in  the  nom. 
or  obj.  case,  but  the  pronoun  in  Choc- 
taw  should  be  parsed  as  an,  chin,  in,  pin; 
avliolisso,  my  book;  inhaiaka,  visible  to 
him;  Matt.  1:  20.  See  im  and  in. 

in,  pre.  per.  pro.  in  the  dative  case  before 
verbs  and  usually  translated  with  a 
prep.,  s,  of  him,  for  him,  etc. 

in,  his,  their,  3d  per.  sing,  and  pi.,  re 
moved  from  the  noun  in  the  nom.  and 
placed  before  the  verb,  as  tali  holisso 
inhotina,  he  has  counted  his  money,  etc., 
or  he  has  counted  the  money  for  him. 
See  chin,  hachin,  hapin. 

in,  of  it;  from  it,  etc.  There  are  a  few  in 
stances  in  which  in,  in,  etc.,  seem  to  have 
the  use  of  a  prep,  rather  than  a  pro 
noun.  These  have  the  neuter  gender. 
See  Gen.  2: 17,  ishpakmalinnitak  mildnli 
ho  chillahioke;  infalqnirni,  to  the  north 
of  it,  north  of  it;  inhopaki,  far  from  it; 
inmisha,  two  days  from  it  (every  other 
day,  inmishakma). 

in,  contraction  for  inli,  or  in;  makin,  akin 
(for  akinli). 

in,  oblique  case  of  lish,  ialislt,  ialin. 


in,  inh,  adv.,  yes. 

ia,  v.  a.  i.,  to  go;  to  move;  to  depart;  to 
stir;  to  pass;  to  proceed;  to  resort;  to 
sail;  to  start;  to  set;  to  get  away,  Matt. 
4:  10;  13:  44  (hegoeth);  hashiashlce,  go, 
Matt.  8:  32;  to  grow;  to  increase,  as 
kapassat  ia,  it  grows  cold;  ilhkoU,  pi., 
ikaiyu,  ikaii/o,  sing.,  not  to  go;  ihain  ont 
iha,  a  little  past;  ihin>/a  in  out  ihin>ja- 
ma,  LukelH:  36;  ikla  aftni,  \.  t.,  to  let 
go;  to  permit  to  go;  to  wish  to  go;  'mid 
ia,  v.  a.  i.,  to  commence;  to  begin;  to 
found;  to  originate;  -I mid  ia,  v.  t.,  to 
carry;  to  begin;  to  start  with;  to  take; 
to  commence;  to  institute;  to  tote; 
to  transfer;  to  undertake;  to  transport, 
John  2:  16;  kapassat  isht  ia;  ikaiyo^ot 
to  go,  Luke  4:  42;  Matt.  14:  16;  ont  ia, 
v.  a.  i.,  to  exceed;  to  go  by;  to  found; 
to  outgo;  to  pass;  to  touch;  to  transcend; 
isht  ont  ia,  to  carry  by;  imia,  itimia, 
itintimia,  to  run  against  each  other  in  a 
race;  ia  talali,  \.  t.,  to  carry  on  the 
head. 

ia,  n.,  a  goer;  one  who  goes. 

ia,  n.,  a  going;  a  proceeding. 

iabannali,  iabanali,  v.  t.,  to  lay  on  the 
shoulders,  Luke  15:  5.  See  ilabannali, 
Matt.  11:  29,  30;  Gen.  21:  14. 

iabannalichi,  v.  t.,  to  lay  upon  the  shoul 
ders  of  another. 

iachi,  v.  t.  cans.,  to  send;  to  cause  to  go; 
to  impel;  itiachi,  dual,  they  go  together, 
Luke  2: 45. 

iachi,  n.,  a  stirrer. 

iachikchik,  n.,  a  grasshopper,  i.  e.,  one 
species,  as  each  species  has  a  distinct 
name. 

iachuka,  n.,  a  turban;  a  cap;  a  head 
dress;  a  handkerchief  or  shawl  w^orn 
on  the  head;  a  fillet;  mi^ko  imiachuka, 
a  crown;  a  coronet. 

iachuka,  pp.,  turbaned. 

iachuka,  v.  t.,  to  wear  a  turban. 

iachukolechi,  v.  t.,  to  put  a  turban, 
handkerchief,  or  headdress  on  the  head 
of  another  person. 

iachukol1'.,  iachokoli,  v.  t. ,  to  put  a  turban, 
handkerchief,  or  any  headdress  upon 
one's  own  head. 

iachuna,  n.,  the  nape;  the  back  of  the 
neck;  the  withers  of  a  horse;  some  say 
yauaska  and  some  inkoi. 

iachunahika,  n.,  the  collar  of  a  garment. 


172 


BUREAU   OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


iachushak,  n.,  the  back  side  of  the  head; 
the  upper  part  of  the  neck  on  the  back 
side;  the  nape. 

iachushukli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  limp.  See  chu- 
shukli. 

iahinsht  ia,  to  follow  in  haste;  to  chase 
after  or  run  after;  from  ishi,  inshi, 
ihinshi,  iahisJit  la,  went  to  take  him. 

iakaiya,  iakaya,  iyakaya,  v.  t.,  v.  a.  i., 
to  follow;  to  come  after;  to  pursue, 
Josh.  2:  5,  7;  to  dog;  to  second;  to 
trace;  siakaiya,  he  follows  me;  issiakai- 
yaslike,  do  you  follow  me,  Matt.  8  :  22; 
9:  9;  10:  38;  14:  13;  16:  24;  chiakaiya- 
lachin,  I  will  follow  thee;  Jiachiakaiya, 
Josh.  2:  16;  hassiakaiyashke,  Matt.  4: 
19;  iakaiyqt  okla,  dual  number,  Matt. 
4:  20,  21;  8:  1;  Josh.  6:  8;  8:  6;  iakat, 
cont.,  iakant,  John  13:  37;  iakat  ia,  go 
and  follow,  Gen.  44: 4;  itiakaiya,  v.  a.  i., 
to  go  after  each  other  in  a  single  rank; 
to  defile;  to  pursue. 

iakaiya,  a.,  second;  subsequent. 

iakaiya,  n.,  a  follower;  a  disciple;  a  pur 
suer;  a  succeeder;  a  successor. 

iakaiya,  n.,  a  pursuit;  a  sequel;  a  train. 

iakaiyachi,  iakaiyachi,  sing.,  to  cause 
to  follow;  to  send  after  or  behind, 
Luke  19:  14. 

iakaiyachit  pisa,  v.  t.,  to  follow;  to  en- 
aeavor  to  obtain. 

iakaiyoha,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  follow. 

iakaiyoha,  n.  pi.,  followers. 

iakaiyohachi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  cause  to  follow; 
to  make  them  follo\v. 

iakaya,  see  iakaiya. 

iatipa,  n.,  a  cap;  a  turban;  a  bonnet;  a 
cover;  a  lid;  a  coif;  a  hood. 

iattpa,  pp.,  turbaned;  dressed  with  a 
cap,  etc.;  covered;  hooded;  wreathed. 

iattpa,  v.  t.,  to  wear  a  turban. 

iafipa  hashtap  toba,  n.,  a  wreath;  a  gar 
land. 

ialipeli,  v.  t,,  to  put  on  a  turban,  cap, 
bonnet;  to  put  his  turban  on,  i.e.,  on 
his  own  head;  to  coif;  to  hood;  to 
wreathe. 

ialipelichi,  v.  t.,  to  put  a  turban  or  cap 
uiioii  the  head  of  another;  to  put  on  a 
lid  or  cover;  to  hood  another. 

iasinti,  yasinte,  hiasinti,  n.,  an  eel. 

ialli,  a.,  worth. 

ialli,  v.  n.,  to  be  worth;  it  ialli ,  to  be  worth 
against  each  other. 


ialli,  n.,  the  worth;  the  value;  the  price; 
aiqlli,  aiqlbi,  aiilli. 

ialli  chito,  a.,  dear. 

ialli chi,  v.  t. ,  to  price;  to  set  a  value  upon; 
to  rate;  itiqllichi,  v.  t.,  to  price  against 
each  other. 

iba,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  with,  among,  amidst, 
Josh.  7:  11;  itiba;  itibai,  Matt.  9:  11. 

iba,  ibai,  prep.,  with;  in  company  with; 
along  with;  together  with.  It  is  com 
pounded  with  many  verbs  and  written 
iba  before  a  verb  beginning  with  a  con 
sonant  and  ibai  before  a  verb  beginning 
with  a  vowel.  When  a  personal  pro 
noun  is  prefixed  in  the  obj.  case  it  is  not 
prefixed  to  the  verb  but  to  the  prep- 
position;  as  ibaianta,  to  stay  with;  sa- 
baianta,  to  stay  with  me.  itiba,  double 
reference,  together,  etc.,  together  with, 
John  4:  36;  Luke  1:  58;  ibachukowa, 
ibaiimpa,  Acts  11:  3.  A  number  of 
compounded  verbs  follow,  to  serve  as 
specimens  as  wrell  as  to  define  the  verbs. 

ibabinili,  v.  t.,  to  sit  with;  to  settle  in 
company  with;  ibabinoli,  pi. 

ibabinili,  pp.,  seated  with;  settled  in 
company  with;  ibabinoli,  pi. 

ibabinili,  n.,  a  fellow;  a  seat  mate;  a  fel 
low7  settler;  ibabinoli,  pi. 

ibabinilichi,  v.  t.,  to  seat  with;  to  cause 
to  settle  with;  ibabinolichi,  pi. 

ibabukbo,  ibbabukbo  (q.  v.),  n.,  a  dou 
ble  handful;  a  handful. 

ibachanfa,  n.,  a  companion:  an  equal. 

ibachafa,  ibachanfa  (nasal  form),  v.  a. i., 
to  be  one  with;  from  iba  and  achqfa, 
John  1:  1. 

ibachukoa,  ibachukowa,  v.  t.,  to  in 
vade;  to  enter  into  and  be  with;  to 
penetrate. 

ibachukoa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  obtrude. 

ibachukoa,  pp.,  invaded. 

ibachukoa,  n.,  an  invader. 

ibachukoa,  n.,  an  invasion;  an  irruption. 

ibafakchi,  see  hatapofokchi. 

ibafohki,  see  Ibafoka. 

ibafoka,  v.  a.  i.,  to  join,  as  to  join  the 
church;  to  obtrude;  to  sort  with;  to 
unite  with,  to  follow,  as  sabafokaslike, 
John  1:  43;  Luke  5:  11;  to  be  in,  Matt. 
IS:  1,  4;  itilmfokn,  to  join  together;  to 
put  together;  imannkfila  H ibafoka,  to 
agree;  to  company;  to  consociate;  to 
associate.  See  foka. 


BYINGTON] 


A  DICTIONARY   OF    THE    CHOCTAW   LANGUAGE 


173 


ibafoka,  pp.,  united;  joined  with;  com 
bined;  leagued;  mixed;  consociated; 
ibafonka,  nasal  form,  ibafoyuka,  prop., 
ibafoyuka,  with,  2  Sam.  24: 2. ;  itibafoka, 
pp.,  conjoined;  joined;  ikitibafoko,  a., 
uncompounded. 

ibafoka,  n.,  a  union;  membership;  com 
bination;  consociation;  unity;  a  contri 
bution;  imbafoka,  n.,  increase;  income. 

ibafoka,  n.,  a  member;  a  follower;  a 
communicant;  a  fellow;  itibafoka,  n.,  a 
companion;  a  contribution;  a  partaker; 
itibafoka,  n.,  a  joint. 

ibafokat,  adv.,  or  v.  a.  i.  with  conj.  t, 
to  be  with,  etc. 

ibafokat  anya,  v.  a.  i.,  to  go  with,  or  in 
company  with;  to  follow. 

ibafokat  hochifot  takalichi,  v.  t.,  to 
enlist. 

ibafoki,  ibafohki,  v.  t.,  to  join  with;  to 
contribute;  to  enter  in;  to  put  in  with; 
to  mix;  to  add  to;  to  unite  to;  to  com 
bine;  to  insert;  to  involve;  to  obtrude, 
2  Sam.  24:  3;  to  put  among;  Matt.  13: 
33;  Josh.  7:  11,  itibafoki,  to  conjoin;  to 
consociate;  to  identify;  to  join;  anba- 
fohki,  Gal.  2:  6.  Seefohki. 

ibafoki,  n.,  a  mixer;  one  who  joins, 
unites,  or  puts  in;  a  contributor. 

ibafokichi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  another  to  join, 
or  unite  with;  to  combine. 

ibai,  see  iba. 

ibaianta,  v.  a.  i.,  to  stay  writh;  to  co 
habit;  to  dwell  with. 

ibaianta,  n.  sing.,  a  companion;  a  mate; 
a  fellow. 

ibaiansha,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  sit  with;  to 
dwell  with. 

ibaiansha,  n.,  companions. 

ibaianya,  v.  a.  i.,to  go  with;  to  journey 
with. 

ibaianya,  n.,  a  fellow  traveler. 

ibaiatta,  a.,  twinborn. 

ibaiatta,  n.,  an  inmate. 

ibaiilaualli,  v.  t. ,  to  play  together. 

ibaiilaualli,  n.,  a  playmate;  a  play-fel 
low. 

ibaiimpa,  v.  t.,  to  eat  with;  to  eat  in 
company  with;  itibaiimpa,  to  eat  to 
gether. 

ibaiimpa,  n.,  a  messmate. 

ibaiishko,  v.  t.,  to  drink  with. 

ibaiishko,  n.,  a  companion  in  drink;  a 
little  companion. 


ibaiyi,     n.,     a     nephew;     sabaiyi,     my 

nephew;    my   sister's   sons   and    their 

male  cousins  by  their  mother's  side, 

and  not  my  brother's  sons,  which  are 

called  sons. 
ibakaha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  mix  together;  to  flock. 

ibakaha,  pp.,  mixed;  multiplied;  itibd- 

kaha,    amalgamated;   confounded;  see 

ibalhkaha;    ikitibakaho,  a.,  unmingled; 

unmixed;  ibakaJia,  n.,  a  mixture;   ili- 

bakaha,  n.,   a   contribution;  a  putting 

together. 

ibakahachi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  be  mixed. 
ibakali,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  mix  them;  to  add; 

to  put  them  together;  to  confound;  to 

confuse. 

ibakali,  n.,  a  mixer, 
ibakchifanli,  see  ibakchufanli. 
ibakch.isb.inli,  v.  a.  i.  sing.,  to  bend  and 

turn  up  the  nose  and  lips,  as  a  fox  when 

he  smells.     See  ibakpishinli. 
ibakchishinli,   pp.,  bent  and  turned  up. 
ibakchishinlichi,  v.  t.,   to  cause  to  turn 

up,  as  the  nose. 
ibakchufanli,   ibakchifanli,  v.    a.  i.,  to 

taper. 
ibakchufanli,     a.,     peaked;      pointed; 

slender  pointed;  tapering;  tapered. 
ibakchufanli,  v.  n.,  to  be  peaked, 
ibakchufanlichi,  ibakshakanli,  v.    t., 

to  taper;  to  sharpen,  as  to  a  point;  to 

make  sharp  pointed  like  a  wooden  pin 

or  a  spade. 

ibakchufanshli,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  taper. 
ibakchufanshli,      a.,      taper;      peaked; 

pointed. 
ibakchufanshli,  v.   n.,  to  be  peaked  or 

pointed. 
ibakchufanshlichi,  v.    t.,  to   taper;    to 

sharpen  as  to  the  point, 
ibakchushli,  pi.,  ibakchishinli,  sing.,    v. 

a.  i.,  to  bend   and  turn  up,  as  a  fox 

turns  up  her  nose,  etc. 
ibakchushli,  pp.,  bent;  turned  up. 
ibakchushlichi,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  bend  them 

up;  to  turn  them  up. 
ibakhatanli,  n.,  a  bald  face. 
ibakhatanli,   a.,    baldfaced;    palefaced, 

like  a  sickly  man. 

ibakhatanli,  v.  n.,  to  be  baldfaced. 
ibakhatanshli,  n.  pi.,  baldfaces. 
ibakhatanshli,  a.,  bald  faced. 
ibakhatanshli,  v.  n.,  to  be  baldfaced. 


174 


BUREAU    OF    AMEEICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


ibaklipinli,   ibaktokonli,   v.    n.,  to  be 

short-  or  blunt-faced, 
ibaklalanli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  half  laughing, 
ibaklatinli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  run  at  the  nose, 
ibaklatinli,  n.,  a  running  at  the   nose; 

a  dirty  nose, 
ibakiatinlichi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  the  nose 

to  run. 

ibaklololi,  v.  i.,  to  run  at  the  nose, 
ibakoli,  v.  t.,  to  search  for  in  a  hole, 
ibakpishanli,  a.,  round  and  pointed, 
ibakpishanli,    v.    n.,   to  be  round  and 

pointed. 
ibakpishanlichi,  v.  t.,  to  make  it  round 

and  pointed. 
ibakpishanshli,     a.     pi.,     round      and 

pointed. 
ibakpishanshli,  v.  n.,  to  be  round  and 

pointed. 
ibakpishanshlichi,  v.    t.    pi.,    to    make 

them  round  and  pointed, 
ibakpishanli,  v.  a.  i. ,  to  turn  noses  and 

lips;  see  ibakchishinli. 
ibaksukunlichi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  pout,  Ps.  22: 

7. 
ibakshakanli,  a.,  straight  and  tapering, 

like  a  spade,  not  hollowed  or  dishing; 

see  ibakchufanli. 
ibakshulanli,  a.,  having  white  face  and 

feet,  as  a  horse;  white-faced  and  -footed, 
ibakshulanli,  v.  n.,  to  have  white  face 

and  feet;  or  to  spread  the  nose  like  a 

horse  out  of  breath. 
ibakshulanshli,  a.  pi.,  having  white  faces 

and  feet;  white-faced  and  -footed. 
ibakshulanshli,  v.  n.,  to  be  white-faced 

and  -footed. 

ibaktabanli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  broad-nosed, 
ibaktasanli,    a.,   having  a  star    in  the 

forehead, 
ibaktasanli,  ibaktasanli  bolukta,  n., 

a  star  in  the  forehead. 
ibaktasanshli,  n.  pi.,  stars  in   the  fore 
head. 
ibaktasanslili,   a.,    having  stars  in   the 

forehead. 
ibaktokonli,    a.,    blunt,   as   an  old   ax; 

short  faced. 

ibaktokonli,  v.  n.,  to  be  blunt. 
ibaktokonli,  pp.,  made  blunt;  blunted, 
ibaktokonlichi,  v.  t.,  to  blunt. 
ibaktokoQshli,     ibaktokashli,     a.    pi., 

blunt. 
ibaktokonshli,  v.  n.,  to  be  blunt. 


ibaktokoshlichi,  ibaktokashlichi,  v.  t., 
to  blunt;  to  make  them  blunt. 

ibani,  (from  iba  and  ani),  to  pour  in  with; 
to  put  in  with;  to  add  to;  to  mix;  to 
eke;  itibani,  to  mix  together,  applied  to 
liquids;  nana  kiaitibanitokpani,  to  adul 
terate  by  mixing. 

ibani,  n.,  a  mixer. 

ibanowa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  walk  with;  to  travel 
with. 

ibanowa,  n.,  a  traveling  companion. 

ibanowachi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  walk  with. 

ibanukhanklo,  v.  a.  i.,  to  condole;  to 
mourn  with;  to  lament  with;  to  sym 
pathize  with. 

ibanukhanklo,  n.,  a  companion  in  sor 
row  ;  a  sympathizer. 

ibanusi,  v.  n.  or  v.  a.  i.,  to  sleep  with. 

ibanusi,  n.,  a  bedfellow. 

ibatankla,  v.  a.  i.,  to  partake  with,  Matt. 
23:  30;  to  be  among,  Josh.  3:  10. 

ibatankla,  n.,  a  partaker;  a  spy.  2  Sam. 
15:  10. 

ibatankla  ishi,  v.  t.,  to  share  with. 

ibatankla  ishi,  n.,  a  sharer. 

ibatepa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  injure  himself;  im- 
batepa,  he  is  hurt;  ibatepa,  a  second 
hurt;  ibatabli,  v.  t.,  two  words,  from 
iba  and  tabli. 

ibatoksalechi,  v.  t.,  to  work  him  with. 

ibatonksali,  v.  t.,  to  work  with;  to  labor 
with. 

ibatonksali,n.,  a  fellow  laborer;  a  work 
fellow.  ' 

ibawichi,  v.  t.,  to  aspire  to  help;  to  try 
to  do;  to  attempt;  na  hollo  imanumpa 
finumpuli ibawichi]  ibawinchi,  nas.  form. 

ibawichi,  n.,  a  help.  See  ibalhkaha, 
etc.,  for  other  verbs  compounded  with 
iba. 

ibachifa,  v.  t.,  to  wash  the  hands,  Matt. 
27:  24.  See  ibbak  ache/a. 

ibalhkaha  (hom  iba  said  alJikaha),  \.  a.  i. 
pi.,  to  mix  together;  to  join.  See  kali 

ibalhkaha,  pp.,  mixed;  added  together; 
itibalhkaha,  mixed  together. 

ibalhkaha,  n.,  an  addition;  addition;  the 
name  of  a  rule  in  arithmetic;  a  union. 

ibalhto,  v.  a.  i.,  to  mingle  with;  to  get 
among,  as  wak  at  ibalhto;  from  iba  allito, 
pp.  of  ani  or  ibani;  itibalJito;  itibalJttot 
yaiialli,  a.,  confluent. 

ibalhto,  pp.,  mixed;  poured  in. 

ibalhto,  n.,  a  mixture, 


BYINOTON] 


A    DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


175 


ibbabukbo,  ibbapukko,  n.,    a  double 

handful, 
ibbabukbo  achafa,  n.,  a  single  double 

handful. 
ibbak,  ibbak,  n.,  the  hand;  the  arm  as 

far  up  as  the  elbow;  the  paw;  sabbak, 

my  hand;  chibbak,  thy  hand,  Matt.  6:3; 

12:  13;  18:  8;  ibbak,  his  hand  (Chinas  at 

ibbak  a"  pit  well,  Matt.  8:  3);  Matt.  14:31; 

ibbak,  her  hand,  Matt.  8:  15. 
ibbak  abeha,  n.  pi.,  gloves;  mittens. 
ibbak  achefa,  v.  t.,  to  wash  the  hands; 

ibachifd,  contr.,  Matt.  27:  24. 
ibbak  alibishli,  n.,  a  muff. 
ibbak  alota,  n.,  a  handful. 
ibbak  alhfabek  imma,  adv.,  toward  the 

left  hand ;  at  the  left  hand. 
ibbak  alhf  abeka,  n. ,  the  left  hand. 
ibbak  alhto,  n.,  a  handful. 
ibbak  aska,  n.,  the  wrist. 
ibbak  bonuht  isht  isso,  v.  t.,  to  fist. 
ibbak  bonunta,  n.,  the  fist;  the  doubled 

hand. 
ibbak  chush,  ibbakchus,  n.,  the  finger 

nail,  or  finger  nails. 
ibbak  fahfulli,  v.  t.,  to  gesticulate;  to 

wave  the  hand  about. 
ibbak  fohka,  pp.,  given;  committed;  put 

into  the  hand;  delivered;  intrusted. 
ibbak  fohka,  v.  a.  i.,  to  come  to  hand. 
ibbak  fohki,  v.  t.,  to  give;  to   commit; 

to  deliver;   to  put  into  the   hand;   to 

consign;  to  grant;  to  intrust;  to  leave; 

to  resign. 

ibbak  fohki,  n.,  a  giving;  a  resignation. 
ibbak  f oka,  n.  sing.,  a  glove;  a  mitten. 
ibbak  foka,  pp.,  committed;  received; 

placed  in  the  hand;  delivered. 
ibbak  foni,  n.,  the  hand  bone;  the  arm 

bone. 
ibbak    inlumpat    ikhi^sh    foka,    pp., 

inoculated. 
ibbak  inlumplit  ikhinsh  foki,  v.  t,,  to 

inoculate. 

ibbak  ishki,  n.,  the  thumb. 
ibbak  ishki  patta  achafa,  n.,  an  inch; 

the  breadth  of  the  ball  of  the  thumb. 
ibbak  isht  impak  imma,  n.,  the  right 

hand. 
ibbak  isht  impak  imma,  adv.,  to  the 

right  hand. 

ibbak  isht  impaka,  n.,  the  right  hand. 
ibbak  isht  itibbi,  n.,  a  pugilist. 
ibbak  isht  kasholichi,  n.,  a  napkin. 


ibbak  isht  talakchi,  n.,  a  handcuff;  a 
manacle. 

ibbak  isht  tonksali,  n.,  a  manual. 

ibbak  inshunkani,  shakba  inshunkani, 
n.,  the  elbow;  the  point  of  the  elbow 
joint. 

ibbak  itachakalli,  n.,  the  wrist  joint. 

ibbak  onuchi,  n.,  imposition. 

ibbak  paknaka,  n.,  the  back  of  the 
hand;  lit.,  the  top  of  the  hand. 

ibbak  pata,  n.,  the  palm  of  the  hand; 
lit. ,  the  spread  hand ;  ibbakpatha,  palms 
of  her  hands,  2  Kings  9:  35. 

ibbak  takchi,  v.  t.,  to  manacle;  to  hind 
the  hands;  to  pinion. 

ibbak  talakchi,  pp.,  manacled;  hand 
cuffed;  pinioned. 

ibbak  tilokachi,  n.,  the  wrist  joint;  a 
joint  that  bends  any  way. 

ibbak  tilokachi  abiha,  n.  pi.,  wrist 
bands,  such  as  are  used  by  the  Choc- 
taw.  They  are  made  of  silver  and  worn 
over  the  sleeves. 

ibbak  tilokachi  afohoma,  n.,  a  wrist 
band;  a  cuff. 

ibbak  tokonli,  a.,  blunt;  dull,  as  an  ax. 

ibbak  umbitepa  achafa,  n.,  a  span. 

ibbak  ush  ali,  n.,  the  little  finger. 

ibbak  ushi,  n.,  a  finger. 

ibbak  ushi  abiha,  n.  pi.,  finger  rings. 

ibbak  ushi  foka,  n.,  a  finger  ring;  a  cot; 
a  thimble. 

ibbak  ushi  isht  pasholi,  v.  t.,  to  finger. 

ibbak  ushi  itachakalli,  n.,  a  finger  joint; 
a  knuckle. 

ibbak  ushi  olachi,  n.,  a  fillip. 

ibbak  ushi  tikba,  n.,  the  forefinger. 

ibbak  ushi  wishakchi,  n. ,  the  finger  end. 

ibbak  wattachi,  v.  t.,  to  unclinch  the 
hand. 

ibbapukko,  n.,  a  double  handful. 

ibbak,  see  ibbak. 

ibetabli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  stumble;  to  dash  the 
foot  against,  Luke  4:  11;  to  stub;  to 
stump;  to  trip;  to  be  offended;  ibetablft 
satula  kamo,  I  stumbled  and  fell;  iksi- 
aiibetablokmqt,  Matt.  11:6;  isht  aiibetqbli 
tok,  they  were  offended  in  him,  Matt. 
13:  21,  57. 

ibetabli,  n.,  a  stumbler. 

ibetabli,  n.,  a  stumble. 

ibetablichi,  v.  t.  cans.,  to  make  him  stum 
ble  or  stub,  Matt,  5:  29;  to  offend,  Matt. 
18:  8,  9;  kil  ibitablecho,  we  not  offend, 
Matt,  17:  27. 


176 


BUREAU   OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


ibetap,  n.,  the  fountain;  the  source;  the 
head,  as  of  a  water  course;  the  part  of 
a  water  course  between  you  and  the 
fountain,  as  sokbish  is  the  other  part; 
the  upstream  part  of  a  river,  Josh.  3: 
13,  16;  15:  19. 

ibetap  inbok,  n.,  the  head  of  the  creek; 
the  name  of  a  creek  that  runs  into  the 
Yalobusha  from  the  south. 

ibetap  pilla,  adv.,  toward  the  head. 

ibetap  pilla,  adv.,  at  the  head;  from  the 
fountain. 

ibiali,  n.,  the  end  of  anything,  as  a  table, 
plank,  or  rail. 

ibichilu,  n.,  the  nose;  the  nostrils;  the 
neb. 

ibichilu  foka,  n.,  a  halter;  what  is  put  on 
over  the  nose. 

ibichilu  foka  foka,  v.  t.,  to  halter;  to 
put  on  a  halter. 

ibichilu  patassa,  a.,  flat-nosed. 

ibikoa,  v.  n.,  to  bleed  at  the  nose;  sabi- 
koa,  I  bleed  at  the  nose. 

ibikoa,  n.,  the  nose-bleed. 

ibikoachi,  v.  t.,  to  make  the  nose  bleed. 

ibilhkan,  n.,  phlegm;  rheum. 

ibilhkan  chito,  a.,  phlegmatic;  abound 
ing  in  phlegm. 

ibilhkan  kucha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  snivel. 

ibilatampa,  n.,  the  combs  or  crest  of  a 
turkey. 

ibish,  n.,  a  rise;  a  swell;  a  hill  of  earth 
where  corn,  etc.,  is  planted;  the  bow 
and  the  stern  of  a  boat;  the  round  end; 
the  end,  as  of  a  cask;  a  pommel;  a 
prow;  a  saddlebow;  the  part  of  a  junk 
bottle  next  to  the  neck;  the  nipple; 
the  teat. 

ibish  ikbi,  v.  t.,  to  hill;  to  make  a  hill 
about  corn,  etc. 

ibish  ish.t  alhkama,  n.,  the  head  of  a 
cask. 

ibishakni,  n.,  the  nose;  the  snout;  the 
bill;  the  beak  of  a  bird;  the  trunk  of 
an  elephant;  the  proboscis;  the  neb. 

ibishakni  chiluk,  n.,  a  nostril;  the  nos 
trils. 

ibishakni  foka,  n.,  a  muzzle. 

ibishakni  patassa,  a.,  Hat-nosed. 

ibishachi,  n.,  the  foretop. 

ibishano,  v.  n.,  to  have  a  cold. 

ibishano,  n.,  a  cold,  i.  e.,  the  disease  well 
known  to  all. 

ibitakla,  n.,  the  forehead,  Rev.  7:  3. 


ibitakla  panshi,    n.,    the    foretop;    the 

front, 
ibitek,  n.,  a  niece,  his  niece,  her  niece; 

sisters'   daughters,   and    their    female 

cousins;  sabitek,  iny  niece, 
ichabli,  ichabli,  v.  t.,  to  mate;  to  match; 

to  put  together;  to  yoke  together;  iti- 

chabli,  to  pair;  ichapoli,  pi. 
ichabli,  n.,  one  who  mates, 
ichapa,  v.  t.,  to  resist. 
ichapa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  match;  to  mate  with; 

to  go  at  the  side  of. 
ichapa,  pp.,  mated;   matched;  itichapa, 

mated  together;  paired,  as  wak  itichapa, 

itichampa,  both,  1  Sam.  3:  11;  shulush 

itichapa;  itichapa,  v.  t.,  to  fellow, 
ichapa,  n.,  a  mate;  a  fellow;  a  yokefellow; 

an  adversary,  1  Sarn.  1:6;  itichapa,  n., 

an  antagonist;  a  pair;  a  brace;  a  span; 

a  match, 
ichapa,  n.,  a   reverse;    a  contrary;   an 

opposite, 
ichapa,  a.,  impudent;  answering  again; 

opposite;  repugnant. 
ichapa,  v.  n.,  v.  t.,  to  be  impudent;  to 

oppose;  to  contradict;  allot  foki  an  icha- 

pat  shall,  the  child  is  very  disrespectful 

to  his  father;  aiitachapoa  or  aiitichapoa, 

to  strive  together,  Luke  22:  24. 
ichapaka,    a.,    opposite;   standing  over 

against,  Matt.  27:61;  Mark  11: 2;  12:41; 

right  against,  Josh.  3:  16;  5:  13;  beside, 

Josh.  7:  2;  8:  33;   12:  9. 
ichapaka,  v.  n.,  to  be  opposite;  to  stand 

over  against. 
ichapoa,  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  mate  with;  to 

go  at  the  side  of. 
ichapoa,  pp.,    mated;   matched;   mated 

together;  sing.,  itichampo. 
ichapoa,    n.,    mates;    fellows;     cf.    wak 

tonksali   itichapoa  talapi;  itichapoa,   n., 

a  yoke;  a  pair;  a  span. 
ichapoa,   a.    pi.,    impudent;    answering 

again. 

ichapoa,  v.  n.,  to  be  impudent. 
ichapoli,  pi.,  ichabli,  sing.  v.  t.,  to  mate; 

to  match. 

ichabli,  see  ichabli. 
ieshi,  v.  t.,  from  ishi  (q.  v.);  to  bring 

forth;  to  bear,  i.  e.,  young. 
inf alammichi,  see  falammichi. 
iffuka,  ikfuka,  n.,  the  abdomen;  the 

belly;  the  bowels;  the  core  of  a  water 
melon;  the  inwards;  the  waist. 


BYINGTON]          A  DICTIONAEY  OF   THE   CHOCTAW   LANGUAGE 


177 


iffuka  apakfopa,  n.,  a  waist  band. 

iffuka  hotupa,  n.,  the  colic. 

iffuka  kashofa,  pp.,  evacuated. 

iffuka  kashoffi,  v.  t.,  to  evacuate  the 
bowels. 

iffuka  kucha,  pp.,  emboweled;  eviscer 
ated. 

iffuka  kuchi,  v.  t.,  to  embowel;  to  evis 
cerate. 

iffuka  sita,  pp.,  surcingled. 

infolota,  infulota,  n.,  from  folota  (q.  v.) ; 
lace  or  its  edge. 

infolota,  pp.,  laced;  bound  on  at  the 
edge. 

iafolota  ikbi,  v.  t.,  to  lace. 

inhaiya,  ihaiya  (J.  E. ),  n.,  his  brother's 
wife;  his  uncle's  wife,  etc. ;  his  sister-in- 
law. 

inhatak,  n.,  her  husband;  her  man;  her 
lord. 

inhatak  illi,  n.,  a  widow,  Luke  2:  37. 

inhin,  an  interjection  in  talking  to  gain 
time,  or  to  show  that  the  speaker  is  at 
a  loss;  used  by  some  old  women. 

inhika,  n.,  a  pillar. 

inhikia,  n.,  a  keeper;  a  possessor. 

inhimmak,  n.,  a  junior;  his  junior. 

inhimmak,  a.,  after  it,  him,  her,  or 
them;  later;  inhimmak  on,  a.,  latter. 

inhimmak,  v.  n.,  to  be  after  it,  him,  etc. 

inhiya,  pp.,  scolded. 

inhiyachi,  v.  t.,  to  scold. 

inhiyach.i,  n.,  a  scold;  ascolder. 

inhoa,  inhowa,  v.  t.,  to  call  him,  her,  it, 
or  them;  to  hail;  to  halloo;  cichfohatak 
out  inhowal  ala,  John  4:  16;  isht  inhoa, 
to  call  with;  pit  inhoa,  to  call  for;  to  send 
for,  Matt.  4:  21.  See  1  Sam.  3:  4,  5,  6; 
ikinhoo,  a.,  uncalled;  faliowa,  to  call, 
Matt.  18:  2;  Josh.  4:  4. 

inhoa,  n.,  a  caller. 

inholitopa,  n.,  a  favorite;  a  fancy;  his 
fancy;  his  saint,  1  Sam.  2:  9. 

inholitopa,  a.,  dear  to  him;  loved  by 
him;  stingy. 

inholitopa,  v.  n.,  to  be  dear  to  him; 
sometimes  inholitopa  is  rendered  as  a 
transitive  verb;  as,  he  loves  him,  it,  her, 
or  them;  see  John  3:  35. 

inholitopaka,  n.,  a  friend;  his  friend; 
one  loved  by  him. 

i^hollo,  n.,  a  favorite;  one  that  is  loved. 

inhollo,  n.,  tenderness;  stinginess. 


inhollo,  v.  t.,  to  love  him,  her,  or  it;  to 
fancy;  to  spare;  as,  istdnJiollo,  thoulov- 
est  him,  Matt.  5:  43,  44;  issanhollo,  thou 
lovest  me;  chiminholloli,  I  save  it  for 
thee;  Ivalueitforthee;  inhohonlo,ir&{.; 
infioyutto,  pro.;  itinJiollo,  to  love  each 
other. 

inhollo,  n.,  a  lover;  itinhollo,  mutual 
lovers. 

inhollo,  a.,  dear  to  him;  loved  by  him; 
stingy;  close;  tight;  illiberal. 

inhollo,  v.  n.,  to  be  dear  to  him,  etc. 

inhollohe  keyu,  a.,  unlovely. 

inhollot  issa,  v.  t.,  to  cease  to  love;  to 
alienate  the  affections. 

inhowa,  see  inhoa. 

inhukni,  n.,  his  aunt;  the  sister  of  his 
father  and  her  female  cousins. 

iiksho,  v.  n.,  to  be  without;  to  be  none 
there,  John  1:  47;  for  explanation  of  i 
prefixed  to  iksho,  see  a  and  ai. 

ik,  3d  per.  sing,  and  pi.  of  active  verbs 
in  all  the  tenses  except  imp.  in  the 
neg.  form,  as  ala,  to  arrive,  iklo,  not  to 
arrive;  sometimes  found  in  the  imp.,  as 
iklokia,  do  not  let  him  come. 

ik,  a  syllable  prefixed  to  neuter  and  pas 
sive  verbs  in  all  persons  of  the  neg. 
form;  as,  iksabanno,ikchibanno,ikbanno, 
ikpibqnno,  ikhapibanno,  ikhachibanno, 
iksatalakcho,  ikchitalakcho,  etc. ;  ik  is 
also  prefixed  to  verbs  in  the  negative 
form  where  there  is  a  prefix  pronoun 
in  the  accusative  or  dative  cases,  as  ikscL 
chumpo,  ikchichumpo,  ikhachichumpo, 
etc. ;  iksankancho,  ikchinkancho,  ikinkan- 
cho,  etc. 

ik,  sign  of  the  3d  per.  sing,  and  pi.,  imp. 
mood;  ikminti,  let  him  come. 

ik,  conj.,  although,  or  although  let  it  be. 
See  John  3:  19;  iklakia,  John  4:  4. 

ika  (in  ishl  ika);  anumpa  isht  ika,  a  speech 
delivered  standing. 

inkania,  n.,  a  loser. 

inkania,  n.,  a  loss. 

ikbano,  sign  of  the  opta.  mood,  Oh!;  Oh 
that!  Where  the  final  vowel  of  the  verb 
is  i  the  opt.  mood  is  suffixed  as  above; 
still  one  of  the  vowels  is  dropped,  as  is 
often  the  case  where  two  come  together 
in  this  way.  After  a  and  o  the  opt. 
form  is  akbano  or  okbano,  sometimes 
hokbano,  etc.  (q.  v. ).  Perhaps  kibano 


84339°— Bull.  40 — 15 12 


178 


BUREAU    OF    AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


is  the  best  representative  of  the  opt. 
mood;  kbano  and  Jtokba.no  are  most  used. 

ikbato,  one  sign  of  opt.  mood,  but  this 
is  an  elliptical  expression.  See  Luke 
19:  42,  ishithaiyanatokokbato,  "if  thou 
hadst  known,"  then  thou  wouldst 
have  prepared  thyself;  chumpakbato  is 
said  to  request  persons  to  buy  some 
thing  and  then  go  away,  or  to  buy  and 
furnish  themselves  and  not  trouble 
others.  It  is  used  in  the  second  and 
third  persons  of  both  numbers;  Jcbato 
is  a  form  that  connects  two  predicates 
with  one  subject,  "oh  that  he  would 
buy  and  have  it,  or  be  off,"  etc. 

ikbi,  v.  t.,  to  make;  to  create;  to  raise; 
to  form;  to  manufacture;  to  build, 
Matt.  16:  18;  to  construct;  to  erect;  to 
produce;  to  engender;  to  beget;  to  pro 
create;  to  constitute;  to  fabricate;  to 
fashion;  to  figure;  to  found;  to  frame; 
to  generate;  to  get;  to  grow;  to  manu 
facture;  to  originate;  to  geminate;  to 
shape;  to  work;  -fr-kbi,  nasal  form; 
ikinkbi,  freq.;  ilikbi,  to  make  himself; 
ilindkbi,  to  make  for  himself,  Gen.  7: 14; 
aiikbi,  Matt.  17:  4;  ikikbo,  a.,  unbegot- 
ten. 

ikbi,  n.,  a  maker;  a  creator;  a  manufac 
turer;  an  author;  a  fabricator;  a  father; 
a  founder;  aframer;  agenerator;  a  pro- 
creator;  a  raiser;  a  source. 

ikbi,  n.,  make;  work. 

ikbi,  n.,  making;  aiikbichi,  to  accuse, 
Acts  24:  8. 

ikbichl,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  make  or  do, 
Matt.  5:  32. 

ikfeksa,  n.,  the  side  of  a  man  or  beast 
between  the  hip  bone  and  the  rib. 

ikfelichi,  v.  i.,  to  be  swollen  in  the 
bowels. 

ikfetap,  ikfitukhak,  n.,  the  upper  end 
of  the  breast  bone. 

ikfia,  n.,  a  diarrhoea;  a  looseness;  a  relax; 
a  lax  (a  coarse  word;  -tribal  ont -ia  is 
better). 

ikfia,  v.  n.,  v.  a.  i.,  to  have  a  diarrhoea; 
to  purge;  to  relax;  to  scour. 

ikfia,  pp.,  purged;  relaxed. 

ikfiachi,  v.  t.,  to  purge;  to  evacuate  the 
bowels;  to  drench;  to  relax;  to  scour. 

ikfiachi,  n.,  a  purgative;  a  laxative; 
physic:  a  purging. 


ikfichukbi,  ikfinksa,  n.,  the  side  of  a 
man  or  beast  between  the  hip  bone  and 
the  rib;  the  flank.  See  ikfeksa. 

ikfihechi,  n.,  a  lax;  a  laxative;  laxity; 
laxness. 

ikfitukhak,  see  ikfetap. 

ikfuka,  ikfoka,  n.,  the  abdomen;  the 
bowels;  the  belly,  Matt.  12:  40;  see 
i/uka,  ilhfoka. 

ikfuka  hotupa,  n.,  the  colic;  pain  in  the 
bowels;  the  bellyache. 

ikfuka  hotupali,  v.  t.,  to  gripe;  to  dis 
tress  the  bowels. 

ikfuka  isht  talakchi,  n.,  a  girth;  a  sur 
cingle;  a  belly  band. 

ikfuka  katapa,  n.,  the  colic. 

ikfukasita,  iffukisita,  n.,  a  girth;  a  sur 
cingle. 

ikhana,  ithana,  v.  a.  i.,  v.  t.,  to  know, 
Matt.  6:8;  Josh.  3:4;  to  acknowledge; 
to  understand;  to  have  acquaintance 
with;  to  discern;  to  fathom;  to  feel;  t1) 
note;  to  observe;  to  perceive;  to  recol 
lect;  to  recur;  to  remember;  to  take; 
to  writ  (v.  t.,  to  witness);  to  wot;  ikJia- 
Jiana,  ithahana,  freq. ;  ileithana,  to  know 
himself;  ikhaiyana,  ithaiyana,  pro. 
form,  to  remember;  to  bear  in  mind;  to 
occur;  to  recollect,  Josh.  1:  13;  4:  24. 

ikhana,  n.,  a  knower;  an  observer. 

ikhana,  n.,  knowledge;  intelligence;  lore; 
notice;  recollection;  regard;  remem 
brance;  science;  cognition;  under 
standing;  erudition;  experience;  feel 
ing;  information;  instruction;  learn 
ing;  light;  wit;  ileikhana,  self-knowl 
edge;  ikithano,  n.,  inexperience;  ignor 
ance;  rawness. 

ikhana, a.,  knowing;  conscious;  mindful; 
notorious;  scientific;  aware;  known; 
expert;  familiar;  intelligent;  learned; 
literate;  Jtatak  HJiana,  a  known  man,  or 
an  acquaintance;  'ikitliano,  artless;  igno 
rant;  awkward;  unacquainted;  inexpe 
rienced;  insensible;  unconscious;  unin 
formed;  unknown;  unnumaged;  unper- 
ceived;  unpracticed;  unremembered; 
untaught;  itiMunui,  kno\\  n  to  each 
other;  itikltana,  n.,  acquaintance,  Luke 
2o:  4i);  itilclKnianku,  n.,  acquaintance, 
Luke  '2:  44. 

ikhana,  v.  n.,  to  be  known,  conscious, 
etc. 


BYINGTON]  A   DICTIONARY   OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


179 


ikhana,  pp.,  taught;  instructed;  enlight 
ened;  indoctrinated; informed;  learned; 
noted;  regarded;  ikithano,  neg.  form. 

ikhana  achukma,  a.,  eminent;  noted; 
well  known. 

ikhana  alhpesa,  a.,  memorable;  nota 
ble. 

ikhana  fehna,  a.,  memorable. 

ikhana  hinla,  a.,  perceptible. 

ikhananchi,  v.  t.,  to  teach,  Matt.  15:  9; 
to  instruct;  to  inform;  to  educate;  to 
bring  up;  to  breed,  Luke  5:  17;  6:  6;  to 
civilize;  to  convey  or  communicate  in 
telligence;  to  disciple;  to  drill;  to  edify; 
to  enlighten;  to  familiarize;  to  indoc 
trinate;  to  introduce;  to  lighten;  to 
nourish;  to  rear;  to  remind;  to  tell; 
to  train;  ileithananchi,  to  make  himself 
known,  Gen.,  42:  7. 

ikhananchi,  n.,  a  teacher:  an  instructor; 
as  Chahta  ikhananchi,  the  Choctaw  in 
structor;  a  doctor;  an  enlightener;  a 
preceptor;  a  remembrancer. 

ikhananchi,  n.,  tuition;  instruction. 

ikhananchit  pelichi,  v.  t.,  to  discipline. 

ikhana,  ithana,  v.  a.  i.,  v.  t.,  to  learn; 
to  acquire  knowledge;  to  acquaint  one 
self;  to  embrace;  to  find;  to  get;  to 
hear;  to  improve;  to  see;  ikithano,  neg. 
form;  ikhayana,  to  remember,  Matt. 
5:  23;  to  understand,  Matt.  15:  10;  ile- 
ithana,  to  teach  himself. 

ikhana,  pp.,  known. 

ikhana,  n.,  a  learner;  nan  ithana,  a  dis 
ciple,  Matt.  17:  6. 

ikhana,  n.,  edification;  improvement. 

ikhana  hinla,  a.,  teachable;  capable  of 
learning;  intelligible. 

ikhanahe  keyu,  a.,  incomprehensible; 
inscrutable;  unapt;  unteachable. 

ikhanahe  pulla,  a.,  teachable. 

ikhananchi,  v.  t.  cans.,  to  cause  to  learn; 
to  teach;  to  acquaint;  to  instruct,  Matt. 
15:  9;  Josh.  4:  22;  or  ikhananchi  (q.  v.). 

ikhananchi,  ikhananchi,  n.,  a  teacher. 

ikhinsh,  ithinsh,  ishhinsh,  ikhinsh, 
okhinsh,  n.,  medicine;  physic;  a  drug; 
the  general  word  for  anything  used  for 
the  sick,  as  medicine,  or  applied  to 
sores,  as  salve,  or  to  the  flesh,  as  oint 
ments;  a  medicament. 

ikhinsh  ahama,  n.,  opodeldoc. 

ikhinsh  akmo,  n.,  salve. 


ikhinsh  apesa,  v.  t.,  to  prescribe  medi 
cine. 

ikhinsh  balam,  n.,  camphor;  any  fra 
grant  medicine;  an  elixir. 

ikhinsh  bota,  n.,  medicine  prepared  in 
powder. 

ikhinsh  bota  ishkot  hoita,  n.,  tartar 
emetic. 

ikhinsh  bota  ishkot  ikfia,  n.,  calomel. 

ikhinsh  chunkash  libishli,  n.,  a  cordial. 

ikhinsh  hapi  holba,  n.,  salts;  Epsom 
salts;  Glauber  salts;  sulphate  of  soda; 
sulphate  of  magnesia. 

ikhinsh  homi,  n.,  bitters. 

ikhinsh  ipeta,  v.  t.,  to  drug;  to  admin 
ister  medicine. 

ikhinsh  ishkot  hoita,  n.,  a  puke;  a 
vomit. 

ikhinsh  ishkot  ikfia,  n.,  a  cathartic. 

ikhinsh  ishkot  nusechi,  n.,  laudanum. 

ikhinsh  ishkot  ont  iachi,  n.,  a  cathartic. 

ikhinsh  isht  apunfachi,  n.,  a  syringe. 

ikhinsh  kanchi,  n.,  a  druggist;  an  apoth 
ecary. 

ikhinsh  lakshachi,  n.,  a  sudorific. 

ikhinsh  luma,  n.,  a  nostrum. 

ikhinsh  lumbo,  n.,  a  pill;  pills;  medi 
cine  in  pills. 

ikhinsh  lumboa,  n.  pi.,  pills. 

ikhinsh  nipi  kallochi,  n..  a  tonic. 

ikhinsh  nusechi,  n.,  opium;  an  opiate; 
an  anodyne;  laudanum. 

ikhinsh  okchalechi,  n.,  a  tonic;  a  stim 
ulant. 

ikhinsh  patassa,  ikhinsh  patassapi, 
n.,  prickly  ash. 

ikhinsh  shakba  fohka,  pp.,  vaccinated. 

ikhinsh  shakba  fohki,  v.  t.,  to  vaccinate. 

ikhinsh  shunsh  isht  abi,n.,  a  vermifuge. 

i^ki,  n.,  his  father  (Matt.  15:  5);  her 
father;  father;  sire;  fatherhood;  papa; 
a  procreator;  abba;  Inki,  the  Father, 
Matt.  11:  27;  16:  27;  In  Id  on,  Father, 
Rom.  8:  15;  Chiliowa  akosli  inki  yon, 
Jehovah  was  a  father  to  him,  John  5: 
18;  hachiinki,  Matt.  18:  14:  Josh.  1:6. 

inki  aiokla,  n.,  paternal  ancestors. 

inki  ansha,  a.,  legitimate;  born  in  wed 
lock. 

Inki  aba,  n.,  his  Father  in  Heaven;  God; 
Pinki  aba,  our  Heavenly  Father. 

Inki  Chihowa,  God  Jehovah;  Jehovah 
Father;  his  Father  Jehovah. 


180 


BUREAU   OF  AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


inki  chohmi,  n.,  fatherhood. 

inki  ichapa,  n.,  the  firstborn;  the  child 
next  to  the  father;  the  oldest  son. 

inkiiksho,  a.,  illegitimate;  bastard;  base 
born;  fatherless. 

inki  iksho,  n.,  a  bastard. 

inki  ilikbi,  v.  t.,  to  father. 

inki  ishki  abi,  11.,  a  parricide. 

inki  ishki  itatuklo,  n.,  parents;  father 
and  mother. 

inki  toba,  n.,  a  stepfather;  his  stepfather; 
her  stepfather. 

inki  toba,  pp.,  fathered. 

ikikki,  int.  of  regret;  O;  alas;  ah;  oh; 
ikikkeh,  alas,  Josh.  7:  7. 

Inkilish  imanumpa,  n.,  the  English  lan 
guage. 

Inkilish  okla,  n.,  Englishmen;  English 
nation;  the  English;  see  Minkilish. 

ikimiksho,  v.  t.,  to  lack;  ikshokahe nanta- 
Jiatuko;  pp.,  unfurnished. 

ikistap,  n.,  tough  meat  of  the  neck. 

ikithano,  adv.,  unwittingly;  ignorantly. 

ikkishi,  n.,  the  brisket;  the  breast  gen 
erally,  not  the  paps,  but  the  fore  part 
of  the  thorax;  the  withers. 

ikkishi  foni,  n.,  the  breast  bone;  the 
sternum. 

iklanna,  11.,  the  middle;  the  center;  mid 
way,  1  Kings  10:  7;  half  the  depth; 
the  dead,  as  "in  the  dead  of  winter," 
etc.;  halfway;  the  heart;  the  interior; 
mean;  midst;  a  moiety.  Acts  1:  15; 
Josh.  4:  5,  8;  midst  of,  Josh.  8:  33. 

iklanna,  a.,  semi;  half  (Matt.  10:  29),  as 
used  in  compound  words;  half  pay;  half 
pint,  etc.;  middling;  mid,  as  found  in 
compound  words;  midday,  etc.;  full, 
as  the  moon;  mean;  middle;  mon 
grel. 

iklanna,  v.  n.,  to  be  middling,  half  or 
mid,  etc. 

iklanna,  pp.,  centered;  divided  in  the 
middle. 

iklanna  atampa,  n.,  a  majority;  more 
than  half. 

iklannaka,  n.,  tho  midst;  the  middle 
place;  aiiklqunttkd,  John  8:  3;  the  mean; 
the  middle. 

iklannaka  iklanna,  n.,  a  quarter. 

iklannachi,  iklannachi,  v.  t.,  to  center; 
to  divide  in  the  middle,  Luke  19:  8. 

Inklislia,  a.,  English;  see  Minkilisli. 

Inklisha,  n.,  English. 


ikma,  sign  of  sub.  mood,  when  the  verb 
ends  with  i;  see  ak  and  okma,  if, 
when;  this  particle  begins  with  k,  kma, 
when  that.  Compounds:  ikmako — ik- 
makocha — ikmakona — ikmakosh — ikmak- 
ot — ikjnano,  ikmano — ikmat,  if,  when — 
ikmato. 

inkoi,  n,  the  withers  of  a  hare  or  a  buffalo. 

inkolumpi,  see  kolumpi,  n.,  the  throat. 

ikonla,  n.,  the  neck;  the  throat. 

ikonla  afohoma,  n.,  the  collar;  the  part 
of  a  garment  which  surrounds  the  neck. 

ikonla  afohoma  ishi,  v.  t.,  to  collar;  to 
seize  by  the  collar. 

ikonla  awalakachi,  n.,  a  ruffle;  a  ruff. 

ikonla  bana,  see  ikonlabana. 

ikonla  bekat  anya,  a.,  barenecked. 

ikonla  bekat  anya,  v.  a.  i.,  to  go  bare 
necked. 

ikonla  inuchi,  n.,  a  collar;  something 
worn  round  the  neck;  a  part  of  a  har 
ness  for  the  neck  of  a  horse  or  other 
beast  used  in  draught;  names;  the  part 
of  a  yoke  which  embraces  the  neck. 

ikonla  shatali,  n.,  a  swelled  neck;  a 
swelled  throat;  the  mumps  (a  disease); 
the  quinsy. 

ikonla  umpatta,  n.,  a  Vandyke. 

ikonlabana,  ikonla  abana,  n.,  a  yoke, 
Matt.  11:  29;  pp.,  yoked. 

ikonlabana  imaiishi,  v.  t.,  to  unyoke. 

ikonlabanali,  v.  t.,  to  yoke. 

iksa,  n.,  a  clan;  a  class;  a  denomination; 
a  sect;  a  society;  applied  to  the  mar 
riage  clans, as  hatakinholahta,kashapokla. 

iksa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  of  a  class,  sect,  or  clan; 
as,  itimiksali  bano  kakon. 

iksa  achafa,  n.,  one  clan;  the  same  clan 
or  class. 

iksa  apistikeli,  n. ,  a  bishop;  one  who 
has  the  watch  of  a  class,  clan,  etc. 

iksa  asonunchi  alhtoka,  n.,  a  deacon; 
an  elder. 

iksa  ibafoka,  v.  t.,  to  unite  with  a  class, 
clan,  denomination. 

iksa  inla,  iksinla,  n.,  another  clan;  a 
different  clan;  the  other  clan. 

iksa  issa,  v.  t.,  to  desert  a  clan;  to  apos 
tatize. 

iksa  issa,  n.,  an  apostate;  apostasy. 

iksa  issachi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  apostatize. 

iksa  keyu,  a.,  unrelated. 

iksamiksho,  v.  t.,  I  have  none,  or  there 
is  none  for  me,  or  there  is  none  of  mine. 


A   DICTIONARY   OF    THE   CIIOCTAW   LANGUAGE 


181 


iksiachi,  v.  t.,  to  fix;  to  repair;  aiksiachi. 

iksita,n.,  a  hearth;  luakiksita,  Gen.  18:  6. 

iksitopa;  nan  isht  ikaiiksitopa,  infirmities, 
Matt.  8:  17.  See  John  5:  5;  1st  per. 
iksaksitopa;  imperative  forms,  ikchiksi- 
topa,  ikpiksitopa. 

iksho,  v.  n.,  to  be  absent;  to  be  gone;  to 
be  none;  not  to  be;  iiksho,  intensive 
form,  Matt.  2:  17,  18;  ikimiiknho,  hath 
not,  Matt.  8:  20;  ansha  (q.  v.),  pro. 
form;  iksaksho,  ikchiksho,  iksho,  ikpiksho, 
etc. ;  ikchimiksholih,  akchimiksho. 

iksho,  v.  a.  i.,  to  want;  ikaiiksho,  as  oka 
ikaiiksho,  dry  places,  Matt.  12:  43. 

iksho,  a.,  absent;  none;  not  any;  desti 
tute;  devoid;  wanting;  missing;  no; 
vacant;  void. 

iksho,  n.,  a  dearth;  a  privation;  a  want 
age;  wanting. 

iksho,  prep.,  without. 

iksho,  with  a  poss.  pro.  sam,  chim,  im, 
etc.,  to  have  none;  the  neg.  of  amasha, 
chimasha,  etc.,  v.  t.,  to  want. 

ikshokechi,  v.  t.,  to  bring  to  nought;  to 
destroy,  1  Cor.  6:  13. 

il,  a  prefix  per.  pro.,  1st  per.  pi.  of  active 
verbs  beginning  with  a  vowel,  as  iat  to 
go;  John  4:  42;  ilia,  we  go;  ithana,  to 
know;  ilithana,  we  know.  Seee. 

ila,  to  itself;  by  itself,  as  ishilaboli,  you 
lay  it  by  itself,  from  ile,  reflexive,  and 
a,  locative. 

ila,  to  himself,  as  ilahalalli,  to  draw  it  to 
himself;  before  a  vowel,  ilai,  as  ilaieshi, 
to  take  to  himself.  See  Luke  12:  37; 
17:  8;  John 21:  18;  imokla ilahashia,  his 
peculiar  people,  Dent.  26:  18. 

ilabannali,  v.  t.,  to  shoulder;  see  iaban- 
nali. 

ilabinka,  ilaminka,  a.,  different;  vari 
ous;  separate. 

ilabinka,  v.  n.,  to  be  different. 

ilabinka,  adv.,  separately. 

ilafaya,  ilafia,  a.,  handsome,  as  isuba 
ilafia,  a  good-looking  horse. 

ilafia,  v.  n.,  to  be  handsome;  to  look 
well,  as  a  horse. 

ilafiopa,  11.,  inspiration. 

ilafoa,  n.,  contumacy. 

ilafoa,  a.,  headstrong;  obstinate;  un 
yielding;  unwilling. 

ilafoa,  v.  n.,  to  be  headstrong. 

ilafoa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  refuse;  to  struggle. 


ilahninchi,  n.,  self-esteem. 

ilahobbi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  pretend;  to  profess; 
to  attempt;  to  make  a  vain  effort;  to 
dissemble;  to  feign;  to  make  as  if,  Josh. 
9:  4. 

ilahobbi,  n.,  an  attempt;  a  pretense;  a 
feint;  hypocrisy. 

ilahobbi,  n.,  a  pretender;  a  professor;  a 
seemer;  a  hypocrite,  Matt.  6:  1(>;  nan 
ilahobbichiahoka,  thou  hypocrite,  Matt. 
7:  5. 

ilahobbi,  a.,  pretended;  professed;  Jtopaii 
ilahobbi,  Matt,  7:  15. 

ilahobbi,  adv.,  vainly. 

ilahtati,  n.,  providence. 

ilai,  dative  reflexive  particle  before  vow 
els;  ilaieshi,  Josh.  8:  1. 

ilaiukha,  n.,  recompense;  retaliation; 
vow  of  revenge. 

ilaiukha,  n.,  a  revenger. 

ilaiyuka,  ilayuka,  a.,  various;  diver 
sified;  all;  each;  divers,  Luke  4:  40; 
every;  different;  several;  sundry,  Matt. 
4:24;  hatak  ilaiyuka,  each  man;  abeka 
ilaiyuka  puta,  all  manner  of  sickness; 
yakni  ilaiyuka,  pinimpatok,  haknip  ikin- 
chukmo  ilaiyuka  moma,  all  manner  of 
disease;  see  aiyuka. 

ilaiyuka,  v.  n.,  to  be  various. 

ilaiyuka,  v.  a.  i.,  to  shift. 

ilaiyuka,  n.,  a  diversity;  a  variety;  ilai 
yuka  puta,  every  kind,  Matt.  13:  47. 

ilaiyuka  hinla,  a.,  versatile. 

ilaiyuka  takoli  shali,  a,,  unsteady; 
variable. 

ilaiyukachi,  v.  t.,  to  make  various;  to 
cause  a  diversity;  to  vary. 

ilaiyukali,  n.,  division. 

ilaiyukali,  a.,  various;  divers. 

ilaiyukali,  v.  n.,  to  be  various. 

ilaiyukali  laua,  a.,  manifold. 

ilaiyukalichechi,  v.  t.,  to  diversify. 

ilakhata,  v.  a.  i.,  to  dress  up;  to  put  on 
ornaments;  ilakhatat  antali,  lam  dress 
ing. 

ilakshema,  v.  t.,  to  dress  himself;  to 
vest;  see  shema. 

ilalechia,  a.,  proud. 

ilaminka,  a.,  different  and  separate;  see 
ilabinka. 

ilanoli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  confess,  Matt.  3:  6. 

ilanoli,  n.,  a  concession;  a  confession. 

ilanoli,  n.,  a  confessor. 


182 


BUREAU   OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


ilanukfillit  pisa,  n.,  self-examination. 

ilap,  pro.,  his;  her;  hers,  Josh.  2:  19;  its; 
this;  theirs;  own;  himself;  herself;  it 
self;  self;  he,  Josh.  3:1;  Matt.  9:  1; 
Hap  at,  he  himself,  Matt.  12:  4;  ilap 
q'ld,  their  fruit,  Matt.  7:  16;  ilap  ani,  his 
fruit,  Matt.  12:  33;  minko  ilap,  this  is 
the  chief's;  ilap  Jtocfiifo,  his  name.  The 
particles  are  suffixed  to  this  word. 

ilap,  ilapa,  self;  him,  Mark  1:  34;  Matt. 
10:  32,  33;  12:  16;  salap  achafa,  I  alone; 
I  myself  alone;  I  only,  salap,  chilap, 
ifap. 

ilap  achafa,  adv.,  singly. 

ilap  achafa,  a.,  unattended. 

ilap  ahni,  v.  t. ,  to  determine  himself;  to 
volunteer;  ilapanli,  a.,  selfish;  ilap  ahni. 

ilap  ahni,  n.,  self-determination;  his 
wish;  his  will. 

ilap  ahni,  a.,  voluntary. 

ilap  ahni  bieka,  a.,  willful. 

ilap  ahni  ilekanchi,  a.,  self-devoted. 

ilap  ahni  keyu,  a.,  involuntary. 

ilap  ahni  yamohmi,  a.,  spontaneous; 
voluntary. 

ilap  aiahni,  n.,  self-will. 

ilap  aiahni,  adv.,  freely. 

ilap  akinli,  himself;  herself;  itself;  self; 
ilap  akinli  hoxh,  Matt.  8:17. 

ilap  anukfilli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  think  himself; 
to  determine  himself. 

ilap  anukfilli,  n.,  self-determination. 

ilap  alihikia,  a.,  free — to  stand  by  him 
self. 

ilapbano,  a.,  alone;  himself  alone;  single; 
he  alone;  lone;  unattended,  Matt.  17: 1; 
them  alone. 

ilap  bano,  a.,  lone. 

ilap  bano,  adv.,  lonely;  singly. 

ilap  banot  anta,  v.  a.  i.,  to  live  alone, 
or  to  be  the  only  one  that  stays. 

ilap  bieka,  a.,  alone;  solitary. 

ilap  biekat  kanima  atta,  11.,  a  hermit. 

ilap  binka,  adv.,  by  or  among  them 
selves,  ,!ohn  4:  33;  Luke  4:  36;  sepa 
rately,  Matt.  12:  25;  16:  7. 

ilap  fena,  a.,  himself;  himself  indeed; 
himself  in  person. 

ilap  fena,  adv.,  personally;  in  person. 

ilap  im,  their  own,  Matt.  17:  25. 

ilap  immi,  a.,  his  own;  her  own;  private; 

proper,  Josh.  8:  27. 
ilap  immi,  n.,  a  proprietary. 


ilap  in,  Matt.  9:  1;  his  own,  Matt:  10:  36; 

13:  57. 
ilapakpuna,   ilapakpunwa,    a.,    selfish; 

self-conceited;  self-willed;  haughty. 
ilapakpuna,  v.  n.,  to  be  selfish. 
ilapakpuachi,  ilapakpuwachi,  v.  t,,  to 

make  selfish, 
ilapakpunla,  a.,  selfish;   haughty;  from 

ilapak  pulla,  surely  himself  he. 
ilapakpunla,  v.  n.,  to  be  selfish, 
ilapat,  obj.  case,  pro.,  he;  himself,  Matt. 

14:  22;  16:  21. 
ilapinli,  a.,  himself;  herself,  Matt.  6:  4; 

ilapint,  obj.  case, 
ilapisa,  see  ilapissa. 

ilapisa,  v.  t.,  to  make;  this  word  is  per 
haps  from  apesa,  and  is  a  reflexive  verb, 
ilapissa,   from  ilap  and  issa  or  il  and 

apissa,  to  give  himself  up. 
ilapissa,  see  Gen.  43:  32;  mihma  ilapissa 

intallalimat,    etc.,    by  themselves;    by 

himself, 
ilapissa,  a.,  downcast;  dull;  pensive;  sad; 

weak  and  trembling  from  sickness, 
ilapissa,  pp.,  saddened;  disfigured;  nash- 

uka  ilapissa,  Matt.  6:  16. 
ilapissa,  adv.,  sadly. 
ilapissachi,  ilapissachi,  ilapissachi,  v. 

t. ,  to  depress  himself;  to  disfigure,  Matt. 

6:  16. 
ilapo,a.,  his,  himself ;  ilapo  haknip  akinli 

kakon,  John  2:  21:  ilapo  fena  yat,  John 

4:  54. 

ilapo  inli,  pro.,  itself,  Matt.  6:  34;  12:  26. 
ilapoma,   pro.    ob.,   him;    ilapoma  ishin 

yamohmi,  Luke  6:  31. 
ilaposh,  pro.,  he;  himself;  obj.  case. 
ilapuna,  a.,  selfish;  self-willed;  haughty; 

from  apoa,  to  raise;  to  sow  for  raising. 
ilapuna,  v.  n.,  to  be  selfish. 
ilapunla,  n.,  haughtiness;  independence; 

selfishness;  stiffness;  from  ila  and  pulla, 

surely  himself,  or  to  himself,  or  from 

ilaj>  and  ]>u//(t. 
ilapunla,    a.,     selfish;    haughty;     high 

minded;  independent;  insolent;  lordly ; 

stiff    necked;    stubborn;    supercilious; 

wayward;  presumptuous;  rash;  heady; 

from  ila])  find  pull  a  (nasalized),  surely 

himself. 

ilapunla,  v.  n.,  to  be  selfish,  etc. 
ilapunla,  v.  a.  i.,  to  stiffen. 
ilatoba,  v.  a.  i.,  to  spare;  from  tot/a,  to 

become;  ikilatobo.  a.,  unreserved. 


BYIXGTO.X] 


A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


183 


ilatomba,  v.  t.,  to  save;  to  economise; 
to  preserve  for  future  use;  to  husband; 
to  reserve;  to  spare;  made  by  prefix 
ing  the  particles  He  reflexive  and  a  loca 
tive  to  toba;  anumpa  ilatomba  fehna. 

ilatomba,  a.,  saving;  prudent;  econom 
ical;  reserved;  frugal. 

ilatomba,  n.,  economy;  prudence;  re 
serve;  saving. 

ilatomba,  n.,  an  economist;  a  saver. 

ilatomba  atapa,  a.,  penurious. 

ilatomba  keyu,  a. ,  unsparing. 

ilauata,  ilauata,  v.  a.  i.,  to  boast;  to  brag; 
to  crow;  imilauata,  to  crow  over  him; 
isht  ilauata,  to  boast  about;  to  vapor;  to 
vaunt;  from  auata  and  the  pronoun  He. 

ilauata,  n.,  a  boaster;  a  brag;  a  vaporer; 
a  vaunter. 

ilauata,  n.,  a  boast;  a  brag;  a  prank. 

ilaueli,  ilauweli,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  lead 
along;  to  conduct;  to  rule;  to  govern; 
to  lead,  Matt.  15:14;  to  take,  Matt.  16: 
22;  Luke  4:  5;  to  guide;  to  take  a  wife, 
Matt.  1:  24;  4:5;  this  is  a  reflexive  form 
from  aue,  auechi,  auet,  etc. ;  pelichi,  pi. 

ilaueli,  n.,  a  leader  of  one;  a  conductor; 
a  guide;  a  guider;  wakushi  ilauinli,  a 
cow  that  is  the  leader  of  a  calf,  i.  e., 
a  cow  and  calf,  Matt.  18:  24. 

ilauet,  cont.  of  above,  John  1:  42. 

ilauet  anya,  v.  t.  sing.,  to  rule;  to  lead; 
to  conduct;  to  govern. 

ilauet  anya,  n.,  a  ruler;  a  leader;  a  hus 
band. 

ilanyak,  imilayak,  n.,  goods,  Matt.  12: 
29;  wares;  merchandise;  riches,  1  Kings 
10:  23;  treasure,  Matt.  6:  19;  his  goods; 
imilayak  chokushpa,  chattel;  chattels; 
concern;  riches;  imilayak  isht  yupomo; 
v.  t.,  to  dissipate. 

ilayuka,  see  ilalyuka. 

ilallachi,  a.,  childish. 

ilallachi  (from  He  and  alia],  v.  t.,  to  make 
himself  a  child. 

ilapisa,  v.  t.,  to  look  on  himself;  to  deem 
himself. 

ilapissa,  ilapisa,  a.,  sad;  of  a  sad  coun 
tenance;  depressed. 

ilapissa,  v.  n.,  to  be  sad;  to  have  a  fallen 
countenance,  Gen.  4:  6. 

ilapissachi,  ilapissachi,  v.  t.,  to  depress. 

ilappa,  pro.,  this;  these,  Matt.  1:  20; 
2:  3;  4:  9;  ilappa  yakohmichi,  do  this, 


Matt.  8:  9;  a  demonstrative  of  person, 
thing,  and  place:  this;  here;  ila/tjta 
refers  to  the  nearest  objects,  yam/no-  to 
the  most  distant;  hither,  Josh.  3:  9; 
ilappa  ishla  liohcho?  art  thou  come 
hither?  Matt.  8:  29. 

ilappa,  adv.,  here,  Matt.  14:  17;  hither, 
Josh.  2:  2;  thence,  Luke  4:  9;  ilappa 
fehnaka,  herein;  here;  John  4:  37;  Matt. 
12:  0;  this  place. 

ilappa,  demon,  pro.  in  the  obj.  case  or  in 
any  case,  this;  these;  this  person  or 
thing;  used  instead  of  the  third  person 
of  the  per.  pro.  he,  she,  it,  they,  Luke 
1:  6  [?]  ('dappa  is  here  in  the  n.  case); 
ilappa  fenaka,  in  this  or  herein,  John  4: 
37;  Matt.  6:  29;  the;  these,  Matt.  6:  32; 
18:  14;  this,  Josh.  1:  2,  4. 

ilappa  foka,  adv.,  hereabout. 

ilappa  pila,  adv.,  in  this  direction; 
toward  this  place;  ilappa  pila  tali,  I  am 
going  in  this  direction. 

ilappa  pilla,  adv.,  away  here,  pointing 
at  the  same  time  to  the  place  with  the 
finger  or  lips,  meaning  quite  to  or  at 
the  place,  and  not  merely  toward. 

ilappak,  adv..  here;  right  here;  ilappak 
atnkma,  this,  Matt.  8:  9;  ilappak  fehna, 
here,  Matt.  14:  8;  ilappakinli,  adv.,  here 
in  this  place;  right  here;  ilqppako, 
adv.,  in  this  place;  at  this  place;  hither, 
Matt.  17:  17;  ilappak  oka,  here  is  the 
place  which;  ilappak  okqt,  v.  n.,  here  is 
the  place  which;  ilappak  okqto,  that 
very  one;  Hqppakosh,  here  is  the  place; 
this  is,  Matt.  11:  10. 

ilappak,  this,  Matt.  3:  17;  a  simple  word, 
like  liimak,  himmak,  yammak;  ilappak 
ash,  the,  Luke  3:  15;  ilappakinli,  this; 
himself,  itself,  etc.,  Matt.  13:  22;  Hap. 
pakma,  this  also;  this  too;  Happakon, 
in  this;  of  this;  from  this;  hither,  Matt. 
14:  18;  Josh.  1:  4;  in  whom,  Matt. 
3:  17. 

ilappak  oka,  adv.,  this  the  one  which. 

ilappak  okat,  nom.  case,  this  is  the  one 
which. 

ilappak  osh,  nom.  case,  this  is  the  one, 
Matt.  17:  5. 

ilappasi,  adv.,  here. 

ilappano,  obj.  case,  this  is  the  one. 

ilappat, nom.  case,  this;  okla ilappat,  Matt. 
15:  8. 


184 


BUREAU   OF  AMERICAN  ETHNOLOGY 


[BITLL.  46 


ilappato,  nom.  case,  def.,  this  is  the  one 
which. 

ilappimma,  adv.,  hither,  this  way,  Josh. 
8:20. 

ilappimma  pilla,  adv.,  thitherward. 

ilbasha,  a.,  poor;  wretched;  miserable; 
destitute;  calamitous;  cheerless;  con 
trite;  deplorable;  desolate;  devoid; 
grievous;  heavy;  humble;  indigent; 
lean;  low;  meager;  necessitous;  needy; 
piteous;  rigorous;  rueful;  submissive; 
pp.,  degraded;  troubled;  depressed; 
distressed. 

ilbasha,  adv.,  unhappily;  miserably. 

ilbasha,  v.  n.,  to  be  poor,  etc.;  ilbqnsha; 
ilbaiyaslia. 

ilbasha,  v.  a.  L,  to  mourn;  to  ruin;  to 
smart;  to  suffer;  to  undergo;  isht  ilba 
sha,  v.  t.,  to  mourn. 

ilbasha,  v.  t.,  with  a  pro.  in  the  dative 
case;  imilbasha,  to  pray  to  him,  Luke 
5:  12;  to  importune  of  him;  to  suppli 
cate;  eclmnilbaslia,  we  pray  to  thee;  we 
are  humble  before  thee,  Josh.  2:  12; 
ilbansha;  ilbaiyaslia. 

ilbasha, pp., distressed;  impoverished;  re 
duced  to  want;  afflicted;  persecuted; 
cursed;  humbled;  oppressed;  racked; 
ruined;  screwed;  stripped;  tormented; 
wronged,  Matt.  6:  25;  ililbasJia,  pp., 
self-abased;  ishpilbashachi,  thou  tor- 
mentest  us,  Matt.  8:  29;  ilbaiyasha. 

ilbasha,  n.,  poverty;  misery;  a  calamity; 
affliction;  persecution;  distress;  the 
heartache;  illness;  impotency;  indi 
gence;  need;  necessity;  oppression; 
penury;  plaint;  a  privation;  punish 
ment;  a  strait;  a  stripe;  suffering;  tor 
ment;  trouble;  woe;  wretchedness. 

ilbasha,  n.,  the  poor;  a  sufferer,  Matt. 
11:  5;  ilbasha  atapa,  n.,  extremity;  ex 
treme  distress. 

ilbashachi,  v.  t.,  to  torment;  to  wring; 
to  wrong;  to  depress;  to  oppress;  to 
screw;  to  shave;  to  sterili/e;  to  straiten; 
to  strip;  to  distress;  to  impoverish;  to 
afflict;  to  persecute,  Matt.  5:  44;  to  de 
ject;  HUbasJiachi,  to  distress  himself. 

ilbashachi,  n.,  an  oppressor;  a  distresser; 
a  tormentor;  a  wrongdoer;  a  wronger. 

ilbashahe  alhpesa,  a.,  damnable;  trag 
ical;  unhappy;  woful;  wretched; 
wrongful;  ikilbasho,  neg.  a. 


ilbashalechi,  v.  t.,  to  impoverish;  to 
cause  distress  or  poverty;  to  oppress. 

ilbashali,  v.  t.,  to  distress;  to  afflict;  to 
oppress;  to  persecute;  to  curse;  to  grind; 
to  gripe;  to  pinch;  to  ruin;  to  destroy, 
Matt.  10:  28;  Josh.  7:  25,  to  trouble; 
ililbashali,  to  distress  himself. 

ilbashali,  n. ,  oppression;  persecution. 

ilbashali,  n.,  an  oppressor;  a  persecutor; 
v.  t.,  to  beggar;  to  condemn,  John  3:  17. 

ilbashali,  a.,  murderous. 

ilbashalit  abi,  a.,  murderous. 

ile,  sign  of  the  reflexive  form  of  active 
verbs  beginning  with  a  vowel,  as  anta, 
to  stay;  ilanta,  to  stay  by  himself  or 
alone;  ako&tininchi,  to  understand;  ontil- 
akostininchi,  to  understand  himself;  to 
come  to  himself,  Luke,  15:  17;  ilekos- 
tininr.hi,  to  repent. 

ile,  sign  of  the  reflexive  pronominal  form 
before  verbs  beginning  with  a  conso 
nant;  before  a  vowel  one  vowel  is  often 
dropped,  especially  the  vowels  i  and  a, 
asilebi,  to  commit  suicide;  to  kill  one's 
self. 

ilebi,  n.,  self-homicide;  self-murder;  sui 
cide. 

ilefehnachechi,  v.  t.,  to  fan  pride;  to 
render  proud;  to  elevate;  to  exalt;  to 
lift. 

ilefehnachi,  v.  t.,  to  pride. 

ilefehnachi,  ilifehnachi,  (two  long 
vowels,  e  and  e,  do  not  come  together 
or  follow  each  other. — later  note  by  B. ) ; 
a.,  ostentatious;  pompous;  self-suffi 
cient;  supercilious;  proud;  vain;  arro 
gant;  consequential;  haughty;  lofty; 
pp.,  elevated;  high  minded;  insolent; 
lordly;  magisterial;  puffed;  see/e/ma. 

ilefehnachi,  adv.,  loftily. 

ilefehnachi,  v.  n.,  to  be  proud;  to  be 
vain. 

ilefehnachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  crow;  to  boast; 
to  prink;  to  swagger;  to  swell. 

ilefehnachi,  11.,  a  swaggerer. 

ilefehnachi,  n.,  pride;  vanity;  hauteur; 
loftiness;  pomp;  self-conceit. 

ilefehnachit  nowa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  stalk;  to 
strut. 

ilefoka,  n.,  a  garment;  a  coat,  Matt.  5: 
40;  apparel;  an  undergarment;  a  tunic, 
Luke  6:  29;  a  dress;  clothes. 

ilefoka,v.  t.  ref.,  to  put  clothes  on  him 
self,  herself,  one's  self. 


fcYlNGTON] 


A  DICTIONARY   OF    THE    CHOCTAW   LANGUAGE 


185 


ilefoka  awalakachi,  n.,  the  ruffle  of  a 

shirt. 
ilefoka  chito,  n.,  a  cloak;  a  surtout;  a 

great  coat. 
ilefoka  foka,  v.  t.,  to  attire  himself;  to 

dress  himself;  to  clothe  himself. 
ilefoka  foka,  pp.,   clothed;  dressed,  by 

himself  or  others. 
ilefoka  fokachi,  v.  t.,  to  clothe  another; 

to  dress  another. 
ilefoka    halushkichi,  n.,   a  fiatiron;   a 

sadiron;  a  heater. 
ilefoka  isht  boa,  n.,  a  pounder  used  in 

washing  clothes. 
ilefoka  isht  kashokachi,  ilefoka  isht 

kasholichi,  n.,  a  clothes  brush. 
ilefoka  isht  shema,  n.,  a  dress. 
ilefoka    kolofa,    n.,    a    roundabout;     a 

short  coat;  a  spencer. 
ilefoka  kololi,  n.  pi.  of  above. 
ilefoka  lumbo,  n.,a  shirt;  a  coat,  Matt. 

10:  10. 
ilefoka  patafa,  n.,  a  hunting  frock;   a 

garment  that  is  open  in  front. 
ilefoka  shakba  afohoma,  n.,  a  cuff;  a 

wristband. 

ilefoka  shukcha,  n.,  a  pocket  in  a  gar 
ment. 

ilefoka  walaha,  n.,  a  ruffled  shirt. 
ilefoka  yushkololi,  n.,  a  vest;  a  jacket; 

a  waistcoat;  a  short  garment. 
ilehaksi,  a.,  self-deceived. 
ileholitobli,  n.,  self-love. 
ileissikkopali,  n.,  a  self-tormentor. 
ilepushpuli,  v,  L,  to  be  cross, 
ileyimmi,  n.,  self-confidence. 
ileyukpali,  a.,  self-pleasing, 
ilhfiopa,  n.,  breath, 
ilhfiopa  okchaya,  n.,  breath  of  life. 
ilhfiopak,  n.,  wind;  breath;  life,  Matt. 

6:  25;  10:  39;  16:  25;  Josh.  9:  24;  imilh- 

fiopak  ishituk,  he  took  his  life,  Matt.  2: 

19,  20;  imilhfiopak  fohki,  to  give  life;  to 

animate;  pimilhfiopa'fc,   our   life,  Josh. 

2:    14;    imilhfiopak  ikfalaio,    a.,    short 

winded. 

ilhfoka,  n.,  the  abdomen;  see  ikfuka. 
ilhkola  hlnla,  a.,  excitable, 
ilhkolechi,  ilhkoliclii,  v.  t.  caus.  pi.,  to 

move;  to  stir,  as  shakba  ilhkolechi;    to 

move  the  arms;  to  cause  them  to  move; 

to  bestir;  to  excite, 
ilhkolechi,  ilhkoliclii,  n.,  one  that  causes 

a  moving. 


ilhkoli  (ia,  sing.),  v.  a.  i.  pi.,  to  move;  to 
go,  Matt.  8:  33;  to  leap,  Luke  1:  41;  to 
budge;  to  start  off;  to  take  leave,  Matt. 
14:  22;  to  circulate;  to  pace;  to  stir;  to 
come,  Matt.  8:  34;  2:  12;  11:  7;  Josh.  7: 
4;  aiilhkoli,  Matt.  11:  13;  ilhkola  hmla 
ka,  to  depart,  Matt.  14:  13;  ilhkot,  cont. ; 
ilhkonli,  nas. ;  ilhkohonli,  freq. ;  ilhkoyuli, 
pro. 

ilhkoli,  n.,  those  who  move;  movers. 

ilhkoli,  n.,  action. 

ilhkoli,  n.,  a  motion;  a  movement;  ik- 
ilhkolecho,  a.,  unshaken. 

ilhkoli  keyu,  n.,  inaction. 

ilhkolichi,  v.  t.,  to  move;  to  circulate; 
to  set  in  motion;  to  start;  to  .stir;  to 
shake;  to  work. 

ilhkolichi,  illikolechi,  n.,  a  stirrer. 

ilhpa,  n.,  food;  provisions;  cooked  pro 
visions;  food  prepared;  an  eatable. 

ilhpak,n.,  food;  provisions;  bread,  Matt. 
6:  11,  25;  Mark  3:  20;  victuals,  Matt. 
14:  15;  1  Kings,  11:  18;  cooked  pro 
visions;  aliment;  board;  diet;  enter 
tainment;  an  esculent;  fare;  meat;  nur 
ture;  nutriment;  pabulum;  subsistence; 
sustenance;  a  viand. 

ilhpak  akanchi,  n.,  a  market,  Matt.  11: 
16;  23:  7. 

ilhpak  atali,  v.  t.,  to  boar.d;  to  furnish 
with  food;  ilhpak  imatali,  to  subsist, 

ilhpak  atali,  n.,  a  provider. 

ilhpak  imataha,  pp.,  furnished  with 
food;  boarded. 

ilhpak  tola  achafa,  n.,  a  mess. 

ilhpapa,  n.,  the  hunters  for  a  funeral,  or 
pole  pulling. 

ilhpapa,  v.  t,  to  hunt  for  the  same. 

ilhpansh,  v.  n.,  to  be  friendly,  Gen.  40:  7. 

ilhpita,  n.,  a  gift;  a  donation;  "meat" 
as  a  gratuity,  or  a  ration,  Matt.  10:  10. 

ilhpita,  v.  t.,  to  receive  as  a  gift;  hatak 
at  alhpoyak  ilhpita,  the  men  who  receive 
goods  as  a  present, 

ilhpita,  ilhpitta,  pp.,  given;  put  in;  fed; 
charged;  nourished;  isuba  hat  ilhpila. 

ilhpita  achafa,  n.,  a  charge;  a  load  for  a 
gun. 

ilhpitachi,  v.  t.,  to  give;  to  keep. 

ilhpitachi,  n.,  a  giver;  a  donor. 

ilhtalowak,  ilhtalwak,  n.,  song,  Ex. 
15:  2;  a  note  in  music;  songs,  Gen. 
31:  27;  see  alhtahvak. 


186 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


ilhtohno,  allitoh.no,  n.,  a  servant, 
John  4:51;  a  domestic;  a  help;  a  hire 
ling;  a  mercenary;  an  undertaker. 

ilhtohno,  pp.,  hired;  employed;  insti 
gated;  engaged;  from  tohno,  v.  t.,  or 
itohnoclri,  to  instigate. 

ilhtohno  keyu,  a.,  unengaged. 

ilifehnachi,  see  ilefohnachi. 

ililli,  n.,  pestilence,  2  Sam.  24:  13. 

ilimpa,  illimpak,  n.,  food;  victuals; 
meat;  anii/impa,  John  4:  34;  nourish 
ment;  nurture;  nutriment;  pabulum; 
table;  a  viand;  also  sig.,  we  eat. 

ilissa,  v.  t.  ref.  (from  ism),  to  surrender; 
to  capitulate;  to  give  himself  up. 

ilissa,  n.,  a  surrender;  a  capitulation. 

ilissa,  n.,  one  who  surrenders  or  gives 
himself  up. 

ilissachi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  surrender  him 
self;  to  conquer. 

ilissachi,  n.,  a  conqueror. 

ilia, a.,  odd;  singular,  as  nakni  ilia  siahoke, 
I  am  a  singular  man. 

ilia,  v.  n.,  to  be  odd  or  singular. 

ilia,  adv.,  oddly. 

ilia,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  only;  illashke,  Mark 
12:  32;  ushi  akilla,  save  the  son,  Matt. 
11:  27;  Mat,  Matt.  14:  23. 

ilia,  adv.,  only;  barely;  merely,  John 
4:  23[?];  anmnpa  ilia  ho™,  the  word 
only,  Matt.  4:  10;  8:  8;  10:  42;  but, 
Matt.  14:  17,  adj.,  a  single  word. 

ilia  hinla,  a.,  mortal;  expirable;  perish 
able. 

ilia  husi,  a.,  half  dead;  nearly  dead;  al 
most  dead. 

illahe  imma,  a.,  mortal. 

illahe  keyu,  a.,  immortal;  deathless. 

illahe  keyu  ikbi,  v.  t.,  to  make  immor 
tal;  to  immortalize. 

illechi,  a.  (from  •////),  grievous. 

illi,  a.,  pp.,  dead,  Matt.  11:  5;  deceased; 
departed  this  life;  lost  at  a  game  of 
chance;  defunct;  numb  from  cold;  life 
less;  benumbed;  torpid;  vapid;  ikillo 
kid  aba  ia,  to  go  to  heaven  without  dy 
ing;  to  be  translated. 

illi,  v.  t,  to  die,  Malt.  17:  9;  Josh.  1:1; 
Matt,  15:  4;  nniUiliknt,  (ial.  2:  19. 

illi,  v.  n.,  to  die';  to  perish,  John  ',}•.  16; 
to  lose  at  a  game  of  chance;  to  expire; 
to  decease;  to  depart  this  life;  to  fail; 
to  faint;  to  go;  to  pass;  to  perish;  to 
rest;  alia  M  illi,  to  die  in  childbed; 


piUimakoke,  we  perish,  Matt.  8:  24; 
imilli,  he  lost;  illi,  Hi,  iJtili,  inli,  ihinli, 
ielli,  ikello,  Josh.  1:.9;  8:  1;  inli,  nasal 
form,  dying,  John  4:  49;  hashi  at  illi,  to 
change,  as  the  moon;  ihinli,  freq.,  iyilli, 
pro.  ikiello,  neg. ;  Josh.  8:1;  imilli,  v.  t., 
to  lose;  imilli,  n.,  a  loser. 

illi,  n.,  death,  Matt.  10:21;  the  dead; 
illi  akosh,  the  dead,  Matt.  8:  22;  dead- 
ness;  decease;  a  departure;  destruction; 
dissolution;  an  end;  numbness;  quiet; 
rest;  torpor;  nan  illi  is  used  for  death 
in  Rom.  6:  23. 

illi,  used  as  an  intensitive,  as  sanukhak- 
lot  salli,  I  am  very  sorry;  lit.,  1  sorrow 
and  I  die;  nusit  illi,  fast  asleep. 

illi  atukla,  n.,  death;  the  second  death; 
destruction. 

illi  binka,  dead  like  themselves,  a  fellow 
mortal,  Matt.  8:  22. 

illi  cha  atta,  n.,  still  born. 

illichi,  v.  t.,  to  kill;  to  put  to  death;  to 
slay;  to  deaden;  to  dazzle;  to  numb;  to 
end;  to  benumb;  to  obtund;  to  palsy;  to 
paralyze,  Matt.  10:28;  16:21;  itillichi, 
to  kill  each  other;  haslii  at  nislik'm  an 
illichi,  the  sun  dazzles  the  eye. 

illiissa,  v.  t.,  to  proscribe;  to  offer  to 
death;  to  give  up  to  die,  Matt.  10:  21: 
illiimissa,  v.  t.,  to  betray,  or  give  him 
to  death,  Matt,  27:  3. 

illiissa  anumpa,  n.,  a  proscription. 

illilli,  n.,  a  disease,  Luke  4:  40;  a  distem 
per,  such  as  the  smallpox;  pleurisy;  a 
malady;  pestilence,  2  Sam.  24:  13. 

illilli  okpulo,  11.,  a  deadly  distemper;  a 
disease;  a  leprosy. 

illilli  okpulo,  n.,  a  leper. 

illinaha,  a.  in  the  past  tense,  half  dead; 
near  dead;  was  well-nigh  dead. 

illit  akosh  falamat  tani,  v.  a.  i.,  to  rise 
from  the  dead;  n.,  a  resurrection. 

illit  okcha,  n.,  one  who  has  been  resus 
citated. 

illuhmi,  illohmi,  a.,  deathlike. 

ilo,  iloh,  per.  pro.,  1st  per,  pi.,  before 
active  verbs  beginning  with  a  vowel; 
ia,  to  go;  ilia,  we  go;  ilo'/iia,  we  all  go; 
itolnshkn,  Matt.  (>:  .">!. 

ilokpani,  n.,  self-abuse. 

ilolabbi,  n.,  self-denial. 

inlachi,  n.,  a  large  green-headed  duck. 

inlapa,  n.,  caul  or  fat  of  the  paunch 
(Billy  Thomas,  informant). 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY   OF   THE   CHOCTAW   LANGUAGE 


187 


ilapa,  n.,  the  milt  or  spleen;  some  say  it 
is  the  midriff,  diaphragm,  or  caul,  the 
milt  being  takashi. 

ilaualli,  iloalli,  v.  a.  i.,  v.  t.,  to  play; 
to  frolic;  to  parade;  to  revel;  to  romp; 
to  sport;  to  toy;  to  trifle;  to  wanton, 
2  Sam.  2: 14. 

ilaualli,  n.,  a  play;  a  diversion;  a  frolic; 
fun;  a  pastime;  sport. 

ilaualli,  n.,  a  player;  a  frolicker;  a  rev 
eler;  a  tumbler. 

ilauallichi^  v.  t.,  to  make  others  play; 
to  parade  soldiers;  to  drill;  iti^howa,  to 
call  each  other,  Matt.  11:  16. 

im,  pre.  pos.  pro.,  3d  per.  sing,  and  pi. 
in  the  n.  case,  before  nouns  beginning 
with  a  vowel;  as  imisuba,  his,  her,  or 
their  horse'.  See  chim,  in,  etc.  imi, 
before  shilombish,  as  ami,  chimi,  imi- 
shilombish,  etc.,  with  nouns  of  place; 
tqmaha  holihta  imisht  impak  imma,  right 
side  of  the  city;  Chuta  yan  imoka  mali 
pitta,  to  the  south  of  Judah,  2  Sam.  24: 
5,  7. 

im,  pre.  per.  pro.,  3d  per.  sing,  and  pi., 
in  the  dative  case  before  verbs  begin 
ning  Math  a  vowel,  and  to  be  rendered 
with  a  prep.,  as  of  him,  for  him,  to 
him,  etc.;  to  it,  as  a  tree;  see  Mark  11: 
23,  imachi;  imanoli,  to  relate  to  him; 
ima,  of  him;  from  him,  Matt.  6:  1;  ima, 
of  them,  Matt.  6:  2. 

im,  per.  pro.,  3d  per.  sing,  and  pi.,  in 
the  nom.  case  before  some  neuter  verbs, 
as  okpulo,  bad;  imokpulo,  he  is  angry, 
or  there  is  evil  with  him;  see  chim. 

im,  pos.  pro.,  removed  from  the  noun 
and  placed  before  the  verb,  as  allat  imilli, 
instead  of  imallat  illi.  Many  words 
have  the  pronouns  im,  etc.,  inseparably 
united.  It  is  necessary  to  write  them 
as  they  are  used;  imi,  before  the  word 
shilombish,  as  imishilombish,  Matt.  10: 
20. 

ima,  ema,  v.  t.,  to  give,  Matt.  14:  7,  9; 
to  sell;  to  cede;  to  send,  John  3:  17; 
to  impart;  to  bestow;  to  bear  to,  John 
2:  8;  to  let  one  have;  to  accommodate 
with;  to  deliver  to,  Luke  4:  17;  to  com 
municate;  to  title,  hachimahe,  Matt.  7:  7; 
imatok,  had  given,  Matt.  9:  8;  14:  19; 
ima,  to  give  him;  cldma,  to  give  thee; 
ama,  to  give  me;  anumpa  ima;  et  ima, 
pit  ima;  ihinma,  freq.,  iksamo,  neg., 


ikchemo,  ikerno,  ikpemo,  etc.;  issama,  to 
give  me;  issahama,  John  17:  8. 

ima,  v.  t.,  to  confer;  to  consign;  to  con 
vey;  to  deal;  to  dispose  of;  to  grant; 
to  hand;  to  invest;  to  leave;  to  let;  to 
offer;  to  present;  to  render;  to  resign; 
to  transfer;  chimali,  Matt.  4:9;  <i!>/ama, 
intensive  form;  isht  ima,  to  take  and 
give,  Matt.  7:  9,  10;  arnaiyama,  to  give 
me  much. 

ima,  n.,  a  giver;  a  donor. 

ima,  n.,  a  gift;  a  largess;  a  donation;  a 
cession;  a  sale;  a  dedication;  a  legacy; 
a  render. 

ima,  see  imma. 

ima  hinla,  a.,  that  can  be  given. 

ima  keyu,  a.,  ungranted. 

imabachi,  n.,  a  teacher. 

imabachi,  v.  t.,  to  teach  or  to  teach  him; 
to  instruct;  to  show  him  how;  to  indoc 
trinate;  to  inform;  imalbaclii,  pp.,  im- 
abanchi,  nasal  form;  imabahanchi,  freq. 

imachanho,  a.,  better,  after  being  sick. 

imafo,  imafo,  n.,  1,  a  grandfather,  his 
grandfather,  her  grandfather,  or  her 
father-in-law,  i.  e.,  the  father  of  her 
husband,  while  like  other  words  de 
noting  kindred,  others  are  embraced, 
as  imafo  embraces  all  the  brothers  of 
the  grandfather;  a  grandsire;  2,  also 
great-grandfather. 

imahaksahe  keyu,  a.,  unpardonable. 

imahaksi,  a.,  mindless;  forgetful;  un 
grateful,  unmindful. 

imahaksi,  pp.,  unlearned;  forgotten;  par 
doned;  unremembered;  weaned;  ik- 
imahakso,  a.,  unpardoned. 

imahaksi,  imihaksi,  v.  t.,  to  forget;  to 
forgive;  to  misremember;  to  miss;  to 
omit;  to  overlook;  to  pardon;  to  pass; 
to  remit;  to  unlearn;  amahaksi,  cJtima- 
haksL 

imahaksi,  n.,   forgetfulness,  remission. 

imahaksicha  hinla,  a.,  pardonable;  ish- 
pimahaksichi,  itimahaksichi. 

imahaksichi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  it  to  be  for 
gotten  or  forgiven ;  to  forget;  to  pardon. 

imahaksichi,  n.,  forgiveness. 

imahoba,  v.  t.  (see  ahoba),  to  suspect; 
to  guess;  to  reckon;  to  figure;  to  pre 
sume;  to  suppose;  to  surmise. 

imahoba,  n.,  a  guess;  a  presumption;  a 
supposition;  a  surmise. 


188 


BUREAU   OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


imaialechi,  n.,  a  lesson;  a  stint;  his 
lesson. 

imaiya,  a. ,  superior  to;  better;  surpassing. 

imaiya,  imanya,  (see  «n?/a);  v.  t.,  v.  n., 
to  overthrow;  to  overtop;  to  prevail;  to 
surmount;  to  surpass,  Matt.  10:  24;  to 
exceed;  to  conquer,  2  Sam.  24:  4;  to 
defeat;  to  master;  to  outdo;  to  outgo; 
to  outgrow;  to  outlast;  to  outlive;  to 
outwalk;  to  overcome;  to  overgo;  to 
overpower;  amaiya,  to  be  greater  to 
me;  itintimaii/a,  v.  a.  i.,  to  run  a  race; 
to  compete;  to  refute;  to  repress;  to 
revolt;  to  vie;  to  rival;  to  transcend;  to 
triumph;  to  win;  ithitimiya.  n.,  a  race; 
itintimiya,  n.,  a  racer;  a  rival,  Matt.  11: 
9,  11;  12:  6,  41. 

imaiya,  n.,  excess;  a  conquest;  a  defeat; 
a  subjection;  a  triumph;  vantage;  a 
victory;  a  winning. 

imaiya;  imaiyahe  ke>/u,  a.,  triumphant; 
victorious;  unconquerable. 

imaiya,  n.,  a  conqueror;  his  conqueror; 
a  victor;  a  winner. 

imaiya,  pp.,  subdued;  taken;  ikimaiyo, 
a.,  unsubdued;  unconquered. 

imaiya  hinla,  a.,  vincible. 

imaiyahe  keyu,  a.,  invincible. 

imaiyachi,  v.  t,,  to  exceed;  to  conquer; 
to  beat;  to  excel;  to  surpass;  to  defeat; 
to  humble;  to  master;  tooutdo;  toover- 
come;  to  overpower;  to  overthrow;  to 
subdue;  to  subject;  to  suppress;  to  sur 
mount;  to  take;  to  vanquish;  to  pre 
vail  against,  Matt.  16:  18. 

imaiyachi,  n.,  a  conqueror;  a  subduer; 
a  vanquisher. 

imaiyachi,  n.,  a  subjection. 

imaiyamohmi,  n.,  luck. 

imaiyat  falarnmint  ishi,  v.  t,,  to  re 
conquer. 

imaiyokoma,  a.,  perplexed;  bewildered; 
at  a  loss. 

imaiyokoma,  v.  n.,  to  be  perplexed  or 
bewildered ;  to  be  at  a  loss;  imaiyokonti, 
he  is  bothered. 

imaiyokomichi,  v.  t.,  to  bewilder;  to 
cause  perplexity;  to  maze. 

imaiyopik,  n.,  u  relative  by  marriage; 
the  brothers,  uncles,  and  nephews  of 
her  husband  are  thus  called  by  a 
woman.  .It  is  now  obsolete. 

imanka,  iinaka,  a.,  natural;  proper;  suit 
able;  acceptable. 


imanka,  v.  n.,  to  be  natural; 
neg.,  to  be  unnatural  or  unsuitable. 

imalak,  n.,  a  brother-in-law;  his 
brother-in-law;  a  man's  sister's  hus 
band,  and  brothers. 

imalakusi,  n.,  a  brother-in-law;  his 
brother-in-law;  his  wife's  brothers,  and 
cousins. 

imalakusi  ohoyo,  n.,  his  sister-in-law, 
i.  e.,  his  wife's  sister. 

imalama,  a.,  guarded;  kept. 

imalama,  v.  n.,  to  be  guarded;  he  is 
guarded  or  kept. 

imalami,  v.  t.,  to  hinder;  to  oppose;  to 
object. 

imalammi,  n.,  an  objector. 

imalammichi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  objections; 
to  cause  to  hinder. 

imalaka,  n.,  the  midriff. 

imalechi,  v.  t.,  to  maim. 

imaleka,  v.  a.  i.,  to  suffer  pain  from 
his  own  misconduct;  to  smart. 

imaleka,  pp.,  distressed;  pained; 
maimed. 

imaleka,  a.,  unfortunate;  unlucky. 

imaleka,  n.,  a  doom;  misfortune. 

imaleka  hinla,  a.,  unsafe. 

imaleka  shali,  a.,  hapless. 

imalekahe  keyu,  a.,  safe. 

imalekahe  keyu,  n.,  safety. 

imalekachechi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  pain. 

imalekachi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  pain. 

imantananchi,  n.,  the  breastbone. 

imantia,  n.,  an  obeyer. 

imantia,  a.,  obedient;  dutiful;  submis 
sive. 

imantia,  n.,  duty;  obedience;  observ 
ance;  observation. 

imantia,  v.  t.,  to  heed;  to  obey;  to  mind; 
to  observe;  to  serve,  Matt.  4:  10;  see 
antia. 

imantia  achukma,  a.,  obsequious. 

imantiahe  keyu,  a.,  ungovernable. 

imanukfela,  a.,  sad;  sorrowful;  imanuk- 
fiela. 

imanukfela,  v.  n.,  to  be  sad,  Gen.  40:  0. 

imanukfela chi,  v.  t.,  cans.,  to  sadden;  to 
to  make  sad;  imanukfielachi. 

imanukfila,  a.,  ideal;  mental;  thought 
ful. 

imanukfila,  n.,  his  thought;  their 
thoughts,  Matt.  9:  4;  his  mind;  thought; 
mind;  an  opinion:  reflection;  under 
standing;  brain;  intellect;  judgment; 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY   OF   THE   CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


189 


sentiment;  conceit;  conscience;  consid 
eration;  contemplation;  counsel;  dis 
cernment;  eye  of  the  mind;  a  faculty; 
the  faculties;  a  fancy;  a  phantasm;  a 
phantom;  feeling;  heart;  an  idea;  an 
imagination;  an  impression;  an  intent; 
a  meditation;  memory;  mettle;  a  no 
tion;  a  project;  reason;  sense;  senti 
ment;  a  speculation;  spirit;  temper;  a 
tenet;  a  theory;  a  thought;  unanimity; 
a  view;  a  voice;  a  judgment;  will; 
wit,  Mark  2:  8. 

imanukfila,  v.  a.  i.,  to  think;  to  reason; 
v.  t.,  to  intend;  imanukfila  fehna,  Luke 
4:  22  [?];  imanukfilachi. 

imanukfila  achafa,  a.,  like-minded;  of 
one  mind;  unanimous. 

imanukfila  achafa,  n.,  resolution;  a  re 
solve;  "one  accord,"  Josh.  9:  2. 

imanukfila  achafa,  v.  n.,  to  be  like 
minded;  to  agree;  imanukfila  ikachafo, 
to  dissent. 

imanukfila  achafa,  n.,  concord. 

imanukfila  achafa  keyu,  a.,  unprin 
cipled;  unstaid;  wavering. 

imanukfila  ahalaia,  a.,  mental;  spirit 
ual. 

imanukfila  aiimina,  a.,  intellectual. 

imanukfila  akanlusi,  a.,  dampened,  as 
to  the  feelings;  discouraged. 

imanukfila  anli  achukma,  a.,  consci 
entious. 

imanukfila  apissanli,  a.,  stable-minded. 

imanukfila  apissanli  keyu,  a.,  unstable. 

imanukfila  ansha,  a.,  rational;  reasona 
ble;  sensible. 

imanukfila  alhpesa,  a.?  unprejudiced. 

imanukfila  chaha,  a.,  magnanimous; 
high-minded;  imanukfila  chaha,  v.  n. 

imanukfila  chito,  n.,  magnanimity;  a 
reverie;  sconce;  strength. 

imanukfila  chito,  a.,  having  a  large 
mind;  magnanimous. 

imanukfila  fehna,  a.,  meditative; 
thoughtful. 

imanukfila  hopoyuksa,  a.,  magnani 
mous. 

imanukfila  ikkallo,  a.,  happy. 

imanukfila  iksho,  n.,  idiocy;  shallow- 
ness;  stupor;  dotage. 

imanukfila  iksho,  a.,  foolish;  sense 
less;  without  mind;  idiotic-;  ignorant; 
irrational;  shallow  -  brained;  silly; 
simple;  sottish;  stupid;  thoughtless. 


imanukfila  iksho,  n.,  a  fool,  Matt.  5:  22; 
23:  17;  a  natural;  raca  (Heb. );  a  sim 
pleton;  a  sot;  a  witling,  an  idiot;  an 
ignoramus;  a  dotard;  dotage. 

imanukfila  iksho,  v.  n.,  to  bo  foolish; 
to  know  nothing. 

imanukfila  iksho  aiimoma,  n.,  an 
idiot;  a  natural  fool. 

imanukfila  ilaiyuka,  v.  a.  i.,  to  vac 
illate;  a.,  whimsical. 

imanukfila  ilbasha,  n.,  gloom;  gloomy 
thoughts. 

imanukfila  inla  xninka,  v.  t.,  to  dis 
agree. 

imanukfila  ishi,  v.  t.  to  seize  the  mind; 
to  interest  the  mind;  to  captivate. 

imanukfila  itibaf oka,  v.  t.,  to  agree  in 
opinion;  to  concur. 

imanukfila itiholba, a.,  like-minded;  re 
sembling  each  other  in  sentiment. 

imanukfila  itiholba,  v.  n.,  to  be  like- 
minded. 

imanukfila  kapassa,    n.,  insensibility. 

imanukfila  kapassa,  a.,  insensible. 

imanukfila  kallo,  a.,  unfeeling;  hard 
hearted. 

imanukfila  kallo,  n.,  comprehension; 
genius;  harshness. 

imanukfila  komunta  a.,  anxious;  dis 
tressed;  uneasy  in  mind. 

imanukfila  komunta,  v.  n.,  to  be  anx 
ious. 

imanukfila  komunta.  n.,  anxiety. 

imanukfila laua,  n.,  maze;  perturbation. 

imanukfila  laua,  a.,  fickle;  changeable; 
fanciful;  fertile;  fluctuating;  indecisive; 
notional. 

imanukfila  nukhanklo,  n.,  melancholy; 
mercy. 

imanukfila  nuktanla,  n.,  modesty. 

imanukfila  okpani,  v.  t.,  to  delude. 

imanukfila  okpulo,  a.,  evil-minded; 
malevolent. 

imanukfila  okpulo,  n.,  malevolence; 
malignity. 

imanukfila  omichi,  v.  t.,  to  apply  the 
mind. 

imanukfila  shanaia,  a.,  perverted  in 
opinion. 

imanukfila  shanaioa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  whiffle. 

imanukfila  shanaioa, a.,  fickle;  fever 
ish;  light-minded;  whiffling. 

imanukfila  shanaioa,  n.,  lightness. 


190 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


imanukfila  shananchi,  v.  t.,  to  per 
suade;  to  pervert  the  mind;  to  incline; 
to  prejudice;  to  prepossess. 

imanukfila  tohwikelichi,  v.  t.,  to  il 
lume;  to  illumine;  to  illuminate. 

imanukfila  tuklo,  a.,  double-minded. 

imanukfila  tuklo,  v.  a.  i.,  to  trim. 

imanukfila  tunshpa,  a.,  eagle-eyed; 
quick-minded;  witty. 

imanukfila  yohbi,  n.,  meekness. 

imanumpeshi,  11.,  a  lieutenant;  a  vice- 
agent;  a  second  in  command;  a  min 
ister. 

imansha,  v.  t. ,  to  have;  to  keep;  see  a^sha. 

imansha,  n.,  a  keeper;  a  possessor. 

imashaka,  n.,  the  rear. 

imatali,  n.,  a  maintainer;  a  supporter. 

imatali,  v.  t.,  to  maintain;  to  minister; 
to  satisfy;  to  store;  to  supply. 

imatananchi,  imantananchi,  n.,  his 
breast. 

imafo,  imafo,  n.,  her  father-in-law,  1 
Sam.  4:  19;  see  imafo. 

imaka,  see  imanka. 

imalhpisa,  n.,  a  license;  a  ration. 

imalhtaha,  pp.  (from  atali),  maintained; 
ministered;  satisfied;  prepared;  stored; 
supplied;  sustained;  ikimalhtaho,  a., 
unprepared;  unprovided;  unqualified; 
unready;  unsupplied;  ikimalhtaho,  n., 
unreadiness. 

imalhtayak,  n.,  a  vocation. 

imallunsak,  issimallunsak,  n.,  the  name 
of  a  weed  called  in  vulgar  parlance  the 
devil's  shoestring.  It  is  used  to  intoxi 
cate  fish  in  water  ponds  and  to  break  up 
fever  and  ague. 

imala,  v.  n.,  to  be  timid,  or  wild;  isi  at 
iinnf<i,  (i  Hat  imala. 

imala,  a.,  timid;  wild ;  fortunate. 

imanni,  n.,  his  older  brother,  i.  e.,  any 
one,  or  all,  older  than  himself,  as  nakjish 
means  any  one  or  all  younger  than  him 
self.  This  expression  by  brothers  only 
expresses  their  relation.  Sisters  do  not 
call  their  older  brothers  by  the  same 
epithet. 

imanni,  n.,  her  older  sister.  Sisters 
speak  of  older  and  younger  sisters  as 
brothers  do  of  brothers.  A  sister  calls 
her  brother  w//.;/i,  a»n«ikfit  my  brother, 
etc.  A  brother  calls  his  sister  antek, 
mv  sister. 


imbakna,  n.,  the  rennet,  see  bakna. 

imi,  his,  Matt.  16:  26;  1  Sam.  2:  9. 

inmiha,  n.,  a  mandate;  a  nod;  a  reproof. 

inmiha,  n.,  a  monitor. 

imihaksi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  forget,  Matt.  16:  5; 
see  imahaksi. 

imikfetukhak,  imikfetuphak,  n.,  the 
upper  end  of  the  breastbone. 

imilayak,  n.,  substance;  goods;  wares; 
merchandise ;  an  estate ;  mammon ;  prop 
erty. 

imilayak  chito,  a.,  wealthy. 

imilayak  iklauo,  a.,  un wealthy. 

imilayak  isht  yopomo,  a.,  extravagant. 

imilbik,  n.,  prey;  booty;  good  fortune. 

imilhfitukhak,  n.,  the  hole  or  notch 
in  the  breastbone  under  the  windpipe; 
his,  etc. 

imilhlah,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  low-spirited. 

imilli,  n.,  a  loser  at  a  game. 

imilli,  n.,  a  loss. 

imiskauata,  imiskatukli  (inf.,  Judah 
Dana),  n.,  the  collarbone;  his  collar 
bone. 

imissa,  v.  t.,  to  offer  him;  to  promise 
him;  to  give,  Mark  12:  9;  Josh.  1:6; 
to  tender;  to  bid  at  an  auction;  to  offer; 
to  proffer;  to  propound,  John  3: 16  [?] ; 
to  will,  i.  e.,  to  devise;  ilimissa,  to  offer 
himself;  to  dedicate  himself. 

imissa,  n.,  an  offerer;  one  who  makes 
an  offer;  a  profferer;  a  propounder;  a 
testator;  an  offering;  a  proffer;  a  pro 
posal;  a  testament;  a  will;  ilimissa  n., 
self-dedication. 

imitaklish,  n.,  the  breastbone;  his 
breastbone. 

imma,  ima,  adv.,  toward,  Matt.  12:  49; 
hqshi  akuchaka  imma,  Matt.  2:  1,  9;  the 
way  to,  Josh.  2:  7.  Compounded  with 
other  words,  as  qbema,  upward;  ilap- 
pimma,  this  way;  akema,  downward; 
mishema,  abroad;  beyond;  yainmimma, 
that  way;  olema,  this  way;  yqmma 
i)iunaka,  that  way,  Matt.  13:28  [?]; 
pila  imma,  Acts  28:  14;  hnma,  v.  a.  i. 

imma,  prep.,  concerning;  of;  about; 
Cliilioica  apeliechika  imma  ya,  Luke 
4:  43;  pqska  imma,  concerning  bread, 
Matt.  16:  11;  \sJit  iinanumpohonHlahe; 
okhata  nnnta  i>ana  inla,  fiqcJti/nanolila 
hinla. 

immachi,  v.  t.,  1  John  2:  26. 


BTINGTOX] 


A    DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CIIOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


191 


immi,  pos.  pro.  or  adj.  pro.,  his;  her; 
hens;  its;  their;  theirs;  his  own;  itimmi, 
his  and  hers;  belonging  to  each  other. 

immi,  n.,  a  title;  inheritance,  Mark  12:7. 

immi,  v.  n.,  to  possess,  Josh.  13: 1;  to  be 
his,  hers,  etc.;  to  own,  Mark  12:  17; 
Matt.  17:  4;  immichi,  v.  cans.,  and 
it  immi;  liana  immi  keyu,  a.,  unowned. 

immi,  n.,  an  owner;  an  heir,  Mark  12:  7; 
lord  of,  Mark  12:  9. 

immi,  n.,  right;  property  in. 

immi  ikbi,  v.  t.,  to  entitle. 

immi  toba,  v.  a.  L,  to  become  his. 

immi  toba,  pp.,  made  his;  entitled. 

immoshi,  see  imoshi. 

imokato,  hoshun  aialhto,  n.,  the 
bladder. 

imoklaya,  a.,  kind;  gentle. 

imokpulo,  n.,  an  injury  to  him;  a  loss  to 
him;  imomokpulo,  an  injury  for  or  to 
him;  a  lameness,  etc. 

imoksini,  n.,  pudenda  mulieris;  the 
clitoris. 

imoksini,  seeimosim. 

imola,  a.,  lucky;  favored;  fortunate. 

imola,  v.  n.,  to  be  lucky;  to  have  good 
luck. 

imola,  n.,  good  luck;  good  fortune. 

imoma,  a.,  customarily  or  naturally 
small;  ofi  imoma,  a  naturally  small  dog; 
hatak  imoma.  a  small  man;  a  dwarf; 
see  a  i imoma. 

imoma,  pp.,  inured. 

imoma,  v.  n.,  to  be  naturally  small. 

imoma,  v.  a.  i.,  to  dure,  Matt.  13:  21. 

imoma,  v.  a.  i.,  to  do  thus;  asi  momali,  I 
still  do  so. 

imoma,  n.,  a  runt;  a  dwarf. 

imomaka,  n.,  an  experiment;  experi 
ence. 

imomaka  pisa,  v.  t.,  to  tempt,  Matt. 
16:  1. 

imomaka  pisa,  n.,  a  tempter,  Matt.  4:  3. 

imomaka  pisa,  v.  t.,  to  make  a  trial;  to 
have  a  trial;  to  tempt,  Matt.  4:  1;  16:  1 ; 
19:  3. 

imomakachi,  v.  t.,  to  make  an  experi 
ment. 

imomakat  pisa  keyu,  n.,  inexperience. 

imomachi,  imomachi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to 
cause  it  to  be  naturally  small;  to  exer 
cise;  to  inure. 

imomachi,  n.,  a  custom. 

imomachi,  a.,  old. 


imombalaha,  n.,  her  brother-in-law; 
i.  e.,  her  husband's  brother. 

imomokpulo,  a.,  lame;  halt;  deformed 
naturally;  misshapen,  Luke  14:21; 
Matt.  11:  5;  15:  30;  maimed,  Matt.  18:  8. 
Perhaps  from  imonta  okpnlo,  which 
would  be  a  natural  injury.  See  below. 

imomokpulo,  v.  n.,  to  be  lame;  from  imo 
ma  and  okpulo,  a  long-continued  or  nat 
ural  deformity  of  the  limbs. 

imomokpulo,  n.,  the  lame;  the  halt;  a 
deformity;  impotency;  a  monster. 

imomokpulo  aiasha,  n.,  a  lazaretto. 

imosana,  n.,  the  forehead;  the  eyebrow; 
the  brow  of  the  eye. 

imosana  hishi,  n.,  the  foretop;  the  eye 
brow. 

imosini,  imossini,  imoksini,  n.,  a  bum 
blebee  or  bumblebee. 

imoshatto,  imushatto,  imoshato,  n., 
the  womb;  her  womb,  John  3:  4. 

imoshi,  immoshi,  ii.,  uncle;  his  uncle; 
her  uncle;  the  brother  of  the  mother. 

impa,  v.  t.,  to  eat  sundry  articles  of  food 
(apa,  to  eat  one  article) ;  to  take  food;  to 
take  a  meal;  to  board;  to  feast;  to  feed; 
to  diet;  to  mess;  to  regale;  to  take; 
ibaiimpa,  to  eat  with;  itibaiimpa,  to 
eat  together  with;  impa  chinka,  to  eat, 
Matt.  14:  16,  20;  15:  37,  38;  to  feed; 
shukha  laua  kat  impa  hosh,  Matt.  8:  30; 
ihimpa,  eating,  Matt.  11:19;  ikimpo,  v. 
a.  i.,  to  fast;  ikimpo  hosh,  Matt.  4:  2; 
ikimpo,  Matt.  11:  18. 

impa,  n.,  an  eater;  a  feaster;  itibaiimpa, 
n.,  a  messmate. 

impa,  n.,  food;  victuals;  board;  enter 
tainment. 

impa,  n.,  a  meal;  a  feed;  a  ration;  impa 
achafa,  one  feed;  one  meal;  one  ration; 
a  repast. 

impa  aiyimita,  a.,  voracious. 

impa  atabli,  n.,  a  surfeit. 

impa  chito,  n.,  a  feast;  a  banquet;  a  car 
nival;  a  festival. 

impa  fena,  a.,  voracious. 

impa  fena,  v.  n.,  to  be  voracious. 

impa  fena  keyu,  a.,  abstemious. 

impa  fena  keyu,  v.  n.,  to  be  abstemious. 

impa  iskitini,  n.,  a  collation;  a  snack; 
a  bite;  a  luncheon;  a  lunch. 

iinpachi,  impachi,  v.  t.,  to  feed;  to  make 
one  eat;  to  cause  to  eat:  to  diet;  to  en 
tertain;  to  feast;  to  foster. 


192 


BUREAU   OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


impachi,  impachi,  n.,  a  feeder;  a  feaster. 

impafakchi,  n.,  the  crop  of  a  fowl. 

impakti,  n.,  the  gills  of  a  fowl,  or  his 
gills. 

impashia,  impashaia,  n.,  the  brim  of  a 
hat. 

impachi,  n.,  a  feast,  Gen.  19:  3;  21:  8. 

impachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  feed,  Mark  5:  14. 

impasha,  impashi,  n.,  a  gill  of  a  fowl; 
his  gill  or  gills;  a  cock's  comb;  a  crest. 

imponaklo,  v.  t. ;  see  ponaklo. 

imponna,  n.,  skill;  craft;  cunning;  wit; 
understanding;  faculty;  handiness;  im 
provement;  ingenuity;  a  knack;  work 
manship. 

imponna,  n.,  a  master  hand;  a  skillful 
person;  hacJdmponna,  ye  know  how, 
Matt.  7:  11. 

imponna,  a.,  pp.,  skillful;  adroit;  dexter 
ous;  ingenious;  capable;  versed;  taught; 
skilled;  clever;  crafty;  cunning;  expert; 
exquisite;  fine;  gifted;  handy;  happy; 
improved;  ripe;  sagacious;  scientific; 
shrewd;  sly;  smart;  talented;  ikim- 
ponno,  a.,  inexpert;  crude;  raw;  rude; 
unexpert;  inexperienced;  unskilled; 
unhandy;  unpracticed. 

imponna,  v.  n.,  to  be  skillful;  to  know 
how;  to  understand;  anumpuli  chim- 
ponna,  you  know  how  to  speak;  or,  you 
are  a  skillful  speaker. 

imponna,  v.  a.  i.,  to  excel. 

imponna,  11.,  an  adept. 

imponna,  adv.,  well. 

imponna  taha,  a.,  perfect. 

imponnat,  adv.,  masterly;  shrewdly. 

imponnachi,  v.  t.,  to  teach;  to  instruct. 

imponnachi,  n.,  a  teacher. 

imposhot  infullolichi,  v.  t.,  to  fringe. 

imposhota,  n.,  a  fringe. 

impota,  v.  t.,  to  lend;  to  lend  him;  to 
loan;  to  farm;  to  let,  to  rent;  to  lease; 
lutpota,  I  lend. 

impota,  n.,  a  lender;  a  renter. 

impota,  n.,  a  lending;  a  loan. 

impota  hinla,  a.,  lendable. 

[impunsa,  v.  t.,  to  kiss.— II.  S.  H.] 

impusnakni,  n.,  a  woman's  relation  to 
her  husband's  brothers,  uncles,  and 
nephews. 

impunspoa,  inpunspoa,  to  kiss  him. 
This  is  the  Choctaw  word  and  is  better 
than  inffunksoini. — Thomas  Jefferson. 
[impunxa,  H.  S.  II.] 


impushnayo,  n. ,  the  master  of  an  animal; 

see  pushnayo. 

impushnayo  iksho,  a.,  unowned, 
imuksak,  n.,  the  ankle;  his  ankle, 
imuksak  foni,  n.,  the  ankle  bone, 
imushatto,  see  imosliatto. 
in,  pos.  per.  pro.,  3d  per.  sing,  and  pi. 

in  the  n.  case  before  nouns  beginning 

with  cli,    I,   t,   as  inchuka,  his  house; 

see  im. 
in,  pre.  per  pro.,  3d  per.  sing,  and  pi. 

in  the  dative  case  before  verbs  begin 
ning  with  c/i,  /,  or  t,  and  generally  ren 
dered  with  a  prep,  to  or  for,  etc.;  in- 

chumpa,  to  buy  of  him,  or  from  him. 
in,  per.  pro.,  3d  per.  sing,  and  pi.  in  the 

iiom.    case  before  some  neuter  verbs; 

imokpulo,  he  is  angry ;   alia  chintalapi, 

you  have  5  children;  seem, 
in,  pos.  pro.,  removed  from  the  noun  and 

placed  before  the  verb,  as  tanchi  chin- 

laua  or  chintanchi  at  laua. 
innakfi,  n.,  her  brother. 
innakfish,     her     younger      sister;     see 

imcinni. 
innakfish,  n.,  his  younger  brother;  see 

nakfish. 
innaki,  n.,  his  sting;  fohkul  innaki,  nak- 

ishwana  innaki. 
innalapi,  n.,   the  gullet;  his  gullet;  the 

gorge;  the  throat. 
innasobaksobish,  n.,  muscles  near  the 

groin. 
inchahe,  n.,    a  spur,  the  hard-pointed 

projection  on  a  cock's  leg;  his  spur; 

akavk  inchahe,  the  spur  of  a  rooster; 

fakit  inchahe,  the  spur  of  a  turkey, 
inchaka,   n.,    the   gills  or  the  comb  of 

domestic  fowls. 
inchasha,  n.,  rattles;  his  rattles;  sintullo 

inchasJia. 
inchashwa,  n.,  small  of  the  back,  or  the 

sinews  of  the  small  of  the  back. 
inchashwa  nipi,  n.,  the  loin. 
inchuka,  11.,  his   house;    his  home;  see 

chuka. 
inchunli,  inchonli,  v.  t.,    to  brand,    as 

men  brand  cattle  or  rogues;  to  stamp; 

to  embroider;  to  impress;  to  imprint;  to 

seal;  to  stigmatize;  to  tattoo,  Matt   27: 

6<>;  Rev.  7:  3. 
inchunwa, pp., branded; stamped;  sealed; 

tattooed,  stamped  or  printed,  as  calico; 

nantanna  inchunwa,  calico,  Rev.  7:  4, 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY   OF    THE   CHOCTAW   LANGUAGE 


193 


inchunwa,  n.,  a  brand;  tile  mark  made 
in  branding;  an  impress;  an  impres 
sion;  a  stigma;  a  tattoo;  isJit  inchunwa, 
n.,  a  brand,  the  instrument  used  in 
branding;  a  seal,  Rev.  7:  2. 

inla,  a.  pro.,  other;  another;  else;  new, 
Matt.  7:  1;  inla  tohnot,  to  send  others, 
Matt.  14:  35. 

inla,  adv.,  oddly. 

inla,  a.,  strange,  Luke  5:  26;  queer;  for 
eign;  different;  other;  any  other;  some 
other;  contrary;  dissimilar;  unwonted; 
wrong,  as  hina  inla,  the  wrong  road; 
inlayon,  another; Matt.  10:  23;  inlahon, 
another  place,  Acts  12:  17;  marvelous; 
odd;  quaint;  singular;  uncouth;  inlaka 
yato,  other;  Matt.  13: 8,  hatak  inla,  John 
4:38. 

inla,  n.,  a  change;  an  innovation;  an 
oddity;  the  rest;  strangeness. 

inla,  v.  n.,  to  be  strange,  etc. 

inla,  v.  a.  i.,  to  alter;  to  change;  to  vary, 
as,  it  alters,  it  changes,  etc. ;  aiinlat  ia 
keyu  hoke,  Ch.  Sp.  Book,  p.  36;  aiinla, 
Matt.  17:  2. 

inla,  pp.,  changed;  altered;  inlat  taha, 
entirely  changed. 

inla  anukcheto  keyu,  a.,  independent. 

inla  fehna,  a.,  marvelous;  monstrous. 

inla  hinla,  a.,  mutable;  variable. 

inla  ikbi,  v.  t.,  to  transform. 

inla  ikholbo,  v.  a.  i.,  to  differ. 

inla  ilahobbi,  v.  t.,  to  personate. 

inla  inimi,  a.,  another's. 

inla  immi  kia  ahalaia,  a.,  impertinent. 

inla  shali,  a.,  changeable;  addicted  to 
change;  unsteady. 

inla  toba,  v.  n.,  to  be  converted,  etc. 

inla  toba,  n.,  variance;  a  variation. 

inlahe  keyu,  a.,  unalterable;  unchange 
able. 

inlat  toba,  pp.,  converted,  Matt.  18:  3; 
changed;  made  different;  modified; 
aiinla  toba,  transfigured,  Matt.  17:  2; 
inlat  iktobo,  a.,  unconverted. 

inlat  toba,  n.,  conversion. 

inlachi,  v.  t.,  to  alter;  to  change;  to 
make  a  change  or  difference;  to  con 
vert;  to  innovate;  to  modify;  to  shift; 
to  vary;  inlanchi,  nasal  form. 

inlachi,  11.,  one  who  alters  or  changes; 
a  changer;  an  innovator. 

inlat,  adv.,  strangely. 

84330°— Bull.  40—15 13 


inli,  a.,  self;  as  ano  inli,  I  myself;  ilap 
inli,  yammak  inli,  etc. 

inli,  adv.,  also,  generally  used  with  ak, 
as  akinli,  that  also,  again,  Matt.  4:  7; 
akinli,  that  again;  also,  Matt.  6:21. 

mluhmi,  a.,  fold,  the  same  quantity 
added;  double,  2  Sam.  24:  3;  from  inli 
and  ohmi;  inluhmi  tuklo,  a.,  twofold,  or 
double;  inluhmi  tuchina,  a.,  threefold; 
treble;  triple;  inluhmi  tuchinachi,  v.  t., 
to  treble;  inluhmi  ushta,  a.,  fourfold; 
inluhmi talapi,  a.,  fivefold;  inluhmi  han- 
ali,  a.,  sixfold;  inlulimi untuklo,  a. , seven 
fold;  inluhmi  untuchina,  a.,  eightfold; 
inluhmi  chakali,  a.,  ninefold;  inluhmi 
pokoli,  a.,  tenfold;  and  so  of  other  num 
bers,  which  therefore  need  not  all  be 
written  out. 

innuchi,  pp.,  put  round  the  neck,  as 
beads,  necklace,  etc. 

innuchi,  inuchi  (q.  v. ),  n.,  a  neckcloth, 
etc. 

innosishboya,  n.,  the  joint  of  the  neck; 
vertebra. 

innowa,  v.  t.,  to  visit;  to  visit  him. 

innowa,  n.,  a  visitor. 

innowa,  n.,  a  visit. 

inta,  exclamation,  come;  well;  now;  be 
hold,  Matt.  10:  16;  13:  3. 

intakashi,  n.,  his  melt.  This  is  one  of 
a  few  common  nouns  that  take  dative 
pronouns,  viz.,  imiskauata  foni,  his  col 
lar  bone;  fawalwa,  pit  of  his  stom 
ach;  inkolupi,  his  windpipe. 

intakobi,  v-.  a.  i.,  to  lounge. 

intakobi,  a.,  lazy;  indolent;  slothful; 
dull,  Matt.  13:  15;  tired;  wearied;  idle; 
languid;  slothful;  supine;  truant.  This 
is  one  of  a  few  words  that  are  now 
used  only  with  the  dative  pronoun,  viz., 
inhullo,  ima,  insanali,  imponna,  inshali, 
imanya. 

intakobi,  v.  n.,  to  be  lazy;  v.  a.  i.,  to 
saunter. 

intakobi,  pp.,  harassed. 

intakobi, n.,  laziness;  sloth;  slothfulness; 
idleness;  indolence;  languidness. 

intakobi,  n.,  a  lounger;  a  truant. 

intakobi,  adv.,  lazily. 

intakobichi,  intakobechi,  v.  t.,  to  make 
lazy;  to  tire;  to  weary;  to  harass,  Luke 
18:  5. 

intannap,  n.,  the  other;  the  other  side, 
Luke  6:  29;  the  reverse. 


194 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


intannap,  a.,  off;   most  distant,  as  the 

offside  or  off  horse. 

intek,  n.,  his  sister;  language  proper  for 
a  man.    If  a  woman  should  say  antekma 
it  would   imply  that  she  was  a  man. 
See  Matt.  13:  56. 
intek  aliha,  n.,  the  sisterhood, 
intek  toba,  n.,  his  stepsister, 
intikba,  n.,  his  or  her  maternal  ances 
tors;  a  patriarch, 
intikba  heka,  n.,  a  pilot, 
intoksali,  n.,  service. 
intola,  intula,  v.  t.,  to  have;   to  have 

something  lying  by  him. 
intolahpi,  n.,  a  foundation,  1  Tim.  6:  19. 
intula,  ii.,  a  foundation;  underpinning, 
intula  boli,  v.  t.,  to  underpin, 
inuchechi,  v.  t.,  to  put  a  neckcloth,  etc., 

upon  another. 

inuchi,  v.  t.,  to  put  a  neckcloth,  cravat, 
etc.,  upon  one's  self;  inunchi,  nasal 
form;  see  innucld. 

inuchi,  innuchi,  n.,  a  neckcloth;  a  neck 
lace;  a  shawl;  a  cravat;  a  stock;  a  string 
of  beads,  or  anything  worn  round  the 
neck,  even  a  strap  or  collar;  a  tucker, 
inuchi,  n.,  a  pawner. 
inuchi   chinakbi,  n.,  a  gorget;   a  semi 
circular  breastplate,  or  a  silver  neck 
covering,  such  as  Choctaw  wear, 
inuchi  foki,  v.  t.,  to  collar;  to  put  on  a 

collar. 

inuchi  lusa,  n.,    a  black  neckcloth;   a 
black  cravat;  a  black  silk  handkerchief. 
innukhanklo,  n.,  charity;  mercy;   com 
passion. 

innukkilli,  see  nxkkilli. 
innukoa,  n.,  a  railer. 
inunchi  lusa,  n.,  a  black  stock. 
ipaf,  n.,  a  dog  of  any  kind;  sctpqf,   my 
dog;  chipaf,  thy  dog;  usually  spoken  of 
dogs  as  belonging  to  some  person;  see 
ofi. 

ipeta,  v.  t.,  to  minister;  to  nourish;  to 
nurture;  to  serve;  to  administer,  as 
medicine;  to  give;  to  feed;  to  present; 
to  bestow;  to  foster;  to  furnish;  to  im 
part,  Matt,  6:  11;  10:  42;  14:  19;  15:  2(>; 
hasftipetashke,  Matt,  14:  1(>;  napeta,  give 
me;  issajtcla,  you  give  me;  iflipitu,  pp.; 
ifhnpn  ipet.i,  \.  t.,  to  treat;  tpchintd, 
Matt.  (>:  2(>. 

ipeta,  n.,  a  giver;  a  feeder;  a  nourisher. 
ipeta  atabli,  v.  t.,  to  surfeit. 


ipetachi,   v.    t.,    to    give;    to    marry    a 
woman,  as  many  things  are  given  as 
presents;  ohoi/o  ipetqchi,  to  feed. 
ipinshik,  pishik,  n.,  the  teat;  the  breast; 
the  nipple;  the  bag;  the  dug;  the  pap; 
an  udder,  Luke  23:  29." 
ipo,  n.,  her  sister-in-law,  i.  e.,  her  hus 
band's  sister;  his  son's  wife, 
ipochi,   n.,    his   father-in-law;  sappochi, 

my  father-in-law. 

ipochi  halloka,  n.,  his  father-in-law, 
the  father  of  his  wife;  halloka  is  an 
appellative  proper  only  for  the  son-in- 
law  and  the  father-in-law  to  use;  see 
haloka. 

ipochi  itimapa,  n.,  a  coachwhip  snake. 
ipochi  ohoyo,  n.,  his  mother-in-law,  the 

mother  of  his  wife. 

ipokni,  n.,  his  grandmother;  his  great- 
grandmother;  her  mother-in-law;  sah- 
pokni  or  Jiapokni,  my  grandmother. 
ippok,  v.  n.,   to    be  a   son-in-law;    ont 

ippok  taiijaha,  Luke  20:  31  [?]. 
ippok,  ipok,  n.,  a  son-in-law;  a  daugh 
ter-in-law,  Matt.  10:  35;  a  grandchild. 
ippok  nakni,  n.,  a  grandson. 
ippok  tek,  n.,  a  granddaughter. 
ippokni,  n.,  grandmother,   or  his,  her, 
or  their  grandmother;   a  granddam;  a 
mother-in-law,  Matt.  10:  35;   appokni, 
my  grandmother. 
inpunspoa,    see    impunspoa,  and  in-su^k- 

sowa. 

is,  changed  from  M,  pro.  2d  per.  sing., 
before  active  verbs,  thou;    is  appears 
before  another  pronoun,  as  issanhollo, 
issapihinsashke,    Luke    1:   38;    issapesa, 
issathana,  etc.;  issiaiokpachi,  Matt.  4:  9; 
8: 21;  issiaiamashke,  give  me,  Matt.  14:  8. 
isakshup,  isihakshup,  n.,  a  deerskin. 
isapuntak,  ishapuntak,  n.,  a  mosqui 
to  or  muskito. 
isapuntak  inchuka,  n.,  mosquito  bars; 

bed  curtains. 

insannih,  to  meet  with;  to  come  against 
on  a  road,  as  a  hunter  meets  a  deer; 
fasannali;  insannant  ct^i/a. 
isi,  issi,  n.,  a  deer. 
isi  anowa,  11.,  a  deer's  track, 
isi  abi,  isabi,  n.,  one  who  kills  venison; 

a  hunter. 

isi  chito,  n.,  an  elk. 
isi  chito  nakni,  n.,  a  hart. 


BYINGTOX] 


A   DICTIONAKY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LAXGUACJE 


195 


isi  chufakni,  n.,  a  spike  buck;  a  buck 
about  two  years  of  age. 

isi  folaktuli,  n.,  a  forked-horn  deer, 
more  than  two  years  old. 

isi  hakshup,  see,  isakshitp. 

isi  humma  tek,  n.,  a  hind. 

isi  intakkonlushi,  n.,  a  species  of  wild 
plum. 

isi  kosoma,  n.,  a  goat;  a  fetid  deer; 
a  chamois. 

isi  kosoma  nakni,  n.,  a  he- goat;  a 
buck. 

isi  kosoma  nukshopa,  n.,  the  ibex. 

isi  kosoma  tek,  n.,  the  female  goat;  a 
she-goat. 

isi  kosomushi,  n.,  a  kid. 

isi  kosom.ushich.eli,  v.  t.,  to  kid. 

isi  lahpitta,  n.,  a  stag;  a  full-horned 
buck. 

isi  lapish  nlamminchi,  n.,  trochings; 
the  small  branches  on  the  top  of  a 
deer's  head. 

isi  nakni,  n.,  a  buck. 

isi  nakni  afammi  tu, china,  n.,  a  sorrel; 
a  buck  of  the  third  year. 

isi  nakni  hakshup,  n.,  a  buck's  skin. 

isi  nakni  humma,  n.,  a  stag. 

isi  nakni  lapish  falaktuchi,  n. ,  apricket; 
a  buck  in  his  second  year. 

isi  nia,  n.,  deer's  tallow. 

isi  nia  pichelichi,  n.,  name  of  a  bird 
called  the  whistling  plover. 

isi  nipi,  n.,  venison. 

isi  tek,  n.,  a  doe. 

isi  ushi,  isushi,  n.,  a  fawn;  a  young 
deer. 

isi  ushi  cheli,  v.  t.,  to  fawn. 

isikkopa,  issikkopa,  n.,  torment;  dis 
tress;  misery. 

isikkopa,  issikkopa,  pp.,  tormented; 
accursed;  cursed;  punished;  racked, 
Matt,  4:  24;  8:  6;  15:  22. 

isikkopa,  a.,  miserable. 

isikkopalechi,  v.  t,  and  cans.,  to  tor 
ment;  to  cause  torment. 

isikkopalechi,  n.,  a  tormentor. 

isikkopali,  v.  t.,  to  distress;  to  torment 
to  chasten;  to  chastise;  to  curse;  to 
punish;  to  rack;  to  persecute,  Matt. 
10:  23;  isht -mitt-opal  t,  tribulation,  Matt, 
13:  21;  ttisikkopali,  to  torment  oneself. 

isikkopali,  n.,  a  tormentor;  torment; 
ilisikkopali,  a  self-tormentor;  self-tor 
ment. 


isikkopalit  abi,  v.  t.,  to  massacre, 
isikkopalit  abi,  n.,  a  massacre, 
isikkopalit  pelichi,  v.  t,  to  tyrannize. 
isikopa,  v.  t.,  v.  a.  i.,  to  cram;  to  <*lut- 

tonize. 

isikopa,  n.,  a  glutton;  debauchery. 
isikopa,  a.,  gluttonous;  v.  n.,  to  be  glut 
tonous. 

isikopa  shah,  a.,  gluttonous  to  excess. 
isikopa  shali,   n.,    a  great  glutton;     a 

voluptuary. 

isikopali,  v.  t.,  to  raven, 
isikopali,  a.,  ravenous. 
isiminlusak,   n.,   the  devil's  shoestring 

(a  plant), 
isito,  n.,  a  pumpkin;  a  squash;  a  pom- 

pion. 

isito  api,  n.,  a  pumpkin  vine. 
isito  holba,  n.,  a  squash. 
isito  honni,  n.,  cooked  pumpkin;  stewed 

pumpkin, 
isito  ibish,  n.,  the  end  of  the  pumpkin 

where  the  stem  grows. 
isito  ikfuka,  n.,  the   meat  part  of  the 

pumpkin, 
isito  lakna,  n.,    a   yellow   pumpkin;  a 

ripe  pumpkin. 

isito  sala,  n.,  a  hard-shelled  pumpkin. 
iskali,  n.  (from  escalin),  a  dime;  a  nine- 
pence;  a  bit;  a  12£-cent  piece  of  money; 

a  drachm;  a  penny,  Mark  12:  15. 
iskali  achaf a,  n.,  a  ninepence;  one  bit. 
iskatani,  a.,  small, 
iskatani,  v.  n.,  to  be  small. 
iskatanichi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  make  small; 

to  lessen;  to  retrench. 
iskatanusi,  a.,  very  small;  quite  small, 
iskatanusi,  v.  n.,  to  be  very  small, 
iskatinosi,  adj.,   smallish,  Matt.  7:   13; 

na  hisJiunluk   iskatinosi,   a  mote,  Matt. 

7:  3,  4. 

iskif a ,  iskinf  a  (Longtown  form) ,  n. ,  an  ax. 
iskifa  ahalupa,  n.,  the  edge  of  an  ax. 
iskif  a  chiluk,  n.,  the  eye  of  an  ax. 
iskifa  chushak,  n.,  the  head  of  an  ax. 
iskifa  halupa,  n.,  a  sharp  ax. 
iskifa  nishkin,  n.,  the  eye  of  an  ax. 
iskifa  nushkobo,  n.,  the  head  of  an  ax. 
iskifa  patha,n.,  a  broad  ax;  a  carpenter's 

ax. 
iskifa   ulhpi,    iskif aiulhpi,    n.,    an   ax 

helve. 

iskifa  wishakchi,  n.,  the  bit  of  an  ax. 
iskifapi,  n.,  an  ax  helve. 


196 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


iskifushi,  n.,  a  hatchet;  a  tomahawk. 

iskifushi  isht  chanli,v.t.,  to  tomahawk. 

iskitini,  iskitani,  a.  sing.,  small;  little, 
Matt.  18:  2;  diminutive;  paltry;  petty; 
puny;  scanty;  acute  or  high  as  to  sound; 
line,  in  music;  chipuntapl.  Some  Choc- 
taw  use  the  word  chaha. 

iskitini,  v.  n.,  to  be  small,  Matt.  13:  32. 

iskitini,  pp.,  lessened;  made  small;  di 
minished;  extenuated;  reduced. 

iskitini,  n.,  smallness;  littleness;  a  high 
key;  little;  a  small  quantity. 

iskitini,  adv.,  little. 

iskitini  chohmi,  a.,  smallish. 

iskitinichi,  v.  t.,  to  lessen;  to  make 
small;  to  pitch  too  high,  as  a  sound  in 
music;  to  diminish;  to  extenuate;  to 
narrows  to  reduce;  to  scrimp.  Some 
say  chahachi. 

iskitinisi,  iskitinesi,  iskitinusi,  a., 
small;  smallish,  John  2:  15[?];  quite 
small;  also  adv.,  chiskitinesi,  1  Sam.  15: 
71. 

iskitinisi,  iskitinusi,  v.  n.,  to  be  small. 

iskitinisi,  iskitinusi,  n.,  a  jot;  a  small 
quantity;  a  particle;  a  whit. 

iskuna,  n.,  the  bowels;  the  entrails;  the 
intestines;  the  guts;  the  inwards;  the 
core;  the  heart;  the  pith;  tripe;  viscera; 
the  heart  of  a  tree  in  distinction  from 
the  bark  and  sap. 

iskuna  kucha,  pp.,  emboweled;  gutted; 
ruptured;  eviscerated. 

iskuna  kucha,  n.,  a  rupture. 

iskuna  kuchi,  v.  t.,  to  embowel;  to  gut; 
to  rupture;  to  viscerate;  to  eviscerate. 

iskuna  laua,  a.,  pithy. 

iso,  n.,  offspring;  son;  a  child;  saso,  my 
son;  a  son,  Mark  12:  6;  Matt.  3:  17; 
nshi  is  the  word  most  in  use  for  son, 
etc.,  in  the  3d  person,  saso  ma,  my 
son,  Matt.  9:2. 

iso  nakni,  n.,  a  son;  a  male  child;  see 
alia  nakni. 

iso  tek,  n.,  a  daughter;  xeeodietik. 

issa,  v.  t,,  v.  a.  i.,  to  quit;  to  leave;  to 
forsake;  to  renounce;  to  abandon;  to 
stop,  Luke  5:  4;  to  abdicate;  to  cede;  to 
end,  Luke  4:13;  to  cease;  to  come  off; 
to  depart;  to  desert;  to  discontinue;  to 
expire;  to  fail;  to  flinch;  to  forego;  to 
give;  to  halt;  to  hush;  to  knuckle;  to 
part;  to  pause;  to  recant;  to  reject;  to 
release;  to  relinquish;  to  remit;  to  re 


sign;  to  rest;  to  revolt;  to  secede;  to 
stanch;  to  vacate;  to  void  to;  waive;  to 
yield;  sassa,  to  leave  me;  iesa,  pro. 
form. 

issa,  exclam.,  hush;  quit,  etc. 

issa,  n.,  a  forsaker;  one  who  quits;  a 
leaver;  a  turncoat. 

issa,  n.,  a  cessation;  a  desertion;  a  quit 
ting;  abdication;  a  departure;  a  re 
lease;  a  remission;  a  render;  a  resig 
nation;  a  stop. 

issa,  pp.,  deserted;  forsaken;  abolished; 
abdicated;  stanched;  vacated;  yielded. 

issa,  a.,  extinct;  quit. 

issan,  thou-me;  issankaxhofahinlqshke, 
Matt.  8:  2;  issanmihashke,  bid  me,  Matt. 
14:  28;  haklol  issa,  Matt.  15:  12;  issat  ia, 
to  leave,  Matt.  16:  4;  Josh.  6:  8. 

issa  htnla,  a.,  expirable. 

issahe  keyu  ikbi,  v.  t.,  to  immortalize. 

issachechi,  v.  t.,  caus.,  to  cause  to  abol 
ish. 

issachi,  v.  t.,  to  abolish;  to  arrest;  to 
cease;  to  discharge;  to  dismiss;  to 
abandon;  to  cause  to  quit,  etc. ;  to  check ; 
to  decide;  to  discharge;  to  free;  to 
discontinue;  to  intermit;  to  stanch;  to 
stifle;  to  still;  to  stop;  to  suppress;  to 
stay,  2  Sam.  24:  16. 

issachi,  n.,  an  abolisher,  etc.;  one  who 
discharges,  dismisses,  etc.;  a  check;  a 
stopper. 

issap,  n.,  a  louse;  lice. 

issap  isht  albi,  n.,  a  louse  trap;  a  line 
comb;  an  ivory  comb. 

issap  laua,  issap  inlaua,  a.,  lousy; 
swarming  with  lice;  or  he  is  lousy. 

issap  laua,  issap  inlaua,  v.  n.,  to  be 
lousy. 

issap  h'keli, a.,  lousy. 

issap  nihi,  n.,  a  nit;  the  seed  of  a  louse. 

issi,  see  isi. 

issi,  thou-me,  Matt.  14:  8. 

issi  okla  issa,  n.,  a  traitor. 

issikkopa,  see  isikkop(t;  tormented,  Matt. 
8:6;  to  suffer,  Matt.  17:  12,  15. 

issimallunsak,  see  imallunsak. 

issish,  n.,  blood;  gore,  Matt.  16:  17; 
•hnissish,  his  blood,  Josh.  2:  19. 

issish  akshish,  n.,  veins;  blood  vessels; 
arteries. 

issish  bano,  a.,  bloody;  all  blood; 
sanguinary. 


BYINOTON] 


A   DICTIONARY   OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


197 


issish  bano,  v.  n.,  to  be  bloody;    issish 

banocld,  to  make  all  bloody;  to  bloody, 
issish  bieka,  a.,  bloody. 
issish  hanta,  11.,  sacred  blood, 
issish  hoeta,  v.  11.,  to  puke  blood;  to 

vomit  blood. 

issish  hoeta,  n.,  a  vomiting  of  blood., 
issish  inhina,  n.,  a  blood  vessel;  a  vein; 

an  artery, 
issish  inhina  chito  ikonla  bachaya,  n. , 

the  jugular  vein. 

issish  inhina  lumpli,  v.  t.,  to  bleed, 
issish  inhina  lumpli,  n.,  venesection, 
issish  ikfia,  n.,  a  dysentery. 
issish  ikfia,  a.,  sick  with  the  dysentery. 
issish  ikfia,  v.  n.,  to  be  sick  with  the 

dysentery. 

issish  iklanna,  n.,  half  blood, 
issish  inkucha,  pp.,  bled;  blood  taken 

from  him. 
issish  inkuchi,  v.  t.,  to  take  blood;    to 

let  blood;  to  bleed  him;  to  take  out  his 

blood. 

issish  inkuchi,  n.,  one  who  bleeds, 
issish  inkuchi,  n.,  venesection, 
issish inchito, a.,  plethoric;  full  of  blood; 

lit.,  his  blood  is  large, 
issish  inchito,  v.  n.,  to  be  plethoric, 
issish  inchito,  n.,  plethora, 
issish  inlaua,  v.  n.,  to  be  plethoric, 
issish  inlaua,  n.,  plethora, 
issish  isht  kuchi,  n.,  a  fleam;  a  lancet, 
issish  isht  okchaya,  n.,  lifeblood. 
issish  kucha,  v.  a.  i.,  to  bleed. 
issish  laksha,  n.,  a  bloody  sweat, 
issish  laksha,  v.  n.,  to  sweat  blood. 
issish  laua,  a.,  sanguinary;  sanguine. 
issish  minti,  v.  a.  i. ,  to  bleed, 
issish  mitafa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  bleed, 
issish  mitaf a,  n.,   a    bleeding;   a   hem 
orrhage, 
issish  mitam,  v.  t.,  to  press  out  blood; 

to  bleed;  to  cause  to  bleed, 
issish  walakachi,  n.,  a  clot   of   blood; 

clotted  blood. 
isso,  v.  t.,  sing.,  to  smite;  to  strike;  to 

beat;  to  bunt;  to  bump;  to  cuff;  to  hit; 

to  jostle;  to  knock;  to  lay,  as  to  lay  on  a 

blow;    to    pelt;    to   pound;   to   touch; 

aiihinso,  beat  upon,  Matt.  7:   25;   issot 

kanchi,   Josh.  8:  22;  chik  aiisxo,   Matt. 

4:  6;  sasso,  to  strike  me,  or  he  strikes 

me;  aiisso,  v.  t.,  to  hit;  itaiisso,  to  smite 


each  other;  to  clash;  to  collide;  to  hit 
each  other;  to  hitch;  to  interfere,  as  a 
horse;  isJit  diisso,  v.  t.,  to  stand. 

isso,  n.,  a  striker;  a  smiter;  a  knocker; 
a  pelter. 

isso,  n.,  a  blow;  a  stroke;  a  beat;  a  bump; 
a  lick;  a  dent;  a  hit;  a  slam;  a  touch;  a 
trip;  itaiisso,  n.,  a  clash;  a  collision. 

issochi,  v.  t. ,  to  cause  to  strike;  itaiissochi, 
to  cause  to  strike  each  other;  to  clash; 
to  overreach,  as  a  horse. 

issot  falama,  v.  a.  i.,  to  rebound. 

issot  kanchi,  v.  t.,  to  destroy,  2  Sam. 
24:  16. 

isuba,  issuba,  n.,  derived  from  isi  holba, 
as  some  say;  a  horse;  a  steed;  a  nag;  a 
courser;  a  pony;  a  hobby. 

isuba  ahalalli,  n.,  a swingtree;  a  swingle- 
tree;  a  whippletree;  a  whiffletree. 

isuba  aiimpa,  n.,  a  horse  range;  a  horse 
pasture;  any  place  for  feeding  horses; 
a  stall. 

isuba  aiimpa  foki,  v.  t.,  to  stall. 

isuba  aiimpa peni,  n.,  a  manger;  a  horse- 
trough;  a  crib,  Luke  2:  7. 

isuba  aiitanowa,  n.,  a  horse  range;  the 
place  where  horses  ramble. 

isuba  aiitintimiya,  n.,  the  turf;  a  race 
ground. 

isuba  aiomanili  itanowa,n.,  aspurway. 

isuba  akucha,  n.,  a  horse  ford;  a  horse 
pass. 

isuba  alopulli,  n.,  a  horse  ford;  a  horse 


isuba  apa,  n.,  oats. 

isuba  basoa,  n.,  a  zebra. 

isuba  bokboki,  n.,  a  roan  horse. 

isuba  fochunli,  n.,  the  dandruff  of  a 
horse. 

isuba  foka  sit  a,  isuba  iffuka,  n.,  a  sur 
cingle. 

isuba  haksobish  falaia,  n.,  a  mule;  an 
ass;  a  donkey,  1  Kings  10:  25. 

isuba  haksobish  falaia  nakni,  n.,  a 
jackass;  a  male  donkey. 

isuba  halalli,  n.,  a  draft  horse. 

isuba  hioli  achafa,  n.,  a  horse  team. 

isuba  hishi,  n.,  horsehair;  the  short  hair 
of  a  horse. 

isuba  hobak,  n.,  a  gelding. 

isuba  hunkupa,  n.,  a  horsethief. 

isuba  inhina,  n.,  a  horse  way;  a  bridle 
path;  a  spurway. 


]98 


BUREAU   OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  40, 


isuba  ikonla  isht  talakchi,  11.,  a  throat- 

latch;  a  martingale, 
isuba  ilafia,  n.,  a  handsome  horse, 
isuba  imalikchi,  n.,  a  farrier;    one  who 

professes  to  cure  the  diseases  of  horses, 
isuba  imbita,  n.,  the  headband  or  strap 

of  a  bridle;  the  ear  band  of  a  bridle, 
isuba  imilhpak,  n.,  feed;  horse  feed, 
isuba  imponolo,  n.,  a  long  halter;  a  long 

horse  rope. 

isuba  inchahe,  n.,  a  plow, 
isuba  inchuka,  n.,  a  stable, 
isuba  inchuka  fohki,  v.  t.,  to  stable;   to 

put  into  a  stable, 
isuba  intintimia,  n.,  a  racehorse;    one 

that  races. 

isuba  inuchi,  n.,  a  horse  bell;  a  bell  col 
lar;  a  horse  collar. 
isuba  inuchi   anunkaka   takali,   n.,  a 

clapper. 
isuba  inuchi  ikbi,  n.,  a  bell  founder;  a 

bell  maker. 

isuba  inpeni,  n.,  a  ferryboat  for  horses. 
isuba  iskitini,  n.,  a  small  horse;  a  pony; 

a  nag. 
isuba  ishke,  n.,  a  breeding  mare;  an  old 

mare;  lit.,  a  mother  horse. 
isuba  isht  fama,  isuba  ishit  fama,  n., 

a  horsewhip. 
isuba  isht   fullota,  n.,  a  leading  line; 

a   long   rein   used  in   guiding  a  plow 

horse. 
isuba  isht  halalli,  n.,  the  gear  of  a  horse; 

the  tackle  of  a  horse. 
isuba  isht  halalli  fohki,  v.  t.,  to  gear; 

to  put  the  gears  on  a  horse. 
isuba  isht  inshilli,  11.,  a  currycomb. 
isuba  isht  pilesa,  n.,  the  gear  of  a  horse; 

horse  gear;  horse  tackling;  harness, 
isuba  isht  shali,  n.,  traces  fora  horse, 
isuba  isht   toksali,  n.,    harness  for  a 

horse;  gear  for  a  horse. 
isuba  inshulush,  n.,  a  horseshoe, 
isuba  itatoba,   n.,    a  jockey;    a  horse 

jockey;  a  horse  trader, 
isuba  itichapa,  n.,  a  span  of  horses. 
isuba  itikapali,  n.,  the  bit  of  a  bridle. 
isuba  itintiniia,  n.,  a  horserace. 
isuba  itintiniia,    v.  a.  i.,  to    run    in  a 

race,  as  horses;  to  race. 
isuba  iyakchush,  n.,  the  hoof  of  a  horse. 
isuba  iyakchush  isht  bashli,  n.,  a  but 
tress. 
isuba  iyi  hislii,  n.,  the  fetlock. 


isuba  iyi  isht  talakchi,  isubiyi  isht 
intalakchi,  n.,  a  horse  fetter;  a  horse 
hobble;  a  hobble,  a  name  in  use  in  the 
Southwest. 

isuba  iyi  tali  iyi  lapalichi,  n.,  a  farrier; 
a  horseshoer. 

isuba  iyi  tali  lapali,  n.,  a  horseshoe. 

isuba  iyi  tali  lapalichi,  v.  t. ,  to  shoe  a 
horse. 

isuba  kanchi,  n.,  a  horse  dealer. 

isuba  kapali,  n.,  a  bridle. 

isuba  kapali  isht  talakchi,  n.,  bridle 
reins. 

isuba  kapali  kapalichi,  v.  t.,  to  bridle 
a  horse. 

isuba  kostininchi,  n.,  a  horse-breaker. 

isuba  liposhi,  n.,  a  jade. 

isuba  nakni,  n.,  a  male  horse;  a  stal 
lion;  a  stone  horse;  a  seed  horse;  a 
studhorse. 

isuba  nashoba,  n.,  an  ass;  a  mule;  a 
donkey. 

isuba  nashoba  nakni,  n.,  a  jackass. 

isuba  nali,  n.,  horseback;  the  back  of  a 
horse. 

isuba  omanili,  isuba  ombinili,  n. ,  horse 
back;  a  horseman;  a  rider,  1  Kings 
10:  26. 

isuba  omanili  tashka,  n.,  a  light-horse 
man;  a  dragoon;  a  hussar;  light  horse; 
a  trooper. 

isuba  omanili  tashka  anha,  n.,  cav 
alry;  a  company  of  light-horse  men. 

isuba  ontala  tashka,  n.,  a  light-horse 
man;  a  dragoon. 

isuba  shali  achafa,  n.,  a  horse  load. 

isuba  shapo  shali,  n.,  a  sumpter;  a 
baggage  horse;  a  pack  horse. 

isuba  shapulechi,  v.  t.,  to  pack  a  horse; 
to  load  a  horse. 

isuba  shapuli,  n.,  a  led  horse;  a  sump 
ter;  a  baggage  horse;  a  pack  horse. 

isuba  shinimpa,  n.,  a  courser. 

isuba  tanchi  fotoli,  n.,  a  horse  mill. 

isuba   tansh  fotoli,  n.,  a  mill  horse. 

isuba  tek,  n.,  a  mare. 

isuba  tek  himmita,  n.,  a  filly. 

isuba  tikba  heli,  n.,  the  fore  horse. 

isuba  toksali,  n.,  a  draft  horse;  a  hack 
ney. 

isuba  umpatalhpo,  n.,  a  saddle. 

isuba  umpatalhpo  akama,  pp.,  unsad 
dled. 


BYINGTON] 


A    DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW 


199 


isuba  umpatalhpo  alata,  n.,  a  saddle 
pad. 

isuba  um.patalb.po  ashapuli,  n.,  a  pack 
saddle. 

isuba  umpatalhpo  falakto,  n. ,  a  side 
saddle. 

isuba  um.patalb.po  haksobish,  n.,  a  sad 
dle  skirt. 

isuba  umpatalhpo  ikbi,  n.,  a  saddler; 
a  saddle  maker. 

isuba  umpatalhpo  nushkobo,  n.,  the 
pommel  of  a  saddle. 

isuba  umpatalhpo  onlipa  nan  tanna, 
n.,  housing. 

isuba  umpatalhpo  patali,  v.  t.,  to  sad 
dle. 

isubiyi  isht  intalakchi,  see  isuba  iyi 
id  it  talakclii. 

isubushi,  n.,  a  colt;  a  foal. 

isubushi  cheli,  v.  t.,  to  foal;  to  colt. 

insunksowa,inpunspoa,v.  t.,  to  kiss  him. 

isunlash,  n.,  the  tongue;  the  instrument 
of  taste  and  the  chief  instrument  of 
speech;  a  neap  or  the  pole  of  a  cart. 

isunlash  chulata,  a.,  double-tongued; 
false. 

isunlash  illi,  a. ,  tongue-tied. 

isunlash  illi,  v.  n.,  to  be  tongue-tied. 

isunlash  illi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  stutter;  to  lisp. 

isunlash  illi,  n. ,  a  stutterer. 

isunlash  tuklo,  a.,  double-tongued; 
false;  two-tongued. 

isunlash  ushi,  n. ,  the  palate. 

isushi,  n.,  a  fawn;  a  young  deer.  It  is 
said  by  old  hunters  that  dogs  can  not 
smell  the  track  of  a  young  fawn  while 
it  remains  spotted;  see  isi  ushi. 

ish,  per.  pro.,  pre.  to  active  verbs,  thou, 
nom.  case,  as  ishia,  thou  goest;  is  be 
fore  sam  and  san,  thou-me,  thou  for  me 
or  to  me;  issama,  thou  give  me;  issan- 
nukhaklo,  thou  pity  me;  thou,  Matt. 
17:  27.  Used  also,  as  a  possessive,  thy, 
thine;  thy  prayers,  etc.  Acts  10:  4. 

ish,  a  conj.,  used  with  li,  I;  as  m/tWt,  I 
go  and;  also  cf.  akithanokish;  one  vowel 
is  dropped,  as  is  common  where  two 
thus  come  together;  cf.  ah  and  cha. 

ishahe  keyu,  a.,  inadmissible;  unattain 
able. 

ishahpi  (from  idii  and  cthpi],  11.,  iirst 
born;  see  Matt,  1:  25. 

inshah't  ia,  v.  a.  i.,  to  grow;  to  increase; 
to  enlarge;  to  rise;  to  wax. 


inshaht  isht  ia,  v.  t.,  to  increase;;  to 
swell. 

inshaht  taha,  pp.,  made  greatest;  ren 
dered  greatest,  etc. 

inshaht  tah',  a.,  greatest;  largest;  high 
est;  sign  of  the  sup.  deg.  of  comp. ;  su 
perlative. 

inshaht  tali,  v.  n.,  to  be  greatest. 

inshalakli,  a.,  being  a  little  more;  a  lit 
tle  larger. 

inshalechi,  see  ishalichi. 

inshalechichi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  cause  to  ex 
ceed;  to  dominate;  to  enhance. 

inshali,  a.,  superior;  better;  surpassing; 
sign  of  the  comparative  degree  of 
comp.;  above;  greater;  inshali  feJtna, 
extreme;  dominant;  main;  major;  more; 
predominant ;  prevalent ;  principal ; 
sovereign;  supereminent ;  greater, 
John.  1:  50. 

inshali,  v.  n. ,  to  be  superior;  to  be  greater; 
to  exceed,  Josh.  4:  24;  Matt.  5:  20;  6: 
25;  11:  22,  24;  iminshal!,  to  prefer; 
chiminshali,  better  for  thee;  inshashuli, 
pi.,  foshaiyali,  pro.,  in  iminshaiyali ;  isJit 
inshali  v.  a.  i.,  to  increase,  John  3:  30, 
Matt.  12:  12,  to  outgo;  nanta  isJit  inshala 
heto;  isht  inshalechi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to 
increase;  to  aggravate;  to  increase;  isJit 
in-shat  isht  ia,  v.  a.  i.,  to  increase;  to 
thrive;  pp.,  increased;  inht  inshat  ma- 
haya,  v.  a.  i.,  to  progress. 

inshali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  exceed;  to  be  greater; 
John  4:  12;  to  prevail;  to  wax;  imin- 
shali,  v.  t.,  to  prefer. 

inshali,  n.,  a  superior;  a  lord;  the  main 
body;  a  majority;  a  master,  Matt.  6:  24; 
sir;  rabbi. 

inshali,  adv.,  mainly;  more;  supremely. 

inshali  bano,  a.,  paramount. 

inshali  banna,  a.,  emulous;  wishing  to 
excel. 

inshali  banna,  v.  n.,  to  be  emulous. 

inshali  banna,  v.  t.,  to  emulate. 

inshali  banna,  11.,  an  emulator. 

inshali  hatak,  n.,  a  principal;  a  chief 
man. 

inshali  imanumpa,  11.,  an  embasssy; 
embassage. 

inshali  imanumpa  isht  anya,  n.,  an 
express. 

inshali  imanumpeshi,  n.,  an  ambas 
sador;  an  envoy. 


200 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


inshali  nan  isht  imatta,  n.,  a  minister; 
a  servant. 

ishalichi,  iashalihchi,  i^shalechi,  v.  t., 
to  exceed;  to  surpass;  to  cause  to  ex 
ceed;  to  excel;  to  master;  to  outdo;  to 
predominate;  to  subdue;  to  top;  to  do 
much  more,  Matt.  7:  11. 

inshalihchi,  see  ishalichi. 

inshalit  okpulo,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  made 
worse,  Matt.  9:  16. 

ishapuntak,  see  ixapuntak. 

ishbi,  v.  t.  irreg.,  2d  per.  sing.,  from  qbi, 
thou  killest.  The  first  vowel  of  the 
verb  all  is  dropped,  and  so  of  qpa,  qla, 
qino. 

ishhinsh,  see  ikhinsJi. 

ishi,  eshi,  v.  t.,  to  take;  to  hold;  to  get; 
to  seize;  to  apprehend;  to  draft;  to  draw; 
to  embrace;  to  entertain;  to  gain;  to 
grab;  to  grasp;  to  harbor;  to  cover, 
as  the  floor;  to  bear  children,  as  a 
woman,  1  Sam.  2:  21;  covered  the  hills, 
Ch.  "VV.,  p.  18,  to  assume;  to  attach;  to 
come  by;  to  receive,  Matt.  10:  41;  14: 
20;  isliwa,  pi.  of  ishi;  inslci,  inhinshi,  hav 
ing,  holding,  etc.;  isht  holisso  han  in- 
shili,  I  am  holding  the  pen;  ieshi,  pro., 
to  keep,  1  Sam,  7:  1;  Matt.  5:  23;  chin- 
shachi,  shall  hold  thee,  Luke  4:  10;  ieshi, 
to  draw  (the  sword),  2  Sam.  24:  9; 
sunshi,  John  6:  56;  ieshichi,  to  make;  to 
inherit,  1  Sam.  2:  8;  itishi,  to  take  to 
gether;  to  take  each  other;  to  wrestle; 
ilait  inshi,  to  take  unto  himself,  as  to  take 
an  evil  spirit,  John  8:  48,  52;  ilaieshi, 
to  have,  Matt.  11: 18;  15:  30;  16:  27;  eahi, 
to  travail,  1  Sam.  4:  19;  imaiishi,  to  dis 
possess  him;  to  unfurnish  him;  -fashi, 
to  keep  back;  imixhi,  to  wrest;  hatak 
imi8hi,\.t.,  to  unman:  aiishi,  to  unhinge; 
to  take  off  as  a  saddle;  to  unsaddle;  to 
divest;  to  take  away,  Matt.  5:  40;  7:4; 
13:  20,  22,  23;  to  imbibe;  to  include;  to 
keep;  to  maintain;  to  obtain;  to  partake; 
to  preserve;  to  procure;  to  receive; 
to  touch;  to  twine;  to  vest. 

ishi,  i^sni,  n.,  a  taker;  a  sei/er;  a  holder; 
a  maintainer;  an  obtainer;  a  partaker; 
a  receiver;  a  winner. 

ishi,  n.,  a  grasp;  a  hold;  a  holding;  an 
occupation;  a  possession;  a  receipt;  re 
ception;  a  taking;  a  touch;  a  winning. 

ishi,  a.,  engaging;  captivating. 


inshi,  v.  t.,  to  have;  to  hold;  to  occupy; 
to  keep;  to  own;  to  pro  vide;  to  reserve; 
to  restrain;  to  retain;  to  steady;  to  win; 
to  have,  Matt.  13:  12;  15:  34;  Acts  5:  2, 
3;  ikeshoj  to  refuse;  ikeshot  a.,  unac 
cepted;  not  taken;  uncollected;  unre- 
ceived;  untaken;  ihinshi,  Matt.  11:  12; 
fohinsht  ia,  to  go  to  catch  or  take. 

inshi,  n.,  a  reservation;  a  reserve. 

inshi,  n.,  an  occupier;  an  owner. 

inshikalla,  see  shikqlla. 

ishit,  see  isht. 

ishit  fohki,  v.  t.,  to  take  and  put  in;  to 
betray,  Matt.  17:  22;  ishahe  keyu,  a., 
unrecoverable. 

ishit  tiwa,  see  isht  tiwa. 

ishkanapa,  isht  kanapa,  a.,  casual;  ac 
cidental,  Luke  10:  36. 

ishkanapa,  v.  n.,  to  be  casual  or  acci 
dental;  to  happen,  as  an  injury;  sqsh- 
kangpa,  I  met  with  an  accident. 

ishkanapa,  n.,  an  accident;  a  casualty;  a 
disaster;  an  ill. 

ishkanapachi,  v.  t.,  to  jeopard,  2  Sam. 
23:  17. 

ishke,  shke,  oshke,  ashke,  a  particle 
used  at  the  end  of  sentences  and  suf 
fixed  to  the  last  word  to  give  a  little 
more  strength  and  dignity  to  the  style, 
being  much  used  in  solemn  style.  It 
may  be  regarded  as  an  intensitive  hav 
ing  the  force  of  do  in  English,  but  is  a 
more  dignified  expression  than  do. 
Generally  suffixed  to  verbs  or  to  words 
where  a  verb  is  understood,  or  an  ad 
verb,  as  it  closes  a  sentence  or  a  period, 
which  requires  a  verb  to  compose  it. 
The  final  vowel  of  the  verb  is  generally 
retained,  except  that  a  becomes  a  and 
e  is  changed  to  i  before  shke. 

ishki,  n.,  a  mother;  a  dam;  also  his 
mother,  her  mother,  their  mother.  The 
sisters  of  a  mother  are  called  idtkl  also. 
Matt.  2:  11,  13,  14,  19,  20,  21;  8:  14;  10: 
35;  12:  46;  13:  55;  liashke,  my  mother, 
Matt.  12:  48,  49,  50. 

ishki  ahalaia,  a.,  maternal. 

ishki  abi,  n.,  a  matricide. 

ishki  imanumpa,  n.,  mother  tongue; 
his  mother's  language. 

ishki  toba,  n.,  a  stepmother;  also  an  aunt 
who  is  sister  to  the  mother;  a  step  dame. 


BYINOTON] 


A   DICTIONARY   OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


201 


ishkinsh,    ikhi^sh  (q.  v.),    ithi»sh,ok- 

hinsh,  ishhinsh;  n.,  medicine;  ikhinsh 

is  the  most  common  word. 
ishkitini,  n.,  an  owl;  a  large  night  owl; 

the  horned  owl. 
ishko,  v.  t.,  v.  a.  i.,  to  drink,  Matt.  6:  31; 

to  imbibe;  to  partake;  to  sup;  to  take, 

ikishko,  Matt.  11:  18;  ihfoshko,  drinking, 

Matt.  11:  19. 

ishko,  n.,  drink;  a  draft;  a  potation. 
ishko,  n.,  a  drinker;  a  partaker. 
ishko  achafa,  n.,  a  dram;  a  drink;  one 

draft;  a  dose;  a  drench;  apotion. 
ishko  achafa  ikbit   itakashkuli,  v.  t., 

to  dose;  to  prepare  doses. 
ishko  chito,  n,,  a  large  draft;  a  swig, 
ishko  fena,   v.  t.,    to  booze;    to  drink 

deeply. 

ishko  fena,  P.,  a  hard  drinker, 
ishko  fena  keyu,  a.,  abstemious. 
ishko  hinla,  a.,  potable. 
ishko  shali,  n.,  a  great  drinker,  Matt. 

11:  19. 
ishkochechi,  v.  t,   to   drench;   to  give 

drink;  to  cause  to  drink;  to  dose,  to 

administer  liquid   medicines;  oka  ish- 

kochechitok,  1  Sam.  30:  11. 
ishkochechit    nusechi,   n.,    an    opiate 

administered. 

ishkot  hoeta,  n.,  an  emetic, 
ishkot  ikfia,  n.,  a  cathartic, 
ishkot  ikpeso,  a.,  untasted. 
ishkot  nusi,  n.,  an  opiate. 
ishkot  pisa,v.  t.,  to  taste;  to  try  to  drink, 
ishkot  tad,  v.  t.,  v.  a.  i.,  to  drink  up;  to 

drink  it  all;  to  drink  off. 
ishla,  v.  t.  irreg.,  2d  per.  sing.,  from  ala; 

thou  arrivest. 
ishmo,  v.   t.  irreg.,    2d  per  sing.,  from 

amo,  thou  pickest. 
ishpa,  v.   t.  irreg.,  2d   per.  sing.,  from 

apa,  thou  eatest. 
Ishpani,  a.,  Spanish;  n.,  Spain. 
Ishpani  hatak,  n.,  a  Spaniard. 
Ishpani   okla,    n.,    Spaniards;    Spanish 

people. 
Ishpani  yakni,  n.,  the  Spanish  country; 

Spain. 
isht,  ishit,  formed  from  ishi  and  t,  to  take 

and  insht  igt,  Matt.  8:  4,  from  fashi,  take 

and   iat,  go.     This   is  an   abbreviated 

mode  of  speaking.     This  word  is  much 

used:  (1)    as  a  preposition,   with,   for, 

on  account  of,  concerning,  and  in  this 


way  indicates  the  cause,  manner,  or 
instrument  by  which  some  action 
takes  place,  as  isJtt  cJianli,  to  chop 
with;  isht  abeka,  to  be  sick  with;  isht 
aimmpuli,  to  talk  about;  islt  Jiachin- 
mihachahe,  shall  condemn  you  with, 
Matt.  7:  2;  isht  hachimalhpisahe;  ishit 
saholitobli,  to  honor  me  with;  isht 
imaholitopa,  Matt.  11:  19,  20;  nan 
isht  amihachi,  to  upbraid  for;  isJtt  a,  of; 
by;  therewith;  thereby;  by  means,  of; 
by  whom,  Matt.  18:  7,  13;  isht  at,  Matt. 
18: 16:  (2)  when  combined  with  a  verb 
it  gives  it  a  new  form,  and  indeed  makes 
it  a  compound  word,  as  minti,  to  come; 
isht  minti,  to  bring,  or  take  it  and  start 
or  come;  ia,  to  go;  isht  ia,  to  carry,  or 
take  it  and  go;  aba,  to  arrive;  isJit  qla, 
to  bring  or  take  it  and  come:  (3)  it  is 
used  to  make  verbal  nouns,  i.  e.,  nouns 
derived  from  verbs,  as  ishko,  to  drink; 
isht  ishko,  a  cup;  talakchi,  to  be  tied;  isht 
talakchi,  a  string;  a  tether:  (4)  it  is  used 
to  express  all  the  ordinal  numbers  ex 
cept  the  first  four,  1,  2,  3,  4;  isJit  talapi, 
the  fifth;  isht  hanali,  the  sixth;  isM 
aiushta,  fourth,  is  also  used:  (5)  used 
with  a  v.  a.  i.  it  makes  it  v.  t. ;  yaiya,  to 
cry;  isht  yaiya,  to  cry  about  it  or  him 
(this  may  be  classed  also  under  sec.  1): 
(6)  means,  cause,  or  instrument;  with; 
by  means  of,  etc.;  thereby;  therewith; 
thereat;  therein;  isht  a,  means  and 
source;  by  means  of;  isJit  aholitopa,  be 
come  rich  by  means  of. 

isht  abahchakli,  n.,  a  spoon  (old  name); 
isht  impa  is  a  better  word. 

isht  abeka,  n.,  infection;  cause  of  sick 
ness. 

isht  abeka,  v.  n.,  to  be  sick  with. 

isht  abekachi,  v.  t.,  to  infect  by  means 
of  it;  to  make  sick  with  it. 

isht  abiha,  n.,  the  string  or  cord  used  in 
stretching  hides  when  hung  up  to  dry. 

isht  aboli,  n.,  a  small  ball  playground 
for  practice. 

isht  achunli,  n.,  a  needle;  a  sewing 
needle;  an  awl;  any  sewing  instrument. 

isht  afacha,  n.,  a  latch;  a  button  to  a 
door;  a  fastener;  a  hasp. 

isht  afana,  n.,  a  pry;  a  lever;  a  hand 
spike. 

isht  afekomi,  see  ishtafekommi. 


202 


BUBEAU    OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL..  46 


isht  afikomi  (see  isht  qfekommi};    pro. 

form,  ixht  afekoyioni. 
isht  afinni,  n.,  a  lever, 
isht    afoli,  v.    t.,    to    shroud;   to   wrap 

round  with  it. 

isht  ahabli,  n.,  the  strap  used  by  shoe 
makers  to  bind  the  shoe  to  their  knees, 

etc. 
isht  ahalaia,  n.,  a  care;  a  concern;  an 

interest. 

isht  ahalaia,  a.,  responsible, 
isht    ahama,    n.,    ointment;     unction; 

unguent. 

isht  ahauchi,  n.,  avails;  profits, 
isht  ahbichakali,  a.,  nineteenth, 
isht    ahbichakaliha,    adv.,   nineteenth 

time. 

isht  ahchifa,  n.,  soap;  a  lotion, 
isht  ahchifa  apokpokechi,  n.,  a  lather 

box. 
isht  ahchifa   balama,  n.,  castile  soap; 

scented  soap, 
isht  ahchifa  kallo,  n.,  bar  soap;  hard 

soap. 
isht    ahchifa    nashuka    ahammi,   n., 

lather  for  shaving  the  beard, 
isht  ahchifa  onlali,  v.  t.,  to  soap, 
isht    ahchifa    pokpoki,    n.,    soapsuds; 

suds. 

isht  ahobachi,  n. ,  a  pattern, 
isht  ahofahya,  n.,  reproach,  Josh.  5:  9. 
isht  aholitopa,  n.,  the  glory,  Matt.  6: 13; 

16:27. 
isht  ahollo,  v.  t.,  to  perform  a  miracle, 

John  4:  54;  to  witch, 
isht  ahollo,  a.,  magnificent;  majestic. 
isht  ahollo,  n.,  one  who  performs  mira 
cles;   a  wonderful   being;    a  witch;   a 

demoniac;  a  sorcerer, 
isht  ahollo,  n.,  a  miracle,  John  2:  11;  see 

di.isJtt  aliollo,  conjuration;  witchcraft, 
isht   ahollo    ilahobi,  isht  ahullo   ila- 

hobbi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  juggle;  to  conjure;  to 

pretend  to  witchcraft, 
isht  ahollo  ilahobi,  n.,  a  juggler, 
isht   ahullochika,  a.,  clean;  ceremoni 
ously   clean   or  religiously  clean;    see 

Gen.  8:  20. 

isht  aianli,  n.,  evidence, 
isht  aialhpisa,  n.,  a  sign,  Matt.  10:  3. 
isht  aiilbasha,  n.,  adversity. 
isht    aiinpalammi,     n.,    a    cursing;    a 

curse,  Josh.  8;  34. 


isht  aiokpachi,  n.,  an  oblation;  an  offer 
ing;  a  salute;  a  sacrifice  or  gift,  Matt. 
23:  19;  a  treater. 

isht  aiopi,  a.,  the  last;  the  youngest; 
the  least,  Matt.  2:  6;  extreme;  final; 
ultimate;  ont  isht  aiopi,  finally,  Matt. 
5:26. 

isht  aiopi,  isht  aiyopi,  v.  n.,  to  be  the 
last,  Matt.  12:  45;  ont  imisld  aiyopikmqt, 
in  the  end  of,  Matt.  13:  40,  49. 

isht  aiopi,  n.,  the  last  one;  the  one  who 
is  last;  conclusion;  finis;  the  hindmost; 
the  rear;  the  upshot;  utmost. 

isht  aiopi,  adv.,  last;  ultimately;  utter 
most. 

isht  aiopi  aiokpaphi,  n. ,  a  valediction. 

isht  aiopi  anya,  n.,  rearward. 

isht  aiopichi,  v.  t.  cans.,  to  make  it 
last;  to  close;  to  make  an  end. 

isht  aiukli,  n.,  an  ornament;  an  em 
bellishment;  garniture. 

isht  aiuklichi,  v.  t.,  to  ornament  with. 

isht  aiunchululli,  n.,  ageneration,  Luke 
3:  7;  Matt.  1:  1;  a  tribe,  Rev.  7:  4. 

isht  aiushta,  a.,  fourth,  Matt.  14:  25. 

isht  aiushta,  v.  n.,  to  be  the  fourth. 

isht  aiyopi,  see  isht  aiopi. 

isht  akama,  n.,  a  stopple. 

isht  akamassa,  n.,  a  buckle;  a  button; 
a  brooch;  paste;  putty;  a  seal;  sealing 
wax;  a  tache,  Ex.  26:  6. 

isht  akamassachi,  n.,  a  latch;  a  but 
ton;  a  buckle. 

isht  akamassalli,n.,  a  buckle;  a  button; 
a  fastener. 

isht  akanohmechi.  v.  t,  to  cause  mis 
chief;  to  seduce,  1  John  2:  26. 

isht  akanohmi,  a.,  mischievous;  com 
pounded  of  isht,  a.,  and  kanohmi  or 
kaniohmi,  to  do  somehow. 

isht  akanohmi,  v.  n.,  to  be  mischievous. 

isht  akashofa,  n.,  a  remission. 

isht  akmo,  n.,  solder. 

isht  akostininchi,  n.,  sense. 

isht  alampko,  n.,  strength. 

isht  alepulli,  isht  alopulli,  n.,a  brooch; 
a  breastpin. 

isht  alopulli,  see  isltt  qlopuUl. 

isht  amalichi,  n.,  a  fan,  Luke  3:  17. 

isht  amiha,  n.,  an  excuse;  a  put  off. 

isht  amiha  iksho,  a.,  groundless;  with 
out  excuse. 

isht  anchaha,  n.,  j taint. 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


203 


isht  aniwilali,  n.,  a  sty;  a  sore  on  the 
eyelid.  [I  do  not  recognize  this 
word.— H.  S.  H.] 

isht  anoli,  n.,  record,  John  1:  19. 

isht  anowa,  isht  anonowa,  cause  of 
fame;  means  or  occasion  of  fame. 

isht  anta,  v.  t.,  to  do;  to  be  busy  with; 
to  be  employed  about;  nan  isht  anta,  n., 
employment. 

isht  anta,  n.,  occupation. 

isht  anukfokat  alota,  a.,  filled  writh, 
Luke  4:  1. 

isht  anukhanklo,  n.,  adversity;  cause 
of  sorrow. 

isht  anumpa,  n.,  a  description;  an 
account  of;  a  narrative;  a  dissertation; 
praise:  also,  about  (lit.,  a  word  about 
it);  a  commentary;  an  intercession. 

isht  anumpuli,  n.,  a  lauder;  a  praiser; 
a  treater;  a  commentator;  a  commen 
tary;  a  debater;  an  intercessor;  an  en 
comium;  an  intercession. 

isht  anumpulit  holissochi,  isht  an- 
umpat  holisso,  n.,  a  memoir. 

isht  apakfoa,  n.,  a  bandage. 

isht  apesa,  n.,  a  compass;  a  gage. 

isht  apunf  achi,  n. ,  a  blowrpipe. 

isht  ashana,  n.,  a  screw;  a  lock;  a  stock 
lock. 

isht  atakalama  chito,  n.,  vexatious. 

isht  ataklama,  n.,  a  hindrance;  a  cause 
of  delay;  a  disadvantage;  a  restraint. 

isht  atapachi,  see  isht  atatetpachi. 

isht  ataya,  n.,  posterity;  chisht  atayaka, 
yakniilappa  chimaUkma,  Gen.  48:  4. 

isht  atia,  n.,  a  race;  a  descent;  a  breed; 
a  stock;  an  extraction. 

isht  atiaka,  n.,  a  clan;  fruit;  a  house; 
lineage;  pedigree;  progeny;  a  stock; 
offspring;  pi  si  it  atiaka,  our  offspring; 
generation,  Matt.  3:  7;  tribe,  Josh.  1: 
12;  3:  12;  4:  12;  7:  16,  17. 

isht  atiaka,  a.,  cognate  (a  descendant). 

isht  atiaka  keyu,  a.,  unrelated. 

isht  atokowa,  n.,  a  sign,  Matt.  24:  3; 
John  4:  48. 

isht  auahchafa,  a.,  the  llth;  isJtt  auah- 
tvklo,  a.,  the  12th;  isht  auahtuchina, 
a.,  the  13th,  and  so  of  other  numbers 
up  to  18th;  Isht  auahuntuchina,  a.,  eight 
eenth;  18th;  I  si  it  auahchafahaha,  adv., 
eleventh  time;  ixht  auahtuklolia,  adv., 
twelfth  time,  etc.;  ixht  auahtalapiha, 
fifteenth  time,  and  so  of  other  numbers. 


isht  auechi,  n.,  a  sender;  one  who 
sends. 

isht  anya,  n.,  a  driver;  a  carrier;  a  con- 

.  ductor;  a  teamster. 

isht  anya,  n.,  a  conveyance. 

isht  a»ya  shaH,  n.,  a  carrier;  " to  take 
and  carry  along." 

isht  afekommi,  n.,  mischief;  obstinacy. 

isht  afekommi,  isht  afekomi,  isht 
afekoma,  a.,  troublesome;  baleful; 
forward;. mischievous;  peevish;  pesti 
lent;  petulant;  plaguy;  refractory;  rest 
ive;  impudent;  troublous;  unruly. 

isht  afekommi,  v.  n.,  to  be  trouble 
some. 

isht  ala,  v.  t.,  to  bring,  Matt.  9:2;  to 
draw  near,  Matt.  15:  8. 

isht  ala,  n.,  a  bringer;  an  introducer. 

isht  ala,  n.,  an  introduction. 

isht  albi,  n.,  a  witch  ball;  a  bait;  a  trap; 
a  snare;  a  net;  a  springe. 

isht  albi  intakalichi,  v.  t.,  to  bait  him. 

isht  albi  isht  hokli,  v.  t.,  to  snare. 

isht  albi  nala,  pp.,  shot  with  a  witch 
ball. 

isht  albi  nali,  v.  t.,  to  shoot  with  a 
witch  ball. 

isht  albi  talali,  v.  t,  to  trap;  to  set  a 
trap. 

isht  albiha,  n.,  stuffing. 

isht  alhchefa,  n.,  soap. 

isht  alhfoa,  n.,  a  garter;  a  binder. 

isht  alhkama,  n.,  a  stopple;  a  cork;  a 
plug;  a  tap;  a  wad. 

isht  alhkata,  n.,  a  patch. 

isht  alhkoha,  n.,  varnishing;  gilding. 

isht  alhpisa,   a.,    figurative. 

isht  alhpisa,  n.,  a  measure;  a  yard;  a 
bushel;  a  gallon;  a  mile;  any  measure; 
a  badge;  an  ensign;  an  emblem;  a  de 
gree;  a  figure;  a  gauge;  insignia;  a 
metaphor;  a  model;  a  note;  an  omen; 
a  picture;  a  plan;  a  rule;  a  sample;  a 
scale;  a  sign;  a  specimen;  a  square;  a 
symbol;  a  symptom;  a  simile;  a  test; 
a  token;  a  type;  ninak  isJtt  alhpisa,  n., 
watch  of  the  night,  Matt.  14:  25. 

isht  alhpisa  tuklo,  n.,  a  fathom;  two 
yards;  two  measures. 

isht  alhpolosa,  n.,  mortar;  daubing; 
plaster. 

isht  alhtoba,  n.,  a  ransom,  Matt.  1 
payment;  price  paid. 


204 


BUREAU    OF    AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL,.  46 


isht  almo,  n.,  a  scythe;  a  sickle;  any 
cutting  instrument  of  the  knife  kind;  a 
reaping  hook. 

isht  alopulli,  isht  alopulli,  n.,  a  broach; 
a  breastpin. 

isht  askufachi,  n.,  a  belt;  a  sash;  a  cinc 
ture;  a  girdle. 

isht  atapachi,  isht  atapachi,  ri.,  a  but 
ton;  a  barb;  a  hasp. 

isht  atapachi  ikbi,  v.  t.,  to  barb;  to 
make  a  barb. 

isht  atta,  v.  t.,  to  follow. 

isht  atta,  n.,  business;  employment;  a 
function;  an  occupation;  an  office;  use. 

isht  atta,  n.,  an  agent  or  attorney;  an 
administrator,  an  actor;  any  person 
having  any  particular  business;  a  doer; 
a  factor;  a  functionary;  a  manager;  a 
practicer;  a  practitioner. 

isht  attacha  hinla,  a.,  sanative. 

isht  baha,  isht  bah,  isht  bahaffi,  n., 
a  piercer;  a  spear. 

isht  baska,  n.,  a  card  used  in  games;  a 
pack  of  cards;  a  pack. 

isht  basto,  n.,  a  marble. 

isht  basha,  n.,  a  saw. 

isht  basha  chito,  n.,  a  crosscut  saw. 

isht  bashpoa,  isht  panshpoa,  isht 
pashpoa,  n.,  a  broom. 

isht  bicheli,  n.,  a  tap;  a  spout;  a  faucet; 
a  brass  cock;  a  funnel;  a  tunnel. 

isht  boa,  n.,  a  hammer;  a  maul;  a  mal 
let;  a  beetle. 

isht  boa  api,  n.,  a  broomstick. 

isht  boa  chito,  n.,  a  large  maul;  a  com 
mander;  a  heavy  beetle. 

isht  boli,  n.,  a  flail. 

isht  bopuli,  n.,  a  sling. 

isht  chakali,  a.,  ninth;  9th. 

isht  chakaliha,  adv.,  ninth  time. 

isht  chanli,  n.,  a  pickax. 

isht  chanya,  n.,  an  addice;  an  adz;  an 
ax;  any  edge  tool  used  for  chopping. 

isht  chumpa,  n.,  funds;  purchase 
money;  means  of  making  a  purchase. 

isht  fali,  n.,  a  crank. 

isht  fama,  n.,  a  whip;  a  scourge,  John 
2:  1">;  a  lash. 

isht  fiopa,  n.,  the  windpipe. 

isht  fotoha,  n.,  an  auger;  a  borer. 

isht  fotoha  iskitini,  n.,  a  gimlet;  a 
small  auger. 

isht  fotoha  ulhpi,  n.,  an  auger  handle. 


isht  fotoha  wishakchi,  n.,  the  bit  of  an 

auger;  the  point  of  an  auger, 
isht  fotohushi,  n.,  a  gimlet, 
isht  fotoli,  n.,  a  winch, 
isht  fotolit  lumbli,  v.  t.,  to  drill, 
isht  haksichi,  n.,   a  wile;    a  means  of 

cheating;  a  trick;  a  bribe;  hush  money; 

a  train. 

isht  haksichi,  n.,  a  briber, 
isht  halalli,  n.,  a  bail;  a  long  oar;  har 
ness;  a  trace;  a  tug. 
isht  halupalli,  n.,  a  hone;  a  whetstone; 

a  strap. 

isht  hanali,  isht  hannali,  a.,  sixth;  6th. 
isht  hanaliha,  adv.,  sixth  time, 
isht  hashanya,  n.,  the  cause  or  occasion 

of  fretfulness. 

isht  hofahya,  n.,  shame;  cause  of  shame, 
isht  hokli,  n.,  a  net;  a  trap, 
isht  holissochi,  isht  holissichi,  n.,    a 

pen;  a  pencil;  ink. 

isht    holissochi    aialhto,   n.,   an    ink 
stand;  an  ink  bottle;  an  ink  horn, 
isht  holissochi  humma,  n.,  red  ink. 
isht  holissochi  ikbi,  n..,  an  ink  maker; 

a  pencil  maker;  a  pen  maker, 
isht  holissochi  lusa,  n.,  black  ink;  ink. 
isht  holissochi  onlatapa,  n.,  a  blot, 
isht  holissochi  onlatapa,  pp.,  blotted, 
isht  holissochi  onlatabli,  v.  t.,  to  blot; 

to  spill  ink  on  it. 
isht  holitabli,  n.,  a  worshiper,  John  4: 

23. 

isht  holmo,  n.,  a  roof;  a  shingle, 
isht  hopunkoyo,  n.,  the  eyesight, 
isht  hopunkoyo  imachukma,  a.,  sharp- 
sighted. 

isht  hopunayo,  n.,  the  eyesight, 
isht    hoshintikachi,    n.,    a    screen;    a 

shade. 

isht  hummachi,  n.,  a  red  dye;  tan. 
isht  hunsa,  n.,  ammunition;  a  dart;  any 

instrument  with  which  to  prick, 
isht  ia,  v.  t.,  to  carry,  Matt.  1:11;  to  lead, 

Matt.,  4:  1;  to  begin,  Matt.   11:  7,  20; 

16:  21,  22;  Josh.  8:  7. 
isht  ia,  n.,  a  beginner;   a  beginning;   a 

conveyer;  a  founder, 
isht  ia  ammona,  n.,  the  iirst  l>eginning; 

the  commencement,  Josh.  4:  19. 
isht  ika  (from   ix/it  and   Itika^;   anumpa 

ixlit  ika};  an  ovation. 
isht  ikahobalo,  n.,  a  blasphemer;    see 

aJiobali 


BYINGTOX] 


A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


205 


isht  ikalauo,  a.,  not  equal. 

isht    ikalauo,  v.  n.,  not  to   be   equal, 

Luke  3:  16. 

isht  inkama,  n.,  a  lid. 
isht  ikhana,  n.,  memory;  a  memorial; 

a  monumental  record;  a  remembrance; 

a  remembrancer,  Josh.  4:  7. 
isht  ikhana,  n.,  the  means  of  learning, 

whether  books  or  anything  else. 
isht  ikhananchi,  n.,  means  of  teaching, 
isht  ikinahno  (from  ahni),  v.  t.,  to  hate 

him;  to  abhor  him;  to  dislike  him;  to 

abominate  him;  to  despise;  to  disdain, 
isht  ikinahno,  a.,  pp.,  contemptible;  de 
spised;  indignant. 
isht  ikinahno,  n.,  a   hater;    contempt; 

despite. 
isht  ikinahnochechi,  v.  t.,  to  disaffect; 

to  cause  to  hate. 

isht  ikinahnochi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  hate, 
isht  ikinyukpo  (from   ytikj)a),  v.  t.,  to 

dislike  him;  to  hate  him;  to  despise, 

Mark  10:  41. 

isht  ikinyukpo,  n.,  a  hater, 
isht  ikono,  n.,  inability, 
isht  ilahauchi,  n.,  the  things  furnished 

by  one's  self;  proceeds, 
isht  ilaiyukpa  (from  yukpa),  n.,  advan 
tage;    happiness;    means  of  his  own 

happiness, 
isht  ilakshema,n.,  dress;  ornaments;  see 

isht  shemcL 
isht  ilakshema shall, a.,  tawdry;  dressy; 

addicted  to  dress. 
isht  ilakshema  shati,  v.  n.,  to  be  tawr- 

dry. 
isht  ilamalichi,  n.,  a  fan;  an  instrument 

with  which  to  blow  toward  one's  self. 
isht  ilaneli,  n.,  a  crutch;  a  prop;  means 

by  which  to  sustain  one's  self, 
isht  ilanumpuli,  n.,  self-praise. 
isht  ilaueli,  n.,  a  coward, 
isht     ilaueli,    a.,     cowardly;    alia    isJit 

ilaueli,  a  cowardly  child;  a  child  that 

cries  for  nothing. 

isht  ilawata,  n.,  an  occasion  of  boast 
ing;  pomp. 

isht  ilaweha,  n.,  a  desertion, 
isht  ileanumpuli  shali,  n.,  egotism;  an 

egotist. 

isht  ilehoshontikachi,  n.,  an  umbrella, 
isht  ilia  hinla,  a.?  fatal;  mortal, 


isht  illi,  n.,  poison;  bane;  occasion  of 
death;  cause  of  death;  death;  venom; 
virus. 

isht  illi  fohki,  v.  t.,  to  poison;  to  em 
poison;  to  put  in  poison. 

isht  illi  foka,  pp.,  poisoned. 

isht  illi  ipeta,  v.  t.,  to  poison;  to  give 
poison;  to  empoison;  to  envenom;  to 
venom;  to  administer  poison. 

isht  illi  okpulo,  a.,  virulent. 

isht  illi  yammichi,  v.  t.,  to  empoison; 
to  mix  poison. 

isht  imaiokpulo,  n.,  peril;  his  peril. 

isht  impa,  n.,  a  spoon;  an  instrument 
used  at  table  for  dipping  liquids,  etc., 
and  as  this  was  the  chief  utensil  em 
ployed  by  the  Choctaw,  it  is  called 
the  eating  instrument;  it  was  made  of 
wood  or  of  the  horns  of  buffalo  and 
later  of  those  of  cattle. 

isht  impa  alota,  n.,  a  spoonful. 

isht  impak  imma,  adv.,  toward  the 
right;  to  the  right  hand,  Matt.  5:  29; 
6:  3;  the  right  side  of,  2  Sam.  24:  5. 

isht  impak  imma  ibbak,  n.,  the  right 
hand. 

isht  impaka,  n.,  the  right;  being  on  the 
same  side  as  the  right  hand. 

isht  impatta,  n.,  a  wadding. 

isht  impushi,  n.,  a  small  spoon;  a  tea 
spoon;  "the  son  of  i*ht  impa." 

isht  inchunli,  n.,  a  brand  iron;  a  brand 
ing  instrument;  a  seal. 

isht  inchunwa,  n.,  a  brand  iron;  a  seal; 
a  stamp;  a  type;  aswak  islitinchu^va. 

isht  intalakchi,  pp.,  fettered. 

isht  ishij  n.,  a  holder. 

isht  ishko,  n.,  a  cup;  a  chalice;  a  mug; 
a  tankard,  Matt.  10:  42. 

isht  ishko  chaha,  n.,  a  pitcher;  a  mug. 

isht  ishko  chupak,  n.,  a  quart  measure; 
a  cup  or  pot  with  a  spout. 

isht  ishko  latassa,  n.,  a  tin  cup. 

isht  ishko  latassa  achafa,  n.,  a  pint. 

isht  ishko  patala  tuklo,  n.,  a  quart. 

isht  ishko  patassa,  n.,  a  basin. 

isht  ishkushi,  n.,  a  small  cup;  a  teacup; 
a  small  mug. 

isht  itibbi,  n.,  a  weapon;  an  instrument 
for  fighting;  a  bayonet;  a  dog  tooth;  a 
tusk;  the  eyetooth;  a  fang;  a  javelin; 
munition;  a  poniard. 

isht  itibbi  ansha,  a.,  fanged. 

isht  itihalalli,  n.,  a  bond. 


206 


BUEEAU    OF   AMERICAN    ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL,.  46 


isht  ittula,  int.  of  anger,  used  in  scolding 
children  (N.  Graham,  informant). 

isht  kachaya  (from  ishit  and  kachaya, 
the  pass,  of  kahchi),u.,  shears;  scissors. 

isht  kachaya  chito,  n.,  large  shears. 

isht  kachayushi,  n.,  scissors. 

isht  kalasha,  n.,  shears;  a  pair  of  shears. 

isht  kalashushi,  n.,  scissors;  a  pair  of 
scissors. 

isht  kanapa,  see  ishkanapa. 

isht  kashofa,  n.,  an  offset. 

isht  kashokachi,  n.,  a  brush;  a  wiper. 

isht  kasholichi,  n.,  a  brush;  a  wiper. 

isht  kafa,  n.,  a  ladle;  a  dipper;  a  gourd. 

isht  kallochi,  n.,  stiffening. 

isht  kiselichi,  n.,  a  clamp;  a  vise;  pin 
cers  or  pinchers. 

isht  kula,  n.,  a  pick;  a  pickax;  an  in 
strument  used  in  digging. 

isht  laknachi,  n.,  a  yellow  dye. 

isht  luli,  n.,  an  instrument  for  paring; 
a  parer. 

isht  lusachi,  n.,  a  black  dye;  blacking. 

isht  lanfa,  n.,  a  ruler. 

isht  lanfi,  n.,  a  compass;  a  gage. 

isht  lakoffi,  n.,  a  remedy. 

isht  lopulli,  n.,  a  cathartic. 

isht  lukata,  n.,  a  lash;  a  whip  lash. 

isht  lukaffi,  n.,  a  perforator. 

isht  lumpa,  n.,  a  lancet;  a  punch; 
a  fleam;  a  drill;  a  puncher. 

isht  lumpli,  n.,  a  perforator. 

isht  miha,  n.,  a  reason. 

isht  milofa,  n.,  a  file;  a  rasp;  a  rubber. 

isht  milofa  chito,  n.,  a  large  file;  a  rasp. 

isht  minti,  n.,  a  bringer. 

isht  misholichi,  n.,  a  rubber. 

isht  moeli,  n.,  a  skimmer;  a  short  pad 
dle. 

isht  monfa  atapachi,  n.,  a  rowlock. 

isht  mofi,  isht  monffi,  n.,  a  skimmer; 
an  oar;  a  puddle. 

isht  nanabli,  n.  sing.,  the  swallow. 

isht  nalli,  pi.,  swallows. 

isht  nali,  n.,  a  sting. 

isht  nukhanklo,  n.,  a  lamenter. 

isht  nukhanklo,  n.,  cause  of  sorrow;  an 
affliction. 

isht  nukhobela,  n.,  wrath,  Josh.  7:  1. 

isht  nukoa,  n.,  vexation. 

isht  nukpallichi,  n.,  an  enticement. 

isht  nukshobli,  n.,  a  scam-row. 

isht  ochi,  isht  ohchi,  n.,  a  bucket;  a 
pail;  a  water  pail;  a  can;  a  piggin;  any 


vessel  or  instrument  used  in  taking  up 
water  from  a  well,  spring,  pond,  etc.; 
a  flagon;  a  water  pot. 

isht  ochi  alota,  n.,  a  pailful. 

isht  okchila,  n.,  a  riddle. 

isht  oklushi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  make  fun  of;  to 
deride;  to  joke. 

isht  okpeha,  n.,  a  skimmer. 

isht  okshilita,  isht  ukshilita,  n.,  a 
barrier;  an  obstruction;  a  shutter; 
something  that  closes  a  passage;  the 
door;  the  gate  of  a  house;  a  gate;  a 
stopple. 

isht  oktapa,  n.,  a  barrier;  an  obstruc 
tion;  a  dam;  a  shutter;  a  stopper;  a 
a  wad;  a  wear. 

isht  okyoli,  n. ,  a  fin. 

isht  ona,  v.  t.,  to  carry  to;  to  bring  to, 
Matt.  1:  12. 

isht  panshpoa,  see  isht  bashpoa. 

isht  pashpoa  iskitini,  n.,  a  whisk. 

isht  pala,  n.,  a  glut;  a  wedge. 

isht  pashpoa,  isht  bashpoa. 

isht  pinfi,  n.,  a  swimmer. 

isht  piha,  n.,  a  shovel;  a  scoop. 

isht  pila,  n. ,  a  sting. 

isht  pisa,  n.,  sight. 

isht  pokoli,  a.,  tenth;  10th,  Josh.  4:  19; 
isht  pokoli  tuklo,  a.,  twentieth;  20th; 
isht  pokoli  tuchina,  a.,  thirtieth;  30th; 
isht  pokoli ushta,  a.,  fortieth;  40th;  isht 
pokoli  talapi,  a.,  fiftieth;  50th;  isht  pok 
oli  hanali,  a. ,  sixtieth ;  60th ;  isht  pokoli 
untuklo,  isht  pokoluntuklo,  a.,  seven 
tieth;  70th;  isht  pokoli  untuchina,  a., 
eightieth;  80th;  isht  pokoli  chakali,  a., 
ninetieth;  90th. 

isht  pokoli,  n.,  a  tithe. 

isht  punfa,  n.,  a  trumpet;  a  pipe;  a  horn; 
a  bugle;  a  bugle  horn;  a  trump,  Matt. 
6:  2;  Josh.  6:  4,  5,  6,  8. 

isht  punfolachi,  n.,  a  horner;  one  who 
blows  a  trumpet;  a  trumpeter. 

isht  shanfa,  n.,  a  drawing  knife;  a  draw- 
shave;  itiisltt  si  i  a™ fa. 

isht  shanfi,  n.,  a  plane;  -itiisht  xhafi. 

isht  shaffi,  n.,  a  scraper  used  in  scraping 
up  dirt,  ashes,  etc. 

isht  shanni,  11.,  a  winch. 

isht  shema,  isht  ilakshema,  n.,  orna 
ments;  attire;  finery;  fine  clothes;  a 
decoration;  a  dress;  garb;  garniture;  a 
guise;  habiliment;  a  rig;  rigging. 


BYINOTON] 


A    DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CTIOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


207 


isht  shiahchi,  n.,  cards  used  in  carding 

cotton. 

isht  shilli,  n.,  a  comb, 
isht  shima,  n.,  a  power, 
isht  shuahchi,    n.,    an   instrument   for 

sharpening;    a  whetstone;   a   hone;   a 

rubstone;  a  rubber, 
isht  tabeli,  ishtabeli,  n.,  a  cane;  a  staff; 

a  crutch. 

isht  tahpala,  n.,  a  cry. 
isht  taka,  n.  pi.,  dippers, 
isht  takafa,  n.,  a  dipper, 
isht  takali,  n.,  a  stem;  a  hinge;  that  by 

which  anything  hangs;  isito  isltt  takali, 

a  pumpkin  stem, 
isht  takaffi,  n.,  dippers, 
isht  takli,  n.,  dippers, 
isht  takoli,  pi.,  stems;  hinges, 
isht  talakchi,  n.,  a  string;  a  tether;  a 

band;  abond;  ahamper;  alace;  aleash; 

a  ligament;  a  shackle, 
isht  talapi,  a.,  fifth;  5th;  out  isht  talapi, 

adv.,  fifthly. 
isht  talepa,  a.,  a  hundredth;  100th;  isht 

talcpa  achafa,  one  hundredth, 
isht  talepa  sipokni,  a.,  a  thousandth, 
isht  tana,  n.,  a  shuttle,  i.  e.,  a  weaver's 

shuttle, 
isht  tanna,  n.,  the  woof;  the  filling  (in 

weaving  cloth), 
isht  tikili,  n.,  a  prop;  a  brace  or  stick 

used  in  stretching  hides, 
isht  tikoti,  pi.,  props;  braces;  tenters, 
isht  tiwa,  ishit  tiwa,  n.,  a  key,  Matt. 

16:19. 

isht  tiwa  chiluk,  n.,  a  keyhole, 
isht  tobli,  n.,  a  setting  pole;  a  pushing 

pole;  any  instrument  for  pushing. 
isht  tonksali,  n.,  a   tool;  a  utensil;   an 

implement;  an  instrument, 
isht  tonolichi,  n.,  a  lever;  a  handspike; 

a  crowbar;  any  instrument  used  in  roll 
ing  logs  and  the  like, 
isht   ukfoata,  isht   ukhoata,   n.,    the 

side;  the  ribs  of  a  man  or  animal, 
isht  ukhatapa,  n.,  a  blind;  a  shutter, 

as  for  a  window. 
isht  uklakafa,  v.  t.,  to   mock;  to  jest; 

to  deride,  John  19:  3  [?]. 
isht  ukshilita,  see  isht  oksltilita. 
isht  umpoholmo ,  n.,  a  covering, 
isht  untuchina,  a.,  eighth;  8th. 
isht  untuchinaha,  adv.,  eighth  time. 


isht  untuklo,  a.,  seventh;  7th;  ont  ixht 
untuklo,  Josh.  6:  4. 

isht  untukloha,  adv.,  seventh  time. 

isht  wakeli,  n.,  a  lever;  a  pry. 

isht  washoha,  n.,  a  toy;  a  plaything;  a 
trinket. 

isht  weki,  n.,  a  poise. 

isht  wekichi,  n.,  steelyards;  scales;  bal 
ances. — Ch.  Sp.  Book,  p.  6<>. 

isht  yaiya,  n.,  a  lamenter;  a  lamenting. 

isht  yamrriichi,  n.,  an  instrument. 

isht  yopomo,  n.,  a  waster;  a  lavisher. 

isht  yopomo,  v.  t.,  to  waste,  as  iinilayak 
isht  yopomo;  to  lavish;  to  spend;  to 
squander. 

isht  yopomo,  pp.,  wasted;  lavished. 

isht  yopomo  shah',  a.,  wasteful;  lavish. 

isht  yopula,  n.,  a  joker;  a  maligner;  a 
scoffer;  a  trifler. 

isht  yopula,  n.,  a  game. 

isht  yopula,  v.  a.  i.,  v.  t.,  to  flout;  to 
fool;  to  fleer;  to  gibe;  to  jeer;  to  scan 
dal;  to  scandalize;  to  scoff;  to  traduce; 
to  trifle;  to  vilify. 

isht  yopula,  a.,  prodigal;  profane;  waste 
ful. 

isht  yopulat,  adv.,  prodigally;  pro 
fanely. 

isht  yopulat  isht  anumpuli,  v.  t.,  to 
ridicule. 

isht  yuha,  n.,  a  sieve;  a  sifter;  a  bolter; 
a  bolt, 

isht  yupomo,  n.,  waste. 

isht  yupomo,  n..  a  spendthrift;  a  waster. 

isht  yuwala,  n.,  odium. 

ishtilema,  see  shittilema. 

ishto,  a.,  great;  big;  large;  huge;  im 
mense.  This  is  the  Chickasaw  equiva 
lent  for  chito  (q.  v. ). 

ishto,  v.  n.,  to  be  great. 

ishtokaka,  n.,  the  great  one;  a  lord;  a 
ruler;  same  as  chitokaka. 

ishwa,  v.  t.,  to  smell;  see  aiishica. 

ishwa,  v.  t.  pi.,  to  take,  i.  e.,  a  number; 
inhi,  v.  t.  sing. 

it,  iti,  reciprocal  pronouns,  sign  of  the 
doubly  reflective  form,  a  mutual  or  re 
ciprocal  verb;  abeli,  itabeli,  v.  t.,  to 
put  them  together;  boa,  ifaboa,  to  hunt 
each  other;  pisa,  itipesa,  to  see  each 
other;  also  cf.  ita])issali,  itiakaiya,  iti- 
chapa,  1  Kings?:  5. 


208 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


ita,  adv.,  together,  as  itatuklo,  itanowa, 
itafama,  etc.  ita  and  iti  are  different 
words. 

itabana,  p.  of  itabani,  v.  t.,  to  put  logs 
together  as  in  making  a  log  house;  to 
tit  to  each  other. 

itabani,  v.  t.,  to  put  together,  Josh.  4:  20. 

itabanni,  n.,  a  raising;  see  abanni. 

itabi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  howl,  as  a  wolf;  same  as 
shakapa. 

itabiha,  n.,  a  mixture. 

itachoa,  itachowa,  n.,  a  broil;  a  dispute; 
a  variance. 

itahina,  n.,  a  companion;  a  consort; 
see  aliinna. 

itahoba  (from  ita  and  ahoba),  v.  a.  i.,  to 
assemble;  to  congregate;  to  come  to 
gether;  to  collect;  to  convene;  to  gather; 
to  huddle;  to  shoal;  ant  imaiitahoba, 
Matt.  13:  2.  The  main  form  (ahoba) 
of  this  word  in  the  sense  of  meeting  is 
not  used;  itahomba,  itahohomba. 

itahoba,  pp.,  assembled;  gathered  to 
gether,  Matt.  13:  40;  collected;  a.,  col 
lective;  convened;  gathered. 

itahoba,  n.,  an  assembly;  an  association; 
a  collection;  a  concourse;  a  convention; 
a  gathering;  a  mass;  a  shoal. 

itahobi,  v.  t.,  to  assemble;  to  amass;  to 
collect  together;  to  collect;  to  congre 
gate;  toconvene;  to  gather,  Matt.  10:  1; 
13:  28,  29,  30;  15:  10;  John  11:  47;  1 
Kings,  10:  26;  Josh.  4:  4;  7:  16,  17,  18. 

itahobi,  n.,  one  who  assembles;  an  as 
sembler;  a  gatherer. 

itahobli,v.  t.,  to  assemble;  to  collect;  to 
congregate;  toconvene;  to  gather. 

itahobli,  n.,  an  assembler;  a  convener; 
u  gatherer. 

itaiena,  n.,  the  wives  of  one  man;  im- 
tiaiena,  his  concubine,  Judg.  19:1. 

itaiisso,  n.,  a  clashing;  a  concussion;  a 
shock. 

itaiunchululi,  n.,  generations,  Matt. 
1:  17. 

itaiyokoma,  n.,  a  puzzle. 

itaiyokommi,  n.,  a  puzzler. 

itaiyukhana,  n.,  a  cross,  ~\  ;  corners  of 
streets;  see  aiokhaneli. 

itaiyukhankachi;  aiitaiokhankachL  Matt. 


itaiyuma,  n.,  a  mixture, 
itaiyumi,  n.,  a  mixer, 
itakaiyat  ia,  n.,  a  procession. 


itakamassalli,  n.,  a  pinner, 
itakantali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  close  together, 

Mark  2:  4;  from  akantali  (q.  v.). 
itakapuli,  see  itakopuli. 
itakashkoa,  n.,  separation, 
itakashkuli,  n. ,  separation ;   a  separator, 
itakashkulit,  adv.,  separately, 
itakchulakto,  a.,  forked,  as  the  roots  of 

a  tree  that  is  turned  up. 
itakchulakto,  v.  n.,  to  be  forked, 
itakchulakto,  n.,  a  tree  that  is  turned 

up  by  the  roots. 
itakchulali,  a.,  forked,  as  the  ear  of  an 

animal  when  marked, 
itakchulali,  v.  n.,  to  be  forked, 
itakchulalichi,  v.  t.,  to  fork, 
itakchulashli,  a.  pi.,  forked, 
itakchulashli,  v.  n.,  to  be  forked, 
itakchulashlichi,  v.  t.,  to  fork  them, 
itakha,  see  itakha. 
itakhapuli,  a.,  troublesome;  hatak  ilak- 

hapuli  shali,  n.,  a  heeler, 
itakhapuli,  v.  n.,  to  be  troublesome. 
itakhapuli  shali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  riot, 
itakhapuli  shali,  a.,  riotous;  wraggish. 
itakhapuli  shali,  n.,  a  zany, 
itakhapulichi,  v.  t.  caus.,  to  cause  to  be 

troublesome. 
itakhauali,  a.,  having  the  lips  open  a 

little. 
itakhauali,  v.  n.,  to  have  the  lips  open 

a  little. 

itakkomulih,  v.  n.,  to  close thelips  tight. 
itaklalashli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  be  moist  in  the 

mouth;  to  drivel  from  the  use  of  alum, 
itakmacheli,  n.,  thin  lips, 
itakmofoli,  a.,  having   the   lips   closed 

tight  or  firm, 
itakmofoli,  v.  n.,  to    be    open,  as    the 

mouth  of  another, 
itakornmuchi,    v.    a.    i.,    to    shut    the 

mouth. 
itakomoli,  v.  a.  i.,  to   place   in  a  fold, 

i.  e.,  two  sides  of  a  cloth  or  paper;  to 

fold  together, 
itakonofa;  itatikkonofrt,  v.  a.  i.,  to  stand 

near  each  other. 
itakopulechi,  atakapulechi,  v.    t.,    to 

close;  to  press  together,  as  the  sides  of  a 

wound. 
itakopuli,  itakapuli,  v.    a.  i.,  to   close 

together;  to  come  together. 
itakowa,  itakoa,  n.,  fire  wood. 
itakowa  intula,  n.,  andirons;  firedogs. 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY   OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


209 


itakpashakli,  itakpashakli,  v.  a.  i.,  to 
gasp. 

itakpashakli,  n.,  a  gasp. 

itakpashali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  open  the  mouth. 

itakpashpali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  gape. 

itakpashpali,  n. ,  a  gaping. 

itakpisheli,  a.,  shaped  like  the  snout 
of  a  hog  or  the  rim  of  a  vial  or  a  bell, 
smallest  at  the  upper  end  and  opening 
wide. 

itakpofonli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  open  the  mouth, 
as  another's  mouth. 

itakshish,  n.,  the  root  of  a  tree;  a  grub; 
a  snag. 

itakshish  isht  chanya,  itakshish  isht 
kuchi,  itakshishi  isht  kula,  itak 
shish  isht  almo,  n.,  a  mattock;  a  grub 
bing  hoe;  a  grub  ax. 

itakshish  kulli,  v.  t.  to  grub;  to  dig  up 
roots;  to  stub. 

itakshish  kulli,  n.,  a  grubber. 

itakwacholi,  n.,  high  chin. 

itakyuinli,  v.  a.  i.,  to  grin;  itakyueli,  to 
grin. — J.  E. 

italankla,  a.,  both  ways  at  the  same 
time;  in  opposite  directions  at  once. 

italankla,  v.  n.,  to  be  both  ways. 

italankla  halupa,  a.,  two-edged;  double- 
edged. 

italankla  hotupa,  v.  n.,  to  pain  on  both 
sides  or  quite  through,  as  when  the 
head  aches  on  both  sides. 

italankla  ont  ia,  n. ,  a  puking  and  purging 
at  the  same  time;  cholera  morbus. 

italankla  ont  ia,  v.  n.,  to  be  sick  with 
puking  and  purging,  or  cholera  morbus. 

italaklaka,  talalanka,  n.,  on  both  sides, 
1  Kings  11:  31. 

itamoa,  a.  pi.,  lost;  gone  off;  kania,  pp. 
sing.,  lost. 

itamoa,  v.  n.,  to  wander  off;  to  be  lost; 
antconoa,  mine  are  lost. 

itampikbi,  n.,  a  cooper. 

itampo,  n.,  a  pail;  a  wooden  bowl;  a  tray; 
a  trencher. 

itampo  chito,  n.,  a  tub. 

itampushi,  n.,  a  small  wooden  bowl. 

itanali,  itannali,  v.  t.,  to  collect  to 
gether;  to  assemble. 

itanowa,  v.  t.  pi.  (from  ita  and  nowa), 
to  travel,  Josh.  2: 16;  to  travel  together, 
Matt.  2:2;  to  troop. 

itanowa,  n.,  travelers;  an  expedition; 
na  hallo  itanon-a,  traveling  white  men. 
S4:;:!9° -  Hull.  40 — 15 14 


itapela,  n.,  a  partner;  see  itapela. 

itapelachi,  n.,  a  copartnership;  a  firm. 

itapushi,  n.,  a  sprout  without  leaves, 
used  as  a  switch;  a  staddle. 

itasitia,  n.,  a  coherence;  those  who 
cleave  together. 

itashali,  itishali,  n.,  a  generation. 

itashekonompa,  n.,  a  knot  made  by 
two  strings  together. 

itashekonopa,  n.,  a  knot  where  two 
strings  are  tied  together;  itashekonopa, 
p.;  see  Acts  10:  11,  wishakchi  u^shtat 
itashekonopci. 

itashekonopli,  v.  t.,  to  tie  in  a  knot. 

itashekonowa,  n.  pi.,  knots. 

itashuma,  n.,  a  mixture. 

itatakali,  ititakali,  n.,  a  chain;  a  link; 
a  concatenation. 

itatiapa,  n.,  a  schism. 

itatoba,  v.  t. ,  v.  a.  i. ,  itatoboli,  pi. ,  to  trade; 
to  swap;  to  exchange;  to  barter;  to 
traffic;  to  shop;  to  commerce;  to  com 
mute;  to  contract;  to  deal;  to  inter 
change;  to  market;  to  speculate;  to 
swap;  to  truck. 

itatoba,  n.  (from  toba  plus  the  reciprocal 
particle  iti  and  the  locative  a),  a  cus 
tomer  (at  a  store);  a  dealer;  an  ex 
changer;  a  trader;  a  swapper;  a  traf 
ficker;  a  contractor;  a  merchant. 

itatoba,  n.,  a  trade;  trade;  commerce;  a 
commutation;  an  exchange;  an  inter 
change;  merchandise;  a  speculation;  a 
swap;  a  traffic;  a  truck. 

itatoba  holisso,  n.,  an  account  book  or 
a  book  account. 

itatoba  kallo,  a.,  close;  hard,  when  trad 
ing. 

itatoba  kallo,  n.,  a  shaver. 

itatobachi,  v.  t.,  to  commute. 

itatobat  anya,  v.  t.,  to  peddle. 

itatobat  anya,  n.,  a  peddler. 

itatobat  tali  holisso  ishi,  v.  t.,  to  cash; 
to  swap  and  take  the  money. 

itatuklo,  a.,  both  together,  or  two  to 
gether;  along  with;  see  tuklo;  also  used 
for  a  conj.,  and;  see  Gen.  1:1;  Matt. 
18:  15. 

itatuklo,  v.  n.,  to  be  two  together;  to 
unite. 

itatuklo,  adv.,  together. 

itatuklo,  v.  a.  i.,  to  make  the  second,  or 
to  go  with,  as  itatnkloli;  to  be  a  part 
ner  where  there  are  only  two,  as  in 


210 


BUREAU    OF   AMERICAN"   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL.  46 


marriage;  ittatukloli,  I  unite  with  him, 
John  10:  30. 

itauaya,  v.  t.,  mas.  gen.,  to  marry  a  wo 
man;  to  couple;  auaya,  fern.  gen. 

itauaya,  n.,  a  marriage;  a  couple;  a 
partner;  a  partnership;  a  spouse. 

itauaya,  11.,  a  married  man;  a  married 
woman. 

itauayachi,  v.  t.,  to  solemnize  a  mar 
riage. 

itauayachi,  n.,  the  one  who  solemnizes 
a  marriage. 

itachaka,  n.,  a  joint. 

itachakachi,  n.,  a  joint. 

itachanaia,  dual,  to  be  two  together  by 
themselves,  like  an  old  man  and  his 
wife  when  their  children  are  all  gone. 

itachi,  v.  t,  to  throw  anything  upon  a 
fire;  to  cast  into  the  fire,  Acts  28:  5. 

itachoa,  n.,  a  quarreler;  a  stickler;  a 
wrangler. 

itachoa,  n.,  a  broil;  a  dispute;  a  wrangle; 
a  contention;  a  jangle;  a  quarrel;  a 
strife. 

itachoa  shah,  a.,  quarrelsome;  wrangle- 
some. 

itaff  oa,  see  itcilhfoa. 

itakha,  itakha,  n.,  the  mouth:  the  in 
side  of  the  mouth;  the  gills  of  a  fish; 
the  voice;  Matt.  17:  27;  nani  itakha, 
fish's  mouth. 

itakha,  a.,  vocal. 

itakha  achafa,  n.,  a  mouthful. 

itakha  akkami,  v.t,,  to  gag;  to  stop  the 
mouth. 

itakha  alhkama,  pp.,  gagged. 

itakha  chinto,  a.,  hoarse. 

itakha  isht  alhkama,  n.,  a  gag. 

itakha  litoli,  v.  t.,  to  make  the  mouth 
sore. 

itakha  litowa,  v.  a.  i.,  to  canker;  to  be 
come  sore  in  the  mouth. 

itakha  litowa,  pp.,  mouth  sore;  cank 
ered  mouth. 

itakha  litowa,  n..  the  sore  mouth; 
canker  in  the  mouth;  the  thrush. 

itakpashakli,  itakpashakli  (q.  v.),  v. 
a.  i.,  to  gasp. 

italbansa,  n.,  petrifaction. 

italhfoa,  itaffoa,  n.,  a  keg. 

italhfoa  chito,  n.,  a  barrel;  a  hogshead; 
a  cask;  a  puncheon;  a  tierce  or  terce; 
a  pipe;  a  tun. 

italhfoa  chito  abeha,  pp.,  barreled. 


italhfoa  chito  abeli,  v.  t.,  to  barrel. 

italhfoa  chito  fohki,  v.  t.,  to  barrel;  to 
put  into  a  barrel. 

italhfoa  chito  foka,  n.,  barreled. 

italhfoa  chito  ibish,  n.,  the  chine  of  a 
barrel. 

italhfoa  chito  ikbi,  n.,  a  cooper. 

italhfoa  ikbi,  n.,  a  cooper;  a  hooper. 

italhfoa  isht  alhkama,  n.,  a  bung. 

italhfoa  isht  talakchi,  n.,  a  hoop. 

italhfoa  takchi,  v.  t.,  to  hoop. 

itaUifoa  takchi,  n.,  a  hooper. 

italhfoa  talakchi,  pp.,  hooped. 

italhfoa  tikpi,  n.,  the  bilge  of  a  cask. 

italhfoushi,  n.,  a  keg;  a  small  keg. 

italhkatta,  n.,  patchwork,  such  as  a  bed 
quilt  made  of  pieces. 

italhpali,  n.,  the  forearm, 

italhtoboa,  n.,  rotation;  seealhtoboa. 

italikchi,  n.,  a  cherry  tree. 

italikchi  ani,  n. ,  a  cherry. 

itallat  akkachit  kaha,  pp.,  packed,  as 
meat. 

itamintafa,  itamintarl,  n.,  a  chasm  or 
split  like  the  opening  made  by  butchers 
when  they  open  a  hog. 

itanaha,  v.  a.  i.,  a  verb  reciprocal  and 
locative — iti  and  a  united,  used  in  this 
way  only — to  assemble;  to  collect;  to 
come  together;  to  congregate;  to  con 
vene;  to  flock;  to  herd;  to  huddle;  to 
embody;  to  parade;  to  rally;  to  shoal; 
to  troop. 

itanaha,  pp.,  assembled;  collected;  ac 
cumulated;  piled  up;  collective;  con 
gregated;  contributed;  convened;  con 
voked;  embodied;  amassed;  gathered; 
heaped;  levied;  lumped;  raked;  piled; 
stacked. 

itanaha,  11.,  an  assembly;  a  collection; 
a  concourse;  a  congregation;  a  contri 
bution;  a  convention;  a  convocation; 
an  accumulation;  a  gathering;  a  hud 
dle;  a  levy;  a  mass;  a  pile;  a  shoal;  a 
stack;  a  throng. 

itanaha  laua,  v.  a.  i.,  to  throng. 

itanahachi,  v.  t.,  to  cause  to  assemble;  to 
congregate;  to  herd. 

itanahachi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  heap  together, 
Josh.  3:  13,  16. 

itanahachi,  ittanahahchi,  n.,  a  pile; 
as  iti  itanahachi,  a  pile,  or  cord  of  wood 
piled,  Josh.  8:  29;  Ps.  33:  7. 

itanaho,  a.,  uncollected. 


BYINGTON] 


A   DICTIONARY   OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANGUAGE 


211 


itannali,  itanali,  v.  t.,  to  accumu 
late;  to  lump;  to  assemble;  to  collect; 
to  bring  together;  to  congregate;  to 
contribute;  to  convene;  to  convoke;  to 
cumulate;  to  embody;  to  gather;  to 
heap;  to  herd;  to  levy;  to  muster;  to 
parade,  as  soldiers;  to  pile;  to  raise;  to 
rake;  to  stack;  to  trump. 

itannali,  n.,  an  assembler;  a  collector;  a 
convener;  a  gatherer;  a  heaper. 

itannali,  n.,  a  rally. 

itannalichi,  v.  t.,  to  heap;  to  collect;  to 
pile;  to  assemble;  to  make  a  pile. 

itapaiyali,  n.,  a  huddler. 

itapaiyali,  v.  t.,  to  huddle. 

itapaiyata,  n. ,  a  huddle. 

itapela,  itapela,  n.,  a  help;  a  helper; 
a  partner;  anally;  a  colleague;  mutual 
helps,  Luke  5:  7. 

itapiha,  n.,  a   colleague;    an  attendant. 

itashi,  n.,  a  club;  a  cudgel;  a  bludgeon; 
a  small  stick  having  the  root  for  one 
end. 

itashiha,  n.,  a  snarl;  a  tangle. 

itatakali,  n.,  a  link;  a  chain. 

itatonla,  to  lie  together,  John  21:  9. 

ithaiyana,  see  ikhana. 

ithana,  ithana,  to  learn;  see  ikhana, 
ikhana. 

ithlnsh,  see  ikhinsh. 

iti,  each  other;  see  it;  a  reciprocal  pro 
noun. 

itin,  to  each  other;  from  each  other,  etc. 
This  form  differs  from  the  others  as  it 
requires  a  prep,  to  be  used  before  the 
pro.  iti  is  in  the  accus.  case;  itin  ig  in 
the  dative  case;  see  after  iti,  wood,  and 
its  compounds.  It  is  sometimes  written 
Him  as  before  vowels,  and  itin  before 
ch,  I  and  t,  itin  before  the  other  letters 
of  the  alphabet. 

iti,  itih,  n.,  the  mouth;  the  front  part  of 
the  mouth;  itakha,  the  inner  part,  Matt. 
4:  4;  15:  8,  11,  17,  18;  18:  16;  Josh. 
1:  8;  9:  14. 

iti,  n.,  wood;  timber;  a  tree. 

iti  abasha,  n.,  a  sawpit;  a  sawmill. 

iti  achushkachi,  n. ,  a  peg;  a  wooden  peg. 

iti  ahulalli,  n.,  a  whiflletree. 

iti  akishtala,  n.,  the  root  of  a  tree;  the 
foot  of  a  tree. 

iti  alua,  n.,  burnt  wood;  burnt  woods. 

iti  ana,  n.,  a  rib  pole. 


iti  anunka,  a.,  woody;  being  in  the 
woods;  sylvan. 

iti  anunka,  v.  n.,  to  be  in  the  woods. 

iti  anunka,  n.,  the  woods;  a  forest;  a 
wilderness. 

iti  anunkaka,  a.,  wild. 

iti  ansha,  pp.,  timbered. 

iti  ashanfa,  n.,  a  joiner's  bench;  a  join 
er's  horse. 

iti  ashanfa  botulli.  n.,  shavings. 

iti  ashanfi,  n.,  a  wood-shaver. 

iti  atikoa,  n.,  a  stud;  a  well-known  piece 
of  timber  used  in  a  frame  house. 

iti  atoba,  a.,  wooden;  made  of  wood. 

iti  albasa,  n.,  lathing;  ribbing. 

iti  albasto,  n.,  a  litter  for  the  sick  to 
ride  on. 

iti  alhpoa,  n.,  a  shade  tree;  a  domesti 
cated  tree. 

iti  ani,  itani,  n.,  a  black  gum. 

iti  bachoha,  iti  bacnoha,  n.,  beams; 
joists;  sleepers,  or  any  pieces  of  timber 
lying  parallel  (horizontal?). 

iti  baka,  n.,  a  block. 

iti  bakapa,  n.,  the  half  of  a  tree  split. 

iti  bakli,  v.  t.,  to  split  wood  into  large 
pieces;  to  block  out;  to  bolt  wood. 

iti  basha,  n.,  a  plank;  a  sawed  board; 
sawed  timber;  lumber;  a  scantling;  a 
slab. 

iti  basha  ahonala,  n.,  clapboards. 

iti  basha  ashila,  n.,  a  board  kiln. 

iti  basha  patali,  v.  t.,  to  plank. 

iti  basha  sukko,  n.,  a  plank. 

iti  bashkachi,  n.,  timbers  lying  parallel. 

iti  bashli,  n.,  a  sawyer;  a  cutter. 

iti  boli,  n.,  an  imaginary  being  said  to 
kill  birds;  a  phantasm. 

iti  boshulli,  n.,  fragments  of  wood. 

iti  botulli,  n.,  the  dust  of  wood,  made 
by  a  saw  or  worms. 

iti  chakbi,  n.,  a  wooden  peg. 

iti  chanalli,  n.,  a  wagon;  a  cart;  a  car 
riage;  a  dray;  tanap  iti  chanalli,  a  war 
chariot,  1  Kings  10:  26;  a  chariot,  2 
Kings  9:  21,  24,  25. 

iti  chanalli  achosha,  n.,  an  axletree. 

iti  chanalli  ashali,  v.  t.,  to  wagon;  to 
cart. 

iti  chanalli  haknip,  n.,  a  wagon  body; 
a  wagon  box  or  bed. 

iti  chanalli  inhina,  n.,  a  wagon  road. 


212 


BUREAU    OF    AMERICAN   ETHNOLOGY 


[BULL,.  46 


iti  chanalli  iskitini  palhki,  11.,  a  char 
iot;  a  gig;  a  chaise;  a  sulky;  a  cabriolet, 
iti  chanallushi,   n.,.a  small  wagon;   a 

hand  wagon;  a  wheelbarrow;  a  child's 

wagon. 
iti  chanli,   n.,   a  chopper;  a  hewer  of 

wood;  a  cutter;  a  pecker, 
iti  chant  abi,  n.,  to  girdle  trees;  to  kill 

timber, 
iti  chant  tushalichi,  v.  t,  to  chip;  to 

hack. 
iti    chauana,     iti    chauanaya,    n.,     a 

notched   stick;  having  a  notch,   as  in 

the  rafters  of  some  log  houses,  or  the 

pommel  of  a  Spanish  saddle. 
iti  chakpa,  n.,  the  side  of  a  tree  some 

distance  from  the  ground. 
iti    chanaha,  n.,    a   wooden   wheel;    a 

wagon;  a   cart;  a  carriage;  a  car;  the 

wheels   of  a   wagon,    etc.;  a  roller;  a 

water  wheel. 

iti  chanaha  afacha,  n.,  a  linchpin, 
iti  chanaha  alota,  n.,    a  wagonful;    a 

wagon  load;  a  loaded  wagon. 
iti  chanaha  anowa,  n.,   a   wagon  rut; 

a  cart  rut;  a  rut. 
iti  chanaha  ashali,  see  iti  cliqnaha  ixht 

shall. 
iti   chanaha   holisso   shali,  n.,  a  mail 

coach. 
iti  chanaha  holitopa,  n.,    a   coach;   a 

hack. 
iti  chanaha   holitopa    aiomanili,    n., 

a  coach  box. 
iti  chanaha  holitopa  ikbi,  n.,  a  coach 

maker. 

iti  chanaha  inhina,  n.,  a  wagon  road, 
iti   chanaha  ikbi,  n.,  a   wagon   maker; 

a  cartwright;  a  wheelwright. 
iti  chanaha  iklanna,  n.,   the  nave   of 

a  wheel, 
iti  chanaha  iskitini,  n.,  a  wheelbarrow; 

a  barrow;  a  little  wagon, 
iti  chanaha  isht  anya,  v.  t.,  to  wragon. 
iti  chanaha  isht  anya,  n.,  a  wagoner; 

a  cartel';  a  carman;  a  teamster, 
iti   chanaha   isht   halalli,  n.,  a   wagon 

harness;  tackling. 
iti  chanaha  isht   shali,  iti    chanaha 

ashali,  v.  a.  i.,  to  wagon. 
iti  chanaha  isht  talakchi,  n.,  a  wagon 

tire;  a  tire. 
iti  chanaha  palhki,  n.,  a  chaise;  a  chair; 

a  chariot;  a  hack;  a  stage;  a  sulky. 


iti  chanaha  umpoholmo,  n.,  a  wagon 

cover, 
iti  chanaha  ushi,    n.,    a  wheelbarrow; 

a  little  wagon. 

iti  chinisa,  n.,  the  laurel  tree, 
iti  chishakko,  n.,  brush  cut  for  abowrer; 

a  brush  bower, 
iti  chishankko,  n.,  a  bush  put  up  for 

shade, 
iti  chishankko  hoshontika,  n.,  a  bush 

arbor;    a    bower  made  of    bushes;    a 

booth;  chishaflkaj  Neh.  9:  14. 
iti  chito,  n.,  a  large  tree;  a  beam,  Matt. 

7:  3. 

iti  chito  tapa,  n.,  a  log. 
iti  chufak,  n.,  a  pin. 
iti  fabassa,  n.,  a  pole;  a  slender  tree;  a 

perch, 
iti  fabassoa,  iti  fabaspoa,  iti  fabasfoa, 

iti  fahko,  n.  pi.,  poles. 
iti  hakhipish,  n.  pi.,  the  ross  of  a  tree; 

the  outer  dry  pieces  of  bark, 
iti  hakshup,  n.,  the  bark  of  a  tree, 
iti  hata,  n.,  whitewood. 
iti  hika,  n.,  a  stake;  a  post. 
iti  hikia,  n.,  a  standing  tree, 
iti  hishi,  n.,  leaves  of  a  tree;  tree  leaves; 

leaf  of  a  tree. 
iti  hishi  halupa,  n.,  the  holly  tree,  the 

leaves  of  which  have  small  thorns  on 

them. 

iti  honni  aialhto,  n.,  a  fat  or  vat. 
iti  hoyo,  v.  a.  i.,  to  wood, 
iti  humma,  n. ,  a  red  pole;  a  pole  stained 

red;  such  poles  as  are  erected  as  a  sign 

of  mourning  for  the  dead, 
iti  illi,  n.,  a  dead  tree, 
iti  iskuna,  n.,  the  heart  of  a  tree;  the 

center  of  a  tree. 

iti  iskuna  paknaka,  n.,  the  sap  of  a  tree, 
iti  ishi,  v.  a.  i.,  to  wood, 
iti  isht  ahonala,  n.,  a  peg;  a   pin,  used 

to  fasten  timbers  together, 
iti  isht  alhpisa,  n.,  a  yardstick, 
iti  isht  basha,  n.,  a  saw. 
iti  isht  basha  chito,  n.,  a  pit  saw:  a  saw 
mill  saw. 

iti  isht  basha  falaia,  n.,  a  \\hipsaw. 
iti  isht    boa,  n.,    a   maul  or  a  mall;   a 

beetle;  a  wooden  hammer, 
iti  isht  boa  chito,  n.,  a  large  maul;  a 

commander. 

iti  isht  boa  iskitini,  n.,  a  mallet. 
iti  isht  boa  ushi,  11.,  a  mallet. 


BVIXCJTON] 


A   DICTIONARY    OF    THE    CHOCTAW    LANCUAC1E 


213 


iti  isht  fotoha,  n.,  an  auger;  a  borer. 

iti  isht  fotohushi,  n.,  a  gimlet. 

iti  isht    halalli,   11.,    a    swingletree;    a 

whiffletree;  a  hame. 

iti  isht  honni  aialhto,  n.,  a  fat  or  vat. 
iti  isht  ishko,  n.,  a  noggin, 
iti  isht  kula,  n.,  a  chisel, 
iti  isht  kula  kofusa,  n.,  a  gouge, 
iti  isht  milofa,  n.,  a  rasp. 
iti  isht  pala,  n.,  a  wooden  wedge;  a  glut; 

a  wedge;  itiisht pala  alqliclti,  to  wedge, 
iti  isht  shanfa,  n.,  a  drawing  knife;   a 

drawshave. 

iti  isht  shanfin,  n.,  a  plane, 
iti  isht  shanfit  haluskichi,  n.,  a  plane, 
iti  isht  shima,  n.,  a  power, 
iti  isht  tonolichi,  n.,    a  handspike;   a 

lever;  a  wooden  pry. 
iti  itikeli,  n.  sing.,  a  rafter, 
iti  ititakalli,  n.,  an  evener;   a  swingle- 
tree;  a  doubletree, 
iti  ititekili,  n.  pi.,  rafters, 
iti  kafi,  11.,  sassafras. 
iti  kalaha,  n.,  a  wooden  roller;  a  spool; 

a  truck;  a  roll;  a  roller;  a  wheel, 
iti  kalaha  chanalli,  n.,  a  truck  wheel, 
iti  kinafa,  n.,  a  fallen  tree, 
iti  kinali,  n.  pi.,  fallen  trees. 
iti  kolofa,  n.,  a  stump;  a  stub;  wood  out 

off,  applied  to  a  half  bushel,  a  tub,  etc. 
iti  kosoma,  n.,  sour  wood, 
iti  kula,  n.,  a  trough;  a  canoe;  a  boat;  a 

tray. 

iti  kula  aiixnpa,  n.,  a  trencher, 
iti  kula  falaia,  n.,  a  long  trough, 
iti  kula  peni,  n.,  a  canoe;  a  pirogue, 
iti  kusha  yaiya,  n.,  a  crane, 
iti  laua,  a.,  woody, 
iti  lukoli,  n.,  a  grove. 
iti  lumbo,  n.,  a  roll;  a  wooden  globe, 
iti  litilli,  n.,  tree  gum;   the  gum    of    a 

tree. 

iti  loli,  v.  t. ,  to  gall  (a  tree) ;  to  peel  a  tree. 
iti  naksish,    n.,    a    limb;    a   bough;    a 

branch  of  a  tree;  a  knot  (on  a  tree). 
iti  naksish  nlamminchi,  n.,  the  arm  of 

a  tree. 

iti  naksish  laua  toba,  v.  a.  i.,  to  ramify, 
iti    naksish   tapa,    n.,    brush;   a   limb 

broken  off. 
iti  nipa,  11.,  a  club, 
iti  oiya,  v.  t.,  to  climb  a  tree. 


iti  oka  aiyanalli,  n.,  a  water  trough;